SECTION: TABLE OF CONTENTS
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
CHAPTERS 1 through 9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACRONYMS
CHAPTERS
1 - POLICY AND RESPONSIBILITY
1.1 Policy
1.1.1 - Overview
1.1.2 - Research Vessel Physical Characteristics
1.2 Purpose •"-
1.3 Policy and Program Goals
1.4 Responsibilities
1.4.1 - Assistant Regional Administrator
1.4.2 - Regional Occupational Health & Safety Manager
1.4.3 - Office Director
1.4.4 - GLNPO Occupational Health & Safety Manager
1.4.5 - Supervisors and Managers
1.4.6 - Project Officers/Work Assign. Managers & Contract Officers
1.4.7 - Contractors and Grantees
1.4.8 - Chief Scientist
1.4.9 - Shift Supervisor
1.4.10 - Employee Rights and Duties
1.4.10.1 - Employee Compliance
1.4.10.2 - Employee Rights and Responsibilities
1.4.10.3 - Employee Conduct and Discipline
1.5 Safety Committee Policy
1.6 Safety Committee Organization
1.7 Committee Operations
1.8 GLNPO Safety Program Goals
1.9 Program Budget and Resources
1.10 Dissemination of Occupational Health & Safety Program Info.
1.11 Worker Concerns
1.11.1 - Reporting
1.11.2- Recordkeeping
1.12 Injury and Illness
1.12.1 - Injury and Illness Definitions
1.12.2 - Reporting Procedures
1.12.2a - Ship Board Reporting Requirements
1.12.3 - Investigation
1.12.4 - Recordkeeping
1.13 Annual and Periodic Inspections and Surveys
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region 5, Library (PL-12J)
77 West Jackson Boulevard, 12th Floor
Chicago, IL 60604-3590
-------
SECTION: TABLE OF CONTENTS
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
CHAPTERS 1 through 9
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
CHAPTERS
Attachments:
1.1 Occupational Health & Safety for EPA Employees Poster
1.2 The GLNPO Chief Scientist
1.3 Incident Reporting Policy and Procedure
2 - TRAINING, CERTIFICATION. AND MEDICAL MONITORING
2.1 Required Training Policy
2.1.1 - 24-Hour Laboratory Safety Course
2.1.2 - 4-Hour Laboratory Safety Refresher Course
2.1.3 - GLNPO Research Vessel Laboratory Training Requirements
2.1.4 - Radiation Safety Training
2.1.5 - 40-Hour and 24-Hour Field Health and Safety Training
2.1.6 - 8-Hour Field Health and Safety Annual Refresher Training
2.1,7 - Terrestrial Training
2.1.8- First Aid and CPR
2.1.9 - Respiratory Protection
2.1.10 - Emergency Response Team Training
•• 'V£2"':-'-''Safety Training r Ship Operating Personnel
?'- "2.211-' -Fire': Fighting
till ,l;; '2,2.2 -Cranes ;-; : \
l>-£-23''- Powered Industrial Trucks (Fork Lifts)
2.3 Documentation
2.4 Medical Monitoring Selection Policy
2.5 Additional Health and Safety Courses
2.5.1 — Occupational Noise Exposure
2.5.2 - Hazard Communication
2.5.3 - Confined Space Entry
2.5.4 - Hot Work Procedures
2.5.5 - Lockout/Tagout
2.5.6 - Bloodborne Pathogens
2.5.7 - Personal Protective Equipment
-------
SECTION: TABLE OF CONTENTS
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
CHAPTERS 1 through 9
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
CHAPTERS
Chapter 2 Attachments:
2.1 24 Hour Laboratory Safety Training Agenda
2.2 General Laboratory Safety Rules
2.3 4 Hour Laboratory Safety Training Agenda
2.4 Training Agenda for GLNPO Research Vessel Personnel
2.5 Powered Industrial Trucks Rules of Operation
3 - COMPLIANCE REVIEW AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
3.1 Overall Policy - (Applicable to GLNPO and Contractors)
3.2 Safety and Health Review of New Construction/Repairs and
Alterations
3.3 Safety & Health Reviews of Marine Construction/Repairs and
Alterations
3.4 Review of Hazardous Materials & Hazardous Waste Disposal
Procurement
3.5 Health and Safety Review of Contracts
3.6 Review of Miscellaneous Procurement Impacting Safety,
Health or Environmental Compliance
3.7 SOP Policy
3.8 Field SOP's - (ARCS)
3.9 Laboratory Chemical Hygiene SOP's
3.10 Marine SOP's
3.11 Evacuation Plan
4 - RESEARCH VESSEL LABORATORY HEALTH AND SAFETY
4.1 GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan
4.2 Safety Orientation Video
4.3 Boat Handling and Seamanship
4.3.1 - Safe Boating Operations - Small and Large Vessels
4.3.2 - Personal Flotation Devices
4.3.3 - Man Overboard Procedures
4.3.4 - Fire
4.3.5 - Weather
4.3.6 - Distress Signals
-------
SECTION: TABLE OF CONTENTS
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
CHAPTERS 1 through 9
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued^
CHAPTER
4.3.7 - Fueling
4.3.8-Rules of the Road
4.4 Small Boat Operations
4.5 Large Boat Operations
Chapter 4 Attachments:
4.1 R/V Lake Guardian Welcome Aboard
5 - PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
5.1 GLNPO Personal Protective Equipment 4
5.2 Levels of Protection *
Chapter 5 Attachments:
5.1 GLNPO Personal Protective Clothing & Equipment Assignment
5.2 Personal Protective Equipment Assessments
6 - MARINE SAFETY
6.1 Ship Operation Safety
6.2 Ship Personnel Safety
6.3 New Employee Orientation
6.4 Fire Safety
6.5 First Aid and CPR
6.6 Occupant Emergency Plan
6.7 Confined Space Entry
6.8 Visitor Safety
Chapter 6 Attachments:
6.1 Visitor Safety
-------
SECTION: TABLE OF CONTENTS
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
CHAPTERS 1 through 9
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
CHAPTERS
7 - EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE
7.1 Hazardous Material Spills- RCRA, OSHA
7.2 Hazardous Material Transportation
7.3 Fire Fighting Operations
7.4 Injury, Illness, or Medical Emergency
7.5 Contractor Support Operations
7.6 Evacuation Plan for Visitors During Open House
7.7 Security Aboard Research Vessels Du^ng Open House
Chapter 7 Attachments:
7.1 Station Bill Checklist
7.2 Firefighting Operational Diagram
7.3 Pre-Open House Checklist
7.4 Medical Advice Contractor
7.5 Marine Medical Emergency Operations Plan
8 - ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
8.1 TSCA-PCBs
8.2 RCRA
8.2.1 - Solid (Non-Hazardous) Waste Handling, Storage, and Disposal
8.3 Drinking Water
8.4 GLNPO Environmental Compliance Manual
8.5 Air Emissions and Toxics
8.6 Indoor Air Quality
8.7 Asbestos Precautions
9 -HEALTH & SAFETY PROCEDURES DURING GLNPO SEDIMENT SAMPLING
OPERATIONS
9.1 Background
9.2 Safety
9.3 Storage of Sediment
9.4 Homogenization and Preparation of Elutriate Samples
9.5 Cleanup of Equipment after Sediment Processing
9.6 Sediment Assessment Field Operations Safety SOPs
-------
ACRONYMS
ACGIH
ANSI
APR
ARA
ARCS
CAA
CBC
CERCLA
CFR
CGI
Class I
Class II
CNS
CPR
CRC
CRZ
CWA
dBa
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
American National Standards Institute
Air Purifying Respirator
Area Regional Manager
Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments
Clean Air Act: Prevent or control the emission of any substances into the air that may
harm public health or natural resources; set standards to define acceptable tolerance
levels for air pollutants. (40 OR 50-80)
Complete blood count
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act: Original
regulatory goal (1980) was focused on the cleanup of abandoned hazardous waste sites
nationwide. A government trust fund (the "Superfund") pays for cleanups; EPA
identifies potentially responsible parties (PRPs) and orders them to clean up the site or
bills for cost of cleanup performed by the government. (40 CFR 300s)
Code of Federal Regulations
Combustible Gas Indicator
Materials with flash points below 100°F (see 29 CFR 1910.106)
Materials with flash points at or above 100°F, but below 140°F (see 29 CFR
1910.106)
Central nervous system
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
Contamination Reduction Corridor
Contamination Reduction Zone
Clean Water Act: Federal Water Pollution Control Act FWPCA. Restore and maintain
the integrity of surfaced waters in the United States by preventing or controlling
pollution, with the ultimate goal of making all surface waters usable for fishing and
swimming. (40 CFR 110-140, 40 CFR 400-470)
Decibels (decibel measured on the A-scale)
-------
DOT Department of Transportation
U. S. EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
EPCRA Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986 (SARA Title III).
Establish regulations for industry to report information regarding chemicals stored at
facilities; establish a framework for emergency planning; establish reporting procedures
for toxic chemical releases. (40 CFR 350, 355, 370, and 372)
EPIRB Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon
FEF Forced expiratory flow
FID Flame ionization detector
FIFRA Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act. Establish safety standards for
pesticides; restrict the use of, remove from the market, or refuse registration for
products that do not need the safety standards. Note that HFRA broadly defines
"pesticides" to cover anything intended to kill, repel, or control any nonhuman form of
life, from bacteria-killing disinfectants to herbicides for weed control. (40 CFR 150-
186)
FRC Functional residual capacity
GC Gas chromatography
GLNPO Great Lakes National Program Office
GLWQA Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement
HMTA Hazardous Materials Transportation Act. Centralize federal regulations for domestic
packaging, labeling, and shipping of materials that pose a risk to health, safety, or
property. (49 CFR 170s)
IAG Inter Agency Agreements
IDLH Immediately dangerous to life or health
kg kilogram
IR Infrared
LEL Lower explosive limit
LFL Lower flammable limit
ME Medical Emergency
MEFR Maximal expiratory flow rate
-------
MSDS
MSHA
MVV
NFPA
NIOSH
OSC
OSH Act
OSHA
OVA
PAPR
PCB
PDS
PEL
PID
PMS
PPE
ppm
PSA
psi
PVC
RBC
Material Safety Data Sheet
Mine Safety and Health Administration
Maximal voluntary ventilation
National Fire Protection Association
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
On Scene Coordinator
Occupational Safety and Health Act. Assure the safety and health of workers; set
standards to reduce or prevent illnesses and injuries among workers. (29 CFR 1910)
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Organic vapor analyzer
Powered air-purifying respirator
Polychlorinated biphenyl
Personnel decontamination station
Permissible exposure limit
Photoionization detector
Program Management Staff
Personal protective clothing and equipment
Parts per million
Pipeline Safety Acts. Under DOT, set minimum safety standards for the design,
construction, and operation of pipelines carrying natural gas, liquefied gas, or
hazardous liquids. Standards also cover repair requirements and accident and leak
reporting requirements. (49 CFR 190-195)
Pounds per square inch
Polyvinyl chloride
Red blood count
-------
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recover)' Act. Regulate the generation, transport, and
ultimate disposal of all forms of hazardous waste and industrial by-products, ranging
from open garbage dumps to buried chemicals. Drafted as a solid waste
disposal/recycling law, actual implementation focuses heavily on identification and
tracking of hazardous wastes. Note that disposal under RCRA may trigger compliance
duties under additional laws if land, air or water quality may be affected by the disposal
method. (40 CFR 260-263 and 264-270)
REL Recommended exposure limit
RPM Remedial Programs Management
RPS Remedial Programs Staff
RV Residual volume
SAR Supplied-air respirator
SCBA Self-contained breathing apparatus
SDWA Safe Drinking Water Act. Establish uniform federal standards for drinking water
quality, and set up a system to control underground injection (or burial) of wastes and
other substances that could contaminate such underground water sources as municipal
water systems, public wells, and sole-source aquifers. (40 CFR 140-149)
SHEMD Safety, Health, and Environmental Management Divisions
SOLAS Safety Of Life At Sea
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SRS Surveillance and Research Staff
TLC Total lung capacity
TLV Threshold limit value
TLV-C Threshold limit value - ceiling
TLV-STEL Threshold limit value - short-term exposure limit
TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976. Evaluate the health and environmental risks of
all chemicals before manufacture or use in the United States. EPA gathers data by
screening new and existing chemicals through industry reporting and recordkeeping,
including testing for possible risks. (40 CFR 700-750, 40 CFR 760s and 40 CFR 790-
799)
TSD
Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facility
-------
TWA Time-weighted average
UEL Upper explosive limit
UFL Upper flammable limit
USCG U.S. Coast Guard
UV T rltraviolet
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 13
Chapter 1 - POLICY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1.1 POLICY
The Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) is responsible for overall coordination of the U.S.
EPA's efforts to protect and enhance Great Lakes Water Quality and restore and maintain the
beneficial uses of the Great Lakes. GLNPO's role was established through the Great Lakes Water
Quality Agreement (GLWQA) with Canada and through the Clean Water Act which charges the U.S.
EPA through GLNPO for overseeing the implementation of the agreement. The direct authority and
responsibility, however, for implementing the CWA and other federal laws necessary to carry out the
GLWQA, is the primary responsibility of various headquarters program offices as well as Regions 2,
3, and 5, and the Great Lakes States.
GLNPO, a headquarters organization, is physically located within the Region 5 management structure.
Therefore, the safety policies defined here are provided to augment the Region 5 Safety Plan. This
plan is necessary in light of the unique multi-regional and multi-national programs of GLNPO which
involve operation of various surveillance and research vessels as well as field demonstration programs.
Any safety or compliance issue not covered here is subject to the Region 5 Safety Manual.
GLNPO HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY STATEMENT
It is the policy of the US EPA, Great Lakes National Program Office, that all EPA employees
working in offices, laboratories, field activities, and special programs are entitled to a comprehensive
health and safety program. The goals of the program are to ensure that each employee is able to work
in an environment free of recognized hazards and to reduce and mitigate occupational accidents as
much as possible. These goals shall be accomplished through:
1. Training employees in the proper techniques for field investigations, proper use of and
access to safety equipment, and proper protocol for inspections;
2. Development of standard operating procedures for routine and non-routine work
environment
3. Enabling employees to identify those work situations where they believe a hazard
exists without any adverse action taken against the employee;
4. Medical monitoring of employees in risk situations.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 13
By implementing these procedures it is the desire of the U.S. EPA to see that it can mutually share
the responsibility to reduce work place hazards and that the Agency can provide the environment for
that to occur.
This policy shall be coordinated by the chair of the GLNPO Safety Committee in conjunction with
the Regional Safety Manager. In addition to the outlined procedures, this policy shall meet the
applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the provisions of
Executive Order 12196 and other relevant statutes, laws, policies and guidance of the Federal
Government regarding occupational health and safety.
1.1.1 Overview
The Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) maintains a trained staff that is actively involved
in laboratory, field, and special programs (e.g., Terrestrial and Habitat) operations. In addition,
GLNPO maintains a fleet of surveillance vessels devoted to limnological research. The fleet consists
of the Lake Guardian, Hydra, and Mudpuppy. The Lake Guardian is the primary research platform
for GLNPO. Formerly an offshore oil-field supply vessel, the R/V Lake Guardian is the newest,
largest, and most sophisticated vessel among the fleet. Historically, water used aboard research vessels
for engine cooling, in showers, and in sinks was discharged overboard. The Lake Guardian, however,
is a non-polluting vessel with no overboard discharges.
The Hydra is currently in lay-up status and was the principle vessel used during the 1970s and 1980s
for sampling Lake Erie when the lake was in its most devastated condition. The Mudpuppy, a
significantly smaller vessel, is capable of fresh-water sampling excursions in and around rivers, creeks,
and streams which flow into the Great Lakes. Additionally, warehouse facilities are conveniently
located for vessel maintenance and equipment storage.
In conjunction with the Central Regional Laboratory in Chicago, Illinois, the Lake Guardian provides
analytical support to GLNPO.
1.1.2 Research Vessel Physical Characteristics
a. The R/V Lake Guardian
Length - 180' Cruising Speed - 13 mph
Beam - 40' Fuel Consumption - 75 GPH
Draft - 11' Range - 9000 miles
Berthing Capacity - 42 Endurance - 15-30 days
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 13
b. The R/V Hydra
Length - 65,6' Cruising Speed - 9 mph
Beam - 17.8' Displacement (loaded) 95 tons
Draft - 6.6' Range - 500 miles
Berthing Capacity - 8 Endurance - 2 days
c. The R/V Mudpuppy
Length - 33'
Beam -s'
Berthing Capacity - 0
1.2 PURPOSE
This manual establishes policies, responsibilities, procedures, rules, and guidelines for all GLNPO
Occupational Safety & Health and Environmental Compliance Programs. A copy of this manual and
the appropriate appendices must be readily available aboard our over-night research vessels. The ^
manual and appendices must also be available in GLNPO offices. •
For operations performed on the R/V Mudpuppy, a health and safety manual, specific to performing
sampling activities where personnel exposures to contaminants are either unknown or only suspected,
has been prepared. Therefore, in addition to the comprehensive GLNPO manual, a copy of the
September 17, 1996 Health and Safety Manual, Appendix N, must also be available on board the R/V
Mudpuppy.
1.3 POLICY AND PROGRAM GOALS
It is the goal of GLNPO to administer its programs in a manner that will assure that its employees
are free from recognized hazards.
1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES
The responsibilities of relevant EPA personnel are detailed in the following paragraphs, separated by
title.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 13
1.4.1 Assistant Regional Administrator
The Assistant Regional Administrator (ARA) for the Resources Management Division is the
Designated Regional Occupational Safety and Health Official. This ARA is responsible for
establishing Regional Health and Safety and Environmental Compliance policies, programs, standards,
goals, objectives, and priorities. The ARA is also responsible for establishing an organization
including the designation of a Regional Health and Safety Manager with an adequate budget and staff
to implement occupational health and safety and environmental compliance programs at all levels
throughout Region 5 and GLNPO.
1.4.2 Regional Occupational Health and Satety Manager
The Regional Occupational Health and Safety Manager, under the direction of the ARA for the
Resources Management Division, is responsible for developing Regional occupational health and safety
and environmental compliance policies, programs, standards, goals, and objectives for evaluating the
effectiveness of the Region's occupational health and safety and environmental compliance programs
at all levels. He/she must also provide technical and management support, direction, and services to
all Regional occupational health and safety and environmental compliance programs. Consideration
for regulatory applicability will be ultimately determined by the Regional Occupational Health and
Safety Manager.
1.4.3 Office Director
The Director of GLNPO is responsible for implementing the Great Lakes National Program Offices
Occupational Health and Safety and Environmental Compliance Program and is accountable to the
Regional Administrator.
1.4.4. GLNPO Occupational Health and Safety Manager
One Occupational Health and Safety Manager is appointed by the GLNPO Office Director. This
manager serves as GLNPO's Health, Safety & Environmental Compliance Team Leader. The Team
Leader, working with Team Members who represent a complete cross section of the Office staff,
comprises a safety team that is responsible for assisting GLNPO management in directing health and
safety activities within the Office and for coordinating such activities with the Regional Safety
Manager. The team meets on a regular basis (i.e., preferably monthly but at minimum quarterly).
Each month, the Team Leader reports to the Office management on significant issues. Each year in
the first quarter, the safety team presents their proposed performance agreement to the Office
management for approval. The Office Safety Manager will also serve on the Regional Health and
Safety Committee. (Safety Representatives may also be appointed at the Branch or staff level.)
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 13
1.4.5 Supervisors and Managers
Supervisors and managers are responsible, to the extent of their authority, for providing employees
with working conditions free from recognized hazards that are likely to cause death or serious harm
(i.e., equipment, place of employment, etc.). Supervisors and managers shall comply with the
Region's Occupational Health and Safety and Environmental Compliance Standards, along with all
safety rules, regulations, and orders issued by the Region. Furthermore, they are responsible for
enforcing these correct work practices.
1.4.6 Project Officers/Work Assignment Managers and Contract Officers
Project officers who manage support contracts and grants for sampling, analyses and boat operations
are responsible for assuring that all GLNPO-funded activities adhere to the safety and compliance
requirements defined in this manual. This includes medical monitoring and all required certification.
It is recommended that this requirement is defined in the scope of work for any GLNPO-funded grants
and contracts. Unresolved conflicts should be reported to the GLNPO Safety Manager for resolution.
1.4.7 Contractors and Grantees
All contractors and grantees that are involved in field activities on EPA vessels or equipment are
required to have read the pertinent contents of this manual as well as adhere to the specific
requirements. A system should be implemented that assures these policies are met as a prerequisite
for boarding EPA vessels.
All contracts for contractors performing work for Region 5, or for any EPA activity or organization
serviced by Regional Safety personnel, shall contain provisions, in writing, which require contractors
and contract personnel to follow, at minimum, the same rules and requirements that U.S. EPA
personnel follow while performing similar work. Wherever possible, contractual provisions should
require that all safety equipment and services (e.g. personal protective equipment, medical monitoring,
training, etc.) be equivalent to that required for EPA personnel in the Region.
1.4.8 Chief Scientist
All GLNPO vessels will have a designated "Chief Scientist" while undergoing EPA surveillance and
research operations. The "Chief Scientist" role is defined in Attachment 1.2. The "Chief Scientist"
should ensure that all survey activities are conducted safely and in compliance with the health and
safety protocols of GLNPO.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 13
1.4.9 Shift Supervisor
During 24-hour surveillance and research operations, GLNPO vessels will have a designated Shift
Supervisor. The Shift Supervisor, acting as an assistant to the Chief Scientist, is required to follow
many of the guidelines set forth for the Chief Scientists. The Shift Supervisor must inform the Chief
Scientist of any situation which could compromise health and safety, sampling activities, or
scheduling.
1.4.10 Employee Rights and Duties
EPA employees are expected to follow all health and safety rules and to perform duties in a manner
which will protect their own well being and that of their fellow employees.
1.4.10.1 Employee Compliance
Employees are obliged to follow GLNPO's and the Region's Occupational Health and Safety and
Environmental Compliance Standards, rules, regulations, and orders which are applicable to their own
job duties, actions, and conduct. Employees are also required to use safety equipment, personal
protective clothing and equipment (PPE), and other safety devices and, moreover, to follow safety
procedures that the Region deems necessary for their protection.
1.4.10.2 Employee Rights and Responsibilities
The rights and responsibilities of EPA personnel with regard to occupational health and safety are
detailed in the Occupational Health and Safety for Environmental Protection Agency Employees
poster. (Attachment 1.1)
1.4.10.3 Employee Conduct and Discipline
It is EPA policy that primary emphasis be placed on preventing situations requiring disciplinary
actions through effective employee-management relations and that when work performance and/or
conduct are not maintained at acceptable levels, constructive corrective action be taken by responsible
supervisors and management on a timely basis. It is critical that this policy is enforced due to the
unique contractor/contractee relationships and the extenuating circumstances caused by extensive field
work.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 13
Disciplinary action taken must be consistent with the precept of like penalties for like offenses, with
mitigating or aggravating circumstances taken into consideration. The action taken should be no more
severe than sound judgement indicates is required to correct the situation and maintain discipline.
Disciplinary action may include informal written and verbal warnings and formal actions including
official written reprimand, suspension, reduction in grade, or removal from duty. EPA Order 3120. IB
may be consulted in determining appropriateness of disciplinary actions.
1.5 SAFETY TEAM (COMMITTEE) POLICY
The GLNPO Occupational Health and Safety 1'eam (Committee) is the medium for achieving the
participation of employees in the GLNPO's Occupational Health and Safety Programs. A
well-organized, balanced health and safety Team will have the diversified knowledge of all job
operations and activities in GLNPO. The Team is an advisory body, not a policy making group.
Committee {Team) members review data and render recommendations to aid management in making
appropriate policy decisions in the area of health and safety matters affecting employees. The GLNPO
Occupational Health and Safety Team shall:
1. Be effectively supported by management. •
2. Be given specific tasks to accomplish, not general topics of consideration.
3. Include personnel from the program areas which committee decisions will affect.
4. Provide effective representation of all GLNPO employees.
5. Include a cross section of experts who have first-hand knowledge of pertinent work
conditions and practices.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 13
1.6 SAFETY TEAM TCOMMITTEE) ORGANIZATION
Pursuant to the Safety Committee Bylaws and as specified in EPA Order 1440', the GLNPO
Occupational Health and Safety Team is similar to the Regional Health and Safety Committee. It is
a team that is operational in nature, consisting of representatives from branches and staffs whose
recommendations it will affect.
The committee currently consists of the management advisor, who also serves as the Chief of the
Monitoring Indicators Branch and Technical Assistance & Analysis Reporting Branch of GLNPO, and
safety representatives who are appointed by their GLNPO staff or team leaders. The number of
representatives is not strictly set, nor is the term for each member who serves on the committee.
GLNPO consists of the following staffs and units:
Office of the Director
Data Integration Unit
Program Management Staff (PMS)
Environmental Planning Staff (EPS)
Remedial Programs Staff (RPS)
Environmental Information Branch (EIB)
Technical Assistance & Analysis Reporting Branch
Monitoring Indicators Branch
Policy Coordination & Communications Branch
Region and GLNPO Team Leaders
The GLNPO Safety Manager will provide organizational and technical guidelines for the committee
including providing an agenda for each meeting and recording and distributing the meeting's minutes.
These Safety Team Members make up the overall operational GLNPO Safety Organization. The
GLNPO Safety Organization is an operational group and is managed by the GLNPO Safety Manager.
Specific duties of Safety Representatives include coordinating safety inspections and surveys, and
scheduling required training, respirator fit testing, medical monitoring exams, and related matters for
personnel in their organization. Safety Representatives may serve at the Office, Staff or Unit level
and assist the Safety Manager in the overall management of the Health and Safety Program.
All Safety Representatives must report medical monitoring, required training, field certification,
respirator fit testing, medical monitoring exams, and related matters to the GLNPO Safety Manager.
These reports should be prepared using the designated forms and are to be reported to the GLNPO
Safety Manager during the quarterly safety committee meeting. Additionally, Safety Representatives
are expected to assist their Division Management in reporting abatement status of health and safety
hazards or deficiencies found and cited during Annual and Semi-Annual Occupational Health and
Safety and Environmental Compliance Surveys and Inspections,
1 See Appendix A. Note: This document applies to all federal employees and must be available at all federal
facilities for review (e.g. The Rj'V Lake Guardian).
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 13
1.7 COMMITTEE OPERATIONS
The GLNPO Occupational Health and Safety Team meets every three months, usually on the first
Tuesday of the second month of each quarter of the federal fiscal year (November, February, May,
August). Issues and subjects discussed at committee meetings include: Vessel Operations, Annual
Safety Inspection and Industrial Hygiene Survey results, the Medical Monitoring Program, the Annual
Safety Budget, the Radiation Protection Program, the Lab Safety Program, Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE), Safety Training Program, and other organizational and technical issues affecting
GLNPO personnel.
The Regional Safety Committee Bylaws, adopted in June 1988, are currently in effect and govern all
activities of the GLNPO Safety (Team).
1.8 GLNPO SAFETY PROGRAM GOALS
The GLNPO Safety Manager is responsible for preparing an annual work plan for submittal to the
GLNPO Office Director and the Regional Safety Manager. The work plan should outline Regional
Safety, Health, and Environmental Compliance Program goals for the coming fiscal year and their
proposed method of implementation. Time frames for implementation should also be included. The
goals and their implementation should be proactive and designed to build and improve the Regions'
proactive Safety, Health, and Environmental Compliance Programs.
1.9 PROGRAM BUDGET AND RESOURCES
The GLNPO Safety Manager shall ensure that all Safety, Health, and Environmental Compliance
submissions include proposed funding and resources for implementation. He/she, in conjunction with
the Regional Safety Manager, will effectively administer the GLNPO Occupational Safety, Health, and
Environmental Compliance Programs for all Offices, Staffs and Units in GLNPO.
Appropriate funds and other resources for administering the programs shall provide for, but not be
limited to:
1. Sufficient personnel resources (including contract resources) to implement and
administer the overall program at all levels;
2. Necessary administrative costs for such services as training, personal protective
equipment, etc.;
3. Contracts and lAGs for medical monitoring, complete hygiene, and environmental
compliance services including laboratory analysis and hazardous waste disposal
services;
4. Safety and health sampling, testing, and diagnostic and analytical supplies and
equipment;
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 10 of 13
5. Program training and promotion materials such as posters, slides, films, and video
tapes, and;
6. Technical information, documents, books, standards, codes, and publications.
Most of these services will be provided through the Regional Health and Safety Manager to avoid
duplication of effort. Appropriate contracts and grant funds will be provided to the Regional Health
and Safety Manager for provision of these services.
1.10 DISSEMINATION OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM
INFORMATION
The GLNPO Safety Manager shall promote employee awareness of Occupational Safety, Health, and
Environmental Compliance Programs by:
1. Providing, upon request, copies of Executive Order 12196, 29 CFR 1910, and the
Region's Occupational Health and Safety Program to all employees. Also, copies of
Agency and Regional standards and other applicable occupational health and safety
standards shall be available to all employees for review upon request.
2. Posting a copy of the Agency's Policy poster in a conspicuous location in each
Agency facility.
3. Bringing Occupational Health and Safety issues to the attention of employees through
in-house publications, fonims, and promotional materials.
1.11 WORKER'S CONCERNS
If an employee considers a situation or a work condition to be a safety hazard, it is his/her
responsibility to report it directly to the Safety Manager or his/her staff/unit or office Safety Designee.
It is an employee's responsibility to report potential safety hazards. (No one can take action against
an individual who reports a safety problem.)
1.11.1 Reporting
Potential safety hazards and incidents should be reported in writing to the GLNPO Health and Safety
Manager as soon as they are recognized. The GLNPO Health and Safety Manager, in conjunction
with the Regional Health and Safety Manger, and his/her staff will investigate the situation and
recommend corrective actions, if necessary. The Regional Health and Safety Office will either make
these corrections or pass along their recommendations to a more appropriate party, i.e. the General
Services Administration, building management, etc. The GLNPO reporting procedure, entitled
Incident Reporting Policy & Procedure, is provided in Attachment 1.3.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 11 of 13
1.11.2 Recordkeeping
Copies of all employee complaints, as well as documentation of corrective actions, are kept on file
in the Regional Health and Safety Office.
1.12 INJURY & ILLNESS
When an EPA employee suffers an injury, whether traumatic or non-traumatic, or is stricken ill while
on the job, there are necessary procedures to be followed in order to protect the employee's interests
and well being. These procedures are defined in the following Sections 1.12.1 and 1.12.2.
1.12.1 Injury and illness Definitions
Injuries are considered either "traumatic" or "non-traumatic." A "traumatic injury" is defined as a
wound or other condition of the body caused by an external force, including stress or strain. A "non-
traumatic injury," also referred to as an "occupational disease or illness," is a condition caused or
aggravated by working in a job environment over an extended period. This includes injuries and
illnesses caused by repeated stress or strain, systemic infection, and those caused by continuous or
repeated exposure to toxins, poisons, fumes, etc.
1.12.2 Reporting Procedures
Employees must report all accidents or incidents, which may result in an injury, to their immediate
supervisor and may do so without fear of reprisal. Moreover, it is in the employee's best interest to
report all injuries sustained on the job, regardless of how minor they may appear, because a slight
injury could develop into something more serious.
Specific forms are used for reporting an injury. When reporting a traumatic injury, complete Form
CA-1, "Federal Employee's Notice of Traumatic Injury and Claim for Continuation of
Pay/Compensation." When reporting a non-traumatic injury, complete Form CA-2, "Federal
Employee's Notice of Occupational Disease and Claim for Compensation." (These forms are available
through the Human Resources Department.) If an employee is incapacitated and unable to complete
these forms, another person (co-worker, supervisor, etc.) may complete them. All forms should be
signed by this other person and forwarded to the employee's supervisor.
The following steps should be taken consecutively by an employee in the event of a traumatic injury:
1. Report the injury or incident to your supervisor as soon as possible.
2. Obtain medical attention. Emergency treatment does not require prior authorization.
In case of non-emergency treatment, your supervisor must first complete a CA-16
form (within four hours of an employee's request) in order to authorize medical
treatment. (This form is valid for 60 days from date of issue unless canceled by the
OWCP.) Choose a local federal medical officer/hospital, if available, or a local
private physician/hospital, and schedule a consultation. Bring the CA-16 form and
form HCFA 1500 (standard billing form) with you to your appointment.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 12 of 13
3. File an official written notice of a traumatic injury within two working days, using
form CA-1. (Continuation of Pay cannot be authorized if this form is filed more than
30 days after the date of injury.) Form CA-2 is filed instead of form CA-1 if
disability results from an occupational disease or illness.
4. Retain a receipt of Notice of Injury from your supervisor for your personal records.
It is attached to Forms CA-1 and CA-2.
5. If disabled as a result of a traumatic injury, the employee may choose to take leave
or request Continuation of Pay (maximum of 45 calendar days.) If disability is a
result of an occupational disease, an employee may use leave or request compensation
using Form CA-7.
Supervisors shall investigate and report all job-related accidents on EPA Form 1440-9 "Supervisor's
Report of Accident". This is a four-part form. The supervisor who completes the form must mail
the top copy directly to the Environmental Protection Agency, Occupational Health abd Safety Office,
Washington, D.C. 20460. If the accident involves an occupational injury or illness, the supervisor
must attach a copy of Form CA-1 or CA-2. The fourth part of the completed Form 1440-9 must be
retained by the supervisor. The supervisor must send the second part of the Form 1440-9 to the local
personnel office and the third part cf the form to the Regional Safety Manager.
Supervisors should perform the following when summarizing an injury or illness:
1. Complete and forward all forms to the appropriate OWCP District Office within 10
working days following the receipt from the employee if:
• The disease or illness causes disability for work beyond the day or shift it was
reported; or
• It appears the condition will result in prolonged treatment, permanent disability,
or serious disfigurement of the head, face, or neck; or
• The condition has resulted (or will likely result) in a charge for medical or other
related expenses.
2. Furnish a separate, narrative statement to be attached to the form, which should:
• Describe in detail the work performed by the employee, identify fumes, chemical
or other irritants or situations that the employee was exposed to which allegedly
caused the condition. State the nature, extent and duration of exposure, including
hours per day and days per week.
• Attach copies of all physical examination reports (including X-ray reports and
laboratory data) on file for the employees.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 13 of 13
• Attach a record of the employees absence from work caused by any similar
disease or illness (have employee state reason for each absence).
• Attach statements from each co-worker who has first-hand knowledge about the
employee's condition and its cause (the co-worker should state how such
knowledge was obtained.
• Review and comment on the accuracy of the employee's statement.
NOTE: For the employee's own protection, copies of all forms and
documents should be made for his/her personal files.
1.12.3 Ship Board Reporting Requirements
Any accident or incident, whether involving EPA personnel, Contracting personnel, or Grantee,
occurring during surveillance and research activities must be immediately reported to the Captain and
the ship's Safety Officer. An Incident Report detailing the events of the incident must be provided
in writing to the Regional Safety Manager and the GLNPO Director within 48-hours of the incident.
1.12.4 Investigation ^
Investigation of an accident or illness is necessary to prevent similar occurrences. It is not designed
to establish guilt or innocence, but is an attempt to identify and abate potential hazards. Investigations
should be conducted promptly by both the employee's supervisor and the Occupational Health and
Safety Designee. Both parties should gather and document all facts and statements concerning an
incident, make recommendations for resolution, and provide each other with copies of findings, as
well as to the employee involved. Further details of investigative procedures are available in EPA
Order 1440, Occupational Health and Safety Manual.
1.12.5 Rccordkeeping
Under OSHA regulations, it is the responsibility of the Safety Office to maintain and keep current two
OSHA Forms. "The Log of Federal Occupational Injuries and Illnesses" is used for compiling data
and statistics on injuries and illnesses. "The Annual Summary of Federal Occupational Injuries and
Illnesses" is a questionnaire completed by each Region for Headquarters in order to assist them in
preparing the annual health and safety summary of the Agency for submission to the Department of
Labor. This log and information will be kept at the Regional Safety Office.
1.13 ANNUAL AND PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND SURVEYS
A summary of required inspections, frequency of inspections, and personnel responsible for specific
inspections for all GLNPO operations is stated in Appendix V.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1, ATTACHMENT I.I
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE: Att. 1-1
Occupational
Safety and Health
for Environmental
Protection Agency
Employees
Occupational Satety and health Policy
Tha Environmental Prolectlqn Agency shall administer its programs in a
manner that will assure Its employees places and conditions of employ-
ment free from recognized hoards which are likely lo cause death or
serious harm.
Agency
Responsibilities
Do signals en Occupational Safety and
Health Official lo administer EPA't Safely
and Health Programs. This Offfdaf I*
Sallyanne Harrer
Nona
Acting Assistant Arhi./OAEM
Title
• Furnish employment and a place of
employment tree horn recognized hazards.
• Comply with OSHA standards or develop
more stringent alternate standards.
• Ensure thai the performance evaluation
of at managers and supervisors measures
his/her performance in meeting requirements
of EPA'* Occupational Safety and Health
Program*.
* Acquire, maintain, and require the use of
approved personal protective equipment and
approved safely equipment
• Authorize Agency safety and haalth
personnel to utilize expertise Irom other
agencies, professional groups, consultants,
universities, labor organizations, safety and
health committees, and other appropriate
sources.
• Ensure appropriate resources to
effectively implement and administer the
Agency's Occupational Safety and Heallh
Programs.
Occupational
Safety and Health
Responsibilities
• Develop an Agency Occupational Safety
and Heallh Program that includes policies,
programs, standards, goals, and objectives
* Evaluate '.he alleoveress 3! ;he
Agency's Occupational Sa/ery and Health
programs at all operating 'evals
Supervisor
Responsibilities
To the extent of their authority, Superior*
shal:
• Provide hlsAer employees with ,
employment and places of amployrm»-t ree
Irom recognized hazard*.
• Comply with all safety and health
standards and with all rules, regulation; ind
orders Issued by the Agency.
• Enforce safe work practices.
Employee
Responsibilities
• Comply with Ihe Agency'* Occupaih nal
Safety and Health standards, rules,
regulations, and orders applicable to Ihni
own action* and conduct
• Use Ihe safely equipment, persons!
protective equipment and other safety anil
health device* provided by *ie Agency.
• Follow the procedures, provided or a;
directed, that the Agency deem* necesi a y
for their protection. < \
• Report al work-related property and
personal accidents, and ilnesses to (her
supervisor.
Employee and Employes
Representative Rights
• Access to copies ol the Agency's
standards, injury and iftness statistics, ard
procedures.
• Comment on standards proposed b/
the Agency
• Participate or assist in insoecticns an'
tell inspectors about unsale or unrmalthlil
working conditions.
• Authonzed ollicial lime 'o participate n
:he Agency'3 Occupational Safety and
Health Program activities
• May decline to perform assigned tas 9 Occupational Safety and r-eallh
C^s ;-99
J;j..jS C. J:Teno. Dir.,SH5>'D
9 1996
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1, ATTACHMENT 1.2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 2
Attachment 1.2 - THE GLNPO CHIEF SCIENTIST
The duties and responsibilities statement establishes standards for performance a: a Chief Scientist
(CS) against which Chief Scientists can be evaluated. These are classified into two categories;
scientific/technical and managerial.
Duties and Responsibilities
Chief Scientists will be expected to perform a variety of duties and fulfill specific obligations as
technical leaders of the survey party.
Scientific/Technical Responsibilities: Scientific/technical responsibilities include oversight of
sampling activities. In particular, Chief Scientists will be expected to:
• Coordinate activities with the vessel's captain regarding sampling
schedules, and special needs or precautions for specific types of samples;
• Resolve conflicts as they arise; and
• Monitor sampling activities so that all samples are collected;
• Make final decisions regarding sampling priorities when time and adverse
weather conditions become limiting.
Managerial Responsibilities: Managerial responsibilities include providing leadership, oversight of
project activities, communication with crew, and compliance with safety requirements. In
particular, Chief Scientists will be expected to:
• Assure all necessary equipment is acquired and is in good condition prior
to survey departure;
Maintain morale and encourage teamwork during surveys;
Assign duties and monitor progress of work activities;
• Assure that a log of survey activities is maintained (as appropriate);
• Ensure that all survey activities are conducted safely and in compliance
with health and safety protocols; and
• Support public outreach activities.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1, ATTACHMENT 1.2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 2
Requirements and Stages of Practicum Progress
The candidate will be required to complete a minimum of three surveys aboard an EPA vessel.
The individual will assume increasing responsibility over time, with approval from the mentor.
Specifically, the stages of practicum progress are:
• Participating in a survey as a survey party member,
• Serving as Watch Captain on a survey, and
• Serving as Apprentice Chief Scientist during a survey under supervision by a
certified Chief Scientist.
The Chief Scientist will be expected to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of surveys. The
Chief Scientist should also be trained in CPR and First Aid and act as a first responder in *
emergency situations unless another designated person (e.g., Captain, Paramedic, EMT, etc.) is •
available.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 1, ATTACHMENT 1.3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 1.3 - INCIDENT REPORTING POLICY & PROCEDURE
An incident is defined as an event or an occurrence, minor or otherwise, that disrupts normal
procedure or causes a crisis. In regards to health and safety, the term incident is defined to set a
basic guideline for employees to consider when faced with situations which may be considered an
unsafe and/or unhealthful condition. Often it is a combination of minor events/incidents which
lead to a major and more serious event/incident. Therefore, it is imperative that thoughtful
consideration and thorough investigation be used when faced with an incident.
POLICY
In accordance with EPA RS 1440, employees are responsible for detecting and promptly reporting
work hazards, risks, or any unsafe conditions noted in their work environment. If an employee
considers a situation or work condition to be a hazard, or has the potential to be a hazard, or is
faced with an incident which may lead to an unsafe or unhealthful condition, it is his/her
responsibility to report the potential safety hazards to their supervisor or directly to the Safety
Manager or his/her Division Safety Designee. It is the responsibility of EPA management for
promptly correcting these reported conditions.
REPORTING
Potential safety hazards or incidents should be reported in writing to the Regional Health & Safety
Office as soon as they are recognized. The Health & Safety Manager or his/her designee will
investigate the situation and recommend corrective action, if necessary. The Health & Safety
Office will either make these correction or will pass the recommendations to a more appropriate
party.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 9
Chapter 2 - TRAINING, CERTIFICATION, AND MEDICAL MONITORING
REQUIRED TRAINING POLICY - OVERVIEW
It is the policy of the Great Lakes National Program Office that all EPA personnel and research vessel
occupants, including ship contractors, laboratory contractors, and visiting scientists, have appropriate safety
training specific to their job functions in accordance with EPA requirements. All required courses will
be provided by the EPA Safety Manager, with the exception of Superfund training. (Superfund training
will be provided by the Office of Superfund.) Training courses will be offered on an annual basis.
GLNPO training courses encompass a wide range of criteria including laboratory safety training, radiation
safety training, field health and safety, first aid a^J CPR, respiratory protection training, emergency
response, fire fighting, crane operation, industrial truck operation, occupational noise exposure, hazard
communication, confined space entry, hot work and lockout/tagout procedures, as well as bloodborne
pathogen training. In addition to training courses, GLNPO adheres to the regional medical monitoring
selection policy followed by all EPA Region 5 employees.
2.1. REQUIRED TRAINING POLICY
All EPA and Contractor personnel who work in EPA owned or leased laboratory space (including
laboratories on research vessels, and all field locations) must meet the safety training requirements
specified in EPA Order 1440 and Regional Safety Manuals. These Regional Safety Manuals must be
readily accessible at all locations. Supervisors must ensure that their employees are aware of these
manuals and that the requirements within the manuals will be implemented. Chapter Eight of EPA Order
1440 specifically addresses working with toxic substances in laboratories. Regional and laboratory safety
regulations are designed to comply with the OSHA regulations 29 CFR Part 1910 "Occupational
Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories". All laboratories are required to have a site-specific
safety manual. The manual should include general laboratory safety rules, fire escape plans, emergency
plans, environmental compliance rules, and a chemical hygiene plan. All laboratory personnel must
receive training based on the content of the manual and must know its location for reference purposes.
2.1.1 24-Hour Laboratory Safety Course
As specified in Order 1440, Chapter Eight, a 24-Hour Laboratory Safety Course must be completed by
all EPA and contractor personnel prior to working in an EPA laboratory on a full-time or part-time basis.
The 24-hour Laboratory Safety Course is designed to cover all aspects of laboratory safety. New
employees must receive on-the-job training including fire evacuation procedures, waste disposal
procedures, protective equipment requirements, the location of eyewash stations, fire alarms, spill control
stations, and any site-specific safety rules. Topics such as potential sources of exposure, adverse health
effects, work practices and engineering controls, environmental and medical monitoring procedures, and
storage of incompatible materials should be covered, as well. Additionally, since all laboratories generate
wastes, and some of theses wastes are hazardous under the RCRA regulations, the 24-hour training must
include information regarding environmental compliance. This will ensure that laboratory personnel will
understand compliance according to RCRA regulations and how it relates to their work practices. For
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 9
further information, please refer to EPA Headquarters Order 3500.1 entitled "Training and Development
for Compliance Inspectors/Field Investigators". In the event a new employee begins work in a laboratory
prior to scheduled training, the employee should review the materials provided for the Laboratory Safety
Class and refresher class. The employee should then be enrolled in the first available Laboratory Safety
Class.
A training agenda for the 24-hour course can be found as Attachment 2.1 of this chapter.
"General Laboratory Safety Rules" appear as Attachment 2.2 of this chapter.
2.1.2 4-Hour Laboratory Safety Refresher Course
Following the completion of the 24-hour Laboratory Safety Course, an annual refresher course is required
thereafter. The 4-Hour Laboratory Safety A.^iual Refresher Course is mandatory for all EPA and
contractor personnel who work in EPA laboratories and is designed to review safety topics for personnel
who already have a basic understanding of safety requirements. Recent advances in health and safety
regulations should be included during this refresher training. The 4-Hour Laboratory Safety Annual
Refresher Course agenda appears as Attachment 2.3 of this chapter.
2.1.3 GLNPQ Research,Vessel Laboratory Training Requirements
In addition to the 24-hour Laboratory Safety Course and the annual 4-hour Refresher Course, all
laboratory personnel are required to attend a "site-specific" training orientation course prior to engaging
in laboratory activities. This course is intended to familiarize EPA personnel and contractors with the
laboratories in which they will work. An Annual Refresher Course is required for this training and
participants are required to document attendance. The general training agenda for the course appears as
Attachment 2.4 of this chapter.
2.1.4 Radiation Safety Training
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission's Material License issued to the U. S. EPA Central Regional
Laboratory (CRL) allows the limited use of radioactive materials aboard GLNPO research vessel
laboratories. This license also allows GLNPO laboratories to use Carbon 14 and Nickel for laboratory
research and sample analysis. While these materials may be used on a limited basis, Radiological Health
and Safety Plans, in accordance with the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Regulatory Guide
8.8 and DOE publication PNL-6577, will be implemented to maintain the lowest minimum exposure to
personnel. Use of these materials are subject to the guidelines specified in the CRL Radiation Safety
Manual as described in Appendix J of this manual. GLNPO research vessels must also follow the
guidelines presented in the Chemical Hygiene Plan described in Appendix J of this manual.
A site-specific Radiation Safety Training Course is required for GLNPO personnel and contractors prior
to working in a GLNPO facility where radioactive materials are used. This training must provide
information on work operations using radioactive materials, personnel monitoring, protective clothing, and
bioassay. These training requirements appear as part of the Chemical Hygiene Plan described in
Appendix J of this manual and radiation safety SOPs appear as an attachment to the plan.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 9 '
2.1.5 40-Hour and 24-Hour Field Health and Safety Training
Health and Safety training is required for all EPA field personnel. The training consists of a 40-hour
Superfund Hazardous Waste Site Training Course for all OSCs, RPMs, and related personnel. All other
field personnel, including inspectors, are required to take the EPA 24-hour Field Safety Training Course.
All training requirements will be in accordance with EPA Order 1440.2.
Since specific protection cannot be engineered into every field situation, it is essential that employees are
trained to implement safe operational procedures and are familiar with the proper use of personal
protective clothing and equipment. GLNPO employees and contractors, therefore, must successfully
complete the 24-hour or 40-hour training required and hold certifications attesting that these requirements
have been met. GLNPO employees and contractors are not permitted to engage in routine field activities
until they have been trained and certified.
No persons, field EPA employees, or contractors will be permitted to participate in GLNPO-sponsored
activities until they have received appropriate training .
2.1.6 8-Hour Field Health and Safety Annual Refresher Training
After certification in the 40-hour or 24-hour Field Health and Safety Training Courses, all GLNPO
employees and contractor personnel are required to complete the 8-hour Refresher Training Course on an M
annual basis. The refresher instruction is designed as a review of subject areas necessary to maintain ™
certification based on the initial 40-hour and 24-hour training.
For further details on this subject, refer to EPA Order 1440.2 Transrnittal July 12, 1981.
2.1.7 Terrestrial Training
GLNPO personnel involved in Terrestrial operations are required to receive training in accordance with
the EPA 24-hour Field Safety Training Course specifications noted above in Section 2.1.5.
2.1.8 First Aid and CPR
EPA employees classified as Chief Scientist and shift supervisors, and contractor personnel who work on
board GLNPO vessels are required to be certified in basic First Aid/CPR.
CPR
Courses in Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) will be offered throughout the year. Training may be
given by fellow employees who are certified instructors or by instructors from an outside agency.
Assuming that someone else will know CPR is a dangerous assumption. All EPA personnel aboard
GLNPO vessels are required to attend an annual 4-hour course in CPR.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 9
First Aid
First Aid, like CPR, will be taught throughout the year. This course is valuable to all, but especially
important to personnel who are engaged in potentially hazardous activities. Like CPR, knowledge of First
Aid is valuable outside the work place, as well. Chief Scientists and Shift Supervisors who are required
to work on GLNPO research vessels must attend a 4-hour training session in First Aid, at minimum, once
every three years.
2.1.9 Respiratory Protection
Employees performing tasks requiring the use of respiratory protective devices must receive training in
the use and limitations of a respirator. Personnel must also be evaluated by a physician to ensure they
are medically fit to wear a respirator. If respirators are issued, a written Respiratory Protection Program
must be implemented. Training and program requirements can be found in OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134 and
EPA Order 1440.3.
A written Respiratory Protection Program for GLNPO research vessels is described in Appendix A of this
manual. All Emergency Response Personnel aboard the vessel must meet the requirements specified in
the program.
2.1.10 Emergency Response Team Training
Prior to each GLNPO research vessel survey, it is necessary to have a designated emergency response
team. The team must be trained in spill response, respiratory protection (including SCBA), and emergency
response in accordance with OSHA 1910.120. The team members must also be trained in CPR and first
aid and conduct practice drills on an annual basis.
In the event anyone aboard a ship at sea becomes ill or is injured beyond the clear capability of the ship
to provide prompt and adequate care, a Medical Emergency (ME) exists and that person should be
transferred to a facility providing emergency medical treatment. Details and procedures for injured or ill
personnel or Medical Emergencies can be found in Chapter 7, Section 4.
2.2 SAFETY TRAINING FOR SHIP OPERATING PERSONNEL
Ship operating personnel must receive training specific to their job functions in accordance with all
regulatory and policy requirements. Specific training areas such as fire fighting, heavy equipment
operation, and powered industrial truck operation, are detailed in the following sections.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997 ,
PAGE: 5 of 9
2.2.1 Fire Fighting
In the event of fire, a well-trained fire brigade must be available to respond immediately and be
accompanied by a qualified chief in command. All members of the GLNPO research vessel fire brigade
must be trained in accordance with the U.S. Coast Guard's fire brigade requirements. Training must
include discussions of fire principles and fire classification, the use of portable fire extinguishers and
proper extinguishing methods, in addition to overall fire safety awareness. Other qualifications of the
brigade must include training and experience in fire protection and prevention in addition to well
established firefighting organizational capabilities.
Response teams must be available 24 hours a day and regularly scheduled training for all members of the
team must be conducted. Training sessions, at least one hour per week, are recommended. These sessions
should include proper procedures on how to av^d fire, hands-on training for drills, including signals and
individual responsibilities, as well as procedures for the prevention of bodily injury. A portion of this
training must be devoted to the practice of emergency exit drills to make certain that all exits are clearly
marked and easily passable and that all alarms are in maximum working order. Any deficiencies noted
during drills or routine inspections must be corrected immediately.
Training documentation must be made available aboard the vessel and must include the date of training,
name and social security number of the individual trained, and the name and qualifications of the trainer.
2.2.2 Cranes
Persons responsible for the operation of cranes, derricks, or hoists on all GLNPO research vessels are
required to receive annual training in the proper use of Ship-Mounted Load Handling Equipment.
Training documentation must be made available aboard the vessel and must include the date of training,
name and social security number of the individual trained, and the name and qualifications of the trainer.
2.2.3 Powered Industrial Trucks (Fork Lifts)
The operator is one of the most important factors in the safe operation of industrial or fork-lift trucks.
To ensure operator competence, and mental and physical fitness, training is required. Initial training must
be performed in accordance with the National Safety Council Guidelines followed by refresher courses
every two years. Training must include:
Operator safety rules
• Basic material handling techniques
• Basic instruction on the operation of the truck
• A driver's performance test on an obstacle course which simulates actual driving conditions
(e.g. maneuverability)
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 9
The operator should be trained to distinguish the differences between a fork-lift truck and a conventional
car or truck. For example:
• A lift truck can be steered by either the front or rear wheels
• A lift truck steers more easily loaded than empty
• A lift truck is often driven as much in reverse as in forward gear
Employees who are assigned to operate powered industrial trucks and/or lift trucks should be given a
certification card and should be required to carry it. "Rules of Operation" - Safety rules of operation will
be given to all industrial truck and lift truck operators. These rules are described in Attachment 2.6 of
this chapter.
2.3 DOCUMENTATION
Documentation for all EPA required training courses and field certifications must be maintained by the
branch or office safety representative, the GLNPO Safety Manager, the Branch or Division Safety
Representative, the EPA Safety Manager, and the EPA Training Officer. In all cases, each attendant of
an EPA required safety course must complete a Standard Form 182 prior to training and forward it to the
Regional Training Officer. The information contained in this form will establish a permanent record and
be maintained,in the Human Resources Branch Training Data Management System.
The GLNPO Safety Manager will record and certify that annually required training courses have been
attended by each field inspector or field personnel and issue proper documentation. The GLNPO Safety
Manager will also be responsible for maintaining annual medical monitoring and respirator fit testing
certification for appropriate field personnel.
2.4 MEDICAL MONITORING SELECTION POLICY
The Regional Medical Monitoring Selection Policy is detailed in Regional Order 3130 and is to be
followed by all EPA Region 5 employees to whom it applies. The purpose of the Regional policy is to
ensure consistency in EPA's approach to mandatory participation in the Medical Monitoring Program and
to ensure that EPA provides the most comprehensive health protection possible for its employees. This
program is specifically designed to monitor the health of employees whose work regularly or periodically
poses the possibility of exposure to hazardous materials.
Medical monitoring may consist of a series of blood chemistry tests, urinalysis, pulmonary function tests,
hearing testing, and chest x-rays. Other types of monitoring may be necessary based on the various
hazards encountered by individual personnel. A physician is responsible for identifying and explaining
the significance of all findings. No employee should leave the health unit with unanswered questions.
Baseline or preplacement examinations are conducted prior to a job assignment where exposure to toxic
substances or hazardous materials may be possible.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 9
Three categories in which Medical Monitoring is mandatory are Hazardous Waste Site Workers,
Laboratory Personnel, and Other Field Personnel or Inspectors who are exposed to toxic chemicals.
Based on this policy, all GLNPO employees who work with potentially toxic chemicals must be monitored
for exposure.
The written Medical Monitoring policy is described in Appendix B of this manual.
2.5 ADDITIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COURSES
As well as courses that are required for field and laboratory personnel, other courses will be offered that
are intended for all employees, including Hazard Communication Training for office workers who do not
routinely work in unsafe situations. Courses for non-field/lab personnel will be offered that address
potentially serious health risks. Some courses will be offered consistently throughout the year while others
will be specially scheduled.
2.5.1 Occupational Noise Exposure
In 1983 OSHA promulgated a hearing conservation amendment to the 1971 noise standard. This standard •
defines an effective program and requires that a hearing conservation program be implemented if workers
are exposed to levels equal to or greater than 85 dB measured on the A scale (slow response). When
employees are subjected to noise at or above this PEL, regulations state, "the employer shall administer
an effective hearing conservation program". Note: EPA employees and contractors, including all GLNPO
personnel, are required to wear hearing protection in all work spaces where noise levels reach or exceed
85 dBA.
The hearing conservation program for GLNPO research facilities is described in Appendix C of this
manual.
2.5.2 Hazard Communication
GLNPO will ensure that a Hazard Communication Program is in place on all research vessels and that all
non-laboratory personnel aboard the vessels are familiar with the program. The Hazard Communication
Program will be based on the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's regulation stated in 29
CFR 1910.1200. The program will contain a chemical inventory list, material safety data sheets, proper
labeling requirements, and employee training specifications. The Hazard Communication Program for
GLNPO is described in Appendix D of this manual. Laboratory and Field personnel are required to
receive training in accordance with the OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910.1450 "Occupational Exposures
to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories (refer to section 2.1.1 of this chapter for training requirements).
Note: All laboratory personnel aboard the vessels are protected under the OSHA health standard 29 CFR
1910.1450 "Occupational Exposure to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories".
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 9
2.5.3 Confined Space Entry
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 led to the development of the Safety Training and
Education Standard (29 CFR 1926.21) for confined spaces. This standard defines a confined space and
requires that employees who enter confined spaces are trained to recognize the hazards of a confined space
and know the precautions to take when entering and working in such a space. Training is also required
for the use of appropriate personal protective and emergency equipment when working in or around
confined spaces.
After review of fatality and injury data, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration found the
existing standards to be inadequate in protecting workers from the hazards of confined spaces. In June,
1989, OSHA proposed a new rule for the protection of workers in general industry who work in confined
space1; This rule would require the development ^f a permitting system for confine J space entry, and
would address training, monitoring, and equipment necessary for entry into confined spaces. As of April
15, 1993, the Permit-Required Confined Spaces regulation has become effective as stated in 29 CFR Part
1910.146, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Department of Labor. Further
information concerning the Confined Space Entry Program and its requirements is described in Appendix
E of this manual.
2.5.4 Hot Work Procedures
If proper safeguards are not implemented, activities such as cutting, welding, heating, grinding or other
activities that produce a flame or spark have the potential for creating a fire or explosion. To minimize
hazards associated with hot work, Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) should be developed and
followed.
These procedures should include measures for protecting the worker, the establishment of a hot work
permitting system, monitoring for chemical exposure, and monitoring for fire and explosion potential.
When welding, cutting, or heating, all personnel and contractors must comply with OSHA 29 CFR
1926.353 for Ventilation and Protection in Welding, Cutting, and Heating During Construction Activities.
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.252, General Requirements, must also be followed. Additional information outlining
Hot Work Procedures is described in Appendix F of this manual.
2.5.5 Lockout/Tagout
The purpose of lockout/tagout is to control the release of potentially hazardous energy. The unexpected
energization of machines or equipment, or release of stored energy, can cause injury or death. Based on
this definition, GLNPO's Lockout/Tagout program is based on the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration's (OSHA) Control of Hazardous Energy Sources Standard found in 29 CFR 1910.147.
The program is designed to safeguard the health and well being of GLNPO and contractor personnel from
a variety of energy sources when performing daily repairs, maintenance, and servicing of their operating
equipment. To minimize hazards associated with these activities, personnel must be trained to follow
proper lockout/tagout procedures specified in the written program. The GLNPO Lockout/Tagout Program
includes energy source surveys, designations of authorized personnel, affected personnel, training,
lockout/tagout methods and procedures, restoring equipment to use, and outside contractor information
exchange. The GLNPO Lockout/Tagout Program is described in Appendix G of this manual.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 9
2.5.6 Bloodborne Pathogens
If it is reasonably expected that an employee may be exposed to human blood or other potentially
infectious materials, employers must protect their employees from the hazards of bloodborne pathogens
and comply with the OSHA Bloodborne Pathogen Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1030. The standard requires
procedures for the use of universal precautions, engineering controls, personal protec ive equipment, proper
housekeeping, training, and handling of regulated waste. Due to the isolated nature of GLNPO research
vessel shipboard operations, emergency First Aid response may be necessary and exposure to potential
bloodborne pathogens may occur. Based on this assessment, a Bloodborne Pathogen Program has been
developed for GLNPO research vessels and is described in Appendix H of this manual.
2.5.7 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Employees performing tasks requiring the use of personal protective equipment must receive training in
the use and limitations of the equipment. Training and program requirements can be found in OSHA 29
CFR 1910.132 and EPA Order 1440.2.
A written Personnel Protective Equipment Program for GLNPO is described in Chapter 5 and
Appendix I of this manual. All Emergency Response Personnel aboard the GLNPO Research Vessels
must meet the requirements specified in the program.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 2.1
Training Date:
Time:
Conducted By:
24-HOUR LABORATORY SAFETY TRAINING AGENDA
GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE
RESEARCH VESSEL PERSONNEL
1. IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
2. POTENTIAL SOURCES OF EXPOSURE
3. TOXICOLOGY
4. METHODS OF CONTROL
A. Flow Relationships in Hazardous Materials Laboratories
B. Ventilation
C. Work Practices (Chemical Handling Protocols, Handling and Labeling)
5. MONITORING
6. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
A. Clothing
B. Emergency Eyewash & Showers
C. Respiratory Protection
7. SPILL CONTROL
8. WASTE AND STORAGE MANAGEMENT
9. CHEMICAL HYGIENE PLAN
10. CONTINGENCY PLAN
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 3
Attachment 2.2 - GENERAL LABORATORY SAFETY RULES
All laboratories and analytical procedures have certain dangers in common. Almost all analytical
procedures use chemicals that are considered toxic or hazardous; examples include acids, bases, and
organic solvents. The samples for analysis often contain unknown biological hazards or hazardous and
toxic chemicals. For these reasons, certain safety precautions are necessary throughout all laboratories and
whenever handling an unknown sample.
Each laboratory and analytical procedure will have safety rules specified in the Laboratory Safety Manual
or Standard Operating Procedure. These manuals and procedures will be specific to each laboratory,
however, the following laboratory safety rules listed below will apply to all U.S. EPA Region 5
laboratories:
1. All exits and passageways must be unobstructed and allow free exit.
2. Eating, drinking, smoking or applying cosmetics in the laboratory is prohibited.
3. Appropriate personal protective equipment must be worn for each procedure. This
includes lab coats, gloves, safety glasses, goggles, and occasionally respirators. No bare
legs, feet, sandals or perforated shoes are allowed.
4. Pipetting by mouth is prohibited.
5. All safety signs should be observed and obeyed.
6. All toxic waste must be properly disposed according to RCRA regulations.
7. Flammable, toxic or radioactive material must be stored in approved containers.
8. All containers of chemicals and samples shall be labeled clearly and correctly.
9. All gas cylinders must be firmly secured to prevent falling.
10. All electrical equipment should be properly grounded and electrical cords inspected
periodically to ensure that they are in good working condition.
11. Floors and surface working areas are to be kept clean, dry and free from corrosive
chemicals. Spills must be cleaned up immediately.
12. Initiation of a laboratory analysis or experiment, not fully described in Standard Methods,
AQC Manual or other procedural source, must be preceded by a survey of existing
literature. The toxicity and other hazards connected with the reactants and products
should be investigated thoroughly before starting any laboratory reaction.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 3
CONTINGENCY PLANS
Contingency plans must be developed and implemented in cases of accidents or emergencies. A spill
contingency plan is necessary when toxic or hazardous substances are on site. Personnel must be trained
in spill cleanup procedures. Depending on the size of the laboratory and the operations performed in the
laboratory, a special team may be needed for emergencies. At smaller installations, the local fire
department or emergency response team may be contacted for emergencies. Emergency response teams
will require training in respiratory protection, first aid, and spill cleanup. The duties of the team must be
clearly defined. Evacuation plans should be distributed, posted and updated yearly.
VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS
Proper ventilation must be provided for analytical procedures and especially those involving the use of
toxic substances. Most laboratories will be equipped with fume hoods to provide proper ventilation.
Fume hoods must be tested semi- annually to assure proper flow rates and containment. Maintenance
must be conducted on a regular basis to insure proper functioning. Exhaust air from glove boxes must
be treated by filtration, reaction, absorption, adsorption, electrostatic precipitation or incineration
depending on the chemical compounds being used. All exhaust air from primary containment equipment
must be discharged by roof- mounted blowers and dispersed clear of occupied buildings and air intakes.
Additionally, a mechanical exhaust ventilation system must be in place to control laboratory room air
movement. The air supply must originate from areas where the potential for contamination is low, and
exhaust into outside areas.
STORAGE REQUIREMENTS
Proper storage techniques must be followed and are detailed in the following sections.
STORAGE OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
Only compressed gas cylinders required for immediate use are allowed to be stored in laboratory work
areas. Separate areas should be provided for storage of all other gas cylinders. Empty and full cylinders
should not be stored together. Oxygen cylinders must not be stored near flammable gas cylinders.
Cylinders of compressed gases must be stored with the valve end up and securely fastened to a wall or
immovable object to prevent the cylinder from falling. All cylinders must be securely fastened (strapped
or chained) to prevent falls. All cylinders must be kept away from heat sources.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 3
STORAGE OF CHEMICALS
All chemicals or waste materials in the laboratory, stockroom, or bulk storage must be stored according
to their chemical compatibility. Storage control will minimize the potential for accidental mixing by
spillage, breakage, or fire. Major storage areas are required for the following types of chemical
compounds: flammable solvents, corrosive liquids, and strong oxidizers. Additional storage may include
areas for radioactive materials, biological hazards, highly toxic materials and compressed gases.
When working in laboratory areas, only the minimum amount of chemical needed for analysis operations
should be stored. Separate storage areas (stockrooms) should be provided for the main bulk of chemicals.
Incompatible chemicals should either be stored in separate safety storage cabinets, divided by a wall, or
enclosed by a tray to prevent accidental mixture. These storage areas and containers should always be
properly labeled.
The main storage areas should be divided to accommodate incompatible chemicals. Depending on the
amount of chemicals in storage, approved safety storage cabinets can be used. If necessary, storage rooms
can also be used.
No more than five one-liter containers of Class I and II materials should be stored in open laboratory
areas. Open laboratory areas include reagent shelves and bench tops. All glass containers must be
protected by an outer sheath or made of unbreakable glass.
Storage areas for waste collection should be provided and properly designated. Provisions for containment
and separation of incompatible waste materials are also required.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 2.3
Training Date:.
Time:
Conducted By:_
4-HOUR LABORATORY SAFETY TRAINING AGENDA
GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE
RESEARCH VESSEL PERSONNEL
1. CHEMICAL HEALTH AND SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Federal Safety and Health Regulations
B. EPA Occupational Health and Safety Program
C. OSHA 1910.1450 Occupational Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in
the Laboratories.
2. RIGHT TO KNOW
A. Chemical Inventory
B. Hazard Identification
C. MSDS
D. Labeling
E. Training
3. CONTROLS
A. Chemical Handling and Storage
1. Flammable Materials
2. Corrosives
3. Highly Toxic Chemicals
B. Ventilation
C. Personal Protective Equipment
4. SOPs/SAFETY PLANS/EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
5. SPILL CONTROL/HAZARDOUS WASTE
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 2
Attachment 2.4
Training Date:.
Time:
Conducted By:
TRAINING AGENDA
FOR
GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE
RESEARCH VESSEL PERSONNEL
I. SUBJECT
1. GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan
general overview
- use of PPE
health and safety SOPs for analytical procedures
MSDS overview
2. Environmental and Health and Safety Procedures
hazmat/waste transportation
hazmat storage/spill prevention
hazardous/common waste
contingency plan (plan, SCBA, APR, spill cart, instruments, fire, identify
team members)
3. General
MSDS review for specific materials
safety committee
lockout/tagout awareness
general comments
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 2
II. PARTICIPANTS
Name - Print Name - Sign Date
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 2
Attachment 2.5 POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS (FORK LIFTS)
RULES OF OPERATION
Safe rules of operation must be followed by all powered industrial truck drivers. The drivers should keep
the following rules conveniently located, refer to them frequently, and use them as a checklist for safety.
These rules have been developed in accordance with ANSI-B56.1-1993 (Revised).
1. At the beginning of each use, check brakes, steering controls, forks, hoists, warning devices and
lights. Report any defects to the supervisor immediately. Also check to see that the fire
extinguisher is in place and properly serviced.
2. Always face the direction of travel.
3. Before you start driving, look to see that no person or object is in your path. Always look before
backing up.
4. Do not drive over objects lying on the floor such as trash, lumber and pipes. These could damage
the truck, shift or topple the load, or flip out and strike another employee.
5. Use low gear when going down ramps or steep grades. On upgrades, keep the load in front. On
downgrades, keep the load in back.
6. Under normal traffic conditions, keep to the right.
7. Avoid quick starts or turns, and jerky stops; always come to a complete stop before reversing the
direction of travel.
8. Keep a safe distance between vehicles at all times (three truck lengths).
9. Make a complete stop at all doors, corners, exits and stop signs.
10. No horseplay at any time!
11. Keep alert—concentrate on the job at hand.
12. Remember that pedestrians have the right of way at all times.
13. Never drive with wet or greasy hands. If necessary, keep a towel or rag handy at all times.
14. Reduce speed on wet and slippery floors.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 2
15. Whether loaded or empty, carry forks and platforms on lift trucks as low as possible. This lowers
the center of gravity and reduces the possibility of overturning the truck or dumping the load.
16. Don't run trucks onto elevators unless authorized to do so. Be sure you have sufficient clearance
before entering any elevator or going through a doorway. Once the truck is in the elevator, shut
off the power, set the brakes and stay in the operator's seat in case of an emergency.
17. Check the clearance of any overhead crane or other object before raising forks or tiering.
18. Never use your truck as an elevator for other employees (for example, to service light fixtures or
stock material).
19. When leaving the truck at any time, put the forks or platforms in the down position, shut off the
power, set the brakes and remove the ignition key.
20. Never leave a truck in an aisle. Park the truck to one side, so traffic will not be blocked.
21. Before driving the truck into a freight car or trailer, always secure the bridging plate with bolts
or pins so that it cannot move when the power wheels of the truck pass over it; and before
moving the truck onto the bridge or into the carrier, walk into the freight car, truck or trailer and
check the floor for holes or weak spots (the weight of your truck might break the floor).
22. Keep your feet and legs inside the guard, which is there to protect you.
23. Drive with extreme care, especially during shift changes.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 3
Chapter 3 - COMPLIANCE REVIEW AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
3.1 OVERALL POLICY
All construction, safety-related procurements, and safety-related contract activity must be initially reviewed
by the Regional Safety Manager or other professionals working under the direction of the Regional Safety
Manager. The initial review of activities is designed to assess any issues which may impact the safety,
occupational health or environmental compliance of GLNPO employees, contractors, and the general
public. Specifically, activities for initial review by the Regional Safety Manager include hazardous waste
handling, transportation, and disposal. Supervisors, managers, property control personnel, and
procurement personnel have a responsibility to assist the Regional Safety Manager in the maintenance and
enforcement of Health and Safety Office review policies.
As such, visiting scientists (non-EPA or EPA contractors) must have health and safety standard operating
procedures, spill programs, and training required to implement spill cleanup procedures if necessary.
3.2 SAFETY & HEALTH REVIEW OF NEW CONSTRUCTION/REPAIRS AND
ALTERATIONS
All new facility construction activity and significant repairs or alterations to GLNPO facilities must be
reviewed by the Regional Safety Manager or other professionals working under his/her direction. The
review will be initiated at the planning and design phases and continue throughout construction. The
Safety Manager will recommend design changes or design applications relative to safety, occupational
health, fire prevention and protection, hazardous waste handling and disposal, and related program areas.
As necessary, the Safety Manager may enlist and coordinate the services of specialized experts in such
fields as fire protection, engineering, ventilation, hazardous waste, and other related fields. All facility
activity impacting life and safety must have the approval of the Regional Safety Manager before it can
be initiated.
3.3 SAFETY & HEALTH REVIEWS OF MARINE REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS
All construction, repairs or alterations to GLNPO vessels, labs or other marine equipment in any way
impacting safety, sanitation, occupational health, fire prevention and protection, environmental compliance
or related issues must have the approval of the Regional Safety Manager before such activity is begun.
The ship operations contractor should immediately report any potential hazards to the project officer, the
GLNPO Safety Manager, and the Regional Safety Manager.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 3
3.4 REVIEW OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL
PROCUREMENT
Procurement requests for hazardous materials and hazardous waste disposal at GLNPO facilities must be
approved and authorized in written form by the Safety Manager or an individual who has been designated
by the Safety Manager. This procedure is necessary due to the complexity of hazardous materials and
hazardous waste disposal regulations, as well as potential agency liability. Standard Operating Procedures
for Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste Disposal may be found as an Attachment to the Chemical
Hygiene Plan found in Appendix J of this manual.
3.5 HEALTH AND SAFETY REVIEW OF CONTRACTS
Any contract which involves field or laboratory work or otherwise appears to impact health and safety
must be reviewed and approved by the Regional Safety Manager while in the initial planning stage. All
EPA contracts must contain provisions which require the contract employee to follow all safely, health,
and environmental compliance rules and regulations. If necessary, applicability of compliance rules and
regulations will be determined by the Regional Health and Safety Manager.
3.6 REVIEW OF MISCELLANEOUS PROCUREMENT IMP ACTING SAFETY, HEALTH OR ^
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
Any procurement issue which has not been addressed in this manual, but appears to impact safety, health,
hazardous material, or hazardous waste handling and disposal, should be brought to the attention of the
Regional Safety Manager. The Regional Safety Manager will then determine what action, if any, needs
to be taken.
3.7 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE POLICY
Written Health and Safety Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) must be developed for specific tasks
(eg. pesticide inspections, PCB inspections, RCRA permit inspection, RCRA enforcement of TSDs, etc.)
related to field or laboratory operations. Within these SOPs, all safety, occupational health and
environmental compliance (hazardous waste transport and disposal) issues should be addressed. Division
or Office management is responsible for the development of safety SOPs. The SOPs should be reviewed
by the appropriate Division or Office Safety Representative. All SOPs should be readily available for
examination by the Regional Safety Manager during regularly scheduled inspections or surveys.
Health and Safety SOPs may address issues such as Safety Procedures, personal protective equipment,
training requirements (formal and on-the-job), medical monitoring and respirator fit testing requirements.
Special requirements, such as specific types of respirators and confined space entry procedures, may also
be addressed. If appropriate, Regional SOPs may be used to supplement laboratory or field SOPs.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 3
3.8 FIELD SOPs
Standard operating procedures for GLNPO field operations, primarily sediment sampling, are described
in Chapter 10 of this manual.
3.9 LABORATORY CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOPs
Laboratory Chemical Hygiene SOP's on board GLNPO research vessels are described in Appendix L of
this manual.
3.10 MARINE SOPs
All marine sampling, recovery, and operational activities are required to have SOPs for specific activities
which impact safety, health, or environmental compliance.
3.11 EVACUATION PLAN
All GLNPO personnel must participate in facility evacuation training exercises and drills. They are also
expected to be familiar with operational procedures identified in each Occupant Emergency Evacuation
Plan for their place of work. GLNPO personnel are expected to cooperate fully with the instructions
provided. An Occupant Evacuation Plan is described in Appendix M of this manual.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 3
Chapter 3 - COMPLIANCE REVIEW AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
3.1 OVERALL POLICY
All construction, safety-related procurements, and safety-related contract activity must be initially reviewed
by the Regional Safety Manager or other professionals working under the direction of the Regional Safety
Manager. The initial review of activities is designed to assess any issues which may impact the safety,
occupational health or environmental compliance of GLNPO employees, contractors, and the general
public. Specifically, activities for initial review by the Regional Safety Manager include hazardous waste
handling, transportation, and disposal. Supervisors, managers, property control personnel, and
procurement personnel have a responsibility to assist the Regional Safety Manager in the maintenance and
enforcement of Health and Safety Office review policies.
As such, visiting scientists (non-EPA or EPA contractors) must have health and safety standard operating
procedures, spill programs, and training required to implement spill cleanup procedures if necessary.
3.2 SAFETY & HEALTH REVIEW OF NEW CONSTRUCTION/REPAIRS AND
ALTERATIONS
All new facility construction activity and significant repairs or alterations to GLNPO facilities must be
reviewed by the Regional Safety Manager or other professionals working under his/her direction. The
review will be initiated at the planning and design phases and continue throughout construction. The
Safety Manager will recommend design changes or design applications relative to safety, occupational
health, fire prevention and protection, hazardous waste handling and disposal, and related program areas.
As necessary, the Safety Manager may enlist and coordinate the services of specialized experts in such
fields as fire protection, engineering, ventilation, hazardous waste, and other related fields. All facility
activity impacting life and safety must have the approval of the Regional Safety Manager before it can
be initiated.
3.3 SAFETY & HEALTH REVIEWS OF MARINE REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS
All construction, repairs or alterations to GLNPO vessels, labs or other marine equipment in any way
impacting safety, sanitation, occupational health, fire prevention and protection, environmental compliance
or related issues must have the approval of the Regional Safety Manager before such activity is begun.
The ship operations contractor should immediately report any potential hazards to the project officer, the
GLNPO Safety Manager, and the Regional Safety Manager.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 3
3.4 REVIEW OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL
PROCUREMENT
Procurement requests for hazardous materials and hazardous waste disposal at GLNPO facilities must be
approved and authorized in written form by the Safety Manager or an individual who has been designated
by the Safety Manager. This procedure is necessary due to the complexity of hazardous materials and
hazardous waste disposal regulations, as well as potential agency liability. Standard Operating Procedures
for Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste Disposal may be found as an Attachment to the Chemical
Hygiene Plan found in Appendix J of this manual.
3.5 HEALTH AND SAFETY REVIEW OF CONTRACTS
Any contract which involves field or laboratory work or otherwise appears to impact health and safety
must be reviewed and approved by the Regional Safety Manager while in the initial planning stage. All
EPA contracts must contain provisions which require the contract employee to follow all safety, health,
and environmental compliance rules and regulations. If necessary, applicability of compliance rules and
regulations will be determined by the Regional Health and Safety Manager.
3.6 RE VIEW OF MISCELLANEOUS PROCUREMENT IMPACTING SAFETY. HE ALTHOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
Any procurement issue which has not been addressed in this manual, but appears to impact safety, health,
hazardous material, or hazardous waste handling and disposal, should be brought to the attention of the
Regional Safety Manager. The Regional Safety Manager will then determine what action, if any, needs
to be taken.
3.7 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE POLICY
Written Health and Safety Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) must be developed for specific tasks
(eg. pesticide inspections, PCB inspections, RCRA permit inspection, RCRA enforcement of TSDs, etc.)
related to field or laboratory operations. Within these SOPs, all safety, occupational health and
environmental compliance (hazardous waste transport and disposal) issues should be addressed. Division
or Office management is responsible for the development of safety SOPs. The SOPs should be reviewed
by the appropriate Division or Office Safety Representative. All SOPs should be readily available for
examination by the Regional Safety Manager during regularly scheduled inspections or surveys.
Health and Safety SOPs may address issues such as Safety Procedures, personal protective equipment,
training requirements (formal and on-the-job), medical monitoring and respirator fit testing requirements.
Special requirements, such as specific types of respirators and confined space entry procedures, may also
be addressed. If appropriate, Regional SOPs may be used to supplement laboratory or field SOPs.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 3
3.8 FIELD SOPs
Standard operating procedures for GLNPO field operations, primarily sediment sampling, are described
in Chapter 10 of this manual.
3.9 LABORATORY CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOPs
Laboratory Chemical Hygiene SOP's on board GLNPO research vessels are described in Appendix L of
this manual.
3.10 MARINE SOPs
All marine sampling, recovery, and operational activities are required to have SOPs for specific activities
which impact safety, health, or environmental compliance.
3.11 EVACUATION PLAN
All GLNPO personnel must participate in facility evacuation training exercises and drills. They are also
expected to be familiar with operational procedures identified in each Occupant Emergency Evacuation
Plan for their place of work. GLNPO personnel are expected to cooperate fully with the instructions
provided. An Occupant Evacuation Plan is described in Appendix M of this manual.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 6
Chapter 4 - RESEARCH VESSEL HEALTH AND SAFETY
GLNPO RESEARCH VESSEL HEALTH AND SAFETY - INTRODUCTION
Unique to GLNPO research vessels are their on-board laboratories. This feature, in addition to normal
marine operations, requires adherence to rigorous health and safety procedures. Each vessel must
develop and implement a Chemical Hygiene Plan designed to protect laboratory personnel from exposure
to health hazards during work operations. Also, all GLNPO shipboard personnel must be familiar with
marine safety practices associated with large and small boat operations. Although each vessel is staffed
with an experienced professional crew, it is the policy of GLNPO to ensure that all personnel aboard
each research vessel receive health and safety training relative to the specific hazards they may
encounter while on Loard.
4.1 GLNFO CHEMICAL HYGIENE PLAN
Since laboratory work operations typically involve exposure to or use of toxic substances, specific health
and safety programs are required. These programs are not merely limited to laboratory safety training.
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requires facilities engaged in the laboratory
use of hazardous chemicals to develop and implement a "Chemical Hygiene Plan" as specified in 29
CFR 1910.1450. A Chemical Hygiene Plan contains procedures and work practices designed to protect
laboratory personnel from exposure to health hazards during their work operations. As such, a Chemical
Hygiene Plan must be developed for each GLNPO laboratory. The Chemical Hygiene Plan for GLNPO
research vessels is attached as Appendix J of this manual.
4.2 SAFETY ORIENTATION VIDEO
New employees on board any GLNPO research vessel are required to receive site- specific safety
training. Such training will include basic safety regulations, evacuation procedures, location of PPE,
and specific hazards to which they may be exposed while on board the vessel. As part of this training,
an instructional video will be presented and personnel will be required to document that they understand
its contents. Additionally, all GLNPO personnel and contractors will be required to know the location
of the Health & Safety Manual and the Material Safety Data Sheets. A GLNPO vessel orientation
narrative appears as Attachment 4.1 of this chapter.
4.3 BOAT HANDLING AND SEAMANSHIP
As described in Chapter 1 of this manual, the Great Lakes National Program Office maintains a fleet
of research vessels specifically outfitted for limnological research. These vessels range in size from 33
feet to 180 feet with sampling missions lasting from 1 to 30 or more days. Those vessels outfitted for
daily sampling missions are capable of maneuvering in the rivers, creeks and streams which empty into
larger bodies of water. The large vessels, on the other hand, are equipped for lengthy sampling missions
in the vast expanses of the Great Lakes.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4 I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 6
While many health and safety practice procedures apply to both small and large vessels, there are
specific differences. On board a small boat, crew movement, docking, and anchoring are significant
safety issues. However, on large vessels, use of heavy equipment becomes a primary safety concern.
To achieve maximum health and safety aboard all GLNPO vessels, it is the ultimate responsibility of
each crew member to comport themselves in a safe and competent manner.
4.3.1 SAFE BOATING OPERATIONS - SMALL AND LARGE VESSELS
Safe boating is based on good sense, education and experience. Each GLNPO research vessel will be
piloted by an accomplished boat operator and a chief scientist will monitor all activities. It is the
responsibility of each crew member to report any unsafe condition and to work only within their ability.
Should crew members encounter situations about which they are uncertain, they must report to the
appropriate ship personnel before taking action. There is always an element of danger when working
on the water.
4.3.2 PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES
Life jackets (personal flotation devices) must be worn any time the vessel is away from the dock and
you are working on deck. A range of sizes are available. Eighty-five percent of the people who have
died in boating accidents were not wearing PFDs. ^
Three types of PFDs frequently in use on EPA research vessels. Type 1 offers the greatest buoyancy
and will automatically turn an unconscious person face up while in the water. However, these PFDs
are bulky and difficult to work in. The second type of PFD, also called a keyhole vest or type 2 PFD,
will keep an unconscious person face up but not as efficiently as a Type 1 PFD. The Type 2 life jacket
is used more often when the boat is working close to shore where a quick, land-based rescue is possible.
The third type of PFD is a flotation aid or work vest (Type 3 PFD). The Type 3 PFD permits the most
freedom of movement but is not designed to hold an unconscious person upright in the water.
In addition to the above listed PFDs, there are two other types of PFDs which may be worn. The first
type is what is commonly referred to as a Mustang Suit. Mustang Suits are classified as a type 5 PFD.
Most Mustang suits will not right an unconscious person in the water. A Mustang Suit are made to help
maintain body heat and may be worn during periods of cold weather conditions. The second type is a
survival suit. A survival suit would be worn in the event of an abandon ship. During routine drills all
persons are required to donned the suit and are instructed in proper water entry.
4.3.3 MAN OVERBOARD PROCEDURES
If witness to someone falling overboard, the following procedures are to be executed:
1. Scream "Man Overboard" to get the attention of others but do not take your eyes off the
person in the water. If possible, throw anything that floats overboard to help mark the
area in which the person went overboard. If the person is within range, throw them a life
ring.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 6
2. Point to the position of the person in the water.
3. At the first cry of "Man Overboard", the boat operator will freeze the Loran C display and
place the engines in neutral until the location of the person is known. Once the location is
known a rescue pattern can be executed.
4. Prepare to throw the life ring when the victim comes within range.
5. After the victim is pulled to the side of the vessel, the crew can assist the person to get back
on board at the direction of the boat operator. No one is permitted to go into the water
to retrieve the victim unless directed by the boat operator. Jumping into the water in
order to "save" someone often results in two victims requiring rescue.
6. If the victim is not recovered immediately or is lost from sight, the Coast Guard should be
notified immediately as well as other boats in the area that can assist in a search effort.
7. The boat operator will begin a search pattern using the position placed in the Loran C
memory.
4.3.4 FIRE
The possibility of fire on board ship is always of great concern. If fire should occur, it may be fought
without the assistance of fire fighting professionals. Consequently, it is important that research vessel
personnel keep in mind fire safety when considering all shipboard activities.
When first aboard, vessel personnel will be apprised of the location of fire extinguishers and review the
ship's fire fighting plans and procedures. Decisions regarding fire fighting assignments will be made
at the beginning of each survey and the boat operator will be responsible for the plan and the assignment
of fire fighting stations and duties.
4.3.5 WEATHER
Weather conditions can change rapidly on the water. Therefore, it is important to always be aware of
these changes and to act accordingly.
4.3.6 DISTRESS SIGNALS
Despite being as well prepared as possible, there may be times when assistance is needed. In addition,
the law requires that assistance be rendered to other boaters in distress.
Visual hand signals may be used to attract attention and indicate a need for help. Additionally, flares
and dye markers may be used to signal for assistance. Channel 16 on the marine radio is the channel
reserved for emergency transmissions. If a "MAYDAY" distress call is heard from another vessel, do
not use Channel 16 and allow the Coast Guard to respond. If a GLNPO research vessel is in a position
to render assistance, contact the Coast Guard as soon as there is a break in radio traffic.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 6
4.3.7 FUELING
The greatest potential for fire occurs during the fueling of a vessel. Each year lives and boats are lost
due to explosions and fires related to fueling operations.
Standard Operating Procedures have been developed for various GLNPO vessels and can be found as
Attachment 4.3 of this chapter.
4.3.8 RULES OF THE ROAD
The operator of a vessel must have a thorough understanding of the nautical rules of the road. The
following rules should be followed by all boat operators:
1. If you encounter a vessel coming head on, make a clear turn to the right to indicate your
intention to pass the other vessel on your left.
2. You are to give way if a vessel is approaching your line of direction from your right.
3. Always keep in mind that the people aboard the other vessel may not know what they are
doing so be ready to take evasive action if necessary.
4. Sailboats under sail always have the right of way.
5. If you are passing a vessel, you must stay clear.
6. You are responsible for your wake and any damage that it may cause. You must obey all
speed limits and No Wake Zones.
4.4 SMALL BOAT OPERATIONS
In addition to use of personal flotation devices, man overboard procedures, fire safety, weather
awareness, distress signals, fueling procedures, and rules of the road, small boat operations include
embarking, anchoring, and docking activities.
EMBARKING PROCEDURES
The following procedures are used when leaving the dock:
1. Don personal flotation devices (PFDs).
2. Start engines and allow them to warm up.
3. Follow the boat operator's directions for releasing dock lines making sure that no lines are
in the water.
4. NEVER CAST OFF FROM THE DOCK UNTIL ORDERED TO DO SO BY THE
BOAT OPERATOR
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 6
DOCKING PROCEDURES
When docking the boat, the boat operator needs to concentrate on the docking procedure. Try to avoid
conversation at this time, pay close attention to what is going on and be prepared to assist as directed
by the boat operator. The following should be considered when docking:
1. The boat operator will assign duties. Learn the docking procedures and be prepared to
implement them.
2. Secure the fenders to the side of the vessel as directed by the boat operator.
3. Prepare bow and stern dock lines. A crew member should standby each line.
4. As the vessel conies into the dock, watch for any obstructions in the water that the boat
operator may not see and immediately bring them to his/her attention.
5. Never jump from the vessel to the dock. One could fall and be crushed between the dock
and the vessel.
6. Never use arms or legs to slow the boat as it comes into dock. The boat operator will use
the boat's engines to do this.
7. As the boat enters the dock, make sure that you are not blocking the boat operator's view.
ANCHORING PROCEDURES
An anchor is a device used to hold a vessel in position while away from the dock. One, two or three
anchors may be used to hold a vessel in position. The following is the general procedure for deploying
and retrieving anchors:
Deployment
1. Make sure the anchor line is attached to the anchor and the boat.
2. Do not toss the anchor out away from the boat. Rather, lower it when signaled by the boat
operator.
3. As the boat reverses, take a turn around the cleat and let the line out. Never allow the line
to run freely through your hand. An attempt to stop a free-running line can deliver a burn
or even a deep cut to your hand.
4. When you are letting line out, make sure you are not standing on the anchor line and that
it is not tangled around your foot or any other object in the boat.
5. The length of rope needed to be played out, called the scope, is generally 6 to 8 times the
depth of the water in which you are anchoring.
6. When securing the anchor line to the cleat, take at least two turns before cleating-off the
anchor line.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 6
RETRIEVAL
1. As the boat moves forward and the strain is removed from the anchor line, release the
anchor line and begin taking it in. Always keep a turn on the cleat.
2. When the anchor line is running straight up and down, Iry to pull up the anchor. If the
anchor is not free, turn the cleat a few times and signal the boat operator to run forward
slowly while you keep the anchor line fast. When the boat operator stops the forward
movement of the boat, try once more to lift the anchor. Replace the anchor on deck and
secure it prior to getting underway.
KNOTS
There are a few basic knots that are useful when working on a vessel. They include the cleat hitch,
figure eight knot, round turn and two half hitches, the bowline knot and the clove hitch.
4.5 LARGE BOAT OPERATIONS
Again, the use of personal flotation devices, man overboard procedures, fire safety, weather awareness,
distress signals, fueling procedures, and rules of the road, apply to large vessels, as well as small vessels.
The large vessels, however, are outfitted with heavy equipment such as "A" frames, knuckle/pivot
cranes, rigging, and hoists. Standard Operating Procedures for deck safety practices during use of this
type of heavy equipment must be addressed and enforced by the ship's operating contractor.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4, ATTACHMENT 4.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 7
Attachment - 4.1 WELCOME ABOARD STATEMENT FOR THE R/V LAKE
GUARDIAN
The United States Environmental Protection Agency, the ship's operations contractor, and the Master,
officers and crew of the R/V Lake Guardian welcome you aboard. We hope your stay on board will
be a pleasant one. Our goal will be to assist you to bring your research programs to a safe and
successful conclusion.
We appreciate your cooperation in accomplishing this goal and we ask that you review the material
in this handout. Should you have any questions or encounter problems regarding the items presented
herein, please bring them to the attention of the ship's Master via the Chief Scientist.
This informational handout will provide some essential facts and useful information to insure you have
a safe and comfortable voyage. Please do not hesitate to ask questions concerning any subject about
the ship. We will be happy to provide explanations and/or demonstrations when possible. If you find
you are having a problem, please bring it to the attention of the ship's Master (Captain), the Mate on
watch or the Chief Scientist.
OPERATING AUTHORITY
The Lake Guardian is operated for and under the control of the U. S. EPA's Great Lakes National
Program Office. An operating crew of professional seamen is furnished by the ship's contractor.
Laboratory support is provided by personnel from EPA's on-site Central Regional Laboratory. Lab
and ship safety overview is provided by an outside safety consulting firm. When the ship is at sea,
a senior scientist from U. S. EPA/GLNPO is assigned responsibility for all movements and activities
aboard the ship, in conjunction with the ship's Master. These two individuals have the final word on
any issue which might arise while at sea.
MISSION
Lake Guardian's mission is to gather information about the chemical and biological conditions of the
Lakes, and to monitor the pollutant concentrations in water, sediments, air, fish, and other biological
matter. On occasion, the ship may be used for other scientific interests, including research activities
of other federal, state and local agencies as well as academia.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4, ATTACHMENT 4.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 7
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Lake Guardian is U. S. EPA's newest, largest and cleanest surveillance and monitoring vessel. It was
converted in 1990 from a former offshore oil field service vessel originally built in 1981. During the
conversion period, all of the structures aft of the exhaust stacks were added.
In 1991, the four container labs and the HVAC (heating, ventilation and air conditioning) van were
added to the ship, as well as the large stern U-Frame. The ship is 180 feet in overall length, with a
beam (width) of 40 feet. Depending on loading conditions, it can have a draft (underwater portion
of the hull) of up to 11 feet. Lake Guardian is powered by two 1125 HP Caterpillar diesel engines,
each driving its own propeller shaft. Electrical power is provided by three 135 KW Caterpillar diesel
engines. A bow thruster, powered by a 300 HP Caterpillar diesel engine, aids in the ship's ability to
maneuver in close quarters. It is also used in station keeping. When operating at full power, the ship
can make 13 miles per hour and will consume in excess of 100 gallons of fuel per hour.
LIFE ABOARD LAKE GUARDIAN
Knowledge of the ship's layout will assist you in accomplishing your daily activities, and is vital in
determining the appropriate response for emergency situations, both real and simulated. Please study
the deck plans, note the locations of fixed fire stations, portable fire extinguishers and abandon ship
stations.
Because of Lake Guardian's unique mission, schedules and routines are inherently rigid. It is
suggested that you keep abreast of vessel movements, scientific activities and the weather so that you
are aware of emerging conditions which may affect you and/or your work aboard the ship.
Lake Guardian has berthing for up to 43 persons, including the crew. Most staterooms set aside for
scientific personnel have two fixed bunks (upper and lower) as well as a fold-down pullman bunk for
a third person. These pullman bunks are used only when a maximum complement of personnel is
carried aboard; some crews may have to share accommodations. Stateroom assignments are made
jointly by the ship's Master and the Chief Scientist.
Each stateroom and bunk contains a card which designates the emergency mustering location for the
persons in that stateroom.
REPORTING ABOARD
Plan to report aboard at least one hour before sailing time. Upon arrival you should report to the
Chief Mate, who will sign you aboard and provide an orientation of the vessel's physical arrangements
including assigned berthing area. Berthing assignments for science personnel are made by the Chief
Scientist.
Linens, towels, etc. will be provided when you arrive on board. Upon departure from the vessel,
kindly strip your bunk and store the soiled linen in the laundry basket provided near the washing
machine on the port side of the main deck, forward. Fresh linen will be issued once per week, the
time of which will be announced in advance.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4, ATTACHMENT 4.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 7
For your safety, you are required to accomplish the following immediately after receiving your
berthing assignment:
• Insure that your life jacket is in place on your bunk.
• Insure that your survival suit is in place on your bunk.
Refer to the station bill posted in the mess deck and find your assigned life raft, fire and abandon ship
stations.
Become familiar with the signals for fire and abandon ship; a drill will be conducted upon departure
from the first port and at least once per week thereafter.
Safety Rule:
One hand for you and one hand for the ship. Always keep one hand free. Make
two trips if necessary or get someone to help you. In addition, all persons
working or observing on deck must wear a work vest. NO EXCEPTIONS.
PERSONAL POSSESSIONS
The ship's operating contractors cannot be responsible for the loss of personal possessions. Items of
significant value should be left ashore, or given to the ship's Master for storage in the ship's safe.
SAILING TIME
Science personnel should plan to arrive on board at least one hour before sailing time. Allow
sufficient time prior to departure to turn in rental cars, load equipment, etc.. Sailing time may be
delayed at the Master's discretion if science/technical personnel report aboard in a condition which
he considers unsafe. Further delays in sailing are announced should equipment malfunction occur,
or when late deliveries of equipment and supplies are experienced.
WORK DECK
The Chief Scientist or his designated representative will advise the Master of any sampling, launching,
streaming or retrieval activity required. The ship's cranes, winches, tools, rigging, etc. are to be
operated by ship's crew only; however, during extended operations, scientific personnel may be asked
to participate in these activities.
Scientific personnel should direct all inquiries to the Master, through the Chief Scientist, in matters
concerning work on deck, navigation, safe working parameters, use of ship's equipment etc. Use of
this procedure will avoid working at cross purposes.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4, ATTACHMENT 4.1 |
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997 ™
PAGE: 4 of 7
When the ship is entering or leaving port, or during periods of poor visibility or high traffic activity,
and at the Master's discretion, the pilothouse should not be visited. You may assemble on the 0-1
level (focsel) deck if you so desire.
While steaming during hours of darkness, no unauthorized lights should be displayed on deck. This
is to comply with the Rules of the Road; lights shown forward of the deck house are detrimental to
the night vision of the conning officer. While on station and engaged in sampling/test operations,
adequate night lighting will be provided.
LABORATORIES AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT
There are four laboratories located aboard the Lake Guardian: chemistry lab (lower deck forward),
microbiology lab (main deck midship-starboard side), wet lab (main deck-forepart of deckhouse) and
container lab (boat deck-starboard side). The equipment and instruments contained in these labs are
primarily for support of the basic monitoring function of the ship. Some or all of this equipment may
be made available for use by guest scientists at the discretion of the U. S. EPA Project Officer or his
designated representative.
MESSING
Our cook prepares and serves varied and nutritious meals for our crew and the embarked scientific
party. The small refrigerator below the salad bar is designated for your use during other than meals
hours. Feel free to partake of the cold cuts, leftovers, fruit and soft drinks provided. Normal meal
hours are as follows:
Breakfast: 0730-0830
Lunch: 1130-1230
Dinner: 1700-1800
When large numbers of personnel are carried aboard, it is requested that meals be eaten comfortably
but quickly. We have seating for 19 but must feed up to 43 personnel.
The stainless steel refrigerator in the galley and the walk-in refrigerator and freezer contain food for
preparation of regular meals. We request that you do not open these units, but rather ask the cook
for any item which you cannot find in the salad bar refrigerator. We further request that any mess
gear used outside normal meal hours be scraped clean by the user and placed in the cart provided for
dishes and utensils to be cleaned.
We request that the mess area be vacated by all personnel 30 minutes before and after each meal in
order that the cook have ample space to prepare the area for meals and to square away after meals.
Certain other amenities are expected and required:
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4, ATTACHMENT 4.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 7
1. Appropriate clothing shall be worn to meals; this includes shirt and shoes.
2. Good breeding and shipboard protocol dictate that caps and other headgear be doffed
when entering the mess area while the ship's company is at mess.
3. Late arrivals to meals due to watch standing is expected, however, general
nonconformity with the meal schedule is considered poor form. On occasion, ship's
crew reporting for watch may be served ahead of someone who has been waiting.
Since the crew must report on time, your consideration will be appreciated.
4. When entering the mess area for meals, neither space nor sanitary considerations
permit visits to the galley to look things over. A menu is posted on the whiteboard.
Take your dinnerware from the dispensers provided and proceed to the salad
bar and hot table and then to the seat of your choice.
5. The mess area is designated a no smoking area at all times.
6. During mealtimes, no food is permitted in the lounge.
SAFETY EVACUATION PROCEDURES
Ship evacuations will be conducted in accordance with the ship's station bill, as shown in Attachment
7.1 of the Safety, Health, & Environmental Safety Manual.
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES AND ILLEGAL DRUGS
Alcoholic beverages and illegal drugs in any form will not be consumed or brought aboard by any
persons. Any personnel found to be in violation of this regulation will have the substance confiscated
and, upon arrival at the next port, will be discharged from the vessel.
FIREARMS
Firearms are prohibited on board the R/V Lake Guardian.
WASHING MACHINES AND DRYERS
Washing machines and dryers are provided and available for use by all personnel aboard.
The washing machines should only be used when you have a full load; use for partial loads will
deplete the ship's fresh water supply. Use less than l/2 cup of detergent for a full load; additional soap
creates heavy sudsing which strains the machine and can leave residue in your clothing. The washing
machines may be used while the ship is on station and collecting samples since the ship retains all
waste water.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4, ATTACHMENT 4.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 7
POTABLE WATER AND SEWAGE CAPACITY
The potable water and sewage holding capacity on board the Lake Guardian is severely limited. The
showers, sinks, washing machine and toilets drain into a holding tank (for later transfer ashore).
The following guidelines are set forth to ensure conservation of resources:
• Flush toilets only when required for human waste; all other disposable materials should be
placed in a waste container. Also, please remain till the water has stopped running in the
toilet. Any toilet, shower, or faucet that leaks must be reported immediately to the Bridge
so it can be repaired.
• When showering, please be brief; the water supply is limited. Each shower head is
equipped with a mixing valve. In order to control the water temperature turn the handle
counterclockwise to increase the temperature and clockwise to decrease the temperature.
• Showers and washing machines can be used when on or approaching a sampling station.
Low phosphate detergent is provided for your use by the ship; do not use other types of
soap in the washing machine.
CLEANLINESS
Cleanliness of the vessel is an "all hands" exercise. Our limited crew size demands that each person
on board do his share to assist in maintaining clean, neat and orderly conditions. Personnel assigned
to each space are responsible for the cleanliness of that space. Public areas of the vessel (heads,
passageways, mess area, etc.) are assigned to members of the crew for cleaning. Your cooperation
in this matter will be appreciated.
COMMUNICATIONS
Daily radio contact is made with the (ship's contractor's) office. The Master can handle routine or
emergency traffic via the marine operator as may be required. Personal and business calls will be
made by credit card or collect only, unless prior arrangements have been made to pay for this service.
Use of the cellular phone, when activated and in a coverage area, is for government and business use
only. Permission to use same must be obtained from the Master or Chief Scientist and all calls must
be logged.
SMOKING
In an effort to maintain the enclosed spaces of the ship as "sweet smelling" as possible, we request
that smokers restrict this activity to outside areas.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 4, ATTACHMENT 4.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 7
FUELING
Whenever the vessel is taking on fuel, as evidenced by the red "bravo" flag flying by day or by a red
light on the mast at night, the smoking lamp shall be extinguished throughout the vessel.
Announcements shall be made to further warn personnel when fueling operations are being conducted.
There shall be no smoking throughout the vessel.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
A manual of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) is located in the main deck passageway. Included
in this manual are procedures for performing certain functions aboard the vessel which could endanger
the safety of personnel or equipment. At their earliest opportunity, all scientific personnel should read
and become familiar with these procedures. Further, in the laboratory office is the U.S. EPA Region
5 Health and Safety Manual. Again, it is incumbent upon all scientific personnel to become familiar
with this manual and to abide by the requirements contained therein.
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MASTER
The ship's Master (Captain) assumes responsibility for the safe operation and navigation of the ship.
He is responsible for the safety of all personnel on board and may curtail, delay or cease all operations
if, in his judgment, the vessel, personnel or equipment are in jeopardy. The Master will confer and
cooperate with the Chief Scientist/Trial Director in making decisions at these times, and will comply
with the survey plan so far as possible to achieve the goals set forth therein.
TOURS OF THE VESSEL BY THE PUBLIC
The R/V Lake Guardian is funded by taxpayer dollars and an effort is made by U.S. EPA and (the
ship's contractor) to insure that the vessel is available to the general public on a not-to-interfere basis
with scientific operations, repair and maintenance work or crew privacy. With this in mind, scientific
and crew personnel desirous of providing interested parties with a tour of the vessel must first check
with the Master or the U. S. EPA Project Scientist before conducting such a tour. We request that
tours be conducted only during the hours of 0900-2000, with the exception of mealtimes. Only public
areas (lab passageways, pilothouse, open deck areas) of the vessel may be shown. Berthing areas are
off limits for tours, except for unoccupied cabins which may have open doors for viewing purposes
only. Visitors should not enter the cabins.
This concludes our indoctrination procedure for our planned cruise. If we work as a team, everyone
does their job, and Mother Nature smiles upon us, we can expect another rewarding experience both
personally and professionally.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 14
Chanter 5 - PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
5.1 GLNPO PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT POLICY
It is the policy of GLNPO to determine the levels of protection required for personnel assigned to
specific field or laboratory operations and to provide appropriate protective clothing and equipment, as
well as enforcing its correct use. Training requirements, use and control of personal protective
clothing, and equipment are further discussed in Appendix I of this manual. A Personal Protective
Clothing and Equipment Assignment Sheet is included as Attachment 5.1. Workplace hazard
assessmements for all GLNPO operations, which include the types of personal protective equipment
required for recognized hazards, are included in Attachment 5.2. The assessments are designed to
comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910 Subpart I.
Each year all GLNPO field and laboratory personnel will be surveyed regarding existing health and
safety equipment inventory as well as any additional requirements. All GLNPO safety purchases must
be reviewed and approved by the Region 5 Safety Manager. Please also refer to Chapter 12 of the
U.S. EPA Region 5 Health and Safety Manual.
5.2 LEVELS OF PROTECTION
I. INTRODUCTION
Response personnel must wear protective equipment when there is a probability of contact with
hazardous substances that could affect their health. This includes vapors, gases, or participates
that may be generated by site activities, and direct contact with skin-affecting substances. Full
face piece respirators protect lungs, gastrointestinal tract, and eyes against airborne toxicants.
Chemical-resistant clothing protects the skin from contact with skin-destructive and absorbable
chemicals. Good personal hygiene habits prevent ingestion of material.
Equipment to protect the body against contact with known or anticipated toxic chemicals has been
divided into four categories according to the degree of protection afforded:
Level A: Should be worn when the highest level of respiratory, skin, and eye protection
is needed.
Level B: Should be worn when the highest level of respiratory protection is needed, but
a lesser degree of skin protection is needed.
Level C. Should be worn when a lesser level of respiratory protection is needed than
Level B. Skin protection criteria are similar to Level B.
Level D: Should be worn only as a work uniform and not on any site with respiratory or
skin hazards. It provides no protection against chemical hazards.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 14
The Level of Protection selected should be based on the hazard and risk of exposure.
Hazard: Type and measured concentration of the chemical substance in the ambient
atmosphere and its toxicity.
Risk: Potential for exposure to substances in air, splashes of liquids, or other direct
contact with material due to work being done.
In situations where the type of chemical, concentration, and possibilities of contact are not
known, the appropriate Level of Protection must be selected based on professional experience and
judgment until the hazards can be better characterized.
Personal protective equipment reduces the potential for contact with toxic substances.
Additionally, safe work practices, decontamination, site entry protocols, and other safety
procedures further ensure the health and safety of responders. Together, these provide an
integrated approach for reducing harm to response personnel.
II. LEVELS OF PROTECTION
A. Level A Protection
1. Personal Protective Equipment
Pressure-demand, supplied-air respirator approved by the Mine Safety and
Health Administration (MSHA) and National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health (NIOSH). Respirators may be:
1. pressure-demand, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or
2. pressure-demand, airline respirator (with an escape bottle for
atmospheres with, or having the potential for, Immediately Dangerous
to Life or Health (IDLH) contaminant concentrations).
• Fully encapsulating chemical-resistant suit
• Coveralls*, or
• Long cotton underwear*
• Gloves (inner), chemical-resistant
Boots, chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank. (Depending on suit
construction, worn over or under suit boot)
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE- 3 of 14
Hard hat* (under suit)*
Disposable gloves and boot covers* (Worn over fully encapsulating suit)
• Cooling unit*
• 2-Way radio communications (intrinsically safe)
* Optional
2. Criteria for Selection
Meeting any of these criteria warrants use of Level A Protection;
• The chemical substance has been identified and requires the highest level of
protection for skin, eyes, and the respiratory system.
• Substances with a high degree of hazard to the skin are suspected to be
present, and skin contact is possible. Skin contact includes: splash, immersion,
or contamination from atmospheric vapors, gases, or particulates.
• Operations must be conducted in confined, poorly ventilated areas until the
absence of substances requiring Level A protection is determined.
• Direct readings on field Flame lonization Detectors (FID) or Photo ionization
Detectors (PID) and similar instruments indicate high levels of unidentified
vapors and gases in the air.
3. Guidance on Selection
a. Fully encapsulating suits are primarily designed to provide a gas or vapor
tight barrier between the wearer and atmospheric contaminants.
Therefore, Level A is generally worn when high concentrations of airborne substances
that could severely affect the skin are known or presumed to be present. Since Level
A requires the use of a self-contained breathing apparatus, more protection is afforded
to the eyes and respiratory system.
Until air surveillance data are available to assist in the selection of the appropriate
Level of Protection, the use of Level A may have to be based on indirect evidence of
the potential for atmospheric contamination or other means of skin contact with
substances having severe skin-affecting properties.
Conditions that may require Level A protection include:
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 14
• Confined spaces: Enclosed, confined, or poorly ventilated areas are conducive
to build up of toxic vapors, gases, or particulates.
An entry into an enclosed space does not automatically warrant Level A
protection, but should serve as a cue to carefully consider the justification for a
lower Level of Protection.
• Suspected or known highly toxic substances: Various substances that are
highly toxic, especially through skin absorption, require Level A Protection.
Technical grade pesticides, concentrated phenolic compounds, Poison "A"
compounds, fuming corrosives, and a wide variety of organic solvents are of
this type. Carcinogens, and infectious substances known or suspected to be
involved may require Level A protection. Field instruments may not be
available to detect or quantify air concentrations of these materials. Until
these substances are identified and their concentrations determined, maximum
protection is necessary.
• Visible indicators: Visible air emissions from leaking containers or railroad or
truck tank cars, as well as smoke from chemical fires and others, indicate high
potential for concentrations of substances that could be extreme respiratory or
skin hazards.
• Job functions: Initial site entries are generally walk-throughs in which
instruments and visual observations are used to make a preliminary evaluation
of the hazards.
In initial site entries, Level A should be worn when:
• There is a probability for exposure to high concentrations of vapors, gases, or
particulates.
• Substances are known or suspected of being extremely toxic directly to the
skin or by being absorbed.
Subsequent entries are to conduct the many activities needed to reduce the
environmental impact of the incident. Levels of Protection for later operations are
based not only on data obtained from the initial and subsequent environmental
monitoring, but also on the protective properties of suit material as well. The
probability of contamination and ease of decontamination must also be considered.
-------
SECTION. CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 5 of 14
Examples of situations where Level A has been worn are:
• Excavating soil to sample buried drums suspected of containing high
concentrations of dioxin.
Entering a cloud of chlorine to repair a valve broken in a railroad accident.
• Handling and moving drums known to contain oleum.
Responding to accidents involving cyanide, arsenic, and undiluted pesticides.
b. The fully encapsulating suit provides the highest degree of protection to skin, eyes,
and the respiratory system given that the suit material resists chemicals during the time
the suit is worn. While Level A provides maximum protection, all suit materials may
be rapidly permeated and degraded by certain chemicals. These limitations should be
recognized when specifying the type of fully encapsulating suit. Whenever possible.
the suit material should be matched with the substance it is used to protect against.
B. Level B Protection
1. Personal Protective Equipment
• Pressure-demand, supplied-air respirator (MSHA/NIOSH approved).
Respirators may be:
1. pressure-demand, self-contained breathing apparatus, or
2. pressure-demand, airline respirator (with escape bottle for IDLH or
potential for IDLH atmosphere).
• Chemical-resistant clothing (includes: overalls and long-sleeved jacket or
hooded, one or two-piece chemical-splash suit or disposable chemical-resistant,
one-piece suits)
• Long cotton underwear*, or
• Coveralls*
• Gloves (outer), chemical-resistant
• Gloves (inner), chemical-resistant
• Boots (outer), chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank
-------
SECTION- CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 14
Boot covers (outer), chemical-resistant (disposable)*
Hard hat (face shield*)
• 2-Way radio communications (intrinsically safe)
* Optional
2. Criteria for Selection
Meeting any one of these criteria warrants use of Level B protection:
The type and atmospheric concentration of toxic substances has been identified and
requires a high level of respiratory protection, but less skin protection than Level A.
These would be:
• Atmospheres with IDLH concentrations, but the substance or its concentration
in air does not represent a severe skin hazard, or
Chemicals or concentrations involved do not meet the selection criteria
permitting the use of air-purifying respirators.
The atmosphere contains less than 19.5% oxygen.
It is highly unlikely that the work being done will generate high concentrations of
vapors, gases or particulates, or splashes of material that will affect the skin.
Atmospheric concentrations of unidentified vapors or gases are indicated by direct
readings on instruments such as the FID or PID or similar instruments, but vapors and
gases are not suspected of containing concentrations of skin toxicants.
3. Guidance on Selection
a. Level B does not afford the maximum skin (and eye) protection as does a fully
encapsulating suit since the chemical-resistant clothing is not considered gas,
vapor, or particulate tight. However, a good quality, hooded, chemical-
resistant, one-piece garment, with taped wrist, ankles, and hood does provide a
reasonable degree of protection against splashes of liquids and lower
concentrations of chemicals in the ambient air.
At most abandoned, outdoor hazardous waste sites, ambient atmospheric gas or
vapor levels usually do approach concentrations sufficiently high to warrant
Level A protection. In all but a few circumstances, Level B should provide
the protection needed for initial reconnaissance.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 14
Subsequent operations require a re-evaluation of Level B protection based on
the probability of being splashed by chemicals, their effect on the skin, or the
presence of hard-to-detect air contaminants. The generation of highly toxic
gases, vapors, or particulates, due to the work being done, must also be
considered.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 14
b. The chemical-resistant clothing required in Level B is available in a wide
variety of styles, materials, construction detail, and permeability. One or two-
piece garments are available with or without hoods. Disposable suits with a
variety of fabrics and design characteristics are also available. Taping joints
between hood and respirator reduces the possibility for splash and vapor or gas
penetration, but is not a gas tight barrier.
These factors and other selection criteria all affect the degree of protection
afforded. Therefore, a specialist should select the most effective chemical-
resistant clothing based on the known or anticipated hazards and job function.
Level B equipment does provide a high level of protection to the respiratory
tract. Generally, if a self-contained breathing apparatus is required, selecting
chemical-resistant clothing (Level B) rather than a fully encapsulating suit
(Level A) is based on the need for less protection against known or anticipated
substances affecting the skin. Level B skin protection is selected by:
• Comparing the concentrations of known or identified substances in air
with skin toxicity data.
• Determining the presence of substances that are destructive to or re-
absorbed through the skin by liquid splashes, unexpected high levels of
gases, vapor, or particulates, or by other means of direct contact.
• Assessing the effect of the substance (at its measured air
concentrations or potential for splashing) on the small areas left
unprotected by chemical-resistant clothing. A hooded garment, taped
to the mask with boots and gloves taped to the suit, further reduces the
area for potential skin exposure.
C. Level C Protection
1. Personal Protective Equipment
Air-purifying respirator, full-face, canister-equipped (MSHA/MOSH approved)
• Chemical-resistant clothing (includes: coveralls or hooded, one-piece or two-
piece chemical splash suit or chemical-resistant hood and apron; disposable
chemical-resistant coveralls)
• Coveralls*, or
• Long cotton underwear*
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 14
• Gloves (outer), chemical-resistant
Gloves (inner), chemical-resistant
• Boots (outer), chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank
• Boot covers (outer), chemical resistant (disposable)*
Hard hat (face shield*)
• Escape mask*
• 2-Way radio communications (intrinsically safe)
*Optional
Criteria for Selection
Meeting all of these criteria permits use of Level C protection:
• Oxygen concentrations are not less than 19.5% by volume.
• Measured air concentrations of identified substances will be reduced by the
respirator below the substance's threshold limit value (TLV) and the
concentration is within the service limit of the canister.
• Atmospheric contaminants, liquid splashes, or other direct contact will not
adversely affect any body left unprotected by chemical-resistant clothing.
• Job functions do not require self-contained breathing apparatus.
• Direct readings are a few ppms above background on instruments such as the
FID or PID.
Guidance on Selection
a. Level C protection is distinguished from Level B by the equipment used to
protect the respiratory system, assuming the same type of chemical-resistant
clothing is used. The main selection criterion for Level C is that atmospheric
concentrations and other selection criteria permit wearing air-purifying
respirators.
The air-purifying device must be a full-face respirator (MSHA/NIOSH
approved) equipped with a canister suspended from the chin or on a harness.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 10 of 14
Canisters must be able to remove the substances encountered. Half-masks or
cheek cartridge equipped, full-face masks should be used only with approval of
a qualified health and safety professional, preferably a Certified Industrial
Hygienist.
In addition, a full-face, air-purifying mask can be used only if:
• Substance has adequate warning properties.
• Individual passes a qualitative fit test for the mask.
• Appropriate cartridge/canister is used, and its service limit
concentration is not exceeded.
• Site operations are not likely to generate unknown compounds or
excessive concentrations of already identified substances.
b. An air surveillance program is part of all response operations when atmospheric
contamination is known or suspected. It is particularly important that the air be
thoroughly monitored when personnel are wearing air-purifying respirators. Periodic
surveillance using direct-reading instruments and air sampling is needed to detect any
changes in air quality necessitating a higher level of respiratory protection.
c. Level C protection with a full-face, air-purifying respirator should be worn routinely in
an atmosphere only after the type of air contaminant is identified, concentrations
measured and the criteria for wearing an air-purifying respirator met. A decision on
continuous wearing of Level C protection must be made after assessing all safety
considerations, including:
• The presence of (or potential for) organic or inorganic vapors or gases
against which a canister is ineffective or has a short service life.
• The known (or suspected) presence in air of substances with low TLVs
or IDLH levels.
• The presence of particulates in air.
The errors associated with both the instruments and monitoring
procedures used.
The presence of (or potential for) substances in air which do not elicit
a response on the instrument used.
• The potential for higher concentrations in the ambient atmosphere or in
the air adjacent to specific site operations.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 11 of 14
d. The continuous use of air-purifying respirators (Level C) must be based on the
identification of the substances contributing to the total vapor or gas concentration and
the application of published criteria for the routine use of air-purifying devices.
Unidentified ambient concentrations of organic vapors or gases in air approaching or
exceeding a few ppm above background require, at a minimum, Level B protection.
D. Level D Protection
1. Personal Protective Equipment:
• Coveralls
Gloves*
• Boots/shoes, leather or chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank
• Safety glasses or chemical splash goggles*
Hard hat (face shield*)
• Escape mask*
* Optional
2. Criteria for Selection
Meeting any of these criteria allows use of Level D protection:
• No contaminants are present.
• Work functions preclude splashes, immersion, or potential for
unexpected inhalation of any chemicals.
Level D protection is primarily a work uniform. It can be worn only in areas where
there is no possibility of contact with contamination.
NOTE: Levels C & D are the most common levels of protection used during GLNPO field
operations.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 12 of 14
III. PROTECTION IN UNKNOWN ENVIRONMENTS
In all incident response, selecting the appropriate personal protective equipment is one of the first
steps in reducing health effects from toxic substances. Until the toxic hazards at an incident can
be identified and personnel safety measures commensurate with the hazards instituted, preliminary
safety requirements must be based on experience, judgment, and professional knowledge.
Of primary concern in evaluating unknown situations are atmospheric hazards. Toxic
concentrations (or potential concentrations) of vapors, gases, and particulates, low oxygen content,
explosive potential, and the possibility of radiation exposure all represent immediate atmospheric
hazards. In addition to taking air measurements to determine these hazards, visual observation
and review of existing data can help determine the potential risks from other materials.
Once immediate hazards, other than toxic substances, have been eliminated, the initial on-site
survey and reconnaissance continues. Its purpose is to further characterize toxic hazards and,
based on these findings, refine preliminary safety requirements. As data is obtained from the
initial survey, the Level of Protection and other safety procedures are adjusted. Initial data also
provide information upon which to base further monitoring and sampling requirements. No one
method can determine a Level of Protection in all unknown environments. Each situation must
be examined individually.
IV. ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR SELECTING LEVELS OF PROTECTION
Other factors which should be considered in selecting the appropriate Level of Protection are:
A. Heat and Physical Stress
The use of protective clothing and respirators increases physical stress, in particular, heat
stress, on the wearer. Chemical protective clothing greatly reduces natural ventilation and
diminishes the body's ability to regulate its temperature. Even in moderate ambient
temperatures, the diminished capacity of the body to dissipate heat can result in one or more
heat-related problems.
All chemical protective garments can be a contributing factor to heat stress. Greater
susceptibility to heat stress occurs when protective clothing requires the use of a tightly fitted
hood against the respirator facepiece, or when gloves or boots are taped to the suit. As more
body area is covered, less cooling takes place, increasing the probability of heat stress.
Whenever any chemical-protective clothing is worn, a heat stress recovery monitoring
program must occur.
Wearing protective equipment also increases the risk of accidents. It is heavy, cumbersome,
decreases dexterity, agility, interferes with vision, and is fatiguing to wear. These factors all
-------
SECTION- CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 13 of 14
increase physical stress and the potential for accidents. In particular, the necessity of
selecting Level A protection should be balanced against the increased probability of heat
stress and accidents. Level B and C protection somewhat reduces accident probability
because the equipment is lighter, less cumbersome, and vision problems are less serious.
B. Air Surveillance
A program must be established for routine, periodic air surveillance when Level A & B
situations are expected. Without an air surveillance program, any atmospheric changes could
go undetected and jeopardize response personnel. Surveillance can be accomplished with
various types of air pumps and filtering devices followed by analysis of the filtering media,
portable real-time monitoring instruments located strategically on site; personal dosimeters,
and periodic walk-through by personnel carrying direct-reading instruments.
C. Decision Logic for Selecting Protective Clothing
No adequate criteria, similar to the respiratory protection decision-logic, are available for
selecting protective clothing. A concentration of a known substance in the air approaching a
TLV or permissible exposure limit for the skin does not automatically warrant a fully
encapsulating suit. A hooded, high quality, chemical-resistant suit may provide adequate
protection. The selection of Level A over Level B is a judgment that should be made by a
qualified individual (Certified Industrial Hygienist) considering the hazards and risk.
Hazards: The physical form of the potential contaminant must be considered. Airborne
substances are more likely to contact personnel wearing non-encapsulating
suits, which are not considered gas or vapor tight. Liquids contacting the skin
are generally considered more hazardous than contact with vapors, gases and
particulates.
Effect of the contaminant on skin:
• Highly hazardous substances are those that are easily absorbed through
the skin causing systemic effects, or that cause severe skin destruction.
• Less hazardous substances are those that are not easily absorbed
through the skin causing systemic effects, or that do not cause severe
skin destruction.
Risk: Concentration of the contaminant: The higher the
concentration, the higher the probability of injury.
Work function: Site work activities dictate the probability of direct and
indirect skin contact.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 14 of 14
Instability of the situation: A higher Level of Protection should be considered
when there is a probability of a release involving vapor or gases, splashes or
immersion in liquids, or through the loss of container integrity.
D. Atmospheric Conditions
Atmospheric conditions such as stability, temperature, wind direction and wind velocity, as
well as barometric pressure, determine the behavior of contaminants in air or the potential for
volatile material being released into the air. These parameters should be considered when
determining the need for and Level of Protection required.
E. Work in the Exclusion Zone
For operations in the Exclusion Zone (area of potential contamination), different Levels of
Protection may be selected, and various types of chemical-resistant clothing worn. This
selection would be based on measured air concentrations, the job function, the potential for
skin contact or inhalation of the materials present, and ability to decontaminate the protective
equipment used.
F. Escape Masks
Carrying an escape, self-contained breathing apparatus of at least fifteen-minute duration, is
optional while wearing Level C or Level D protection. For initial site entry, a specialist
should determine, on a case-by-case basis, whether they should be carried, or be strategically
located in areas that have higher possibilities for harmful exposure.
V. Vapor or Gas Concentrations As Indicated by Direct-Reading Instruments
Instruments such as the FID and PID can be used to detect the presence of many organic vapors
or gases either as single compounds or mixtures. Dial readings are frequently referred to,
especially with unidentified substances, as total vapor and gas concentrations (in ppm). More
correctly, they are deflections of the needle on the dial indicating an instrument response and do
not directly relate to the total concentration in the air.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5, ATTACHMENT 5.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 5.1 - PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
ASSIGNMENT FOR GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM
Employee:,
Social Security Number:_
Work Operation:,
Phone:
Yes
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Other
No
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
Respiratory Protection (specify)
Protective Eye Wear, Normal
Protective Eye Wear,
Face Shield
Hard Hat
Laboratory Coat
Gloves, Chemical
Safety-toe Shoes
Rubber boots
Prescription
Supervisor
Date
GLNPO Safety Manager/Regional Safety Manager
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 5, ATTACHMENT 5.2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 5.2 - PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ASSESSMENTS
-------
US EPA REGION 5
"WORKPLACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND CERTIFICATION41
WORKPLACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT
TiPE OF INSPECTION: MARINE LAB AND SAMPLING RV LAKE GUARDIAN and
RV HYDRA
EMPLOYEES AFFECTED: Great Lakes National Programs Office
Surveillance and Research Staff
WORKPLACE EVALUATED: Surveillance, Research and other Field Activities
Aboard Research Vessels
HAZARD SOURCE
IMPACT
HAZARD POTENTIAL
Yes; flying and
falling otHecta
RECOMMENDED PP8
Glasses w/side shields/ goggles or
faceahield; hardhat; steel-toed footwear,
PENETRATION
Yes; sharp objects Puncture-resistant gloves.
COMPRESSION
(Rollover!
No
CHEMICAL
Yes; wide & varied
range of potential
chemical exposure
Latex gloves; lab coat or apron; and other
equipment, as outlined in the Chemical
Hygiene Plan.
HARMFUL DUST
Yes; nuisance and
chemical dusts
exposure potential
Latex gloves; lab coat or apron; and other
equipment, as outlined in the Chemical
Hygiene Plan.
LIGHT (Optical) RADIATION No
ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Yes; work in wet
locations
Insulating mats and gloves.
IMMERSION IN WATER
Yes; during survey
cruises
Fall protection, life preserver 6/or survival
suit, and boat.
DEFICIENCY
No
TtuSRMAL EFFECTS
RADIATION
NOISE
No
Yes; C,<
Yes; ship engines
Glasses w/side shields; lab coat or apron.
Ear plugs
FALLS
Yes
Fall protection (full body harness,
restraint belt), as needed.
, .
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the supervisors and employees to reassess
the workplace hazard situation, as necessary, by identifying and
evaluating hazards, other than those identified above, and prescribe
appropriate personal protective equipment.
CERTIFICATION OF HAZARDS ASSESSMENT
I certify that the workplace hazards, routinely and non-routinely encountered
by US EPA Region 5, during MARINE LAB and SAMPLING aboard RV LAKE QOARDIAM
• ad/or RV HYDRA, employees and for which Personal Protective Equipment has
been provided, have been assessed for the determination of Personal
Protective Equipment appropriateness, in compliance with 29 CFR 1910 Subpart
I.
s assessment has been conducted by A. James Finn, US EPA Region 5 Safety,
1th and Environmental Management Program Manager.
Date
-------
US EPA REOION 5
"WORKPLACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND CERTIFICATION"
WORKPLACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT
TYPE OF INSPECTION: MUD POPPY SEDIMENT SAMPLING
EMPLOYEES AFFECTED: Great Lakes National Programs Office
Remedial Programs Staff
WORKPLACE EVALUATED: Surveillance, Research and other Field Activities
Aboard Research Vessels
HATXRO SOURCE
IMPACT
HA2ARD POTENTIAL
Yes; flying and
falling objects
RECOMMENDED PPB
Glasses w/side shields, goggles or
faceeh^eld; hardhat? steal-toed footwear.
PENETRATION
Yes; sharp objects Puncture-resistant gloves.
COMPRESSION
(Rollover!
No.
CHEMICAL Yes; wide & varied Nitrile or neoprene gloves; MSA 1/2 or full-
range of potential face respirator w/GMC-H canister.
chemical exposure
HARMFUL OUST Yes; nuisance and Nitrile or neoprene gloves: MSA 1/2 or full-
chemical dusts face respirator w/GMC-H canister.
exposure potential
LIGHT (Optical) RADIATION No.
ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Yes; work in wet
locations
Insulating mats and gloves.
IMMERSION IN WATER
Yes.
Fall protection, life preserver &/or survival
suit, and boat.
r~YCBN DEFICIENCY
No.
THERMAL EFFECTS
No.
RADIATION
No.
NOISE
No.
FALLS
Yes
Fall protection (full body harness,
restraint belt), aa needed.
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the supervisors and employees to reassess
the workplace hazard situation, as necessary, by identifying and
evaluating hazards, other than those identified above, and prescribe
appropriate personal protective equipment.
CERTIFICATION OF HA2ARD8 ASSESSMENT
I certify that the workplace hazards, routinely and non-routinely encountered
by US EPA Region 5, Great Lakes National Programs Office Remedial Programs
Staff, employees and for which Personal Protective Equipment has been
provided, have been assessed for the determination of Personal Protective
Equipment appropriateness, in compliance with 29 CFR 1910 Subpart I.
assessment has been conducted by A. James Finn, US EPA Region 5 Safety, ^|
and Environmental Management Program Manager. ^H
y^^jj^
.Tames 'Finn
Ddte
-------
US EPA REGION 5
"WORKPLACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND CERTIFICATION1'
-YPE OF INSPECTION:
EMPLOYEES AFFECTED:
WORKPLACE EVALUATED:
HAZARD SOURCE
IMPACT
WORKPLACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT
Wetlands t, all other Water-relate^ (la. small
boat, vadina, «tc.) Activities
Water Division and CDO, EDO & CRL (Env'l Sciences Div)
Enforcement, Research, Inspections and other Field
Activities at Host Employer Sites
HAZARD POTENTJM,
Yes; flying and
falling objects
RECOMMENDED PPB
Glasses w/side shields, goggles or
faceshield; hardhati ateal-toed boots.
PENETRATION
Yes; sharp objects
Puncture-resistant gloves.
COMPRESSION
{Rollover)
CHEMICAL
HARMFUL DUST
NO
NO
No
LIGHT (Optical) RADIATION No
ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Yes; work in damp
locations
Rubber boots
IMMERSION IN WATER
Yes; innersion in
water potential
Fall protection; life preserver, &/or
waders.
OXYGEN DEFICIENCY
NO
THERMAL EFFECTS
No
IATION
No
NOISE
Yes; sources from Ear plugs
eguipment & operations
FALLS
No
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the supervisors and employees to reassess
the workplace hazard situation, as necessary, by identifying and
evaluating hazards, other than those identified above, and prescribe
appropriate personal protective equipment.
CERTIFICATION OF HAZARDS ASSESSMENT
I certify that the workplace hazards, routinely and non-routinely encountered
by US EPA Region 5 employees, conducting WETLANDS INSPECTIONS, and for which
Personal Protective Equipment has been provided, have been assessed for the
determination of Personal Protective Equipment appropriateness, in compliance
with 29 CFR 1910 Subpart I.
This assessment has been conducted by A. James Finn, US EPA Region 5 Safety,
lth and Environmental Management Program Manager.
A. Jamtffl Finn
Date
\j u
-------
US EPA REGION 5
"WORKPLACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND CERTIFICATION"
OF INSPECTION:
EMPLOYEES AFFECTED:
WORKPLACE EVALUATED:
HAZARD SOURCE
IMPACT
WORKPLACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT M
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL INSPECTIONS
Air t Radiation, Waste Management, and Water Divisions;
CDO, EDO, PTSB & MQAB (Env'l Sciences Div) and all other
Branches and Offices within Region 5, as needed
Enforcement Inspections and other Field
Activities at Industrial Sites, including laboratories
HAZARD POTENTIAL
Yea; flying and
falling objects
RECOMMENDED PPB
Glasses w/side shields, goggles or
faceahield; hardhat;steel-toed footwear.
PENETRATION
Yes; sharp objects
Puncture-resistant gloves.
COMPRESSION
(Rollover)
No.
CHEMICAL
Yes; wide 6 varied
range of potential
chemical exposure
Nitrile or neoprene gloves; MSA 1/2 mask
or fullface respirator w/GMC-H canister.
HARMFUL DUST
Yes; nuisance, chemical
& asbestos dusts
exposure potential
Nitrile or neoprene gloves; MSA 1/2 mask
or fullface respirator w/GMC-H canister.
LIGHT (Optical) RADIATION No
ELECTRICAL ENERGY
No
IMMERSION IN WATER
No
OXYGEN DEFICIENCY
No
.DERMAL EFFECTS
NO
RADIATION
NO
NOISE
Yes; in manufacturing Ear plugs
& industrial settings
FALLS
Yes
Fall protection (full body harness,
restraint belt), as necessary.
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the supervisors and employees to reassess
the workplace hazard situation, as necessary, by identifying and
evaluating hazards, other than those identified above, and prescribe
appropriate personal protective equipment.
CERTIFICATION OF HAZARDS ASSESSMENT
I certify that the workplace hazards, routinely and non-routinely encountered
by US EPA Region 5 employees, conducting GENERAL INDUSTRIAL INSPECTIONS, and
for which Personal Protective Equipment has been provided, have been assessed
for the determination of Personal Protective Equipment appropriateness, in
compliance with 29 CFR 1910 Subpart I.
This assessment has been conducted by A. James Finn, US EPA Region 5 Safety,
Health and Environmental Management Program Manager.
A. Ja
Finn
Date //
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 6
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE'l of 3
Chapter 6 - MARINE SAFETY
6.1 SHIP OPERATION SAFETY
GLNPO research vessels shall be regularly inspected to minimize potential marine safety
hazards. A formal inspection must be conducted on a monthly basis by GLNPO personnel or
designee who have a working knowledge of OSHA standards and regulations, as well as
familiarity with marine safety operations. Research vessel operations shall be conducted in
accordance with OSHA standards found in 29 CFR 1910 and 29 CFR 1926 as well as
applicable standards found in 46 CFR and 33 CFR. A semi-annual inspection will be
conducted by the Regional Health and Safety Manager. Inspection requirements appear in
Appendix V of this manual.
Overall standards for research vessel operation safety must be developed by the ship's
operations contractor and documented in a safety manual. At a minimum, the following
minimum safety requirements should be addressed:
• Safety and Fire Protection During Welding & Burning Operations
• Inspections of Standing and Running Rigging, Cargo Handling Gear, and
Scientific Equipment Overboarding Systems
• Lockout / Tagout of Equipment under Repair
• Pre and Post Sail Electrical Equipment Checkout
• Fueling Procedures
• Annual Vessel Inspections
• Fixed Electrical Space Heaters
• Maintenance of Emergency Equipment
• Small Boat Operational Safety
• Deck Safety Practices
6.2 SHIP PERSONNEL SAFETY
All personnel aboard GLNPO research vessels will be required to comply with the health.
safety, and environmental regulations in accordance with the Environmental Health and Safety
Compliance Manual for U.S. EPA GLNPO Vessels. Research vessel employees will be
trained in the areas of health, safety, environmental compliance, and fire prevention. Training
requirements appear in Chapter 2 of this manual.
In addition to the requirements specified in the Environmental Health and Safety Compliance
Manual for U.S. EPA GLNPO Research Vessels, health and safety protocols are also specified
-------
SECTION- CHAPTER 6
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE:2 of 3
in Appendix O, Policy, Memorandums, Standard Operating Procedures, and Regulatory
Updates. The requirements specified in these two documents are designed to enhance the
overall health, safety, and environmental compliance program for GLNPO research vessel
operations.
6.3 NEW EMPLOYEE ORIENTATION
GLNPO research vessel laboratory personnel are required to receive laboratory safety
orientation training. The safety orientation will contain rules for safe operations in
laboratories, fire evacuation and alarm locations, waste disposal, spill control stations, personal
protective equipment, and location of eyewashes.
GLNPO research vessel personnel not working in laboratory areas will also be required to
receive safety orientation training. The safety orientation will include general safety rules,
fire evacuation plans and emergency response procedures, and exposure to potential hazards.
Training requirements are detailed in Chapter 2 of this manual.
6.4 FIRE SAFETY
All occupants aboard GLNPO research vessels are required to participate in fire safety
training exercises and drills. All personnel are expected to be familiar with the operational
procedures identified in the Occupant Emergency Plan developed for the vessel. The
Occupant Emergency Plan appears as Appendix M of this manual.
6.5 FIRST AID AND CPR
First Aid/CPR training and certification is required for specific personnel who work aboard all
GLNPO research vessels. For specific training requirements in First Aid and CPR, refer to
Chapter 2.1.3.
6.6 OCCUPANT EMERGENCY PLAN
The Federal Government is responsible for minimizing danger to life and property arising
from the effects of bomb threats, bombs, enemy attack, fire, explosion, earthquake, serious
weather disturbance, civil disturbance, and other disasters affecting federal property. In
response to this, the General Services Administration requires the development of an Occupant
Emergency Plan. The Occupant Emergency Plan for GLNPO research vessels appears as
Appendix M of this manual.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 6
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE:3 of 3
6.7 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
Confined Space Entry Policies and Procedures for GLNPO personnel are detailed in Chapter
2 and Appendix E of this manual.
6.8 VISITOR SAFETY
From time to time, GLNPO research vessels will conduct "open houses" where visitors may
board and tour the vessels. During these times, research vessel personnel will be responsible
for the health and safety of the visitors. For v^sel- specific visitation policies, please refer to
Attachment 6.1 of this chapter. Visitor evacuation procedures and visitor security procedures
can be found in Chapter 7, Sections 7.5. and 7.6, respectively.
-------
SECTION. CHAPTER 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 3
Chapter 7 - EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE
OVERVIEW
It is the policy of GLNPO to comply with all applicable federal, state and local
regulations regarding emergency preparedness and response. This policy is not limited to
hazardous material spills or the transportation of hazardous materials, but extends to
firefighting operations, contractor support operations, as well as evacuation plans and
security procedures for "open houses" aboard research vessels.
7.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SPILLS -RCRA, OSHA
In the event of a hazardous material spill the Hazardous Waste Contingency Plan will be
implemented immediately. The contingency plan contains specific procedures to be
carried out in the event of a release. An example of a Hazardous Material Contingency
Plan for GLNPO can be found as Appendix R of this manual.
7.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION
It is the policy of U.S. EPA Region 5 to comply with all applicable regulations when
transporting hazardous materials by government vehicle. Appendix S of this manual,
entitled Procedures for the Transportation of Hazardous Materials/Waste by Great Lakes
National Program Office VIA Government Vehicle and Government Driver, details
necessary regulations and appropriate packaging for the transportation of hazardous
materials. GLNPO will comply with the regulatory and policy requirements specified
within this document.
7.3 FIRE FIGHTING OPERATIONS
Fire prevention programs must be established in all GLNPO facilities and aboard all
research vessels to reduce the possibility of fire. If a fire does occur, well-developed fire
fighting procedures will be implemented. Aboard research vessels, the captain is in charge
of fire prevention and protection. He will establish inspection schedules, provide
recordkeeping. and ensure that all fire fighting equipment is properly inspected and in
working order. Fire equipment inspections will include such items as fire pump operation.
fire hydrants, sprinkler systems, water supply, portable fire extinguishers, fire doors, exits,
and detectors. A research vessel fire inspection program is described in Appendix V of
this manual.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 3
Response teams will be available 24-hours a day and regularly scheduled training for all
members of the team will be conducted. At least one hour a week will be scheduled for a
response training session. These sessions will include proper procedures on how to avoid
fire, hands-on training for drills including signals and individual responsibilities, as well as
procedures for the prevention of bodily injury. A portion of this training will be devoted
to the practice of emergency exit drills to ensure that all exits are clearly marked, easily
passable, and that all alarms are in working order. Any deficiencies noted during drills or
regular inspections will be corrected immediately.
Emergency signal instructions and personnel assignments for research vessels are
contained in the "Station Bill" which appears as Attachment 7.1 of this chapter. An
operational diagram for research vessels appears as Attachment 7.2 of this Chapter.
7.4 INJURY. ILLNESS, OR MEDICAL EMERGENCY
GLNPO has retained medical consultation services of a maritime medical advice service.
In the event of an injury or illness, the Captain or his designee will contact the service for
interim medical advice for treatment of ship board injury or illness that is within the
medical capabilities of on-board personnel. The contact information for these services can
be found as Attachment 7.4 of this chapter. Additionally, the medical contractor shall
supply a document that contains complete contact and follow up information, as well as,
supporting documentation.
In the event anyone aboard a ship at sea becomes ill or is injured beyond the clear
capability of the ship to provide prompt and adequate care, a Medical Emergency (ME)
exists and that person should be transferred to a facility providing emergency medical
treatment.
If the Captain (or officer in charge) determines that a possible ME exists, the U.S. and/or
Canadian Coast Guard should be contacted for advice and assistance. The Coast Guard
may be hailed on radio Channel 16 throughout all the Great Lakes. The Coast Guard can
provide medical consultation and evaluation of the situation and are equipped for
evacuation by boat or helicopter, if needed.
Always contact the Coast Guard for advice. Not all ports have emergency medical
facilities and not all may be suitable for a particular ME.
These procedures and numbers should be readily available for all employees aboard
GLNPO research vessels.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 3
Telephone numbers for Coast Guard areas and designated trauma centers appear as
Attachment 7.5 of this chapter.
7.5 CONTRACTOR SUPPORT OPERATIONS
All outside contractors will comply with health, safety, and environmental policies
according to Federal, State, and Local regulations.
7.6 EVACTT\TION PLAN FOR VISITORS ABOARD RESEARCH VESSELS
DURING AN OPEN HOUSE
In the event of a fire or other alarm incident during open house, the Personnel/Visitor
watches must direct visitors to the nearest safe exit leading to the gangplank. The watch
must then proceed with response activities.
7.7 SECURITY ABOARD RESEARCH VESSELS DURING AN OPEN HOUSE
Prior to an open house, a "Pre-open House Check List" will be completed to ensure that
the ship is safe and secure for visitors to come aboard. The checklist appears as
Attachment 7.3 of this chapter. Also, during an open house, vessel personnel will be
assigned to a personnel/visitor watch at designated locations throughout the ship. The
personnel/visitor watch will prevent visitors from entering restricted areas as well as
monitor and prevent unsafe activity. Uncooperative visitors will be reported to the
Captain (1st or 2nd Mate) who will escort the visitor ashore.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 3
Attachment 7.1 - STATION BILL
SIGNALS
FIRE AND EMERGENCY- Rapid ringing of the ship's bell and continuous ringing of general
alarm bells for a period of at least 10 seconds.
ABANDON SHIP - More than 6 short blasts and 1 long blast on the whistle and the same
signal on the general alarm bells.
MAN OVERBOARD - Hail, and pass the word "Man Overboard" to the bridge.
DISMISSAL - From FIRE AND EMERGENCY stations, 3 short blasts on the whistle and 3
short rings on the general alarm bells.
INSTRUCTIONS
I. Immediately upon reporting on board, the entire crew shall familiarize themselves with the
location of their emergency stations and the specific duties required at that station.
2. Each crew member shall be provided with an individual supplementary station bill card
which must show, in detail, the special duties to be performed.
3. The entire crew shall be instructed in the performance of their special duties and the crew
on watch will remain prepared to receive the signal for an emergency drill.
4. Every person participating in the abandon ship drill will be required to wear a life
preserver. The entire boat crew shall assist in removing the chain rails.
5. Immediately upon receiving the emergency signal, the Emergency Squad will assemble
with the appropriate equipment at the scene of action.
6. The Steward's department will assemble and direct passengers to embarkation stations.
7. The first person to discover a fire shall immediately notify the bridge and fight the fire
with available equipment provided that life and health are not immediately jeapordized.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 3
8. Immediately upon receiving the FIRE AND EMERGENCY signal, fire pumps will be
started, all watertight doors, ports, and air shafts will be closed, and all fans and blowers
stopped. The fire hose will be deployed in the affected area.
9. Upon hearing the signal, "MAN OVERBOARD", life ring buoys will be thrown overboard,
the engines stopped, and a lookout sent aloft. The Emergency Boat Crew shall
immediately clear the rescue boat for launching.
10. During periods of low visibility, all watertight doors and ports below the bulkhead deck
shall be closed, subject to the Master's orders.
-------
SECTION' CHAPTER?, ATTACHMENT 7.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 3
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN CREW ASSIGNMENTS DURING FIRE, EMERGENCY AND ABANDON SHIP
INCIDENTS
NO. RATING
1 Master
2 Chief Mate
3 Second Mate
4 Chief Engineer
5 Asst. Engineer
6 Electrician
7 Able Seaman
8 Able Seaman
9 Orel Seaman
10 Cook
11 Steward
12 Elect Tech
13 Marine Tech
14 Chief Scientist
15 Scientist
16 Scientist
17 Scientist
18 Scientist
19 Scientist
20 Scientist
21 Scientist
22 Scientist
23 Scientist
24 Scientist
FIRE & EMERGENCY STATIONS
On Bridge-In Overall Command
Emergency
At Scene, in Charge-Assist Firemen
Provide Fog Applicator-Assist Firemen
Engineroom - Start Fire Pump
Engineroom - Assist Chief as Directed
Make Ready Portable Fire Pump-
Assist
At Scene-Provide Extinguisher & Axe
At Scene-Provide SCBA, Man Flose
On Bndge-At Helm
At Scene-Provide Air Pack, Man Hose
At Scene-Provide Extinguisher, Assist
Man Portable Fire/De-vvatering Pump
At Scene-Don Firesuit, Man Hose
O-2 Deck Aft-Muster Scientists
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
0-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
ABANDON SH1P-EIFERAFT STATIONS
In Command-Provide Nav
Launch Raft-Provide Compass
Launch Raft-Provide Hand Held Radio
Launch Raft
Assist Launching of Raft
Direct Personnel to Rafts 1 & 3
Assist Launch or Raft
Launch Raft
Direct Personnel to Rafts 2 & 4
Provide First Aid Kit
Provide Blankets
Assist Launch of Raft
Assist Launch of Raft
O-2 Deck Aft-Muster Scientists
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
0-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
O-2 Deck
0-2 Deck
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.2
VERSION: FINAL/APRIL 1997
Att. 7.2 - Page 1
BRIDGE
(Alarms, Pumps, Ventilation)
Port Team
Fireman:
Fireman:
Provide air pack and
assist hose
Fireman:
Fire exting., axe, and
assist hose
FIRE SCENE
Chief Engineer
Engineer
Starboard Team
Fireman:
Fireman:
Crewman on Pumps:
Crewman on Alarms
Provide air pack and
assist hose
Fireman:
Fire exting., axe, and
assist hose
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 1 of 7
Attachment 7.3 - PRE-OPEN HOUSE CHECK LIST FOR R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
• Yes or No
Preliminary:
Y N
a a Visitor (school, press, VIP) schedule review by tour guide.
a a Sanitary holding tank low enough to preclude drain back-up in wet lab
floor.
a a Pedestrian walkways and water-edge railings adequate.
n n Mooring lines not obstructing walkway.
Boarding Area:
Y N
n n Welcome sign, times and dates.
n n Welcome sign secure.
n n Trash can available ashore.
n n Gangplank - on-shore step.
n n Gangplank secured against lateral movement.
n n Gangplank - railings.
D D Gangplank - walk surface.
Main Deck Aft:
Y N
n n Gangplank access aboard unobstructed.
n a Removable gate railing secured against falling.
n n Fantail deck cleared of loose equipment and oil spills.
-------
SECTION- CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 7
Y N
n n Knuckle crane secured and off.
n D Aft A-frame secured and off.
a a Starboard A-frame and winch secured and off.
n n Engine room hatch closed.
n D Main deck starboard side at rear of containers taped against entry.
n n Main deck port side clear of obstructions.
n n Boat hook available under aft container lab.
a a Life rings in place - fantail.
n n Counting device in place (may need a second one to count visitors
disembarking).
n n Guide to R/V Lake Guardian tour brochures and stickers at hand on deck.
Container Labs:
Y N
n n Aft sea door open.
o n Hazardous Materials Container locked (lights on?).
n n Container labs cleared of hazardous materials, lights on, doors open but
taped to prevent entry.
Wet Lab:
Y N
a n Port sea door open.
n n Wet lab lights on.
n a Video tape rewound, brochures, guest book and pen, press kits ready.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 7
V \
n a File drawers closed/locked.
o a All counters cleared of chemicals, samples, glass, except for
display/demonstration items.
o a Floors clear of slip/trip hazards.
n a Refrigerator clear of hazardous materials and locked.
a a Hood cleared out and closed.
a a Non-potable water turned off.
D D Hazardous material drains closed.
a a Computer off or set to prevent tampering; all disks secure.
n a Pilferable items stowed.
D d Posters in place.
D a Double sea doors open.
n a Rosette sensors/controls off and secured
n a Rosette lowered to rack (winch controls off and secured).
n a A-frame secured and off.
3 D Gunwale safety chain in place.
n a Sampling deck chained or taped against entry.
n a Equipment displays in place.
Passageway:
Y N
o Q Both hallway aft sea doors open.
n O Walk-in refrigerator locked.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 7
Y N
n n Exercise room locked.
n a Posters in place.
n n Chem. lab cleared of hazardous material, lights on, doors open, taped
against entry.
D n Bio lab cleared of hazardous material, green lights on, doors open, taped
against entry.
n n Hall fire door closed, sign saying "Entry Permitted".
a n Lab office door locked (due to hit/strike hazard of fire door opening into a
person entering/leaving lab office).
n n Scientist cabin, clean, no valuables/pilferables, open without taping, (If
occupied, should be locked).
D o Restrooms clean, lights on, toilet paper and paper towels available.
n n Starboard equipment/utility room locked.
D n Laundry room clean; no filled laundry baskets, lights on, door open.
Galley/Lounge:
Y N
a a Video tape rewound.
a a Water fountain clean.
n a Refrigerators locked.
a a All food stuffs put away.
n n Paper cups put away.
a a Soda dispenser turned off.
n n Storage cabinets locked.
4
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 5 of 7
Y N
o n Floors clean.
D n Engine room door closed, "No Entry" sign in place.
Focsle Deck:
Y N
Q o Passageway lights on.
n n Forward two fire doors closed, "Entry Permitted" signs in place.
o n Mechanical room door locked.
a a Crew's quarters locked.
n a Office locked.
n n All occupied EPA and Scientist quarters locked.
n a Two vacant quarters open, lights on, pilferable articles stowed.
n n Water fountain clean.
D n Sheath on fire ax pick.
n n Aft door latched open, weather permitting.
n n Focsle aft deck clear of trip/slip hazards.
Q D Winches secure and covered.
n a Access to container tops taped to prevent entry.
a n Both paint lockers closed and locked.
n a Bow deck taped to prevent access to anchor equipment.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 7
Bridge Deck;
Y N
o n Dog house locked.
n n Battery racks secured against jettison.
n n Inflatable boat cover secure.
n o Trip hazards in area of boat davits marked with warning tape.
n n Safety chain at boat davit gunwale in place.
n n Ladders marked with warning tapes to prevent access to rigging.
n n Both emergency gear (SCBA, etc.) lockers closed, but not locked, and taped
against access.
D n Radar turned off and secure.
n n Wing bridges off, secure and covered.
Bridge:
Y N
n n Bridge doors unlocked and open, weather permitting.
a n Pilferable bridge items stowed.
a n Rudder controls off and secure.
a a Cellular phone activated and/or shore telephone located.
Personnel:
Y N
n n EPA and Crew visitor duty station.
n a Gangplank Ashore: seaman (optional).
a 3 Fantail/gangplank: seaman.
a a Wet Lab: contractor or EPA Scientist and Public Affairs.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 7
Y N
a a Lounge: seaman (optional).
n a Focsle aft deck: seaman.
o n Bridge Deck: seaman (optional).
n D Bridge: Ship's Officer.
o n School Tour Guide: Science Representative.
o a Press (et al) Host: Science Representative/Public Affairs.
o a EPA Science Representative.
After Tour;
Y N
n o Check all decks and unlocked spaces for stragglers/stowaways/damage.
a n Close gangway.
n a Change welcome sign, time, date.
a a Enter visitor count in log.
a a Rewind video tapes.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attatchment 7.4 Medical Advice Services Contractor
The EPA has contracted Maritime Medical Access (MMA) of The George Washington University Medical
Center to provide medical advice services. The service is available for four vessles; OSV Peter W.
Anderson, Lake Explorer, R/V Lake Guardian and R/V Mudpuppy. This is a 24 hour per day service.
Medical advice shall be provided by the emergency room attending physican at George Washington
University Medical Center.
Communication Information:
Telephone (Maristat): (202)994-0473
(202)994-5644
Telex: GWU Med 496086888
PLAD: GWU MEDCEN WASHINGTON DC
Facsimile: GW Maritime Medical (202)994-0962
Single Sideband: Any available coast station
George Washington University Medical Center
2140 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Building VV
Washington, DC 20037
Phone: (202)994-3921
Fax: (202)994-3924
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE- 1 of 6
Attachment 7.5
MARINE MEDICAL
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN
U. S. C. G. Group: Great Lakes
In the event anyone aboard a ship at sea becomes ill or is injured beyond the clear capability of the ship to
provide prompt and adequate care, a Medical Emergency (ME) exists and that person should be transferred to
a facility providing emergency medical treatment.
If the Captain (or officer in charge) determines that a possible ME exists, the U.S. and/or Canadian Coast
Guards should be contacted for advice and assistance. The Coast Guards may be hailed on radio Channel 16
throughout all the Great Lakes. The Coast Guards can provide medical consultation and evaluation of the
situation and are equipped for evacuation by boat or helicopter, if needed. Always contact the Coast Guard for
advice. Not all ports have emergency medical facilities and not all may be suitable for a particular ME.
Additionally, GLNPO has procured the emergency consultation services of George Washington Hospital. In
the event of an emergency, the Captain or his designee will contact the service for interim medical advice for
the treatment of ship board injury or illness. For complete communication information see Attachment 7.4.
These procedures and telephone numbers should be readily available to all employees aboard our research
vessels.
2.5.1 Coast Guard Areas
Coast Guard Command Center (Cleveland)
Anywhere in the Great Lakes
(800)321-4400
(216)522-3984
Note: The (800) number will only work within the area of the Great Lakes, outside of this area use the (216)
number. The Command Center can contact the any Coast Guard station within the Great Lakes.
Buffalo
Lake Ontario & East '/2 of Lake Erie
Coast Guard: (716)843-9500
Health Services: (716)846-4167
Trauma Centers: Mercy Hospital, Buffalo, NY
(716) 828-2790
Sisters of Charity, Buffalo. NY
(716)862-1810
Sault St. Marie
Lake Superior and Upper 1/3 of Lake Huron
and Upper 1/3 of Lake Michigan
Coast Guard: (906)635-3233
Health Services: (906)635-3225
Trauma Centers: Marquette Gen., Marquette,
MI (800)562-9753 or
(906)228-9440
Northern Michigan Regional,
Petosky, MI
(616)348-4000
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 6
Detroit
West !/2 of Lake Erie and Lower 2/3 of Lake Huron
Coast Guard: (313) 568-9524
Health Services: (313)568-9526
Trauma Centers: Detroit Receiving, Detroit, Ml
(313) 745-3356
Henry Ford, Detroit, MI
(313)641-4029
Milwaukee
Western '/•> of Lak*. Michigan
Coast Guard: (414)747-7181
Health Services: (414)747-7111
Trauma Centers: Froederct General Hospital
(414)259-3000
Grand Haven
Eastern Vz of Lake Michigan
Coast Guard: (616)847-4501
Health Services: (616)847-4542
Trauma Centers;: Ottawa County Hospital
(616)847-5310
2.5.2 Great Lakes Regional Hospitals
ILLINOIS
Chicago
Northwestern Memorial Hospital
Superior St. & Fairbanks Court
Chicago, IL 60611
(312)908-2000
Ask for Emergency Rm.; 5-10 min. from harbor.
Columbus Hospital
2520 N. Lakeview Avenue
Chicago, IL 60614
(312)883-7300
5-10 minutes from Lake; unsure of distance from
harbor.
Zion
Midwestern Regional Medical
Emmaus & Shiloh Boulevard
Zion, IL 60099
(847)872-4561
Unknown distance from harbor
one in area.
There is more than
INDIANA
Gary
Methodist Hospitals Northwest Indiana
600 Grant Street
Gary, IN 46402
(219)886-4000
20 miles from harbor; 15 minutes.
Hammond
St. Margaret Hospital
5454 Hohman Avenue
Hammond, IN 46320
(219)933-2077
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 6
MICHIGAN
Arcadia (See Frankfort)
Charlevoix
Charlevoix Area Hospital
Lakeshore Drive
Charlevoix, MI 49720
(616)547-0027
1 mile from harbor.
Escanaba
St. Francis Hospital
3401 Ludington Street
Escanaba, MI 49829
(906)786-3311
2 miles from harbor.
Frankfort
Paul Oliver Memorial Hospital
224 Park Avenue
Frankfort, MI 49635
(616)352-9621
Half mile from harbor.
Grand Haven
N. Ottawa Community Hospital
1309 Sheldon Road
Grand Haven, MI 49417
(616)847-5310
2 blocks from harbor.
Holland
Holland Community Hospital
602 Michigan Avenue
Holland, MI 49423
(616)394-3202
10-15 minutes from harbor.
Harbor Springs (See Petoskey)
Leland (See Frankfort or Traverse City)
Ludington
Memorial Medical Center
One Atkinson Drive
Ludington, MI 49431
(616)845-2390
I mile from harbor.
Manistee
West Shore Hospital
1465 E. Parkdale
Manistee, MI 49660
(616)723-3501 Ext. 150
5 miles from harbor.
IVIanistique
Schoolcraft Memorial Hospital
500 Main Street
Manistique, MI 49854
(906)341-2163
3 blocks from harbor.
Montague/Whitehall/Muskegon
Hackley Hospital
1700 Clinton Street
Muskegon, MI 49443
(616)726-3511
3 miles from harbor.
Mercy Hospital
1700 Oak Avenue
Muskegon, MI 49442
(616)739-9341
10 miles from harbor.
Pentwater (See Ludington)
Petosky
Northern Michigan Hospital
416 Connable Street
Petosky, MI 49770
(616)348-4520
10 miles from harbor.
Portage Lake (See Manistee)
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 6
MICHIGAN (CONTINUED)
South Haven
South Haven Community Hospital
955 S. Bailey Avenue
South Haven, MI 49090
(616)637-5271 Ext. 0
MINNESOTA
Duluth
St. Mary's Emergency Care Trauma Center
407 E. Third Street
Duluth, MN 55805
(218)726-4357
Traverse City
Munson Medical Center
1105 Sixth Street
Traverse City, MI 49684
(616)922-9000
5 minutes from bay.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 6
WISCONSIN
Gill's Rock (see Strugeon Bay)
Green Bay
St. Mary's Medical Center
1726 Shawano Avenue
Green Bay, WI 54303
(414)498-4560
1 hour from bay.
Kenosha
Kenosha Hospital
6308 Eighth Avenue
Kenosha, WI 53140
(414)656-2201
5-8 blocks from harbor.
Kewaunee
St. Mary's Memorial
First & Lincoln
Kewaunee, Wf 54216
(414)388-2210
5 minutes or less from harbor; about 2 miles.
Manitowoc
Holy Family Medical Center
2300 Western Avenue
Manitowoc, WI 54221
(414)684-2011
21 blocks frori Lake.
Milwaukee
St. Luke's Medical Center
2900 W. Oklahoma Avenue
Milwaukee, WI 53215
(414)649-6000
Port Washington
St. Mary's Ozaukee
743 N. Montgomery Street
Port Washington, WI 53074
(414)243-7373
Racine
St. Mary's Medical Center
3801 Spring Street
Racine, WI 53405
(414)636-4201
5-10 minutes from harbor.
St. Luke's Memorial
1320 Wisconsin Avenue
Racine, WI 53403
(414)636-2201
j-10 minutes from harbor.
Sheboygan
Sheboygan Memorial Medical
2629 N7 7th Street
Sheboygan, WI 53083
(414)451-5000
St. Nicholas Hospital
1601 N. Taylor Drive
Sheboygan,"wi 53081
(414)459-8300
3-4 min. from harbor.
Sturgeon Bay
Door County Memorial
330 S. 16th"Place
Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235
(414)743-5566
5-10 miles from harbor.
Two Rivers
Two Rivers community Hospital & Hamilton
Memorial Home
2500 Garfield Street
Two Rivers, WI 54241
(414)793-1178
6 blocks from Coast Guard Station.
-------
CANADA
SECTION: CHAPTER 7, ATTACHMENT 7.5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 6
ONTARIO
Thunder Bay
Port Arthur General Hospital
460 N. Court St.
Thunder Bay, Ontario P7A4X6
(807)343-6621
5-10 minutes from Marina.
Welland Canal
Wetland Co. General Hospital
Third Street
Welland, Ontario L3B4W6
(905)732-6111 Ext. 3250
30 minutes from Lake Ontario.
*NOTE: All hospitals listed provide 24-hour Emergency Room Service with a physician on duty.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 8
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 4
Chapter 8 - ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
Executive Order 12088, signed by President Jimmy Carter in 1978, requires Federal Agencies
to comply with all requirements of federal, state, and local environmental regulations. As
such, EPA Regions must comply with these regulations concerning air, water, hazardous and
nonhazardous waste, toxic substance control, emergency planning, and community right-to-
know. Additionally, all U.S. EPA employees, including U.S. EPA contractors, as well as
their representatives, are required to act in an environmentally responsible manner to protect
themselves, the public, and the environment.
Acting in accordance with Executive Order 1^088, each department and division of the U.S.
EPA is required to establish practices and procedures which comply with these regulatory
requirements as they relate to individual U.S. EPA work operations. As a division of U.S.
EPA Region 5, GLNPO and GLNPO research vessels must have well established programs
for ensuring compliance with federal, state, and local regulations regarding releases of
hazardous and non-hazardous substances into the environment. GLNPO personnel, therefore,
must comply with the regulations detailed in the Toxic Substance Control Act and the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and understand how these regulations affect their
work operations.
8.1 TSCA - PCBs
The Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA) primarily applies to manufacturers, distributors.
processors, and importers of chemicals. This law specifically bans the manufacture of
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). All federal facilities, however, who use or dispose of any
PCB items are subject to TSCA regulations specified in Section 6 of the TSCA regulations as
they appear in 40 CFR Part 761. Since GLNPO research laboratories and vessels use and
dispose of samples, standards, and stock solutions containing PCBs, they are required to
comply with TSCA through proper PCB labeling, storage, dilution, spill cleanup, and
disposal.
8.2 RCRA
The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 was enacted to ensure proper
identification, reporting, transporting, storage, and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous
solid waste. Section 6001 of RCRA requires that all Federal Agencies be in compliance with
this act. In the case of non-hazardous solid waste, Federal facilities are required to comply
with the regulations specified in 40 CFR Parts 240-249. For hazardous solid waste. Federal
agencies are required to comply with the regulations specified in 40 CFR Parts 260-272.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 8
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 4
8.2.1 SOLID NON-HAZARDOUS WASTE HANDLING. STORAGE. AND DISPOSAL
GLNPO facilities and research vessels generate three profiles of non-hazardous solid waste.
These waste profiles are considered as 1) trash designated for a land disposal facility, 2)
broken glassware, and 3) recyclable cans and paper. GLNPO facilities and research vessels
must, therefore, dispose of their non-hazardous solid waste in compliance with 40 CFR Parts
240-249. These regulations specifically relate to regulatory compliance by the waste disposal
facility and to recycling.
Trash Designated for a Land Disposal Facility
Trash that cannot be recycled must be placed in garbage cans conveniently located throughout
GLNPO office facilities and on board GLNPO research vessels, including laboratory areas.
Examples of such trash include laboratory towels, labware (excluding glass) that is not
contaminated, and solid samples that are not designated as hazardous waste.
Recyclable Waste
GLNPO personnel, as well as GLNPO contractors, are required to participate in a recycling
program for newspapers, white paper, uncontaminated glassware and aluminum cans. Broken,
uncontaminated glassware is also considered recyclable. Recycling containers, such as trash
cans, must be conveniently located throughout GLNPO offices and research vessels.
Hazardous Waste
As amended, RCRA regulates the generation, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous
waste from "cradle to grave" and all Federal agencies are required to comply with these
regulations as they appear in 40 CFR Parts 260-272. Individual states, however, are
authorized to operate hazardous waste disposal programs in lieu of the federal program.
Based on this authorization, GLNPO facilities and GLNPO research vessels are required to
comply with State regulations when disposing of hazardous waste.
Waste Minimization
GLNPO facilities and research vessels are specifically encouraged to minimize hazardous
waste generation where possible. Minimizing the generation of hazardous waste reduces
potential hazards to employees, the public, and the environment.
-------
SECTION- CHAPTER 8
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 3 of 4
Trainin»
Federal and State regulations require annual training for personnel who will be generating,
handling, and disposing of hazardous waste. GLNPO is required to provide this initial
training to personnel whose work operations involve hazardous waste. The training must be
designed to familiarize personnel with hazardous waste handling procedures and emergency
response actions. Annual refresher training must be provided thereafter.
8.3 DRINKING WATER
The U.S. EPA requires that EPA facilities monitor drinking water for lead and copper levels.
If these levels reach or exceed the action level, then appropriate action must be taken.
GLNPO complies with this policy through the monitoring of drinking fountains and sink
faucets, and bottled water used as sources of drinking water in GLNPO facilities and aboard
GLNPO research vessels.
8.4 GLNPO ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE MANUAL
GLNPO facilities and GLNPO research vessels are committed to complying with all
applicable rules and regulations in an effort to serve as a model to other U.S. EPA programs
in the areas of environmental health and safety. GLNPO has developed an environmental
compliance manual which outlines environmental compliance strategies and procedures to
ensure that health and safety is a constant and consistent priority in the work operations at
GLNPO facilities and aboard GLNPO research vessels. This environmental compliance
manual appears as Appendix T of this manual.
8.5 AIR EMISSIONS AND TOXICS
Rules and regulations pertaining to air emissions and toxics are specified in Appendix T,
Chapter 2, Air.
8.6 INDOOR AIR QUALITY
Indoor air quality measurements and surveys are conducted as part of the annual industrial
hygiene survey for GLNPO research vessel laboratories and work areas. Reports of findings
are provided to the U.S. EPA Region 5 Safety and Health Manager, and any deficiencies are
corrected under his direction.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 8
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 4
8.7 ASBESTOS PRECAUTIONS
The U.S. EPA National Policy Statement for Asbestos-Containing Materials (No. SHEMD-92-
001) specifies the requirements for the identification and management survey of asbestos-
containing materials in U.S. EPA facilities. Depending on asbestos survey results for GLNPO
facilities and research vessels, an Operations and Maintenance Plan may be developed to
address management of asbestos-containing materials in accordance with SHEMD policy.
The policy and Standard Operating Practices used in the SPIEMD plan were developed
through the Safety, Health, and Environmental Management Divisions National Technical
Services Center, using the "Policy and Standard Operating Practices Manual for the
Management of Asbestos-Containing Building Materials at EPA Facilities" (Third Draft,
March 1992).
Asbestos surveys will be performed for all GLNPO facilities and research vessels in
accordance with SHEMD-92-001. Results of inspections for specific facilities and vessels are
located in Appendix U of this manual.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 9
VERSION- FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE- 1 of 6
Chapter 9 HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURES DURING GLNPQ SEDIMENT
SAMPLING OPERATIONS
9.1 BACKGROUND
The Sediment Assessment Program is designed to sample and evaluate areas of sediment where the
possibility of contamination exists. During sampling, field specialists and laboratory analysts may
be exposed to sediment which represents a chemical or biological hazard. Therefore, the potential
for exposure should always be of foremost concern when handling sediments of unknown
contamination.
GLNPO sediment sampling activities are grouped into the following five categories:
1. Sediment sampling at Great Lakes Harbor
2. Tributary sediment monitoring
3. Open lake sediment monitoring
4. Support for EPA regions for Superfund and enforcement activities
5. Miscellaneous activities
Sediment assessment and tributary monitoring may entail collecting long core and grab samples
with low to high amounts of contamination. Typical sediment assessments span six to twenty
days. Operation of all R/V Mudpiippy equipment is usually necessary. Open lake sediment
monitoring is generally conducted aboard the R/V Lake Guardian and involves the use of heavier
equipment where the captain is responsible for navigation and positioning of the vessel.
Sediment sampling to support EPA regional offices or other governmental agencies provides the
largest degree of diversity in sampling activities. Sampling operations range from use of all or
part of the R/V Mudpuppy equipment to field-flexible sampling plans based on observations of
samples and/or their environments. Most of GLNPO's sediment sampling activities, however, will
be performed on board the R/V Mudpuppy either on an outdoor work bench or in a mobile
laboratory. Refer to Appendix N and Appendix O of this manual for safety protocols for the
R/V Mudpuppy.
Sampling aboard the R/V Mudpuppy will include one U.S. EPA/GLNPO technical individual and
two contractors. Personnel will have experience in the operation of small craft vessels, as well as
in the use of sampling equipment. Additional staff may participate in sediment sampling activities
provided they meet the training requirements described in the GLNPO safety manual.
9.2 SAFETY
Prior to commencing field operations, the field team should gather all site data available and assess
the anticipated hazard level of sediments to be sampled. When assessing the sediments' hazard
potential for a site, the depth sampled below the surface must always be considered. For example.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 9
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 6
if all historical data available for a site comes from Ponar dredged samples, all samples collected
below the sampling depth of the Ponar should be treated as unknown and potentially hazardous.
Refer to Appendix A and Appendix I of this manual for additional information regarding
Respiratory Protection and Personal Protective Equipment.
A. Personal Protection for Contaminated Sediment
This section examines the procedures that will be implemented by all personnel working
with contaminated sediment. It should be noted that research conducted with sediment
varies considerably depending on the scope and objective of the research. Therefore, the
guidelines set forth in this SOP may not be applicable to all situations dealing with
potentially contaminated sediments.
1. Medical Surveillance. Health monitoring will be provided for personnel working
with sediments. Health monitoring establishes a baseline to which all subsequent
medical monitoring can be compared. All field and laboratory personnel must be
monitored prior to working with any sediments.
2. Personal Precautions. Workers must always be aware of possible points of
contamination as described by the supervisor. Hands should always be kept away
from the eyes and mouth. After completion of a manipulation involving sediment
or the removal of potentially contaminated clothing (gloves, protective clothing,
etc.), the hands, forearms, and other areas of possible contact should be washed
with soap and water. Do not use organic solvents to clean the skin. These
solvents may increase penetration of the contaminant into the skin.
3. Clothing. When working with sediments, it is of the utmost importance to avoid
skin contact. A fully fastened, knee-length lab coat must be worn in the laboratory
work area at all times. Disposable Tyvek® lab clothing must be worn for
sediment manipulation. During field operations, disposable Tyvek® or Saranex
suits must be worn by all personnel who may have possible contact with the
sediment.
4. No shorts or skirts are to be worn when working with hazardous materials.
5. Hand Protection. Hands will be the most frequent point of potential contact with
contaminants. Gloves must be worn to avoid skin contamination. Disposable
gloves must be discarded after each use in appropriate containers designated for
this use. Double gloves will be used with the outer glove being stripped off after
any potential exposure. Torn or punctured gloves must be discarded and replaced
immediately. Rubber, latex or vinyl gloves do not provide full protection.
Contaminants may diffuse into the gloves. When sediment is handled, gloves
should be changed frequently. Cuffs must be tight fitt'ng or taped to the sleeve to
prevent inward migration of contaminants.
-------
SECTION- CHAPTER 9
VERSION. FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 6
6. Eye Protection. Safety glasses must be worn at all times. In addition, face shields
will be made available in the work area. On deck, face shields will be required
when hauling coring equipment and sediment cores until the sediment is extruded
from the core tube and deemed, when possible, non-hazardous.
7. Further Precautions. Protective disposable footwear is recommended during
sediment manipulation. Long hair should be tied back and loose clothing should
be covered. Eating, drinking, smoking, chewing gum, and smokeless tobacco are
prohibited in the work area. In addition, respirators may be required when
sediment is manipulated. Respirators will be stored in an appropriate manner
when not in use
B. Facility Engineered Protection
The following guidelines are for the laboratory work area where
sediments will be tested.
1. Area identification and access control.
a. The laboratory work area where sediments are used or stored will be
properly identified. Access to the designated laboratory work area will
be limited. Laboratory doors will be kept closed.
b. Animals and plants not related to the analytical procedure shall not be
permitted in the laboratory.
2. Eyewash stations and hand washing facilities are available in the laboratory
work area.
3. Contaminant Devices. Work with sediment will be performed in an
appropriate containment device. Procedures involving sediment will not be
conducted on an open bench due to the potential hazard for generating
contaminated dusts, aerosols, or fumes. Hoods and ventilated work areas are
used to minimize the worker exposure to contaminants associated with
sediment. All containment devices will be constructed out of smooth,
unbreakable material, such as Teflon®, stainless steel, polyethylene, fiberglass,
or plexiglass. Exhaust air from hoods or a ventilated work area does not have
to be filtered but it must be discharged out of the building, as far from the air
intake supply as possible.
4. Equipment. Use of instruments such as pH, dissolved oxygen or conductivity
meters will be used in a ventilated work area or hood. This equipment will be
enclosed in plastic to reduce the potential for contamination or kept outside
the hood on a lab cart. Instruments will be serviced or calibrated in the work
area. All calibration and maintenance log books should be kept with the
equipment. All equipment that has come in contact with potentially
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 9
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 6
contaminated sediment must be kept either under negative pressure (e.g., a
hood) or sealed in an air-tight container (e.g., a Tupperware container) before
it is cleaned.
5. Work Surfaces. All laboratory work surfaces potentially exposed to
hazardous sediments must be covered with Teflon® sheets, plastic trays, dry
absorbent plastic-backed paper, foil, or other impervious or disposable
material. If a surface becomes contaminated or a spill occurs, the work
surface should be decontaminated or disposed of immediately.
6. Housekeeping. The laboratory work area shall! be kept clean and orderly.
Clean up shall follow every operation or, at a minimum, at the end of each
day. Containers for disposal of contaminated materials will be placed in the
work area.
7. Spill Control. A hazardous sediment spill will be treated as a "Chemical
Spill": Organic Solvent". The sediment spill will be contained with the
appropriate absorbent material.
If a spill occurs, the worker should:
(a) pour absorbent material on the spill quickly, using enough material to
absorb all fluid and cover the mass with excess dry absorbent to control
vapors;
(b) sound the air horn to signal for help if necessary;
(c) if problems are encountered in containing the spill, consideration should
be given to evacuating the building, routing personnel away from the
problem area;
(d) clean up absorbents and dispose of them properly as hazardous waste;
(e) when safe, allow personnel to return to the laboratory work area.
9.3 STORAGE OF SEDIMENT
Solid-phase sediment and sediment extracts will be stored at 4°C in air-tight containers in the dark.
Proper identification and sample tracking information must accompany all samples. Sediment
extracts can be temporarily stored at 4°C in designated lab refrigerators. On board, sediment
samples are stored inside coolers in either capped core tubes or in sample containers. All samples
are to be transported from the refrigerator to work area on a lab cart in sealed containers.
Sediment will alwavs be transferred using double containment. Transfer of sediment from the
storage container is a procedure which involves a potential hazard for personal contamination.
During this procedure, the number of investigators in the laboratory work area should be kept to a
minimum.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 9
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 6
9.4 HOMQGEN1ZATION AND PREPARATION OF ELUTRIATE SAMPLES
Mixing and sampling of solid-phase sediment or sediment extracts will be done in the original
storage container under a hood. If the containers holding sediment are removed from the hood, an
intermediate non-breakable container must be used. The worker must use a respirator with organic
vapor-acid gas filters and appropriate clothing as described in Chapter 6 of this manual when
solid-phase sediment or sediment extracts are not under a hood or in a ventilated work area.
9.5 CLEAN UP OF EQUIPMENT AFTER SEDIMENT PROCESSING
Glassware and equipment coming in contact with sediment will be cleaned as soon as possible.
Cleaning glassware poses an increased exposure hazard. Therefore, all glassware must be cleaned
under the vented sinks or hoods located in the laboratory work area.
9.6 SEDIMENT ASSESSMENT FIELD OPERATIONS SAFETY STANDARD
OPERATING PROCEDURES
The following rules must be followed by sediment assessment field personnel:
SMOKING IS NOT ALLOWED.
1. When away from the dock, a personal flotation device must be worn any time you
are out of the cabin.
2. No one is to go up onto the cabin roof without the captain's permission.
3. No one is to climb up onto, stand up on, or move around on the cabin roof while
the ship is underway.
4. While underway, no one is to move to the aft deck by way of the outboard edge
and handrail.
5. While underway, try to keep movement to a minimum.
6. When lifting equipment with the boom and winch, hard hats with face shields must
be worn by anyone on the forward deck.
7. When collecting sediments, only the designated collection crew are to be on the
forward deck.
8. When collecting sediments, personal protective equipment must be worn, including
splash suit, safety glasses, disposable gloves, outer green gloves taped to the suit,
rubber boots or boot covers, and hard hats with face shields.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 9
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 6
9. Full face shields are to be worn any time there is a strong possibility that sediment
may be splashed upon you. In particular, face shields should be worn when
removing sediment cores from the aluminum tube and \\hen washing sediment off
equipment or the deck.
10. No contaminated splash suits or boots are to be worn or carried into the cabin until
decontaminated.
11. When sediment is present on the forward deck, no one is to step out onto the
forward deck unless, at a minimum, a Tyvek® suit, disposable gloves, boots and
safety glasses are worn. Once contaminated, this clothing is not to be worn back
into the cabin until decontaminated.
12. Heat-related emergencies are one of our primary concerns during the summer.
Many times heat-related risks are a greater threat to our safety than the possibility
of chemical contamination. Good judgment is essential. Pace yourself by
knowing your limits. Field work is not a race and above all not a competition.
During extreme heat, the Captain/Safety Officer will be monitoring your condition
and recommending you drink plenty of water. You may also be requested to
remove your safety clothing and take a break in the sir conditioned cabin. If you
feel the effects of heat stress, inform the Captain/Safety Officer.
-------
APPENDICES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX C
APPENDIX D
APPENDIX E
APPENDIX F
APPENDIX G
APPENDIX H
APPENDIX I
APPENDIX J
Respiratory Protection Program
Medical Monitoring Programs
Hearing Conservation Program
Hazard Communication Program
Confined Space Entry Program
Attachment 1 - Confined Space Entry Program Checklist
Attachment 2 - Confined Space Entry Permit
Attachment 3 - References
Hot Work Procedures
Attachment 1 - Hot Work Permit
Lockout/Tagout Program
Bloodborne Pathogens Program
Personal Protective Equipment Program
Chemical Hygiene Plan
Attachment 1 -
Attachment 2 -
Attachment 3 -
Attachment 4 -
Attachment 5 -
Attachment 6 -
Attachment 7-
29 CFR 1910.1450, REVISED JULY 1, 1992:
Occupational Exposure to Hazardous Chemicals in
Laboratories
Storage for Chemical Compatibility
Standard Operating Procedures for Hazardous
Material Storage and Spill Prevention
Weekly Inspection Checklists
SOP for Hazardous and Common Waste Disposal
Radiation Safety SOP for R/V Lake Guardian
Laboratories
CRL Radiation Safety Manual
APPENDIX K
Heavy Equipment Practices For Sediment Sampling
-------
APPENDICES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX L
APPENDIX M
APPENDIX N
APPENDIX O
APPENDIX P
APPENDIX Q
APPENDIX R
APPENDIX S
APPENDIX T
APPENDIX U
Chemical Hygiene Standard Operating Procedures for US EPA GLNPO
Research Vessels
GLNPO Occupant Emergency Plan
R/V Mudpuppy Manual
Policy, Memorandums, Standard Operating Procedures, Regulatory
Updates
Welcome Aboard & Safety Orientation
Marine Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures
R/V Lake Guardian Hazardous Material Contingency Plan
Attachment 1
Attachment 2
Attachment 3
Attachment 4
Attachment 5
Attachment 6
Attachment 7
Attachment 8
Waste Stream Analysis
Laboratory Floor Plan
Chemical Storage by Room
Emergency Phone Numbers
Emergency Equipment Locations
Emergency Response Team
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 Health and Safety
Compliance Procedures
Notification to Emergency Assistance Authorities
Procedures for the Transportation of Hazardous Materials/Waste by
GLNPO Via Government Vehicle and Government Driver
Attachment 1 Bill of Lading
Attachment 2 DOT Form F 5800.1
Attachment 3 Sample Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest
R/V Lake Guardian Environmental Compliance Manual
Non-Friable Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Plan
-------
APPENDICES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX V
ANNUAL AND PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND SURVEYS
Attachment 1
Attachment 1.1
Attachment 1.2
Attachment 1.3
Attachment 1.4
Attachment 1.5
Attachment 1.6
Attachment 1.7
Attachment 1.8
Attachment 1.9
Attachment 1.10
Attachment 1.11
Attachment 2
Attachment 3
Attachment 4
Attachment 5
Attachment 6
Attachment 7
Attachment 8
Attachment 9
Fire Protection Systems SOPs
Fire Detection and Alarm System
Fire Alarm Checklist
Monthly Inspection Checklist for Fire Extinguishers
Weekly Inspection Checklist for Fire Extinguishers
Container Lab Extinguishing Systems
Galley Extinguishing System
Emergency Lighting
Hre Pumps, Main Hose, Hose Stations
Engine Room Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing System
R/V Lake Guardian Fire Alarm Checklist
Life Safety Equipment Drawing
Emergency Shower & Eyewash Inspection Form
Vessel Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures
Food Service Inspection Form
Laboratory Hood Evaluation Sheet
Monthly Inspection Self-Contained Breathing
Apparatus
Hazardous Waste Storage Area Inspection Checklist
Spill Cart Checklist
GLNPO Specifications for Dry-Docking and
Overhaul Inspections
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 1 OF 23
APPENDIX A: RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM
Purpose
The purpose of this program is to provide written standard operating procedures governing the selection
and use of respirators as required by EPA Order 1440.3, Respiratory Protection and by the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Regulations 29 CFR 1910.134; see Safety Office for copies.
Background
OSHA has set permissible exposure limits for many workplace airborne toxic materials. If employee
exposure to the toxic materials exceeds these limits, the regulations require that feasible engineering
controls and/or administrative controls be installed/instituted. If engineering/administrative controls cannot
be implemented, the Agency is required to provide appropriate, approved respiratory protection for its
employees. Respirators are the least acceptable means for reducing personnel exposures; they provide
good protection only if properly selected and fitted, worn by employees when needed, and replaced when
their service life is over. Despite these difficulties, respiratory protective devices are the only means of
protection available to employees when engineering and work practice controls are not feasible or
inadequate.
EPA Order 1440.3, Respiratory Protection, defines the Agency policy, responsibilities, and basic
requirements for a respiratory protection program. The purpose of the program is to ensure the safety of
employees whose jobs require the use of respiratory protective devices. EPA Management is required to
establish and implement a respiratory protection program for the Region and its employees, who engage
in activities in which atmospheres contain or are suspected of containing unhealthy quantities of airborne
contaminants, atmospheres that have insufficient oxygen content, or where there is the threat of imminent
release of toxic agents. Respiratory protection may also be necessary for routine but infrequent operations
and for non-routine operations in which the employee is exposed briefly to high concentrations of a
hazardous substance.
Selection of Respiratory Protection Devices
The proper selection of respiratory protective devices basically involves three steps:
1. Identification of the hazard.
2. Evaluation of the hazard.
3. Selection of the appropriate approved respiratory protective device based on the first two
considerations.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 2 OF 23
Identification of the Hazard
To identify respiratory hazards, it is important to have working knowledge of the kinds of hazardous
atmospheres which require the use of respirators. Contaminated atmospheres and oxygen-deficient
atmospheres are the two types of atmospheres which present respiratory hazards.
Contaminated Atmospheres
Toxic materials can enter the body primarily in three ways: (1) by ingestion, through the gastrointestinal
tract, (2) by absorption through the skin or through cuts and punctures, and (3) by inhalation through the
respiratory system. The respiratory system not only presents the quickest and most direct avenue of entry
into the body, but for many agents the lungs are also the critical target. Airborne contaminants include
solid and liquid particulate matter and gaseous material, whether a true gas or vapor, or a combination of
these.
Gaseous Contaminants: These contaminants are of two types:
A. Gases are fluids which exist in a gaseous state at ordinary temperature and pressure, such as
carbon dioxide. Such substances are solids or liquids only at much lower temperature or
much higher pressures than are commonly found in the work environment. Carbon dioxide,
is a gas at room temperature, but it occurs as solid "dry ice" at low temperature, or as a liquid
in a pressurized tank.
B. Vapors are a gaseous state of a substance that is solid or liquid at ordinary temperature and
pressure. Vapors are formed by the evaporation of substances, for example, acetone or
trichloroethylene, which ordinarily occur as liquid.
Particulate Contaminants: Particulate contaminants are suspended particles or droplets of a substance.
Many of these particles can remain suspended in air indefinitely and are easily inhaled:
There are three types of particulates:
A. Dusts are solid particles produced by such processes as grinding, crushing, and mixing of
powder compounds.
B. Mists are tiny liquid droplets suspended whenever liquid is sprayed, vigorously mixed, or
otherwise agitated.
C. Fumes are solid condensation particles of small particle size.
Combination Contaminants: The two basic forms of contaminated atmospheres, gaseous and particulate,
frequently occur together.
-------
SECTION:
VERSION:
PAGE 3 OF 23
APPENDIX A
FINAL/MAY 1997
Oxygen Deficient Atmospheres
In an oxygen deficient atmosphere, the problem is not the presence of something harmful, but the absence
of something essential. These atmospheres are most commonly found in confined and poorly ventilated
spaces. Oxygen deficient atmospheres are classified as either immediately dangerous to life or health
(IDLH) or not immediately dangerous to life or health depending on the oxygen concentration in the
atmosphere. (An oxygen deficient atmosphere that contains less than 16 volume percent of oxygen in the
atmosphere at sea level is IDLH. An oxygen deficient atmosphere not immediately dangerous to life and
health is an atmosphere having an oxygen concentration between 16 and 19.5 volume percent of oxygen
in the atmosphere at sea level. Normal oxygen content is 20.9 volume percent in the atmosphere.)
Oxygen deficient atmospheres occur in two different ways: (1) Oxygen may be "used up" by a chemical
reaction, and (2) Oxygen is displaced by another gas. There is no definition of oxygen deficient
atmosphere that has been universally accepted. OSHA has adopted and EPA accepts an oxygen deficient
atmosphere as one that contains less than 19.5 volume percent of oxygen in the atmosphere at sea level.
Effects of Oxygen Deficiency
O: Vol % at Sea Level
16-12
Physiological Effect
Increased breathing volume.
Accelerated heartbeat.
O2 Vol % at Sea Level
14-12
O2 Vol %at Sea Level
14-10
10-6
Less than 6
Physiological Effect
Impaired attention and thinking.
Impaired coordination.
Physiological Effect
Very faulty judgment.
Very poor muscular coordination.
Muscular exertion causes rapid fatigue that may result in
permanent heart damage.
Intermittent respiration.
Nausea.
Vomiting.
Inability to perform rigorous movement, or loss of all movement.
Unconsciousness, followed by death.
Spasmatic breathing.
Convulsive movements.
Death in minutes.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 4 OF 23
Evaluation of the Hazard
Respiratory protective devices, according to Agency policy and OSHA regulations shall be required in the
following types of situations:
1. When there is a high potential for sudden release of toxic airborne substances or there has
been such a release.
2. When making entries into environments or locations where there is reasonable belief that a
hazardous environment is present; for example, entering hazardous waste or spill sites and
manholes.
3. During infrequent, but routine operations, where engineering controls are not feasible or
adequate for the toxicity of the material involved.
It is important to assess the potential hazards and the degree of control that can be exercised over each
situation. Responsibility resides with the project leader/inspector. The respiratory protective device
selected in each situation will depend on the information from the qualitative and quantitative
determination of the hazard.
The person who evaluates the respiratory hazard must have the cooperation of others in obtaining
information on the work area, work activities and other materials to properly evaluate and determine the
appropriate respiratory protective device that will provide the best protection. Consideration of these
questions will help in the selection of the correct equipment:
1. Does the atmosphere oxygen level meet with standards? Is the atmosphere oxygen level
expected to remain constant or decrease?
2. What is the contaminant? Is it a gas, vapor, mist, dust, or fume?
3. What is the estimated concentration of the contaminant? Have measurements been taken?
4. Could the contaminant be considered immediately dangerous to life or health?
5. Is the contaminant flammable? Does the concentration approach the lower explosive limit?
Do dust concentrations create a potential explosion problem?
6. Does the contaminant have adequate warning properties, e.g., smell., irritation?
7. Will the contaminant irritate the eyes at estimated concentration? Is eye protection also
needed?
8. What type(s) of respirators will provide the required degree of employee protection?9.Is the
recognized contaminant the only contaminant present?
10. If the contaminant is a gas or vapor, is there an effective sorbet for the respirator canister?
11. Can the contaminant be absorbed through the skin? If it can, will it result in a serious injury?
12. Does the facility require use of respiratory protection? Is there a facility/site specific safety
plan available? Does it specify respiratory protection requirements?
13. Is there any onsite screening or test data available?
14. Are OSHA respiratory protection requirements applicable to the facility, site or activity?
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 5 OF 23
Selection of Approved Respiratory Protective Devices
The selection of approved respiratory protective devices shall be based on these considerations:
1. The nature of the hazardous operation or process.
2. The type of respiratory hazard.
3. The location of the hazardous area in relation to the nearest area having respirable air.
4. The period of time the respiratory protection will be needed.
5. The employee's activities in the hazardous area.
6. The physical characteristics, functional capabilities, protection factors and limitations of the
respiratory protection devices.
The NIOSH approval on a respirator has the following information:
• An assigned identification number placed on each unit.
• A label identifying the type of hazard for which the respirator is approved.
• Additional information on the label which give limitations and identifies the component parts
for use with the basic unit.
Attachment A to EPA Order 1440.3 (See safety office for copy) provides a "Decision Logic Table for
Respiratory Protective Device Selection." These are general guidelines. Written standard operating
procedures governing the selection and use of respiratory protective devices shall be established for
specific situations, where necessary. These may be in the form of facility/site specific plans or
program-specific safety plans, such as for NESHAP-Asbestos inspections (Appendix C of EPA Order
1440.3). Types of respiratory protective devices are summarized in Appendix D of EPA Order 1440.3.
SELECTION
In general ANSI Z88.2-1980 states that the selection of the proper approved respirator depends upon:
• The nature of the hazard.
• The characteristics of the hazardous operation or process.
• The location of the hazardous area with respect to a safe area having respirable air.
• The period of time for which respiratory protection may be needed.
• The activity of workers in the hazardous area.
• The physical characteristics, functional capabilities, and limitations of respirators of various
types.
• The respirator/protection factors and respirator fit.
All these criteria must be considered in the selection of a respirator. The Joint NIOSH/OSHA Standards
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 6 OF 23
Completion Respirator committee devised a "Respirator Decision Logic" based on the above criteria.
ANSI Z88.2-1980 also describes the suitability of a particular respiratory protective device for oxygen
deficient or Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) atmosphere. OSHA regulations require the
use of approved respirators. Respirators are tested at the NIOSH Testing Laboratory in Morgantown, West
Virginia in accordance with the requirements of 30 CFR Part 11 and are jointly approved by the Mine
Safety and Health Administration (MSHA).
AIR-PURIFYING RESPIRATORS
I. Introduction
Respiratory protection must be used when the concentration of a substance in the ambient atmosphere
exceeds a personal exposure limit. Several exposure limits used to determine the need for respiratory
protection. In order of precedence, these are the OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs), NIOSH
Recommended Exposure Limits (RELs), and the ACGIH Threshold Limit Values (TLVs). If none
of these are available, other published data may be used.
Air-purifying respirators may be used only if all of the following requirements are met:
• The identity and concentration of the contaminant are known.
• The ambient concentration of a contaminant is below the Immediately Dangerous to Life
or Health (IDLH) concentration.
• The oxygen content in the atmosphere is greater than 19.5%.
• The respirator assembly is approved for protection against the specific concentration of a
contaminant.
• There is periodic monitoring of the work area.
• The respirator assembly has been successfully fit tested on the user.
II. Respirator Construction
An air-purifying respirator (APR) consists of a facepiece and a purifying element. In some APR
designs there are combined in a single unit, more often they are separate components. There are
several basic designs of air-purifying respirators.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 7 OF 23
• Disposable Dust Respirators
These are generally constructed using cloth or paper as the filter element. A satisfactory face
to respirator seal is difficult to achieve with this type of respirator. Most respirators of this
design are not approved. Those which are approved are used for protection against dusts and
mists. Some may be approved for asbestos use.
• Emergency Escape Mouthbit Respirators
Mouthbit respirators are approved for escape use only. The mouthpiece containing the
cartridge element is held in place by the teeth and a clamp is used to seal the nostrils.
• Quarter-Mask Respirators (Type B Half-Mask)
The quarter-mask respirator is used for dusts (airborne exposure limits not less than 0.05
mg/m3). The facepiece fits from the top of the nose to the top of the chin.
Half-Mask Respirators (Type A Half-Mask)
The half-mask respirator has approved cartridges for pesticides, organic vapors, dusts, mists,
fumes, and several other combinations. A half-mask respirator fits from above the nose to
under the chin.
• Full-Face Respirators
A full-face respirator provides full face protection, including the eyes. It has a much higher
Assigned Protection Factor than either a quarter or half-mask respirator. The full-face mask
may be used with a wide variety of filtration media. This type of respirator may be used
with cheek-mounted cartridges, chin-mounted cartridges, chin-mounted canisters, or
chest/back-mounted canisters.
• Powered Air-Purifying Respirators
Powered air-purifying respirators utilize pumps or fans to force air through the purifying
elements. This eliminates breathing resistance and may help to maintain positive pressure
in the facepiece. Powered air-purifying respirators are available in quarter, half, and full-face
designs as well as with specialized helmet assemblies.
III. Facepiece
The facepiece is the means of sealing the respirator assembly to the user's face. The facepiece
consists of the lens (full face only), mask suspension, and a means of attaching the filtration
elements. Inhalation check valves are used to prevent moist exhaled air from being passed through
the filter element. Exhalation check valves are used to allow exhalation through the diaphragm.
Each respirator manufacturer utilized different means for attaching components to the facepiece.
This prevents mixing parts from different manufacturers (hybridization) which would void a
respirator's approval.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 8 OF 23
Although many configurations exist, only four types of facepiece-element assemblies are permissible
for use with hazardous materials:
• Half-mask with twin cartridges or filters.
• Full-face mask with twin cartridges or filters
Full-face mask with chin-mounted canister
• Full-face mask with harness-mounted canister (gas mask)
The full-facepiece is the recommended facepiece for use. It provides eye protection, is easier to fit,
and has an Assigned Protection Factor greater than the half-mask.
IV. Air-Purifying Elements
Respiratory hazards can be broken down into two classes: particulates and vapors/gases. Particulates
are filtered by mechanical means, while vapors and gases are removed by sorbents that react
chemically with them. Respirators with the appropriate cartridge can filter or remove both classes
of hazards.
A. Particulate-Removing Filters
Particulates can occur as dusts, fumes, or mists. The particle size can range from macroscopic
to microscopic, and their toxicological effects can be severe or innocuous. The hazard posed by
a particulate can be determined by its exposure limit (EL). A nuisance particulate will have an
EL of 10 mg/m3, while a toxic particulate may have an EL well below 0.05 mg/m3.
Mechanical filters are classified according to the protection for which they are approved under
schedule 21C of 30 CFR Part 11. Most particulate filters are approved only for dusts and/or
mists with Els equal to or greater than 0.05 mg/m3. These dusts are usually considered to
produce pneumoconiosis and fibrosis. Such filters have an efficiency of 80-90% for 0.6
micrometer particles.
Respirators approved for fumes are more efficient, removing 90-99% for 0.6 micrometer
particles. This type of respirator is approved for dusts, fumes and mists with ELs equal to or
greater than 0.05 mg/m3.
Finally there is a high efficiency filter which is 99.97% effective against particles 0.3 microns
in diameter. It is approved for dusts, mists, and fumes with an EL less than 0.05 mg/m3.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 9 OF 23
Mechanical filters load with participates as they are used. As they do, they become more
efficient, but also become more difficult to breathe through. When a mechanical filter becomes
difficult to breathe through it should be replaced.
B. Gas and Vapor-Removing Cartridges and Canisters
When selecting a gas or vapor-removing element, it must be chosen for protection against a
specific type of contaminant. Some of the commonly employed types of chemical cartridges and
canisters and their OSHA-required color coding are listed in Table 2-1. This table has been
excerpted from the OSHA respirator regulations for general industry (29 CFR 1910.134).
1. Style and Size
Gas and vapor-elements are available in different styles. The physical differences are: (1)
size and (2) means of attachment to the facepiece. The smallest elements are cartridges
which contain 50-200 cm3 of sorbet and attach directly to the facepiece, usually in pairs.
Chin canisters have a volume of 250-500 cm3 and are attached to a full-facepiece. Gas
mask, or industrial-size canisters contain 100-2000 cm3 and are attached by a harness to
the wearer's front or back and connected to the full-facepiece by a breathing hose.
The difference in applications is the Maximum Use Concentration (MUC) for which the
cartridge or canister can be used in accordance with its NIOSH/MSHS approval. For
example, organic vapors can be removed by the appropriate cartridges, chin canister, or
gas-mask canister. Cartridges are approved for use in atmospheres up to 1000 ppm (0.1%)
organic vapors, chin style canisters up to 5000 ppm (0.5%), and gas mask canisters up to
20,000 ppm (2.0%). However, no air-purifying respirator is permitted in an IDLH
atmosphere.
2. Service Life
Each sorbet has a finite capacity for removing contaminants and when this limit is reached
the cartridge or canister is said to be saturated. At this point the element will allow the
contaminant to pass through and enter the facepiece. The length of time a cartridge or
canister will effectively sorb the contaminant is known as the service life of the element.
Service life of a type of cartridge or canister is dependent on several factors: the breathing
rate of the wearer; contaminant concentration; and sorption efficiency.
a. Breathing Rate
If the breathing rate of the user is rapid, the flow rate of the contaminated air drawn
through the cartridge is greater than it is at a moderate or slow respiration rate. A higher
flow rate brings a larger amount of contaminant in contact with the sorbet in a given
period of time which, in turn, increases the rate of sorbet saturation and shortens service
life.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 10 OF 23
b. Contaminant Concentration
The expected service life of an organic vapor cartridge decreases as ambient contaminant
concentration increases. As concentration goes up, the mass flow rate increases, bringing
more contaminant in contact with the sorbet in a given period of time. For example, at
any constant breathing rate, ten times as much contaminant contacts the element when the
concentration is 500 ppm compared to 50 ppm.
c. Cartridge Efficiency
Chemical sorbents vary in their ability to remove contaminants from air. Table 2-2
compares the efficiency of organic vapor cartridges for a number of solvents by recording
the amount of time until a 1% breakthrough concentration was measured in the
cartridge-filtered air. The initial test concentration is 1000 ppm of solvent vapor; the
breakthrough concentration is 10 ppm. From the table it can be seen that it takes 107
minutes for chlorobenzene to reach a 1% breakthrough, while it only takes 3.8 minutes for
vinyl chloride. The sorbet (activated carbon) in the organic vapor cartridge is much better
for removing chlorobenzene than vinyl chloride under the test conditions. Cartridge
efficiencies need to be considered when selecting and using APRs.
3. Warning Properties
A warning property is used as a sign that a cartridge or canister in use is beginning to lose
its effectiveness. A warning property can be detected as an odor, taste, or irritation. At
the first such signal, the old cartridge or canister must be exchanged for a fresh one.
Without a warning property, respirator efficiency may drop without the knowledge of the
wearer, ultimately causing a health hazard.
Most substances have warning properties at some concentration. A warning property
detected only at dangerous levels, that is, greater than the EL, is not considered adequate.
An odor, taste, or irritation detected at extremely low concentrations is also not adequate
because the warning is being given all the time or long before the filter begins to lose its
effectiveness. In this case, the wearer would never realize when the filter actually becomes
ineffective.
The best concentration for a warning property is to be first detected is around the EL. For
example, toluene has an odor threshold of 40 ppm and an EL of 100 ppm. This is usually
considered an adequate warning property. Conversely, dimethylformamide has an EL of
10 ppm and an odor threshold of 100 ppm. An odor threshold ten times the EL is not an
adequate warning property.
If a substance causes rapid olfactory fatigue (that is, the sense of smell is no longer
effective), its odor is not an adequate warning property. For example, upon entering an
atmosphere containing hydrogen sulfide, the odor is quite noticeable. After a short period
of time, it is no longer detectable.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 11 OF 23
Use of Respiratory Protective Devices
Selecting the respirator appropriate for a given hazard is important, but equally important is using the
selected device properly. Proper use can be ensured by training users in selection, use, and maintenance
of respiratory devices.
TRAINING AND FIT TESTING
Training
EPA Order 1440.3 requires that employees receive a minimum of six hours training initially, and two to
four hours annually, thereafter, in respiratory protection. Training will be provided initially as part of
Region V's "24 Hour Health and Safety Training for Field Personnel" course, and subsequent training will
be provided as part of Region V's required annual "8 Hour Refresher Training" course, and recorded via
Region V's normal safety record keeping and tracking system.
Fit Testing
The proper fitting of respiratory protective devices requires the use of some type of fit test. The fit test
is needed to determine the proper match between the facepiece of
the respirator and the face of the user. Two types of tests are necessary, qualitative tests and quantitative
tests.
1. Qualitative Tests: Fast, requiring no complicated expensive equipment, and are easily performed.
Qualitative fit tests may be used, but are not substitute for annual quantitative fit tests which are
required for all respirator users. There are five types of qualitative tests:
A. Isoamyl acetate, a low toxicity substance with a banana oil like odor, is used widely in
testing the facepiece fit of organic vapor cartridge/canister respirators. The substance is
applied to a cotton wad inside an enclosure. The enclosure can be put together by the use
of a plastic bag, several hangers, and some cotton. The user should put on the respiratory
protective device in some area away from the test enclosure so that there is no prior
contamination of the cartridge or "pre-exposure" to the isoamyl acetate.
The user should perform the following steps in order:
Normal breathing.
Deep breathing, as during heavy exertion. This should not be done long enough to
cause hyperventilation.
• Side-to-side and up-and-down head movements. These movements should not be
exaggerated, but should approximate those that take place on the job.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 12 OF 23
• Talking. This is most easily accomplished by reading a prepared text loudly enough
to be understood by someone standing nearby.
• Other exercises may be added depending upon the need.
The major drawback of the isoamyl test is that the odor threshold varies widely among
individuals. Also, the sense of smell is easily dulled and may deteriorate during the test
so that the user can detect only high vapor concentrations. Another disadvantage is that
isoamyl acetate smells pleasant, even in high concentrations; therefore, a user may say that
the respirator fits although it has a leak. A user may say that a respirator fits because
he/she likes the fit of a particular inspirator or is following the respirator selection of
another employee. Conversely, a user may claim that a particular respirator leaks if it is
uncomfortable, etc. Therefore, unless the employee is highly motivated toward wearing
respirators, the results of the test must sometimes be suspect.
B. Irritant Smoke Test - The irritant smoke test, similar to the isoamyl acetate test in concept, is
used widely in testing the facepiece fit of high efficiency particulate filter respirators. This test
can be used for both air-purifying and atmosphere supplying respirators, but an air purifying
respirator must have a high-efficiency filter. The test substance is an irritant (stannic chloride
or titanium tetrachloride) which is available commercially in sealed glass tubes. When the tube
ends are broken and air passes through them, a dense irritating smoke is emitted. If the user
detects any of the irritant smoke, it means a defective fit, and adjustment or replacement of the
respirator is required. The irritant smoke test must be performed with caution because the
aerosol is highly irritating to the eyes, skin, and mucous membrane. As a qualitative means of
determining respirator fit, this test has a distinct advantage in that the wearer usually reacts
involuntarily to leakage by coughing or sneezing. The likelihood of giving a false indication of
proper fit is reduced. Irritant smoke tests are ineffective for positive pressure respirators
operating in the demand and continuous mode.
C. Taste Test - Utilizing sodium saccharin and placing a hood over the wearers head is an
acceptable method for Atmosphere Supplying Respirators. (Normally for single use respirators.)
D. Negative Pressure Test - This test (and the positive pressure test) should be used only as a very
gross determination of fit. The wearer should use this test just before entering the hazardous
atmosphere. In this test, the user closes off the inlet of the canister, cartridge(s) or filter(s) by
covering with the palm(s) or squeezing the breathing tube so that it does not pass air; inhales
gently so that the facepiece collapses slightly; and holds his/her breath for about ten seconds.
If the facepiece remains slightly collapsed and no inward leakage is detected, the respirator has
been properly donned and the exhalation valve and facepiece are not leaking. This test, of
course, can only be used on respirators with tight-fitting facepieces. Although this test is simple,
it has severe drawbacks; primarily that the wearer must handle the respirator after it has
supposedly been positioned on his/her face. This handling can modify the facepiece seal. A
second drawback is that with a negative pressure in a facepiece, a leaking facepiece may be
drawn tightly to the face to form a good seal, giving a false reading of a good seal.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 13 OF 23
E. Positive Pressure Test - This test, similar to the negative pressure test, is conducted by closing
if the exhalation valve or breathing tube and exhaling gently into the facepiece. The fit is
considered satisfactory if slight positive pressure can be built up inside the facepiece without any
evidence of outward leakage. For some respirators, this method requires that the wearer remove
the exhalation valve cover; this often disturbs the fit of the respirator to the wearer. Therefore,
this test should be used sparingly if it requires removing and replacing a valve cover. The test
is easy for respirators whose valve cover has a single small port that can be closed by the palm
or a finger.
Quantitative Tests - Quantitative respirator performance tests involve placing the user wearing the
device in an atmosphere containing an easily detectable, relatively non-toxic gas, vapor or aerosol.
The atmosphere inside the respirator is sampled continuously through a probe in the respiratory inlet
covering. The leakage is expressed as a percentage of the test atmosphere outside the respirator,
called "percentage of penetration," or simply "penetration." The greatest advantage of a quantitative
test is that it indicates respirator fit numerically, and does not rely on a subjective response.
EPA Employees are required to receive an annual quantitative fit test as arranged by the Regional
Safety Officer. The irritant smoke qualitative test will be used as an interim measure. (This method
is less subjective than the isoamyl acetate method.) Both the negative or positive pressure test will
be used by the employee when donning a respirator to check the seal. Blue certification cards must
be signed by the individual performing the fit test.
MEDICAL MONITORING
As part of the annual medical monitoring examination, employees performing tasks requiring the use of
respiratory protective devices must be certified physically capable of performing the work while wearing
the devices. A blue certification card will be issued to employees by a physician certifying that the
employee is physically able to wear a respirator. The certification card must be available at the time of
the respirator fit test and signed by the fit test operator.
INVENTORY AND PERSONAL ISSUANCE
Inventory
The Regional Safety Manager shall maintain a general inventory of respiratory equipment and supplies
in his/her custody, and administer the regional budget for equipment purchases, for non-CERCLA
activities. Part of the Regional Safety Manager's budget is administering funds for all personal protective
equipment including purchase for all respiratory equipment and respiratory equipment supplies.
When additional respirators or respiratory equipment are needed, those needs should be transmitted to the
Regional Safety Manager as soon as possible and the procurement should be coordinated with him/her.
Additionally, in each Branch where employees use respiratory protection devices, a general inventory of
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 14 OF 23
respiratory equipment and supplies may be kept by the Branch Safety Officer or other appropriate
individuals, but if kept shall be the responsibility of the Branch Supervisor. This inventory shall be
available to the Regional Safety Manager for his/her annual inspection.
Personal Issuance
Field and laboratory personnel subject to contaminated atmospheres (as previously defined) will be issued
an appropriate respirator with an initial supply of filters. Other equipment may be personally issued as
needed. The immediate supervisor or his/her designee, is responsible for issuing equipment and
maintaining records of the issuances. Respirators should be the full face type whenever possible.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS IN RESPIRATOR USE
1. Respiratory protective devices shall not be worn when any condition prevents a good seal.
Specific conditions not permitted are as follows:
A. Any facial hair lying between the sealing surface of a respirator facepiece and the
wearer's skin that will prevent a good seal shall not be allowed. This includes
stubble, a moustache, sideburns or a beard that extends outward between the face
and the sealing surface of the respirator.
B. Spectacle temple bars or straps that pass between the sealing surface of a
facepiece and the wearer's face prevent a good seal and, therefore, shall not be
permitted with a full-face respiratory protective device. Individualized eye glasses
mounted to the facepiece will be furnished.
2. Employees with perforated eardrums shall not wear respirators.
3. Contact lenses shall not be permitted while wearing a respirator.
4. Eating, drinking, smoking, chewing gum and applying cosmetics shall not be permitted
while wearing a respirator.
Inspection, Maintenance, Repair, and Storage of Respiratory Protective Devices
Proper inspection, maintenance, storage, and repair of respiratory devices are mandatory to insure that
these devices protect the health and safety of the employees when in use.
Inspection
An important part of respirator maintenance program is the inspection of the devices. If performed
properly, inspections will identify damage or malfunctioning respirators and help to maintain their state
of readiness. All respiratory protective devices must be inspected monthly or before each use. A record
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 15 OF 23
must be kept of inspection dates and findings. Responsibility for inspection and record keeping resides
with the supervisor (who may delegate the responsibility to the Branch Safety Officer), for equipment in
general inventory and the employee for personally issued equipment. Inspection guidelines for various
respiratory protection devices are provided in Appendix E of EPA Order 1440.3.
Maintenance
All respiratory protective devices shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use by the user or by another
designated person.
The actual cleaning may be accomplished in a variety of ways:
1. The respiratory protective device should be washed with detergent in warm water using
a brush , thoroughly rinsed in clean water, and then air dried in a clean place. Care
should be taken to prevent damage from rough handling. This method is an accepted
procedure for a small group or unit of employees where each employee cleans his/her own
respirator.
2. A standard domestic type dish or clothes washer may be used if a rack is installed to hold
the facepieces in a fixed position. (If the facepieces are placed loose in the washer, they
may be damaged.) This method is especially useful in a large unit or group where
respirator usage is extensive. *Handy-wipe disinfectants may be used as a substitute for
the above methods.
Detergents and disinfectants: If possible, detergents containing a bactericide should be used. Organic
solvents should not be used, as they can deteriorate the rubber facepiece. If the above combination is not
available, a detergent may be used, followed by a disinfecting rinse. Reliable disinfectants may be made
from some available household solutions.
1. Hypochlorite solution [50 parts per million (ppm) of chlorine] made by adding
approximately two tablespoons of chlorine bleach per gallon of water. A two-minute
immersion is sufficient to disinfect the respirator.
2. Aqueous solution of iodine (0.8ml tincture of iodine in one liter. The iodine 7%
ammonium and potassium iodine, 45% alcohol and 48% water.) Again, a two-minute
immersion is sufficient and will not damage the rubber and plastic in the respirator
facepieces. Check with the manufacturer to find out the proper temperature for the
solutions.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 16 OF 23
If the respirators are washed by hand, a separate disinfecting rinse may be provided. If a dish or clothes
washing machine is used, the disinfectant must be added to the rinse cycle, and the amount of water in
the machine at the time will have to be
measured to determine the correct amount of disinfectant to be added.
Rinsing: The cleaned and disinfected respirators should be rinsed thoroughly in clean water (120° F
maximum) to remove all traces of detergent, cleaner and sanitizer, and disinfectant. This is very important
to prevent dermatitis.
Drying: The respirators may be allowed to dry by themselves on a clean surface. They may also be hung
from a horizontal wire, like drying clothes, but care must be taken not to damage the facepieces.
Continued use of respiratory protective devices may require periodic repair or replacement of component
parts of the equipment. Such repairs and parts replacement must be done by a qualified individual(s).
Equipment in need of repair will be given to the Supervisor or Safety Officer designee, who will either
arrange for the repair of the equipment or its disposal if it is not repairable.
Replacement of parts and repair of air-purifying respirators, in most cases, present little problem. Most
equipment manufacturers supply literature which details the component parts of their respirator and include
servicing information. The manufacturer will also provide replacement parts. Replacement parts for
respiratory protective devices must be those of the manufacturer of the equipment. Substitution of parts
from a different brand or type of respirator will invalidate the approval of the respirator.
(All respirators and parts shall be NIOSH or MSHA approved with the appropriate TC number.)
Defective air-supplying respiratory equipment, with the exception of the SCBA, can be repaired and worn
if broken parts are replaced by a qualified individual, again with the aid of the manufacturer's literature
and parts. Maintenance of SCBA equipment is more difficult, primarily because of the valve and regulator
assembly. Because of this, regulations require that SCBA equipment be returned to the manufacturer or
certified repair person for adjustment or repair.
Care that has been taken to repair and maintain respirators can be negated by improper storage.
Respiratory protective equipment must be stored to protect it from dust, sunlight, heat, extreme cold,
excessive moisture, and damaging chemicals. Leaving a respirator unprotected can lead to damage of the
working parts or permanent distortion of the facepiece, thus making it ineffective.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 17 OF 23
After cleaning and disinfecting the respirators, they should be placed individually in plastic bags capable
of being sealed until reissue. They should be stored in a single layer with the facepiece and exhalation
valve in a normal position to prevent the rubber or plastic from assuming a permanently distorted shape.
Equipment in general inventory will be stored in designated Iqckers or chests provided with the equipment.
Personally issued equipment when not in use will be stored in a personally issued equipment locker. In
the field, the equipment will be transported in the chests provided with the equipment or in a special
carrying bag.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 18 OF 23
ATTACHMENTS
ADMINISTRATIVE RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM
(To be Distributed to Employees When Issued Respirators)
General
The OSHA General Industry standard for respiratory protection, 29 CFR 1910.134, requires that a written
respiratory protection program be established by an employer. The following procedures are based on the
requirements for a minimum respirator program as established by the Occupational Health and Safety
Administration.
OSHA's Requirements for a Minimal Respirator Program:
1. "Written standard operating procedures (S.O.P.) governing the selection and use of respirators
shall be established."
2. "Respirators shall be selected on the basis of hazards to which the worker is exposed."
3. "The user shall be instructed and trained in the proper use of respirators and their limitations."
4. "Where practicable, the respirators should be assigned to individual workers for their exclusive
use."
5. "Respirators shall be regularly cleaned and disinfected. Those used by more than one worker shall
be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected after each use."
6. "Respirators shall be stored in convenient, clean, and sanitary location."
7. "Respirators used routinely shall be inspected during cleaning. Worn or deteriorated parts shall
be replaced. Respirators for emergency use, such as self-contained breathing devices, shall be
thoroughly inspected at least once a month and after each use."
8. "Persons should not be assigned to tasks requiring use of respirators unless it has been determined
that they are physically able to perform the work and use the equipment. The local physician
shall determine what health and physical conditions are pertinent. The respirator user's medical
status should be reviewed annually."
9. "Approved or accepted respirators shall always be used."
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 19 OF 23
Guidelines
1. The guidelines in this program are designed to help reduce employee exposures to occupational
dust, fumes, mists, radionuclides, gases, and vapors.
2. The primary objective is to prevent excessive exposure to these contaminants.
3. Where feasible, exposure to contaminants will be eliminated by engineering controls (example,
general and local ventilation, enclosure or isolation, and substitution of a less hazardous process
or material.)
4. When effective engineering controls are not feasible, use of personal respiratory protective
equipment may be required to achieve the goal.
Responsibilities
1. Management
It is management's responsibility to determine what specific situations require use of respiratory
equipment. Management must also provide proper respiratory equipment to meet the needs of
each specific situation. Employees must be provided with adequate training and instruction on
all equipment.
2. Management/Supervisory
Superintendents, supervisors, foremen, or group leaders of each area are responsible for ensuring
that all personnel under their control are completely knowledgeable of the respiratory protection
requirements for the areas in which they work. They are also responsible for insuring that their
subordinates comply with all facets of this respiratory program, including respirator inspection and
maintenance.
3. Employees
It is the responsibility of the employee to have an awareness of the respiratory protection
requirements for their work areas (as explained by management.) Employees are also responsible
for wearing the appropriate respiratory equipment according to proper instructions and for
maintaining the equipment in a clean and operable condition.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 20 OF 23
ADMINISTRATION
1. Name: Signature:
Regional Health & Safety Manager
is responsible for overall program administration.
2. Name: Signature:
Physician, Occupational Health Nurse
is responsible for monitoring the health of company employees via a comprehensive medical and
health program, including physical examinations.
3. Name: Signature:
Either Regional Health & Safety Manager or Supervisor
is responsible for selection, issuance, training, and fit testing of all respirators used in this Agency
including recordkeeping of the "Respirator Issuance and Training" card and "Job Description -
Respirator Specification" form.
RECOMMENDED RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM
Work Area Monitoring
Although it is not specifically discussed in the OSHA Requirements for a Minimal Respirator Program,
to assure the adequacy of a respiratory protection program, monitoring should be conducted on a periodic
basis to provide a continuing healthful environment for employees. Personal sampling equipment may
be used in accordance with accepted industrial hygiene standards to sample each work area. Results of
these samples will pinpoint areas where respiratory protection is required. A "Job Description - Respirator
Specification" Form will also document what type of equipment should be worn for specific hazards
present.
EMPLOYEE MEDICAL MONITORING
1. Pre-employment physical examinations are conducted on all employees to assure that they are
physically able to perform their work and can use respiratory equipment as required.
2, Yearly physical examinations will be given to regular employees in order to assist them in
maintaining their health. (At option of employer/physician or where such exams are required by
Local, State, and/or Federal Regulations).
3. Biological monitoring in the form of blood and/or urinary analysis will be conducted on a yearly
basis for all employees if appropriate (Employer/Physician determination).
4. Records must be kept on file for the duration of employment and for 30 years following.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 21 OF 23
RESPIRATOR INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
The following points should be considered for respirator inspection and maintenance:
1. The wearer of the respirator should inspect it daily whenever it is in use.
2. Respirators not discarded after one shift use, will be cleaned on a daily basis, according to the
manufacturer's instructions, by the assigned employee or other person designated by the respirator
program coordinator.
3. Respirators not discarded after one shift use, will be stored in a suitable container away from areas
of contamination.
4. Whenever feasible, respirators not discarded after one shift use, will be marked or stored in such
a manner to assure that they are worn only by the assigned employee. If use by more than one
employee is required, the respirator must be cleaned between uses.
EMERGENCY RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT
Self contained breathing apparatus may be required in specific areas for emergency use. This equipment
will be used only by trained personnel when it is necessary to enter hazardous atmospheres. The
following points should be considered:
1. All potential users will be fully trained in the use of this equipment.
2. When the equipment is used, it will be tested in an uncontaminated atmosphere prior to entering
the hazardous area if possible.
3. An employee will not work with this apparatus in a hazardous atmosphere on an individual basis.
At least one additional employee suitably equipped with a similar breathing apparatus must be in
contact with the first employee and must be available to render assistance if necessary.
4. This equipment will be inspected monthly by trained department or group personnel. Inspection
and maintenance information will be maintained by the Branch Supervisor Safety Officer.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 22 OF 23
JOB DESCRIPTION - RESPIRATOR SPECIFICATION FORM
JOB
DESCRIPTION
Contaminant Concentration X. ppm mg/m3
Recommended Respiratory Protection
First Choice Second Choice
NIOSH Approval Numbers
OSHA Standard for Contaminant
This form and the card that states that the employee is able to wear a respirator should be presented by
the employee at the time of the fit testing. The form should also be filled out by the Public Health
Service and by the person conducting the fit test and forwarded to the Regional Health and Safety
Manager.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 23 OF 23
Employee
RESPIRATOR ISSUANCE AND TRAINING
Employee #
Title
Date
Respirator:
Model
_Self-Contained
_Powered Air
_Dust/Mist Filter
Dust/Fume/Mist Filter
Supplied Air
_HEPA Filter
Chemical Cartridge
Chemical Cartridge w/pre-filter
Application
NIOSH Approval #
Limitations: Beard Denture Glasses None
Explain:
Fitting: Satisfactory
Positive Pressure
Test
Satisfactory
Isoamyl Acetate Test
Satisfactory
Negative Pressure
Test
Satisfactory
Sweetener Test
Maintenance: Cleaning: Daily Weekly Other
Disposal: Daily Weekly Other
Individual Plant Other
Indicator
Employee Signature
Date
Approved
Date
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX B
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 4
APPENDIX B: MEDICAL MONITORING PROGRAMS
MEDICAL MONITORING SELECTION POLICY
The Regional Medical Monitoring Selection Policy is detailed in Regional Order 3130, see Safety Office,
and is to be followed by all EPA Region 5 employees to which it applies.
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Regional policy is to insure consistency in our approach to mandatory participation
in Medical Monitoring and to ensure that we provide the most comprehensive health protection possible
for our employees. Baseline and subsequent yearly periodic medical monitoring exams are required for
three categories of Regional employees.
POLICY
The three categories for which Medical Monitoring is mandatory are Hazardous Waste Site Workers,
Laboratory Personnel, and Other Field Personnel or Inspectors who are exposed to toxic materials. These
categories are detailed within the Procedure section below.
PROCEDURE
The first category of employees, Hazardous Waste Site Workers, are those who are engaged or involved
in clean-up operations, investigations, inspections, corrective actions or similar activities at hazardous
waste sites, treatment, storage, and disposal (TSDs) facilities or emergency response operations involving
hazardous substances. Regulations relative to Medical Monitoring requirements which apply to Hazardous
Waste Site Workers can be found in both 29 CFR 1910.120, Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency
Response, Final Rule, dated March 6, 1989, and EPA Order 1440.2.
The second category of employees required to participate in the Regional Medical Monitoring Program
is Laboratory Personnel who regularly work with or around toxic substances which have a risk of
impairing the health of the employee. The regulations covering Medical Monitoring for Laboratory
Personnel are set out in the
EPA Order 1440, Chapter 8.
The third group of employees covered by mandatory Medical Monitoring consists of Field Personnel who
are routinely engaged in field activities (other than Hazardous Waste Site activities) that might expose
them to toxic substances or involve significant physical exertion. These employees are field inspectors
and other personnel who work with toxic substances, or in the area of toxic substances to the degree that
there is a risk of health impairment, or who frequently engage in arduous or physically taxing activity,
or who use respiratory protective equipment.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX B
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 4
All other personnel who may be exposed to some or all of the hazards and conditions described in this
Order, but to a lesser degree than the three categories of employees described herein, are encouraged to
enroll in the Regional Medical Monitoring Program. Final determination, if a question arises relative to
individual participation or application of other related requirements relative to Medical Monitoring, will
be made by the Regional Safety Manager who will consult with U.S. PHS Personnel, as appropriate. The
determinations made in this regard are important. A determination that an employee is in the mandatory
category of Medical Monitoring is also a determination that Medical Monitoring is a condition of
employment in that position. Refusal to comply with this requirement could represent grounds for
disciplinary action up to removal.
FURTHER REFERENCES
The regulations relative to Medical Monitoring for the personnel mentioned in this Order are to be found
in EPA Order 1440.2, see Safety Office.
MEDICAL MONITORING PROGRAM PROCEDURES
U.S. EPA, Region 5, has established an agency-wide medical surveillance program to reduce insofar as
possible the health risks of its employees who may be exposed to toxic substances or hazardous materials.
This program is designed to monitor the health of employees whose work regularly or periodically poses
the possibility of exposure to hazardous materials. Representative job categories that have health
monitoring made available to them include laboratory workers. Generally, administrative, fiscal,
secretarial, and other support personnel who have only indirect, infrequent, or inconsequential incidental
exposures are not included.
All personnel who work (regularly or periodically) at Superfund or RCRA waste sites are required, by law,
to participate in the medical surveillance program as a condition of employment. (29 CFR 1910.120)
Other employees whose jobs justify inclusion in the program are free to participate if they choose,
although EPA recommends participation by all employees who are referred for an examination.
Health monitoring is an employer responsibility and EPA bears the entire cost. When a preexisting or
non-job related condition is detected in the course of a health monitoring examination, the employee is
referred to his/her private physician for further evaluation, treatment, and follow-up. The employee must
bear these costs. If the condition is later determined to have resulted from employment, the employee
may seek compensation and recovery of medical expenses from the Department of Labor, Office of
Workers' Compensation Programs.
The health provider source for EPA employees is the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS), Division of
Federal Employee Occupational Health (DFEOH) by contractual arrangements. The PHS/DFEOH health
units are located in the Metcalf Federal Building at 77 W. Jackson and the Federal Office Building at 536
S. Clark Street (Chicago); in the McNamara Building (Detroit); and the federal Office Building (Akron).
Consultation is available with the Regional Occupational Medicine Officer when a job-related illness is
detected or suspected.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX B
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 4
CONTENT OF MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE EXAMINATIONS
Medical surveillance consists of a series of blood chemistry tests, urine tests, and electrocardiogram,
pulmonary function testing, vision tests, hearing testing when there has been or might be exposure to
noise, cervical cytology (Pap smear test) and pelvic examination (females), medical and work history, and
a complete examination by a physician. Chest X-rays and other special tests may also be included as
necessary. The physician is responsible for explaining the significance of all findings - no employee
should leave the health unit with unanswered questions or concerns.
FREQUENCY OF MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE EXAMINATIONS
Baseline or pre-placement examinations are conducted prior to a job assignment where exposure to toxic
substances or similar hazardous materials may be possible.
Annual examinations are conducted for all persons in the job categories previously described.
Termination examinations are conducted at the termination of employment or before reassignment to an
area where medical examinations are not required, if an employee has not had an examination within the
last six months.
Crisis monitoring will be provided to EPA employees who have experienced acute exposures or other
work related health hazards, or who report aggravated pre-existing medical conditions as a result of
adverse work activities, on an emergency basis. Under these conditions, the employee may report directly
to the PHS health unit for special tests as necessary. For life threatening emergencies and for non
emergencies occurring outside of normal working hours, the nearest hospital-based emergency center is
the most appropriate provider of the required services. Prior EPA approval for medical testing is not
required under emergency circumstances; however, an application for EPA approval must be submitted
promptly to the EPA.
ACCESS TO MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE EXAMINATIONS
The EPA Regional Health and Safety Officer develops a list of employees who are to be examined and
provides these names to the PHS health units. The decision as to whom is recommended for the program
often rests with the Branch Chief or supervisor most familiar with the possible hazards involved for
employees under their supervision. If an employee has not been included in the medical surveillance
program and believes they may have been exposed to toxic substances or hazardous materials, the
supervisor should be contacted.
Upon enrollment in the medical surveillance program, the employee will be contacted by the PHS health
unit nurse to schedule an appointment. Various forms shall be obtained from the Health and Safety Office
and must be completed before the actual examination - a medical and work history (Baseline or Interim),
Privacy Act Statement, Authorization for Disclosure of Information (to EPA Regional Health and Safety
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX B
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 4
Officer for occupationally related findings only), and a medical questionnaire for respirator users. It is
requested that the supervisor complete two forms: a "Request for Medical Clearance for Respirator Use"
(top portion) and a "Report of Employee Exposure to Hazardous Substance or Conditions". All forms will
be provided to the employee by an EPA liaison person or the PHS health unit nurse.
The medical surveillance examination is normally accomplished in two visits to the health unit. During
the first visit, basic tests are administered and samples of blood and urine are submitted to the laboratory.
(NOTE: NO DRUG TESTING OR AIDS TESTING IS PERFORMED.) A return visit is scheduled with
the physician when all test results have been received.
EMPLOYEE HEALTH MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION PROGRAM (EHMEs)
EPA's policies on employee health maintenance are described in a Regional Order titled "Employees
Health Maintenance Policy and Procedures." The order describes the available services under the
Employee Health Maintenance Program. The program provides periodic examinations to evaluate the
health of employees who are not clinically ill. It is designed to discover previously undiagnosed diseases
and to assist employees and organizations in maintaining optimum on-the-job health for their employees.
EPA, Region 5 participates in this program through the Department of Health and Human Services,
Division of Federal Employee Occupational Health. The order also describes the process for selecting
candidates for inclusion in the program and the criteria used in determining eligibility. The examination
consists of blood tests, hearing tests, vision screening and glaucoma tests, spirometry (a test for evaluating
the condition of the lungs), an EKG (a test to evaluate the condition of the heart), a pap smear (for
women), a proctoscopy of the colon (optional), and a full body physical examination. An employee may
not receive an EHME exam more often than once within a two-year period.
OTHER HEALTH SERVICES PROVIDED TO EPA EMPLOYEES
Occasionally, there is confusion between the medical surveillance examination and the EHME-Employee
Health Maintenance Examination. EHMEs are routine general medical exams, not related specific work
exposures. As a participating agency in the PHS/DFEOH program, E;PA is allotted a certain number of
EHMEs per year. EPA, in turn, provides names of employees who are to receive EHMEs to PHS based
on a set of criteria developed by EPA. The EHME and the medical surveillance examinations are
performed for different reasons and should be viewed as two separate programs.
ATTACHMENT
Descriptions of the types of medical evaluations, as well as the appropriate medical surveillance forms,
are found in the Attachment.
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
NCN 6 1995
OFFICE OF
ADMINISTRATION
AND RE SOURCES
MEMORANDUM MANAGEMENT
SUBJECT: Occupational Medical Surveillance Forms
(TV^- • swl^
FROM: Leah 4/. Henry/ HQOB
Safety, Health & Environmental Management Division
TO: ALL SHEMP Managers
Attached please find both a camera-ready copy of the new
Occupational Medical Surveillance (OMSP) form as well as a disk
containing the form. This form will be used for all EPA OMSP exams
beginning January 1, 1996. Please note that the use of this form
is mandatory.
Those of you who have existing agreements with the Division of
Federal Occupational Health (DFOH) , U.S. Public Health Service,
should note that DFOH personnel have been advised that EPA will
require the new form for all OMSP exams. However, your particular
physician may not have been made aware of the change. In any case,
you will need to modify your agreement with DFOH to specify the use
of this form. Those of you who use private providers will need to
initiate a modification to your contract. I suggest that you begin
this process immediately in order to meet the deadline. Keep in
mind that the provider will be required to send completed forms to
our Medical Review Officer (at present, Dr. Christopher Holland)
for final review.
The transition to a standardized form is the second step (the
first being the development of a national policy) in our overall
effort to collect meaningful OMSP data that will prove useful to
the Agency in recognizing and remediating real and potential
exposures. Additionally, the forms represent a major step towards
limiting OMSP exams to those employees who need them and
eliminating employees who do not require medical surveillance.
We ask for the cooperation of everyone in the implementation
of this change. Please call me at 202-260-6340 if you have any
questions regarding this memorandum. Thank you for your
assistance.
n. i_
-------
o
"o
3a
dl
gS
>•«
0.
w
•s «
*H
r I9
s I
2 I
3 1
u
£ E
o u
u u
II
E .fe
"III
o
i
c O
I
•M
l!
£
= !
s4>
z<
a 1
£ I
Z a:
n
S. M
M
C M
ri 1
purpose
w*
«E
8§
US
a i
&<
2^
^2
SH
B-^
€
S.
a S
a 'c
c 3
II
" 1
£ I
u oo
€
II
I
IB
j5-i
•las
t 1 '"8
£• S S
g
I
s.
S a
2
a.
U
u
o
u
to
•o
w
'3
!J
i>
ct
1 i 111
U. .S 3 u u
Q > < O O
nnnan
•o ... a _, £ E
- rT 5 E S> 0 0
S H S 3 ° •- c
o ^ 5 u -c. c. .0
•^ UJ to (- U M H
s ananan
Sz
3o
£
1
U
1
•c „
WH
u<
-------
• I
C "
"a- •«
3
u
s
"a.
DDD^DD
3 1 3
S. 3. &
U
s
u
a
.e
8-
s.
:D
DDDD
&
o
U
D
a
3
W»
W
at
a a a & a
a a a S a
a
s i
i
V5
fl "t
e
O 1 '§•
a II 5
1
o v
a
a
.S
-------
-*
^ 1
ft'
^F
z
S
~~
„
~o
u
3
u
X)
*
1
<
iDDDDDDn
sr"")r")r"inr'ir"ir~l
*°
3
£
* n
U 1—I «
"- .= E
s 2 c
rt U O
-1 <*U
a
0.
a.
I 1
s
£ I
oo 'r:
I t
C LJj
*« C
S I
s I
D
n
LJ
E a
c s.
? A|
A|
I t
« 2
£ -o z
lilt
B3 U. H U.
.1
Q.
O
O
I II I
g I 5 a *-
u j s > 1
IS
ga
£&
B?S
DDDD
a^l
• c
!>.«
H'.s
ll€
C«s
?£
.au.
T3 ~-
^E
«*E
.a
T3 _
£2;
*«!r
0.5
n«£L
c
1
£
i
o
U
Q
Q
X
•E -3
n £
U O
1
:DDDDaDaCH
DDDDnDDD:
DDDD |Dann
; : • -8 ..
i2
-------
ODODDOD
-DnoaD
-------
£
1
£
u
a
z
.2
•S
=?
"c
o
M u
! 2
3 fi
u.
a
o
U
6
o
U
u u u u
I 1 1 '1
S S S £
•-
-------
i "
e
o —
.8 S
.a o
> o
C
.2 g
* >
•30 o T £
E "o « s ' Z
S !»
g S.
o
0
1 U -5- S 8. 5
JQ E § ~ ^
s 1 1 a ?
•3 -5 JS 1 0 z
ID |nna j
-. O
O fH
CN w
£ a" 2
S i S
C
—
1
si?
Lb •? 3C
i "S .i
'£ U 0^
* g
o
U
£ z
•s -s
o
r^
£
S
u-
<£
o
r-l
£
i
)
l
j<
S
i
^
C
1
£
a
- K
a s
i fi
,
a
IDDDDDD
IDDDDDD
o
CJ
^DDDDDDOD
o.
K
U4
§
J3
D
o
Z
D
U V
&
fc4
-------
o
"o
BO
£
5
DDD
DDD
DD D
DO D
DD
DD
DD
DD
DDDDD
DDDDD
a
it
e<
£u
OZ
= 2
» lg
ii-illl*
s 5 s|c 2 >.W
C — *• J5 — > » 7
^ 2 1 s t-a «y
C^iSQEiZ
t/5
c--
AenxoU
If yei. which type
Spray Paint
Other Spray i
Lubncjnu
Cleaners
m
**l
> * c
2 ,C H
Adxstot Dust
If yes. where?
Insulation/ Re rr
Brake Shoes/C
Building Mse<
^
A
3
6
I H o
*!?>
•^*9-
9 M O O
f S.*0'
J ***
O
?
M
iK-Sf
ills
|£il
.£ !j
II
•as
lili
!|3|
!*li
«
-------
- 111111
an a'a'a doaaoaa DDDDODDDDQ
zaaaaaaaDaaaaa aDaaaaaDDD
*S«.|«S5 .15 ,,.3
-s.sig5|sll§a f ||
^Ili0i-lilltiif
22
>,>.
2 < oUaUoUay JolUoUaUaUa'a'aUa'a
JJ.
DIalDlDlD1ala1Q1D'nlDlD1DlD1DlD1D1DlDlD'JDl.i
? __
zDDDDDDDDDanDDDDDDaDDDDDD|
•a
>,.-2
g E
_o
•5
> e
o -=
<3 ^
i I il
IJJli^ Isli
8 ^ 1 'E £ =3
=-illS
u .C f £ O 2
O U O U U _!
V/\ -z. U O Q O D D D DDQD
>- a D a anaa aon a
o
00
I
-------
o
o
•- 3
2 0
Z E
a -I
K .i
3 g
I
£
w
X
o 3
5 -a
1-s
o ,j
11
.a
•o
.1
0 S
-i
— «
11 »
1
o
c
o
it
2
•a
3
2
u
sS =
i
2
a:
0
o
-5
1!
f 1 11 «
[t > X
< 3 —
U - .3
.5 B. oH^o IS5 1 "KZ-SS
w^n^w-S 0*1 a 'Er°»>.u'0
|!D 1 | -s- 1 S 1 t 1 S i § P I If
fl g !- 1 1 2 S 112s S g 5 | 5|
5fD ^DDDD DDDD I DDD 5|
tli E I
§ s£ « 2
£8LS 1 3
o v u v 2 b
S--S5 |«g j, o g j
2i?3 Jsnnnr
CB S • O D.I— ' I—I I—I U.
c
i
3
3
Q.
1
V •?
* J
5DDD
o
5
ISt
u
3
u
1
I
c
a
t/i
.-3
o
SI
D
S
a.
i I
u J =
C
3
5
Cn
DDnaaanDanann
a I
c
a
" a u a
a 1 2 »
2 £ 3 £•
_ O z £
-------
o
o
0
•o
o
s
-o
<
I
1!
.9.
1
-a
1
J5
UJ
y
1
£
3
1
2
c
c
o
•s
3
uu
I
S* M
t/1 *-
o
Z
1
*
s
1
n
i
D
a
1
«
u
£
£
o
6
0
1
i
J»
1
i
j
5
3
i
.
3
•
3
!T
K
1
g
t
»
&
2
3
-3
3
>
1
w
•S
«
5
1
1
a
u
^
M
2
.2
•S
>N
£
?
C
i
M
K
V
O
F
oo
c
'i
£
Q
c
Ul
a.
LU
in
^3
tt
8
RESPIRA'
|
S
S
!
I
i
•
^
>
3
|
a
e
i
.s
5
o-
£
1
.§
I
2
1
c
S
u
u
€
o
1
s
«
.0
2
3
>,
|
M
"5 ^f
*1
I|
C13
U
p u
« 3
z 2
frS
II
C
1
I
M
c/5
'.5
t/1
>v
£
00
c
s
E
(«
K
UJ
J*
5,
t^
1
jx
8
<4
sicUn'i
>,
£
oo
1
(4
uu
n
a
o
O
I
*9
i I
ul S
D
&
n
o
O
D
S.
a-
c
-------
TYPES OF EVALUATIONS - DEFINITIONS
BASELINES EVALUA TION - The purpose of this evaluation is to characterize the
state of the individual prior to commencing work in a new assignment. It may also
be conducted in order to assess the individual's health status in relation to the
special demands of the proposed job assignment.
PERIODIC EVALUA TION - The purpose is to identify and measure any adverse
effects from occupational activities, and to control risks from occupational
exposures. These are conducted either annually or biennially. The frequency is
based on specific criteria.
EXIT EVALUATION - This evaluation is conducted when someone terminates
employment in a given position that requires medical surveillance. The purpose of
the examination is to document the health status of the individual at the end of
employment in that position.
SPECIAL EVALUATION - This evaluation is used to assess the health status of the
employee following an unusual exposure to a hazardous substance (biological,
physical, chemical, radiologic) or to evaluate medical issues relating to the
performance of specific job duties. It may also include follow-up testing. Please
note that an employee who is acutely symptomatic from an exposure to a
hazardous substance will be treated initially by their own physician or at an
emergency department.
-------
CONTENT OF INDIVIDUAL MEDICAL EVALUATIONS
The content of any individual medical surveillance examination will include a "core"
component of data as well as data investigations unique to specific job duties and
exposures.
CONTENT OF "CORE" COMPONENTS:
1. Medical and occupational history
2. Physical examination
3. Audio gram
4. Vision testing
5. Pulmonary function testing (periodicity established by age, smoking,
type and frequency of respirator use, known medical considerations
and exposure profile)
6. Chest x-ray (initially, when medically indicated and exit)
7. Routine blood and urine analysis (includes complete blood count -
CBC, blood chemistries - SMAC 20, urine analysis)
8. Electrocardiogram (baseline at 40, and every five years thereafter)
9. Tetanus vaccination (administered if employee has not had
vaccination in 10 years)
10. Cardiac stress test (only at the recommendation of the occupational
medicine physician). Generally this test should be obtained when the
employee has multiple risk factors for cardiovascular disease, has
known but poorly characterized cardiac disease, AND is involved in
one of the following activities:
a. Heavy lifting
b. Extensively employs personal protective equipment that
places increased strain on the heart and lungs (IE.
Impervious chemical protective clothing)
c. Involved in emergency response or criminal investigation
-------
FREQUENCY OF MEDICAL EVALUATIONS
The frequency of the medical evaluations shall be determined by the nature, type,
frequency and intensity of the potential exposures. Using the following guidelines,
the frequency will be established by the EPA Safety, Health, and Environmental
Management Program (SHEMP) Manager in consultation with the employee's
supervisor and the designated occupational physician.
1. Annual evaluations are recommended for laboratory or
field employees who meet the criteria for participant
selection and who fit into any one of the four categories
described below:
a. A field or laboratory employee who: is over
age 40; or has significant medical problems
or findings on prior medical surveillance
examinations (e.g. insulin requiring diabetes,
cardiovascular disease, elevated live enzyme
test, etc.)
b. An emergency response team member.
c. An employee whose position requires
engaging in field or laboratory activities
more than 30 days per year.
d. An employee with routine exposure to a
substance regulated by OSHA and requiring
annual medical examinations.
2. Evaluations every other year for those employees not
fitting the criteria for annual examinations (e.g. a healthy
employee not exposed to a substance that OSHA
requires annual surveillance examination and/or who
visits various field sites an average of 30 or fewer days
per year).
-------
JOB CATEGORIES FOR SPECIALTY EXAMINATIONS
A. Office Workers
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements" ONLY
PERIODIC - "Core Elements" ONLY
B. Pesticide Laboratory Workers
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements, Serum Lead, Urine Heavy Metal Screen
(Arsenic, Mercury, Bismuth, and Antimony), Serum Polychlorinated Biphenyl
(PCS), Red Blood Cell Cholinesterase, and Respirator Clearance
PERIODIC - "Core Elements", Serum Lead, and Respirator Clearance
C. Solid Waste/Emergency Response Team
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements", Red Blood Cell Cholinesterase, Urine
Heavy Metal Screen (Arsenic, Mercury, Bismuth, and Antimony), and
Respirator Clearance.
PERIODIC - "Core Elements", Serum Lead, and Respirator Clearance.
D. Fiejd Sampling Personnel
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements", Serum Lead, Red Blood Cell
Cholinesterase, Urine Heavy Metal Screen (Arsenic, Mercury, Bismuth, and
Antimony), and Respirator Clearance.
PERIODIC - "Core Elements", Serum Lead, and Respirator Clearance.
E. Clean Air Inspector/Enforcement Officers
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements" and Serum Lead
PERIODIC - "Core Elements" and Serum Lead
F. FIFRA Enforcement Officers
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements" and Red Blood Cell Cholinesterase
PERIODIC - "Core Elements" and Red Blood Cell Cholinesterase
G. Lab Employees
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements", Red Blood Cell Cholinesterase, Serum
Lead, Serum Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB), Urine Heavy Metal Screen
(Arsenic, Mercury, Bismuth, and Antimony), and Respirator Clearance (if on
an emergency team).
PERIODIC - "Core Elements", Serum Lead, and Respirator Clearance (if on an
emergency team).
H. NESHAPS/AHERA (Asbestos Enforcement Officers)
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements", B-reading, and Respirator Clearance
PERIODIC - "Core Elements", Chest x-ray (Follow instructions in the
Occupational Safety Health Evaluation for Periodic Examinations) and
Respirator Clearance.
-------
I. NPDES Inspectors
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements" ONLY
PERIODIC - "Core Elements" ONLY
J, Radiation Staff
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements", Red Blood Cell Cholinesterase. Serum
Lead, Stress EKG (if >40 years old), and Respirator Clearance.
PERIODIC - "Core Elements", Red Blood Cell Cholinesterase, Stress EKG
(Triennial Basis), and Respirator Clearance.
K. Remedial Project Officers
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements", Red Blood Cell Cholinesterase, Serum
Lead, and Respirator Clearance.
PERIODIC - "Core Elements", Serum Lead, and Respirator Clearance.
L. TSCA Enforcement Officers
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements", Red Blood Cell Cholinesterase, Serum
Lead, Serum Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB), and Respirator Clearance.
PERIODIC - "Core Elements" ONLY
M. U.S.T. Inspectors
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements" ONLY
PERIODIC - "Core Elements" ONLY
N. Wetlands Staff
BASELINE/EXIT - "Core Elements" and Lyme Titer IGG
PERIODIC - "Core Elements" ONLY
0. Divers
Follow previously established protocol
Employees are required to notify the health center 48 hours in advance for
preliminary and physical examination appointment cancellations. The agency will
be billed $34.00 for preliminary and $65.00 for physical examination appointments
that are not cancelled.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX C
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 1 OF 3
APPENDIX C: HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM
Under the OSHA regulation for Occupational Noise Exposure (29 CFR 1910.95), a program must include:
• Assessment of noise exposure
• Audiometric tests of exposed workers
• Noise abatement and/or administrative controls
• Availability of hearing protection
• Employee training and education
• Maintenance of records on noise and hearing data
Assessment of Noise Exposure
GLNPO research vessels are required to follow the regulatory specifications as outlined in the OSHA
standard for Occupational Noise Exposure (29 CFR 1910.95).
When information indicates that a worker's exposure may equal or exceed an 8-hour Time-Weighted
Average (TWA) of 85 dBA, GLNPO must implement a monitoring program. Monitoring of the worker's
noise exposure should be performed in accordance with the regulatory standard and must be computed
in accordance with Appendix A of the standard (29 CFR 1910.95). Monitoring shall be repeated
whenever a change in production, process, equipment or controls change or increase noise exposures.
GLNPO will provide affected employees the opportunity to observe results of noise measurements.
To determine if personnel are being over exposed to noise, sound level meters should be used to identify
areas where hazardous noise levels exist. The sound level meter will measure noise at different times
during the day and indicate a daily average exposure. Alternately, a noise dosimeter may be attached
directly to a worker to measure the amount of noise to which they are exposed during a period of time.
If noise levels are at 85 dBA, or higher, based on an 8-hour work day, GLNPO will notify the worker.
Audiometric Tests of Exposed Workers
29 CFR 1910.95 states that "The employer shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program"
by "making audiometric testing available to all employees whose exposures equal or exceed an 8-hour
Time-Weighted Average (TWA) of 85 dBA." This testing shall be provided at no cost to the employee.
Testing must be performed by a licensed or certified professional in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.95(g)
(3). All audiograms shall meet the requirements of Appendix C of the regulation.
Within six (6) months of the worker's first exposure at or above 85 dBA, GLNPO will provide the
employee with a baseline audiogram to which subsequent audiograms can be compared. Audiograms shall
be repeated at least annually thereafter. Evaluation of the audiograms shall be performed in accordance
with 29 CFR 1910.95(g) (7-10).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX C
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 2 OF 3
Noise Abatement and/or Administrative Controls
When workers are subjected to sound exceeding 85 dBA, administrative or engineering controls will be
implemented. If such controls fail to reduce levels to acceptable limits, personal hearing protection should
be provided. Hearing protection can include the following:
• Ear plugs: These seal the ear canal and prevent noise from reaching delicate parts of the ear.
Ear plugs are inexpensive and portable, but they can be hard to fit and can introduce dirt into
the ear canal if not kept clean.
• Canal caps: These are soft pads on a headband that seal the entrance to the ear without
entering the ear. If used incorrectly, they might not seal the ear properly.
• Ear muffs: These have a head band, ear cups, and ear cushions. This type of ear protection
usually provides the greatest amount of protection.
Availability of Hearing Protectors
GLNPO will make hearing protection available to all workers exposed to an 8-hour Time-Weighted
Average (TWA) of 85 dBA or greater. This is provided at no cost to the worker and should be replaced
as necessary.
GLNPO will ensure that hearing protection is worn in compliance with the regulation. In addition,
GLNPO will ensure proper selection of hearing protection
Based on the evaluation methods described in Appendix B of the regulation (29 CFR 1910.95).
Employee Training and Education
GLNPO will institute a training program for all workers who are exposed to noise levels at or above the
85 dBA Time-Weighted Average (TWA). Training will be updated arid repeated annually. Training will
include the following:
• the effects of noise on hearing
• the purpose of hearing protection
• the advantages and disadvantages of various types of protectors
• instruction on the selection, fitting, use and care of various types of protectors
• the purpose of audiometric testing
• description of audiometric testing procedures
In addition, GLNPO will make available in the workplace and on board all research vessels a copy of the
standard (29 CFR 1910.95).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX C
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 3 OF 3
Maintenance of Records on Noise and Hearing Data
GLNPO will maintain records of all worker exposure records in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.95 (M)
of the regulation. Noise exposure measurement records will be retained for two (2) years. Audiometric
test records will be retained for the duration of the worker's association with GLNPO.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX D
VERSION: FINAL/APRIL 1997
PAGE: 1 of 3
APPENDIX D: HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM
Commitment
The U.S. EPA is firmly committed to providing a safe and healthy work environment for all EPA
personnel and contractors. In order to meet this commitment, all GLNPO facilities and Research
Vessels are required to comply with OSHA's Hazard Communication standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200.
A Hazard Communication program shall be implemented as outlined herein.
A Hazard Communication Coordinator will be assigned and will have the overall responsibility for
ensuring compliance by coordinating the following functions:
• Maintenance of the hazardous chemical inventory.
• Maintenance of a complete Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) file and
current employee MSDS notebooks.
• Training of all employees regarding chemical safety.
• Updating of training as new chemicals are added or processes are changed.
• Labeling of all transfer and waste containers.
• Dissemination of hazard information to outside contractors
A successful Hazard Communication Program requires the cooperation of EPA and contracting
personnel. It is the duty of GLNPO to assure that hazard communication is given proper priority. All
personnel are encouraged to ask questions and keep informed so that GLNPO can maintain a safe and
healthy workplace.
Access To The Written Program
All, or any part, of this written Hazard Communication Program is available to all EPA personnel,
contractors, and/or their designated representative. Interested persons can contact the Hazard
Communication Coordinator for review and copying.
Labeling
In accordance with the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200), all containers
shall be labeled as specified in this section.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX D
VERSION: FINAL/APRIL 1997
PAGE: 2 of 3
A. No hazardous chemicals will be accepted for use on board GLNPO research vessels or shipped
to any outside location, unless labeled with at least the following information:
• Identity of the hazardous chemical(s)
• Appropriate hazard warnings for the chemicals(s)
• Name and address of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other
responsible party
B. All spray bottles or other transfer containers will be labeled with at least the following
information:
• Identity of the hazardous chemical(s)
• Appropriate hazard warnings for the chemical(s)
C. The Hazard Communication Coordinator is responsible for reviewing labels and assuring that
the label information is kept current.
D. No label is to be defaced or removed when material is received or in use. Any containers
with missing labels will be removed from service until proper labels are installed.
Material Safety Data Sheets
A material safety data sheet (MSDS) containing the information required by 29 CFR 1910.1200 shall
be maintained for each hazardous substance. The MSDS shall be the most current one supplied by the
chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor. MSDSs will be available for review by all personnel.
The Hazard Communication Coordinator shall be responsible for maintaining an inventory of
chemicals currently in use. In addition, a separate inventory file must be maintained of previously
used chemicals. Inventory records of previously used chemicals must be maintained for thirty-years as
part of employee exposure records.
An office file containing the current chemical inventory and appropriate MSDSs is located in the
laboratory office on board ship. A copy of the inventory and MSDSs for use by occupants of GLNPO
facilities can be found in wall-mounted notebooks located near the point of use in the hallway between
the Chemistry and Biology laboratories.
Personnel Information and Training Policy
A. All EPA personnel and contractors, including temporary contractors who may possibly be
exposed to chemical hazards shall be appropriately informed and/or trained concerning the
potential hazards of the chemicals in GLNPO facilities.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX D
VERSION: FINAL/APRIL 1997
PAGE: 3 of 3
B. . All EPA personnel and contractors, including temporary contractors, shall be informed of the
details contained in this program, including an explanation of the labeling system, the material
safety data sheets, and how to interpret and use this information.
C. All EPA personnel and contractors, including temporary contractors shall be provided with
additional training when new chemical hazards are introduced or prior to performing
non-routine tasks that could involve exposure to hazardous chemicals.
D. When appropriate, reinforcement of training will be conducted through topics at safety
meetings.
E. The extent of information transmitted to EPA personnel and contractors during training
sessions will be dictated by the degree of chemical hazard present. The following sources of
information will be used during training sessions:
• The text of the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)
• An inventory list of hazardous chemicals
• Applicable MSDSs
• The written Hazard Communication Program
Contractor Policy
Outside contractors shall be provided with all necessary information concerning the potential hazards
of the substances to which they may be exposed and appropriate protective measures required to
minimize their exposure.
Whenever possible, the contractor or agency management should be provided with a list of the
hazardous chemicals and the material safety data sheets for the materials their employees may be
exposed to by virtue of their work in GLNPO facilities. In addition, contractors must have MSDSs on
site for all potentially hazardous chemicals they use or produce in GLNPO facilities.
-------
PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. PURPOSE ............................................ 1
II. IDENTIFICATION OF PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACES ....... 1
III. POLICY ............................................. 2
IV. PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES .............................. 2
V. PROGRAM ELEMENTS ................................... 3
Identification and Testing ................................ 3
Ventilation and Personnel Protection Requirements ................ 4
Training .......................................... 4
Recordkeeping ...................................... 4
VI. ENTRY PERMITS ....................................... 5
VII. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) AND DEVICES ........ 5
VIII. PRE-ENTRY PROCEDURE ................................. 6
IX. PERMIT CLOSURE AND CANCELLATION ..................... 8
X. RECLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES .......................... 8
XI. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ................................... 8
XII. RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................... 9
Authorized Entrant's Duties ............................. 9
Chief Engineer's Duties ............................... 10
Attendant's Duties .................................. 10
XIII. RESCUE TECHNIQUES ................................... 12
XIV. CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS ............................ 13
ATTACHMENTS
I. Confined Space Entry Program Checklist
II. Confined Space Entry Permit
III. References
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE, 1 of 13
I. PURPOSE
The purpose of this program is to ensure that no one enters or works in a hazardous atmosphere
contained in a compartment or space aboard GLNPO vessels. In general, no routine hazard is as
dangerous as the presence of potentially lethal atmospheres in vessel spaces. By design, some
vessels have contained spaces (especially tanks and voids) in which a multitude of both toxic and
non-toxic gas or vapor creating substances are used in the normal operation of the vessel.
Although in many instances harmful gases or vapors are present in such low concentrations that
no adverse conditions are created, hazardous atmospheres that have the potential to be created can
explode or cause asphyxiation. Compounding the problem is that many gases or vapors are not
detected by smell, and personnel attempting to save a fallen shipmate may themselves be overcome
and killed by undetected vapors. It is for these reasons that every confined space must be tested
for oxygen-deficient or otherwise hazardous atmospheres.
II. IDENTIFICATION OF PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACES
A documented evaluation must be performed on all areas of GLNPO vessels that are or may be
considered to be Permit-Required Confined Spaces. The following criteria should be used to
evaluate the vessel.
A confined space is any enclosure or compartment that:
1. Has a limited means of exit or entry (for example, a hatch on a tank),
2. Is large enough to enter and perform work, and
3. Is not designed for continuous employee occupancy.
A permit-required space is a confined space that exhibits one or more of the following hazards:
1. Contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere,
2. Contains a material that has the potential for engulfment (i.e., sand, grain, etc.),
3. Has the internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by
inwardly converging walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller
cross-section, or
4. Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard.
Those places identified as permit-required confined spaces (permit spaces) must be identified with
a sign that states:
"DANGER PERMIT-REQUIRED
CONFINED SPACE, DO NOT ENTER"
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION- REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 13
III. POLICY
Permit-required confined spaces shall not be entered by any U.S. EPA employee or contractor that
is not specifically authorized to do so. Written authorization to enter a permit space must be
obtained from the GLNPO Occupational Health and Safety Manager and the Regional Occupational
Health and Safety Manager concurrently. No individual shall enter a permit space without
following all predetermined and precautions and procedures. Only personnel trained and
competent in permit-required confined space entry shall be allowed to enter and/or perform work
in a permit-required confined space. Contact will be made with all emergency services prior to
space entry. Any violation of this policy may result in a serious accident or injury. Therefore,
any individual found not complying with established procedures will be subject to severe
disciplinary action.
IV. PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES
A. If the vessel design is such that there are confined spaces where toxic and non-toxic gases
may accumulate, the vessel's Master is responsible for a comprehensive confined-space entry
program.
The vessel's Master must:
• Ensure that there is at least one trained, qualified and certified gas-free engineer on
board. The Chief Engineer shall be designated as the ship's gas-free engineer (GFE).
• Ensure that confined-space entry practices are established.
• Ensure that this program is evaluated annually for compliance and effectiveness. The
Confined-Space Program Entry Checklist (Attachment I) may be used for this purpose.
B. The Chief Engineer shall ensure that:
• All personnel that will perform permit-required confined space entries as either entry
supervisor, authorized entrant, or authorized attendant are trained concerning confined-
space entry hazards, procedures and precautions. Additional support may be obtained
from qualified marine chemists or industrial hygiene officers, certified as Gas-Free
Engineers.
• All equipment required for proper evaluation of confined spaces is aboard the ship,
inventoried annually, and properly maintained.
• Gas-free certificates are posted in necessary areas.
• Records of gas-free space testing are kept.
• Assigned personnel receive training on the confined-space entry program upon reporting
aboard and annually thereafter.
-------
SECTION APPENDIX E
VERSION REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 13
C. All hands are responsible to ensure that:
• The Chief Engineer is notified prior to entering any unventilated, non-occupied space that
has been designated to store hazardous or toxic materials or any sealed space.
• The Chief Engineer is notified prior to conducting hot work on a bulkhead, deck, or
overhead, adjacent to a space containing flammable or potentially explosive atmospheres
(such as fuel oil or contaminated holding tank).
• Gas-free engineering certificates posted on spaces are complied with at all times.
• Gas-free engineering retesting of spaces is accomplished prior to the end of the period
for which a gas free certificate is valid. If a change is made to a space, the space shall
be retested and recertified prior to any additional work in the space.
• Notify the Chief Engineer prior to entering any unventilated, non-occupied space
designated to store hazardous or toxic materials or any sealed space. Verify that such
a space was checked by a gas-free engineer prior to entry, and comply with the gas-free
engineering certificates posted outside the space.
• Notify the Chief Engineer before any new space is used to store hazardous or toxic
material or of any spill of hazardous or toxic material.
V. PROGRAM ELEMENTS
The confined-space entry program consists of the following elements, selected on the basis of
typical shipboard operations:
1.
2.
3.
Identification and Testing. Any sealed or unventilated, unoccupied space designated for
hazardous or toxic materials storage must be tested for oxygen deficiency prior to entry. Hot
work on a bulkhead, deck, or overhead adjacent to a space containing flammable or
potentially explosive atmospheres (e.g., fuel oil vapors) also required testing.
Ventilation and Personnel Protection Requirements. Any sealed or unventilated, unoccupied
space designated for hazardous or toxic materials storage must be ventilated prior to entry.
During activities which require entry into confined spaces., one individual must always stand
watch at the entrance to monitor the worker(s) and notify appropriate rescue personnel in case
of emergency.
Training. The Chief Engineer is responsible for ensuring that assigned personnel receive
training on the gas-free engineering program upon reporting aboard and annually thereafter.
Records of such training shall be maintained.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 13
Additional training will be conducted when:
a. The job duties change,
b. There is a change in the permit space program or the permit space operation presents a
new hazard, or
c. When an employee's job performance shows deficiencies.
Training will consist of the following topics:
a. The locations and hazards of the confined spaces aboard the vessel
b. Procedures for requesting gas-free testing
c. Proper permit completion
d. Duties of entrants, attendants, and the Chief Engineer
e. Pre-entry procedures
f. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
g. Procedures for helping shipmates in an emergency. Training must stress to all personnel
that if a person is seen unconscious in any space, no one is to enter that space without
appropriate respiratory protective equipment and a backup assistant. All gas-free
engineering personnel shall be trained in CPR and emergency and rescue procedures.
h. Recordkeeping
Retraining on all aspects shall be accomplished annually.
4. Recordkeeping. All gas-free engineering tests must be recorded in the confined-space entry
log which contains the following data:
• Date and time of inspections/tests.
• Location of confined space(s).
• Tests conducted and results.
• Prescribed instructions.
• Type of entry or work performed.
• Name of person(s) conducting inspection/test.
VI. ENTRY PERMITS
A
Safety Manager
I>1KY m,KlVlli»
.. No permit-required confined space shall be entered without a valid permit and written
authorization from the GLNPO Health and Safety Manager and the Regional Health and
Safety Manager.
B. The permit shall be issued and signed by the Chief Engineer, who shall act as the entry
supervisor.
C. The permit will be completed in its entirety; there shall be no blanks.
D. The permit will be posted at the entrance of the confined space.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE- 5 of 13
E. The Confined Space Entry Permit will be valid for a single work shift only. On projects
requiring more than a single work shift, a new permit shall be completed at the start of each
shift.
F. The Confined Space Entry Permit is in Attachment II.
G. Canceled permits will be reviewed annually to determine the adequacy of the Program and
procedures used. Canceled permits must be retained for at least one year.
VII. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) AND DEVICES
Personal protective equipment, such as impervious gloves, boots and goggles, appropriate for the
hazards of the space, must be used as specified on the entry permit.
Each worker entering a permit space must wear a body harness with a lifeline attached, unless such
equipment creates an additional hazard or does not contribute to the emergency rescue of a worker.
A fall arrester and winch retrieval system is required for vertical confined space entry work deeper
than five feet. Training in proper use of the retrieval device may be prov|ded by the equipment
vendor.
Respiratory protection may be required under special circumstances. Only those employees
specifically trained in respiratory protection may wear respirators.
Entry into some confined spaces, such as compartments in the lower areas of vessels, may require
that entrants wear respirators attached to supplied breathing air lines, or, at a minimum, have in
their immediate possession, ready for use, a respirator attached 1o a five-minute emergency escape
breathing air canister. Emergency canisters, if supplied, are riotto be used while working in the
confined space, but only for escape, should it become necessary. Such an entry is prohibited
without written authorization from the GLNPO Occupational Health and Safety Manager and the
Regional Occupational Health and Safety Manager.
VIII. PRE-ENTRY PROCEDURE
Before any employee is allowed to enter a confined space, supervisory authorization shall be
obtained and a Confined Spaces Entry Permit (see Attachment II) shall be initiated.
• Appropriate gas-free testing must be performed by qualified personnel from outside of the
confined space to determine if a hazardous atmosphere exists.
• If tests indicate the atmosphere is initially safe but the work may produce a hazardous
atmosphere from activities such as welding or the use of solvents, entry without respiratory
protection will only be permitted if continuous atmospheric testing during entry is conducted
by trained personnel.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION- REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE. 6 of 13
• If tests indicate that the atmosphere is unsafe, the confined space shall first be ventilated until
the hazardous condition has been removed and confirmed by testing. The confined space shall
be thoroughly ventilated. Special care should be taken to assure that circulated air will reach
isolated pockets and recirculating contaminated air is prevented. Provisions shall be made for
adequate make-up air during the entire entry, using an external blower with a flexible hose.
Be aware that exhausted air may contain hazardous vapors or gases.
• The confined space shall be ventilated using an external blower with flexible hose to prevent:
- oxygen excess or deficient atmospheres.
- flammable vapors in the atmosphere above 10% of the LEL,
- toxic vapors, other contaminants, gases, or particulate accumulation, or
• The employee entering the space must wear protective clothing appropriate for the anticipated
hazards. Refer to the Special PPE section of the permit and to the Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) for the contaminant, if necessary.
Unless otherwise specified authorized entrants who enter a permit space must wear a chest or
full body harness with a retrieval line attached to the center of their backs near shoulder level
or above their heads. The other end of the retrieval line must be attached to a mechanical
device or to a fixed point outside the permit space.
A mechanical device must be available to retrieve entrant from vertical type permit spaces
more than five feet deep.
• The space shall be isolated. All incoming piping and lines will be blinded, bled, and locked.
The use of an in-line shut-off valve as the sole means of isolating the confined space from
any line is prohibited. All electrical, hydraulic, and pneumatic powered machines and
equipment shall be de-energized and locked out. All stored or accumulated energy shall be
dissipated.
• Every effort shall be made to make the confined space as safe to enter as possible. This may
require purging, ventilation, pumping, flushing, etc. from a remote position outside the
confined space. Lighting shall be adequate for the work being performed.
• The Confined Space Entry Permit will not be issued unless the following provisions have been
instituted:
A. An attendant must maintain constant vigilance and maintain verbal communications with
the worker inside. When using the single observer method the attendant must be
equipped with a means of obtaining help without leaving the area (radio, airhorn, etc.).
Surrounding personnel must be aware of this procedure and be trained to respond.
B. Adequate rescue procedures must have been developed and practiced (see section XIII,
Rescue Techniques).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE. 7 of 13
C. The attendants shall be trained in their duties (see Section XI, C, Attendant's duties).
D. Employees must be aware that they should NEVER attempt to enter a confined space to
rescue an individual who needs help, unless trained and equipped to do so.
E. All nearby and entry personnel shall understand the hazards of the confined space and be
instructed about precautions necessary.
• Access openings, hinged doors or hatch covers shall be secured open and guarded from
hazards outside the space.
• The completed permit shall be posted in a conspicuous place near the point of entry.
IX. PERMIT CLOSURE AND CANCELLATION
The permit shall be closed and/or canceled by the following situations:
• At the completion of the specified work or operation specified on the permit.
• At the end of each work shift.
• Any condition that is not allowed under the entry permit arises in or near the permit space.
The closure of the permit will include closing notes detailing any additional practices and
procedures that were used to eliminate or mitigate new hazards or problems encountered during
the entry.
X. RECLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES
A confined space that has been designated a Permit-required confined space may be reclassified
as a non-permit space if the following provisions are met:
• Written authorization for reclassification must be obtained from the GLNPO Health and
Safety Manager and the Regional Health and Safety Manager.
• The space must pose no actual or potential atmospheric hazards. Hazardous work or work
that may create a hazardous atmosphere, e.g. painting, welding , etc., may not be performed.
Controlling a hazardous atmosphere with ventilation does not constitute the elimination of
atmospheric hazards.
• All other hazards associated with the space must be eliminated. An example of this may
include locking out the power source to an unguarded fan that is in the space.
• If it is necessary to enter a permit space in order to eliminate the hazards of the space, a
Permit must be issued and standard permit space entry procedures must be followed.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 13
• Only the Chief Engineer shall be allowed to reclassify a permit space as a non-permit space.
The basis for determination that all hazards have been eliminated shall be documented by the
Chief Engineer. This certification shall be signed, dated, and posted at the space entrance.
• If any hazard arises inside the space during the course of work then all entrants must
immediately evacuate the space. The space shall not be reoccupied until the hazard has been
eliminated and the space has been re-evaluated.
XI. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
A. Portable Tools
All portable power tools and extension cords are to be grounded, in good repair and protected
by a ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI).
B. Ladders
A ladder may be used as a means of entering and exiting, provided it does not obstruct the
opening. A ladder is required in all confined spaces deeper than four feet. The ladder shall
be secured and not removed until all employees have exited the space.
C. Lighting
Low voltage lighting is suggested, such as a 12 volt florescent lantern.
D. Non-sparking Tools and Equipment
Anytime that there is a reasonable potential of an explosive or flammable atmosphere only
non-sparking tools and explosion proof equipment shall be used.
XII. RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Authorized Entrant's Duties
• Know the hazards of the confined space, including information on the mode of exposure
(e.g., inhalation or skin absorption), signs or symptoms, and consequences of the
exposure;
• use appropriate personal protective equipment properly (e.g., face and eye protection,
and other forms of barrier protection such as gloves, aprons, and coveralls);
• maintain communication (i.e., telephone, radio, visual observation) with attendants to
enable the attendant to monitor the entrant's status as well as to alert the entrant to
evacuate;
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 13
• exit from the permit space as soon as possible when ordered by an authorized person
(supervisor and/or attendant), when the entrant recognizes the warning signs or symptoms
of exposure, when a prohibited condition exists, or when an automatic alarm is activated; and
• alert the attendant when a prohibited condition exists or when warning signs or symptoms of
exposure exist.
B. Chief Engineer's Duties
1. Routine Duties
• Know the confined space iiazards, including information on the mode of exposure,
signs, or symptoms and consequences of exposure;
• verify emergency plans and specified entry conditions such as permits, tests,
procedures, and equipment before allowing entry:
• take appropriate measures to keep unauthorized personnel away from the site;
• ensure that entry operations remain consistent with the entry permit and that
acceptable entry conditions are maintained; and
• terminate entry and cancel permits when entry operations are completed or if a non-
permitted condition develops.
• Establish the rotation time cycle (duration) for hot locations that can result in
excessive heat stress on the entrant and enter this time on the permit.
2. Emergency Duties
• In the event of an emergency, the attendant shall summon aid immediately and
instruct the person who responds to call the listed rescue service on the nearest
phone. The supervisor shall ensure that rescue personnel are met at the site and led
to the appropriate place.
• In the event that the rescue is to be made by an outside emergency response
organization, the supervisor must notify the vessel's Master of the event and details.
If any injuries occur, the supervisor must also activate the accident reporting
procedure.
-------
SECTION. APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE: 10 of 13
C. Attendant's Duties
1. Routine Duties
• assure that the appropriate equipment is operable and available at the work site;
• know the location of the nearest emergency alarm or phone, the emergency number
to be used and the exact location of the work site;
• understand the present and potential hazards of the confined space;
• remain outside permit space during entry operations unless relieved by another
authorized attendant;
• perform non-entry rescues when specified by employer's rescue procedure;
• know existing and potential hazards, including information on the mode of exposure,
signs or symptoms, consequences of the exposure, and their physiological effects (for
example, drowsiness, heat stress, twitching, or unconsciousness), and know that
entrants must leave the confined space when they exhibit symptoms of overexposure;
• maintain communication with and keep an accurate account of those entrants entering
the permit-required space;
• order evacuation of the permit space when a prohibited condition exists, when an
entrant shows signs of physiological effects of hazard exposure, when an emergency
outside the confined space exists, or when the attendant cannot effectively and safely
perform required duties;
• summon rescue and other services during an emergency;
• ensure that unauthorized persons stay away from permit spaces or exit immediately
if they have entered the permit space;
• inform authorized entrants and Chief Engineer of entry by unauthorized persons; and
• perform no other duties that interfere with the attendant's primary duties.
4. Emergency Duties
• In the event of an emergency, the attendant shall summon aid immediately and
instruct the person who responds to call the listed rescue service on the nearest
phone.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION. REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE: 11 of 13
In the event that the rescue is to be made by an outside emergency response
organization, the attendant is to take the following action:
1. monitor the situation in order to give a detailed report to the emergency response
personnel,
2. assist the emergency response personnel, if necessary, and
3. when the situation is under control, notify the vessel's Master of the incident.
XIII. RESCUE TECHNIQUES
Rescue
• All entrants are required to wear a full body harness and life line when entering a permit
space. In all spaces with a greater depth than five feet, a mechanical retrieval unit must be
used.
• Permit space entries should be reported to the designated rescue team to allow for preparation
and reduce response time.
• The attendant shall sound an alarm and request that the responder call the site emergency
number for additional assistance.
• The attendant shall attempt to remove the entrant while remaining outside of the confined
space. If the rescue is not successful within 30 seconds, the attendant must call for additional
help.
• Once the entrant has been removed from the confined space, the entrant must be moved to
fresh air and any necessary first aid must be applied by rescue personnel only.
• If an injury occurs within a confined space and the injured party is conscious but immobile,
attendant should summon trained rescue personnel to remove the entrant and maintain safety
watch.
• If an injured entrant is exposed to a substance for which a Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) or other similar written information is required to be kept on board, that MSDS or
other written information must be made available to the emergency personnel treating the
exposed entrant.
• The attendant must understand that he/she is NEVER to go into a confined space to rescue
an entrant.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE: 12 of 13
Training and Practices Rescue
Rescue technique practice using the equipment described is vital. These rescue techniques must
be learned and reviewed by employees so they are skilled and comfortable in performing staged
emergencies. Annual training should include mock emergencies using actual permit spaces and
equipment. Drills should be coordinated with rescue teams.
XIV. CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
When outside contractor services are required to enter a permit space, GLNPO shall:
• Inform the contractor of the presence of permit-required confined spaces at the site and that
entry is allowed only through adherence to this program.
• Apprise the contractor of the hazards and precautions associated with the spaces they are to
enter. This may be accomplished by reviewing the requirements of the entry permit with the
contractor, and assisting the contractor in the completion of the permit. The contractor
should use this information as a minimum guideline only and should take all the precautions
over and above the guideline to ensure safe space entry.
• Debrief the contractor at the conclusion of the entry operation. All information relating to
the space entry including atmospheric conditions, additional hazards encountered, and the
precautions taken to address the hazards must be noted on the canceled permit used by the
contractor.
• Coordinate entry operations when entrants from both parties are entering and working in
permit spaces concurrently. The following requirements are recommended:
A. Information should be exchanged including specific work being performed, hazards
created by the work, and all precautions used.
B. Separate permits may be used and completed separately.
C. Both parties shall ensure that isolation procedures are completed and separate locks and
tags must be used.
D. Separate attendants may be used and must remain in constant communication with each
other.
E. Contractors are responsible for providing their own equipment. GLNPO will not provide
any equipment for any contractor.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
PAGE: 13 of 13
All contractors shall:
• Obtain information from GLNPO about the presence of permit-required confined spaces on
board and that entry is allowed only through adherence to this program.
• Coordinate entry operations when entrants from both parties are entering and working in
permit spaces concurrently.
• The contractor shall inform GLNPO at the conclusion of the entry operation of all
information relating to the space entry including atmospheric conditions, additional hazards
encountered, and the precautions taken to address the hazards.
-------
SECTION APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
ATTACHMENT I
Confined Space Entry Program Checklist
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E - ATTACHMENT I
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
CONFINED-SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM CHECKLIST
This checklist should be used to evaluate the effectiveness of the confined-space entry program.
1. Is there at least one trained, qualified, and certified gas-free engineer aboard?
2. Is gas-free engineering equipment properly maintained?
3. Is gas-free engineering equipment inventoried annually?
4. Are gas-free certificates posted in necessary areas?
5. Are records kept of space gas-free testing and are these records audited annually?
6. Is the Chief Engineer notified before anyone enters any unoccupied space that is not designed to be
ventilated during routine operations, that has been designated to store hazardous or toxic materials, or
that is normally sealed under routine operating conditions?
7. Is the Chief Engineer notified before hot work is conducted on a bulkhead, deck or overhead adjacent
to a space containing flammable or potentially explosive atmospheres (such as fuel oil or contaminated
holding tank)?
8. Is the Chief Engineer notified of the stowage in a new location or spill of any hazardous or toxic
material?
9. Are gas-free engineering certificates posted on spaces complied with at all times?
10. Is gas-free engineering conducted whenever anchorage is made to a space under a gas-free engineering
certificate prior to additional work occurring in the space?
11. Are periods for which gas-free certificates are valid posted on each certificate?
12. Are spaces retested prior to the end of the period for which a gas-free certificate is valid?
13. Does the gas-free engineering test log document all gas-free engineering tests and contain the following
data:
Date and time of inspections/tests?
Location of space?
Tests conducted and results?
Prescribed instructions?
Type of entry or work to be performed?
Name of person conducting test/inspection?
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E - ATTACHMENT I
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
14. Are gas-free engineering tests conducted in the order of oxygen, combustible gases, toxic gases?
15. If gas-free engineering tests indicated the presence of a flammable vapor, was the space ventilated until
vapor was no longer detectable?
16. Do all hands receive training on the Confined Space Entry Program upon reporting aboard and annually
thereafter?
17. Does training cover the following:
How to identify confined/enclosed spaces?
Ha/irds encountered when entering confined/enclosed spaces?
Procedures for requesting gas-free testing/
Procedures for helping shipmates in an emergency?
18. Are all personnel trained in CPR and emergency rescue procedures annually?
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
ATTACHMENT II
Confined Space Entry Permit
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E - ATTACHMENT I
VERSION. REVISION/MAY 1997
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
(CHECK OR FILL IN ALL BLANKS THAT APPLY)
TODAY'S DATE:
TIME of ENTRY:
Date:
PURPOSE OF ENTRY: Inspection:.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PURPOSE. _
LOCATION of ENTRY (Be Specific):
Name
The U.S. EPA Personnel
Time In
Time:
Time Out
Safety Permit No.:
Other:
or
Name
Subcontractors Entering
Time In Time Out
HAVE AM. PERSONNEL GONK THROUGH A PRF-ENTRY RRIFFIN(T? Yes
SPACE TESTED BY (Name/Title)
TYPF # SERIAL NUMBER of SAMPLING EQUIPMENT' Make1
TYPE & SFRIAI. NIIMBFR of SAMPLING FOIIIPMENT: Make:
PRE-ENTRY READING TAKEN? Yes No
% Oxygen: Opening Middle Bottom
% LEL: Opening Middle Bottom
Toxic Reading: CO H2S Other
ARE ALL POWER SOURCES INTRINSICALLY SAFE? Yes
HAVE AI I PFRSONNFI. BFFN GIVFN THF PROPFR PPF? Yes
Date:
S/N
S/N
DOCUMENT
Other
Other
All PEL
No
Nn
Nn
Timp-
Talih Harp-
Talih Dafp-
LATER READINGS ON BACK
All 19.5%
All 10% LEL
HAVE ALL PERSONNEL BEEN TRAINED TO WORK SAFELY AND TO USE EQUIPMENT? Yes.
IS RESCUE PLAN IN PLACE? Yes No Why Not?
.No.
HAS THE AREA BEEN SECURED AND ALL ENERGY SOURCES LOCKED AND TAGGED? Yes_
IS THERE ANY POSSIBILITY OF ENTRAPMENT OR ENGULFMENT BY PART1CULATE MATTER? Yes.
IF YES. HAS PROVISION BEEN MADE TO WORK SAFELY IN SUCH AN AREA'.1 Yes No_
ARE O2, LEL AND TOXIC SUBSTANCES WITHIN SAFE LIMITS? Yes No_
.No.
No
/ certify that the above conditions are accurate and validate the entry only for the stated purpose, time and identified employees, not to
exceed work for one shift. If any question was answered "NO" and a satisfactory answer was not given DO NO ISSUE PERMIT.
Date:
Signature:
Title:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
ATTACHMENT III
References
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX E - ATTACHMENT III
VERSION: REVISION/MAY 1997
REFERENCES
Safety Requirements for Working in Tanks and Other Confined Spaces, American National Standards
Institute, Zl 17.1.1977
Safety Requirements for Confined Spaces, American National Standards Institute, Zl 17.1.1989
Criteria for a Recommended Standard. Working in Confined Space, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, December, 1979
Permit Required Confined Spaces, Federal Register, 29 CFR 1910.146, Vol 54, No. 10
Safe Vessel Specification Manual, U.S. EPA, 1977
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX F
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 2
APPENDIX F: HOT WORK PROCEDURES
Hot Work Permitting System
Hot work is defined as the cutting, shaping or joining of metals by use of heat produced by flame
or electric arc. This includes welding, brazing, soldering and the use of cutting torches, blow
torches and similar activities. In addition, the loosening of frozen nuts or bolts or even paint
removal can also be classified as hot work.
Hot work activities conducted by EPA or contractor personnel will be done through a permit
system. The permit is an authorization, in writing, for the worker to proceed with the hot work
activities. The hot work permit will list the time, place, type of work, and certify that hazards
have been evaluated and proper protective equipment has been authorized. See Attachment 1 of
this Appendix for a sample of a Hot Work Permit. The following is a minimum list of items that
should be provided on the permit:
1) Date, shift, and location of work being performed.
2) Description of work being performed.
3) Potential hazards that the worker may encounter (e.g., surrounding areas such as adjoining
tanks/vessels)
4) Isolate mechanical and electrical systems.
Authorized personnel will evaluate hot work operations based on the Hazard Communication
Program stated in CFR 1910.1200. Chemical inventory lists and Material Safety Data Sheets will
be referenced prior to hot work to identify the location and reactive characteristics of any
dangerous or potentially dangerous materials where the hot work will occur. This will allow
personnel to monitor for chemical and physical agents before and during hot work activities. It
will ensure that the proper engineering controls have been implemented and that appropriate
personal protective equipment is being used as well.
Implementation of Engineering Controls: In some situations it may be necessary to ventilate,
isolate or implement some other control to reduce the hazard of the task performed.
Wearing of Proper Personal Protection Equipment: After the initial air monitoring and evaluation
of the hot work site is performed, proper protective equipment will be selected. Personal
protective equipment may include gloves, coveralls, boots, aprons, head cover, ear protection, eye
protection, face protection, and/or respiratory protection.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX F
VERStON: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 2
WORK PRACTICES
Fire Watch
Suitable fire extinguishing equipment will be maintained and stationed at the work site. Any
welding or cutting activity will require a fire watch person to observe the individual performing
the hot work. Cutting or welding on a partition (wall, deck, etc.) may require a second fire watch
in order to observe the other side of the wall, deck, etc. The person will be trained in use of the
fire extinguishing devices and trained in alerting the proper authorities in case of an accident.
After completion of hot work, a fire watch will be kept for half an hour.
Posting the Permit and Any Necessary Warning Signs
Depending on the work activity and the hazards involved, signs will be posted to offer an
important reminder to the individual conducting the work and also warn others outside the work
area of the hazards associated with the task being performed.
Keeping the Work Area Free of Hazards
The work area will be inspected for flammable debris and other hazards that may contribute to
injury or death. Flammable items will be removed or isolated from the work area. If it is not
possible to remove the hazard it may be necessary to move the work area to a new location. If
there is no safe way of conducting the hot work activity it will be necessary to pursue alternative
methods.
Additionally, all gas cylinder regulators must be closed at the end of use. Acetylene and oxygen
hoses must be rolled-up at the end of each use and stored in such a way that they will not rupture,
present a fire hazard or a confined space hazard.
Hot Work Permits
The permit should only be posted at the work area and allowed for one shift. If work is to
continue during another shift or day, a new permit must be issued before hot work activities
resume.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX F, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 1 - FIRE PROTECTION - HOT WORK PERMIT
In an effort to establish control over operations using open flames or producing sparks (e.g.
welding, cutting, burning), authorization must be secured before equipment capable of igniting
combustible materials is used outside areas normally specified.
Fill out form prior to conducting any hot work. After conducting hot work, the Hot Work Permit
should be returned to the maintenance department which will collect and forward it to the Safety
Department for filing and record purposes.
1. Area where work is to be done (including surrounding area) has been inspected and is free
of any unnecessary combustible or flammable materials:
Yes No
2. The designated fire watch is: ,
(Name of Person)
3. Fire extinguishing equipment is available in the hot work area:
Yes No
4. All departments and/or personnel concerned have been notified of the Hot Work activities:
Yes No
5. Combustible materials have been isolated from sources of ignition in the hot work area:
Yes No
6. Only trained and authorized personnel are allowed to conduct hot work in the work area:
Yes No
1. Date of issue:
Time permit is valid:
9. Name of person completing form:
10. Name of Supervisor authorizing hot work to be performed:
Comments:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 5
APPENDIX G: LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROGRAM
INTRODUCTION
This Lockout/Tr gout Program has been developed to comply with the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration's (OSHA) Control of Hazardous Energy Sources Standard in 29 CFR 1910.147. This
program will safeguard the health and well-being of GLNPO personnel exposed to the hazards
presented by energized machines or equipment. Rigorous compliance with this program will ensure
that machines and equipment are isolated from all potentially hazardous energy sources, locked out
and tagged out, before any employees perform any servicing or maintenance activities where the
unexpected energization, start-up or release of stored energy could cause serious injury or death.
Energy sources present in the facility includes electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, and pneumatic
sources.
The Captain has been appointed to administer the Lockout/Tagout Program, and has full support to
effectively manage this program, assisted by the electrical engineers and marine technicians. The
administrator has been authorized to carry out this program without delay.
PROGRAM OF COMPLIANCE
The Lockout/Tagout Program will include the following components:
• Energy Source Surveys
• Authorized Employees
• Affected Employees
• Training
• Lockout/Tagout Methods
• Lockout/Tagout Procedures
• Restoring Equipment to Use
• Outside Contractor Information Exchange
ENERGY SOURCE SURVEYS
It is the intent of GLNPO to conduct a detailed energy source survey of all equipment and machines
in the facility. The initial survey will include the identification of all energy sources for each piece of
equipment or machinery and location of energy shutoffs for each piece of equipment. This survey will
result in the production of a written lockout/tagout control procedure for each piece of equipment.
New equipment or machinery will be inspected during installation and a written lockout/tagout
procedure will be developed for each piece of new equipment before it is energized.
Follow-up surveys will be made yearly and at such a time as engineering or production procedures
result in a changes to energy sources or controls.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 2 of 5
AUTHORIZED EMPLOYEES
Lockout/tagout authorized associates are persons who have been trained in the procedures necessary to
lockout and tagout equipment or machinery prior to servicing or performing maintenance on it. Only
authorized associates may install or remove locks and tags installed as part of this program.
AFFECTED EMPLOYEES
Affected employees include any associate who operates or uses machinery or equipment on which
servicing or maintenance is being performed under lockout/tagout procedures, or who has to work in
an area in which servicing or maintenance work is being performed. All associates in the mechanical
areas of GLNPO operational areas are considered to be affected employees and will be trained to
recognize locks and tags used for lockout/tagout and the need for lockout/tagout procedures.
Any associate who attempts to remove, alter, bypass, or override a lockout/tagout will be subject to
disciplinary action.
TRAINING
Training will be provided to all authorized associates in the procedures for lockout/tagout. Only
trained associates will be authorized to initiate or remove lockout/tagouts.
All affected associates will receive lockout/tagout awareness training.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 5
LOCKOUT/TAGOUT METHODS
Lockout/tagout will be accomplished using a padlock or combination of padlock and multiple lock
hasp in combination with a warning tag. The padlock will ensure that the hazardous energy source
cannot be re-energized. Chains and special hardware may also be used to isolate energy sources.
Padlocks with keys will be available at Lockout/Tagout stations, with a master key retained in the key
safe.
The warning tag will communicate the reasons why the energy source should not be re-energized. The
warning tag will be attached at the lockout and at the equipment control panel, and will be of
non-reusable, all-weather construction, fastened with a nylon tie. The name of the authorized associate,
date and time ^f the lockout/tagout, and a brief description of the work to be performed will be
included on warning tag.
LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROCEDURES
Prior to initiating any repairs, modifications and/or adjustments to operating equipment or machines,
the following steps will be followed:
1. The immediate manager for the affected equipment or machines will be notified
that the energy sources will be deactivated using the Lockout/Tagout procedures.
2. All sources of energy to the affected equipment will be identified by the
authorized associate. Energy sources include mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and
pneumatic.
3. All controls will be turned off, and all energy to the affected equipment will be
turned off or blanked and locked out. Stored energy will be released. If more than
one authorized employee is assigned to work on the equipment, a multiple lock
hasp will be used.
4. A warning tag will be filled out and affixed to the controls and to the lockout
device(s).
5. Prior to starting any work on the locked out equipment, the authorized employee
will attempt to start the equipment to ensure that the lockout device provides
adequate protection. Operating controls must be reset to the "off position after
this test.
6. Work on the locked out/tagged out equipment may now be performed, with
caution and continuous observations for hidden energy sources.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 5
RESTORING EQUIPMENT TO USE
After the completion of all repairs, maintenance and/or adjustments to the locked out/tagged out
equipment, it will be restored to use by following these steps:
1. The authorized associate and the line manager will verify that the area around the
equipment is safe to reenergize. No associates or tools will be permitted in unsafe
areas around the equipment, and all guards and covers will be properly
reconnected.
2. Lockout/tagouts will be removed by the authorized associate. If work will be
carried out over several shifts, the outgoing authorized associate will return the
key to the Administrator or Assistant Administrator for safekeeping in a secure
location. All locked out equipment will be tested to ensure that it remains in a
de-energized state.
3. If the work is completed, the lock shall not be removed from the equipment until
the authorized employee removes it, or until the lockout/tagout administrator
investigates the equipment, verifies the safety of the equipment, and verifies that
the authorized employee is unavailable to remove his lock and attempts to contact
him. The authorized associate will be notified of the removal of his lock when he
returns to the building.
4. The equipment is restarted.
OUTSIDE CONTRACTOR INFORMATION EXCHANGE
Whenever outside contractor personnel are engaged to perform work on equipment or machines, the
Lockout/Tagout administrator will provide a copy of the GLNPO Lockout/Tagout Program and receive
a copy of the contractor's written program. All authorized and affected associates will be informed of
significant differences between the two programs and will observe the locks and tags of both
programs.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX G
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 5
LOCKOUT PROCEDURE CHECKLIST
1. Train authorized lockout/tagout associates and affected associates.
2. Assign work and define work area.
3. Identify all energy sources to equipment.
4. Notify affected associates.
5. Turn off energy sources at controls, if possible.
6. Turn off energy sources at breakers or valves, releasing stored energy.
7. Attempt to restart equipment.
8. Check for operation.
9. Return controls to "off' position.
10. Install warning tags at all locks and controls.
11. Perform repair, maintenance, servicing or adjustment.
12. Check equipment and notify affected associates.
13. Remove warning tags and lockouts.
14. Restore equipment to operating conditions.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 32
APPENDIX H: BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS PROGRAM - R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I:
SECTION II:
SECTION III:
SECTION IV:
SECTION V:
SECTION VI:
SECTION VII:
SECTION VIII:
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
GENERAL PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
A. Responsible Persons
B. Availability to Employees
C. Review and Update
EXPOSURE DETERMINATION
METHODS OF COMPLIANCE
A. General
B. Engineering Controls
C. Work Practice Controls
D. Personal Protective Equipment
E. Housekeeping
HEPATITIS B VACCINATION, POST-EXPOSURE EVALUATION
AND FOLLOW-UP
A. Flepatitis B Vaccination
B. Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-Up
C. Information Provided to the health care Professional
D. health care Professional's Written Opinion
E. Medical Recordkeeping
LABE-LS AND SIGNS
INFORMATION AND TRAINING
A. Training Topics
B. Training Methods
C. Recordkeeping
HIV AND HBV RESEARCH LABORATORIES AND
PRODUCTION FACILITIES
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 32
SECTION I
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
One of the major goals of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) is to
regulate facilities where work is carried out to promote safe work practices in an effort to
minimize the incidence of illness and injury experienced by employees. Relative to this goal,
OSHA has enacted the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard, codified as 29 CFR 1910.1030. The
purpose of the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard is to "reduce occupational exposure to Hepatitis B
Virus (HBV), Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and other bloodborne pathogens that
employees may encounter in their workplace.
The US EPA Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) believes that there are a number of
"good general principles that should be followed when working with bloodborne pathogens."
These include:
• It is prudent to minimize all exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
• Risk of exposure to bloodborne pathogens should never be underestimated.
• Our facility should institute as many work practices and engineering controls a possible to
eliminate or minimize employee exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
We have implemented this Exposure Control Plan to meet the letter and intent of the OSHA
Bloodborne Pathogens Standard. The objective of this plan is two fold:
• To protect our employees from the health hazards associated with bloodborne pathogens.
• To provide appropriate treatment and counseling should an employee be exposed to
bloodborne pathogens.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 32
SECTION II
GENERAL PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
A. RESPONSIBLE PERSONS
There are four major "Categories of Responsibility" that are central to the effective implementation
of our Exposure Control Plan. These are:
• The "Exposure Control Officer"
• Department Managers and Supervisors
• Education/Training Instructors
• Our Employees
The following sections define the roles played by each of these groups in carrying out the plan.
(Throughout this written plan, employees with specific responsibilities are identified. If, because
of promotion or other reasons a new employee is assigned any of these responsibilities, the
GLNPO Safety Manager and/or the Ship Operations Project Officer is to be notified of the change,
so that they can update their records.)
EXPOSURE CONTROL OFFICER
The "Exposure Control Officer" will be responsible for overall management and support of our
facility's Bloodborne Pathogens Compliance Program. Activities which are delegated to the
Exposure Control Officer typically include but are not limited to:
• Overall responsibility for implementing the Exposure Control Plan for the entire facility.
Working with management and other employees to develop and administer any additional
bloodborne pathogens-related policies and practices needed to support the effective
implementation of this plan.
• Looking for ways to improve an Exposure Control Plan, as well as to revise and update the
plan when necessary.
• Collecting and maintaining a suitable reference library on the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard
and bloodborne pathogens safety and health information.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 32
Knowing current legal requirements concerning bloodborne pathogens.
Acting as the facility liaison during OSHA inspections.
Conducting periodic facility audits to maintain an up-to-date Exposure Control Plan.
A designated EPA employee or contractor has been appointed the facility's Exposure Control
Officer.
We have determined that the Exposure Control Officer will require assistance in fulfilling his/her
duties. To assist them in carrying out their duties, we have created an Exposure Control
Committee composed of the following people. (If no committee is to be established, write ''No
committee established").
Exposure Control Committee
Chemical Hvaiene Officer - Co-Chair
US EPA's Chief Scientist - Co-Chair
Analytical Contract Project Representative
Ship Operating Contract Representative
Additional Representatives from Ship Safety Committee (as needed)
DEPARTMENT MANAGER AND SUPERVISORS
Department Managers and Supervisors are responsible for exposure control in their respective
areas. They work directly with the Exposure Control Officer and our employees to ensure that
proper exposure control procedures are followed.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 32
EDUCATION/TRAINING COORDINATOR
Our Education/Training Coordinator will responsible for providing information and training to all
employees who nave the potential for exposure to bloodborne pathogens. Activities falling under
the direction of the Coordinator include:
• Maintaining an up-to-date list of facility personnel requiring training (in conjunction with
facility management).
• Developing suitable education/training programs.
• Scheduling periodic training seminars for employees.
• Maintaining appropriate training documentation such as Sign-In Sheets, Quizzes, Training
Agenda, etc.
• Periodically reviewing the training programs with the Exposure Control Officer, Department
Managers and Supervisors to include appropriate new information.
GLNPO's Safety Manager has been selected to be the facility's Education/Training Coordinator.
EMPLOYEES
As with all of our facility's activities, our employees have the most important role in our
Bloodborne Pathogens Compliance Program, for the ultimate execution of much of our Exposure
Control Plan rests in their hands. In this role, they must do such things as:
• Know what tasks they perform that have the potential for occupational exposure.
• Attend the bloodborne pathogens training sessions.
• Plan and conduct all operations in accordance with our work practice controls.
Develop good personal hygiene habits.
B. AVAILABILITY OF THE EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN TO EMPLOYEES
To help them with their efforts, our facility's Exposure Control Plan is available to our employees
at any time. Employees are advised of this availability during their education/training sessions.
Copies of the Exposure Control Plan are kept at the following locations:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 32
• Chemical Hygiene Officer's Office
• GLNPO Headquarters
• Designated First Aid Area
• Contained within GLNPO's Safety Health and Environmental Compliance Manual
C. REVIEW AND UPDATE OF THE PLAN
We recognize that it is important to keep our Exposure Control Plan up to date. To ensure this,
the plan will be reviewed and updated under the following circumstances:
• Annually, on or before May 5 of each year.
• Whenever new or modified tasks and procedures are implemented which affect occupational
exposure of our employees.
Whenever our employees' jobs are revised in such ways that new occupational exposure may
occur.
• Whenever we establish new functional positions within our facility that may involve exposure
to bloodborne pathogens.
SECTION III
EXPOSURE DETERMINATION
One of the keys to implementing a successful Exposure Control Plan is to identify exposure
situations employees may encounter. To facilitate this in our facility, we have prepared the
following lists:
• Job classifications in which all employees have occupational exposure to bloodborne
pathogens.
• Job classifications in which some employees have occupational exposure to bloodborne
pathogens.
Tasks and procedures in which occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens occurs (these
tasks and procedures are performed by employees in the job classifications shown on the two
previous lists).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 32
GLNPO Safety Manager and the Ship Operations Project Officer will work with department
managers and supervisors to revise and update these lists as our tasks, procedures, and
classifications change.
JOB CLASSIFICATIONS IN WHICH ALL EMPLOYEES HAVE EXPOSURE TO
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS
Below are listed the job classifications in our facility where all employees may come into contact
with human blood or other potentially infectious materials, which may result in possible exposure
to bloodborne pathogens:
JOB TITLE DEPARTMENT/LOCATION
Ship's Chemical Hygiene Officer R/V Lake Guardian
Chief Scientist R/V Lake Guardian
Ship's Operations Contractor Designee R/V Lake Guardian
JOB CLASSIFICATIONS IN WHICH SOME EMPLOYEES HAVE EXPOSURE TO
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS
Below are listed the job classifications in our facility where some employees may come into
contact with human blood or other potentially infectious materials, which may result in possible
exposure to bloodborne pathogens:
JOB TITLE DEPARTMENT/LOCATION
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 32
WORK ACTIVITIES INVOLVING POTENTIAL EXPOSURE TO BLOODBORNE
PATHOGENS
Below are listeo the tasks and procedures in our facility where employees may come into contact
with human blood or other potentially infectious materials which may result in exposure to
bloodborne pathogens.
TASK JOB CLASSIFICATION DEPARTMENT LOCATION
First Aid/CPR Responder Chief Scientist
Ship's Chemical Hygiene Officer
Ship's Operations Contractor Designee
Ship's Analytical Contractor or Designee
SECTION IV
METHODS OF COMPLIANCE
We understand that there are a number of areas that must be addressed in order to effectively
eliminate or minimize exposure to bloodborne pathogens in our facility. The first five areas we
deal with in our plan are:
• The use of Universal Precautions.
• Establishing appropriate engineering controls.
• Implementing appropriate Work Practice Controls.
• Using necessary Personal Protective Equipment.
• Implementing appropriate housekeeping procedures.
Each of these areas are reviewed with our employees during their bloodborne pathogens training
(see the "Information and Training" section of this plan for additional information). By rigorously
following the requirements of OSHA's Bloodborne Pathogens Standard in these five areas, we feel
that we will eliminate or minimize our employees' occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens
as much as possible.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 32
A. UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS
We began the use of Universal Precautions on September 1, 1993. As a result, we treat all human
blood and potentially infectious body fluids (excluding saliva not containing visible blood) as if
they are known to be infected with HBV, HIV and other bloodborne pathogens.
In circumstances where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between body fluid types, we
assume all body fluids to be potentially infectious.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer is responsible for overseeing our Universal Precautions
Program.
B. ENGINEERING CONTROLS
One of the key aspects to our Exposure Control Plan is the use of Engineering Controls to
eliminate or minimize employee exposure to bloodborne pathogens. As a result, employees use
cleaning, maintenance and other equipment that is designated to prevent contact with blood or
other potentially infectious materials.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer periodically works with department managers and
supervisors to review tasks and procedures performed in our facility where engineering controls
can be implemented or updated. As a part of this effort, a facility survey was completed in
October 1992 identifying three things:
• Operations where engineering controls are currently employed.
Operations where engineering controls can be updated.
• Operations currently not employing engineering controls, but where engineering controls could
be beneficial.
The results of this survey can be found on the following pages.
Each of these lists is reexamined during our annual Exposure Control Plan review and
opportunities for new or improved engineering controls are identified. Any existing engineering
control equipment is also reviewed for proper function and needed repair or replacement each
month, in conjunction with the department manager or supervisor where the equipment is located.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 10 of 32
ENGINEERING CONTROL EQUIPMENT
The following operations have, or should have, Engineering Control Equipment to eliminate or
minimize our employees' exposure to bloodborne pathogens. If equipment is needed but not yet
available "None" is indicated in the "Control Equipment" column.
DEPARTMENT/
OPERATION
CONTROL
EQUIPMENT
NEEDS
UPDATING
DATE OF LAST
REVIEW
Analytical Laboratory Safety Shower Monthly Monthly
Eye Wash
Throughout
Designated First Aid
Station
Sinks, spigots
Waste Receptacles
Routine
Maintenance
Monthly
Routine
Maintenance
Monthly
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 11 of 32
In addition to the engineering controls identified on these lists, the following engineering controls
are used throughout the facility:
• Handwashing facilities (or antiseptic hand cleaners and towels or antiseptic towelettes), are
readily accessible to all employees who have the potential for exposure.
Self-sheathing needles. (MEDICAL).
• Containers for contaminated reusable sharps having the following characteristics:
- Puncture resistant.
- Color-coded or labeled with a biohazard warning label.
- Leak-proof on the sides and bottom.
(MEDICAL)
• Specimen containers which are:
- Leak proof.
- Color-coded or labeled with a biohazard warning label.
- Puncture-resistant if necessary.
(MEDICAL)
• Secondary containers which are:
- Leak-proof.
- Color-coded or labeled with a biohazard warning label.
- Puncture-resistant, if necessary.
(MEDICAL)
C. WORK PRACTICE CONTROLS
In addition to engineering controls, our facility uses a number of Work Practice Controls to help
eliminate or minimize employee exposure to bloodborne pathogens. Many of these Work
Practiced Controls have been in effect for some time.
The person in our facility who is responsible for overseeing the implementation of these Work
Practice Controls is the Designated Exposure Control Officer. He/she works in conjunction with
department mangers, supervisors and our facility's training coordinators to effect this
implementation.
Our facility has adopted the following Work Practice Controls as part of our Bloodborne
Pathogens Compliance Program:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 12 of 32
• Employees wash their hands immediately, or as soon as feasible, after removal of potentially
contaminated gloves or other personal protective equipment.
• Following any contact of body areas with blood or any other potentially infectious materials,
employees wash their hands and any other exposed skin with soap and water as soon a possible.
They also flush exposed mucous membranes with water.
• Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps are not bent, recapped or removed unless:
It can be demonstrated that there is no feasible alternative.
The action required is by specific medical procedure.
In the above situations the recapping or needle removal is accomplished through
the use of a medical device or a one-handed technique.
(MEDICAL)
• Contaminated reusable sharps are placed in appropriate containers immediately, or as soon as
possible after use.
(MEDICAL)
• Eating, drinking, smoking, chewing gun, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and handling contact
lenses is prohibited in work areas where there is potential for exposure to bloodborne
pathogens.
• Food and drink is not kept in refrigerators, freezers, on counterlops or in other storage areas
where blood or other potentially infectious materials are present.
• Mouth pipetting/suctioning of blood or other infectious materials is prohibited.
(MEDICAL)
• All procedures involving blood or other infectious materials minimize splashing, spraying or
other actions generating droplets of these materials.
• Contaminated or potentially contaminated materials are placed in designated leak-proof
containers, appropriately labeled, for handling and storage.
• If outside contamination of a primary container of infectious material occurs, that container is
placed within a second leak-proof container, appropriately labeled, for handling and storage. (If
infectious material can puncture the primary container, the secondary container must be
puncture resistant.)
Equipment which becomes contaminated is examined prior to servicing or shipping, and
decontaminated as necessary unless it can be demonstrated that decontamination is not feasible.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 13 of 32
An appropriate biohazard warning label is attached to any contaminated
equipment, identifying the contaminated portions.
Information regarding the remaining contamination is conveyed to all affected
employees, the equipment manufacturer and the equipment service representative
prior to handling, servicing or shipping.
When a new employee comes to our facility, or an employee changes jobs within the facility, the
following process occurs to ensure that they are trained in the appropriate work practice controls:
• The employee's job classification and the tasks and procedures they will perform are
checked against the Job Classifications and Tasks List which we have identified in our
Exposure Control Plan as those in which the potential for occupational exposure exits.
• If the employee is transferring from one job to another within our facility, the job
classification and tasks/procedures pertaining to their previous position are also checked
against these lists.
Based on this "cross checking", the new job classifications and/or tasks and procedures
which will bring the employee into occupational exposure situations are identified.
• The employee is then trained by the facility Training Coordinator or another instructor
regarding any work practice controls that the employee is not experienced with.
D. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Personal Protective Equipment is our employees' last line of defense against bloodborne pathogen
exposure. Because of this, our facility provides for our employees, at no cost to them, the
Personal Protective Equipment that they need to protect themselves against such exposure. This
equipment includes but is not limited to:
• Gloves
• Safety glasses
• Goggles
• Face shields/masks
• Respirators
• Protective Clothing
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 14 of 32
Hypoallergcnic gloves, glove liners and similar alternatives are readily available to those
employees who are allergic to the gloves our facility normally uses.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer, working with department managers and supervisors, is
responsible for ensuring that all departments and work areas have appropriate personal protective
equipment available to all employees.
Our employees are trained regarding the use of appropriate personal protective equipment for their
job classifications and task/procedures they perform. Training is provided when necessary if an
employee takes a new position or news job functions are added to their current position.
To determine the need for additional training, the employee's previous job classification and tasks
are compared to those for any new job or function. Any needed training is provided by their
department manager or supervisor working with our facility's Training Coordinator.
To ensure that all personal protective equipment is not contaminated and is in the appropriate
condition to protect employees from potential exposure, our facility adheres to the following
practices:
• All personal protective equipment is inspected periodically and repaired or replaced as
needed to maintain its effectiveness.
• Reusable personal protective equipment is cleaned, laundered and decontaminated as
needed.
Single-use personal protective equipment, or equipment that cannot, for whatever reason,
be decontaminated, is disposed of by forwarding that equipment to the Designated
Exposure Control Officer.
To make sure that this equipment is used as effectively as possible, our employees are to adhere to
the following practices when using their personal protective equipment:
• Any garments penetrated by blood or other potentially infectious materials are removed
immediately or as soon as feasible.
• All potentially contaminated personal protective equipment is removed prior to leaving a
work area.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 15 of 32
Gloves are worn in the following circumstances:
- Whenever the employees anticipate hand contact with blood or other potentially
infectious materials.
- When handling or touching contaminated items or surfaces.
• Disposable gloves are replaced as soon as practical after contamination or if they are torn,
punctured or otherwise lose their ability to function as an exposure barrier.
• Utility gloves are decontaminated for reuse unless they are cracked, peeling, torn or exhibit
other signs of deterioration at which time they are disposed of.
• Masks and eye protection (such as goggles, face shields, etc.) are used whenever splashes
or sprays may generate droplets of infectious materials.
• Protective clothing (such as coats) are worn whenever potential exposure to the body is
anticipated.
E. HOUSEKEEPING
Maintaining our facility in a clean and sanitary condition is an important part of our Bloodborne
Pathogens Compliance Program. To facilitate this, we have set up a written schedule for cleaning
and decontamination of the appropriate areas of the facility. The schedule provides the following
information:
• The area to be cleaned/decontaminated.
• Day and time of scheduled work.
• Cleansers and disinfectants to be used.
• Any special instructions that are appropriate.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 16 of 32
Using this schedule, our janitorial/cleaning staff employs the following practices:
• All equipment and surfaces are cleaned and decontaminated after contact with
blood or othc, potentially infectious materials:
- After the completion of medical procedures. (MEDICAL)
- Immediately (or as soon as feasible) when surfaces are overtly contaminated.
- After any spill of blood or infectious materials.
- At the end of the work shift if the surface may have been contaminated during
that shift.
• Protective coverings (such as plastic trash bags or wrap, aluminum foil or absorbent paper) are
removed and replaced:
- As soon as it is feasible when overtly contaminated.
- At the end of the work shift if they may have been contaminated during the
shift.
• All trash containers, pails, bins and other receptacles intended for use routinely are inspected,
cleaned and decontaminated as soon as possible if visibly contaminated.
• Potentially contaminated broken glassware is picked up using mechanical means (such as a
dustpan and brush, tongs, forceps, etc.).
• Contaminated reusable sharps are stored in containers that do not require "hand processing".
(MEDICAL)
The Designated Exposure Control Officer is responsible for setting up our cleaning and
decontamination schedule making sure it is carried out within our facility.
We are also very careful in our facility in handling regulated waste (including bandages, feminine
hygiene products and other potential infectious materials).
• They are discarded or "bagged"' in containers that are:
- Able to be closed.
- Puncture-resistant if the discarded materials have the potential to
penetrate the container.
- Leak-proof if the potential for fluid spill or leakage exists.
- Red in color or labeled with the appropriate biohazard warning label.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 17 of 32
• Containers for this regulated waste are placed in appropriate locations in our facility within easy
access of our employees and as close as possible to the sources of the waste.
• Waste containers are maintained upright, routinely replaced and not allowed to overfill.
• Contaminated laundry is handled as little as possible and is not sorted or rinsed where it is
used.
• Whenever our employees move containers of regulated waste from one area to another, the
containers are immediately closed and placed inside an appropriate secondary container if
leakage is possible from the first container.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer is responsible for the collection and handling of our
facility's contaminated waste.
CLEANING SCHEDULE
SCHEDULED CLEANERS/
EQUIPMENT/ CLEANING
AREA
First Aid Station
DISINFECTANTS
(DAYAITME)
After Use
SPECIAL
USED
INSTRUCTIONS
Solutions with
bleach or NaCl 04
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 18 of 32
SECTION V
HEPATITIS B VACCINATION, POST-EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP
Everyone in our facility recognizes that even with proper adherence to all our exposure prevention
practices, exposure incidents can occur. As a result, we have implemented a Hepatitis B
Vaccination Program as well as set up procedures for post-exposure evaluation and follow-up
should exposure to bloodborne pathogens occur.
NOTE: Contract personnel are responsible for implementing their own post-exposure
evaluation and follow-up plan that at least meets the requirements of this section.
A. VACCINATION PROGRAM
To protect our employees as much as possible from the possibility of Hepatitis B infection, our
facility has implemented a vaccination program This program is available, at no cost, to all
employees who have occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
The vaccination program consists of a series of three inoculations over a six-month period. As
part of their bloodborne pathogens training, our employees have received information regarding
the Hepatitis B vaccination, including its safety and effectiveness.
The GLNPO Safety Manager is responsible for setting up and operating our vaccination program
which has been in effect since September 1, 1993.
Vaccinations are performed under the supervision of a licensed physician or other health care
professional. Employees taking part in the vaccination program are listed on the following pages.
Employees who have declined to take part in the program are listed as well, and have signed the
"Vaccination Declination Form".
To ensure that all employees are aware of our vaccination program, it is thoroughly discussed
during our bloodborne pathogens training. We also post "Vaccination Program Notices" in
prominent places throughout our facility.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 19 of 32
EMPLOYEES ELIGIBLE FOR HEPATITIS B VACCINATION
NAME
DEPT/
TITLE
ACCEPTED/
DECLINED
DATES
SCHEDULED
INOCULATION
RECEIVED
#!/ #2/ #3/
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 20 of 32
VACCINATION DECLINATION FORM
DATE
EMPLOYEE NAME
EMPLOYEE ID#
I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be
at risk of acquiring Hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection. I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated
with Hepatitis B vaccine at no charge. However, I decline to receive the Hepatitis B vaccination at this
time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring Hepatitis B, a serious
disease. If, in future, I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious
materials and I wish to be vaccinated with Hepatitis B vaccine at that time, I can receive the vaccination
series at no charge.
EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE DATE
FACILITY REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE DATE
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 21 of 32
MAKE SURE YOU HAVE RECEIVED YOUR
HEPATITIS B
VACCINATION
The vaccination is given at the following times:
Location:
TO SIGN UP CALL OR
TALK TO YOUR SUPERVISOR.
THIS VACCINATION IS FREE OF
CHARGE TO ALL EMPLOYEES
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 22 of 32
B. POST-EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP
If one of our employees is involved in an incident where exposure 1o bloodborne pathogens may
have occurred, there are two things that we immediately focus our attention and efforts upon:
• Investigating the circumstances surrounding the exposure incident.
• Making sure that our employees receive medical consultation and treatment if needed and as
expeditiously as possible.
The Designated Exposure Control Officer investigates eveiy exposure incident that occurs in our
facility. This investigation is initiated within 24 hours after the incident occurs and involves
gathering the following information:
• When the incident occurred
- Date and time
• Where the incident occurred
- Location within the facility
• What potentially infectious materials were involved in the incident
- Type of material (blood, etc.)
• Source of the material
• Under what circumstances the incident occurred
- Type of work being performed
• How the incident was caused
- Accident
- Unusual circumstances (equipment malfunction, power failure, etc.)
• Personal protective equipment being used at the time of the incident
• Actions taken as a result of the incident
- Employee decontamination
- Clean up
- Notifications made
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 23 of 32
After this information is collected it is evaluated, a written summary of the incident and its cause
is prepared, and recommendations are made for avoiding similar incidents in the future (to assist
with this gathering of information, we use the "incident Investigation Form").
In order to ensure that our employees receive the best and most timely treatment should an
exposure to bloodborne pathogens occur, our facility has set up a comprehensive post-exposure
evaluation and follow-up process. We use the checklist at the end of this section to verify that all
the steps in the process have been correctly followed. This process is overseen by the following
people:
• Designated Exposure Control Officer
• Ship Operations Project Officer
• GLNPO Health & Safety Manager
We recognize that much of the information involved in this process must remain confidential, and
will do everything possible to protect the privacy of those involved.
As the first step in this process we provide an exposed employee with this confidential
information:
• Documentation regarding the routes of exposure and circumstances under which the exposure
incident occurred.
• Identification of the source individual (unless infeasible or prohibited by law).
Next, if possible, we test the source individual's blood to determine the HBV and HIV infectivity.
This information will also be made available to the exposed employee, if it is obtained. At that
timed, the employee will be made aware of any applicable laws and regulations concerning
disclosure of the identity and infected status of the source individual.
Finally, we collect and test the blood of the exposed employee for HBV and HIV status.
Once these procedures have been completed, an appointment is arranged for the exposed employee
with a qualified health care professional to discuss the employee's medical status. This includes
an evaluation of any reported illness as well as any recommended treatment.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 24 of 32
C. INFORMATION PROVIDED TO THE HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONAL
To assist the health care professional we forward a number of documents to him/her, including the
following:
• A copy of the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard
• A description of the exposure incident
• The exposed employee's relevant medical records
• Other pertinent information
D. HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONAL WRITTEN OPINION
After the consultation, the health care professional provides our facility with a written opinion
evaluating the exposed employee's situation. We, in turn, furnish a copy of this medical opinion
to the employee in question.
In keeping with the emphasis on confidentiality, the written opinion will contain only the
following information:
• Whether a Hepatitis B Vaccination is indicated for the employee.
• Whether the employee has received the Hepatitis B Vaccination.
• Confirmation that the employee has been told about any medical condition resulting from the
exposure incident which may require further evaluation or treatment.
All other findings or diagnoses will remain confidential and will not be included in the written
report.
E. MEDICAL RECORDKEEPING
To make sure that we have as much medical information available to the participating health care
professional as possible, our facility maintains comprehensive medical records on our employees.
GLNPO Health and Safety Manager is responsible for setting up and maintaining these records
which include the following information:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 25 of 32
• Name of the employee
• Social security number of the employee
• A copy of the employee's Hepatitis B Vaccination status
- Dates of any vaccinations
- Medical records relative to the employee's ability to receive the
vaccination
• Copies of the results of the examinations, medical testing, and follow-up procedures
which look place as a result of an employee's exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
• A copy of the information provided to the consulting health care professional as a result
of any exposure to bloodborne pathogens.
As with all information concerning these areas, we recognize that it is important to keep the
information in these medical records confidential. We will not disclose or report this information
to anyone without the employee's written consent except as required by law.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 26 of 32
EXPOSURE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM
OATH OF INCIDENT TIME OF INCIDENT-
LOCATION
POTENTIALLY INFECTIOUS MATERIALS INVOLVED.
TYPE: SOURCE
CIRCUMSTANCES (WORK BEING PERFORMED, ETC )•
FIOW INCIDENT WAS CAUSED (Accident, equipment malfunction, etc )
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT BEING USED
ACTIONS TAKEN (Decontamination, clean up, reporting, etc )
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR AVOIDING REPETITION OF INCIDENT
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 27 of 32
POST-EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP CHECKLIST
The following steps must be taken, and information transmitted, in case of an employee's exposure
to bloodbome pathogens:
ACTIVITY COMPLETION DATE
Employee furnished with documentation
regarding exposure incident.
Source individual identified.
Source Individual
Source individual's blood tested and results
given to exposed employee.
_ Unable to obtain consent.
Exposed employee's blood collected and
Appointment arranged for employee with
health care professional.
Professional's Name
Documentation forwarded to health care
professional.
_Bloodborne Pathogens Standard
_Description of exposed employee's duties
_Description of exposure incident, including routes of exposure
_Result of source individual's blood testing
_Employee's medical records
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 28 of 32
SECTION VI
LABELS AND SIGNS
For our employees one of the most obvious warnings of possible exposure to bloodborne
pathogens are biohazard labels. Because of this, we have implemented a comprehensive biohazard
warning labeling program in our facility using labels of the type shown on the following page or,
when appropriate, using red "color-coded" containers. The Designated Control Officer is
responsible for setting up and maintaining this program in our facility
The following items in our facility are labeled:
• Containers of regulated waste
• Refrigerators/freezers containing blood or other potentially infectious
materials. (MEDICAL)
• Sharps disposal containers. (MEDICAL)
• Other containers used to store, transport or ship blood and other infectious materials.
• Laundry bags and containers
• Contaminated equipment
On labels affixed to contaminated equipment we have also indicated which portions of the
equipment are contaminated.
We recognize that biohazard signs must be posted at entrances to HIV and HBV research
laboratories and production facilities. However, we do not have these types of operations in our
facility so we are not affected by these special requirements
(If the facility has HIV and HBV research laboratory and production operations, please see the
copy of the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard, section (g) (1) (ii) for warning sign requirements.)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 29 of 32
BIOHAZARD LABELS
SECTION VII
INFORMATION AND TRAINING INFORMATION AND TRAINING
Having well informed and educated employees is extremely important when attempting to
eliminate or minimize their exposure to bloodborne pathogens. Because of this, all employees
who have the potential for exposure to bloodborne pathogens must participate in a comprehensive
training program and are furnished with as much information as possible regarding this issue
This program was set up so that employees would receive the required training on or before June
4, 1992. Employees will be retrained at least annually to keep their knowledge up to date.
Additionally, all new employees, as well as those changing jobs or job functions, will be given
any additional training that their new position may require at that time.
The GLNPO Health and Safety Officer is responsible for seeing that all employees who have the
potential for exposure to bloodborne pathogens receive this training. He/she will be assisted by
the following instructors'
A. TRAINING TOPICS
The topics covered in our training program include, but are not limited to. the following'
• The Bloodborne Pathogens Standard.
• The epidemiology and symptoms of bloodborne diseases.
• Our facility's Exposure Control Plan (and where employees can obtain a
copy).
• Appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that may involve exposure
to blood and other potentially infectious materials
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 30 of 32
• A review of the use and limitations of methods that will prevent or reduce exposure,
including:
- Engineering controls
- Work practice controls
- Personal protective equipment
• Selection and use of personal protective equipment including:
- Types available
- Proper use
- Location within facility
- Removal
- Handling
- Decontamination
- Disposal
• Visual warnings of biohazards within our facility including labels, signs, and
"color-coded" containers.
• Information on the Hepatitis B vaccine, including:
- Efficacy
- Safety
- Method f administration
- Benefits of vaccination
- Our facility's free vaccination program
• Actions to take and persons to contact in an emergency involving blood or other
potentially infectious materials.
• The procedures to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including incident reporting.
• Information on the post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, including medical
consultation, that our facility will provide.
B. TRAINING METHODS
Our facility's training presentations make use of several training techniques including, but not
limited to:
• Classroom type atmosphere with personal instruction.
• Video programs.
• Training manuals/employee handouts
• Employee review sessions.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 31 of 32
We have used the forms found on the following page and/or our computer systems to facilitate this
rccordkeeping.
These training records are available for examination and copying to our employees and their
representatives as well as to OSHA and its' representatives.
BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS TRAINING SESSIONS
DATE OF SESSION
_SESSION SUMMARY (A'1TACHE-J)_
INSTRUCTOR(S)
QUALIFICATIONS.
ATTENDEE NAME JOB TiTI V. SSN
SIGNATURE
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX H
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 32 of 32
SECTION VIII
HIV AND HBT RESEARCH LABORATORIES AND PRODUCTION FACILITIES
We recognize that there are several special requirements for HIV and HBV research and
production facilities in the areas of construction, engineering controls, work practices, the use of
containment equipment as well as employee education and training. However, since we do not
have these types of operations in our facility, these special requirements do not apply. Therefore,
our exposure control plan does not address these requirements.
(If your facility includes HIV or HBV research laboratories or production facilities, you can find a
listing of special requirements that the Standard imposes upon such facilities by consulting the
Bloodbome Pathogen Standard 29 CFR 1910.1030. In this case, to complete your Exposure
Control Plan you will need to document the methods you will use to comply with these special
requirements as well as your implementation schedule.)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION' FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: Page 1 OF 9
APPENDIX I: PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING & EQUIPMENT
Purpose
This section establishes policy, responsibilities, and practices for the procurement, issue, control, and
use of protective clothing and equipment by GLNPO employees engaged in laboratory and fiel '
activities.
Policy
It is the policy of the Environmental Protection Agency to administer its programs in a manner that
will assure the protection of the health and safety of all personnel in routine field and laboratory work,
especially those persons engaged in work of a hazardous or toxic nature, by providing and requiring
the use of specified protective clothing and equipment.
References
1. Occupational Safety and Health Act, P.L. 91-596.
2. 29 CFR 1910, Subpart I. Sections 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, and 138.
3. EPA Order 1440.2 Health and Safety Requirements for Employees engaged in Field
Activities, EPA Order 1440.3 Respiratory Protection.
4. Executive Order 12196, Occupational Safety and Health for Federal Employees, 1980.
Definitions
The applicable terms used in this chapter are defined in the following paragraphs.
Field Activities
The term field activities, as used in this chapter, means EPA program activities that are conducted by
EPA employees outside of EPA administered facilities. These activities include, but are not limited to,
environmental and pesticides sampling, field analysis, inspection of water and wastewater treatment
plants, hazardous material spills and waste site investigations, inspections, and sampling.
Routine Laboratory Activities
The term routine laboratory activities denotes EPA program activities that are conducted by EPA
employees in an EPA-administered laboratory facility.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: Pasic 2 OF 9
Applicability
The provisions of this chapter are applicable to all GLNPO employees at all operational levels. They
are also applicable to EPA contractors.
Responsibilities
The duties assigned Regional personnel with regard to Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), are
detailed in the following paragraphs.
Regional Administrator
The Regional Administrator is responsible for implementing the regional safety program of which the
requirements of this chapter are a part. It is the responsibility of the Regional Administrator to require
Division and Office Directors to budget the funds necessary to procure personal protective clothing
and equipment.
Division and Office Directors
The Division and Office Directors are responsible for assigning staff to field and laboratory work
which may require the use of personal protective clothing and safety equipment.
Supervisors
In accordance with the procedures of this manual, the supervisor is responsible for determining the
level of protection required (in consultation with the Health and Safety Officer). He/she is responsible
for controlling, issuing, and inspecting the protective clothing/equipment in their section. He/she is
responsible for identifying employees who require protective prescription lenses and for having these
employees provide current prescriptions. He/she is responsible for keeping an accurate inventory and
for maintaining the protective clothing/equipment in a functional condition. He/she is responsible for
identifying employees who require training and certification; for ensuring that those employees receive
training and certification in compliance with the provisions of EPA Orders 1440.2, 1440.3, and OSHA
29 CFR 1910.120 and 1910.132 through 139; and for ensuring these requirements are contained in
their position description. He/she is responsible for recommending appropriate correction and/or
disciplinary action of employees who choose to violate or neglect safety requirements.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: Page 3 OF 9
Regional Health and Safety Manager
The Regional Health and Safety Manager (RHSM) is responsible for assisting supervisors in the
selection, procurement, issuance, and maintenance of protective clothing and equipment. He/she
reviews every procurement request related to safety, health or personal security, to assure that the
request is justified and appropriate. He/she will determine if the item, or an acceptable alternative, is
available in the Region, based on the Regional inventory of all protective clothing/equipment that
he/she maintains. He/she will annually perform a review and audit of the condition, inventory, and
use of protective clothing/equipment for each Division and Office. A report of this annual
review/audit will be distributed to all Division/Office Directors. He/she is responsible for identifying
program areas that* require training and certification. As a member of the Region 5 training
committee, he/she advises the Office of Personnel regarding the Health and Safety training
requirements of EPA 1440.2, 1440.3, and OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120, and recommends the required
funding. The Regional Health and Safety manager shall be responsible for administering the
Respiratory Protection Program in Region 5.
Employee
Employees are responsible for the protective clothing and/or equipment issued to them and are
required to wear and use the clothing and equipment as prescribed in this chapter and for reporting
any damage and/or malfunction of the clothing/equipment issued to them. Employees may provide a
current prescription, at their own expense, if the supervisor has determined that the government will
provide protective prescription eye wear.
Employees assigned protective clothing and/or equipment are required to sign a receipt for such items,
verifying that:
•/ o
1. They have received proper training in the use and maintenance of these items.
2. They have read the safety procedures and agree to accept the responsibilities provided
therein.
3. They accept responsibility for the maintenance and use of the assigned protective
clothing and equipment. Cleaning, sanitizing and maintaining the respirators is
included in this responsibility. Any damage, excessive wear, or malfunction of the
equipment must be reported immediately to the individual's supervisor. Individuals
are also responsible for the cost of replacing items of protective clothing or equipment
lost, damaged, or stolen through their own negligence.
4. Items provided from a general supply will be maintained by the organizational unit
responsible for its supply and issuance.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: Pa«e 4 OF 9
Facilities Engaged in Hazardous Field Work
Each facility regularly engaged in hazardous, or potentially hazardous, field work will be responsible
for:
1. Maintaining adequate supplies of disposable coveralls, gloves, respirators and their
replacement cartridges, and overboots.
2. Providing lockable cabinets for storage of PPE in the field.
Personal Protective Equipment Requirements
It is the policy of GLNPO to determine the level of protection required for employees assigned
specific duties, to provide adequate and appropriate PPE, and to enforce its proper use. Additionally,
specific information on related PPE considerations may be obtained through the use of the EPA's
"Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing" and through consultation with Regional
Safety and Health Manager.
GLNPO requires the use of PPE whenever there are hazard exposures that can be eliminated or
protected against through the use of PPE. No unprotected person shall knowingly be subjected to
hazardous environmental conditions. All laboratory and field operations should be evaluated, and their
respective hazards assessed, to assure that adequate and appropriate PPE is selected, and its use is
enforced.
Eye and Face Protection
Descriptions of the protective equipment available specifically for the eyes and face are included in the
following paragraphs.
Protective Eye Wear
Protective eye wear, including plain and prescription lenses, shall be provided to all field and
laboratory employees. They must be worn when the danger of eye injury exists. No one may enter a
controlled location where eye protection is mandatory without such equipment. Areas in a laboratory,
or on-site locations may be designated as controlled areas by the person in charge. It is his/her
responsibility to determine the level of protection required and to enforce its use.
Safety Glasses
Protective eye and face devices purchased after July 5, 1994 shall comply with American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard Z87.1-1989, "American National Standard Practice for
Occupational and Educational Eye and Face Protection"; eye and face protective devices purchased
before July 5, 1994 shall comply with the ANSI Standard Z87.1-1968, "USA Standard for
Occupational Eye and Face Protection".
-------
Sf-CTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION- FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: Pace 5 OF 9
Safety Goggles
A variety of goggles are available to protect the eyes from flying particles, liquids, gases and vapors,
however, those types of goggles are hazards-specific making proper selections critical to employee
protection.
Use of the appropriate type of goggle for eye protection is required when safety glasses do not provide
adequate protection against the hazards encountered in the work area.
Face Shields
Safety glasses or goggles offer little protectio,. (.0 the face and neck. Full face shields that protect the
face and neck shall be worn when the maximum protection from flying particles and splashes from
harmful liquids is needed. Face shields are not a primary eye protection device and are designed for
use over the protective eyewear required for the operation.
Contact Lenses
Contact lenses are not protective eyewear. In situations where protective eyewear is required, the
manager or supervisor in consultation with the GLNPO Safety Manager will determine if contact
lenses may be worn with additional appropriate eye protection as determined by 29 CFR 1910.134.
Contact lenses may not be worn where there is risk of exposure to: intense heat; molten metals; high
particulate containing atmospheres; chemical fumes, vapors or splashes; or while wearing a respirator.
Head Protection
All head protection purchased after July 5, 1994, shall comply with ANSI Standard Z89.1 1986,
"American National Standard for Personnel Protection — Protective Headwear for Industrial Worker —
Requirements"; protective headwear purchased before July 5, 1994 shall comply with the Requirements
for Industrial Head Protection. Head protection will be worn by all GLNPO employees where there is
danger of injury from limited electric shock or from falling or flying objects. Head protection is
required at waste-clean up sites where injury may result from equipment operation. Employees are
required to wear head protection during all inspections of industrial and chemical plants, waste
disposal operations, and sites where any of the above hazards exist.
Protective Apparel
Protective apparel is required for most field and laboratory work performed in the Region. It should
be strong, resistant to chemical and thermal penetration, flexible and easy to clean. The performance
requirements are to be determined by the substances being handled. It is the responsibility of the
supervisor to determine the choice of garment to be worn (laboratory coat, coveralls, rubber or plastic
aprons, splash suits, fully encapsulating disposable coveralls, Personal Floatation Devices (PFD's),
etc.)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: Page 6 OF 9
Aprons, Coveralls, Splash Suits
Plastic or rubber aprons, coveralls or splash suits provide protection from corrosive or irritating
liquids. However, they can accumulate a charge of static electricity and in the case of fire can cause
additional injuries. Therefore, they should not be worn in areas where flammable solvents or other
materials could be ignited by a static charge.
Flame Resistant Garments
Properly-designed pants, jackets and hard hat liners with appropriate chemical treatment provide
protection from fire hazards such as unexpected" uimace flames and from the hazard of splashed
molten metal. Jackets with pockets on the inside only help to prevent injury in the presence of
high-temperature, airborne particles. Similarly, properly fitted jackets and pants, which are not rolled
up, can also prevent injury. Employees are required to wear chemically treated jackets and pants
during all coke oven battery and blast furnace casthouse inspections. At a minimum,
chemically-treated jackets must be worn during inspections at basic oxygen furnace shops, electric arc
furnace shops and facilities with electric arc furnaces and cupolas. It is important that this type of
protective clothing be chemically-treated after each washing,
Disposable Outer Garments
Disposable outer garments (e.g. Polyethylene, Saran Coated or Tyvek) may, in some cases, be
preferable to reusable ones. Examples include the handling of quantities of highly toxic or
carcinogenic materials. Disposable full length suits are recommended for high risk situations;
however, many disposable garments offer limited protection from vapor penetration and their use
should be determined by the supervisor.
Disposal of Contaminated Garments
Garments should be disposed of in accordance with disposal and decontamination procedures provided
by the provisions of the Specific Site Safety Plan or SOP or similar rule.
Gloves
Gloves will be worn when it is necessary to handle corrosive materials, sharp or rough objects, hot or
cold materials, or when there is a possibility of exposure to chemicals. Gloves will not be worn near
machinery if they may cause bodily injury as a result of being caught in the machine.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION. FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: Pace 7 OF 9
The following additional requirements will be met:
1. Gloves will be selected based on their intended use, the hazard involved and their
suitability for the job.
2. Before use, gloves will be inspected for punctures, tears or discoloration.
3. Gloves will be appropriately cleaned before removal.
4. Leather gloves will be used for handling broken glassware, for inserting rubber
stoppers into glass tubes, for protection against rough or sharp-edged objects, hot or
cold materials and for similar operations where protection from chemicals is not
needed.
5. Specialized gloves are manufactured for specialized activities. These activities include:
A. Electrical operations or fish shocking activities where the use of rubber
insulated gloves meet OSHA regulations.
B. Working at temperature extremes where the use of gloves made with such
materials as Nomex or Kevlar or in combination with other materials is
required.
Foot Protection
All safety footwear purchased after July 5, 1994, shall comply with ANSI Standard Z41-1991,
American National Standard for Personnel Protection - Protective Footwear"; protective footwear
purchased before July 5, 1994, shall comply with the ANSI Standard Z41.1-1967, "USA Standard for
Men's Safety-Toe Footwear". Shoes must be worn at all times in areas where chemicals are stored or
used. Perforated shoes or sandals must not be worn in laboratories or during any field work.
Safety-toe shoes must be worn by all GLNPO employees who regularly engage in moving, lifting,
handling or carrying supplies, materials, equipment, furniture, or other objects of such weight that
accidental injury to the toes from falling or shifting of such objects may result. Foot protection, other
than ordinary shoes, may be required in special cases. Safety-toe shoes or safety-toe boots are
required for most field activities. Rubber boots or plastic shoe covers are to be worn over safety-toe
shoes to avoid possible exposure to corrosive chemicals or to large quantities of solvents or water that
may penetrate normal foot gear (e.g., during clean-up operations.)
Respiratory Protection
Approved respirator protection will be \\orn by GLNPO employees when they are working in, or
when they encounter, hazardous atmospheres exceeding the Permissible Exposure Limits, in suspected
oxygen deficient atmospheres, or where there is imminent danger of release of airborne toxic
substances. See Appendix A, Respiratory Protection Program, of this manual.
-------
SECTION- APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: Page 8 OF 9
Non-Personal Protective/Safety Equipment in Laboratories
Emergency alarm systems, safety showers, eye wash fountains, fire extinguishers, and other such
equipment will be provided as part of the laboratory work place. The requirements and technical
standards are set forth in 29 CFR 1910.1450, EPA 1440 "Occupational Health and Safety in EPA
Regions: Program Guidance", EPA Safety Manual, and GSA Safety and Environmental Management
Program (PBS- 1L-92-4).
All laboratory safety and emergency equipment should be inspected no less than once every 6 months;
the SCBAs should be inspected after every use or not less than once every month.
Emergency Equipment
The following equipment is required for laboratory emergencies. This equipment should be stored
together in a central location closest to the laboratory operation having the highest risk of an
emergency situation.
Quantity Description
2 Positive pressure (pressure demand) self-contained
breathing apparatus (SCBA) (MSHA, NIOSH
approved)
2 Fully encapsulated suits*
2 Hooded, chemical splash suits
2 Chemical resistant disposable coveralls
1 Spill control cart with spill control equipment
1 Thin-window Geiger counter (0-5mr/hr.) minimum*
*Optional
Several pairs of gloves are also required. The gloves should be selected to protect against a variety of
corrosive or toxic materials. Leather and insulated gloves should also be included in the selection.
All of the above equipment should be inspected periodically (at least every six months.) The SCBAs
should be inspected after each use or at least once a month.
Additional Protective Requirements
To prevent injury and protect the skin, laboratory personnel may not wear loose, ragged or torn
clothing and laboratory coats, or meager or insufficient clothing (e.g., shorts and/or halter tops).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: Pa»e 9 OF 9
Issuance and Training in the Use of Protective Clothing and Safety Equipment
All of the protective clothing and equipment listed in this manual, as specified for use in laboratory
work or field operations must be issued to the employee or made available. If PPE is required for the
task, it must be transported to the point of operation and be worn and/or utilized as necessary in
performing the activity. For laboratory work, clothing and equipment made available on site satisfies
the intent of this manual.
Standard Level of Protection Provided
The Agency will provide each employee regr'^rly engaged in field work with the following: safety
toe shoes; or toe caps, safety glasses/goggles and face shield (prescription safety glasses will be
provided when safety goggles do not fit over regular prescription glasses), and an approved hard hat.
Field Work of a Hazardous Nature
In addition to the above, the Agency will provide each employee assigned to field work of a hazardous
or potentially hazardous nature the following items: disposable coveralls, disposable gloves, pull on
safety toe rubber boots (knee high), and a respirator (as appropriate.)
Specialized Field Work
The Agency will provide personnel assigned to specialized field work (e.g., GLNPO and CERCLA
personnel) work clothing/equipment as necessary. This may include: life preserver; exposure suit;
waders, or fully encapsulated protective suit. Employees assigned to field work, when there is the
potential of fire, will be issued fire resistant coveralls and jackets (e.g., Nomex.) Those employees
who require respiratory protection and prescription lenses will be provided prescription lenses mounted
in a special frame to accommodate the respiratory equipment.
Training
All employees engaged in field work will receive training and certification in compliance with the
provisions of EPA Order 1440.2 and 1440.3. Employees shall not be permitted to engage in routine
field activities unless they have been trained and certified to a level commensurate with the degree of
anticipated hazards. All employees shall be provided with a minimum of 24 hours of health and
safety training prior to their becoming involved in normal routine field activities. In addition,
employees engaged in field activity requiring the use of respiratory protective devices must be
properly trained in the selection and use of such devices and certified that he/she is physically capable
of wearing such equipment.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 1 of 29
APPENDIX J; CHEMICAL HYGIENE PLAN AND SAFETY MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.1 Introduction
1.2 General Principles
1.3 Responsibilities
1.4 The Laboratory Facility
1.5 Basic Rules and Procedures for Working with Chemicals
1.6 Chemical Hygiene Standard Operating Procedures
1.7 Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and Handling
1.8 Signs and Labels
1.9 Hazard Identification
1.10 Industrial Hygiene
1.11 Employee Information and Training
1.12 Medical Evaluation Program
1.13 Personal Protective Equipment
1.14 Recordkeeping
1.15 Housekeeping, Maintenance, and Inspection
1.16 Waste Disposal
1.17 Spills and Accidents
-------
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 -
Attachment 2 -
Attachment 3 -
Attachment 4 -
Attachment 5 -
Attachment 6 -
Attachment 7 -
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 2 of 29
29 CFR 1910.1450, Revised July 1, 1992
Storage For Chemical Compatibility
SOP for Hazardous Material Storage and Spill Prevention
Weekly Inspection Checklist
SOP for Hazardous and Common Wastes
Radiation Safety For R/V Lake Guardian Laboratories
CRL Radiation Safety Manual
-------
SECTION- APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 3 of 29
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN CHEMICAL HYGIENE PLAN AND SAFETY MANUAL
U.S. EPA, Region 5, Great Lakes National Program Office
Surveillance & Research Staff (SRS)
77 West Jackson Blvd.
Chicago, Illinois 60604
1.1 INTRODUCTION
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has approximately 33 laboratories in different areas
of the country. At these laboratories EPA employees analyze samples and conduct tests in
support of the investigative, enforcement, and research responsibilities of Superfund and other
Agency Programs. Analysts are typically involved with samples or tests containing hazardous
substances or constituents.
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) regulation for "Occupational
Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories", 29 CFR 1910.1450 (the standard) requires
that each facility engaged in the laboratory use of hazardous chemicals develop and implement a
written program known as a "Chemical Hygiene Plan" which sets forth procedures, equipment,
personal protective equipment and work practices that are capable of:
• protecting employees from the health hazards presented by hazardous chemicals
used in that particular workplace; and
• keeping employee exposures to the hazardous chemicals, to which they may be
occupationally exposed in their laboratories, below the permissible exposure limits
specified in the standard.
Purpose
This Chemical Hygiene Plan (CHP) sets forth policies, procedures, equipment, personal
protective equipment, and work practices that when properly implemented, are capable of
protecting employees from the health hazards presented by hazardous chemicals used in the Lake
Guardian laboratories. It is the basis for a chemical hygiene program to ensure the proper
implementation of controls to protect the safety and health of personnel working in Great Lakes
National Program Office (GLNPO) laboratories.
This Plan is intended to meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1450, the OSHA's standard for
occupational exposures to hazardous chemicals in laboratories, a copy of which is found in
Attachment 1.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 4 of 29
Scope
All individuals employed in this laboratory workplace who may be exposed to hazardous
chemicals in the course of their assignments are required to follow the provisions of this Chemical
Hygiene Plan.
The Chemical Hygiene Plan will be reviewed and updated annually by the Chemical Hygiene
Officer and the Region V Safety Officer.
1.2 GENERAL PRINCIPLES
The following General Principles will be adhered to in the implementation of this Chemical
Hygiene Plan.
1. Minimize all chemical exposures
- Laboratory activities can expose employees to a number of different chemicals at
relatively small exposure levels. It is our intent to minimize these exposures to
the lowest possible levels.
2. Minimize risk
- Avoid underestimation of risk
- General safety procedures are developed to account for health risks in
performing various procedures.
3. Provide adequate ventilation
- General and local ventilation (through use of fume hoods) will be used as
recommended in 29 CFR 1910.1450 a copy of which can be found in
Attachment 1.
4. Institute a Chemical Hygiene Program
- A Chemical Hygiene Program has been incorporated with existing Laboratory
Standard Operating Procedures and Safety Manuals.
5. Observe established Action Levels and/or Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) and
Threshold Limit Values (TLVs). Monitoring will be done as necessary to assure
safe levels of chemical
6. Properly dispose of hazardous chemicals
- Chemical waste will be properly disposed of according to applicable federal,
state, and local regulations.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 5 of 29
1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES
General laboratory responsibilities are addressed in the GLNPO Quality Assurance Project Plan
(QAPP). This section will outline responsibilities of the Chemical Hygiene Officer and
implementation of the Chemical Hygiene Plan. Documents mentioned below can be found in the
safety office.
1. Organizational Structure
- See Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP), Section 2.0, Project Organization and
Responsibility, available in the safety office.
2. Roles and Responsibilities
a. EPA - See EPA 1440.5A, Section 7.a.
b. Project Director - See QAPP, Section 2.0.
c. Safety and Health Manager - See EPA 1440.5A, section 8a.
d. Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO)
• Provide technical assistance/guidance to administrators, laboratory
directors and supervisors in developing and implementing chemical
hygiene procedures and practices.
• Monitor procurement, use and disposal of chemicals in the laboratories.
• Maintain an up-to-date file of material safety data sheets or appropriate
alternative. Maintain an inventory of all hazardous chemicals in an
up-to-date manner.
• Assist laboratory managers or project directors to develop and implement
the use of adequate procedures and use of protective equipment to ensure
employee health.
• Know the current legal requirements with respect to the Chemical Hygiene
Plan (CHP), regulated substances, and disposal methods.
• Coordinate emergency procedures and fire department activities related to
hazardous chemicals.
• Conduct annual audits to determine the implementation and effectiveness
of the CHP and compliance with company policy.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 6 of 29
• Ensure up-to-date records are maintained on training of all employees
required to handle hazardous chemicals.
• Periodically inspect engineering controls and personal protective
equipment.
• Make routine surveys of the work area to ensure safe practices are being
followed.
• Ensure manufacturers '/suppliers' labels have not been defaced or
removed.
• Ensure that a copy of the Chemical Hygiene: Plan and the Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) manual are readily accessible to the laboratory
employee.
• Enforce applicable safety and health rules.
e- Employees - Lab worker/staff.
• Obey established safety rules.
• Follow established Standard Operating Procedures when performing any
work with hazardous chemicals.
• Know where the CHP and the MSDS's are kept in the laboratory.
• Use engineering controls and personal protective equipment as required by
laboratory standard operating procedure and Chemical Hygiene Standard
Operating Procedures.
• Inform your supervisor of:
Any symptoms of overexposure that may possibly be related to hazardous
chemicals;
Missing labels on containers;
Malfunctioning safety equipment.
• Do not remove or deface labels on the containers.
• Know the location of, and how to use, emergency equipment, first aid
supplies, emergency eyewash, engineering control devices, etc.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 7 of 29
• Know your role in emergency procedures, including your assignment on
the ship's station bill.
• Know the emergency evacuation route from the laboratory.
f. Master. Research Vessel. Lake Guardian
• Ensure that all ship's operations are conducted in accordance with all
applicable safety and health rules and procedures.
g. EPA Supervisors
• Be sure that all laboratory employees have been properly trained regarding
use of hazardous chemicals, engineering control equipment, personal
protective equipment, and waste and storage management.
• Ensure that employees and contractors are following the CHP.
• Provide assistance to the CHO in maintaining the chemical inventory and
MSDS manual.
• Plan laboratory procedures in a manner which will minimize employee
hazard and waste generation.
1.4 THE LABORATORY FACILITY
Design
1. Design of the laboratory facilities shall provide, at a minimum, the following components:
a General ventilation shall be installed to supply 4 to 12 air exchanges per hour.
Positive pressure shall be maintained when necessary to reduce analytical error
caused by contamination from engine exhaust fumes. Air vents shall be altered as
necessary to minimize turbulence at the face of fume hoods.
b. Each laboratory shall be equipped with at least one chemical fume hood having a
face velocity of 100 fpm with a minimum sash opening of 17 inches.
c. Each laboratory shall be equipped with an eyewash fountain capable of providing
15 minutes of flow. Emergency drench showers shall be installed in numbers
sufficient to be accessible within 10 feet of at least one exit from each laboratory.
d. Space for waste disposal containers should be designed into every lab along with
drains and openings in work surfaces to allow easy access to containers.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 8 of 29
2.
Designated areas.
Maintenance.
Usage.
Fume hoods #4 in the Biology Lab, #6 in the Primary Productivity Lab,
and #9 and #10 in the Extraction Lab are the only designated areas for use
of carcinogens and highly toxic materials. These materials are listed on
page J-13 of the Chemical Hygiene Plan. These materials can only be
used in these designated areas.
Chemical-hygiene-related equipment shall be inspected according to the
schedule given in Section 1.15. The EPA Region V Health and Safety
Officer shall be notified of any deficiencies that cannot be easily
remedied.
Only those procedures designated by EPA GLNPO as appropriate to the
facilities shall be carried out in the laboratories.
Ventilation
Electrical
General ventilation shall not be used to for protection from toxic
substances. If fume hoods or other local ventilation is inadequate, EPA
GLNPO shall be notified so that appropriate equipment is obtained. Any
alteration of the ventilation system should be made only if thorough testing
indicates that worker protection from airborne toxic substances will
continue to be adequate.
In the Biology, Multi-Purpose (Wet), and Chemistry Labs, the outlets near
any water source shall be equipped with a Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupter (GFCI). The GFCI outlets shall be inspected by the ship's
electrician before and after
each survey.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 9 of 29
1.5 BASIC RULES AND PROCEDURES FOR WORKING WITH CHEMICALS
The following shall be used for guidelines in the general use of chemicals:
1. Avoidance of Routine Exposure
• Develop and encourage safe habits; avoid unnecessary exposure to
chemicals by any route of entry.
• Do not smell or taste chemicals.
• Apparatus which may produce toxic chemicals should be vented to prevent
entry into the local ventilation system.
• Inspect gloves and other personal protective equipment before use.
• Do not allow release of toxic substances in cold rooms (walk-in coolers)
which may be inadequately ventilated.
2. Use of Chemicals
• Use only those chemicals for which the ventilation system is appropriate.
• Keep chemical containers tightly sealed when not in use.
3. Eating. Smoking, Etc.
• Eating, drinking, smoking, gum chewing, or application of cosmetics is
prohibited in all laboratories. Wash hands thoroughly before partaking in
these activities.
• Storage, handling, or consumption of food or beverages in storage areas,
refrigerators, glassware, or utensils which are also used for laboratory
operations is prohibited.
5. Equipment and glassware
• Handle and store laboratory glassware with care to avoid damage; do not
use damaged glassware. Use equipment only for its designed purpose.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 10 of 29
6. Exiting
• Wash areas of exposed skin well before leaving the laboratory.
7. Horseplay
• Avoid practical jokes or other behavior which might confuse, startle, or
distract another worker.
8. Mouth suction
• Do not use mouth suction for pipetting or siphoning.
9. Personal Apparel
• Confine long hair and loose clothing. Wear shoes at all times but do not
wear sandals or other open shoes.
10. Personal Housekeeping
• Keep the work area clean and uncluttered, with chemicals and equipment
properly labeled and stored. Keep chemicals away from incompatible
materials, sunlight, and unnecessary heat or open flames. Clean up the
work area on completion of an operation or at the end of each day.
Return chemicals back to their proper storage place.
11. Personal Protection
• Safety glasses or other appropriate eye protection shall be worn in the
laboratories by all persons including visitors.
• Wear appropriate gloves when the potential for contact with toxic
materials exists. Ensure that gloves are free from contamination before
moving from one procedure to the next. Decontaminate gloves as
necessary. Inspect gloves before each use and wash them before removal.
Replace periodically or as needed.
• Use other protective and emergency apparel and equipment as needed.
• Avoid use of contact lenses in the laboratory. If they are used, the
laboratory supervisor must be informed so that special precautions are
taken.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 11 of 29
Remove laboratory coats immediately upon significant contamination. Do
not store lab coats or other contaminated personal protective equipment
near food, books, desks, clean
clothes, etc.
12. Planning
• Review the MSDS and Chemical Hygiene SOP prior to performing any
laboratory procedure. Plan appropriate protective procedures and
positioning of equipment before beginning any new operation.
13. Unattended Operations
• Leave lights on, place a suitable sign on the door, and provide for
containment of toxic substances in the event of utility failure to the
operation.
14. Use of Fume Hoods
Use a hood for operations which might result in release of toxic vapors or
dust or as required by the procedure's SOP. It is good practice to do a
procedure in a fume hood, if practical, even when not required.
As a general rule, use a fume hood when working with volatile substances
having a Threshold Limit Value of less than 50 ppm.
Keep materials stored in the hood to a minimum and do not allow them to
block vents or air flow.
Carcinogens and highly toxic chemicals must only be handled in
designated hoods.
Never perform any chemical mixing or vaporization in a heat hood or heat
canopy.
Leave the hood "on" when it is not in active use if toxic substances are
stored in it or if it is needed to maintain general ventilation (i.e. the
Hazardous Materials Storage Locker).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSiiON: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 12 of 29
15. Working Alone
• Avoid working alone whenever possible. Do not work alone if the
procedures being conducted are hazardous.
• When working alone, have a laboratory staff or crew member occasionally
check the work area.
1.6 CHEMICAL HYGIENE STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP)
All laboratory procedures for analysis done on the Lake Guardian can be found in the Quality
Assurance Project Plan. Chemical Hygiene SOP's for each procedure are bound separately under
the title Chemical Hygiene SOP's for U.S. EPA's Great Lakes Program Office and are part of the
Chemical Hygiene Plan. Further recommendations can be found in a National Research Council
publication, 1981, entitled Prudent Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories.
SOP's for chemical storage can be found in Attachment 2. SOP's for Chemical Disposal can be
found in Attachment 5. As lab procedures vary, these Chemical Hygiene SOP's must be
updated.
Depending on research operations, radioactive materials Ni-63 and C-14 may be present in the
Analytical and Primary Productivity Laboratories respectively. These materials are subject to
restriction by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission as set forth in 10 CFR Part 20. Guidelines for
safe use of these materials on board the Lake Guardian are set forth in the GLNPO Standard
Operating Procedures for Radiation Safety, located in Attachment 6 of this Appendix, and are
administered by the ship's Radiation Safety/Chemical Hygiene Officer.
Designated Areas
Work with select carcinogens, allergens, reproductive and embryotoxins and substances that have
a high degree of acute and/or chronic toxicity may require additional protection for employees.
For the GLNPO, the following compounds are used which are select carcinogens under 29 CFR
1910.1450 (b).
• Beryllium
• Formaldehyde
In addition, the following chemicals are considered "extremely poisonous" although not on the
OSHA select carcinogen list. These chemicals should also be used exclusively in the Designated
Area. These chemicals are:
• Carbon 14
• Chloroform
• Hydrazine Sulfate
• Sodium Nitroprusside
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 13 of 29
The Designated Area(s) on the Lake Guardian are:
• Fume Hood #4, Bio Lab
Fume Hood #6, Primary Prod. Lab
Fume Hood #9, Extraction Lab
Fume Hood #10, Extraction Lab
These fume hoods shall be labeled as Designated Areas. SOP's for these areas are dependent on
the material and procedure being done. Different Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) may be
required for different chemicals (See the Chemical Hygiene SOP for each lab procedure).
General SOP's in using these fume hoods as a Designated Area are as follows:
• Periodically check the air flow of the fume hood.
• Wear appropriate PPE.
• Avoid inhalation or skin contact with these chemicals.
• Decontaminate or dispose of gloves after use.
• Review MSDS's prior to laboratory procedures.
• Excess hazardous material must be treated as
hazardous waste.
• Thorough decontamination of the working area, working surfaces, gloves
and equipment must be done prior to doing another procedural step.
Required Prior Approvals
Unique circumstances may require special approval as outlined in the Quality Assurance manual.
Any unusual procedures or circumstances not covered by the Laboratory Analytical Procedures or
the Chemical Hygiene Standard Operating Procedures, must be approved by the Limnology Group
Leader.
1.7 CHEMICAL PROCUREMENT, DISTRIBUTION AND HANDLING
Laboratory employees shall follow the procedures set forth in the document entitled Standard
Operating Procedures for Hazardous Material Storage and Spill Prevention contained in
Attachment 3. This Attachment provides information concerning procurement, bulk storage,
distribution, and laboratory storage. Attachment 2 contains the chemical inventory for the
routine surveys conducted on the ship as well as information necessary to ensure compatible
storage.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 14 of 29
1.8 SIGNS AND LABELS
Prominent signs and labels for the following shall be posted in the laboratory:
• Emergency Telephone Numbers - Emergency telephone numbers and radio
contact with the U.S. Coast Guard shall be maintained by the ship's
Captain.
• Container Labeling - All containers of chemicals, cleaning material,
maintenance supplies, etc. throughout the facility shall have labels
identifying the contents. Damaged labels on such materials shall be
replaced. In addition, any transfer containers of such chemicals and
materials shall be appropriately labeled. This is in accordance
with 29 CFR 1910.1200, the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard.
• Safety and First Aid Equipment - All safety showers, eyewash stations,
first aid kits, fire blankets, and fire extinguishers in the facility shall have
proper identification markings.
• Exit Signs - All exits shall be marked and the signs properly maintained.
• High Risk Areas - All chemical storage cabinets shall be labeled to
indicate general category and chemical compatibility.
• Fume hoods #4, #6, #9 and #10 must be labeled with "Designated Area"
signs indicating the use of carcinogenic, highly toxic and/or radioactive
materials in those areas.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 15 of 29
1.9 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
Purpose
This procedure outlines a method for determining the health hazards of a particular chemical
which will be used by the laboratory. For any chemical which is purchased from an outside
supplier, the manufacturer's or supplier's Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and label will be
the principal source of hazard information. For any chemical produced in the laboratory, or
produced as a by-product, it will be assumed to be hazardous unless, or until, its identity can be
determined and a specific hazard analysis is performed.
Scope
This procedure will cover all hazardous chemicals used in the laboratory, whether brought into
the laboratory from an outside manufacturer or supplier, or produced in the laboratory as a
product, intermediate or by-product. This procedure also details the acquisition and maintenance
of MSDS and container labeling.
Procedures
The Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO) will review each new or revised MSDS when it is received
from a manufacturer or supplier. The review will be conducted to assure that it is complete and
that it provides information concerning the health hazards, special procedures or practices for
handling and storage, emergency procedures and disposal methods. In conjunction with the
appropriate laboratory supervisor, the CHO will determine if special procedures or practices need
to be implemented to assure safe handling.
If available, supplier's samples must include a Material Safety Data Sheet for the use of operating
personnel in evaluating the product. The inventory can be found in Attachment 2 of this CHP.
If a Material Safety Data Sheet is missing, the CHO will secure it through appropriate channels.
Suppliers who fail to cooperate in providing MSDSs will be identified to the appropriate
management personnel for disposition.
All labels affixed to incoming chemical containers must be maintained. Contact the CHO if any
container labels are missing or defaced. The container with a missing or defaced label will be
removed by the CHO from stock and not returned until the condition has been rectified.
If any laboratory procedure will result in the production of a by-product which is unknown, it will
be considered hazardous and handled according to the SOP for work with particularly hazardous
substances.
If any laboratory procedure results in an intermediate or final product whose composition is
known, a literature search will be conducted to determine the hazardous nature of the chemical.
Following this hazard evaluation, the CHO, in conjunction with other members of the
-------
SECTION. APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 16 of 29
management staff as needed will develop appropriate practices and procedures to assure safe
handling, use, storage and disposal of the chemical. These procedures will be included with the
SOPs for the work with hazardous chemicals to ensure employee protection.
In addition to the MSDS's, other information concerning hazards, safe handling, storage, and
disposal can be found in the CHO office and in the central Great Lakes National Program Office,
77 W. Jackson Blvd., Chicago, IL 60604-3590.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
Since such a wide variety of substances are utilized in our facilities, one central recordkeeping
area will be used for storage of MSDSs for the entire facility. In this way, everyone will know
the location of MSDS information. The following procedures cover recordkeeping and filing of
MSDSs for chemicals used in the laboratories. Additional copies of MSDSs should be made
available at each Laboratory to facilitate easy access.
• Before any chemical is received at the facility, each supplier of hazardous
materials will be contacted and an MSDS for their products will be
obtained. This initial request will be formalized as part of the purchasing
procedure, i.e. an MSDS will be requested during the verbal ordering and
again on the written purchase order.
• A master file and cross reference list of MSDSs by trade name, chemical
names, supplier and user will be developed and maintained by the CHO
and located in the CHO office.
• A file of MSDSs for chemicals used in each laboratory will be located in
the central hallway.
• The laboratory file of MSDSs should be used for employee training
purposes and must be available for employee access.
• The CHO will make MSDSs available to any outside medical provider or
public service agency that needs the information.
• MSDSs for products that are not currently used or that have been changed
will be maintained in an inactive file for a minimum of 30 years in the lab
office on board the Lake Guardian, then in a central GLNPO Office.
We will rely exclusively on the information supplied by the product vendor or distributor of the
Material Safety Data Sheet to properly determine the hazards of any particular chemical used in
the laboratories. MSDS's that are incomplete or appear to be in error will be referred back to the
vendor or distributor by the CHO for information or change. If you notice any missing
information or information which appears to be inaccurate, please contact the CHO.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 17 of 29
Note: MSDSs should be maintained in accordance with 1910.20 subpart C - General Safety and
Health Provisions - "Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records." Paragraph (d)
Preservation of Records; (1) (11) (A) & (B), Material Safety Data Sheets; and paragraph (c) (5)
(iv). Records concerning the identity of a substance or agent need not be retained for any specific
period, as long as some record of the identity (chemical name if known) of the substance or
agent, where it is used, and when it was used are retained for at least thirty (30) years.
Labels
Labels are designed to provide information to employees concerning the hazards of various
chemicals. Therefore, it is important that hazardous chemicals remain in properly labeled
containers. The following procedures apply to all manufacturers' labels.
• All manufacturers' labels will remain on the containers. If any container labels
are missing or defaced, please contact your supervisor.
• As a minimum, each label should contain the following:
1. Identification of the material in the container;
2. Appropriate hazard warnings, such as health, fire, and reactivity;
3. Name and address of chemical manufacturer, importer, or the responsible party
(applies only to manufacturers' labels).
• If you are unfamiliar with the contents on the label, please see the lab supervisor
for further explanation.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 18 of 29
In laboratory storage, reaction or processing containers should be labeled with:
• Identification of material in the container, such as, product or chemical name
• Whenever possible, appropriate hazard warnings as lo health, fire, or reactivity
taken from the Material Safety Data Sheets, or other hazard identification
reference.
• Containers of chemicals produced in-house will be labeled with appropriate hazard
information by the CHO.
1.10 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE
Purpose
Industrial Hygiene is the science of recognition, evaluation, and control of environmental health
hazards arising in the work place. This procedure describes how chemical hazards in the
laboratory will be evaluated. Material Safety Data Sheets specify the health hazards associated
with a hazardous material. A professional Industrial Hygienist is needed to interpret this
information, especially Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL's) and Threshold Limit Values
(TLV's), in relationship to how hazardous materials are used in the laboratory environment.
Scope
Certain hazardous chemicals require an industrial hygiene study to determine the level of the
hazardous chemical and extent of control needed to protect the employee. These efforts will be
coordinated by the Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO). Where a question exists concerning
employee exposure to hazardous materials, engineering controls, or personal protection equipment
requirements, the CHO should be contacted immediately.
Laboratory Procedures
Employee Exposure Determination In many of the laboratory procedures, multiple hazardous
chemicals are used, however, the quantities are small and the duration of use is short. For these
reasons, monitoring of the potential employee exposure due to airborne chemicals will be
conducted if there is sufficient reason to believe that an exposure is possible. The following
criteria will be used to determine if monitoring will be conducted:
•*e>
The toxicity and volatility of the hazardous chemical in use. If a highly toxic or
highly volatile material is handled during a procedure, these operations will be
placed on a priority evaluation list to determine if sampling is needed.
The manner in which the laboratory procedure is conducted. Procedures which
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 19 of 29
must be conducted outside a lab hood or unventilated area, if toxic chemicals must
be heated, procedures must be conducted in open vessels vs. closed containers.
• Quantity of, and frequency at which a hazardous chemical is used in the lab.
• Report of an employee experiencing signs or symptoms of exposure, such as, skin
or eye irritation, shortness of breath, headache, etc.
As required by the OSHA Lab standard, 29 CFR 1910.1450 (See Attachment 1 of this
Appendix), monitoring will be conducted if the above conditions could result in an employee over
exposure during use of the following chemicals regulated by OSHA.
• OSHA Regulated Substances, according to 29 CFR 1910 Subpart Z, dated July 1,
1992, are the following:
Asbestos
Coal Tar Pitch Volatiles
4-Nitrobiphenyl
alpha-Naphthylamine
Methyl-chloromethyl ether
3, 3 -Dichlorobenzidine and its salts
bis-Chloromethyl ether
beta-Naphthylamine
Benzidine
4-Aminodiphenyl
Ethyleneimine
beta-Propiolactone
2-Acetylaminofluorene
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
N-Nitrosodimethylamine
Vinyl chloride
Inorganic Arsenic
Lead
Benzene
Coke Oven Emissions
Bloodborne Pathogens
Cotton Dust
1, 2-dibromo-3-chloropropane
Acrylonitrile
Ethylene oxide
Formaldehyde
Methylenedianiline
Monitoring of employee exposure may also be conducted for any other chemicals used in the
laboratory if the conditions stated under paragraph 1 are experienced.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 20 of 29
The CHO will coordinate employee monitoring. The CHO should be contacted if the above
conditions are observed or if plans for a new procedure or use of a new chemical could be
expected to create any of the conditions described above.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Selection, use, maintenance and storage of all respiratory protective equipment will be in
accordance with the Respiratory Protection Program, as stated in Appendix A of this manual.
Safety glasses will be worn at all times when working in any laboratory where hazardous
chemicals are used. Additional requirements for eye protection, such as chemical splash guard,
goggles, full face respirators, etc., will be determined by the laboratory SOP for use of that
chemical.
Protective clothing requirements, such as, lab coats, protective gloves, coveralls, etc., will be
determined by the laboratory SOP for use of that chemical. Determinations are based on MSDS
Recommendations and "Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing", available
from the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 6500 Glenway Drive,
Cincinnati, OH, 45211, (513)661-7881.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 21 of 29
Preventive Maintenance Programs
Exhaust Ventilation: The local exhaust ventilation system will be maintained on a quarterly basis
by the Maintenance Department/Engineering Department, with the assistance of the Chemical
Hygiene Officer. The evaluation will include:
• Hood performance
- Use smoke tubes to visualize the air flow patterns within the hood. Excessive
turbulence, uneven exhaust air flow patterns, effects of make-up air will be evident
from the smoke tube evaluation.
- Measure the air velocity with a calibrated velometer. Make a series of measurement
to assure the even distribution of the exhausted air stream. Air velocities should not
vary more than 20% -25% over the face of the hood.
- Always perform this evaluation with the hood sash in the full open position. If
adequate velocities are not attainable at the full open position, remove the hood from
service until it can be maintained.
• Exhaust fan.
- Maintain the exhaust fan, e.g. drive belts, lubrication, etc.
- Observe proper direction of the fan rotation.
- Determine the condition of the fan blades.
- Check the performance of multi-speed fans, solenoids, etc., which can affect the
performance of the hood under different operating conditions.
• Additions to the Local Exhaust Ventilation (LEV) system.
Whenever an additional hood, or other ventilated equipment is added to the system, the entire
system should be re-evaluated. Following the evaluation, necessary repairs or additions should be
made to the system.
Eyewashes and Safety Showers: Eyewashes and Safety Showers will be checked on a weekly
basis by the CHO in the laboratory.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 22 of 29
1.11 EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING
Purpose
This procedure outlines the laboratory's policy for training employees who are required to handle
hazardous chemicals.
Scope
The Information and Training Program will teach employees about the hazards of the chemicals
used in their areas and the protective measures by which they can protect themselves from
exposure to these chemicals. At a minimum, the following areas will be covered either in
training sessions or provided as reference materials to which each employee has ready access:
• The contents of the Federal Standard, "Occupational Exposure to Hazardous
Chemicals in Laboratories".
• The laboratory's Chemical Hygiene Program and its location.
• Permissible Exposure Limits for chemicals regulated by OSHA and other established
exposure limits which will be used during employee exposure determinations.
• Symptoms associated with overexposure to hazardous materials.
• Hazards of chemicals used in the laboratories. This will be accomplished by teaching
the employee to read MSDS's and manufacturers' labels.
• For additional information on the hazards of chemicals, the employees will have
access to appropriate reference material.
• Use of personal protective equipment.
• Standard operating procedures to be implemented when hazardous chemicals are used.
• Special procedures that workers involved in use of particularly hazardous substances
must follow.
• Emergency procedures.
• Storage practices.
• Waste disposal.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 23 of 29
Procedures
Training Program: The training program will be presented in three parts.
1. Part I will present an explanation of the OSHA regulation, the company's Chemical
Hygiene Plan and where this and other reference materials containing additional
information on the hazards, safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous chemicals
are located.
2. Part II will include training in basic concepts associated with chemical hazards. Areas
covered are:
a. Chemical Hazards - The basic concepts related to chemical hazards: Definition of a
hazard, types of hazards, exposure or dose, routes of entry, acute versus chronic
effects, Threshold Limit Values, and types of control measures.
b. Material Safety Data Sheets - This explains what a Material Safety Data Sheet is, how
it can be used, and what information it contains.
c. Labeling, Storage, and Handling - This introduces types of labels and their purposes,
emphasizing the importance of reading and heeding labels. General storage
considerations are covered and safe handling procedures and personal protective
equipment are discussed. The intent is to lay the groundwork for a discussion of the
specific handling procedures to be used in the laboratory. This section stresses the
importance of following the standard operating procedures.
3. Part III of the training will include the specific chemical hazards, protective practices and
equipment, applicable parts of the laboratory's Chemical Hygiene Plan and standard
operating procedures for work with hazardous chemicals in the laboratory to which the
employee is assigned. Areas covered are:
a. Chemicals You Use - This will teach employees about the chemical hazards and
control procedures for the specific chemical hazards identified for each procedure in
the laboratory that involves hazardous chemicals.
b. Chemical Hygiene Plan - A detailed explanation of the CHP will be provided to the
employee including all applicable parts of the CHP.
c. Standard Operating Procedures - Review in detail the SOP's specific to the laboratory
where the employee works.
4. Training will be provided as follows:
a. Newly hired personnel will be trained by the CHO before that employee works with
hazardous chemicals.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 24 of 29
b. Employees transferred to new positions will be trained by the CHO before working
with hazardous chemicals.
c. Supplemental training, (i.e., when new chemical hazards or procedures are introduced
into the laboratory) will be presented to the employee affected by the CHO.
d. Refresher training will be provided as deemed necessary by the CHO. An annual
refresher in selected aspects of chemical hazards is desirable.
5. All training will be documented:
a. The CHO will maintain a list of employees who have received training.
b. The CHO will obtain signatures from employees receiving training, including
transferred employees.
1.12 MEDICAL EVALUATION PROGRAM
Medical evaluation and surveillance for EPA personnel working in the Lake Guardian laboratories
shall be provided by their local office. All medical services for contractor laboratory employees
shall be provided by their employer.
1.13 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be made available to all laboratory employees.
Appropriate PPE is dependent on the lab procedure being performed and the chemicals used.
Proper PPE is discussed in the Chemical Hygiene SOPs and Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDSs). Recommendations regarding PPE shall be based on the "Guidelines for the Selection
of Chemical Protective Clothing".
Safety showers and eyewash stations shall be conveniently located to laboratories. These stations
shall be checked weekly. Records of these inspections shall be kept in the CHO's office.
Respiratory protection shall be provided as needed for Lake Guardian laboratory personnel.
Eye Protection
Appropriate eye protection must be worn in the laboratory or when doing laboratory or
mechanical work. Protective eyewear should never be shared between employees. Primary types
of eye protection are as follows:
Safety Glasses
All lab employees who do not wear prescription eyewear shall have sturdy safety glasses fitted
with side shields. These glasses must be worn in the laboratory at all times, even when the
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 25 of 29
employee is not performing analytical work. This requirement protects the employee from
hazards generated by other analysts' work. Persons needing prescription eyewear shall have
safety-rated lenses with side shields, as specified by ANSI Z.87.
Safety Goggles
Safety glasses are not always sufficient to protect employees from all chemical hazards during
analytical procedures. Safety goggles are designed to protect the eyes from splash hazards. All
employees shall wear goggles when performing analytical procedures involving liquids which may
present such a hazard.
Face Shields
Face shields shall be provided when working with corrosive materials or chemicals that are
potentially explosive. Face shields are designed to be worn comfortably over safety glasses or
goggles and should not be used in place of these items. The employee should never use a face
shield in lieu of a protective barrier designed for working with explosive procedures, but in
conjunction with the barrier.
Gloves
The skin is a potential route of exposure to hazardous materials on the Lake Guardian. It is very
important that gloves are worn when working with chemicals or performing operations that
involve heat hazards.
The analyst should not assume that a pair of gloves will provide adequate protection, even when
they are new. Gloves should be examined for discoloration and punctures before each use. The
employee should verify that the gloves are appropriate for the hazard. Sometimes, when working
with mixtures, double or even triple gloving may be necessary. Following is a brief description
of the type of glove that should be worn for some laboratory operations or when working with
specific chemicals. In addition, the OHSD also provides a manual on the proper selection of
personal protective equipment that may be consulted if the hazard is not listed here.
Hot Objects Fiberglass or treated leather gloves; never wear asbestos gloves
Acids (HC1, Nitric) Natural Rubber
Acids (H2SO4) Neoprene
Bases Natural Rubber
PCBs Neoprene or poly vinyl alcohol
Amines Butyl Rubber
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 26 of 29
Ethers Polyvinyl Alcohol
Xylene Polyvinyl alcohol
Methylene Chloride Vitron/Neoprene
Pentachlorophenol Nitrile
Mercury Poly vinyl alcohol
Carbon Disulfide Poly vinyl alcohol
Phenol Butyl rubber
2-Nitro Fluorine* Butyl Rubber/Nitrile
t-Butyl Alcohol* Butyl Rubber/Nitrile
*Data currently does not exist relating to appropriate glove type. The gloves were
recommended by a manufacturer.
1.14 RECORDKEEPING
This section should meet the requirements of 1910.1450 (j) and be consistent with EPA Order
1440 "Occupational Health and Safety Manual," CHAPTER 3 ("Accident and Illness
Investigation, Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements"), 29 CER 1960 Subpart I, 29 CFR
1910.20 and relevant sections of other OSHA standards.
The following records shall be kept on board the Lake Guardian and will be managed by the
Chemical Hygiene Officer:
1. Accident / Illness records;
2. CHP records - compatible with current knowledge and regulations, employee training,
MSDSs, current chemical inventory;
3. Inventory and use records for hazardous and high-risk substances;
4. Respiratory fit testing records.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 27 of 29
1.15 HOUSEKEEPING, INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
Housekeeping - Floors shall be cleaned before and after each survey. Floors shall be cleaned
during a survey, as needed, to maintain dry conditions free of chemical contamination.
Storage of laboratory equipment must not block hallways or exits or obstruct access to safety
showers, eyewashes, spill kits, first aid supplies, and fire equipment.
Laboratory equipment and supplies must be used and stored in a secure manner always bearing in
mind the ship's movement during rough weather.
Inspection - The CHO shall conduct weekly inspections of the laboratories, general ship safety,
and the hazardous materials storage area. Copies of the current checksheets used for inspection
shall be maintained in Attachment 4.
The safety showers and the GFCI outlets shall be inspected before the beginning of each survey.
Safety showers will be inspected weekly thereafter.
Maintenance - After inspections, arrangements shall be made with the Chief Engineer or
Electrician for any needed repairs. Those repairs which cannot be made immediately should be
reported to the EPA Region V Health and Safety Officer for inclusion in the next work list for the
ship.
Laboratory personnel should report any problems or shortages associated with safety and health
equipment to the CHO.
1.16 WASTE DISPOSAL
Waste disposal for the Lake Guardian laboratories shall be conducted according to the Standard
Operating Procedures for Hazardous and Common Waste Disposal contained in Attachment 5.
1.17 SPILLS AND ACCIDENTS
The best remedy for spills and accidents is to prevent their occurrence. Guidelines for the
prevention of chemical spills can be found in Attachment 3, the Standard Operating Procedures
for Hazardous Material Storage and Spill Prevention. Strict adherence to all standard operating
procedures and the guidelines set forth in this Chemical Hygiene Plan will greatly reduce the
chance for spills and accidents in the Lake Guardian laboratories.
Spills that do occur shall be remediated following the guidelines set forth in the R/V Lake
Guardian Hazardous Materials / Hazardous Waste Contingency Plan, as stated in Appendix R of
this manual.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 28 of 29
The following guidelines shall be used in responding to accidents which may occur:
General Emergency Procedures - General Emergency Procedures for the operation of the boat can
be found in Research Vessel Safety Procedures & Seaward Services, Inc. Occupational Safety &
Health Manual, found in Appendix N of this manual.
Chemical Emergency Procedures
• Be aware of antidote or dilution procedures for all chemicals being used in the procedure.
• Get victim to deluge shower or eyewash if needed.
• Contact the bridge and/or the CHO. Contact Captain for emergency phone numbers.
• The Captain shall notify the proper authorities and summon help as needed.
General First Aid - First aid supplies are maintained in portable kits throughout the ship.
Additionally, there is a major supply station in the Captain's office.
Eye Contact: Promptly flush eyes with water for a period of at least 15 minutes and seek medical
attention.
Ingestion: Follow the directives in the chemical's MSDS and take appropriate action. Seek
medical attention.
Skin Contact: Remove all contaminated clothing and wash the affected area thoroughly at the
sink or in the emergency deluge shower. Seek medical attention as needed.
1.18 SAFETY PROCEDURES
To ensure the health and safety of those working in the Lake Guardian laboratories, the following
safety procedures shall be observed in addition to those procedures directly involved with
chemical hygiene:
1. Compressed Gas Cylinders - All compressed gas cylinders must be secured to permanent
cylinder storage fixtures at all times. Appropriate fixtures are located in the Analytical
Laboratory and on the 01 deck. Small capacity cylinders which cannot be secured to the
fixtures shall be secured by some other means in such a way as to prevent rolling, falling, or
bumping of the cylinders. Cylinders containing oxygen shall be stored separately from
cylinders and other materials having highly flammable constituents by a distance of 20 feet or
a half hour fire wall. This does not apply to oxygen cylinders in use or connected for use.
As a general rule, no more than six compressed gas cylinders are allowed in a sprinklered
area, and no more than three are allowed in a non-sprinklered area. Also, gang chaining of
compressed gas cylinders is strictly forbidden.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE 29 of 29
2. Fire Safety and Emergency Response Procedures - Dry chemical (ABC) fire
extinguishers shall be located in each of the permanent laboratories as well as the
hallway. Container laboratories shall have their own automatic dry chemical system.
All laboratory personnel shall be familiarized with the use of immersion suits, life
jackets, and the ship's station bill. When the fire alarm is sounded all laboratory
personnel shall get an immersion suit and/or life jacket and report to the location
assigned to them on the station bill. Other than for first response with a fire
extinguisher, no non-crew laboratory personnel shall be involved in fire fighting. Fire
doors shall be kept closed at all times.
3. On Deck Safety Procedures - Work vests shall be worn at all times during sampling
and testing conducted on the rosette deck and fantail. No one is permitted on the
fantail during sea operations unless directly involved with sampling, testing, checking
of equipment, or other work. No one is permitted to work alone on the fantail. A
crew member with a radio should be present during work at a sampling station.
During weather conditions causing freezing of water on deck surfaces, hoses shall be
used to thaw surfaces with warm water as needed to prevent a slipping hazard for
those working outside.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Attachment I - Cover
ATTACHMENT 1-29 CFR 1910.1450, Revised July 1, 1992
-------
Labor
29
PART 1910 (§ 1910.1000 TO END)
Revised as of July 1, 1992
I
-------
?n) Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor
§1910.1450
so
.n,,
:hc
it It-
be
in-
he
•vn
to
^rs
of
cy
in-
5)
made with the aid of the secret may be in-
appropriate.
[52 FR 31877. Aug. 24, 1987, asCamended at
52 FR 46080, Dec. 4. 1987; 53 FR 15035. Apr.
27. 1988; 54 FR 24334. June 7, 1989; 54 FR
B, Feb. 15, 1989]
91910.1450 Occupational exposure to haz-
ardous chemicals in laboratories.
(a) Scope and application. (1) This
section shall apply to all employers en-
gaged in the laboratory use of hazard-
ous chemicals as defined below.
(2) Where this section applies, it
shall supersede, for laboratories, the
requirements of all other OSHA
health standards in 29 CFR part 1910,
subpart Z, except as follows:
(i) For any OSHA health standard,
only the requirement to limit employ-
ee exposure to the specific permissible
exposure limit shall apply-for labora-
tories, unless that particular standard
states otherwise or unless the condi-
tions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this
section apply.
(ii) Prohibition of eye and skin con-
tact where specified by any OSHA
health standard shall be observed.
(iii) Where the action level1 (|or in the
absence of an action level, the permis-
sible exposure limit) is routinely ex-
ceeded for an OSHA regulated sub-
stance with exposure monitoring and
medical surveillance requirements,
paragraphs (d) and (g)(l)(ii) of this
section shall apply.
(3) This section shall not apply to:
(i) Uses of hazardous chemicals
which do not meet the definition of
laboratory use, and in such cases, the
employer shall comply with the rele-
vant standard in 29 CFR part 1910,
subpart Z, even if such use occurs in a
laboratory.
(ii) Laboratory uses of hazardous
chemicals which provide no potential
for employee exposure. Examples of
such conditions might include:
(A) Procedures using chemically-im-
pregnated test media such as Dip-and-
Read tests where a reagent strip is
dipped into the specimen to be tested
and the results are interpreted by
comparing the color reaction to a color
chart supplied by the manufacturer of
the test strip; and
(B) Commercially prepared kits such
as those used in performing pregnancy
tests in which all of the reagents
needed to conduct the test are con-
tained in the kit.
(b) Definitions—
Action level means a concentration
designated in 29 CFR part 1910 for a
specific substance, calculated as an
eight (8)-hour time-weighted average,
which initiates certain required activi-
ties such as exposure monitoring and
medical surveillance.
Assistant Secretary means the As-
sistant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart-
ment of Labor, or designee.
Carcinogen (see select carcinogen).
Chemical Hygiene Officer means an
employee who is designated by the em-
ployer, and who is qualified by train-
ing or experience, to provide technical
guidance in the development and im-
plementation of the provisions of the
Chemical Hygiene Plan. This defini-
tion is not intended to place limita-
tions on the position description or job
classification that the designated ind-
vidual shall hold within the employ-
er's organizational structure.
Chemical Hygiene Plan means a
written program developed and imple-
mented by the employer which sets
forth procedures, equipment, personal
protective equipment and work prac-
tices that (i) are capable of protecting
employees from the health hazards
presented by hazardous chemicals
used in that particular workplace and
(ii) meets the requirements of para-
graph (e) of this section.
Combustible liquid means any liquid
-having a flashpoint at or above 100 °F
(37.8 °C), but below 200 "F (93.3 °C),
except any mixture having compo-
nents with flashpoints of 200 °F (93.3
°C), or higher, the total volume of
which make up 99 percent or more of
the total volume of the mixture.
Compressed gas means:
(i) A gas or mixture of gases having,
in a container, an absolute pressure
exceeding 40 psi at 70 *F (21.1 *C); or
(ii) A gas or mixture of gases having.
in a container, an absolute pressurfc
exceeding 104 psi at 130 °F (54.4 °C) re-
gardless of the pressure at 70 °F (21.1
°C); or
(iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure
exceeding 40 psi at 100 °F (37.8 °C) as
determined by ASTM D-323-72.
377
-------
§1910.1450
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
Designated area means an area
which may be used for work with
"select carcinogens," reproductive
toxins or substances which have a
hfgh degree of acute toxicity. A desig-
nated area may be the entire laborato-
ry, an area of a laboratory, or a device
such as i laboratory hood.
Emergency means any occurrence
such as, but not limited to, equipment
failure, rupture of containers or fail-
ure of control equipment which re-
sults in an uncontrolled release of a
hazardous chemical into the work-
place.
Employee means an individual em-
ployed in a laboratory workplace who
may be exposed to hazardous chemi-
cals in the course of his or her assign-
ments.
Explosive means a chemical that
causes a sudden, almost instantaneous
release of pressure, gas, and heat
when subjected to sudden shock, pres-
sure, or high temperature.
Flammable means a chemical that
falls into one of the following catego-
ries:
(i) Aerosol, flammable means an aer-
osol that, when tested by the method
described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a
flame protection exceeding 18 inches
at full valve opening, or a flashback (a
flame extending back to the valve) at
any degree of valve opening;
(ii) Gas, flammable means:
(A) A gas that, at ambient tempera-
ture and pressure, forms a flammable
mixture with air at a concentration of
13 percent by volume or less; or
(B) A gas that, at ambient tempera-
ture and pressure, forms a range of
flammable mixtures with air wider
than 12 percent by volume, regardless
of the lower limit. :
(iii) Liquid, flammable means any
liquid having a flashpoint below 100 °F
(37.8 °C), except any mixture having
components with flashpoints of 100 °F
(37.8 °C) or higher, the total of which
make up 99 percent or more of the
total volume of the mixture.
(iv) Solid, flammable means a solid,
other than a blasting agent or explo-
sive as defined in § 1910.109(a), that is
liable to cause fire through friction,
absorption of moisture, spontaneous
chemical change, or retained heat
frnm manufacturing or nrocessine. or
which can be ignited readily and when
ignited burns so vigorously and per-
sistently as to create a serious hazard.
A chemical shall be considered to be a
flammable solid if, when tested by the
method described in 16 CFR 1500.44, it
ignites and burns with a self-sustained
flame at a rate greater than one-tenth
of an inch per second along its major
axis.
Flashpoint means the minimum tem-
perature at which a liquid gives off a
vapor in sufficient concentration to
ignite when tested as follows:
(i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See
American National Standard Method
of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed
Tester, Zll.24-1979 (ASTM D 56-79))-
for liquids; with a viscosity of less than
45 Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at
100 *F (37.8 'O, that do not contain
suspended solids and do not have a
tendency to form a surface film under
test; or
(ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester
(see American National Standard
Method of Test for Flash Point by
Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7-
1979 (ASTM D 93-79))-for liquids with
a viscosity equal to or greater than 45
SUS at 100 'F (37.8 °C), or that contain
suspended solids, or that have a tend-
ency to form a surface film under test; ,
or
(iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see
American National Standard Method
of Test for Flash Point by Setaflash
Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278-78)).
Organic peroxides, which undergo
autoaccelerating thermal decomposi-
tion, are excluded from any of the
flashpoint determination methods
specified above.
Hazardous chemical means a chemi-
cal for which there is statistically si>
nificant evidence based on at least ont
study conducted in accordance with
established scientific principles that
acute or chronic health effects may
occur in exposed employees. The term
"health hazard" includes chemical*
which are carcinogens, toxic or highly
toxic agents, reproductive toxins, im-
tants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepato
toxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxuu,
agents which act on the hematopoietit
systems, and agents which damage iht
lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous mem-
branes.
-------
a
o
Appendices A and B of the Hazard
Communication Standard (29 CFR
1910.1200) provide further guidance in
defining the scope of health hazards
and determining whether (or' not a
chemical is to be considered hazardous
for purposes of this standard.
Laboratory means a facility where
the "laboratory use of hazardous
chemicals" occurs. It is a workplace
where relatively small quantities of
hazardous chemicals are used on a
non-production basis.
Laboratory scale means work with
substances in which the containers
used for reactions, transfers, and other
handling of substances are designed to
be easily and safely manipulated by
one person. "Laboratory scale" ex-
cludes those workplaces whose func-
tion is to produce commercial quanti-
ties of materials.
Laboratory-type hood means a device
located in a laboratory, enclosure on
five sides with a moveable sash or
fixed partial enclosed on the remain-
ing side; constructed and maintained
to draw air from the laboratory and to
prevent or minimize the escape of air
contaminants into the laboratory; and
allows chemical manipulations to be
:onducted in the enclosure without in-
sertion of any portion of the employ-
ee's body other than hands and arms.
Walk-in hoods with adjustable.
sashes meet the above definition pro-
vided that the sashes are, adjusted
during use so that the airflow and the
exhaust of air contaminants are not
compromised and -employees do not
work inside the enclosure during the
release of airborne hazardous chemi-
cals.
Laboratory use of hazardous chemi-
cals means handling or use of such
chemicals in which all of the following
conditions are met:
(i) Chemical manipulations are car-
ried out on a "laboratory scale;"
(ii) Multiple chemical procedures or
chemicals are used;
(iii) The procedures involved are not
part of a production process, nor in
any way simulate a production proc-
ess; and
(iv) "Protective laboratory practices
and equipment" are available; and in
;ommon use to minimize the potential
for employee exposure to hazardous
chemicals.
Medical consultation means a con-
sultation which takes place between
an employee and a licensed physician
for the purpose of determining what
medical examinations or procedures, if
any, are appropriate in cases where a
.significant exposure to a hazardous
chemical may have taken place.
Organic, peroxide means an organic
compound that contains the bivalent
— O-O—structure and which may be
considered to be a structural deriva-
tive of hydrogen peroxide where one
or both of the hydrogen atoms has
been replaced by an organic radical.
Oxidizer means a chemical other
than, a blasting agent or .explosive as
defined in § 1910.109(a), that initiates
or promotes combustion in other ma-
terials, thereby causing fire either of
itself or through the release of oxygen
or other gases.
Physical hazard means a chemical
for which there fe scientifically valid
evidence that it is a combustible
liquid, a compressed gas, explosive,
flammable, an organic peroxide, an ox-
idizer, pyrophoric, unstable (reactive)
or water-reactive.
- -Protective laboratory practices and
equipment -means those laboratory
procedures, practices and equipment
accepted by laboratory health and
safety experts as effective, or that the
.employer can show to be effective, in
minimizing the potential for employee
••exposure to hazardous chemicals.
• Reproductive toxins . means chemi-
cals which affect the reproductive ca-
pabilities including chromosomal
damage (mutations) and effects on fe-
tuses (teratogenesis)
Select carcinogen means any sub-
stance which meets one of the follow-
ing criteria:
(i) It is regulated by OSHA as a car-
cinogen; or
(ii) It is listed under the category,
"known to be carcinogens," in the
Annual Report on Carcinogens pub-
lished by the National Toxicology Pro-
gram (NTP) (latest edition); or
(iii) It is listed under Group 1 ("car-i^
cinogenic to humans") by the Interna-
tional Agency for Research on Cancer
Monographs (IARC) (latest editions);
or
379
-------
§ 1910.1450
(iv) It is listed in either Group 2A or
2B by IARC or under the category,
"reasonably anticipated to be carcino-
gens" by NTP, and causes statistically
significant tumor incidence in experi-
mental animals in accordance with
aky of the following criteria:
(A) After inhalation exposure of 6-7
hours per day, 5 days per week, for a
significant portion of a lifetime to dos-
ages of less than 10 mg/m3;
(B) After repeated skin application
of less than 300 (mg/kg of body
weight) per week; or
(C) After oral dosages of less than 50
mg/kg of body weight per day.
Unstable (reactive) means a chemi-
cal which .is the pure state, or as pro-
duced or transported, will vigorously
polymerize, decompose, condense, or
will become self-reactive under condi-
tions of shocks, pressure or tempera-
ture.
Water-reactive means a chemical
that reacts with water to release a gas
that is either flammable or presents a
health hazard.
(c) Permissible exposure limits. For
laboratory uses of OSHA regulated
substances, the employer shall assure
that laboratory employees' exposures
to such substances do not exceed the
permissible exposure limits specified
in 29 CPR part 1910, subpart Z.
(d) Employee exposure determina-
tion—ID Initial monitoring. The em-
ployer shall measure the employee's
exposure to any substance regulated
by a standard which requires monitor-
ing if there is reason to believe that
exposure levels for that substance rou-
tinely exceed the action level (or in
the absence of an action level, the
PEL).
(2) Periodic monitoring. If the ini-
tial monitoring prescribed by para
graph (d)(l) of this section discloses
employee exposure over the action
level (or in the absence of an action
level, the PEL), the employer shall im-
mediately comply with the exposure
monitoring provisions of the relevant
standard.
(3) Termination of monitoring. Mon-
itoring may be terminated in accord-
ance with the relevant standard.
(4) Employee notification of moni-
toring results. The employer shall,
within 15 working days after the re-
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Editi*}
ceipt of any monitoring results, noui>
the employee of these results in writ-
ing either individually or by postir4
results in an appropriate location th*i
is accessible to employees,
(e) Chemical hygiene plan—General
(Appendix A of this section is non-
mandatory but provides guidance i&
assist employers in the development o!
the Chemical Hygiene Plan.) dj
Where hazardous chemicals as defined
by this standard are used in the work-
place, the employer shall develop and
carry out the provisions of a writu-n
Chemical Hygiene Plan which is:
(i) Capable of protecting employees
from health hazards associated with
hazardous chemicals in that laborato-
ry and
(ii) Capable of keeping exposures
below the limits specified in paragraph
(c) of this section.
(2) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall
be readily available to employees, em-
ployee representatives and. upon re-
quest, to the Assistant Secretary.
(3) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall
include each of the following elements
and shall indicate specific measures
that the employer will take to ensure
laboratory employee protection:
(i) Standard operating procedures
relevant to safety and health consider-
ations to be followed when laboratory
work involves the use of hazardous
chemicals;
(ii) Criteria that the employer will
use to determine and implement con-
trol measures to reduce employee ex-
posure to hazardous chemicals includ-
ing engineering controls, the use of
personal protective equipment and hy-
giene practices; particular attention
shall be given to the selection of con-
trol measures for chemicals that are
known to be extremely hazardous;
(iii) A requirement that fume hoods
and other protective equipment are
functioning properly and specific
measures that shall be taken to ensure
proper and adequate performance of
such equipment;
(iv) Provisions for employee infor-
mation and training as prescribed in
paragraph (f) of this section;
(v) The circumstances under which a
particular laboratory operation, proce-
dure or activity shall require prior ap-
proval from the employer or the em-
-------
• flf
TC
ion
to
t of
(1)
icd
>rk-
md
ten
ees
ith
Lo-
res
Ph
'ill
ni-
its
es
re
ls
11
V-
J
4 -
if
n
ployer's designee before implementa-
tion;
(vi) Provisions for medical consulta-
tion and medical examinations in ac-
cordance with paragraph v
-------
§ 1910.1450
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
medical surveillance shall be estab-
lished for the affected employee as
prescribed by the particular standard.
(iii) Whenever an event takes place
in the work area such as a spill, leak,
explosion or other occurrence result-
ing in the likelihood of a hazardous
exposure, the affected employee shall
be provided an opportunity for a medi-
cal consultation. Such consultation
sha'l be for the purpose of determin-
ing the need for a medical examina-
tion.
(2) All medical examinations and
consultations shall be performed by or
under the direct supervision of a li-
censed physician and shall be provided
without cost to the employee, without
loss of pay and at a reasonable time
and place.
(3) Information provided to the phy-
sician. The employer shall provide the
following information to the physi-
cian:
(i) The identity of the hazardous
chemical(s) to which the employee
may have been exposed;
(ii) A description of the conditions
under which the exposure occurred in-
cluding quantitative exposure data, if
available; and
(iii) A description of the signs and
symptoms of exposure that the em-
ployee is experiencing, if any.
(4) Physician's written opinion, (i)
For examination or consultation re-
quired under this standard, the em-
ployer shall obtain a written opinion
from the examining physician which
shall include the following:
(A) Any recommendation for further
medical follow-up;
(B) The results of the medical exam-
ination and any associated tests;
(C) Any medical condition which
may be revealed in the course of the
examination which may place the em-
ployee at increased risk as a result of
exposure to a hazardous chemical
found in the workplace; and
(D) A statement that the employee
has been informed by the physician of
the results of the consultation or med-
ical examination and any medical con-
dition that may require further exami-
nation or treatment.
(ii) The written opinion shall not
reveal specific findings of diagnoses
unrelated to occupational exposure.
(h) Hazard identification. (1) With
respect to labels and material safet
data sheets:
(i) Employers shall ensure tha
labels on incoming containers of haz-
ardous chemicals are not removed or
defaced.
(ii) Employers shall maintain any
material safety data sheets that are
received with incoming shipments of
hazardous chemicals, and ensure that
they are readily accessible to laborato-
ry employees.
(2) The following provisions shall
apply to chemical substances devel-
oped in the laboratory:
(i) If the composition of the chemi-
cal substance which is produced exclu-
sively for the laboratory's use is
known, the employer shall determine
if it is a hazardous chemical as defined
in paragraph (b) of this section. If the
chemical is determined to be hazard-
ous, the employer shall provide appro-
priate training as required under para-
graph (f) of this section.
(ii) If the chemical produced is a by-
product whose composition is not
known, the employer shall
that the substance is hazardous a
shall implement paragraph (e) of this
section.
(iii) If the chemical substance is pro-
duced for another user outside of the
laboratory, the employer shall comply
with the Hazard Communication
Standard (29 CPR 1910.1200) includ-
ing the requirements for preparation
of material safety data sheets and la-
beling.
(i) Use of respirators. Where the use
of respirators is necessary to maintain
exposure below permissible exposure
limits, the employer shall provide, at
no cost to the employee, the proper
respiratory equipment. Respirators
shall be selected and used in accord-
ance with the requirements of 29 CPR
1910.134.
(j) Recordkeeping. (1) The employer
shall establish and maintain for each
employee an accurate record of any
measurements taken to monitor em-
ployee exposures and any medical con
sultation and examinations includin
tests or written opinions required
this standard.
(2) The employer shall assure that
such records are kept, transferred, and
- » *.
i
ine
i
382
-------
Vith
fcty
inv
a. _•
of
nat
.to-
all
el-
nl-
u-
is
"1C
3d
1C
Ci-
D-
.1-
f
d
made available in accordance with 29
CFR 1910.20.
(k) Dates—(1) Effective date. This
section shall become effective May 1,
1990.
(2) Start-up dates, (i) Employers
shall have developed and implemented
a written Chemical Hygiene Plan no
later than January 31, 1991.
(ii) Paragraph (a)(2) of this'section
shall not take effect until the employ-
er has developed and implemented a
written Chemical Hygiene Plan.
(1) Appendices. The information con-
tained in the appendices is not intend-
ed, by itself, to create any additional
obligations not otherwise imposed or
to detract from any existing obliga-
tion.
(55 FR 3327, Jan. 31, 1990, 55 FR 7967, Mar.
6, 1990, 55 FR 12111, Mar. 30, 1990]
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1450—NATIONAL RE-
SEARCH COUNCIL RECOMMENDATIONS CON-
CERNING CHEMICAL HYGIENE IN LABORATO-
RIES (NON-MANDATORY)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword
Corresponding Sections of the Standard and
This Appendix
A. General Principles '
1. Minimize all Chemical Exposures
2. Avoid Underestimation of Risk
3. Provide Adequate Ventilation
4. Institute a Chemical Hygiene Program
5. Observe the PELs and TLVs
B. Responsibilities
1. Chief Executive Officer
2. Supervisor of Administrative Unit
3. Chemical Hygiene Officer
4. Laboratory Supervisor
5. Project Director
6. Laboratory Worker
C. The Laboratory Facility
1. Design
2. Maintenance
3. Usage
4. Ventilation
D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene
Plan
1. Basic Rules and Procedures
2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution,
and Storage
3. Environmental Monitoring
4. Housekeeping, Maintenance and Inspec-
tions
5. Medical Program
6. Personal Protective Apparel and Equip-
ment
7. Records
8. Signs and Labels
9. Spills and Accidents
10. Training and Information
] 1. Waste Disposal
E. General Procedures for Working With
Chemicals
1. General Rules for all Laboratory Work
with Chemicals
2. Allergens and Embryotoxins
3. Chemicals of Moderate Chronic or High
Acute Toxicity
4. Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity
5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High
Chronic Toxicity
F. Safety Recommendations
G. Material Safety Data Sheets
Foreword
As guidance for each employer's develop-
ment of an appropriate laboratory Chemical
Hygiene Plan, the following non-mandatory
recommendations are provided. They were
extracted from "Prudent Practices for Han-
dling Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories"
(referred to below as "Prudent Practices"),
which was published In 1981 by the Nation-
al Research Council and is available from
the National Academy Press. 2101 Constitu-
tion Ave., NW., Washington DC 20418.
"Prudent Practices" is cited because of its
wide distribution and acceptance and be-
cause of its preparation by members of the
laboratory community through the sponsor-
ship of the National Research Council.
However, none of the recommendations
given here will modify any requirements of
the laboratory standard. This Appendix
merely presents pertinent recommendations
from "Prudent Practices", organized into a
form convenient for quick reference during
operation of a laboratory facility and during
development and application of a Chemical
Hygiene Plan. Users of this appendix should
consult "Prudent Practices" for a more ex-
tended presentation and justification for
each recommendation.
"Prudent Practices" deals with both
safety and chemical hazards while the labo-
ratory standard is concerned primarily with
chemical hazards. Therefore, only those rec-
ommendations directed primarily toward
control of toxic exposures are cited in this
appendix, with the term "chemical hygiene"
being substituted for the word "safetjt".
However, since conditions producing or
threatening physical injury often pose toxic
risks as well, page references concerning
major categories of safety hazards in the
laboratory are given In section F.
383
-------
§ 1910.1450
The recommendations from "Prudent
Practices" have been paraphrased, com-
bined, or otherwise reorganized, and head-
ings have been added. However, their sense
has not been changed.
Corresponding Sections of the Standard and
this Appendix
The following table is given for the con-
venience of those who are developing a
Chemical Hygiene Plan which will satisfy
the requirements of paragraph (e) of the
standard. It indicates those sections of this
appendix which are most pertinent to each
of the sections of paragraph (e) and related
paragraphs.
Paragraph and topic in laboratory standard
(e)(3)(i) Standard operating procedures lor
handling toxic chemicals.
(e)(3)(n) Criteria to be used for implementa-
tion ot measures to reduce exposures.
(e)(3)(m) Fume hood performance
(e)(3j(iv) Employee information and training
(including emergency procedures).
(e)(3)(v) Requirements for prior approval of
idooratory activities.
(e)(3)(vi) Medical consultation and medical
examinations.
(e)(3)(vn) Chemical hygiene responsibilities
(e)(3)(vui) Special precautions for work with
particularly hazardous substances.
Relevant
appendix
section
C. D. E
0
C4b
010. 09
E2b. E4b
05, E4f
B
E2, E3. E4
In this appendix, those recommendations
directed primarily at administrators and su-
pervisors are given in sections A-D. Those
recommendations of primary concern to em-
ployees who are actually handling laborato-
ry chemicals are given in section E. (Refer-
ence to page numbers in "Prudent Prac-
tices" are given in parentheses.)
A. General Principles for Work with
Laboratory Chemicals
In addition to the more detailed recom-
mendations listed below In sections B-E.
"Prudent Practices" expresses certain gen-
eral principles, including the following1
1. It is prudent to minimize all chemical
exposures. Because few laboratory chemicals
are without hazards, general precautions for
handling all laboratory chemicals should be
adopted, rather than specific guidelines for
particular chemicals (2, 10). Skin contact
with chemicals should be avoided as a cardi-
nal rule (198). ,
2. Avoid underestimation of risk. Even for
substances of no known significant hazard,
exposure should be minimized; for work
with substances which present special haz-
ards, special precautions should be taken
(10. 37, 38). One should assume that any
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
mixture will be more toxic than its most
toxic component (30. 103) and that all sut
stances of unknown toxicity are toxic (i
34).
3. Provide adequate ventilation. The best
way to prevent exposure to airborne sub-
stances is to prevent their escape into the
working atmosphere by use of hoods and
other ventilation devices (32, 198).
4. Institute a chemical hygiene program. A
mandatory chemical hygiene program de-
signed to minimize exposures is needed; it
should be a regular, continuing effort, not
merely a standby or short-term activity (6,
11). Its recommendations should be followed
in academic teaching laboratories as well as
by full-time laboratory workers (13).
5. Observe the PELs, TLVs. The Permissi-
ble Exposure Limits of OSHA and the
Threshold Limit Values of the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hy-
gienists should not be exceeded (13).
B. Chemical Hygiene Responsibilities
Responsibility for chemical hygiene rests
at all levels (6, 11. 21) including the;
1. Chief executive officer, who has ulti-
mate responsibility for chemical hygiene
within the institution and must, with other
administrators, provide continuing support
for institutional chemical hygiene (7, 11).
2. Supervisor of the department or othefl
administrative unit, who is responsible for
chemical hygiene in that unit (7).
3. Chemical hygiene officers), whose ap-
pointment is essential (7) and who must:
(a) Work with administrators and other
employees to develop and implement appro-
priate chemical hygiene policies and prac-
tices (7);
(b) Monitor procurement, use, and dispos-
al of chemicals used in the lab (8);
(c) See that appropriate audits are main-
tained (8);
(d) Help project directors develop precau-
tions and adequate facilities (10);
(e) Know the current legal requirements
concerning regulated substances (50); and
(f) Seek ways to improve the chemical hy-
giene program (8, 11).
4. Laboratory supervisor, who has overall
responsibility for chemical hygiene in the
laboratory (21) including responsibility to:
(a) Ensure that workers know and follow
the chemical hygiene rules, that protective
equipment is available and in working order,
and'that appropriate training has been pro-
vided (21, 22);
(b) Provide regular, formal chemical hy-
giene and housekeeping inspections includ-
ing routine inspections of emergency equip-
ment (21. 171);
(c) Know the current legal requirements
concerning regulated substances (50. 231);
384
-------
IfV I
. t n •
(1
.n !
A
J.-.
II
iot
(0.
-d
0.1
in
(d) Determine the required levels of pro-
tective apparel and equipment (156, 160,
182); and
(e) Ensure that facilities and training for
use of any material being ordeied are ade-
quate (215).
5. Project director or director of other spe-
cific operation, who has primary responsi-
bility for chemical hygiene procedures for
that operation (7).
6. Laboratory worker, who is responsible
for:
(a) Planning and conducting each oper-
ation In accordance with the Institutional
chemical hygiene procedures (7, 21, 22, 230);
and
(b) Developing good personal chemical hy-
giene habits (22).
C. The Laboratory Facility
1. Design. The laboratory facility should
have:
(a) An appropriate - general ventilation
system (see C4 below) with air intakes and
exhausts located so as to avoid intake of
contaminated air (194);
(b) Adequate, well-ventilated stockrooms/
storerooms (218, 219);
(c) Laboratory hoods and sinks (12, 162);
(d) Other safety equipment including eye-
wash fountains and drench showers (162,
169); and
(e) Arrangements for waste disposal (12,
240).
2. Maintenance. Chemical-hygiene-related
equipment (hoods, incinerator, etc.) should
undergo continuing appraisal and be modi-
fied if inadequate (11, 12).
3. Usage. The work conducted (10) and its
scale (12) must be appropriate to the physi-
cial facilities available and. especially, to the
quality of ventilation (13).
4. Ventilation—(a) General laboratory
ventilation. This system should: Provide a
source of air for breathing and for input to
local ventilation devices (199); it should not
be relied on for protection from toxic sub-
stances released into the laboratory (198);
ensure that laboratory air is continually re-
placed, preventing increase of air concentra-
tions of toxic substances during the working
day (194); direct air flow into the laboratory
from non-laboratory areas and out to the
exterior of the building (194).
(b) Hoods. A laboratory hood with 2.5
linear feet of hood space per person should
be provided for every 2 workers if they
spend most of their time working with
chemicals (199); each hood should have a
continuous monitoring device to allow con-
venient confirmation of adequate hood per-
formance before use (200. 209). If this is not
possible, work with substances of unknown
toxicity should be avoided (13)' or other
types of local ventilation devices should be
provided (199). See pp. 201-206 for a discus-
sion of hood design, construction, and eval-
uation.
(c) Other local ventilation devices. Venti-
lated storage cabinets, canopy hoods, snor-
kels, etc. should be provided as needed (199).
Each canopy hood and snorkel should have
a separate exhaust duct (207).
(d) Special ventilation areas. Exhaust air
from glove boxes and Isolation rooms should
be passed through scrubbers or other treat-
ment before release into the regular ex-
haust -system (208). Cold rooms and warm
rooms should have provisions for rapid
escape and for escape in the event of electri-
cal failure (209).
(e) Modifications. Any alteration of the
ventilation system should be made only if
thorough testing indicates that worker pro-
tection from airborne toxic substances will
continue to be adequate (12, 193, 204).
(f) Performance. Rate: 4-12 room air
changes/hour is normally adequate general
ventilation if local exhaust systems such as
hoods are used as the primary method of
control (194).
(g) Quality. General air flow should not
be turbulent And should be relatively uni-
form throughout the laboratory, with no
high velocity or static areas (194, 195); air-
flow into and within the hood should not be
excessively turbulent (200); hood face veloci-
ty should be adequate (typically 60-100 Ifm)
(200, 204).
(h) Evaluation. Quality and quantity of
ventilation should be evaluated on installa-
tion (202),. regularly monitored (at least
every 3 months) (6, 12, 14, 195), and reevalu-
ated whenever a change in local ventilation
devices is made (12, 195, 207). See pp. 195-
198 for methods of evaluation and for calcu-
lation of estimated airborne contaminant
concentrations.
D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene
Plan
1. Basic Rules and Procedures (Recommen-
dations for these are given in section E,
below)
2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and
Storage
(a) Procurement. Before a substance is re-
ceived, information on proper handling,
storage, and disposal should be known to
those who will be involved (215, 216). No
container should be accepted without an
adequate identifying label (216). Preferably,
all substances should be received in a cen-
tral location (216).
(b) Stockrooms/storerooms. Toxic sub-
stances should be segregated in a well-iden-
tified area with local exhaust ventilation
(221). Chemicals which are highly toxic
(227) or other chemicals whose containers
have been opened should be in unbreakable
385
-------
§ 1910.1450
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
•D,
secondary containers (219). Stored chemi-
cals should be examined periodically (at
least annually) for replacement, deteriora-
tion, and container integrity (218-19),
Stockrooms/storerooms should not be
used as preparation or repackaging areas,
should be open during normal working
hours, and should be controlled by one
person (219).
(c) Distribution. When chemicals are
hand carried, the container should be
placed in an outside container or bucket.
Freight-only elevators should be used if pos-
sibk (223).
(d) Laboratory storage. Amounts permit-
ted should be as small as practical. Storage
on bench tops and in hoods is inadvisable.
Exposure to heat or direct sunlight should
be avoided. Periodic inventories should be
conducted, with unneeded items being dis-
carded or returned to the storeroom/stock-
room (225-6. 229).
3. Environmental Monitoring
Regular instrumental monitoring of air-
borne concentrations is not usually justified
or practical in laboratories but may be ap-
propriate when testing or redesigning hoods
or other ventilation devices (12) or when a
highly toxic substance is stored or used reg-
ularly (e.g., 3 times/week) (13).
4. Housekeeping. Maintenance, and
Inspections
(a) Cleaning. Floors should be cleaned reg-
ularly (24).
(b) Inspections. Formal housekeeping and
chemical hygiene inspections should be held
at least quarterly (6, 21) for units which
have frequent pesonnel changes and semi-
annually for others; informal inspections
should be continual (21).
(c) Maintenance. Eye wash fountains
should be inspected at intervals of not less
than 3 months (6). Respirators for routine
use should be inspected periodically by the
laboratory supervisor (169). Safety showers
should be tested routinely (169). Other
safety equipment should be inspected regu-
larly, (e.g., every 3-6 months) (6, 24, 171).
Procedures to prevent restarting of out-of-
service equipment should be established
(25).
(d) Passageways. Stairways and hallways
should not be used as storage areas (24).
Access to exits, emergency equipment, and
utility controls should never be blocked
(24).
5. Medical Program
(a) Compliance with regulations. Regular
medical surveillance should be established
to the extent required by regulations (12).
(b) Routine surveillance. Anyone whose
work involves regular and frequent handling
of lexicologically significant quantities of a
chemical should consult a qualified physi-
cian to determine on an individual b
whether a regular schedule of medical SUF
veillance is desirable (11, 50).
(c) First aid. Personnel trained in first aid
should be available during working hours
and an emergency room with medical per-
sonnel should be nearby (173). See pp. 176-
178 for description of some emergency first
aid procedures.
6. Protective Apparel and Equipment
These should include for each laboratory:
(a) Protective apparel compatible with the
required degree of protection for substances
being handled (158-161);
(b) An easily accessible drench-type safety
shower (162, 169);
(c) An eyewash fountain (162);
(d) A fire extinguisher (162-164);
(e) Respiratory protection (164-9), fire
alarm and telephone for emergency use
(162) should be available nearby; and
(f) Other items designated by the labora-
tory supervisor (156, 160).
7. Records
(a) Accident records should be written and
retained (174).
(b) Chemical Hygiene Plan records should
document that the facilities and precautions
were compatible with current knowledge
and regulations (7).
(c) Inventory and usage records for high-
risk substances should be kept as specified
in sections E3e below.
(d) Medical records should be retained by
the institution in accordance with the re-
quirements of state and federal regulations
(12).
8. Signs and Labels
Prominent signs and labels of the follow-
ing types should be posted:
(a) Emergency telephone numbers of
emergency personnel/facilities, supervisors,
and laboratory workers (28);
(b) Identity labels, showing contents of
containers (including waste receptacles) and
associated hazards (27, 48);
(c) Location signs for safety showers, eye-
wash stations, other safety and first aid
equipment, exits (27) and areas where food
and beverage consumption and storage are
permitted (24); and
(d) Warnings at areas or equipment where
special pr unusual hazards exist (27).
9. Spills and Accidents
(a) A written emergency plan should be
established and communicated to all person-
nel; it should include procedures for ventila-
tion failure (200), evacuation, medical care,
reporting, and drills (172).
386
-------
(b) There should be an alarm system to
alert people in all parts of the facility in-
cluding isolation areas such as cold rooms
(172).
ic> A spill control policy should be devel-
oped and should include consideration of
prevention, containment, cleanup, and re-
porting (175).
(d) All accidents or near accidents should
be carefully analyzed with the results dis-
tributed to all who might benefit (8, 28).
10. Information and Training Program
(a) Aim: To assure that all individuals at
risk are adequately informed about the
work in the laboratory, its risks, and what
to do if an accident occurs (5, 15).
(b)-Emergency and Personal Protection
Training: -Every laboratory worker should
know'the location and proper use of avail-.
able protective apparel and equipment (154,
169).
Some of the full-time personnel of the
laboratory should be trained in the proper
use of emergency equipment and procedures
(6).
Such training as well as first aid instruc-
tion should be available to (154) and encour-
aged for (176) everyone who might need it.
(c) Receiving- and stockroom/storeroom
personnel should know about hazards, han-
dling equipment, protective apparel, and rel-
evant regulations (217).
(d) Frequency of Training: The training
and education program should be a regular,
continuing activity—not simply :an annual •
presentation (15).
(e) Literature/Consultation: Literature
and consulting advice concerning chemical
hygiene should be readily available to*labo-
ratory personnel, who should be encouraged
to use these information resources (14).
11. Waste Disposal Program.
(a) Aim: To assure that minimal harm to
people, other organisms, and the environ-
ment will result from the disposal of waste •
laboratory chemicals (5).
(b) Content (14, 232, 233, 240): The waste
disposal program should specify how waste
is to be collected, segregated,, stored,- and -
transported and include, consideration of
what materials can be incinerated. Trans- "•
port from the institution must be in accord-
ance with DOT regulations (244).
(c) Discarding Chemical Stocks: Unlabeled
containers of chemicals • and solutions
should undergo prompt ^disposal; if partially
used, they should not be opened (24, 27).
Before a worker's employment in the labo-
ratory ends,, chemicals for which that
person was responsible should be discarded .
or returned to storage (226).
(d) Frequency of Disposal: Waste should
be removed from laboratories to a central
waste storage area at least once per week
and from the central waste storage area at
regular intervals (14).
(e) Method of Disposal: Incineration in an
environmentally acceptable manner is the
most practical disposal method for combus-
tible laboratory waste (14. 238. 241).
Indiscriminate disposal by pouring waste
chemicals down the drain (14, 231, 242) or
adding them to mixed refuse for landfill
burial is unacceptable (14).
Hoods should not be used as a means of
disposal for volatile chemicals (40, 200).
Disposal by recycling (233, 243) or chemi-
cal decontamination (40, 230) should be
used when possible.
E. Basic Rules and Procedures for Working
with Chemicals
The. Chemical Hygiene Plan should re-
quire that laboratory, workers know and
follow its rules and procedures. In addition
to. the procedures of the sub programs men-
tioned above, these should include the rules
listed below.
1. General Rules
The following should be used for essen-
tially all laboratory work with chemicals:
(a) Accidents and spills—Eye Contact:
Promptly flush eyes with water for a pro-
•longed period (15 minutes) and seek medical
attention (33, 172).
-' Ingestion: Encourage the victim to drink
large amounts of water (178).
. Skin Contact: Promptly flush the affected
•area with water (33. 172. 178) and remove
any contaminated clothing (172. 178). If
symptoms persist after .washing, seek medi-
cal attention (33).
> Clean-up. Promptly clean up spills, using
appropriate protective apparel and equip-
ment and proper disposal (24 33). See pp.
233-237 for specific-clean.-up recommenda-
tions.
(b) Avoidance of "routine" exposure: De-
velop und encourage safe habits (23); avoid
unnecessary exposure to chemicals by any
route (23);
Do not smell or taste chemicals (32). Vent
.apparatus which may discharge toxic chemi-
cals (vacuum pumps, distillation columns,
etc.Unto local exhaustrdevices (199).
Inspect gloves (157) and test glove boxes
(208) before use.
, Do not allow release of. toxic substances in
cold -rooms and warm rooms, since these
have contained recirculated atmospheres
(209).
(c) Choice'Of chemicals: Use only those
chemicals for which the .quality of the avaify
able ventilation system is appropriate (13).
(d) Eating, smoking, • etc.: Avoid .eating.
drinking, smoking, gum chewing, or applica-
tion of cosmetics in areas where laboratory
chemicals are present (22, 24, 32, 40); wash
387
f".,
.'A II: ,
-------
§ 1910.1450
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
hands before conducting these activities (23,
24).
Avoid storage, handling or consumption of
food or beverages in storage areas, refrigera-
tors. glassware or utensils which are also
used for laboratory operations (23, 24, 226).
(e) Equipment and glassware: Handle and
store laboratory glassware with care to
avoid damage; do not use damaged glass-
ware (25). Use extra care with Dewar flasks
and other evacuated glass apparatus; shield
or wrap them to contain chemicals and frag-
ments should implosion occur (25). Use
equipment only for its designed purpose (23,
26).
(f) Exiting: Wash areas of exposed skin
well before leaving the laboratory (23).
(g) Horseplay: Avoid practical jokes or
other behavior which might confuse, startle
or distract another worker (23).
(h) Mouth, suction: Do not use mouth suc-
tion for pipeting or starting a siphon (23,
32).
(i) Personal apparel: Cpnfine long hair
and loose clothing (23, 158). Wear shoes at
all times in the laboratory but do not wear
sandals, perforated shoes, or sneakers (158).
(j) Personal housekeeping: Keep the work
area clean and uncluttered, with chemicals
and equipment being properly labeled and
stored: clean up the work area on comple-
tion of an operation or at the end of each
day (24).
(k) Personal protection: Assure that ap-
propriate eye protection (154-156) is worn
by all persons, including visitors, where
chemicals are stored or handled (22. 23, 33.
154).
Wear appropriate gloves when the poten-
tial for contact with toxic materials exists
(157); Inspect the gloves before each use.
wash them before removal, and replace
chem periodically (157). (A table of resist-
ance to chemicals of common glove materi-
als is given p. 159).
Use appropriate (164-168) respiratory
equipment when air contaminant concentra-
tions are not sufficiently restricted by engi-
neering controls (164-5), inspecting the res-
pirator before use (169).
Use any other protective and emergency
apparel and equipment as appropriate (22,
157-162).
Avoid use of contact lenses in the labora-
tory unless necessary; if they are used,
inform supervisor so special precautions can
be taken (155).
Remove laboratory coats immediately on
significant contamination (161).
(1) Planning: Seek information and advice
about hazards (7), plan appropriate protec-
tive procedures, and plan positioning of
equipment before beginning any new oper-
ation (22. 23).
(m) Unattended operations: Leave lights
on. place an appropriate sign on the door,
and provide for containment of toxic sub-
stances in the event of failure of a utilji
service (such as cooling water) to an ur
tended operation (27, 128).
(n) Use of hood: Use the hood for oper-
ations which might result in release of toxic
chemical vapors or dust (198-9).
As a rule of thumb, use a hood or other
local ventilation device when working with
any appreciably volatile substance with a
TLV of less than 50 ppm (13).
Confirm adequate hood performance
before use; keep hood closed at all times
except when adjustments within the hood
are being made (200); keep materials stored
in hoods to a minimum and do not allow
them to block vents or air flow (200).
Leave the hood ''on" when it is not in
active use if toxic substances are stored in it
or if it is uncertain whether adequate gener-
al laboratory ventilation will be maintained
when it is "off" (200).
(o) Vigilance: Be alert to unsafe condi-
tions and see that they are corrected when
detected (22).
(p) Waste disposal: Assure that the plan
for each laboratory operation includes plans
and training for waste disposal (230).
Deposit chemical waste in appropriately
labeled receptacles and follow all other
waste disposal procedures of the Chemical
Hygiene Plan (22, 24).
Do not discharge to the sewer concentr
ed acids or bases (231); highly toxic,
odorous, or lachrymatory substances (231);
or any substances which might interfere
with the biological activity of waste water
treatment plants, create fire or explosion
hazards, cause structural damage or ob-
struct flow (242).
(q) Working alone: Avoid working alone in
a building; do not work alone in a laborato-
ry if the procedures being conducted are
hazardous (28).
2. Working with Allergens and
Embryotoxins
(a) Allergens (examples: diazomethane,
isocyanates. bichromates): Wear suitable
gloves to prevent hand contact with aller-
gens or substances of unknown allergenic
activity (35).
(b) Embryotoxins (34-5) (examples: organ-
omercurials, lead compounds, formamide):
If you are a woman of childbearing age,
handle these substances only in a hood
whose satisfactory performance has been
confirmed, using appropriate protective ap-
parel (especially gloves) to prevent skin con-
tact.
Review each use of these materials with.
the research supervisor and review contu
ing uses annually or whenever a proceduf
change is made.
Store these substances, properly labeled,
in an adequately ventilated area in an un-
breakable secondary container.
-------
MI,
al-
or-
th
a
cr
cs
3d
^d
)W
in
it
n
.s
y
r
Notify supervisors of all incidents of expo-
sure or spills; consult a qualified physician
when appropriate.
3. Work with Chemicals of Moderate
Chronic or High Acute Toxicity
EXAMPLES: diisopropylflurophosphate (41),
hydrofluoric acid (43), hydrogen cyanide
(45).
Supplemental rules to be followed in addi-
tion to those mentioned above (Procedure B
of "Prudent Practices", pp. 39-41):
(a) Aim: To minimize exposure to these
toxic substances by any route using all rea-
sonable precautions (39).
(b) Applicability: These precautions are
appropriate for substances with moderate
chronic or high acute toxicity used in signif-
icant quantities (39).
(c) Location: Use and store these sub-
stances only in areas of restricted access
with special warning signs (40, 229).
Always use a hood (previously evaluated
to confirm adequate performance with a
face velocity of at least 60 linear feet per
minute) (40) or other containment device
for procedures which may result in the gen-
eration of aerosols or vapors containing the
substance (39); trap released vapors to pre-
vent their discharge with the hood exhaust
(40).
(d) Personal protection: Always avoid skin
contact by use of gloves and Jong sleeves
(and other protective apparel as appropri-
ate) (39). Always wash hands and arms im-
mediately after working with these materi-
als (40).
(e) Records: Maintain records of the
amounts of these materials on hand,
amounts used, and the names of the work-
ers involved (40. 229).
(f) Prevention of spills and accidents: Be
prepared for accidents and spills (41).
Assure that at least 2 people are present
at all times if a compound in use is highly
toxic or of unknown toxicity (39).
Store breakable containers of these sub-
stances in chemically resistant trays; also
work and mount apparatus above such trays
or cover work and storage surfaces with re-
movable, absorbent, plastic backed paper
(40).
If a major spill occurs outside the hood,
evacuate the area; assure that cleanup per-
sonnel wear suitable protective apparel and
equipment (41).
(g) Waste: Thoroughly decontaminate or
incinerate contaminated clothing or shoes
(41). If possible, chemically decontaminate
by chemical conversion (40).
Store contaminated waste in closed, suit-
ably labeled, impervious containers (for liq-
uids, In glass or plastic bottles half-filled
with vermicullte) (40).
4. Work with Chemicals of High Chronic
Toxicity
(Examples: dimethylmercury and nickel
carbonyl (48), benzo-a-pyrene (51), N-nitro-
sodiethylamine (54), other human carcino-
gens or substances with high carcinogenic
potency in animals (38).)
Further supplemental rules to be fol-
lowed, in addition to all these mentioned
above, for work with substances of known
high chronic toxicity (in quantities above a
few milligrams to a few grams, depending on
the substance) (47). (Procedure A of "Pru-
dent Practices" pp. 47-50).
(a) Access: Conduct all transfers and work
•with these substances in a "controlled
area": a restricted access hood, glove box, or
portion of a lab, designated for use of
highly toxic substances, for which all people
with access are aware of the substances
being used and necessary precautions (48).
(b) Approvals: Prepare a plan for use and
disposal of these materials and obtain the
approval of the laboratory supervisor (48).
(c) Non-contamination/Decontamination:
Protect vacuum pumps against contamina-
tion by scrubbers or HEPA filters and vent
them into the hood (49). Decontaminate
vacuum pumps or other contaminated
equipment, including glassware, in the hood
before removing them from the controlled
area (49, 50).
Decontaminate the controlled area before
normal work is resumed there (50).
(d) Exiting: On leaving a controlled area,
remove any protective apparel (placing it in
an appropriate, labeled container) and thor-
oughly wash hands, forearms, face, and
neck (49).
(e) Housekeeping: Use a wet mop or a
vacuum cleaner equipped with a HEPA
filter instead of dry sweeping if the toxic
substance was a dry powder (50).
(f) Medical surveillance: If using lexicolo-
gically significant quantities of such a sub-
stance on a regular basis (e.g., 3 times per
week), consult a qualified physician con-
cerning- desirability of regular medical sur-
veillance (50).
(g) Records: Keep accurate records of the
amounts of these substances stored (229)
and used, the dates of use, and names of
users (48).
(h) Signs and labels: Assure that the con-
trolled area is conspicuously marked with
warning and restricted access signs (49) and
that all containers of these substances are
appropriately labeled with identity and
warning labels (48).
(i) Spills: Assure that contingency plans,
equipment, and materials to minimize expo-
sures of people and property in case of acci-
dent are available (233-4).
(j) Storage: Store containers of these
chemicals only in a ventilated, limited
389
-------
§ 1910.1450
29 CFR Ch. XVU (7-1-92 Edition)
access (48, 227, 229) area in appropriately la-
beled, unbreakable, chemically resistant.
secondary containers (48, 229).
(k) Glove boxes: For a negative pressure
glove box, ventilation rate must be at least 2
volume changes/hour and pressure at least
0.5 inches of water (48). For a positive pres-
sure glove box, thoroughly check for leaks
before each use (49). In either case, trap the
exit gases or filter them through a HEPA
filter and then release them into the hood
(49).
(1) Waste: Use chemical decontamination
whenever possible; ensure that containers of
contaminated waste (including washings
from contaminated flasks) are transferred
from the controlled area in a secondary con-
tainer under the supervision of authorized
personnel (49. 50. 233).
5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High
Chronic Toxicity
(a) .Access: For large scale studies, special
facilities with restricted access are prefera-
ble (56).
(b) Administration 'of the toxic substance:
When possible, administer the substance by
injection or gavage instead of in the diet. If
administration is in the diet, use a caging
system under negative pressure or under
laminar air flow directed toward HEPA fil-
ters (56).
(c) Aerosol suppression: Devise procedures
which minimize formation and dispersal of
contaminated aerosols, including those from
food, urine, and feces (e.g.. use HEPA fil-
tered vacuum equipment for cleaning.
moisten contaminated bedding before re-
moval from the cage, mix diets in closed
containers in a hood) (55. 56).
(d) Personal protection: When working in
the animal room, wear plastic or rubber
gloves, fully buttoned laboratory coat or
jumpsuit and, if needed because of incom-
plete suppression of aerosols, other apparel
and equipment (shoe and head coverings.
respirator) (56).
(e) Waste disposal: Dispose of contaminat-
ed animal tissues and excreta by inciner-
ation if the available incinerator can con-
vert the contaminant to non-toxic products
(238); otherwise, package the waste appro-
priately for burial in an EPA-approved site
(239).
F. Safety Recommendations
The above recommendations from "Pru-
dent Practices" do not include those which
are directed primarily toward prevention of
physical injury rather than toxic exposure.
However, failure of precautions against
injury will often have the secondary effect
of causing toxic exposures. Therefore, we
list below page references for recommenda-
tions concerning some of the major catego-"
ries of safety hazards which also have impli-
cations for chemical hygiene:
1. Corrosive agents: (35-6)
2. Electrically powered laboratory appara-
tus: (179-92)
3. Fires, explosions: (26. 57-74. 162-4, 174-5,
219-20. 226-7)
4. Low temperature procedures: (26, 88)
5. Pressurised and vacuum operations (in-
cluding use of compressed gas cylinders):
(27.75-101)
G. Material Safety Data Sheets
Material safety data sheets are presented
in "Prudent Practices" for the chemicals
listed below. (Asterisks denote that compre-
hensive material safety data sheets are pro-
vided).
•Acetyl peroxide (105)
•Acrolein(106)
•Acrylonilrile (107)
Ammonia (anhydrous) (91)
•Aniline (109)
•Benzene (110)
•Benzo[a]pyrene (112)
•Bis(chloromethyl) ether (113)
Boron trichloride (91)
Boron trifluoride (92)
Bromine (114)
•Tert-butyl hydroperoxide (148)
•Carbon disulfide (116)
Carbon monoxide (92)
•Carbon tetrachloride (118)
•Chlorine (119)
Chlorine trifluoride (94)
•Chloroform (121)
Chloromethane (93)
•Diethylether(122)
Diisopropyl fluorophosphate (41)
•Dimethylformamide (123)
•Dimethyl sulfate (125)
•Dioxane (126)
•Ethylene dibromide (128)
•Fluorine (95)
•Formaldehyde (130)
•Hydrazine and salts (132)
Hydrofluoric acid (43)
Hydrogen bromide (98)
Hydrogen chloride (98)
"Hydrogen cyanide (133)
•Hydrogen sulfide (135)
Mercury and compounds (52)
•Methanol(137)
•Morpholine (138)
•Nickel carbonyl (99)
•Nitrobenzene (139)
Nitrogen dioxide (100)
N-nitrofcodiethylamine (54)
•Peracetic acid (141)
•Phenol (142)
•Phosgene(143)
•Pyridme (144)
•Sodium azide (145)
•Sodium cyanide (147)
Sulfur dioxide (101)
390
-------
n)
Occupational Safety ana neaun /Aumm.,
'II "Trichloroethylene (149)
•Vinyl chloride (150)
APPENDIX B TO 5 1910.1450—REFERENCES
( NON-MANDATORY)
The following references &ve provided to
assist the employer in the development of a
Chemical Hygiene Plan. The materials
listed below are offered as non-mandatory
guidance. References listed here' do not
imply specific endorsement of a book, opin-
ion, technique, policy or a specific solution
for a safety or health problem. Other refer-
ences not listed here may better meet the
needs of a specific laboratory, (a) Materials
for the development of the Chemical Hy-
glene Plan:
1. American Chemical Society, Safety in
Academic Chemistry Laboratories, 4th edi-
tion. 1985.
2. Fawcett, H.H. and W. S. Wood, Safety
and Accident Prevention in Chemical Oper-
ations. 2nd edition, Wiley-Intersclence, New
York. 1982.
3. Flury, Patricia A., Environmental
Health and Safety in the Hospital Laborato-
ry, Charles C. Thomas Publisher, Spring-
field IL, 1978.
4. Green, Michael E. and Turk. Amos,
Safety in Working with Chemicals, Macmil-
lan Publishing Co.. NY, 1978.
5. Kaufman, James A.. Laboratory Safety
Guidelines, Dow Chemical Co.. Box 1713,
Midland, MI 48640. 1977.
6. National Institutes of Health. NIH
Guidelines for the Laboratory use of Chemi-
cal Carcinogens. NIH Pub. No. 81-2385.
GPO, Washington, DC 20402. 1981.
7. National Research Council. Prudent
Practices for Disposal of Chemicals from
Laboratories, National Academy Press,
Washington, DC. 1983.
8. National Research Council, Prudent
Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemi-
cals in Laboratories. National Academy
Press, Washington. DC. 1981.
9. Renfrew. Malcolm, Ed., Safety in the
Chemical Laboratory, Vol. IV. J. Cfiem. Ed.,
American Chemical Society. Easlon, PA.
1981.
10. Steere. Norman V.. Ed., Safety in the
Chemical Laboratory, J. Chem. Ed. Ameri-
can Chemical Society, Easlon. PA. 18042,
Vol. I. 1967, Vol. II. 1971, Vol. Ill 1974.
11. Steere. Norman V.. Handbook of Labo-
ratory Safety, the Chemical Rubber Compa-
ny Cleveland. OH. 1971.
12. Young. Jay A.. Ed.. Improving Safety
in the Chemical Laboratory, John Wiley
-------
§ 1910.1499
ardous Liquids. Professional Safety pp 15-
18, April 1980.
4. National Fire Protection Association.
Fire Protection -for Laboratories Using
Chemicals NFPA-45, 1982.
Safety Standard for Laboratories in
Health Related Institutions. NFPA, 56c.
1980.
- Pire. Protection Guide on Hazardous Ma-
terials, 7th edition, 1978.
National Fire Protection Association, Bat-
terymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
5. Scientific Apparatus' Makers Associa-
tion (SAMA), Standard for Laboratory
Fume Hoods. SAMA LF7-1980, 1101 16th
Street, NW., Washington. DC 20036.
(d) Information on Availability of Refer-
enced Material:
1. American National Standards Institute
(ANSI). 1430 Broadway. New York, NY
10018.
2. American Society for Testing and Mate-
rials (ASTM). 1916 Race Street,-Philadel-
phia. PA 19103.
(Approved by the Office of Management
and Budget under control number 1218-
0131)
[55 FR 3327. Jan. 31. 1990; 55 FR 7967. Mar.
6, 1990; 57 FR 29204, July 1, 1992J
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7-1-92 Edition)
§ 1910.1499 Source of standards.
Section 1910.1000.
41 CFR 50-204.50, except1 ._.
Table 2-2, the source of whicn
is American National Stand-
ards Institute, 237 series
[40 FR 23073, May 28, 1975]
§ 1910.1500 Standards organizations.
Specific standards of the following
organizations have been referred to in
this subpart. Copies of the standards
may be obtained from the issuing or-
ganization.
American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists
6500 Glenway Avenue. Bldg. D—7
Cincinnati, Ohio 45211—4438
American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York. New York 10018
[40 FR 23073. May 28. 1975. as amended at
43 FR 57603. Dec. 8. 1978; 57 FR 29204, July
1, 1992]
392
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 1 of 13
Attachment 2 - STORAGE FOR CHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY
Chemicals in the R/V Lake Guardian Laboratories have been color labeled and should be stored
by hazard group according to the following chart:
Group Number Hazard Classification
Color
Acids
Red
II
Flammable
Orange
III
Refrigerated Materials
Green
IV
Oxidizers
Yellow
V
Alkalis
Blue
VI
Extremely Poisonous
Brown
VII
Generally Safe
White
VIII
Special Storage
Black
-------
SECTION- APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 2 of 13
CHEMICAL STORAGE INVENTORY
All chemicals must be stored in segregated areas by compatible chemicals. Incompatible
chemicals may "eact violently with each other or form highly toxic gases. These reactions can
occur by mixing incompatible vapors or spilling incompatible contents onto each other.
Therefore, extreme care must be taken to keep compatibles segregated physically from
incompatibles, e.g., storage of incompatibles on a bottom shelf of a cabinet is not an acceptable
segregating procedure. Storage areas must be kept in a cool, adequately ventilated area. All
flammable or combustible materials and high heat sources must be kept clear of storage areas.
Storage areas should not be in a "heavy traffic" area and should be protected from physical
damage. Storage cabinets must be clearly labeled as to what materials can be stored in them.
An inventory of chemicals in each storage area must be kept updated. New chemicals
purchased must be checked to see what compatible materials they may be stored with by
reviewing MSDS's, e.g., not all acids can be stored together.
Chemicals should not be stored in cabinets under fume or heat hoods where chemicals
procedures take place. Chemicals should not be stored in direct sunlight. Chemicals listed
within a group may be stored together. Groups of chemicals must be physically separated.
Chemical Storage Group I. Most Acids
In general, keep most acids separate from oxidizers and bases.
Chemical Comments
Glacial Acetic Acid Keep from hydroxyls, ethyleneglycol, peroxides, permanganates,
chromic acid, nitric acid, per-chloric acid
1 - Amino-2-Naphthal
-4-Sulfonic Acid
Ammonium Phosphate
Ascorbic Acid
Disodium Ethylenediamine
Tetracetate
EDTA Tetrasodium Salt
L-( + )-Glutamic Acid
Glutaraldehyde
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 3 of 13
Chemical
B-Glycerophosphoric Acid
Disodium Salt
Hydrochloric Acid
Lugol's Solution
Oxalic Acid
Phosphoric Acid
Plantinum Cobalt Color Standard
Sulfuric Acid
Kodak Farmer's Reducer (Thio-
sulfuric Acid Disodium Salt)
Comment
Keep from sulfuric acid
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 4 of 13
Chemical Storage Group II, Flammables
All flammables must be stored in a flammable liquid storage cabinet. There shall be no storage
of oxidizers, combustibles or ignitables in this area.
Chemicals Comments
Acetone
Ethyl Alcohol
Hexane
Isopentyl Alcohol
Isoamyl Alcohol
Methyl Alcohol
Nitromethane
Sodium Borohydride
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 5 of 13
Chemical Storage Group III. Refrigerated Materials
These materials must be stored refrigerated and no oxidizers, acids or other incompatibles shall
be contained in the refrigerated area.
Chemical Comments
I4C, Radioactive Material
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 6 of 13
Chemical Storage Group IV. Oxidizers (in general)
These chemicals must be kept separate from acids, combustibles, flammables, ignitables, and
other incompatibles.
Chemical
Ammonium Molybdate
Ammonium Persulfate
Ascarite
Ferric Nitrate
Iodine
Manganese Dioxide
Potassium Bichromate
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Persulfate
Potassium Nitrite
Soda Lime
Sodium Bichromate
Sodium Hypochlorite
Stannous Chloride
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Nitrite
Comments
Keep from organics, sodium
peroxide, reducing agents.
Material is not an oxidizer.
Keep from acids.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 7 of 13
Chemical Storage Group V. Alkalis
These chemicals contain alkali salts which react with some acids and other chemicals. Keep
from oxidizers.
Chemical Comments
Aluminum Standard
Barium Standard
Beryllium Standard
Boron Standard
Calcium Standard
Cobalt Standard
Copper Standard
Iron Standard
Lithium Standard
Magnesium Standard
Magnesium Carbonate
Manganese Standard
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Standard
Soda Lime
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Standard
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 8 of 13
Chemical Comments
Strontium Standard
Titanium Standard
Vanadium Standard
Zinc Standard
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 9 of 13
Chemical Storage Group VI, Extremely Poisonous Chemicals
In general, these must be kept from acids and oxidizers.
There are no cyanides used in any procedures.
Chemicals Comments
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dricote
Formaldehyde
Hydrazine Sulfate
Mercuric Oxide Red
Mercuric Thiocyanate
Methylene Chloride
Methylmercuric Bromide
Methylmercury (II) Hydroxide
Phenol
Platinum Chloride
(Platinizing Solution)
Polychlorinated Biphenyl
Standards
Sodium Nitroprusside
(Sodium Nitroferricyanide)
Keep from alkalis
Keep from acids, metals,
oxidizers
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 10 of 13
Chemical Storage Group VII, Chemicals that can be stored relatively safely.
These chemicals are relatively safe to store. In general, keep acids and oxidizers from these
chemicals.
Chemicals
Ammonium Chloride
Ammonium Sulfate
Antimony Potassium Tartrate
(Potassium Antimonyl Tartrate)
Brij-35
Bio-Rex 70
Buffer Solutions
Cadmium
Calcium Sulfate
Cupric Bromide
Cupric Oxide
Cupric Sulfate, 5-Hydrate
(Copper Sulfate)
Disodium Phosphate
4', 6-Diamidino-2-Phenylindole
Dihydrochloride
Ecoscint
Ferrous Sulfate
Magnesium Nitrate Hexahydrate
Magnesium Sulfate
Comments
Keep from acids and alkalis
Keep from oxidizers
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 11 of 13
Chemical
Manganese Sulfate
(Manganous Sulfate)
Mercury Indicator
Methenamine
(Hexamethylenetetramine)
Methylthymol Blue
Monopotassium Phosphate
N-1 -Naphthy lethylenediamine
Dihydrochloride
Phenolphthalein
Phenylethylamine
Potassium Chloride
Kodak Bleach (Potassium Bichromate)
Potassium Iodide
Potassium Phosphate
Potassium Sodium Tartrate
Potassium Biiodate
Potassium Biphthalate
Potassium Sulfate
Primary Calibration Standards
RadiacWash
Silicon Atomic Absorption Standard
Comments
Keep from acids and oxidizers
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 12 of 13
Chemical
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Borate
Sodium Bromide
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Citrate
Sodium Iodide
Sodium Lauryl Sulfate
(Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate)
Sodium Metaphosphate
Sodium Phosphate
Sodium Potassium Tartrate
Sodium Salicylate
Sodium Silicate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfite
Sodium Thiosulfate
Starch
Sulfanilamide
Comments
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1993
PAGE: 13 of 13
Chemical Storage Group VIII, Special Storage
These chemicals present unique hazards and cannot be stored with any group of chemicals in
this laboratory. These chemicals must be stored separately from all other chemicals at this
laboratory. See MSDS's for special precautions.
Chemicals Comments
Nitric Acid Incompatible with some acids, is an oxidizer
Sodium Azide
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 2
Attachment 3 - STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL STORAGE AND SPILL PREVENTION
I. Introduction
The use of proper handling procedures for hazardous materials helps to ensure a safe working
environment for persons working in a laboratory. The special hazards present, because the Lake
Guardian laboratories are on board a ship, make proper handling of chemicals especially
important. The purpose of this document is to present standard operating procedures which will
provide safe storage of hazardous materials in all laboratory areas and will result in the reduction
of spills.
II. Ordering and Procurement of Chemicals
In order to ensure that adequate storage will be provided for hazardous materials needed during a
survey, the Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO) must be informed of the chemical name, amount,
and approximate arrival date of all deliveries to the ship. If the chemical has not been on board
previously, an MSDS must be requested by the person placing the order. All MSDSs must be
given to the CHO to use in planning for safe handling and hazard communication.
No chemicals will be accepted for storage without adequate labeling. Labels shall include at the
minimum: identification of the contents, description of hazards, precautionary information, first
aid instructions, and spill cleanup procedures.
Compressed gas cylinders shall not be kept on board unless there is sufficient equipment to
adequately secure them during sailing. There will be no storage at the warehouse of gas
cylinders intended for use on the ship.
III. Bulk Storage of Hazardous Materials
Storage of any one hazardous material in quantities greater than one gallon (4 liters) is
considered bulk storage and is not permitted in the laboratories. The only exception to this rule
is the extraction laboratory which contains a flammables cabinet. All other bulk storage will take
place in the hazardous materials locker (HML).
The HML consists of two separately diked storage areas, each containing appropriately labeled
cabinets. One storage area is designated for flammable materials. The other is designated for
corrosives, poisonous and generally safe materials. If cabinet space is insufficient, do not store
corrosives in the flammabies cabinets or vice versa. Notify the CHO.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 2
IV. Transfer to the Laboratory
All bottled hazardous materials leaving the HML must be in protective bottle carriers or
transferred to a non-breakable container. Transfer of chemicals to non-breakable containers must
take place in the HML hood. Materials shall be taken from the HML only in quantities sufficient
for one work shift or one gallon (4 liters), whichever is less.
V. Storage in the Laboratory
Hazardous materials in the laboratories must be kept in containment pans sufficient to hold the
entire quantity of the largest container. This applies to both cabinet and countertop storage.
Countertop storage shall be minimized whenever possible to reduce the danger of spills during
rough seas.
Materials in the fume hoods shall also be kept in containment pans. Hood storage shall be
limited to those chemicals frequently used during the present shift and quantities should not be
great enough to impede proper function of the hood.
Hazardous materials shall be stored according to chemical compatibility to reduce the danger of
reaction following a spill. The CHO will be inspecting laboratory storage and will determine
when changes are necessary.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 3
Attachment 4: WEEKLY INSPECTION CHECKSHEET
Date
A check mark indicates inspection met with standard. If conditions are unacceptable, indicate date
corrected or make comment below.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
Bio. Chem. Wet Ext. Anal. Prod.
Lab Lab Lab Lab Lab Lab
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 3
WEEKLY LABORATORY INSPECTIONS
1) The eyewash is working properly.
2) Hoods are free of unnecessary clutter.
3) Transfer containers are properly labeled.
4) Hoods are being used at or below the permitted sash height
5) Waste containers are properly labeled and dated.
6) All chemicals are kept in proper containment.
7) Chemicals are stored according to compatibility.
8) Combustibles are stored away from heaters.
9) GFCI outlets are functioning correctly.
10) Access to spill and first aid kits is unobstructed.
11) All power cords are in good working condition.
12) Compressed gas cylinders are properly secured.
13) All exits are unobstructed.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 3
WEEKLY GENERAL SAFETY INSPECTIONS
FOR R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
Date
Emergency showers are unobstructed.
Emergency lights are functioning.
No combustibles are stored near room heaters.
All fire doors are closed.
All exits are clearly marked and unobstructed.
Tool room equipment is clean of accumulated debris and shavings.
Machine guards are in place on tool room equipment.
The floor mat is properly placed in front of the main electrical control panel in the engine
room.
Circuit boxes are in safe condition and doors are closed.
Compressed gas cylinders are properly secured.
All GFCIs are in working condition.
All extension cords are grounded and not in permanent use.
Electrical cords are in good condition.
No combustibles are stored in the exhaust vent room.
Gasoline Can self-closing devices working properly.
Panic Bars on walk-in freezers and refrigerators are functional.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 7
Attachment 5: SOP FOR HAZARDOUS AND COMMON WASTES
I. INTRODUCTION
II. HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL WASTE
A. Hazardous Waste Storage
1. Satellite Storage
2. Primary Storage
3. Interim and Secondary Storage
B. Hazardous Waste Transport
C. Disposal Procedures
1. Transporters
2. Disposal Facilities
III. NONHAZARDOUS CHEMICAL WASTE
A. Laboratory Non-Hazardous Chemical Waste
1. Acid Waste
2. Basic Waste
3. Neutral Waste
B. Ship Non-Hazardous Chemical Waste
IV. COMMON WASTE
A. Hazardous Common Waste
B. Non-Hazardous Common Waste
C. Recyclables
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5 |
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997 ™
PAGE: 2 of 7
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR HAZARDOUS AND COMMON WASTES
I. Introduction
These standard operating procedures were developed to ensure that waste handling operations
by Lake Guardian personnel comply with local, state, and federal regulations. In addition,
proper handling of waste enhances the safety of personnel on board the ship and minimizes
hazards to the environment. Following the correct procedures will help to ensure that the
Lake Guardian continues to serve the Great Lakes and the communities along its shores in the
best possible manner.
In its role as a research vessel, the Lake Guardian generates two kinds of waste. As a
functioning research laboratory, chemical wastes are produced which can be of either a
hazardous or nonhazardous nature. The ship's additional function as a vessel on which its
personnel travel, results in the accumulation of the common wastes of daily living and of ship
operations. This document serves as a standard for disposal of both these types of waste.
II. Hazardous Chemical Waste
Hazardous chemical wastes are those listed or defined by the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act in 40 CFR Part 261. Some wastes are listed by name in the regulation and
others are included by definition as having ignitable, corrosive, reactive, or toxic
characteristics. All disposal of hazardous chemical wastes shall be carried out under the
supervision of the Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO).
A. Hazardous Waste Storage
Hazardous chemical wastes are stored in three areas, the satellite area, the primary
storage area, and the interim or secondary storage area. The following discusses storage
and labeling methods for each type of area.
1. Satellite Storage
Hazardous waste generated during preparation and analytical procedures is initially
stored within the laboratory at the site of generation. Acidic, basic, and organic
solvent wastes are stored in polyethylene containers. Containers for PCB disposal
greater than 50 ppm are to be made of steel. Containment pans must be used and
must have a capacity large enough to hold the contents of the largest container
within its confines.
All temporary waste containers must have a hand written label stating the chemical
name(s) of its contents. Five gallon containers used for final disposal will have
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 7
color coded waste labels. These labels will be distributed by the Chemical Hygiene
Officer. Laboratory personnel are responsible only for marking the label with the
accumulation start date. The accumulation start date is the first day in which waste
was put into the container.
In laboratory areas where five gallon final disposal containers are unsuitable,
smaller temporary containers may be used. These containers must be of the
specified type (polyethylene, steel, etc.) and must be hand labeled as to chemical
content. No glass containers may be used.
Five waste streams have been identified for possible generation by GLNPO
laboratories. To minimize disposal costs, it is important that none of these waste
streams are mixed. To assist in identification of waste stream containers, a color
code system will be used. All containers regardless of size will be marked with
appropriate colored labels. When transferring waste from a temporary container to
a five gallon disposal carboy, the color codes must match. The following is a list
of the waste streams and their designated labels:
a. Yellow - Acid waste from the dissolved oxygen carbon (DOC) system
containing sulfuric acid, chromic acid, metals including mercury, and
water;
b. Blue - Basic and neutral waste, containing sodium hydroxide, mercuric
suifate, phenol, and water;
d. Green - Organic solvent waste (e.g., methylene chloride) containing PCBs
in concentrations less than 50 ppm PCBs;
e. Red - Waste solvents including hexane, acetone and methanol;
f. Radioactive Symbol - Low level radioactive waste containing Carbon 14.
There is also a methylene chloride waste containing approximately 1-2% methylene
chloride with water. This waste is non-hazardous (i.e., handled as a special non-
regulated waste) and is discussed in section III.
2. Primary Storage
The primary storage area for all hazardous wastes is the Hazardous Materials
Locker (HML). This room is also a primary storage area for hazardous materials
before use. The locker is divided into two storage areas, one containing the storage
cabinets for corrosive and toxic materials and the other containing the cabinets for
flammables. The two areas are separately diked and a dry chemical fire
suppression system has been installed.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5 A
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997 ™
PAGE: 4 of 7
Hazardous wastes leaving satellite storage shall be taken to the HML for continued
storage. If the hazardous waste is in containers other than the five gallon carboys,
the waste shall be transferred into an appropriately labeled carboy stored in the
HML. All waste chemical transfers shall take place in the hood in the HML.
All flammable wastes shall be stored in the fiammables cabinets. Corrosive wastes
shall be stored in the corrosives cabinets, taking care to separate acidic and basic
materials. If cabinets are at their storage capacity, other carboys for neutral and
non-flammable wastes may be stored on the floor in containment pans with a five
gallon capacity at the discretion of the Chemical Hygiene Officer. Care must be
taken to see that containers are secured from movement during sailing.
3. Interim or Secondary Storage
Secondary storage at a land facility has been proposed. Until that storage area is
completed, interim storage will take place at the warehouse in Bay City. Transport
of hazardous waste to interim storage may be performed only by EPA personnel
following the established transport guidelines.
Storage shall take place at the warehouse only when transport for disposal cannot
be scheduled to coincide with time in port. Storage at the warehouse should not
extend beyond five working days. All storage and transportation of hazardous
waste must be coordinated by the Chemical Hygiene Officer.
B. Hazardous Waste Transport
Hazardous waste must be transported to secondary storage by persons employed
directly by the EPA in an EPA owned vehicle. Contractors and their employees
may not transport hazardous waste at any time and vehicles owned by a contractor
or his employees are not acceptable for transport.
Transportation of hazardous waste to storage must follow the guidelines printed in
Procedures for the Transportation of Hazardous Materials bv Great Lakes National
Program Office via Government Vehicle, as stated in Appendix S of this manual.
C. Disposal Procedures
Disposal of all Hazardous waste must be made through an EPA contracted
transport, storage, and disposal (TSD) facility. The CHO or his/her designated
representative shall be present for the pickup of all wastes.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 7
1. Transporters
The CHO or representative shall be responsible for the accuracy of the
information on the waste manifest by assuring that the labeling, amounts, and
waste codes are correct for each waste stream. Placarding of the transport
vehicle may be provided by the transporter, however, the CHO or
representative must assure that it is correct. Manifests shall be signed by the
CHO or representative and one copy should be sent to the appropriate state
agency. The remaining generator copy should be filed in the manifest file in
the laboratory office and retained for five years. The hazardous waste
tracking form must be completed, which documents the date of pickup,
manifest number, waste stream identification number, and date the return
manifest is received.
2. Disposal Facilities
After any TSD has been contracted and before each waste pickup, the CHO
must assure that any disposal facilities used by the contractor are in
compliance with EPA off-site policy.
The disposal facility shall return a signed copy of the manifest to the ship
within 35 days after receiving the waste. If this copy is not returned within
35 days, the CHO shall attempt to contact the disposal facility. If not
received within 45 days, the CHO shall contact the appropriate agency as
directed in 40 CFR 262.42, or contact the appropriate state agency. After
receipt, the generator's manifest copy from the disposal facility shall be filed
with the original copy from the transporter in the laboratory office.
III. Non-hazardous Chemical Waste
While many of the chemical wastes from the laboratories can be assumed to be hazardous, a
few are non-hazardous. Some hazardous wastes can be pretreated and then disposed of as
non-hazardous waste. In addition, the ship generates several types of non-hazardous waste.
This section will identify specific waste streams which may be disposed of as non-hazardous
and provide guidelines for pretreatment where necessary.
A. Laboratory Non-Hazardous Chemical Waste
Laboratory chemical wastes that can disposed of as non-hazardous materials are grouped by
pH as acidic, basic, or neutral.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 7
1. Acidic and Basic Waste
Acids (pH less than 2) and bases (pH greater than 12.5) without other chemical
contamination may be neutralized and disposed of in the laboratory sink. All
neutralizations must take place in a fume hood and pH should be brought as close
to 7 as feasible.
2. Non-regulated Waste
The aqueous faction of the methylene chloride extraction procedure is a
non-regulated waste. It must, however, be treated, using carbon filters, to remove
any detectable methylene chloride before it can be disposed of into a sewer
system. The procedure used in the ship's laboratory generates a large quantity of
this waste which is stored in one of the ship's holding tanks. Drains leading to the
holding tank are found in the multi-purpose, extraction, and analytical laboratories.
At no time is any other waste, including concentrated methylene chloride, to be
added to the tank. The waste shall be treated by a contractor assigned by the EPA.
B. Ship Non-Hazardous Chemical Waste
Waste from systems operations of the ship consists of engine oil, oily waste (oil mixed
with water), antifreeze, graywater (sewage), and untreated surface water. All may be
disposed of as non-hazardous waste with the following considerations:
1. Disposal of ship waste shall be the responsibility of the ship's engineer and project
manager. The CHO shall be notified of the type and quantity of waste before
disposal and give approval of the transport and disposal method. All completed
manifests must be forwarded to the CHO immediately.
2. Oil and oily waste may be handled by any local contractor provided it is recycled.
If tested and found contaminated or otherwise unrecycleable, it must be disposed of
following the guidelines in part II.C.
3. Antifreeze may be disposed of as non-hazardous provided testing does not show
any evidence of contamination. If contaminated, it must be disposed of following
the guidelines in part II.C.
IV. Common Waste
Common waste shall be defined as any waste other than chemical whether generated in the
laboratory or in other sections of the ship.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 7
A. Hazardous Common Waste
Hazardous common waste is generated exclusively in the laboratories.
Gloves, paper towels, or other disposables that come into contact with hazardous waste
must be collected separately, stored in appropriately labeled bags, and disposed of as
hazardous waste.
B. Non-Hazardous Common Waste
In order to maintain the respect and goodwill of the public in the towns and cities where
the ship takes port, the Lake Guardian must ensure proper disposal of its garbage, trash,
and other non-hazardous common waste. Personnel on board are expected to follow the
guidelines in this section at all times.
1. At no time is anything to be thrown overboard, either at port or at sea.
2. All garbage and trash generated throughout the ship other than in the laboratories
shall be placed in the trash compactor in the laundry room. Compacted trash will
be stored in bags and tied securely to the main deck until a proper place of
disposal is reached.
3. Final disposal of trash shall take place at a Coast Guard dumpster or shall be
picked up directly by a paid trash hauler. No trash may be disposed of at public
parks or other public dumping places.
4. No trash disposal shall take place without approval by the captain or the CHO who
will ensure that arrangements have been made with the Coast Guard or trash
hauler.
5. No excess bags will be left beside a full dumpster unless permission is granted
from the captain or CHO.
6. Aerosol cans, paints, or commercial solvents intended for disposal shall be given to
the duty engineer or CHO for storage until proper disposal can be arranged by the
CHO.
C. Recycling
A formal plan for recycling is in place as described in Attachment 5.1. Recycling and
conservative use of disposable materials is encouraged whenever possible. Persons
working on the ship are encouraged to bring a mug for their personal use while on
board.
-------
Seaward Services, Inc. APPENDIX j
Attachment 5.1
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
Title: Recycling Program
Background: In keeping with USEPA mandates, protection of earth resources and good earth citizenship, it is
desirable to institute and maintain a recycling program aboard the R/V Lake Guardian. It is understood that
while there may not always be adequate resources ashore to accept recycled materials, the intent of this SOP is to
create a program whereby ALL personnel aboard the ship can participate in a recycling program to the maximum
extent possible without causing undue burden on any one person, crewmember, scientist or guest.
Scope; This SOP shall apply to all material aboard the ship which is disposed of on a regular and continuous
basis with the exception of waste from the engine room and waste from the laboratories, which are dealt with
under a separate SOP.
Infrastructure provided: An area of the mess deck shall be set aside for placement of waste containers. Separate
containers shall be provided for plastics, clear glass, metal and "wet" garbage. The latter is defined as table and
plate scraps and galley food materials in an otherwise moist state. Waste containers will be fitted with colored
nlastic bags of different colors, of the drawstring type. Another area of the ship, presently the 0-1 level aft (on
i >p of the container labs) will be set aside for storage of the plastic bags removed from the mess deck . M
Procedure: Each and every person sailing aboard the R/V Lake Guardian is encouraged to participate in the
ship's recycling program. Each person is responsible for properly disposing of the waste from his or her
stateroom into the proper waste paper container. Upon completion of each meal eaten aboard, each person shall
dispose of his or her own waste into the proper container. Dirty dishes (which have been scraped clean by the
user) shall then be placed into the cart provided. At the end of each meal, the steward will survey the waste
containers. Any bag which is fuil will be removed and replaced by a clean one. Bags which are not full shall
have their drawstrings pulled tight but not secured. At the beginning of the next meal these bags shall be
reopened for further filling. Full bags (color coded as to contents) will be removed by the steward to the outside
storage area. Ship's operating crew will not be responsible for segregation and disposal of trash generated by
others beyond the mess deck repository.'
Twenty four hours prior to arrival in each port the ship's Master will contact the Technical Project Coordinator to
advise ETA and duration of stay. The TPC will make an attempt to identify and locate a facility which will come
to the ship to offload segregated waste. If such a facility does not exist, or is not available during the ship's port
call, only the "wet" garbage will be discharged from the ship, with all other (recyclable) waste remaining aboard.
This procedure will be maintained for subsequent port calls until such time as the designated recyclable storage
space is full and it is not reasonably expected that another waste removal source will be found. At this point, all
waste then stored on the O-l level will be discharged from the ship into a common shore side container.
Whenever the ship is in port and garbage is to be discharged from the ship, either to a common container or to a
recycling facility, ALL members of the ship's complement shall be called upon at that time to assist in removal
of the waste ashore. If a "human chain" is established, the time taken to perform this effort will be minimal. jg|
To achieve USEPA's goal of recycling reusable materials, the sum total of the ship's complement is encouraged
to participate in this program, not only that each might have an opportunity to demonstrate his or her own good
earth citizenship, but also to minimize the time and effort required to make this program a success.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 6
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 2
Attachment 6: RADIATION SAFETY SOP FOR R/V LAKE GUARDIAN LABORATORIES
Limited use of radioactive materials in the R/V Lake Guardian laboratories is covered under the U.S.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission's Material License (Attachment A) issued to the U.S. EPA Central
Regional Laboratory (CRL). By amendment to this license, Carbon 14 and Nickel 63 may be used
for laboratory research and sample analysis on board the ship. Use of these materials is subject to the
guidelines enumerated in the CRL Radiation Safety Manual (Attachment B) and, in addition, to the
specific Lake Guardian guidelines presented here.
Procurement
All radionuclides must be procured by the CRL Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) as specified in the
CRL Radiation Safety Manual (hereafter referred to as the Manual). Radionuclides transported to the
ship must be carried by an EPA owned vehicle driven by an EPA employee. Shipments must be
accompanied by a bill of lading and arrive just prior to use.
Use Aboard the Ship
Use of radionuclides on board the ship shall be overseen by an Interim RSO who shall be named on
the license and shall carry out the responsibilities assigned to the Interim RSO in the Manual.
Training
The Interim RSO and all other employees involved with use of radioactive materials on the ship shall
be trained according to Radiation Safety Training guidelines in the Manual.
Records
All records of training, disposal, equipment, and inventory shall be kept at CRL. Copies of results of
wipe tests for sealed source devices shall be maintained in the
ship's lab office.
Laboratory Use
The Primary Productivity Lab or any other lab designated for use of radioactive materials shall not be
used at any time, even during port time, for other types of lab work, storage of supplies, or storage of
personal items.
Storage and Disposal
Storage of radionuclides shall follow storage guidelines in the Manual. No unsealed radionuclides
shall be left on board when the Interim RSO departs at the end of a Survey. Solid and liquid wastes
generated on the ship are to be packaged and labeled as radioactive waste and shall be taken to CRL
for disposal according to the Manual.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 6
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 2
Spill Procedures
Should a spill or other release of radioactive materials occur, procedures outlined in the R/V Lake
Guardian Contingency Plan part IV B 8, stated in Appendix R of this manual, shall be followed.
Non-GLNPO Groups
Groups outside of GLNPO using the ship's laboratory facilities and wishing to use radioactive
materials must observe the following guidelines:
1) All use of radioactive materials must be approved by the CRL Radiation Safety Officer.
2) The ship's Chemical Hygiene Officer and Interim RSO, if expected on board, shall be notified
prior to arrival.
3) Proof of amendment of NRC license to use the material on board the ship must be provided.
4) A copy of the R/V Lake Guardian Radiation Safety SOP shall be provided to the group
supervisor with the expectation that these guidelines shall be observed by persons using
radionuclides on the ship.
5) All radioactive materials and wastes, both liquid and solid, must be removed by the group at
departure.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
COVER
Attachment 7 - CRL RADIATION SAFETY MANUAL
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 19
Attachment 7: RADIATION SAFETY MANUAL FOR CENTRAL REGIONAL
LABORATORY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Organization of Radiation Safety Program
Management of the Radiation Safety Program
Radiation Safety Training
General Rules for Working With Radioactive Materials
Radionuclides and Sealed Source Devices
Procurement
Receiving Shipments
Inventory
Storage and Use
Labeling and Marking
Safety Plans 12
Protective Measures 12
Spills and Decontamination 15
Disposal 16
Records 18
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 19
RADIATION SAFETY MANUAL
CENTRAL REGIONAL LABORATORY
REGION 5
Central Regional Laboratory (CRL) has established, as part of its overall safety program, this manual
to provide guidelines for the safety and well-being of personnel involved in radiation work. Although
the facility uses and stores very small quantities of radioactive materials, proper training of workers,
laboratory techniques, and general housekeeping practices are established and maintained in order to
prevent unnecessary radiation exposure and/or contamination.
Organization of the Radiation Safety Program
Each person working with radioisotopes is responsible for adhering to the safety and operational
procedures discussed in this document. The following sections review the management of the
program and key personnel for administering the radiation safety program.
Management of the Radiation Safety Program
Assurance of an adequate radiation safety program at CRL is the ultimate responsibility of the CRL
Director. However, the actual program implementation is delegated to the Radiation Safety Officer
(RSO). The CRL Health and Safety Committee provides additional oversight and management
assistance in carrying out the program.
Radiation Safety Officer's Duties:
The RSO is an individual appointed by the CRL Director. The RSO is qualified by training and
experience in radiation safety to advise and assist the Director and CRL
staff in the safe use of radioactive material and radiation producing devices. The
RSO is named on the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) license and cannot be changed without
prior approval of the NRC. The RSO's duties include the following:
1. General overseeing all activities involving radioactive material,
including conducting routine monitoring.
2. Determining compliance with rules and regulations and license
conditions.
3. Maintaining an inventory of all radionuclides at CRL and limiting the
quantities of radionuclides to the amounts authorized by the licensee.
4. Supervising and coordinating the radioactive waste disposal program,
including keeping waste storage and disposal records.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 19
5. Overseeing distribution of personal monitoring devices and reviewing exposure data.
6. Performing leak tests on sealed sources.
7. Supervising decontamination in case of contaminating accidents.
8. Serving as a member of the CRL Health and Safety Committee.
9. Processing procurement requests for radionuclides.
10. Maintaining contamination survey records.
11. Ensuring that appropriate protective clothing and equipment are
available to personnel.
12. Recommending to the laboratory director the termination of hazardous or potentially
hazardous radiological operations.
In addition to the CRL RSO, an interim radiation safety officer is appointed aboard each research
vessel during each limnology cruise that is scheduled to use radioactive materials. The interim RSO
oversees ship activities involving the use of radioisotopes and ensures that storage and handling
practices are in compliance with the guidelines established by this manual. The interim RSO's
responsibilities include those listed in items 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, and 12.
Safety Committee:
The CRL Safety Committee covers radiation safety and disposal issues on an as-needed basis during
its monthly meetings. Committee members present topics for discussion and resolution. If action
outside the meeting is required, the committee chairman designates members to investigate and resolve
issues. Issues that are beyond the scope of the committee are referred to CRL upper management or
EPA divisions as required; for example, the Air and Radiation Division is available for radiation
safety support.
-------
SECTION. APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 19
Laboratory Personnel:
Each person who is designated as a user or who has contact with any radioactive material and/or is an
operator of an instrument containing a sealed source device is responsible for the following:
1. Keeping his/her external exposure to radiation as low as reasonably
achievable.
2. Wearing the prescribed monitoring equipment, such as a dosimeter, in
radiation areas.
3. Wearing protective clothing, including gloves, whenever contamination is possible and
not wearing the protective clothing when outside the laboratory area.
4. Wearing respiratory protection devices where needed
5. Using pipette filling devices and never pipetting radioactive liquids by mouth.
6. Performing radioactive work within the confines of an exhaust hood unless previous
examination has indicated the safety of working in the open.
7. Avoid eating, drinking or smoking where radioactive materials are present.
Refrigerators must not be used jointly for foods and radioactive materials.
8. After work with radionuclides, checking immediate areas of hoods, benches, or any
work area where radioactive materials are being used (through use of low level meters
or wipe tests) for possible contamination and removing contamination immediately. If
removal is not possible, the area shall be clearly identified and the radiation safety
officer notified.
9. Keeping the work area neat and clean. Work areas shall be free of equipment and
materials not required for the immediate procedure. Transport and keep radioactive
materials in double containers to prevent breakage or spillage and to ensure adequate
shielding. Keep work surfaces covered with absorbent material, preferably paper
lined.
10. Labeling and isolating radioactive waste and equipment used in the laboratory.
Equipment used for radioactive substances should not be used for other work unless
the equipment is completely decontaminated prior to being used.
11. Immediately reporting accidental release, inhalation, ingestion or injury involving
radioactive materials to the supervisor, the emergency response team, and the RSO.
The individual shall cooperate in all attempts to evaluate his/her exposure.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 19
12. Carrying out decontamination procedures when necessary and taking adequate steps to
prevent additional spread of contamination.
13. When performing new analyses or working with new radioisotopes, working with the
RSO and lab safety personnel to develop a safety plan for the analytical procedure.
14. Notifying the Hazardous Waste Disposal Officer (HWDO) of any radioactive waste
slated for disposal and working with the HWDO to dispose of the material in
accordance with local, State and Federal regulations.
Postings:
CRL posts its NRC license in accordance with NRC regulations on the safety bulletin board and in
each work area where radioactive materials are used. In addition, the following items are
conspicuously posted in appropriate areas at CRL:
The regulations of 10 CFR 19 and 20
• This radiation safety manual
• Any notice of violation involving radiological working conditions, proposed
imposition of civil penalty, or order issued pursuant to 10 CFR 20, Subpart B, and
any response submitted to such notices.
• Form NRC-3 (revision 6/82 or later) "Notice to Employees"
Radiation Safety Training
All employees involved in the use of radioactive materials at CRL are required to complete an annual
radiation safety training course. The course is also required for new employees or employees who are
transferred to work in areas requiring the use of radioactive materials. Copies of the radiation safety
manual and the NRC license are provided to each employee participating in the training. In addition.
on-the-job training is conducted before an employee is allowed to independently perform analyses
involving radioisotopes. The following topics are presented and discussed during the training course:
• Radioactivity and radioactive decay
• Characteristics of ionizing radiation
• Man-made radiation sources
• Acute effects of exposure to radiation
-------
SECTION. APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 19
• Health risks associated with occupational radiation exposures
• Special considerations in the exposure of women of reproductive age
• Occupational exposure limits
• Modes of exposure; internal and external
• Basic protective measures; time, distance, shielding
• Procedures for maintaining exposure as low as is reasonably achievable
• Radiation survey instrumentation; calibration and limitations
• Radiation monitoring programs and procedures
Contamination control, including protective clothing and equipment and workplace
design
Personnel decontamination
• Responsibilities of employees and management
Interaction with radiation protection staff
• Operational procedures associated with specific job assignments.
An annual meeting is also held with ancillary personnel (security, housekeeping, and clerical) whose
duties may require them to work in the vicinity of radioactive material. The ancillary personnel are
informed where radionuclides are stored and/or used at CRL and taught to recognize the radioactive
warning signs posted in the laboratory. These personnel are cautioned to use care in labs where the
radioisotopes may be present, for example, they are told not to touch or remove equipment on bench
tops. In addition, a written handout is provided to the supervisors of these personnel; the handout
has a statement to be signed by the supervisor which indicates that the supervisor has read and
understands the information provided in the handout, and will provide such information to new
employees.
General Rules for Working With Radioactive Materials
The following consists of rules general to all activities involving the use of radioisotopes at CRL.
Employees should be aware of these rules and use them.
1. Individuals under the age of 18 are not permitted to enter areas where open radioisotopes are
used, nor are they allowed to work with radioactive materials or devices.
2. High standards of cleanliness and good housekeeping should be maintained in all radioisotope
use/storage areas.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 19
3. Personal belongings should not be brought into the laboratory where they may be
contaminated.
4. Eating, drinking, smoking, and the application of cosmetics is forbidden in any area where
unsealed radioisotopes are used.
5. Rubber or plastic gloves and laboratory coats should be worn whenever working with
radioactive material. Gloves should be presumed to be contaminated and either cleaned or
discarded as radioactive waste.
6. Faucets, notebooks, calculators, drawer handles, and so on, should not be handled while
wearing gloves.
7. Whenever possible, work with all equipment on easily cleaned trays. All work surfaces must
be covered with absorbent paper.
8. Radioactive material should be kept covered, and must be used and stored behind shielding of
a type and amount appropriate to the radionuclide(s) present.
9. Work involving potential for airborne radioactivity must be performed in an approved hood.
10. Before leaving the laboratory, wash hands and remove protective equipment, including lab
coat.
Radionuclides and Sealed Source Devices
Under the current NRC license, CRL is authorized to have the following radionuclides on site:
Chemical and/or
Element and Number Physical Form Maximum Amount
Any byproduct material with Any Not to exceed 2.0
Atomic Numbers between millicuries, total
3-83, inclusive
Carbon-14 Any Not to exceed 30.0
millicuries, total
Nickel-63 Foils in Perkin-EImer Not to exceed 15.0
Model 6006204 detector cells millicuries per foil
Nickel-63 Plated sources in Not to exceed 15.0
Hewlett-Packard millicuries, per
Model 19235 detector cells source
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 19
Appendix A contains a copy of the most recent inventory of radionuclides currently held by CRL.
This appendix is updated biannually.
Procurement
In order to ensure that the amounts on hand do not exceed those allowed by the license, the following
procurement process must be followed when ordering radioactive materials or sealed source devices:
1. The analyst must discuss the request for radionuclides with the Radiation Safety Officer to
determine the method of handling, storing, monitoring for, and disposing of the substance. This
must be performed before the procurement request form is completed.
2. The procurement requisition is approved and logged by the Radiation Safety Officer.
3. All incoming radionuclides are delivered to the Radiation Safety Officer, who, in turn, notifies the
analyst.
4. The Radiation Safety Officer logs the shipment on the inventory and turns it over to the analyst.
Receiving Shipments
Every package containing radioactive material is opened and inspected by the Radiation Safety Officer
as soon as possible after receipt. The following procedures for opening and inspecting packages are
completed before the radionuclides are transferred to the analyst:
1. Disposable plastic gloves and a lab coat are worn while inspecting shipment containing unsealed
radioactive material.
2. Contamination surveys of packages are performed to determine whether there is leakage. Before
opening the package, the RSO monitors the package with a meter capable of low-level readings
and performs a wipe test. If a reading is higher than background, the Regional Health Physicist is
called for guidance in handling and opening the package. If both readings are less than or equal
to background, the package is opened. After the package is opened, it is surveyed again with a
low-level meter. If the reading is higher than background, the Regional Health Physicist is called
for guidance.
3. All received shipments are logged in a book which identifies:
• The type of radionuclide received
• Serial number of source and activity at the time of calibration (if sealed)
• Serial number of survey meter used and survey resulls
Wipe test results
• Surveyor's initials
Inventory
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 19
Physical inventories are conducted for all radioactive materials, including source devices, biannually.
The RSO is responsible for maintaining the inventory and ensuring that all radioactive materials are
accounted for.
The RSO also maintains a running inventory, indicating quantities of materials on hand, materials on
order, source devices present or being repaired off site, and radioactive materials for disposal. The
RSO uses the running inventory to ensure that NRC license limits are not exceeded.
Storage and Use
Radioactive materials must be stored so that the measured ionizing radiation level in areas occupied
by personnel is less than 2.0 millirems/hour (mR/hr) and as low as reasonably achievable. If
additional storage space or shielding is needed for materials that exceed the limits, the analyst should
consult with the RSO.
All unsealed radioactive materials must be labeled clearly and marked in such a way that personnel
passing through the laboratory will note any materials on a bench top that present a radiation hazard.
This requirement is especially critical for emergency response personnel entering the laboratory during
an emergency situation. Radioactive materials should never be left unattended or unsecured. Analysts
are responsible for securing materials in a locked cabinet or other appropriate storage place when not
using the materials. If the analyst leaves the work area for lunches or breaks, a sign should be placed
on the door banning access to other personnel. Locking the door would also be helpful to ensure that
unauthorized personnel do not have access to the materials.
All laboratories and storage areas that contain radioisotopes must be clearly labeled on all entrances.
The yellow and magenta radiation hazard warning label is appropriate for this purpose.
Labeling and Marking
Walkways and doors leading to open radionuclide work areas are conspicuously and properly
identified by the use of warning signs stating "Caution, Radiation Area". All equipment and apparatus
used for liquid scintillation is used exclusively for the purpose of counting and must be labeled with
approved warning tape. All containers of licensed material must bear durable, clearly visible labels
identifying the radioactive contents, and these must be stored and locked in an appropriate cabinet.
Safety Plans
Safety plans must be written for all methods or procedures involving the use of radioactive materials
that are not sealed source devices. Sealed source device safety procedures are already included in
safety plans for other methods. Refer to the CRL Safety Manual for guidance in developing a safety
plan.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 10 of 19
Protective Measures
In addition to the work rules discussed previously, all employees should attempt to keep the dose of
external radiation as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA) through good work practices. Keeping
the dose from external radiation at ALARA levels requires the wise use of time, distance, and
shielding. In every situation, these three factors must be considered jointly. While shielding is
desirable in reducing exposure, it must not be overlooked that doing the job in one-half the time is
just as effective as halving the dose rate with shielding. Working twice as far from a point source is
as effective as doing a job in one-fourth the time.
Time
Plan ahead; be familiar with the procedures involved for the analysis so that handling time is reduced
and, therefore, the potential exposure to the radioisotope
is minimized.
Distance
The intensity of a radiation field decreases with the distance from the source. For a point source the
intensity is inversely proportional to the square of the distance, the same as the light from a flashlight.
Shielding
The intensity of the radiation field is reduced by the proper placement of suitable shielding material.
The sealed source devices are shielded by the manufacturer and wipe tests are conducted semiannually
to ensure that leakage is not occurring. Following are some general guidelines on shielding methods
for radioisotopes:
1. Alpha particles are easily shielded by even a piece of paper.
2. Beta particles can be a problem. Using lead may produce Bremsstrahlung (an x-ray) which in
turn must be shielded. Therefore, analysts should use aluminum or plastic to shield Beta
particles.
3. Gamma and x-rays are shielded best by dense materials such as lead.
4. Neutrons are best shielded by hydrogenous materials such as water and plastics.
Radiation Monitoring Devices
A number of radiation monitoring devices are available for use. Radiation dosimeters are worn by
personnel who work with sealed source and open radioisotopes. Meters and other equipment are
available for monitoring contamination of work areas and lab equipment.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 11 of 19
Dosimeters
The Region V safety office operates a dosimetry program to monitor external radiation exposures of
personnel who work with radionuclides. The dosimeter must be worn on the person in the vicinity of
the upper torso at all times when engaged in work involving radioisotopes. The dosimeter must be
worn outside protective clothing in order not to impair the measurement of beta dose, Dosimetry
results are treated as medical monitoring records, and therefore, are subject to privacy restrictions.
In the event that an exposure to radionuclides is suspected, bioassay screening is available through the
Public Health Service. If a person suspects exposure, he/she must report this immediately to the
supervisor, the RSO, and the Regional Safety Office.
The NRC's present limit of radiation dose that can be received on the job is 5 rem/year. The EPA,
however, has set an administrative dose limit in order to control external exposure to be less than 0.5
rem/year. Every effort should be made to ensure that the dose to any employee is ALARA.
Female employees who are considering pregnancy or are currently pregnant should be especially
cautious when working with or near radioactive materials. Pregnant females should limit exposure to
levels less than 0.5 rem/year and notify their supervisors and the RSO as soon as they know they are
pregnant.
Monitoring Instruments
Survey meters are available for use for monitoring contamination of equipment and work areas. The
meters are calibrated by a qualified company, such as the manufacturer, on an annual basis. Any
employee requiring the use of a meter should see the RSO. The following survey meters are available
at or to CRL:
• Ludlum Model 14C Geiger Counter with Model 44-9 Probe
• Eberline E520 with HP260 Handprobe
• Ludlum Micro-R Survey Meter
The following radiation detection instruments are available for use at CRL:
Ludlum Model 140-5 Alpha Scintillation Counter
• Beckman Model LS-333 Beta Liquid Scintillation Counter
Nucor Model 30 Beta and Gamma Counter
Nuclear Chicago Model 26501 Beta and Gamma Counter
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 12 of 19
Laboratory Monitoring
The radioisotope work areas are monitored periodically. The radiation labs are monitored after each
work session is completed. Work areas aboard research vessels should be monitored after each
limnology cruise. Wipe tests of sealed sources are conducted every six months.
If monitoring reveals that removable contamination is present in the amount of 200 dpm per 100
square centimeters or greater, decontamination procedures will be implemented immediately.
The RSO will direct any changes in work procedures or decontamination necessary, and the personnel
involved will be responsible for the required action. If not complied with, action will be taken by the
CRL director. The RSO will coordinate with the Air and Radiation Division for special monitoring
procedures, such as air sampling.
Spills and Decontamination
It is unlikely that a radioactive material spill will occur at CRL. Most radioactive material is
contained in sealed source devices in laboratory equipment. In the event of a spill or leakage from a
sealed source, the hazardous materials contingency plan will be implemented immediately. This plan
provides for emergencies involving radioactive materials.
Disposal
Most radioactive wastes generated at CRL are low level in nature. The wastes consist primarily of
sample, biodegradable scintillation fluids, and lab wastes such as towels. The RSO should be
consulted when disposing of radioactive materials.
The disposal of waste contaminated with low levels of radioactivity is closely monitored at CRL. An
analyst wishing to dispose of radioisotopes must inform the RSO of materials to be disposed. The
RSO then meets with the analyst to determine the hazards (e.g., RCRA regulated waste as well as
being low level radioactive) and the appropriate disposal method given the hazard characteristics. The
following discusses the disposal procedures used at CRL.
Liquid Wastes
Carbon-14 liquid wastes generated by GLNPO activities may be disposed via the sanitary sewage
system if the scintillation liquid used is biodegradable ( nol regulated under RCRA) and
water-miscible. Ecoscint is such a scintillation fluid. According to 10 CFR Part 20.303, up to one
Curie of Carbon-14 may be disposed per year in this manner. In addition, up to one Curie combined
of other product isotopes (provided none of the prescribed daily limils or concentration limits for each
isotope is exceeded) may also be disposed in this manner in a year. Chicago Metropolitan Sewer
District regulations incorporate the NRC regulations by reference.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 13 of 19
The disposal of radioisotopes via the sewer system is closely monitored at CRL. The following steps
are performed during sewer disposal:
1. The disposer must have the authorization of the RSO to pour the wastes down the drain.
2. A specific sink must be used exclusively for the disposal process. A sign should be placed
near the sink restricting use by other personnel during the period in which it has been set
aside for disposal.
3. Sink disposals are logged in a book maintained by the RSO. The log includes the following:
identity of disposer, radioisotope, total activity and volume disposed, date and time of
disposal, and sink location.
4. The container holding the low level liquid must be triple rinsed and reserved for holding low
level liquid wastes only.
5. The sink must be decontaminated. This is accomplished through triple washing/rinsing the
sink with a commercial cleaner such as Det-O-Jet, or Liquinox. After the sink has been
thoroughly cleaned and dried, a dry wipe test should be taken to ensure that the removable
contamination is less than 200 dpm per 100 square centimeters. If the removable
contamination is higher than this number, the sink must be washed/rinsed until the level is
below that specified.
Solid Wastes
CRL holds a permit for disposal of solid low level waste at the Washington State disposal site. All
solid wastes which cannot be decontaminated are shipped to this site; for example, gloves and paper
towels cannot be easily decontaminated. Wastes that can be decontaminated are cleaned then disposed
of in regular trash. Examples of solid wastes that can be decontaminated are sample vials and liquid
waste containers. The following procedures are used for decontamination of solid waste:
1. If sample vials are to be decontaminated, run a test on about ten containers to determine whether
the decontamination procedure is appropriate for the vials.
2. Rinse the container three times with water, pouring the wastewater down a predetermined sink. If
the rinsing action does not decontaminate the container satisfactorily, wash/rinse the container
three times with a solution of water and a commercial detergent such as Det-O-Jet.
3. Wipe the container to ensure that removable contamination is less than 200 dpm per 100 square
centimeters or for the entire surface of the container if less than 100 square centimeters. If the
removable contamination is less than this number, the container may be thrown away as regular
trash. If the removable contamination is greater than allowed, repeat the decontamination process.
If the procedure continues to be unsuccessful, dispose of the container as low level radioactive
waste.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX J, ATTACHMENT 7 |
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997 ™
PAGE: 14 of 19
Solid wastes to be disposed at a low level site are stored in a drum in Room 1045. Once a drum has
been filled, arrangements will be made for shipment off site.
Records
The RSO is responsible for keeping all records required under NRC regulations and as required by the
license. Records to be maintained, as stated within the regulation, include personnel training records,
waste disposal records, wipe test and equipment service records, and inventory records.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 17
APPENDIX K: HEAVY EQUIPMENT PRACTICES FOR SEDIMENT SAMPLING
* Knuckle/Pivot Crane
• Operational Safety Practices During Use of HIAB Crane
Deck Safety Practices During Use of Overboard Science Equipment, A-Frames, HIAB
Crane and Hoists
1.0 Scope
To provide standard operating procedures for use before, during and after operation of the HIAB
crane. These procedures shall be followed by all personnel aboard the R/V Lake Guardian
involved with the handling, maintenance, and operation of the HIAB crane.
2.0 Reference
Crane Inspection & Certification Bureau (CICB) Training Manual: Mobile Cranes & Rigging
Considerations. Chapter 1-2.
3.0 Responsibility
There are several CICB certified mobile crane operators aboard the R/V Lake Guardian who will
assume primary responsibility for handling, maintenance, and operation of the HIAB crane.
4.0 Inspection
The following items shall be inspected on a weekly basis. Any deficiencies such as those listed
shall be carefully examined and a determination made as to whether they constitute a safety
hazard.
A. Prior to initial use, all new and/or altered cranes shall be inspected to insure compliance with
provisions contained in the Crane Inspection and Certification Manual.
B. All control mechanisms shall be inspected for maladjustments interfering with proper
operation.
C. All control mechanisms shall be inspected for excessive wear of components and for
contamination of lubricants or other foreign matter.
D. All safety devices shall be inspected for malfunction.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 17
E. Inspections for deterioration or leakage in air or hydraulic systems.
F. Crane hooks shall be inspected for deformations, cracks, or having more than 15% in excess
of normal throat opening or more than a 10 degree twist from the plane of the unbent hook.
G. Inspections are required for rope reeving for noncompliance with crane manufacturer's
recommendations.
H. Electrical apparatus shall be inspected weekly for malfunctioning, signs of excessive
deterioration, dirt and moisture accumulation.
A complete inspection of the crane shall be performed on a yearly basis by qualified personnel
(e.g., outside contractor). This inspection shall include all of the requirements above as well
as the following items. Any deficiencies such as those listed shall be carefully examined and a
determination made as to whether they constitute a safety hazard.
I. Deformed, cracked or corroded members in the crane structure and boom.
J. Loose bolts or rivets.
K. Cracked or worn sheaves and drums.
L. Worn, cracked or distorted parts such as pins, bearings, shafts, gears, rollers, and locking
devices.
M. Excessive wear on brake and clutch system parts, linings, pawls and ratchets.
N. Load, boom angle and other indicator over their full range, for any significant inaccuracies.
O. Gasoline, diesel, electric or other power plants for improper performance or noncompliance
with safety requirements.
P. Crane hooks. Magnetic particle or other suitable crack detecting inspection should be
performed at least once each year.
Q. Travel steering, braking and locking devices for malfunctions.
R. Excessively worn or damaged tires.
A crane which has been idle for a period of one month or more, but less than six months, shall be
given an inspection conforming with requirements of the weekly inspection above, before placing
in service.
A crane which has been idle for a period of over six months shall be given a complete inspection
conforming with requirements of the weekly and yearly inspections, before placing in service.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 3 of 17
5.0 Testing
A. Prior to initial use, all extensively repaired or altered cranes should be tested by or under the
direction of an appointed or authorized person.
B. Written reports shall be furnished by such persons showing test procedures and confirming the
adequacy of repairs or alterations.
C. Test loads shall not exceed 110% of the rated load at any selected working radius.
D. Re-rating test report shall be readily available.
E. No cranes shall be re-rated in excess of the original load ratings unless such rating changes are
approved by the crane manufacturer or final assembler.
6.0 Maintenance
A. A preventative maintenance program based on the crane manufacturer's recommendations shall
be established. Dated and detailed records shall be readily available.
B. It is recommended that replacement parts be obtained from the original equipment
manufacturer.
C. Before adjustments and repairs are started on a crane, the following precautions shall be taken
as applicable.
1. Crane placed where it will cause the least interference with other equipment or operations
in the area.
2. All controls in the "OFF" position (Activate the Lockout/Tagout Procedure)
3. Starting means rendered inoperative.
4. Warning or "out of order" signs placed on the crane.
5. Power plant stopped or disconnected at take-off.
6. Boom lowered to the ground if possible or otherwise secured against dropping.
7. Lower load block lowered to ground or otherwise secured against dropping.
D. After adjustments and repairs have been made, the crane shall not be operated until all guards
have been reinstalled, safety devices reactivated and maintenance equipment removed.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 17
7.0 Adjustments and Repairs
A. Any unsafe conditions disclosed by the inspection shall be corrected before operation of the
crane is resumed. Adjustments and repairs shall be done only by designated personnel.
B. Adjustments shall be maintained to assure correct functioning of components. (All functional
operating mechanisms, safety devices, control systems and power plants).
C. Repairs or replacement shall be provided promptly as needed for safe operation.
D. All replacement parts or repairs shall have at least the origina.1 safety factor.
E. All moving parts of the crane for which lubrication is specified, including rope and chain,
shall be regularly lubricated. Lubricating systems shall be checked for proper delivery of
lubricant. Particular care should be taken to follow manufacturer's recommendations as to
points and frequency of lubrication, maintenance of lubricant levels and types of lubricant to
be used.
F. Machinery shall be stationary while lubricants are being applied and protection provided as
called for in the above section "Maintenance", unless equipped for automatic lubrication.
8.0 Rope Inspection
A. All running ropes in continuous service should be visually inspected once every working day.
A thorough inspection of all rope in use shall be made at least once a month and a full
written, dated and signed report of rope conditions must be kept on file in the safety office.
All inspections shall be performed by an appointed, authorized person. Any deteriorations,
resulting in appreciable loss of original strength, such as described below, shall be carefully
noted and determinations made as to whether further use of Ihe rope would constitute a safety
hazard.
1. Reduction of rope diameter below nominal diameter due to loss of core support, internal or
external corrosion or wear of outside wires.
2. A number of broken outside wires and the degree of distribution of concentration of such
broken wires.
3. Worn outside wires.
4. Corroded or broken wires at end connections.
5. Corroded, cracked, bent, worn or improperly applied end connections.
6. Severe kinking, crushing, cutting or outstanding.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 17
B. Heavy wear and/or broken wires may occur in sections in contact with equalizer sheaves or
other sheaves where rope travel is limited, or with saddles. Particular care shall be taken to
inspect ropes at these locations.
C. All rope which has been idle for a period of a month or more due to shut down or storage of a
crane on which it is installed shall be given a thorough inspection bjfore it is placed in
service. This inspection shall be for all types of deterioration and shall be performed by an
appointed, authorized person whose approval shall be required for further use of the rope. A
written and dated report of the rope condition shall be filed.
D. Particular care shall be taken in the inspection of non-rotating rope.
9.0 Rope Replacement
A. No precise rules can be given for determination of the exact time for replacement of rope,
since many variable factors are involved. Safety in this respect depends largely upon the use
of good judgement by an appointed, authorized person in evaluating remaining strength in a
used rope after allowance for deterioration disclosed by inspection. Safety of rope operation
depends upon this remaining strength.
B. Conditions such as the following should be sufficient reason for questioning rope safety and
for consideration of replacement.
1. In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay or three broken wires in
one strand in one lay.
2. Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires.
3. Kinking, crushing, bird caging or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope
structure.
4. Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.
5. Reductions from nominal diameter of more than:
3/64" for diameters to and including 3/4"
1/16" for diameters 7/8 to 1 1/8" inclusive
3/32" for diameters 1 1/4" to 1 1/2" inclusive
6. In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections beyond and
connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection.
C. In order to establish data as a basis of judging the proper time for replacement, a continuing
inspection record shall be maintained. This record shall cover points on deterioration listed in
"Inspection" of this section.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 17
10.0 Rope Maintenance
A. Rope shall be stored to prevent damage or deterioration.
B. Unreeling or uncoiling of rope shall be done as recommended by the rope manufacturer and
with extreme care to avoid kinking or inducing a twist.
C. Before cutting a rope, seizing shall be placed on each side of the place where the rope is to be
cut to prevent unlaying of the strands. On preformed rope, one seizing on each side of the cut
is required. On non-preformed ropes of 7/8" diameter or smaller, two seizing on each side of
the cut are required, and for non-preformed rope of one inch diameter or larger, three seizing
on each side of the cut are required.
D. During installation, care shall be observed to avoid dragging of the rope in dirt or around
objects which will scrape, nick, crush or induce sharp bends in it.
E. Rope should be maintained in a well lubricated condition. It is important that lubricant
applied as part of a maintenance program shall be compatible with the original lubricant and to
this end the rope manufacturer should be consulted. Those sections of rope which are located
over sheaves or otherwise hidden during inspection and maintenance procedures require special
attention when lubricating rope. The object of rope lubrication is to reduce internal friction
and to prevent corrosion. Periodic field lubrication is particularly important for non-rotating
rope.
F. When an operating rope shows greater wear at well defined localized areas than on the
remainder of the rope, rope life can be extended in cases where a reduced rope length is
adequate by cutting off a section at one end, and thus shifting the wear to different areas of
the rope.
11.0 Operation
A. Cranes shall only be operated by designated operators, learners under the direct supervision of
a designated operator, maintenance and test personnel when it is necessary in the performance
of their duties, and inspectors.
B. No one, other than personnel specified in the above paragraph shall enter a crane control
station, with the exceptions of persons such as oilers and supervisors, whose duties require
them to do so, and then only in the performance of their duties and with the knowledge of the
operator or other person.
C. Operators shall be required to pass a practical operating examination. Examinations shall be
limited to the specific type equipment which he will operate.
D. Operators shall meet the following physical qualifications:
1. Have vision of at least 20/30 Snellen in one eye, and 20/50 in the other, with
or without corrective lenses.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 17
2. Be able to distinguish red, green, and yellow regardless of position of colors, if
color differentiation is required for operation.
3. Hearing, with or without hearing aid, must be adequate for the specific
operation.
4. A history of epilepsy or of a disabling heart condition shall be sufficient
reason for his/her disqualification.
E. The operator shall not engage in any practice which will divert his attention while actually
engaged in operating the crane.
F. When he is physically or mentally unfit, an operator shall not engage in the operation of this
equipment.
G. The operator shall respond to signals only from the appointed signal man, but shall obey a
stop signal at any time, no matter who gives it.
H. If a warning signal is furnished, it shall be sounded each time before traveling, and
intermittently during travel, particularly when approaching workmen.
I. Before leaving a crane unattended, the operator shall:
1. Land any attached load, bucket, lifting magnet or other device.
2. Disengage clutch.
3. Set travel, swing, boom brakes and other locking devices.
4. Put controls in the "OFF" position.
5. Stop the engine.
6. Secure crane against accidental travel.
7. Crane booms shall be lowered to ground level or otherwise fastened securely against
displacement by wind loads or other outside forces.
J. If there is a warning sign on the switch or engine starting controls, the operator shall not close
the switch or start the engine until the warning sign has been removed by the person placing it
there.
K. Before closing the switch or starting the engine, the operator shall see that all controls are in
the "OFF" position and all personnel are in the clear.
L. If power fails during operation, the operator shall set all brakes and locking devices, move all
clutch or other power controls to the "OFF" position and, if practical, the suspended load
should be landed under brake control.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 17
M. The operator shall familiarize himself with the equipment and its proper care. If adjustments
or repairs are necessary, or any defects are known, he shall report the same promptly to the
appointed person and shall also notify the next operator of the defects upon changing shifts.
"N. All controls shall be tested by the operator at the start of a new shift. If any controls do not
operate properly, they shall be adjusted or repaired before operations are begun.
O. Booms which are being assembled or disassembled on the ground with or without support of
the boom harness should be securely blocked to prevent dropping of the boom and boom
sections.
12.0 Handling and Moving the Load
A, No crane shall be loaded beyond the rated load, except for test purposes.
B. When loads which are limited by structural competence rather than by stability are to be
handled, the person responsible for the job shall ascertain that the weight of the load has been
determined within plus or minus 10% before it is lifted.
C. The hoist rope shall not be wrapped around the load.
D. The load shall be attached to the hook by means of slings or other approved devices.
E. The individual directing the lift shall see that the crane is level and where necessary blocked
properly and that the load is well secured and properly balanced in the sling or lifting device
before it is lifted more than a few inches.
F. Before starting the hoist, note the following conditions:
1. Hoist rope shall not be kinked.
2. Multiple part lines shall not be twisted around each other.
3. The hook shall be brought over the load in such a manner as to prevent swinging.
4. If there is a slack rope condition, it should be determined that the rope is properly seated
on the drum and in the sheaves.
G. During hoisting, care shall be taken that there is no sudden acceleration or deceleration of the
moving load and that the load does not contact any obstructions.
H. Side loading of booms shall be limited to freely suspended loads. Cranes shall not be used for
dragging loads sideways.
I. The operator shall not hoist, lower, swing or travel while anyone is on the load or hook.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K.
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 17
J. The operator should avoid carrying loads over people.
K. The operator shall test the brakes each time a load approaching the rated load is handled by
raising it a few inches and applying the brakes.
L. Outriggers shall be used when the load to be handled at that particular n.dius exceeds the rated
load without outriggers as given by the manufacturer for that crane. Where floats are
used, they shall be securely attached to the outriggers. Wood blocks used to support
outriggers shall:
1. Be strong enough to prevent crushing.
2. Be free from defects.
3. Be of sufficient width and length to prevent shifting or toppling under load.
M. Neither the load nor the booms shall be lowered below the point where less than two full
wraps of rope remain in their respective drums.
N. When two or more cranes are used to lift one load, one designated person shall be responsible
for the operation. He/she shall analyze the operation and instruct all personnel involved in the
proper positioning, rigging of the load and the movement to be made.
O. In transit, the following additional precautions shall be exercised:
1. The boom shall be carried in line with the direction of motion.
2. The superstructure shall be secured against rotation, except when negotiating turns when
there is an operator in the cab or the boom is supported on a dolly.
3. The empty hook shall be lashed or otherwise restrained so that it cannot swing freely.
P. Before traveling a crane with a load, a designated person shall be responsible for determining
and controlling safety. Decisions such as position of load, boom location, ground support,
travel route and speed of movement shall be in accordance with his/her determinations.
Q. A crane with or without load shall not be traveled with the boom so high that it may bounce
back over the cab.
R. When rotating the crane, sudden starts and stops shall be avoided. Rotational speed shall be
such that the load does not swing out beyond the radii at which it can be controlled. A tag or
restrain line shall be used when rotation of the load is hazardous.
S. When a crane is to be operated at a fixed radius, the boom-hoist pawl or other positive locking
device shall be engaged.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 10 of 17
T. Ropes shall not be handled on a winch head without the knowledge of the operator.
U. While a winch head is being used, the operator shall be within convenient reach of the power
unit control level.
13.0 Holding A Load
A. The operator shall not leave his position at the controls while the load is suspended.
B. No person should be permitted to stand or pass under a load on the hook.
C. If the load must remain suspended for any considerable lenglh of time, the operator shall hold
the drum from rotating in the lowering direction by activating the positive controllable means
at the operators station.
14.0 Signals
A. Standard signals to the operator shall be in accordance with the standards prescribed in the
next paragraph, unless voice communication equipment (telephone, radio or equivalent) is
utilized. Signals shall be discernible or audible at all times. No response shall be made unless
signals are clearly understood.
B. Hand signals shall be in accordance with attached diagram.
C. For operations not covered by the hand signals, or for special conditions that occur from time
to time, additions to or modification of the standard signals shall be required. In such cases,
these special signals shall be agreed on in advance by the operator and the signalman and
should not be in conflict with standard signals.
D. If it is desired to give instructions to the operator, other than provided by the established signal
system, the crane motions shall be stopped.
15.0 Miscellaneous
A. Cranes shall not be operated without the full amount of any ballast or counterweight in place
as specified by the maker, but truck cranes that have dropped the ballast or counterweight may
be operated temporarily with special care and only for light loads without full ballast of
counterweight in place. The ballast or counterweight in place specified by the manufacturer
shall not be exceeded.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. II of 17
B. Except where the electrical distribution and transmission lines have been de-energized and
visibly grounded at point of work or where insulating barriers not a part of or an attachment to
the crane have been erected to prevent physical contact with the lines, cranes shall be operated
proximate to, under, over, by or near power lines only in accordance with the following:
1. For lines rated 50kV or below, minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the
crane or load shall be 10 feet.
2. For lines rated over 50 kV minimum, clearance between the lines and any part of the
crane or load shall be 10 feet plus 0.4 inches for each IkV over 50kV, or use twice the
length of the line insulator but never less than 10 feet.
3. In transit with no load and boom lowered, the clearance shall be a minimum of four feet.
4. It is recommended that a person be designated to observe the clearance and give timely
warning for all operations where it is difficult for the operator to maintain the desired
clearance by visual means.
C. Cage-type boom guards, insulating lines, or proximately warning devices may be used on
cranes, but the use of such devices shall not operate to alter the requirements of paragraph (A)
above, even if such devices are required by law or regulation.
D. Before the commencement of operations near electrical lines, the person responsible for the job
shall notify the owners of the lines or their authorized representative providing them with all
pertinent information and requesting their cooperation.
E. Any overhead wire shall be considered to be an energized line unless and until the person
owning such line or the electrical utility authorities indicate that it is not an energized line.
F. Exceptions to this procedure, if approved by the owner of the electrical lines, may be granted
by the administrative or regulatory authority if the alternate procedure provides sufficient
protection and is set forth in writing.
G. Firm footing, uniformly level within one percent should be provided. Where such a footing is
not otherwise supplied, it should be provided by substantial timbers, cribbing, or other
structural members sufficient to distribute the load so as not to exceed safe bearing capacity of
the underlying material.
H. A carbon dioxide, dry chemical or equivalent fire extinguisher shall be kept in the vicinity of
the crane. Operating and maintenance personnel shall be familiar with the use and care of the
fire extinguishers provided.
-------
SECTION- APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 12 of 17
Hand signals for use in directing winch or crane operators:
RETRACT BOOM
BOOM DOWN
vr^1
n
BOOM-UP
HOOK DOWN
IvaneSalm Associates
REMEMBER!
EVERYBODY
MUST
UNDERSTAND
BEFORE
ANYTHING
MOVES
EXTEND BOOM
BOOM-DOWN
HOOK-UP
--J3
r
.BRIDGE TRAVEL
OVERHEAD
CRANES
TROLLEY TRAVEL /
SAFETY SAVES LIVES
CRANE SAFETY ASSOClATeS
OF AMERICA ?"j.'
-800-356-2212
Hand Signals: Where verbal communications are impossible or are likely to be interfered with by
other noises, the crew should utilize a standard set of hand signals. Where the winch operator doesn't
have a clear view of the load, one competent crewman should give signals, not the whole crew.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K.
VERSION- FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 13 of 17
DECK SAFETY PRACTICES DURING USE OF OVERBOARD SCIENCE
EQUIPMENT, A-FRAMES, HIAB CRANE AND HOISTS
1.0 Scope
To provide standard operating procedures and general deck safety practices during the use of
overboard science equipment, A-Frames, HIAB Crane, Hoists or any other systems that lift,
lower, secure or otherwise handle objects on board the R/V Lake Guardian.
2.0 References
Environmental Protection Agency: GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan and Safety Manual,
Page 34.
Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5: Health and Safety Manual, Section 18-1.
North Pacific Fishing Vessel Owner's Association: Vessel Safety Manual, Chapter 4, "Working
Conditions".
Seaward Services, Inc.: Occupational Safety & Health Program for Employees Working Aboard
the R/V Roger R. Simons and R/V Lake Guardian, Section 2-1.
3.0 Responsibility
The ship's Master is responsible for implementation and accomplishment of the procedures
contained herein.
4.0 Frequency of Inspection
Prior to the use of any piece of lifting gear, crane, A-Frame, davit or other handling device,
either the ship's Science Officer, Marine Science Technician, the mate on watch or appointed
designee, shall visually inspect the equipment involved with the operation and attest to its ability
to perform the intended operation. This inspection shall include slings, hoists, blocks, ropes and
associated hardware. On an annual basis, preferably several weeks prior to commencement of a
new operating season, all of the aforementioned gear will be inspected by a qualified and
independent third party for material condition and safe working load. Straps, chains, shackles,
turnbuckles, etc., shall be condemned and removed from the vessel if found to be unserviceable.
Cranes, winches, A-Frames and davits found to be unserviceable shall be "tagged out of order"
and repaired prior to further use.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 14 of 17
5.0 Deck Skills and Safety Procedures
A. Work vests shall be worn at all times during sampling and testing conducted on the weather
decks.
B. Hard hats must be worn by crane operators and any persons assisting with the load.
C. All individuals involved in sampling procedures on deck shall wear appropriate safety gear.
(Life vests, work suits, hard hats, eye, face, hand and foot protection, safety lines, etc.).
Employees will be provided with personal protective equipment and trained in the use and
care of this equipment. In compliance with OSHA 1910 standards, vessel employees are
required to adhere to any and all policies regarding personal protective equipment for their
own well being.
D. No one is permitted on the weather decks during sea operations unless directly involved with
sampling, testing, checking of equipment or other work.
E. During weather conditions causing freezing of water on deck surfaces, hoses shall be used to
thaw surfaces with warm water as needed to prevent a slipping hazard for those working
outside. Special precautions are necessary in wet, slippery conditions.
F. Never stand in a bight (a loop of line, rope or chain) or put any part of your body into a
bight without first making sure that the gear cannot be worked.
G. Never stand in the direct line of pull when a rope or wire is under tension, in case it breaks
and snaps back. Generally, rope or wire snaps back with a corkscrew motion, so the danger
zone extends to either side of the direct line of pull,
H. Lines under tension may be subjected to sudden shocks or strains that cause them to bounce
violently up and down. Never straddle or step over a line or wire under tension. Be
especially cautious when the gear has become snagged or fouled.
I. Stay out from underneath loads suspended in the air, and keep in mind that suspended loads
become battering rams in rolling seas. A tag line must be attached to any load being hoisted
to control turning and swinging.
J. Do not stand between a load in the air and a rail, stanchion, hatch coaming or any solid
object against which you could be crushed. If you are the man at the controls, never pass a
load over another crewman.
K. Be sure to use adequate lighting when working in poorly lit areas or during the night.
L. Only lower one device overboard at a time unless prior approval has been obtained from the
Captain or Officer in Charge.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE- 15 of 17
M. Do not work alone on the weather decks. A crew member with a radio should be present
during work at a sampling station.
N. Report any equipment failure or accident to the Bridge immediately.
6.0 Communication
A. Clear communication between the pilot house and deck should be maintained by means of
properly located, functioning intercoms or radios.
B. Position the ship's internal video system in such a way that the pilot house can view
overboard activities.
C. Inform pilot house of readiness to sample or the presence of overboard gear or lines in the
water.
D. Inform curious onlookers of unsafe conditions.
E. Inform pilot house and clear decks after sampling is complete. Secure science and deck
gear. Turn off all electrical and mechanical equipment.
F. When verbal communication is impossible or likely to be interfered with by other noises, the
crew should utilize a standard set of hand signals. Where the winch operator does not have
a clear view of the load, only one designated person will be responsible for giving the hand
signals.
7.0 Deck Machinery
A. Gear systems, including wrapping heads, winches, tackle, nets, etc., should provide safe and
convenient operation.
B. Wires and wraps should be of adequate strength for the anticipated loads.
C. Moving parts of winches and of wrap and chain leads which may present a hazard should
have adequate guards.
D. Repairs to winches, tackle and lifting gear should be to original standards of construction.
Repairs should be tested using dead loads before the gear is placed back in service.
F,. Protection should be provided around winch foundations to prevent a person from being
caught or dragged under.
F. Sheaves should be guarded where possible. Blocks and sheaves should be properly
lubricated at regular intervals.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX K
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 16 of 17
G. All shackles used aloft should be safety wired or "moused" so they cannot come loose
accidentally.
H. Winches should be provided with a means to prevent over hoisting and to prevent the
accidental release of a load if the power supply fails.
8.0 General Lifting Precautions
A. Components must be of sufficient size to accomplish the task, and should be inspected
regularly.
B. Fiber lines should be checked for signs of excessive wear, fraying, rot and dryness.
C. Wire rope should be examined for fish hooks, badly worn areas and kinks. Badly worn wire
ropes should be replaced.
D. Wooden blocks should be inspected for cracked or rotten cheeks, worn pins or cracked or
badly worn metal parts.
E. Shackles, swivels, metal blocks and hooks should be inspected for cracks, distortion,
excessive wear or metal fatigue.
F. If one part of a lifting appliance gives way, the force may weaken or destroy other parts.
G. Heavy weights should never be permitted to drop regardless of the distance. They should be
lowered to rest and secured to prevent rolling or sliding. Never keep a load in the air any
longer than necessary.
H. All motions with heavy weights should be slow to avoid creating momentum. Attaching a
tag line will help avoid many problems and ensure safe handling of the load.
I. Avoid sudden shocks or strain, and beware of side pulls. Side play puts great stress on a
boom or crane.
J. Only certified crane operators are permitted to operate the ship's cranes and hoists.
K. Any person directing the crane operator must be trained in the use of standard operating
hand signals. (See Attachment A)
L. Report any equipment failure or accident to the Bridge immediately.
-------
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
Section
1 0
20
3 0
40
50
6.0
70
1
90
10.0
11.0
120
13 0
140
15 0
Prepared by
Approved by
Rev
Operational Safety Practices During Use of H1AB
Aboard the R/V Lake Guardian
Table of Contents
Title
Scope
References
Responsibility
Inspection
Testing
Maintenance
Adjustments and Repairs
Rope) Inspection
Rope Replacement
Rope Maintenance
Operation
Handling & Moving the Load
Holding the Load
Signals
Miscellaneous
Date
Date
Crane
Page
9
2
2
2-3
3-4
4
4-5
6
6-7
7
7-9
9-10
10
10
11
Page 1
-------
Operational Safety Practices During Use of HIAB Crane
1 0 Scope
To provide standard operating procedures for use before, during and after operation of the HIAB crane. These
procedures shall be followed by all personnel aboard the R/V Lake Guardian involved wi:h the handling, maintenance
and operation of the HIAB crane
2.0 References
Crane Inspection & Certification Bureau (CICB) Training Manual: Mobile Cranes. & Rigging Considerations.
Chapter 1-2.
The contents of this document are based on recognized Safety Standards, which are published by the following
Organizations or Agencies:
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS
POWER CRANE AND SHOVEL ASSOCIATION
AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY
WIRE ROPE INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ASSOCIATION OF ONTARIO
3 0 Responsibility
There are several CICB certified mobile crane operators aboard the R/V Lake Guardian who will assume primary
responsibility for handling, maintenance and operation of the HIAB crane.
4.0 Inspection
Items such as the following shall be for defects at monthly intervals, or as specifically indicated, including
observation during operation for any defects which might appear between regular inspections. Any deficiencies such
as listed shall be carefully examined and determinations made as to whether they constitute a safety hazard:
A Prior to initial use all new and/or altered cranes shall be inspected to insure compliance with
provisions contained in Crane Inspection and Certification Manual.
B. All control mechanisms shall be inspected for maladjustments interfering with proper operation. Daily
C. All control mechanisms shall be inspected for excessive wear of components and contamination by
lubricants or other foreign matter.
D. All safety devices shall be inspected for malfunction.
Page 2
-------
E Inspections for deterioration or leakage in air or hydraulic systems. Daily
F Crane hooks shall be inspected for deformations, cracks or having more than 15% in excess of
normal throat opening or more than 10 degree twist from the plane of the unbent hook
G Inspections are required for rope reeving for noncompliance with crane manufacturer's
recommendations
H. Electrical apparatus shall be inspected weekly for malfunctioning, signs of excessive deterioration,
din and moisture accumulation
A complete inspection of the crane shall be performed on a yearly basis. This inspection shall include all of the
requirements above as well as the following items Any deficiencies such as listed shall be carefully examined and
a determination made as to whether they constitute a safety hazard.
I. Deformed, cracked or corroded members in the crane structure and boom
J. Loose bolts or rivets.
K. Cracked or worn sheaves and drums.
L. Load, boom angle and other indicators over their full range, for any significant inaccuracies.
M. Gasoline, diesel, electric or other power plants for improper performance or noncompliance with
safety requirements.
N. Crane hooks. Magnetic particle or other suitable crack detecting inspection should be performed
at least once each year.
A crane which has been idle for a period of one month or more, but less than six months, shall be given an inspection
conforming with requirements of the weekly inspection above, before placing in service
A crane which has been idle for a period of over six months shall be given a complete inspection conforming with
requirements of the weekly and yearly inspections, before placing in service.
50
A. Prior to initial use all extensively repaired or altered cranes should be tested by or under the direction
of an appointed or authorized person.
B. Written reports shall be furnished by such persons showing test procedures and confirming the
adequacy of repairs or alterations.
Page 3
-------
C Test loads shall not exceed 110% of the rated load at any selected woiking radius.
D Re-rating test report shall be readily available
E. No cranes shall be re-rated in excess of the original load ratings unless such rating changes are
approved by the crane manufacturer or final assembler.
6.0 Maintenance
A. A preventative maintenance program based on the crane manufacturer's recommendations shall be
established. Dated and detailed records shall be readily available.
B, It is recommended that replacement parts be obtained from the original equipment manufacturer.
C. Before adjustments and repairs are started on a erne the following precautions shall b- taken as
applicable.
(1) Crane placed where it will cause the least interference with other equipment or operations in
the area.
(2) All controls in the "OFF" position.
(3) Starting means rendered inoperative. ^m
(4) Warning or "out of order" signs placed on the crane.
(5) Power plant stopped or disconnected at take-off.
(6) Boom lowered to the ground if possible or otherwise secured against dropping.
(7) Lower load block lowered to ground or otherwise secured against dropping.
D. After adjustments and repairs have been made the crane shall not be operated until all guards have
been reinstalled, safety devices reactivated and maintenance equipment removed.
7 0 Adjustments and Repairs
A. Any unsafe conditions disclosed by the inspection shall be corrected before operation of the crane is
resumed. Adjustments and repairs shall be done only by designated personnel.
B. Adjustments shall be maintained to assure correct functioning of components. (All functional
operating mechanisms, safety devices, control systems and power plants).
Page 4
-------
C. Repairs or replacement •shall be provided promptly as needed for safe operation
D. All replacement parts or repairs shall have at least the original safety factor
E. All moving parts of the crane for which lubrication is specified, including rope and chain, shall be
regularly lubricated Lubricating s\ stems shall be checked for proper delivery of lubricant
Particular care should be taken to follow manufacturer's recommendations as to points and frequency
of lubrication, maintenance of lubricant levels and types of lubricant to be used.
F. Machinery shall be stationary while lubricants are being applied and protection provided as called for
in the above section "Maintenance" C-l through C-7, unless equipped for automatic lubrication
8.0 Rope Inspection
A. All running ropes in continuous service should be visually inspected once every working day. A
thorough inspection of all rope in use shall be made at least once a month and a full written, dated
and signed report of rope conditions kept on file where readily available. All inspections shall be
performed by an appointed or authorized person. Any deteriorations, resulting in appreciable loss
of original strength, such as described below, shall be carefully noted and determinations made as to
whether further use of the rope would constitute a safety hazard
(1) Reduction of rope diameter below nominal diameter due to loss of core support, internal or
external corrosion or wear of outside wires.
(2) A number of broken outside wires and the degree of distribution of concentration of such
broken wires.
(3) Worn outside wires
(4) Corroded or broken wires at end connections.
(5) Corroded, cracked, bent, worn or improperly applied end connections.
(6) Severe kinking, crushing, cutting or outstanding.
B Heavy wear and/or broken wires may occur in sections in contact with equalizer sheaves or other
sheaves where rope travel is limited, or with saddles. Particular care shall be taken to inspect ropes
at these locations.
PageS
-------
C All rope which has been idle for a period of a month or more due to shut down or storage of a crane
on which it is installed shall be given a thorough inspection before it is placed in service This
inspection shall be for all types of deterioration and shall be performed by an appointed or authorized
person whose approval shall be required for further use of the rope A written and dated report of
the rope condition shall be filed
D. Particular care shall be taken in the inspection of non-rotating rope
9 0 Rope Replacement
A. No precise rules can be given for determination of the exact time for replacement of rope, since many
variable factors are involved. Safety in this respect depends largely upon the use of good judgement
by an appointed or authorization person in evaluating remaining strength in a used rope after
allowance for deterioration disclosed by inspection Safety of rope operation depends upon this
remaining strength.
B. Conditions such as the following should be sufficient reason for questioning rope safety and for
consideration of replacement.
(1) In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay or three broken wires in
one strand in one lay.
(2) Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires.
(3) Kinking, crushing, bird caging or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope
structure.
(4) Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.
(5) Reductions from nominal diameter of more than:
3/64" for diameters to and including 3/4"
1/16" for diameter 7/8" to 1-1/8" inclusive
3/32" for diameters 1-1/4" to 1-1/2" inclusive
(6) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections beyond end connections
or more than one broken wire at an end connection.
C. In order to establish data as a basis of judging the proper time for replacement, a continuing
inspection record shall be maintained This record shall cover points of deterioration listed in
"inspection" of this section
Page 6
-------
10 0 Rope Maintenance
A Rope shall be stored to prevent damage or deterioration
B. Unreeling or uncoiling of rope shall be done as recommended by the rope manufacturer and with
extreme care to avoid kinking or inducing a twist
C Before cutting a rope, seizing shall be placed on each side of the place where the rope is to be cut to
prevent unlaying of the strands On preformed rope, one seizing on each side of the cut is required
On non-preformed ropes of 7/8" diameter or smaller, two seizings on each side of the cut are
required, and for non-preformed rope of one inch diameter or larger, three seizings on each side of
the cut are required.
D. During installation care shall be observed to avoid dragging of the rope in dirt or around objects
which will scrape, nick, crush or induce sharp bends in it.
E. Rope should be maintained in a well lubricated condition It is important that lubricant applied as part
of a maintenance program shall be compatible with the original lubricant and to this end the rope
manufacturer should be consulted. Those sections of rope which are located over sheaves or
otherwise hidden during inspection and maintenance procedures require special attention when
lubricating rope The object of rope lubrication is to reduce internal friction and to prevent corrosion.
Periodic field lubrication is particularly important for non-rotating rope
F. When an operating rope shows greater wear at well defined localized areas than on the remainder of
the rope, rope life can be extended in cases where a reduced rope length is adequate by cutting off
a section at one end, and thus shifting the wear to different areas of the rope.
11.0 Operation
A Cranes shall only be operated by designated operators, learners under the direct supervision of a
designated operator, maintenance and test personnel when it is necessary in the performance of their
duties, and inspectors.
B. No one, other than personnel specified in the above paragraph shall enter a crane cab, with the
exceptions of persons such as oilers and supervisors, whose duties require them to Jo so, and then
only in the performance of their duties and with the knowledge of the operator or other person.
C. Operators shall be required to pass a practical operating examination. Examinations shall be limited
to the specific type equipment which he will operate.
D. Operators shall meet the following physical qualifications.
(1) Have vision of at least 20/30 Snellen in one eye, and 20/50 in the other, with or without
glasses
Page 7
-------
(2) Be able to distinguish red, green, and yellow regardless of position of colors, if color
differentiation is required for operation
(3) Hearing, with or without hearing aid, must be adequate for the specific operation
(4) A history of epilepsy or of a disabling heart condition shall be sufficient reason for his
disqualification.
E. The operator shall not engage in any practice which will divert his attention while actually engaged
in operating the crane.
F. When he is physically or mentally unfit, an operator shall not engage in the operation of this
equipment.
G. The operator shall respond to signals only from the appointed signal man, but shall obey a stop signal
at any time, no matter who gives it.
H. If a warning signal is furnished, it shall be sounded each time before traveling, and intermittently
during travel, particularly when approaching workmen.
I. Before leaving his crane unattended, the operator shall:
(1) Land any attached load, bucket, lifting magnet or other device.
(2) Crane booms shall be lowered to ground level or otherwise
fastened securely against displacement by wind loads or other outside forces.
(3) Set travel, swing, boom brakes and other locking devices.
(4) Put controls in the "OFF" position.
(5) Stop the motor.
J. If there is a warning sign on the switch or motor starting controls, the operator shall not close the
switch or start the motor until the warning sign has been removed by the person placing it there.
K. Before closing the switch or starting the motor, the operator shall see that all controls are in the
"OFF" position and all personnel are in the clear.
L If power fails during operation, the operator shall set all brakes and locking devices, move all power
controls to the "OFF" position and if practical, the suspended load should be landed under brake
control.
PageS
-------
M The operator shall familiarize himself with the equipment and its proper care If adjustments or
repairs are necessary, or any defects are known, he shall report the same promptly to the appointed
person and shall also notify' the next operator of the defects upon changing shifts
N Booms v«hich are being assembled or disassembled on the ground with or without support of the
boom harness should be securely blocked to prevent dropping of the boom and boom sections
12 0 Handling & Moving the Load
A No crane shall be loaded beyond the rated load, except for test purposes
B. When loads which are limited by their own structural integrity rather than by stability are to be
handled, the person responsible for the job shall ascertain that the weight of the load has been
determined within plus or minus 10% before it is lifted.
C The hoist rope shall not be wrapped around the load.
D. The load shall be attached to the hook by means of slings or other approved devices.
E. The individual directing the lift shall see that the crane is level and that the load is well secured and
properly balanced in the sling or lifting device before it is lifted more than a few inches
F. Before starting the hoist, note the following conditions:
(1) Hoist rope shall not be kinked.
(2) Multiple part lines shall not be twisted around each other.
(3) The hook shall be brought over the load in such a manner as to prevent swinging.
(4) If there is a slack rope condition, it should be determined that the rope is properly seated on
the drum and in the sheaves.
G During hoisting care shall be taken that there is no sudden acceleration of deceleration of the moving
load and that the load does not contact any obstructions.
H. Side loading of booms shall be limited to freely suspended loads. Cranes shall not be used for
dragging loads sideways.
I. The operator shall not hoist, lower, swing or travel while anyone is on the load or hook.
J. The operator should avoid carrying loads over people.
K. The operator shall test the preset hydraulic lifting limit each time a load approaching the rated load
is handled by raising it a few inches and observing it's ability to hold the load in position without
lowering.
Page 9
-------
4
L Neither the load nor the booms shall be lowered below the point where less that two full wraps or
rope remain in their respective drums.
M. In transit the following additional precautions shall be exercised:
(1) The boom shall be carried in line with the direction of motion.
(2) The empty hook shall be lashed or otherwise restrained so that it cannot swing freely
N When rotating the crane, sudden starts and stops shall be avoided. Rotational speed shall be such that
the load does not swing out beyond the radii at which it can be controlled. A tag or restrain line shall
be used when rotation of the load is hazardous.
O. Ropes shall not be handled on a winch head without the knowledge of the operator.
P. While a winch head is being used, the operator shall be within convenient reach of the power unit
control level.
13.0 Holding a Load
A. The operator shall not leave his position at the controls while the load is suspended.
B. No person should be permitted to stand or pass under a load on the hook.
C. If the load must remain suspended for any considerable length of time, the operator shall hold the
drum from rotating in the lowering direction by activating the positive controllable means at the
operators station.
140
A. Standard signals to the operator shall be in accordance with the standards prescribed in the next
paragraph, unless voice communication equipment (telephone, radio or equivalent) is utilized. Signals
shall be discernible or audible at all times. No response shall be made unless signals are clearly
understood.
B. Hand signals shall be in accordance with Attachment A.
C. For operations not covered by the hand signals, or for special conditions that occur from time to time,
additions to or modification of the standard signals may be required. In such cases these special
signals shall be agreed on in advance by the operator and the signalman and should not be in conflict
with standard signals.
Page 10
-------
D. If it is desired to give instructions to the operator, other than provided by the established signal
system, the crane motions shall be stopped
15.0 Miscellaneous
A. Except where the electrical distribution and transmission lines have been de-energized and visibly
grounded at point of work or where insulating barriers not a part of or an attachment to the crane
have been erected to prevent physical contact with the lines, cranes shall be operated proximate to,
under, over, by or near power lines only in accordance with the following:
(1) For lines rated 50Kv or below, minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane
or load shall be 10 feet.
(2) For lines rated over 50kV minimum, clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or
load shall be 10 feet plus 0 4 inch for each IkV over 50kV, or use twice the length of the line
insulator but never less than 10 feet.
(3) It is recommended that a person be designated to observe the clearance and give timely
warning for all operations where it is difficult for the operator to maintain the desired
clearance by visual means.
B. Cage-type boom guards, insulating lines, or proximately warning devices may be used on cranes, but
the use of such devices shall not operate to alter the requirements of paragraph (A) above, even if
such devices are required by law or regulation
C. Before the commencement of operations near electrical lines, the person responsible for the job shall
notify the owners of the lines or their authorized representative providing them with all pertinent
information and requesting their cooperation
D. Any overhead wire shall be considered to be an energized line unless and until the person owning such
line or the electrical utility authorities indicate that it is not an energized line.
E. Exceptions to this procedure, if approved by the owner of the electrical lines, may be granted by the
administrative or regulatory authority if the alternate procedure provides sufficient protection and is
set forth in writing
F. A carbon-dioxide, dry chemical or equivalent fire extinguisher shall be kept in the vicinity of the
crane. Operating and maintenance personnel shall be familiar with the use and care of the fire
extinguishers provided
Page 11
-------
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
Deck Safety Practices During Use of
Scientific Equipment, A-Frames and Hoists
Table of Contents
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
Title
Scope
References
Responsibility
Frequency of Inspection
Deck Skills and
Safety Procedures
Communication
Deck Machinery
General Lifting Precautions
Page
2
2
2
2
3-4
4
5
5-6
Attachment A - Hand Signals
Prepared by
Approved by
Rev.
Date
Date
Page 1
-------
Deck Safety Practices During Use of
Overboard Science Equipment, A-Frames, HIAB Crane and Hoists
1.0 Scope
To provide standard operating procedures and general deck safety practices during the use of
overboard science equipment, A-Frames, HIAB Crane, Hoists or any other systems that lift, lower,
secure or otherwise handle objects on board the R/V Lake Guardian.
2.0 References
Environmental Protection Agency: GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan and Safety Manual. Page 34.
Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5: Heaith and Safety Manual. Section 18-1.
North Pacific Fishing Vessel Owner's Association: Vessel Safety Manual. Chapter 4, "Working
Conditions".
Seaward Services, Inc.: Occupational Safety & Health Program for Employees Working Aboard the
R/V Roger R. Simons and R/V Lake Guardian. Section 2-1.
3.0 Responsibility
The ship's Master is responsible for implementation and accomplishment of the procedures contained
herein.
4.0 Frequency of Inspection
Prior to the use of any piece of lifting gear, crane, A-frame, davit or other handling device, either the
ship's Science Officer, Marine Science Technician, the mate on watch or appointed designee, shall
visually inspect the equipment involved with the operation and attest to its ability to perform the
intended operation. This inspection shall include slings, hoists, blocks, ropes and associated
hardware. On an annual basis, preferably several weeks prior to commencement of a new operating
season, all of the aforementioned gear will be inspected by a qualified and independent third party for
material condition and safe working load. Straps, chains, shackles, turnbuckles, etc., shall be
condemned and removed from the vessel if found to be unserviceable. Cranes, winches, A-frames
and davits found to be unserviceable shall be tagged "Out of Order" and repaired prior to further use.
Page 2
-------
5.0 Deck Skills and Safety Procedures
A. Work vests shall be worn at all times during sampling and testing conducted on the
weather decks.
B. Hard hats must be worn by crane operators and any persons assisting with the load.
C. All individuals involved in sampling procedures on deck shall wear appropriate safety
^ear. (Life vests, work suits, hard hats, eye, face, hand and foot protection, safety
lines etc..). Employees will be provided with personal protective equipment and
trained on the use and care of this equipment. In compliance with OSHA 1910
standards, vessel employees are required to adhere to any and all policies regarding
personal protective equipment for their own well being.
D. No one is permitted on the weather decks during sea operations unless directly
involved with sampling, testing, checking of equipment or other work.
E. During weather conditions causing freezing of water on deck surfaces, hoses shall be
used to thaw surfaces with warm water as needed to prevent a slipping hazard for
those working outside. Special precautions are necessary in wet, slippery conditions.
F, Never stand in a bight (a loop of line, rope or chain) or put any part of your body into
a bight without first making sure that the gear cannot be worked.
G. Never stand in the direct line of pull when a rope or wire is under tension, in case it
breaks and snaps back. Generally, rope or wire snaps back with a corkscrew motion,
so the danger zone extends to either side of the direct line of pull.
H. Lines under tension may be subjected to sudden shocks or strains that cause them to
bounce violently up and down. Never straddle or step over a line or wire under
tension. Be especially cautious when the gear has become snagged or fouled.
I. Stay out from underneath loads suspended in the air, and keep in mind that suspended
loads become battering rams in rolling seas. A tag line must be attached to any load
being hoisted to control turning and swinging.
Page 3
-------
J. Don't stand between a load in the air and a rail, stanchion, hatch coaming or any solid
object against which you could be crushed. If you're the man at the controls, never
pass a load over another crewman.
K. Be sure to use adequate lighting when working in poorly lit areas or during the night.
L. Only lower one device overboard at a time unless prior approval has been obtained
from the Science Officer.
M. Do not work alone on the weather decks. A crew member with a radio should be
present during work at a sampling station.
N. Report any equipment failure or accident to the Bridge immediately.
6.0 Communication
A. Clear communications between the pilot house and deck should be maintained by
means of properly located, functioning intercoms or radios.
B. Position the ship's internal video system such that the pilot house can view overboard
activities.
C. Inform pilot house of readiness to sample or the presence of overboard gear or lines
in the water.
D. Inform curious onlookers of unsafe conditions.
E. Inform pilot house and clear decks after sampling is complete. Secure science and deck
gear. Turn off all electrical and mechanical equipment.
F. When verbal communications are impossible or are likely to be interfered with by
other noises, the crew should utilize a standard set of hand signals. Where the winch
operator doesn't have a clear view of the load, one designated person will be
responsible for giving the hand signals, not the whole crew.
Page 4
-------
7.0 Deck Machinery
A. Gear systems, including wrapping heads, winches, tackle, nets, etc., should provide
safe and convenient operation.
B. Wires and wraps should be of adequate strength for the anticipated loads.
C. Moving parts of winches and of wrap and chain leads which may present a hazard
should have adequate guards.
D. Repairs to winches, tackle and lifting gear should be to original standards of
construction. Repairs should be tested using dead loads before the gear is placed
back in service.
E. Protection should be provided around winch foundations toprevent a person from
being caught or dragged under.
F. Sheaves should be guarded where possible. Blocks and sheaves should be properly
lubricated at regular intervals.
G. All shackles used aloft should be safety wired or "moused" so they cannot come loose
accidentally.
H. Winches should be provided with a means to prevent over hoisting and to prevent the
accidental release of a load if the power supply fails.
8.0 General Lifting Precautions
A. Components must be of sufficient size to accomplish the task, and should be inspected
regularly.
B. Fiber lines should be checked for signs of excessive wear, fraying, rot and dryness.
C. Wire rope should be examined for fish hooks, badly worn areas and kinks. Badly
worn wire ropes should be replaced.
D. Wooden blocks should be inspected for cracked or rotten cheeks, worn pins or
cracked or badly worn metal parts.
E. Shackles, swivels, metal blocks and hooks should be inspected for cracks, distortion,
excessive wear or metal fatigue.
Page 5
-------
F. If one part of a lifting appliance gives way, the force may weaken or destroy other
parts.
G. Heavy weights should never be allowed to drop regardless of the distance. They
should be lowered to rest and secured to prevent rolling or sliding. Never keep a load
in the air any longer than necessary.
H. All motions with heavy weights should be slow to avoid creating momentum.
\ttaching a tag line will help avoid many problems and insure safe handling of the
load.
I. Avoid sudden shocks or strains, and beware of side pulls. Side play puts great stress
on a boom or crane.
J. Only certified crane operators are permitted to operate the ship's cranes and hoists.
K. Any person directing the crane operator must use and be trained in the use of standard
operating hand signals. (See attachment A).
L. Report any equipment failure or accident to the Bridge immediately.
Page 6
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX L
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: COVER
APPENDIX L: CHEMICAL HYGIENE STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR U.S. EPA GLNPO
RESEARCH VESSELS
-------
Chemical
Hygiene
SOP No. :
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Overall Glove
Recommendation
Optional
CPE*
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
Vinyl
CPE
CPE
Vinyl
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
Insulated
N/A
Vinyl
CPE
Laboratory Procedure
Dissolved Nutrients Filtration
' Total Alkalinity
Ammonia Nitrogen
Chloride
Dissolved Organic Carbon
Chlorophyll-a & Chlorophyll-b
Chlorophyll-a & Pheophytin-a
Specific Conductance
Nitrate & Nitrite Nitrogen
Dissolved Oxygen
Dissolved Oxygen
Electrometric pH
Soluble Reactive Phosphorous
Total Phosphorous, Total
Dissolved Phosphorous
Silicates
Standards & Spikes Preparation
Sulfate
Suspended Solids
Technicon Autoanalyzer &
Associated Recording Equip.
Turbidity
Aerobic Heterotrophs, Total
Coliforms, Fecal Coliforms,
Fecal Streptococci
22
Neoprene
Determining Primary Production
Parameters
-------
Chemical
Hygiene
SOP No. :
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Overall Glove
Recommendation
N/A
N/A
Neoprene
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
Laboratory Procedure
Quality Control Schedule
Reagent Water System
Sampling Surface Waters for
Hydrophobic Contaminants
Including Filtration, Liquid/
Liquid Extraction
Determination of Metals in
Acid Rain
Determination of Cadmium,
Chromium, & Nickel in Acid
Rain
Determination of Total Arsenic
in Water
Determination of Total Potassium
& Sodium in Acid Rain
Determination of Nickel in Acid
Rain
Analysis of Total Kjeldahl
Nitrogen & Total Phosphorous
in Water
Analysis of Particulate Organic
Carbon in Lake Water
Direct Observation of Bacteria
by DAP I
Analysis of Phytoplankton
Analysis of Zooplankton
Analysis of Total Phosphorous
Determination of Calcium,
"-—— — ,. 4.,™ D/-.4- a e a i urn £
Sodium
-------
Chemical
Hygiene
SOP No.;
38
39
Overall Glove
Recommendation
CPE
See Pg. 39-1
Laboratory Procedure
Determination of Total Calcium
Magnesium, Potassium, &
Sodium
Liquid/Liquid Water Extraction
Capture
*CPE = CHLORINATED POLYETHYLENE
-------
1-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 1
Laboratory Procedure: Dissolved Nutrients Filtration
Method:
Description: An unaltered sample is vacuum filtered
through a pre-washed selected .45 urn
membrane filter.
Chemicals Used: None
Overall Glove Recommendation: Gloves optional, any protective
glove
SAFETY CONTROLS
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
Pouring sample into None General ventilation
separatory funnel, is adequate. PPE-
draining, shaking, General lab
filtering, etc. requirements,
safety glasses, lab
coat, gloves not
required, rubber
gloves optional
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
None
-------
2-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 2
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Total Alkalinity
Titration
A measured amount of sample is titrated
with acid to a pH of 4.5.
Sulfuric acid, pH buffers, sodium
carbonate.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Sulfuric
dilutions,
necessary
acid
if
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Stock alkalinity
standard
preparation ,
(sodium carbonate)
None, except with
excessive skin
contact
3. Stock alkalinity
dilutions, handling
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
p»roof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove or CPE
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, gloves
optional. If used,
any protective
glove is adequate.
CPE
-------
2-2
Procedure
4. Handling of pH
buffers
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing
5. Titration of
sample of check
standard with
sulfuric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
gloves not
required, butyl
gloves optional.
CPE
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. Sulfuric
acid concentrations
are low. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
optional, not
required
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Thoroughly wash hands after procedure completion.
-------
3-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 3
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Ammonia Nitrogen
Automated phenolate/nitroprusside
spectrophotometric determination
Ammo concentration of a sample determined
spectrophotometrically.
Sodium hydroxide phenol, 5.25% chlorine
bleach, potassium sodium tartrate, sodium
citrate, sulfuric acid, Brij-35, sodium
nitroprusside, ammonia standard
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Sodium phenolate
solution
preparation, phenol
and sodium
hydroxide
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. When in
contact with water,
sodium hydroxide
may generate
sufficient heat to
ignite a
combustible
materials. Allow
to cool. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
butyl gloves
(choice), viton
gloves (adequate)
for phenol,
nitrile, neoprene
or rubber gloves
(choice), butyl
gloves (adequate)
for sodium
hydroxide. CPE
adequate for
procedure
-------
3-2
Procedure
2 . Sodium
hypochlorite
solution, 5.25%
chlorine bleach
Potential Exposure
Spills, inhalation
3. Complexing
reagent, potassium
sodium tartrate,
sodium citrate,
sulfuric acid,
Brij-35
Inhalation
4 . Sodium
nitroprusside
5. Sodium hydroxide
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. Do
procedure in a fume
hood if practical.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber gloves
or CPE
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Sodium nitro-
prusside is a
poison. Perform
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
& rubber gloves or
CPE
When in contact
with water, sodium
hydroxide may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustible
materials. Allow
to cool. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene
or rubber gloves
(choice), butyl
gloves or CPE
adequate
-------
3-3
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
6. Standards As listed in SOP As listed in SOP
handling No. 16 No. 16. Gloves -
CPE
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Method
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care handling sodium hydroxide which may generate high heat
when in contact with water.
Wash hand thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
4-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 4
Chloride
Automated Ferricyanide Spectrophoto-
metric Determination
Liberated thiocyanate ion, in the
presence of ferric ion/ forms highly
colored ferric thiocyanate. The ferric
thiocyanate is determined spectrophoto-
metrically.
Chemicals Used: Chloride reagent, chloride standards
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Chloride reagent
preparation,
mercuric
thiocyanate,
methanol, ferric
nitrate, nitric
acid, Brij-35
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
flammable
2. Chloride reagent
handling
Slight inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
This material is
flammable and
hazardous. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
no choice gloves
based on data for
all these
materials .
Recommend viton or
butyl gloves and
double gloving. CPE
adequate. All
reagents should be
covered and sealed
with parafilm when
complete
Concentrations are
low, general
ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
glasses, lab coat,
gloving not
required, viton,
butyl or CPE gloves
optional
-------
4-2
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
3. Standards As outlined in SOP As outlined in SOP
handling No. 16 No. 16. Gloves -
CPE
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Keep ignition sources away from flammables. Keep containers closed
when not in use.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
5-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 5
Dissolved Organic Carbon
Chemicals Used:
The determination of organic carbon
requires the removal of inorganic carbon,
Measurements are made with a non-
dispersive infrared analyzon.
Sulfuric acid, potassium persulfate,
organic carbon standard.
Overall Glove Recommendation:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Procedure
1. Sulfuric acid
solution
preparation ,
handling
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Persulfate
reagents, potassium
persulfate
3 .
Standards
handling
As outlined in SOP
No. 19
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Add
acid slowly. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Local exhaust is
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber or neoprene
gloves. CPE
adequate. Potassium
persulfate is a
strong oxidizer.
Keep from
flammables.
As outlined in SOP
119. Gloves - CPE
-------
Procedure
4. CO2 analyzer
operation
Potential Exposure
Compressed gas
cylinder explosions
5. Analytical
system
Dependent on
reagent or standard
used
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
5-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Keep compressed gas
cylinders secure
and upright.
Follow safety
procedures in
Compressed Gas
Association
Pamphlet P-l
Follow PPE and
Engineering
Controls as
outlined for each
reagent or standard
used. Gloves - CPE
Follow all guidelines of the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
from Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Compressed gas cylinders.
Thoroughly wash hands after procedure completion,.
-------
6-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 6
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chlorophyll-a and chlorophyll-b
Spectroflourometric Determination
Algae samples are steeped in ethanol.
The decrease in fluorescence at particular
wave lengths resulting from the acidi-
fication of the sample is proportional
to chlorophyll-a and chlorophyll-b
Acetone, sodium bicarbonate, chlorophyll-a
standard, chlorophyll-b standard, mag-
nesium carbonate, hydrochloric acid,
acetone.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Chemicals Used:
Procedure
1. Acetone solution
preparation,
acetone and sodium
bicarbonate
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation ,
flammable
2. Chlorophyll-a,
chlorophyll-b
standards
3. Magnesium
carbonate
suspension
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
None
PPE and/or
Engineer in g C on tro1s
Acetone is
flammable. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. Keep from
ignition sources.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, butyl, or CPE
gloves
Perform procedure
in fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat
CPE or neoprene
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
glasses, lab coat
-------
Procedure
4. Hydrochloric
acid solution
preparation
5. Calibration,
dilution of
chlorophyll
standards with
acetone
6. Analytical
procedure ,
filtration
7. Spectro-
fluorometer
preparation and
procedure
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Flammable
Flammable
Spills, inhalation,
flammable
6-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves
(choice), viton or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
Acetone and ethanol
is extremely
flammable. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. Keep from
ignition sources.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, gloves not
required, CPE
gloves optional
PPE- safety glasses
arid lab coat
PPE-safety glasses
and lab coat
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care in handling flammables
in use.
Keep containers closed when not
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
7-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 7
Chlorophyll-a and Pheophytin-a
Spectrofluorometric Determination
Algae samples are steeped in acetone.
Fluorescence at prescribed wavelengths is
measured before and after acidification.
Acetone, magnesium carbonate, chlorophyll-
a standard, hydrochloric acid.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Acetone solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2 . Chlorophyll
standards
3. Magnesium
carbonate
suspension
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Acetone is
flammable. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. Keep from
ignition sources.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, butyl or CPE
gloves
Perform procedure
in fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, & neoprene
or CPE gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
glasses, lab coat,
gloves not
required, any
protective glove
optional. CPE
gloves suggested
-------
pmredure
41 Hydrochloric
acid solution
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Calibrations,
dilutions of
chlorophyll with
acetone
Flammable
6. Analytical
procedure,
filtration
Flammable
Spills, inhalation,
flammable
7-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves
(choice), viton or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
Acetone is
flammable. Keep
from ignition
sources. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE gloves
Acetone is
flammable. Keep
from ignition
sources. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
butyl or CPE gloves
optional
Use PPE as outlined
for handling
reagents, CPE
gloves suggested
7 . Spectro-
photometer and
spectrofluorometer
procedures
WASTE GENERATION AND nn»~.
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care in handling flammables. Keep containers closed when not
in use.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
8-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 8
Laboratory Procedure: Specific Conductance
Method: Conductivity Bridge
Description: Specific conductance of water samples
are measured by a self-contained con-
ductivity meter.
Chemicals Used: Sodium chloride, potassium chloride.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Polyvinyl Chloride (Vinyl)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Stock chloride
set standard
solution, working
calibration
standard
preparation, sodium
chloride
2. Stock control
standard, control
standard, potassium
chloride
3. Calibration,
heating of standard
Potential Exposure
None
None
Heat (burns)
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective gloves.
Vinyl suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove.
Vinyl suggested
Use local exhaust.
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
9-1
Laboratory Procedure;
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 9
Nitrate and Nitrite Nitrogen
Cadmium reduction, automated, spectro-
photometric
Buffered samples are passed through a
reduction column to reduce nitrate to
nitrite. The nitrite undergoes a
diazotization reaction to form an azo
dye which is determined spectrophoto-
metrically.
Granulated cadmium, phosphoric acid,
sulfanilamide, N-(1-naphtyl)-ethylene-
diame dihydrochloride, Brij-35, hydro-
chloric acid, copper sulfate, ammonium
chloride.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Granulated
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
cadmium
2. Color reagent
preparation,
phosphoric acid,
sulfanilamide, N-
(1-naphtyl)-
ethylenediamine
dihydrochloride,
Brij-35
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (no
data on gloves).
CPE adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Avoid
any high heating of
this material.
Phosphoric acid
reacts with water
and sulfanilamide.
Mix carefully.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, viton, or
butyl, or CPE
gloves
-------
Procedure
3. Hydrochloric
acid, reagent water
solution
4. Copper sulfate
solution
5. Buffer solution
preparation,
ammonium chloride,
Brij-35
6. Standards
handling
7. Procedure:
7a. Preparation of
reduction column,
cadmium,
hydrochloric acid
7b. Preparation of
reduction column,
cadmium, copper
sulfate
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
As listed in SOP
No. 19
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
9-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
May cause skin or
respiratory burns.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber
gloves or CPE
gloves
Avoid heating this
material. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, nitrile
or CPE gloves
Do not burn this
material. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, nitrile,
butyl, viton, or
CPE gloves
As listed in SOP
No. 19. Gloves -
CPE
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves
Avoid heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, nitrile
or CPE gloves
-------
Procedure
7c.Preparation of
reduction column/
cadmium handling
8. Analytical
system handling
standards
9. Conditioning the
pump/ ammonium
chloride
10. Preliminary
calibration/ dilute
standards
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
As listed in SOP
No. 19
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
As listed in SOP
No. 19
9-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
rubber or neoprene
gloves (no data on
gloves). CPE
adequate
As listed in SOP
No. 19. Gloves -
CPE
Allow local exhaust
or venting
operating
equipment. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat/
neoprene/ nitrile/
butyl, viton/ or
CPE gloves
As listed in SOP
No. 19. Gloves -
CPE
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow Trouble Shooting / Corrective Action Section
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
10-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 10
Dissolved Oxygen
Micro Method, Winkler Titration
The sample is treated with several
chemicals. Manganous hydroxide combines
with dissolved oxygen in the sample to
form a brown precipitate. Free iodine
is released which is stoichiometrically
equivalent to the dissolved oxygen in
the sample. The sample is then titrated
with sodium thiosulfate.
Manganese sulfate, sodium hydroxide,
sodium iodide, sodium azide, sulfuric
acid, soluble starch, sodium thiosulfate,
potassium biiodate, potassium iodide,
chloroform.
Overall Glove Recommendation:
Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
except for chloroform, see
procedure 14
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Manganese
sulfate solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. Do
procedure in a fume
hood if practical.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, no data on
gloves, recommend
rubber or CPE
gloves
-------
Procedure
2. Alkaline azide
reagent, sodium
hydroxide, sodium
iodide, sodium
azide
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
3. Starch indicator
solution
None
4 . Sodium
thiosulfate stock
solution,
chloroform
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
10-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Sodium azide is
extremely poisonous
and may be
explosive at very
high heat. Sodium
hydroxide is highly
toxic. Both
materials react
violently with
water. Mix slowly,
allow to cool. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene
or rubber gloves
(choice), butyl or
CPE gloves
(adequate). Apron
optional
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
safety glasses or
splash proof, lab
coat, any type of
protective glove
optional. CPE
suggested
Chloroform is a
suspect carcinogen.
Do procedure in
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves only
-------
10-3
Procedure
5 . S o d i u
thiosulfat
standard titrant
m
e
Potential Exposure
None
6. Potassium
biiodate stock
solution, working
standard
Drying (burns)
7. Potassium iodide
solution
preparation
None
8. Sulfuric acid
solution
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-safety
glasses or splash
proof, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
viton, butyl or CPE
gloves
Use local heat
exhaust for
heating. General
ventilation
adequate for
preparation. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, gloves not
required, vinyl or
CPE gloves optional
General ventilation
adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-safety
glasses or splash
proof, lab coat,
any protective
glove optional.
CPE suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
10-4
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
9. Standardization Spills, splashing, Low concentrations,
of sodium inhalation general ventilation
thiosulfate adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
10. Procedure Spills, splashing, If practical, do
inhalation procedures in a
fume hood. Use PPE
as listed for each
reagent handled
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Mix alkaline azide solution carefully to avoid violent reaction.
Recommend double gloving with carcinogens in the event of a spill.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
11-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 11
Laboratory Procedure: Dissolved Oxygen
Method: Micro, dissolved oxygen meter measurement
Description: Samples are analyzed with a Dissolved
Oxygen meter immediately after collection.
Chemicals Used: Potassium chloride
Overall Glove Recommendation: Vinyl
SAFETY CONTROLS
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
Addition potassium None General ventilation
chloride solution adequate. PPE-
to probe safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective gloves.
Vinyl suggested
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
12-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 12
Electometric pH
The pH of a sample is determined
electrometrically using a glass electrode
in combination with a reference electrode
or with a combination pH electrode.
Calibration standard buffers, control
standard buffers, sodium hydroxide for
cleaning.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Calibration
using pH buffers
( potassium
biphthalate-sodium
hydroxide buffer)
2. Washing with
sodium hydroxide
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
may be adequate.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, gloves not
reguired, neoprene,
butyl, rubber or
CPE gloves optional
When in contact
with water, sodium
hydroxide may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustibles. Do
procedure in a fume
hood, collect
rinse-off. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
rubber gloves
(choice), butyl or
CPE gloves
(adeguate)
-------
12-2
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
13-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 13
Laboratory Procedure: Soluble Reactive Phosphorous
Method:
Description: Phosphate ions react with ammonium
molybdate and potassium antimonyl
tartrate. It is reduced with ascorbic
acid to form a blue complex which is
determined spectrophotometrically.
Chemicals Used: Sodium lauryl sulfate, sulfuric acid,
ammonium molybdate, ascorbic acid,
potassium antimonyl tartrate, hydro-
chloric acid, sodium hydroxide.
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Sodium lauryl
sulfate solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Splashing
2. Sulfuric acid
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. Do
procedure in fume
hood if practical.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber gloves
( choice) , any
protective glove
(adequate). CPE
suggested
Do procedure in a
fume hood. May
cause skin and
respiratory burns.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, viton,
chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
3. Ammonium
molybdate stock
solution
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Ascorbic acid
solution
Slight irritations
5. Potassium
antimonyl tartrate
solution
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
6. Combined color
reagent mixture
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
7. Standards
preparation and
handling
Follow SOP No. 16
13-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
no data on gloves,
recommend rubber or
CPE gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
no data on gloves-
recommend rubber or
CPE
General ventilation
is adequate.
Follow analytical
procedure steps
when adding
chemicals. Add
slowly, mix
carefully, allow
mixture to cool.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, use
appropriate gloves
for handling
sulfuric acid,
remaining solutions
and handling of nix
- CPE adequate
Follow SOP No. 16.
Gloves - CPE
-------
Procedure
8. Procedure
9. Hydrochloric
acid preparation
Potential Exposure
Follow SOP No. 19
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
10. Trouble
Shooting sequencing
hydrochloric acid
Inhalation
11. Sodium
hydroxide
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
13-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Follow SOP No. 19.
Gloves - CPE
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves
Acid is dilute,
general ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves. Seal
container with
parafilm
When in contact
with water, sodium
hydroxide may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustibles. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
rubber gloves
(choice), butyl or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
-------
13-4
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
12. Trouble Splashing Sodium hydroxide
Shooting sequencing soln. is quite
with sodium dilute. General
hydroxide ventilation is
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene
rubber gloves
(choice)/ butyl or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Mix combined color reagent very carefully.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
14-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 14
Total phosphorous, total dissolved
phosphorous
Low level, micro-persulfate digestion,
automated spectrophotometric deter-
mination.
Water samples are digested - blue
complex is determined spectrophoto-
metrically.
Sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid,
ammonium persulfate, ammonium molybdate,
ascorbic acid, potassium antimonyl
tartrate, sodium lauryl sulfate
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Preparation of
hydrochloric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
May cause skin or
respiratory burns.
General ventilation
adequate for this
procedure but use
caution. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene ,
polyethylene gloves
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns
Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves
-------
Procedure
3. Digestion
solution
preparation,
sulfuric acid
4. Digestion
solution
preparation,
ammonium persulfate
5. Working
digestion solution,
sulfuric acid,
ammonium persulfate
6. Sampler wash,
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
potential violent
reactions
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
14-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
May cause skin or
respiratory burns.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
This material is a
strong oxidizer
when heated. Keep
from combustibles.
do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, viton or
butyl or CPE gloves
Sulfuric acid is
not compatible with
strong oxidizers.
Mix solution
carefully, avoid
heating and heat
sources. General
ventilation
adequate at 10 ml
volumes of each
reagent. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles and face
shield, lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
only, viton apron
recommended
Very dilute acid.
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
7 . Color
development
reagent, sulfuric
acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
8. Ammonium
molybdate stock
solution
preparation
9. Ascorbic acid
stock solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Slight irritations
10. Potassium
antimonyl tartrate
solution
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
14-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
May cause skin or
respiratory burns.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
no data on gloves -
recommend rubber or
CPE
General ventilation
adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
pr-oof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
no data on gloves -
recommend rubber or
CPE
-------
14-4
Procedure
11. Combined color
reagent mixture
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
12. Sodium lauryl
sulfate solution
preparation
Splashing
13. Standard
preparation
14. Digestion
sample, calibration
and controls
preparation
Follow SOP No. 16
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
and good lab prac-
tice is adequate.
Follow analytical
procedure steps
when adding
chemicals. Add
slowly, mix
carefully, allow
mixture to cool.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, use approp-
riate gloves for
handling sulfuric
acid, remaining
solutions and
handling of mix-CPE
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves
(choice), any
protective glove
(adequate)
Follow SOP No.
Gloves - CPE
16.
General ventilation
is adequate. Wear
appropriate PPE as
outlined for
reagents and
controls
-------
14-5
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
15. Digestion/ Burns, inhalation Use exhaust hood
heating tubes while digesting.
Allow a clean air
purge before
opening. Use
insulated gloves
when handling hot
items
16. Analytical Inhalation Follow procedures
procedures and PPE in SOP No.
19. Gloves - CPE
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Combined color reagent mix should be done carefully/ as well as
working digestion solutions. Avoid breathing digestion vapors off
of heating apparatus.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion,.
-------
15-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 15
Silicates
Automated spectrophotometric, molybdate
blue
In acidic solution/ silicamolybdate is
reduced to molybdenum blue which is
determined spectrophotometrically
Ammonium molybdate, sulfuric acid,
oxalic acid, ascorbic acid, acetone
Chemicals Used:
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Ammonium
molybdate reagent,
ammonium molybdate,
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Oxalic
reagent
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
Incompatible with
oxidizers and
sulfuric acid.
Avoid this contact.
Avoid heating.
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber, butyl,
chlorinated
polyethylene gloves
(choice), nitrile,
CPE or neoprene
gloves (adequate)
-------
Procedure
3. Ascorbic acid
reagent, ascorbic
acid, acetone
4. Standards
solution
5. Analytical
Procedures
Potential Exposure
Splashing ,
inhalation ,
flammable
Follow SOP No. 16
Follow SOP No. 19
15-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Acetone is
flammable. Keep
from ignition
sources. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. Remaining
procedures can be
done in general
ventilation. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
butyl or CPE gloves
only. Seal reagent
top with parafilm
Follow SOP No. 16
Follow SOP No. 19
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use caution working with flammables.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion
-------
16-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 16
Standards and Spikes Preparation
Many
Preparation of individual standards
used for the analytical procedures.
Sulfuric acid, chloroform/ anhydrous
ammonium sulfate, potassium biphthalate,
sodium chloride, potassium nitrate,
potassium nitrite, sodium nitrite,
potassium phosphate (monobasic), silica,
sodium sulfate, ammonium chloride,
methenamine, potassium chloride,
potassium sulfate, sodium nitrate,
sodium phosphate (dibasic), sodium
glycerophosphate, sodium silicate
Overall Glove Recommendation:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Procedure
Calibration (set)
standards ,
preparation:
1. Ammonia stock
standard, anhydrous
ammonium sulfate,
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Splash, possible
explosion
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Avoid extreme heat
w/ ammonium sulfate
or sulfuric acid-
explosive. Do not
mix ammo n i urn
sulfate with
oxidizers-produces
toxic gases. When
adding sulfuric
acid, do procedure
in fume hood. All
other dilutions of
the stock standard
can be done in
general
ventilation. Do in
fume hood if
practical
-------
Procedure
Potential Exposure
2. Dissolved
organic carbon,
potassium
biphthalate and
sulfuric acid
3. Chloride stock
standard, sodium
chloride
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
None
4. Nitrate stock
standard, potassium
nitrate, sulfuric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Nitrite stock
standard, potassium
nitrite, sodium
nitrite, chloroform
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
6. Phosphorous
stock standard,
potassium phosphate
(monobasic),
sulfuric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
16-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, viton,
chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Low cone, of acid
general ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
adequate. General
lab PPE required:
Safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove
optional. CPE
suggested
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Chloroform is a
suspect carcinogen.
Do procedure in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
7. Silica
standard
stock
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
8. Sulfate stock
standard, sodium
sulfate
Slight inhalation
Intermediate
control standards,
working control
standards
(dilutions of
intermediate) ,
spike preparations
9. Ammonia /
orthorphosphate,
sulfuric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
10. Nitrate/silica
intermediate
11. Digested
phosphorous ,
sulfuric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
16-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove
optional. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
may be adequate.
If practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or CPE gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
12. Chloride
sulfate
Potential Exposure
None
Control standard
concentrate for
autoanalyzers,
preparation:
1 3
Ammon ium
Inhalation
chloride
14. Dis solved
organic carbon,
methenamine
Spills, splashing,
inhalation ,
flammable
15. Chloride and
sulfate stock and
high & low control
concentrate ,
potassium chloride,
potassium sulfate
None
16-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate.
General lab PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove.
CPE suggested
General ventilation
is adequate, low
cone. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
chlorinated
polyethylene
gloves. Seal
ammonium chloride
buffer with
parafilm
General ventilation
is adequate, low
cone. Keep from
ignition sources.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, (no data on
gloves), recommend
rubber gloves or
CPE and double
gloving
General ventilation
adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-safety
glasses, lab coat,
any protective
glove. Suggest CPE
-------
t ^.ocedure
16. Nitrate stock
control, sodium
nitrate
Potential Exposure
Spills, inhalation
17. Orthophosphate
stock control,
sodium phosphate
(dibasic)
18. Digested
phosphorous, sodium
cerophosphate
Slight spills,
inhalation
19. Silica stock
control, Naj Si F,
Intermediate
control standards,
working control
standards ,
preparation:
20. Ammonia /
orthophosphate,
sulfuric acid (high
& low standard)
Inhalation, spills
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
16-5
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Avoid any shock or
heating to this
material. General
ventilation is
adequate. This
material is a solid
and may disperse in
the fume hood.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, butyl, CPE or
viton gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove.
CPE suggested
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove.
CPE suggested
Local ventilation
adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any protec-
tive glove. CPE
suggested
General ventilation
is adequate.
Quantity of acid
used is low. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
17-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 17
Laboratory Procedure: Sulfate
Method:
Automated, methylthymol blue, spectro-
photometric determination
Water samples are passed through various
chemical reactions to determine the
amount of sulfate present
Barium chloride, methylthymol blue,
hydrochloric acid, ethanol, ammonium
chloride, ammonium hydroxide, tetra-
sodium EDTA, sodium hydroxide, Brij-
35, sodium sulfate, calcium oxide
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
v'l. Barium chloride
solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
2. Methylthymol
blue solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Perform procedure
in fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
Do procedure in
fume hood. Ethanol
vapors may flash
back. Keep from
open flame. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
polyethylene gloves
only for ethanol,
rubber (choice) or
viton or CPE
(adequate) gloves
-------
Procedure
3. Buffer solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Buffered EDTA
solution
preparation
5. Sodium hydroxide
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
6. Dilution water
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
17-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves.
Seal reagent and
waste container
with parafilm
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
butyl gloves
When in contact
with water, sodium
hydroxide may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustible
materials. Keep
these materials
away. Prepare
solution in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
rubber gloves
(choice), butyl or
CPE gloves
(adequate)
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves
(choice), any
protective glove
(adequate). CPE
suggested
-------
Procedure
7. Sulfate stock
solution
preparation ,
working solution
dilutions
8. Analytical
procedure
9. Pump all
reagents through
system, run pattern
for calibration
standards, handling
samples, analysis
10. Wash
procedure
out
Potential Exposure
Follow SOP No. 16
Follow SOP No. 19
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
17-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Follow SOP No. 16.
Gloves - CPE
Follow SOP No. 19.
Gloves - CPE
Use appropriate PPE
as indicated
Use appropriate PPE
as indicated
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care in handling ammonium hydroxide. Review Safety and Waste
Handling and Troubleshooting / Corrective Action sections in the
Laboratory Procedure Manual for this procedure.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
18-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 18
Laboratory Procedure: Suspended Solids
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Drying in oven or
muffle furnace
Glass fiber filters
Water samples are filtered through a
glass fiber filter. This is washed,
dried, and weighed
None
Potential Exposure
Heat (burns)
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Exhaust heat from
furnace. Use
insulated gloves
handling hot items
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
None.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
None
-------
19-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 19
Laboratory Procedure;
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Electrical
connections, wet
conditions
Technicon autoanalyzer and associated
recording equipment
This is a general description of
operation of autoanalyzers, recorders,
and the computer connections.
As listed in each SOP which requires
this equipment.
Potential Exposure
Electrical shock,
hazards
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Use Ground Fault
Interrupter
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
None.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
None
-------
20-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 20
Turbidity
Nephelometric
A comparison of light scattered by the
sample under defined conditions with the
intensity of light scattered by a standard
reference suspension. Readings are made
in a nephelometer.
Chemicals Used: Hydrazine sulfate, hexamethylenetetramine
Overall Glove Recommendation: Polyvinyl chloride (Vinyl)
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Stock formazin
solution
preparation,
hydrazine sulfate,
hexamethylenetetra
mine
2. General
procedure
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Inhalation, spills
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Respiratory and
skin burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
and polyvinyl
chloride gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses &
lab coat. Rubber
or vinyl gloves
optional
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
21-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
No. 21
Aerobic Heterotrophs. (Total Coliforms
Fecal Coliforms, Fecal Streptococci,
not presently done).
Microbiological analysis of water
samples
SOP for Aerobic Heterotrophs
Chemicals Used:
Sodium thiosulfate, ethyl alcohol,
phosphate buffer solution
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene except for
hot items (CPE).
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Addition of
sodium thiosulfate
to each sample
bottle
Potential Exposure
None
2. Heating agar,
autoclaving
3. Flaming of flask
lip
Heat (burns)
Flammable
4. Forceps
sterilized in ethyl
alcohol
Flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. Suggested
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, nitrile,
neoprene, viton,
CPE or butyl gloves
Exhaust heat. Use
insulated gloves
handling hot items
Keep combustible
chemicals and
materials away from
area. If
practical, remove
these from lab
Keep container of
ethyl alcohol 2 ft.
from flame. Vapors
can potentially
flash back
-------
Procedure
5. Analytical
procedures ,
handling
Potential Exposure
Biological
6. Sterilization of
equipment
Heat, inhalation
7. Calibration, pH
buffers
Splashing
inhalation
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
21-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General bio-safety
rules should apply
for all procedures.
PPE-safety glasses,
lab coat, gloves
not required, any
protective glove
optional. CPE
suggested
Use exhausting vent
or hood over
autoclave. Use
insulated gloves
when handling hot
items
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, butyl,
CPE or rubber
gloves
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow Biosafety Rules as outlined in the Chemical Hygiene Safety
Manual. Recommend double gloving in the event of spill.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
SOP for Fecal Coliform Bacteria
21-3
Chemicals Used:
Rosalie acid, sodium hydroxide,
potassium dihydrogen phosphate, mag-
nesium chloride
Overall Glove Recommendation:
Chlorinated Polyethylene except for
hot items (CPE).
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Difco M-FC Broth
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing
2. Rosalie acid
solution
preparation
3. Lauryl Tryptos
Broth preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
Perform procedure
in fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber or CPE
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
Procedure
4. EC medium
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
5. Stock phosphate
buffer solution
preparation, pH
adjustment
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
6. Working solution
of phosphate buffer
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
21-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
Procedure
7 . Sample
preparation and
serial dilutions
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing/
inhalation,
biological
8. Filtration
procedure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation ,
biological
21-5
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Biosafety rules
need to be
followed .
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (double
gloving is
recommended)
Biosafety rules
need to be
followed .
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (double
gloving is
recommended). Use
care while
operating incubator
to prevent burns.
Use exhaust hood
for incubator
operation and
removing samples.
Allow a clean air
purge before
opening incubator.
Use insulated
gloves for hot
items
-------
Procedure
9. Verification
procedures counting
and recording
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation ,
biological
21-6
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Biosafety rules
need to be
followed .
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (double
gloving is
recommended). Use
care while
operating incubator
to prevent burns.
Use exhaust hood or
vent while
incubator is in
operation and while
removing samples.
Allow a clean air
purge before
opening incubator.
General lab rules
and PPE. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Biological Safety procedures need to be followed during these
procedures. Thorough decontamination of work areas and equipment
needs to be followed closely. All biological work must be done in
a Biological Safety Cabinet. Double gloving is recommended for
protection in the event of a spill of inoculant.
Review all Biosafety procedures in the Chemical Hygiene Safety
Manual prior to any work.
-------
21-7
SOP for Total Coliform Bacteria
Chemicals Used: Ethanol, dipotassium hydrogen phosphate,
potassium dihydrogen phosphate, sodium
chloride, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium
chloride, methylene blue, sodium hydroxide
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. M-Endo Broth
preparation
MF
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
2. To rehydrate M-
Endo Broth MF
Spills, splashing,
inhalation ,
flammables .
Ethanol is very
flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
exhaust hood during
autoclaving. Use
insulated gloves
for heated material
Ethanol is very
flammable. Do
procedures in a
fume hood. Keep
from open flames.
Keep container
closed. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
polyethylene gloves
only for handling
ethanol, rubber or
neoprene for
remaining
procedure. Boil in
a fume hood. Do
not use open flame
heat source. CPE
gloves adequate for
procedure
-------
Procedure
3. Lauryl Tryptose
Broth preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation/ heat
(burns)
4. Rehydration of
Lauryl Tryptose
Broth preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
5. Stock phosphate
buffer solution
preparation, pH
adjustment
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
21-8
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. use
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
Procedure
6. Working solution
of phosphate buffer
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
7. Brilliat Green
Bile 2% preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns)
21-9
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, CPE or
rubber gloves. Use
care during
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving to
prevent burns. Use
exhaust hood while
autoclaving and
during removal of
products. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
Procedure
8. Serial dilutions
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation,
biological
9. Single step
procedure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns), biological
21-10
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Biosafety
procedures must be
followed .
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves. Double
gloving is
recommended .
Biosafety
procedures must be
followed
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves. Double
gloving is
recommended.
Biosafety
procedures must be
followed
-------
Procedure
10. Single
procedure
FxDOSure
step
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns), biological
1 1 . Two-step
enrichment
procedure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heat
(burns), biological
21-11
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, double
gloving is
recommended. Use
care while
operating incubator
to prevent burns.
Use exhaust hood
while incubator is
in operation and
while removing
samples. Allow a
clean air purge
before opening
incubator. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
Procedure must be
done in the
Biological Safety
Cabinet. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, double
gloving is
recommended. Use
care while
operating incubator
to prevent burns.
Use exhaust hood
while incubator is
in operation and
while removing
samples. Allow a
clean air purge
before opening
incubator. Use
insulated gloves
for hot items
-------
21-12
PPE and/or
Procedures Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
12. Counting and None General lab rules
recording and PPE
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Thoroughly dilute and neutralize all materials and pour down drain.
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Biological safety practices need to be followed during sample
procedures. Thorough decontamination of work areas and equipment
needs to be followed closely. All biological work must be done in
a Biological Safety Cabinet. Double gloving is recommended for
protection in the event of a spill of inoculant.
Review all Biosafety Procedures in the Chemical Hygiene Safety
Manual prior to any work.
-------
21-13
SOP for Fecal Streptococci
Chemicals Used:
Hydrogen peroxide, 2, 3, 5-Triphenyl
tetrazolium chloride, sodium carbonate,
bile salts
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . BHI agar
preparation KF
streptococcus agar
2. Addition of 2,
3, 5-triphenyl
tetrazolium
chloride to agar
3. Analytical
procedures,
handling
4. Addition of 3%
hydrogen peroxide
Potential Exposure
Heat, inhalation
Biological
None
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S.
From Standard Analytical Methods,
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Exhaust heat while
boiling. Use
insulated gloves
when handling hot
items
Missing MSDS
General biosafety
rules should apply
for all procedures.
PPE-safety glasses,
lab coat, latex
gloves (or any
protective glove).
CPE suggested
General ventilation
is adeguate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves
EPA's Characterization of Waste
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow Biosafety Procedures as outlined in the Chemical Hygiene
Safety Manual.
-------
22-1
Laboratory Procedure;
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 22
Determining primary production
parameters.
14C Radiotracer
Samples are inoculated with radiotracer
14C. The radioactivity of the filter
containing the algal cells is determined
by liquid scintillation counting.
Radiotracer NaH14C03, phenolethylamine,
hydrochloric acid, "scintillation
cocktail"
Overall Glove Recommendation: Neoprene
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Analytical
procedures handling
radioactive
material
Potential Exposure
Ingestion, skin if
not protected
(slight hazard)
2. Addition of
hydrochloric acid
to sample
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
All radioactive
materials used in
the procedure must
be done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. Follow
PPE guidelines in
CRL Radiation
Safety Manual
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or rubber
gloves
-------
Procedure
3. Addition of
liquid
scintillation
cocktail
Potential Exposure
Spills
4. Addition of
phenolethylamine
5 . Clean
procedure
up
Splashing
22-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, data on
gloves
inconclusive,
recommend viton or
a viton/neoprene
blended glove
material .
Recommend testing
this material prior
to use
Missing MSDS
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, any
protective glove.
Apron optional.
Neoprene gloves
suggested
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Hazards from alpha particle radiation occur from ingesting.
material will block alpha particles from exposed skin.
Any
Follow all Safety Procedures and Guidelines for radioactive
material as outlined in the CRL Radiation Safety Manual.
-------
23-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 23
Laboratory Procedure: Quality Control Schedule
Method:
Description: This procedure is not applicable.
-------
24-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 24
Laboratory Procedure: Reagent Water System
Method:
Description: This procedure is not applicable.
-------
25-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 25
Sampling surface waters for hydrophobic
contaminants including filtration and
liquid/liquid extraction
Chemicals Used:
Surface waters are collected with an
electrically powered pump. Filtered
water is passed through XAD-2 Resin
which extracts and concentrates
hydrophobic contaminants for analysis.
Acetone
Overall Glove Recommendation: Neoprene
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Filtration
rinsing carboys
penta plate parts
with acetone
Note: Since gloves
may introduce
contaminants, it is
of great importance
to decontaminate
gloves
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation ,
flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Acetone is
extremely flammable
and irritating to
skin. Inhalation
of large quantities
can be hazardous.
Procedure must be
done in a fume
hood. If a
particular
procedure does not
make this feasible,
use a local exhaust
vent. Vapors can
travel a great
distance and
flashback to
source. Under no
circumstances
should ignition
sources, sparking,
heat generation, be
in the vicinity of
these vapors. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat.
Neoprene, CPE or
butyl gloves
-------
25-2
PPE and/or ^
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls •
2. Extraction Methylene Chloride
Methylene Chloride is a known animal
carcinogen .
Procedure should be
pe r f orme d in
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
& neoprene or
polyvinyl alcohol
or viton gloves.
Set up extraction
equipment in hood.
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Butyl gloves should offer excellent protection and not break down. ™
All fire hazards must be removed. Use fume hoods or local exhaust
vents that have explosion proof motors only. Do not do any heating
procedures near this activity.
-------
26-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 26
Determination of metals in acid raid.
Inductively coupled argon plasma atomic
emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES).
Acid rain samples are analyzed for 15
different metals.
Nitric acid, plasma grade standards:
aluminum, boron, barium, beryllium,
calcium, cobalt, copper, iron, lithium,
magnesium, manganese, strontium,
titanium, vanadium, zinc
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Procedure
1. Nitric acid
handling,
dilutions, sample
preservation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or viton
gloves, face shield
2. Standard
( Standards
purchased
commercially, not
prepared here)
Standard as
follows:
-------
Procedure
2a. Aluminum
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
2b. Barium
Inhalation
2c. Beryllium
Inhalation, spills
2d. Boron
Inhalation
2e. Calcium
None
26-2
PPE and/or
Engineering C trols
V
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilatin
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
This material is a
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves
(double gloving
recommended). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilatin
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
2£. Silver
Potential Exposure
Inhalation, spills
2g. Cobalt
Inhalation
2h. Copper
Inhalation
2i. Iron
Inhalation
2j. Lithium
Inhalation
26-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
2k. Magnesium
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
21. Manganese
Inhalation
2m. Strontium
Inhalation, spills
2n. Titanium
Inhalation, spills
2o. Vanadium
Inhalation, spills
26-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves) . CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
2p. Zinc
Exposure
Inhalation, spills
AROO
3.
preparation
nitric acid
standard
in
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
4. AR01 Standard
preparation ,
calcium magnesium
in nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
26-5
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles,
.,__,_,_ . lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (acid is
diluted)
Nitric . acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (acid is
diluted)
-------
Procedure
5. AR02 standard
preparation,
aluminum, boron,
barium, beryllium,
cobalt, copper,
iron, lithium,
manganese ,
strontium,
titanium, vanadium,
and zinc in nitric
acid
Potential Exposure
I n h a 1 a
splashing
t i o n
6. Interelemental
correction
solution, iron in
nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
26-6
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Beryllium is a
carcinogen ,
therefore ,
procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. Nitric
acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, (acid is
diluted)
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, (acid is
diluted)
-------
Procedure
7. Lab control
standards, high and
low, aluminum,
boron, barium,
beryllium, cobalt,
copper, iron,
lithium, manganese,
strontium,
titanium, vanadium,
and zinc in nitric
acid
8. Intermediate
solution and
dilution, aluminum,
iron, magnesium,
boron, copper,
titanium, vanadium,
zinc, barium,
lithium, manganese,
strontium,
beryllium, calcium,
cobalt in nitric
acid
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
splashing
Inhalation
splashing
26-7
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Beryllium is a
carcinogen ,
therefore ,
procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. Nitric
acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, (acid is
diluted)
Beryllium is a
carcinogen ,
therefore,
procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. Nitric
acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves (acid is
diluted)
-------
26-8
PPE and/or
Procedures Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
9. Analytical Inhalation Do as much as
procedures , practical under a
calibrations, fume hood or a
local exhaust vent.
Avoid breathing
fumes. PPE-safety
glasses or splash
proof goggles, lab
coat, rubber or CPE
gloves
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Many standards used are carcinogenic or very poisonous. Extreme
care must be taken when handling these materials. Follow all
procedures carefully in the analytical procedure manual. Double
gloving is recommended.
Nitric acid used in these procedures is dilute enough to most
likely not react with metals and heat. However, care must still be
used.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
27-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 27
Determination of cadmium, chromium,
and nickel in acid rain samples.
Flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy
Acid rain samples are analyzed by
flameless atomic absorption
Nitric acid, ammonium phosphate,
magnesium nitrate, stock standards:
cadmium, chromium, nickel, argon
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Matrix modifier:
ammonium hydrogen
phosphate ,
magnesium nitrate
hexahydrate
solution
preparation
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and common
metals and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, rubber
gloves, or face
shield optional.
CPE adequate
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proo f safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove recommended
(data inconclusive
on gloves) . CPE
adeauate
-------
Procedure
3. Flasks stored
with nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Stock standard,
stock calibration
standards handling:
cadmium
Spills, inhalation,
contact
4a. Chromium
Spills, inhalation,
contact
4b. Nickel
Inhalation
27-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and common
metals and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves, CPE
or rubber gloves,
face shield
optional
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
(no data on glove
types) recommend
rubber or CPE
gloves
This material is a
carcinogen. Do
procedure in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat:,
(no data on gloves)
recommended rubber
or CPE gloves and
double gloving
This material is a
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves plus double
gloving recommended
-------
Procedure
5. Dilution of
standards with
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
6. Working
calibration
standards
preparation-
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
dilution
nitric acid
with
7 . Ins trument
calibration
Spills, inhalation,
eyes
8. Analytical
procedures
Spills, inhalation
27-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves, CPE
or rubber gloves,
face shield
optional
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves, CPE
or rubber gloves,
face shield
optional
Do as much of
procedure as
possible in a fume
hood. Local
exhaust over
instrument may be
more practical.
PPE-safety glasses
or splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber or CPE
gloves, proper eye
protection for
lighting
electrodeless
discharge lamp
Do as much of
procedure as
possible in a fume
hood. Local
exhaust over
instrument may be
more practical.
PPE-safety glasses
or splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber or CPE
gloves
-------
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Nitric acid is diluted enough to reduce potential for heat and
metal reactions. However, care must still be used. Metal
standards are toxic. Use extreme care with carcinogens. Double
gloving recommended for spills.
-------
28-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 28
Determination of total arsenic in water,
Hydride generation atomic absorption
spectroscopy.
Samples are digested and oxidized.
Arsenic is determined spectrophoto-
metrically.
Potassium persulfate, nitric acid/
sodium borohydride, hydrochloric acid,
sodium hydroxide/ arsenic standard/
arsenic pentoxide standard/ dimethyl
arsenic acid (cacodylic acid), arsenic
trioxide standard
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
Procedure
1. Nitric acid
additions to sample
bottles
Potential Exposure
Spills/ splashing/
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and common
metals and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat/
viton gloves, CPE
or rubber gloves,
face shield
optional
-------
Procedure
2 . Sodium
borohydride
solution, mixed
with sodium
hydroxide
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
3. Potassium
persulfate solution
28-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Sodium borohydride
will liberate
hydrogen gas on
contact with water.
Sodium hydroxide
imay generate
sufficient heat to
ignite combustibles
when in contact
with water.
Procedure must be
done in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, face
shield recommended,
lab coat, rubber
apron recommended,
rubber gloves are
only common glove
for both materials.
CPE gloves adequate
Local exhaust is
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, rubber or
neoprene gloves.
Potassium
persulfate is an
oxidizer, keep from
£lammables
4. Arsenic
standards
preparation:
4 a . Arsenic
trioxide, nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Arsenic is a
carcinogen. This
material reacts
with acids. Do
procedure with
extreme caution.
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
-------
Procedure
Potential Exposure
4b. Arsenic spiking
solution, nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4 c . Arsenic
pentoxide, sodium
hydroxide
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
28-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
splash proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
Arsenic is a
carcinogen. This
material reacts
with acids. Do
procedure with
extreme caution.
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber or CPE
gloves
Sodium hydroxide
may cause
sufficient heat to
ignite combustibles
when in contact
with water.
Arsenic is a
carcinogen. This
material reacts
with acids. Do
procedure with
extreme caution.
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber or CPE
gloves
-------
Procedure
4d. Arsenic (V)
intermediate and
standard, nitric
acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4e. Dimethyl
arsenic acid,
sodium hydroxide,
stock and spiking
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Instrument
operation and
calibration
Spills, inhalation
28-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Arsenic is a
carcinogen. This
material reacts
with acids. Do
procedure with
extreme caution.
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber or CPE
gloves
This material is a
carcinogen. Sodium
hydroxide reacts
with water and may
generate sufficient
heat to ignite
combustibles. Do
procedure in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles,, face
shield, lab coat,
rubber apron,
rubber gloves or
CPE adequate
Do as much of
procedure as
possible in a fume
hood. Or use local
exhausting over
operation. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves. Wear eye
protection for UV
light when igniting
electrodeless
discharge lamp
-------
procedure
6 . Digestion
procedure
Potential Exposure
Spills, inhalation,
heat (burns)
7. Analytical
procedure
Spills, inhalation
8. Rinsing and
adding hydrochloric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
28-5
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Use local exhaust
over autoclave.
Avoid breathing
vapors. PPE-as
outlined for each
solution and
standard. Use
insulated gloves
handling hot items.
Allow a clean air
purge before
opening autoclave
Do as much of
procedure as
possible in a fume
hood. Or use local
exhaust over
operation. PPE-as
outlined for each
standard
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use proper procedures handling carcinogens and toxic materials
Allow for thorough decontamination.
-------
29-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 29
Determination of total potassium and
sodium in acid rain.
Flame atomic absorption
Acid rain samples are analyzed by
atomic absorption.
Nitric acid, potassium standards,
sodium standards, hydrochloric acid
Chemicals Used:
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Potassium
standards ,
intermediate
standards, working
standards in nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and p owd e r ed
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powde red
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
x-ubber gloves, face
shield optional
-------
Procedure
3 . Sodium
standards ,
intermediate
standards, working
standards, in
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Instrument
calibration/ burner
operation
Heat (burns),
compressed gas
cylinder explosions
5. Ins trument
calibration
Inhalation, spills
6 . Analytical
procedure washing
with hydrochloric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
29-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powd e r e d
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
Keep combustibles
away from operating
area. Acetylene
tank must be secure
and upright.
Follow all safety
procedures in
Compressed Gas
Association
Pamphlet P-l
Do as many
procedures as
possible in a fume
hood. Or use local
exhausting during
operation. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, rubber gloves
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves
-------
29-3
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
None
I
-------
30-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 30
Determination of nickel in acid rain.
Flameless atomic absorption
Acid rain samples are analyzed by atomic
absorption.
Chemicals Used: Nitric acid, nickel standards
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
nitric acid,
rinsing, immersions
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Nickel standard,
stock calibration
standard, working
calibration
sta.ndard
preparation with
nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common
metals, and
powdered metals.
Nickel is a
carcinogen. This
procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, rubber gloves,
double gloving
recommended
-------
Procedure
3. Instrument
calibration
Potential Exposure
Spills, inhalation,
eyes
4. Analytical
procedures
Spills, inhalation
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S.
From Standard Analytical Methods,
30-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do as much of
procedure as
possible in a fume
hood or local
exhaust over
operation. PPE-
safety glasses or
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves, proper eye
protection for
lighting
electrodeless
discharge lamp
Do as much of
procedure as
possible in a fume
hood or local
exhaust over
operation. PPE-
safety glasses or
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves
EPA's Characterization of Waste
I
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Double gloving recommended for carcinogens in the event of a spill.
Use care in handling carcinogens.
-------
31-1
Laboratory Procedure:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 31
Analysis of total Kjeldahl nitrogen
and total phosphorous in water.
Method:
Description: Samples are evaporated and digested. They
are then analyzed for total phosphorous
and total Kjeldahl nitrogen using a
technicon auto analyzer.
Chemicals Used: Sulfuric acid/ potassium sulfate, mercuric
oxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium sodium
tartrate, sodium citrate, phenol, bleach
(household), sodium nitroprusside, sodium
chloride, ascorbic acid, potassium anti-
mony 1 tartrate, adenosine-5' monophos-
phoric acid, sodium salt, potassium
sulfate, ammonium molybdate, sodium
hypochlorite, ascorbic acid, glutamic
acid, potassium dihydrogen phosphate
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Digesting
solution
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood.
Mercuric oxide is
extremely toxic,
sulfuric acid
reacts violently
with water. Pour
acid slowly. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene or
polyethylene gloves
and apron. When
handling potassium
sulfate only, any
protective glove
can be used. CPE
suggested
-------
Procedure
2. Digesting
solution, glassware
cleaning
3. Sampler wash
solution
preparation
4. Dilution loop
solution
preparation
5. Complexing
reagents solution
preparation
6. Alkaline phenol
n
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills/ splashing/
inhalation
Spills/ splashing,
inhalation
Spills/ splashing,
inhalation
None documented
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
31-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene, or
polyethylene gloves
Do procedure in
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
nitrile, neoprene,
CPE, rubber or
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Phenol
and sodium
hydroxide are
extremely
poisonous. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or butyl gloves
7 . Sodium
hypochlorite
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
General ventilation
adequate. If prac-
tical/ do in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles/ lab coat/
CPE/ viton/ or
rubber gloves
-------
Procedure
8. Sodium nitro-
prusside reagent
preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
9. Sodium chloride
solution
preparation
None
10. Sulfuric acid
solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
11 . Ammon ium
molybdate solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
12. Ascorbic acid
solution
preparation
None
31-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Sodium nitro-
prusside is a
poison. Perform
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, rubber gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. No PPE
required. Splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
Do procedure in
fume hood. Add
acid carefully to
avoid violent
reaction with
water. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene gloves
and apron. Apron
optional
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practica1, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
any protective
glove. CPE
suggested
-------
Procedure
13. Potassium
antimonyl tartrate
solution
preparation
14. Combined color
reagent preparation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
15. Nitrogen stock
standard
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
16. Phosphorous
stock standard
preparation,
working range
dilutions
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
17. Stock AQC
standard, working
standard dilutions
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
31-4
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or rubber
gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. Combine
reagents in order
given in Laboratory
Procedures. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene
gloves. Use same
PPE to preserve
samples with
sulfuric acid
General ventilation
is adequate. Do
procedure in fume
hood if practical.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, viton,
-------
Procedure
Potential Exposures
18. Digestion,
glassware rinse
with hydrochloric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
19. Sample
preparation,
calibration,
pumping reagents,
handling samples
during tests
20. Evaporating
sample tubes
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Inhalation,
(burns)
heat
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
31-5
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
If practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. General
ventilation is
adequate. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber (choice)
gloves and apron,
CPE or viton,
gloves (adequate)
Use appropriate PPE
when handling
calibration
standards samples
Use care in
operating heating
equipment. Use
exhaust hood or
vent while
operating.
carefully
removing
Handle
while
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use extreme care in handling phenol and mercuric oxide. These are
extremely toxic. Use care in handling the many, different acids.
-------
32-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 32
Analysis of particulate organic carbon
in lake water.
Infrared defection of carbon dioxide.
Non-dissolved carbon in water is caught
on a fiberglass filter which is burned
to carbon dioxide. Carbon dioxide is
sparged and quantified by an IR detector.
Potassium hydrogen phthalate standard,
sulfuric acid, EDTA standard
Chemicals Used:
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Stock potassium
hydrogen phthalate
standard, mix in
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Working
calibration
standards
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
3. EDTA standard
preparation, mix in
sulfuric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. EDTA control
standard high and
low
Moderate splash
5. Instrument start
up, oxygen
adjustment
Compressed gas
cylinder explosion
6. Instrument start
up, furnace start
up
7. Instrument start
up, addition of
sulfuric acid
Flammable
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
32-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene, rubber or
CPE gloves
Keep cylinder
upright and secure.
Keep all f lammables
away from area.
Follow safety rules
in Compressed Gas
Association
Pamphlet P-l
Keep combustibles
and oxygen tanks
safely away
General ventilation
is adequate for
small volume of
acid. If
practical, do
procedure in fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
-------
Procedure
8. Preparation of
nickel shells in
furnace
9. Sample analysis
Potential Exposure
Heat (burns)
Inhalation
32-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Use insulated
gloves and forceps
handling hot items.
Use local exhaust
during operation
Use local exhaust
during operation.
PPE-as outlined for
each standard
WASTE GENERATIONS AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use proper procedures handling compressed gas cylinders.
-------
33-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 33
Direct observation of bacteria by
DAPI.
A sample is prepared on a microscope slide
and bacteria counted under a compound
microscope.
Gluteraldehyde, nitric acid, irgalan
black (stain), 4', 6-diamidine-2
phenylindol, acetic acid, paraffin oil,
ethyl alcohol
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
gluteraldehyde
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Wash all
glassware with
nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Glutaraldehyde
readily penetrates
skin. Do procedure
in a fume hood if
at all practical.
General ventilation
may only be
adequate if low
concentrations are
used. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or butyl
gloves. CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common
metals, powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
-------
Procedure
Potential Exposure
3. Irgalan black
stain mixed with
acetic acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. 4', 6-diamidino-
2 -phenylindol
(DAPI), solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Staining and
filtering DAPI
solution
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
6. Staining and
filtering, Irgalan
black staining
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
7 . Slid
preparation
None
33-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
If practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or
chlorinated
polyethylene gloves
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
heavy rubber or
double rubber
gloving. CPE
adequate
If practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
heavy rubber or
double rubber
gloving. CPE
adequate
If practical, do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or
chlorinated
polyethylene gloves
PPE optional. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, rubber gloves
optional. CPE
adequate
-------
33-3
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
8. Analysis None PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, CPE
adequate
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow biological safety procedures in Chemical Hygiene Safety
Manual. Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
34-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
No. 34
Analysis of phytoplankton
Modified Utermohl
Water samples are examined microscopically
for identification and enumeration.
Potassium iodide, iodine crystals, nitric
acid, hydrogen peroxide, potassium
dichromate, hyrax, acetic acid, formal-
dehyde
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . L u
solution,
acetic
g o 1 ' s
glacial
acid,
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
potassium iodide,
iodine preparation
2. Addition of
Lugol's to sample
Splashing
3 . Sample
preservation with
formaldehyde
Spills, inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE or butyl gloves
General ventilation
adequate. PPE-
safety glasses, lab
coat, butyl gloves.
All PPE is optional
but recommended in
event of spill
Formaldehyde is a
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or butyl
gloves. CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
4. Analytical
procedure ,
preliminary
screening
5 . Sample
sedimentation,
sedimented counting
6. Diatom analysis,
digestion in
centrifuge with
nitric acid
7. Diatom analysis,
addition of
hydrogen peroxide,
potassium
dichromate, nitric
acid
Potential Exposure
None
8. Diatom analysis,
centrifuge
None
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Inhalation
34-2
PPE and/or
Engineering. Controls
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling organisms.
Decontaminate all
surfaces, wash
hands
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling organisms.
Decontaminate all
surfaces, wash
hands
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and common
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood or local
exhaust. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, viton or
rubber gloves, face
shield optional
Do procedure in a
fume hood or local
exhaust. Hydrogen
peroxide and
potassium
dichromate are
oxidizers, keep
from flammables.
PPE-splash proof
safety goggles, lab
coat, rubber or CPE
gloves
Use local exhaust
while centrifuging.
PPE-safety glasses,
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves
-------
34-3
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
PPE and/or M
9. Diatom slide Heat (burns) Use insulated
preparation, gloves or tongs
heating on hot handling hot items
plate
10. Addition of None FPE-safety glasses,
hyrax mounting lab coat, rubber or
median CPE gloves
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow all Biosafety Rules in the Chemical Hygiene Safety Manual.
Preservation with formaldehyde must be done with extreme caution.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
35-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 35
Analysis of zooplankton
Zooplankton are examined microscopically.
Formaldehyde, magnesium carbonate, sodium
hypochlorite, polyvinyl lactophenol
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Lugol's solution
preparation
2. Analysis, sub
sample counts
3. Microcrustacean
analysis
4 . Sample
preservation with
formaldehyde
Potential Exposure
See SOP No. 34
None
None
Spills, inhalation
5. Rotifer sample
analysis
Biological
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
See SOP No. 34
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling samples
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling samples
Formaldehyde is a
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, CPE or butyl
gloves
PPE optional. PPE-
lab coat, rubber or
CPE gloves when
handling samples
-------
35-2
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Follow Biosafety Rules in the Chemical Hygiene Safety Manual.
Formaldehyde must be handled with care.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
36-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 36
Analysis of total phosphorous
CRL MIN7315
Organic phosphorous is digested. The
phosphate ions react to form a blue
complex which is determined spectro-
photometrically.
Sulfuric acid, ammonium persulfate,
Levor IV, ammonium molybdate, ascorbic
acid, potassium antimony1 tartrate,
potassium dihydrogen phosphate,
adenosine-5'-monophosphoric acid,
hydrochloric acid
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Sulfuric acid
solution,
preservation of
samples
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
2. Ammonium
persulfate solution
preparation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Add
acid slowly, allow
to cool. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, chlorinated
polyethylene,
polyethylene gloves
This material is a
strong oxidizer.
Keep from heat and
flammables. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, butyl or
neoprene gloves.
CPE adequate
-------
Procedure
3. Working
digestion solution,
sulfuric acid,
solution, ammonium
persulfate solution
4. Ammonium
molybdate stock
solution
5. Ascorbic acid
stock solution
6. Potassium
antimonyl tartrate
stock solution
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Splash
inhalation
ing
Spills, inhalation
7. Combined
reagent mix
color
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
36-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Keep from heat and
flammables. Mix
materials
carefully. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, face
shield, lab coat,
viton gloves. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (no
data on gloves).
CPE adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (no
data on gloves).
CPE adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. Follow
instructions for
mixing in lab
procedures. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
8. Manifold
dilution water
9 . Stock
phosphorous
calibration
standard, potassium
dihydrogen
phosphate, sulfuric
acid
10. Stock
phosphorous control
standard,
adenozine-5'-
monophosphoric
acid, sulfuric acid
11. Digestion, wash
glassware with
hydrochloric acid
12. Digestion,
preparation of
calibration
standards
13. Digestion,
heating tubes
14. Analysis
Potential Exposure
Splashing
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
Spills, inhalation
Inhalation, heat
(burns)
Inhalation
36-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves. CPE
adequate
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
CPE, neoprene or
rubber gloves
Use local exhaust
over operation.
PPE-as outlined for
each standard
Use local exhaust
over operation.
Allow a clean air
purge before
opening. Use
insulated gloves
handling hot items
Use local exhaust
over operation.
PPE-as outlined for
each standard
-------
36-4
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care preparing digestion solution to prevent violent reactions.
-------
37-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 37
Determination of calcium/ magnesium,
potassium, and sodium.
Flame atomic absorption.
Water samples are analyzed by atomic
absorption.
Nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, calcium
standard, magnesium standard, potassium
standard, sodium standard
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1 . Sample
preservation with
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing/
inhalation
2 . Calcium
standards /
intermediate
standards/ working
standards in nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powde red
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles/ lab coat/
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powde red
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
3. Magnesium
standard,
intermediate
standards, working
standards, in
nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
4. Potassium
standard,
intermediate
standards, working
standards in nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
5. Sodium standard,
intermediate
standard, working
standards in nitric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
37-2
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals.
Extreme care must
be taken. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat, common metals
and powdered
metals. Extreme
care must be taken.
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton or rubber
gloves, face shield
optional. CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
6 . Instrument
calibration, burner
operation
Potential Exposure
Heat (burns) ,
compressed gas
cylinder explosions
7 . Instrument
calibration
Inhalation, spills
8. Analytical
procedure washing
with hydrochloric
acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
37-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Keep combustibles
away from operating
area. Acetylene
tank must be secure
and upright.
Follow all safety
procedures in
Compressed Gas
Association
Pamphlet P-l
Do as many
procedures as
possible in a fume
hood or use
exhausting during
operation. PPE-
safety glasses or
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
May cause severe
skin or respiratory
burns. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
neoprene or rubber
gloves. CPE
adequate
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
None
-------
38-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No. 38
Determination of total calcium,
magnesium, potassium, and sodium
ICAP
Water samples are analyzed by ICAP.
Nitric acid, plasma grade standards:
calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium
Overall Glove Recommendation: Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE)
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
1. Nitric acid
handling,
dilutions, sample
preservation
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
2. Calcium
None
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton gloves, face
shield. CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber glove (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
-------
38-2
Procedure
3. Potassium
Potential Exposure
Inhalation
4. Sodium
Inhalation
5. Magnesium
Inhalation
6. AROO standard
preparation in
nitric acid
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves). CPE
adequate
Do procedure in a
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (data
inconclusive on
gloves) . CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (acid
is diluted). CPE
adequate
-------
Procedure
7. AR01 standard
preparation ,
calcium, magnesium
in nitric acid
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, heating
8. Lab control
standards, high and
low
Inhalation
splashing
9. Intermediate
solution and
dilution,
magnesium, calcium,
in nitric acid
Inhalation
splashing
38-3
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (acid
is diluted). CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (acid
is diluted). CPE
adequate
Nitric acid is
incompatible with
heat and most
common metals and
powdered metals.
Extreme care must
be used when
heating. Do
procedure in a fume
hood. PPE-splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves (acid
is diluted) . CPE
adequate
-------
38-4
PPE and/or
Procedure Potential Exposure Engineering Controls
10. Analytical Inhalation Do as much as
procedures , practical under a
calibrations, etc. fume hood or a
local exhaust vent.
Avoid breathing
fumes. PPE-safety
glasses or splash
proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
rubber gloves. CPE
adequate
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Many standards used are carcinogenic or very poisonous. Extreme
care must be taken when handling these materials. Follow all
procedures carefully in the analytical procedure manual.
Nitric acid used in these procedures is dilute enough to most
likely not react with metals and heat. However, care must still be
used.
-------
39-1
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Chemicals Used:
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
No 39
Liquid / liquid water extraction
capture
Not yet determined.
Methylene chloride
Overall Glove Recommendation: Choice of below.
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Use of methylene
chloride
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation ,
flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Concentrated vapors
can be ignited by
high heat source or
flame. Material is
a suspected
carcinogen .
Procedure must be
done in the
Designated Area
fume hood. PPE-
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, polyvinyl
alcohol or neoprene
gloves. These
should offer
adequate protection
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
-------
39-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 39
Laboratory Procedure;
Method:
Description:
Liquid / Liquid Water Extraction
Capture
Extraction
Particulate free water is passed
through an agitated chamber containing
dichloromethane (DCM). The DCM settles
from effluent water back into the
mixing chamber and the extracted water
flows to waste.
Chemicals Used:
Methylene Chloride (DCM)
resi-analyzed methanol
3,5 dichlorobiphenyl
2,3,5,6 tetrachlorobiphenyl
2,3,4,4',5,6 hexachlorobipheny1
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Use of methylene
chloride
Potential Exposure
Spills, splashing,
inhalation, flammable
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Concentrated vapors
can be ignited by
high heat source or
flame. Material is
a suspected carcin-
ogen. Procedure
must be done in the
designated area
fume hood. PPE -
splash proof safety
goggles, lab coat,
viton, polyvinyl
alcohol or neoprene
gloves. These
should offer
adequate protection
-------
39-2
Use of methanol Spills,splashing, Methanol is flam-
flammable, inhal- mable. Keep away
lation from ignition
sources. Perform
procedure in fume
hood. PPE - splash
proof goggles, lab
coat, rubber or ne-
oprene gloves.
Use of PCB Spills, inhal- Suspected
standards lation, skin, Carcinogen. Avoid
eye contact. breathing vapor
or mist. PPE-
lab coat, splash
goggles, neoprene
gloves suggested.
Perform in area
fume hood.
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
Reagents containing methylene chloride must be disposed of as
hazardous waste. Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's
Characterization of Waste From Standard Analytical Methods.
Disposal of PCBs is strictly regulated by the federal government.
All waste residues containing PCBs (e.g. wiping cloths, absorbent
material, used disposable protective gloves, clothing, etc.) should
be collected, placed in proper containers, marked and disposed of
in the manner prescribed by EPA regulations (See 40 CFR Part 761).
Consult these regulations prior to any disposal of PCBs.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Keep containers closed when not in use.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
40-1
CHEMICAL HYGIENE SOP
NO. 40
Laboratory Procedure:
Method:
Description:
Sampling for PCB Congeners
Filtration
Water is pumped to deck of research
vessel through a hose. Water is then
carried through a filtration system to
remove the particulate phase. The
filtrate is stored for later processing
and analysis.
Chemicals Used:
Acetone
SAFETY CONTROLS
Procedure
Wash carboys and
parts in Acetone
Potential Exposure
Spills, Splashing,
Inhalation, Fire
WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING
PPE and/or
Engineering Controls
Acetone is Flammable.
Do procedure in a
fume hood when
possible. Keep from
ignition sources. PPE
Splash proof goggles,
lab coat, rubber or
neoprene gloves.
Check work area with
properly calibrated
LEL meter when
cleaning carboys
outside fume hood.
Stop if greater than
10% LEL for Acetone.
Reagents containing acetone must be disposed of as hazardous waste.
Follow all guidelines in the U.S. EPA's Characterization of Waste
From Standard Analytical Methods.
-------
40-2
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Use care in handling f lanunables. Keep containers closed when not
in use.
Wash hands thoroughly after procedure completion.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 40
APPENDIX M: GLNPO OCCUPANT EMERGENCY PLAN/FIRE PREVENTION PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL
1. General
2. Authority
3. Applicability
4. Annual Review
CHAPTER 2 - ORGANIZATION
1. Responsibilities
2. Advisory Committee
3. Coordinator
4. Occupants
5. Basic Functions
6. Succession to Command
7. Vessel/Building Sheet
CHAPTER 3 - DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Designated Official's Duties
2. Deputy Designed Official's Duties
3. Occupant Emergency Coordinator
4. Area Coordinators
5. Zone Monitor
6. Stairway/Elevator Monitor
7. Medical Officer
8. First-Aid Monitor
9. Fire Marshal
10. Fire Protection Monitors
11. Utilities Officer
12. Utilities Control Team
13. Bomb Search & Reconnaissance Officer
14. Bomb Search Team
15. Supply Officer
16. Supply Assistants
17. Welfare Officer
18. Welfare Assistant
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 40
CHAPTER 4 - TRAINING
1. General
2. Prior Experience
3. Civil Defense Training for Federal Employees
4. Education Program
5. Drills
CHAPTER 5 - WARNING AND ALARM SYSTEMS
1. Civil Defense Warning Signals
2. Disaster Alarm Signals
3. Communications
CHAPTER 6 - EMERGENCY AND EVACUATION PROCEDURES
1. Control Center
2. Emergency Procedures
3. Evacuation Procedures
A. Fire in the Facility
B. Bomb Threats and Civil Disorder
C. Instruction Sheet for Initial Bomb Threat Report
D. Bomb Threat Data Report
E. Instruction Sheet for Follow-up Report
F. Demonstrations
G. Explosions
H. Chemical Accidents
I. Severe Windstorms
J. Earthquakes
K. Enemy Attack
L. Panic
M. Physical Security of Facilities Alert Guidelines
N. Emergency Procedures [includes Fire Prevention (29 CFR 1910.38)]
O. Occupant Emergency Personnel
P. Protection Plan Personnel
Q. Personnel to be Contacted in Event of Emergency
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 40
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL
1. General. The Great Lakes National Program Office has an inherent responsibility to minimize the
danger to life and property arising from the effects of bomb threats, bombs, enemy attack, fire,
explosion, earthquake, serious weather disturbances, civil disturbances, and other disasters
affecting the R/V Lake Guardian. To cope with these conditions, GLNPO requires the
development of an occupant emergency plan and fire prevention plan in accordance with 29 CFR
1910.38. This plan is effective upon receipt and for execution upon direction of the Designated
Official and/or Director of Facilities. The Occupant Emergency Plan for GLNPO occupants of
the Chicago, Illinois General Services Administration Federal Building located at 77 West Jackson
Blvd. is maintained and administered by the Regional Safety Office and is not included in the
GLNPO Health, Safety & Environmental Compliance Manual.
2. Authority. The Great Lakes National Program Office has the authority to protect life and property
in their owned and occupied buildings or vessels, and is responsible for the development of
emergency preparedness and prevention programs.
3. Applicability. The responsibilities and procedures in this plan apply to all property under the
charge and control of the Great Lakes National Program Office and to all persons entering in or
on such property. Each occupant shall be responsible for the observance of these rules and
regulations.
This plan will be made known to all property occupants by:
• Posting alarm signals on bulletin boards.
• Posting evacuation routes on bulletin boards.
• Posting a listing of protection personnel on bulletin boards.
• Distributing emergency instructions to all personnel and contractors.
4. Annual Review.
a. It is the responsibility of all Facility Occupant Emergency Officials to keep the roster of
personnel current and to perform, in conjunction with all protection personnel, an annual
review of the plan.
b. During this annual review, any recommended changes, additions, and deletions will be
submitted. However, pertinent changes should be submitted as they occur.
c. The Designated Official will transmit the required changes to the plan to all protection
officials.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 40
d. Contractors are responsible for printing and distributing copies of the Occupant
Emergency Plan to their personnel.
CHAPTER 2: ORGANIZATION
1. Responsibilities
a. The establishment of the Protection Organization is a joint responsibility of all personnel
and contractors. The R/V Lake Guardian ship operating contractor, the full-time
occupants of R/V Lake Guardian, and the contract Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO),
will be responsible for providing the direction for implementation of the Occupant
Emergency Plan. Personnel for the Organization will be recruited on an equitable basis
from among all ship-board occupants prior to each cruise.
b. To the extent possible and as conditions permit, GLNPO will install and maintain
protective equipment, such as warning devices, alarm systems, and fire-fighting
apparatus and will provide employee training for the operation of the equipment.
2. Advisory Committee. An advisory committee will be established to assist in the development of
various phases of the Plan. The committee will consist of a representative from each agency who
is assigned the responsibility for the development of the plan.
3. Coordinator. An official of GLNPO or the ship operating contractor will be the Coordinator for
GLNPO vessels. The Coordinator is responsible for providing leadership, assistance, and
follow-up to ensure establishment, implementation, and continuity of the Plan. He will provide
information and guidance, advise on establishing the Organization, and will assist the Designated
Official in recruiting qualified personnel for technical services such as utilities control and for
making arrangements for training organization personnel.
4. Occupants. Occupants will acquaint themselves with the alarm system and emergency
instructions. All occupants are expected to react to alarms promptly and follow the directions of
Organization personnel during an emergency.
5. Basic Functions. Personnel will perform the following functions:
a. Evacuation of Occupants. This function provides for the planned and directed
evacuation of all occupants in the event of an emergency. This is performed under the
direction of the Occupant Emergency Coordinator assisted by the Area Coordinators and
their assistants.
b. Fire Protection. This function provides for the fighting and control of fires (small fires)
before the arrival of local fire-fighting forces. This is performed by fire protection
personnel designated by the R/V Lake Guardian Station Bill.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 40
c. First Aid. This function provides for emergency medical treatment by personnel trained
in administering first aid. It is performed by the Medical Officer (usually the Captain or
Chemical Hygiene Officer).
d. Utilities Control. This function provides for control of utilities in the event of an
emergency. It includes the control of all electrical and mechanical equipment; water,
gas, and steam valves and conduits; power switches, ventilation and refrigeration
devices; and any other such equipment in the facility. Personnel employed in
maintenance and facility operations will be assigned to this function under the direction
of the Utilities Officer (Chief Engineer).
e. Bomb Search and Reconnaissance. This function provides for the handling of bomb
threats, bomb searches, and reconnaissance.
6. Succession to Command. To provide continuity, certain persons are designated to command
should the Designated Official be unable to discharge the duties and responsibilities of that
position. The succession to command is as follows (descriptions on page 8):
a. Alternate Designated Official - Captain
b. Deputy Designated Official - 1st Mate
c. Alternate Deputy Designated Official - Chemical Hygiene Officer
d. Occupant Emergency Coordinator - Captain
e. Alternate Occupant Emergency Coordinator - Chemical Hygiene Officer
f. Fire Marshal - Captain
g. Alternate Fire Marshal - 1st Mate
h. Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer - Outside Assistance
i. Alternate Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer - Outside Assistance
j. Utilities Officer - Chief Engineer
k. Alternate Utilities Officer - Assistant Engineer
-------
7.0 Vessel/Building Sheet
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 40
Location: 24 Sixth Street
Bay City Michigan, 48708
Name: U.S. EPA, GLNPO R/V Lake Guardian
Construction:
Length
Beam
Draft
Berthing Capacity
Cruising Speed
Fuel Consumption
180'
40'
11' - 15'
42
12 Kts.
110 GPH
Number of Occupants: 42 maximum
a. Area Coordinators
b. Zone Monitors
c. Ground Floor Exit Monitors
d. First-Aid Monitors
e. Fire Protection Monitors
Range
Endurance
2 Main Engines
2 Propellers
3 Generators
2 Radars
6000 miles
15-30 days
1150 HP
4 blade stainless
135 KW
40 Mile capability
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 40
CHAPTER 3: DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Designated Official's Duties. The Designated Official is responsible for:
• developing the Plan to protect life and property and to minimize damage in the event of a
civil defense emergency or other disaster
• coordinating such planning with the Director of Facilities, tenant agency officials, and the
local civil defense director
selecting, organizing, and training an adequate staff to conduct the emergency operations
required by the facility's Plan
directing and supervising the activities of the occupants during an enforced stay within the
facility. The Designated Official performs the following dudes:
a. Ensures that the basic provisions of the Plan are disseminated to all persons employed
in the facility.
b. Requests the Director of Facilities to assist in planning for, obtaining, and installing
necessary alarm systems, and in selecting qualified emergency service personnel.
c. Establishes and reports to a control point from which the activities of the Organization
may be directed in an emergency.
d. Maintains liaison and cooperates with the principal officers of the tenant agencies, or
their designees, on problems arising in the selection and training of tenant agency
employees for the Organization.
e. Arranges for posting, on appropriate bulletin boards, a roster of Organization
personnel who have responsibility for in-shelter or other emergency operations.
f. Takes all necessary actions to ensure that the facility's Organization operates safely
and efficiently in emergencies.
g. Exercises command responsibility for the orderly movement of all personnel
(including non-tenants) in accordance with the Plan.
h. Maintains liaison with the local civil defense director and local fire and police
departments.
i. Ensures that appropriate training courses are provided and that arrangements are made
for obtaining assistance from the Red Cross, local fire and police departments and other
sources, as required, to train the Organization staff.
j. With the assistance of the Director of Facilities, coordinates arrangements for. and
directs, fire and bomb evacuation drills.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 40
k. Arranges for and supervises the storage of required supplies and equipment in the
facility.
1. Conducts periodic inspections in the facility.
m. Directs all shelter management operations when fallout shelters are occupied.
n. Works closely and cooperates with the local or state civil defense director in all matters
involving the facility's Plan, organization or operations.
2 Deputy Designated Official's Duties. The Deputy Designated Official will work closely with the
Designated Official and will assume all duties of the Designated Official in the Designated
Official's absence or if the Designated Official is incapacitated for any reason.
3. Occupant Emergency Coordinator. The Occupant Emergency Coordinator is responsible for
supervising and expediting the planned and controlled movement of all occupants in an
emergency. Under the general direction of the Designated Official, the Coordinator serves as
head of the Personnel Movement Service (Area Coordinators, etc.) and performs the follow duties:
a. Plans personnel movement routes and establishes movement procedures to effect the
personnel movement provisions of the Plan.
b. Assures that all Organization personnel responsible for occupant evacuation conduct an
evacuation route search for suspicious items or hazardous conditions BEFORE any
occupants are permitted to pass through public areas.
c. Trains, and designates in writing, all Area Coordinators.
d. Develops standard forms of facility protection assignments to be used by Area
Coordinators.
e. Supervises and directs movement of personnel during drills and actual emergencies in
accordance with the Occupant Emergency Plan.
f. Assures that all occupants, including members of the Organization, comply with
procedures indicated by the alarm signals as specified by the Plan.
g. Reports to the control center during actual emergencies.
4. Area Coordinators. The Area Coordinators are assigned by and under the direction of the
Occupant Emergency Coordinator. The Area Coordinators act as a liaison and focal contact point
between the Zone Monitors and the Occupant Emergency Coordinator. Area Coordinators assume
supervision of all protection personnel in the area and expedite the evacuation of personnel from
their assigned area. Duties include the following:
a. Establishing contact with all Zone Monitors within their area of responsibility.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 40
b. During drills or actual emergencies, maintaining a clear line of communication between the
Occupant Emergency Coordinator and Zone Monitors.
c. Maintaining a current roster of all self-protection personnel.
d. Assuring that evacuation routes are clearly identified, posted on bulletin boards, and well
known to the regular occupants of the area.
e. Assuring that evacuation procedures are well known to all regular occupants of the area.
f. Directing the calm and orderly flow of personnel during drills or actual emergencies along
the prescribed evacuation routes.
g. Immediately establishing an alternate route of evacuation if a bomb, suspicious item or other
hazardous condition is discovered along the normal route of evacuation. No part of a straight
line route will be used if a suspicious item or other hazard is found within a corridor.
stairwell, passageway, wing, etc.
h. Assuring that Fire Protection Monitors know the location of their duty stations, location of
fire-fighting equipment in their area of responsibility, and the alarm signals which will direct
them to their stations.
i. Coordinating the activities of Zone Monitors, Stairway Monitors, Fire Protection Monitors,
and First-Aid Monitors.
j. Maintaining a current roster of personnel with evacuation assignments by listing name,
emergency assignment, telephone number, and duly informing the Occupant Emergency
Coordinator of any changes to the roster. The roster form is provided by the Occupant
Emergency Coordinator.
k. Immediately reporting fires in his/her area to the Control Center and Occupant Emergency
Coordinator.
1. Reporting to the Control Center after evacuation has been completed.
5. Zone Monitor. Under the direction of the Area Coordinator, the Zone Monitor supervises and
expedites the evacuation of personnel from his assigned section of the area. Duties include:
a. Assuring that evacuation routes are clearly identified and are well known to the regular
occupants.
b. Directing the calm and orderly flow of personnel during drills or actual emergencies along
prescribed evacuation routes.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 10 of 40
c. Immediately establishing an alternate route of evacuation if a bomb, suspicious item or other
hazardous condition is discovered along the normal route of evacuation.
d. Appointing a column leader to guide personnel along prescribed evacuation routes to an area
specified by the Area Coordinator.
e. Assuring that all personnel have vacated their areas when required.
f. Assuring that rooms are vacated, windows and doors closed, and electrical appliances
switched off in appropriate areas during fire evacuations.
g. Assuring that windows and doors remain open and lights remain on during bomb threat
evacuations.
6. Stairway/Elevator Monitor. Under the direction of the Area Coordinator, the Stairway/Elevator
Monitor controls the movement of personnel in the stairway. Duties include:
a. Keeping the stairwell open.
b. Keeping personnel moving calmly and steadily, at a walking pace, and not permitting them
to run.
c. Closing doors after all personnel in line have passed through and leaving the post only after
the last person in line has passed through the door.
d. Controlling and/or restricting the use of passenger elevators by personnel.
7. Medical Officer. The Medical Officer serves as head of the Health and First-Aid Service. The
officer is responsible for training and equipping all personnel assigned to perform medical or
first-aid services in an emergency and supervising emergency first-aid or medical self-help
operations within the facility during an emergency. Duties include:
a. Arranging with the American Red Cross or other sources for first-aid and medical self-help
training for all Organization personnel who require such training.
b. Supervising the selection of first-aid or medical treatment areas in shelters and elsewhere as
required.
c. Directing first-aid or medical self-help operations and controlling access to medical supplies.
as required, to assure their proper use, conservation, and availability for emergency use.
-------
SECTION. APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 11 of 40
d. Establishing policies and rules governing the emergency treatment of ill and injured persons,
maintaining adequate sanitation and hygienic standards, and all other matters relating to
emergency health, hygiene and medical activities during an emergency or during the
occupation of an emergency shelter.
e. Inspecting the storage and handling of food and drinking water in emergency shelters.
8. First-Aid Monitor. Under the direction of the Medical Officer, the First-Aid Monitor administers
immediate first-aid to injured personnel. Duties include:
a. Knowing the location of medical supplies and treatment areas.
b. Administering first-aid to injured persons.
c. Knowing the extent and type of first-aid to be administered in an emergency situation and
whom to notify if more treatment is needed.
d. Reporting to the Emergency Treatment Center to assist the Medical Officer in the absence of
injured persons and after all occupants have been evacuated.
9. Fire Marshal. The Fire Marshal organizes fire-fighting teams for initial fire-fighting operations.
Duties include:
a. Providing fire-fighting instructions through available sources.
b. Assuring that fire fighters know their stations, locations of fire-fighting equipment in their
area of responsibility, and the alarm signals which direct them to their duty stations.
c. Deploying fire-fighting personnel to fire areas to extinguish or contain fires pending the
arrival of other fire-fighting forces and cooperating with such forces as directed.
10. Fire Protection Monitors. Fire Protection Monitors may operate hand-type fire extinguishers if
provided with yearly training. Duties include:
a. Knowing the types of fires and appropriate extinguishers to use in fighting them.
b. Being familiar with the location, operation and capacity of fire extinguishers in an assigned
area.
c. Recognizing alarm signals, and then taking appropriate action.
d. Using care in the operation of fire extinguishers to avoid unnecessary damage to personnel,
equipment and records.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 12 of 40
11. Utilities Officer. The Utilities Officer is responsible for controlling facilities and vessel utilities
during an emergency. The Utilities Officer serves as head of the Utilities Control Team and
performs the following duties:
a. Establishes a plan to attend to mechanical devices; ventilation, water, gas and steam valves;
power switches, etc. during an emergency.
b. Dispatches individuals or teams, at the sound of emergency alarms, to predetermined control
points for preplanned or directed action.
c. Reports to the Control Center during emergencies.
12. Utilities Control Team. Under the direction of the Utilities Officer, the Utilities Control Team is
responsible for controlling utilities in a facility or on board a vessel during an emergency. The
Utilities Control Team reports to the Utilities Officer during emergencies.
13. Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer. The Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer is
responsible for recruiting, organizing, training and equipping personnel assigned to bomb search
activities. He shall establish contact with bomb disposal units of local law enforcement agencies
and with the U.S. Army Explosive Ordnance Disposal Detachment in his area. The duties and
responsibilities of the Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer are as follows:
a. Ascertaining the structural composition of the facility or vessel to determine the possible
effects of explosion.
b. Establishing a cascade telephone system to alert all team members begin implementation of a
building or vessel search.
c. Coordinating search activities with local law enforcement search teams and/or the U.S. Army
Explosive Ordnance Disposal Detachment in his area.
d. Before personnel are evacuated, validating the probability that a suspicious item is most
likely a bomb, time permitting.
14. Bomb Search Team. Members function under the direction of the Bomb Search and
Reconnaissance Officer. However, they work directly with the Area Coordinator in their
respective areas. Members are generally selected from those positions within the responsibility of
the Occupant Emergency Coordinator. Duties include:
a. Searching assigned areas for bombs, suspicious packages and items that do not fit their
surroundings.
b. Immediately reporting any suspicious items to the Area Coordinator who, in turn, relays the
information to the Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 13 of 40
c. Reporting to the Area Coordinator when the search has been completed.
15. Supply Officer. The Supply Officer is responsible for the care of, and issuance to appropriate
officials, all supplies, especially essential stocks of food, water, medical supplies, and sanitation
equipment. He/she serves as head of the Supply Service and performs the following functions
associated with emergency shelter management. Duties include:
a. Planning and scheduling distribution of supplies to appropriate leaders and regulates
consumption in conformance with established emergency shelter management policy.
b. Procuring, as available and to the extent storage space permits, desirable items over and
above basic stocking, through local government or other appropriate sources.
c. Establishing a program regulating the acceptance and storage of issued supplies and
personnel supplies; maintaining an up-to-date inventory of all supplies and equipment;
providing for and maintaining security storage of such material, and issuance of daily rations.
medicines and other items to appropriate Organization officials.
d. Training Supply Assistants in sufficient numbers to expedite the supply functions of the Plan.
16. Supply Assistants. The Supply Assistants assist the Supply Officer in the performance of his
duties.
17. Welfare Officer. The Welfare Officer is responsible for the organization and training of a staff
who will provide for registration of emergency shelter occupants and their subsequent needs, such
as unit feeding, billeting, recreation, information and religious requirements.
18. Welfare Assistants. The Welfare Assistants assist the Welfare Officer in meeting the feeding,
billeting, recreation, information and religious requirements of emergency shelter occupants.
CHAPTER 4: TRAINING
General. A continuing program of training and education for all Organization personnel is
imperative to ensure maximum effectiveness of the Organization. Personnel who are assigned
duties and responsibilities in the Organization will require and be given specific training in the
skills necessary to perform their assigned functions, e.g., first-aid, fire fighting, etc. The
Designated Official, Director of Facilities, Fire Marshal, and each Area Coordinator, will be
responsible for planning and arranging training (including periodic refresher training) of personnel
appointed to the Organization. Such training must be sufficiently extensive to develop and
maintain proficiency on the part of each person in order that all emergency duties may be
accomplished rapidly and effectively.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 14 of 40
2. Prior Experience. In order to minimize training requirements, whenever possible, personnel will
be appointed to the Emergency Organization on the basis of prior experience. Personnel who have
previously served in similar organizations will be utilized to the fullest extent possible. In addition,
personnel will be considered for appointment on the basis of qualifications deriving from their normal
occupations (i.e., medical personnel, building maintenance, etc.).
3. Civil Defense Training for Federal Employees.
a. Executive Order No. 1052 of April 22, 1954 (19 F.R. 2379; 3 CFR) provides that heads of
Federal agencies may authorize personnel of their respective agencies to participate in civil
defense training programs and test exercises in cooperation with any state or political
subdivision. Federal employees may be released for periods of up to 40 working hours
during any calendar year for the purpose of receiving such civil defense training under the
provision of the Executive Order.
b. Each tenant agency is responsible for assuring that those of its employees who have been
assigned duties within the Organization are available for appropriate training.
4. Educational Program. The Designated Official will assure that all personnel are kept informed
concerning the general nature and concepts of the Plan and specific actions which all individuals
are required to take under the Plan. Information furnished to the employees will be clear and
concise. Video may be used periodically to advise all employees concerning necessary individual
survival preparation and actions.
5- Drills. Organization personnel and facility or vessel occupants will participate in drills that will
familiarize them with the actions they are expected to follow in the case of an emergency.
Evacuation drills will be conducted periodically under the direction of the Designated Official and
Director of Facilities. Drills will be announced in advance. After they are conducted, they should
be documented in the ship's log.
CHAPTER 5: WARNING AND ALARM SYSTEMS
Civil Defense Warning Signals. The local government is responsible for disseminating civil
defense warnings to the public. This is achieved through a system of centrally-controlled outdoor
sirens. There are two civil defense warning signals:
a. ALERT Signal. This is a steadv tone or blast lasting three to five minutes which signals the
broadcast of essential emergency information. Occupants will receive further instructions
from the public address system.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 15 of 40
b. ATTACK Warning Signal. This is a wavering tone or series of short blasts lasting three to
five minutes signaling that an attack against the country has been detected. Upon hearing
this warning, personnel should take the best shelter available and keep away from windows.
Upon orders from the Area Coordinator, all occupants will proceed to the shelter area.
c. Signals within the Facility. A complete warning system has been devised for the RV Lake
Guardian to operate manually by means of the General Alarm Switch, the Fire Alarm
Switch, and the Public Address system located on the ship's bridge. Also, See the Station
Bill in Chapter 8, Attachment 8.1.
2. Disaster Alarm Signals. A non-civil defense disaster will be signaled within the facility.
a. Fire Alarm. This is a fire alarm signal and a public address system announcement which
informs occupants of the fire's location and instructs employees either to relocate or to complete
the facility's evacuation. If the facility is evacuated, individuals should clear the immediate area
around the facility and wait for verbal instructions from Organization officials.
b. Other Alarms. A rapid ringing of the ship's bell and a continuous ringing of general alarm
bells for a period of about ten seconds (in accordance with the ship's station bill), followed by an
oral alarm will be used to warn personnel of natural or other disasters. Natural disasters include
earthquakes, floods and windstorms. Other disasters include explosions, escape of lethal gases,
civil disturbances and bomb threats.
3. Communications Requirements. In collaboration with the Director of Facilities, the Designated
Official will arrange for communication of warnings within the facility or vessel. Specific
provisions will be made for informing all occupants of the existence of different warning signals,
their meanings and what actions are to be taken. Warning signals will be tested on a regular
schedule to ensure that the equipment is working properly. Drills should be scheduled often
enough to enable the occupants to instantly recognize the sound and meaning of all warnings and
to automatically take appropriate action.
CHAPTER 6: EMERGENCY AND EVACUATION PROCEDURES
1. Control Center. The Control Center on the R/V Lake Guardian is located on the
Bridge and is designated as the location that will be utilized by the
Organization. All Organization personnel must know the telephone number and location of the
Control Center in order for communications to be established in an emergency. During any period of
emergency shelter occupancy, either prior to enemy attack or natural disaster, or subsequent to attack
due to radioactive fallout, the Control Center may be shifted to O-2 Level.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 16 of 40
Emergency Procedures.
a. Upon notification by the Designated Official, the Organization will iniorm the occupants of
the emergency. Emergency actions are stated at the end of Chapter 6 of this Appendix.
b. It is important that the emergency procedures be known in advance so immediate action can
be taken. Delays caused by reviewing instructions after the alarm has sounded could cause
injury or death, which might be avoided if the occupants were familiar with instructions in
advance.
3. Evacuation Procedures.
a. Under no circumstances should an evacuation take place due to a bomb threat without the
evacuation route first being searched for bombs or suspicious items.
b. Evacuation may be required because of an emergency. Normally, the Designated Official
will decide whether one area, various areas, or all areas will be evacuated. The Area
Coordinator may decide to evacuate the area if there is an emergency and he/she thinks there
is insufficient time to counsel the Designated Official. In some cases, the Area Coordinator
will be forewarned and will instruct the occupants to line up in the corridor at the stairways.
c. The Designated Official will inform each Area Coordinator of the existence of an emergency,
its location, sequence of evacuation, and if the evacuation will be partial or complete.
1. A partial evacuation will involve only the necessary area(s) and will be accomplished
at the direction of the Area Coordinator.
2. A complete evacuation involves all areas. If there is an emergency in an area which
requires a complete evacuation, the area in which the emergency exists will be
evacuated immediately, i.e., the disaster floor or deck would be evacuated immediately,
followed by other areas in accordance with the ship's Station Bill.
A - Fire In The Facility
1. Major Fire. A major fire is one which CANNOT be easily extinguished by the use of a portable
fire extinguisher.
2. Minor Fire. A minor fire is one which CAN be extinguished by the use of a portable fire
extinguisher.
3. When a major fire is discovered, the employee will activate the nearest fire alarm box and may
call 911 on any of the ship's telephones to report the fire. Supervisors will ensure that all
employees know the locations of alarm boxes and telephone systems in their area. The alarm
boxes and 911 emergency systems are tied into the Bridge.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 17 of 40
4. After an employee activates the fire alarm, the Area Coordinator should be contacted and given
the location of the fire.
5. The Area Coordinator will contact the Designated Official and the Fire Marshall, who will then
decide whether evacuation will be partial or complete. The Control Center will notify the
Occupant Emergency Coordinator, who in turn will contact the Area Coordinator if any
evacuation is to take place. The Area Coordinator may decide to evacuate the facility or vessel if,
in their judgment, there is not sufficient time to contact the Designated Official.
6. The Fire Protection Monitors will use fire extinguishers to control small fires. In case of a major
fire, the Zone Monitor will warn persons in the immediate vicinily to evacuate the affected area.
7. Immediately upon hearing the alarm, personnel will not activate the ventilating system, nor will it
be automatically activated.
8. Occupants will take the following action when the fire alarm is sounded:
a. Proceed as specified by the ship's Station Bill.
b. Obey the instructions of the Area Coordinator and the monitors.
c. Proceed into the stairway or exit in an orderly manner as directed by the Stairway Monitor.
d. Walk to the 0-2 deck, or any alternate area specified by the Area Coordinator and stay in
formation.
e. If the facility is completely evacuated, wait for instructions from Organization officials.
f. If time and safety permit, place classified documents in a safe or secure location; put exposed
records in cabinets or desk drawers or spread covers over the records to protect them; and
disconnect electrical equipment. The last person to leave the room closes, but does not lock.
the door.
g. Evacuation will utilize the routes shown on the evacuation floor plan which is posted in the
Captain's office, the galley, and in the passageways of all labs. The nature of the emergency
may require an alternate route.
h. Upon evacuation, each Area Coordinator will report to the Occupant Emergency Coordinator
located at the Emergency Control Center. Information given by the Area Coordinator will
help keep organization officials aware of the progress of the evacuation.
i. If a partial or complete evacuation has been ordered, personnel will exit according to the
evacuation plan. In all cases, personnel will obey the Area Coordinator's and Monitor's
instructions.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 18 of 40
B - Bomb Threats and Civil Disorder
1. Guides. The following guides are established to assist in preparing for and minimizing the effects
of emergencies.
a. Protection of Priority Locations. Locations requiring priority protection (switchboards,
teletype centers, heating plants, etc.) should be identified in advance and arrangements
should made for protection of these locations. Consideration should be given to the use of
existing heavy monumental-type metal doors, gates, etc., when available, as physical barriers
to deter unauthorized entry of selected priority locations.
(1) Planning and Inspecting. Survey the premises of specific occupants, whose locations
have or may reasonably be expected to be the site of civil disorders or demonstrations,
to determine if some entrances to the area should be closed, and if door latches are
adequate and tamper resistant, if the site lends itself to installation of practical types of
intrusion and fire alarm systems, or to the installation of automatic fire extinguishing
systems to minimize fire losses and deter vandalism.
(2) Suspicious Actions. All personnel, particularly guards and vessel personnel, shall be
alerted to observe and report immediately any threats and all suspicious-looking
persons, packages or equipment.
(3) Building Service Spaces. All doors to service areas, such as mechanical rooms,
transformer vaults, slop-sink rooms, wire closets, etc., should be locked at all times
when not occupied. Access will be allowed only to authorized personnel.
(4) Stairwells and Restrooms. Particular attention should be given to closets incapable of
being locked, restrooms, stairwells and other areas where explosives might be
concealed.
(5) After-Hour Entry. Identifying and recording the presence of all persons entering or
leaving the facility or vessel after normal hours is essential.
2. In case of a bomb threat, perform the following actions:
a. Upon learning of a bomb threat:
(I) Attempt to learn the exact location where the bomb has been or is going to be planted.
Attempt to learn as much information as possible about the caller, e.g. vocal
idiosyncrasies, race, sex, approximate age, group affiliation, etc. Listen for
background noises or for other clues which might indicate the caller's identity and
location. Information received should be carefully recorded and immediately relayed to
the Designated Official.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 19 of 40
(2) Persons receiving a letter or written message concerning a bomb threat will deliver it
immediately to the Designated Official.
b. The Control Official or Federal Protective Service will notify the Designated Official and the
Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer that a bomb threat has been received and give the
location, if known. The Federal Protective Service will initiate the telephone cascade system
to alert all team members to begin a visual search of the reported location. A suspicious
item is never to be moved or disturbed. The telephone cascade system initiated by the
Federal Protective Service is as follows:
(1) Federal Protective Services notifies the Occupant Emergency Coordinator.
(2) Occupant Emergency Coordinator alerts the Area Coordinator.
(3) Area Coordinator notifies the respective Zone Monitors.
(4) Zone Monitors search their assigned areas, including stairwells, restrooms, and utility
rooms off the corridors.
(5) Available guards, maintenance men and personnel report to the Federal Protective
Service for assignment. Personnel located at their assigned area will work under the
direction of the Area Coordinator. Whenever possible, searchers will work in pairs and
move with extreme caution, both during the search and after the bomb is located.
(6) Upon completion of a thorough inspection of their areas, searchers will report to the
Zone Monitor who contacts the Area Coordinator to report the results of the search.
(7) The Area Coordinator contacts the Occupant Emergency Coordinator who notifies the
Control Center of the results of the search.
c. In the event a suspicious-looking object is found, the finder performs the following actions:
(1) Does not remove or disturb the suspect object.
(2) Immediately evacuates all persons from the affected area.
(3) Notifies the Zone Monitor and calls Federal Protective Sen-ice Control to report that a
suspicious item has been located.
(4) The Zone Monitor notifies the Area Coordinator that a suspicious item has been
located.
(5) The Area Coordinator notifies the Occupant Emergency Coordinator that a suspicious
item has been located.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 20 of 40
(6) The Occupant Emergency Coordinator notifies the Control Center and the Designated
Official that a suspicious item has been found and informs them of its location.
(7) The Control Center immediately notifies the Bomb Search and Reconnaissance
Officer that a suspect item has been found and he/she will verify the item as
threatening or non-threatening.
d. The Designated Official may order an immediate evacuation of the area near the affected
location if the suspicious item is identified as a bomb.
e. If searchers locate a bomb, they will notify the Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer.
f. After disposal of the bomb, the Designated Official will give the signal for occupants to
return to the area.
g. The Bomb Search and Reconnaissance Officer will then complete the report as shown on
page 24.
C - Instruction Sheet For Initial Bomb Threat Report
1. Date of threat.
2. Time threat was received. Indicate if a.m. or p.m.
3. Print the exact words, as close as possible, used by the caller.
4. Did caller give a location where the device is supposedly planted?
5. Did caller state when the device would detonate? If so, list time.
6. Did caller state what type of device it was? If so, please describe.
7. Did caller describe the device? If so, please list description.
8. Did caller state why the bomb was placed? If so, please list.
9. Please describe anything that could be heard in the background such as street noises, office noises.
music, children laughing, etc.
10. Check whether caller seemed to be male or female and the age group that comes closest to the
sound of the voice.
11. Check any mannerisms, accents, speech patterns, etc., that could be detected in the voice.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 21 of 40
12. Did you recognize the voice of the caller? Please indicate.
13. Name of person who completed the form.
14. Immediately report the call, with the above information, to the supervisor or the designated
organization official.
D - Bomb Threat Data Report (Keep near Telephone)
Date Received Time Received a.m./p.m.
Time Completed a.m./p.m.
Please try to record below the exact words spoken by the informant. Ask that the message be
repeated - keep informant talking.
Request Specific Information:
In what area is the bomb placed?
Where is the bomb placed?
When will the bomb explode?
What kind of bomb is it?
What does the bomb look like?
Why was the bomb placed?
Additional Information to be Recorded after Receiving the Threat:
Background Noises (describe):
Voice Description:
Male Female Young Middle Age Old Tone
Sober Intoxicated Nervous Firm
-------
t
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 22 of 40
Accent/Impediment
Was Voice Familiar: Yes No If so, who
Recipient's Name
Office Address
Telephone Number
IMMEDIATELY Notify your Official in charge who in turn will:
Call Director of Facilities
Daytime Extension:
Nighttime Extension:
E - Instruction Sheet for Follow-up Report
PLACE THE TIME AND DATE OF THE INITIAL REPORT IN THE UPPER RIGHT CORNER.
If an initial report has not been completed and a suspicious package or bomb is found, or if a bomb
detonates, include the agency name, building or vessel name, location and address in miscellaneous
(9).
1. Include all agencies notified such as the Army Explosives Ordnance Disposal Unit, police, fire
department, etc.
2. Self-explanatory.
3. Self-explanatory.
4. Self-explanatory. If exact number of persons is not known, estimate number.
5. Self-explanatory.
6. Describe items found, who was notified, and action taken to remove and identify these items.
7. Same as 6.
8. Self-explanatory. Describe physical damage in as much detail as possible.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 23 of 40
9. See first paragraph above. Include any information not covered elsewhere on the form.
10. Other actions taken to augment security in the building.
11. Name of person completing the report.
1. Agencies notified of initial report:
2. Public Area Search Conducted: YES NO
3. Complete search of all rooms/offices conducted: YES NO
4. Evacuation: Partial YES NO Complete YES NO
No. of Persons: Time Evacuation Began:
Time Employees Returned:
5. Increased Security:
Was Package Inspection/Identification Instituted: YES NO
Were Entrances and Exits Placed Under Control: YES NO
Was Personal ID Required to Enter the Building: YES NO
6. Were Suspicious Items Found: YES NO
Description of Items:
Action Taken:
Final ID and Disposition of Items:
7. Bomb Device Found: YES NO
Description of Items:
Action Taken:
Final ID and Disposition of Items:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 24 of 40
8. Bomb Device Detonated: YES NO TIME:
Date: Location:
Area:
Number of Persons Killed:
9. Miscellaneous:
10. Other Actions Taken:
11. Recorder:
Name Phone Room No.
Date/Time Position Title
Agency Address
F - Demonstrations
1. Criminal Jurisdiction: The handling of demonstrations, "sit-ins", etc., has been the subject of
discussion among officials of the Department of Justice and it has been determined that the
Designated Official, assisted by the Director of Facilities will handle such matters in close
cooperation with the office of the United States Attorney in the Chicago Area. There must be
mutual understanding and agreement regarding the action to be taken in such matters and
assurance that such action is undertaken with legal authority and will not violate civil rights. The
Designated Official, assisted by the Director of Facilities, is the point of liaison for all tenants in
the planning and execution of action for handling demonstrations.
2. If possible, the following pertinent facts should be learned prior to demonstrations so that an
appropriate plan may be prepared:
a. Name of sponsoring organization.
b. Time of demonstration.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 25 of 40
c. Proposed schedule of events.
d. Exact location.
e. Activities planned.
f. Purpose of demonstrations.
g. Projected attendance.
h. Character and temperament of those expected to participate.
3. The Designated Official and the Director of Facilities should meet with occupants, local police,
United States Attorney, United States Marshal and others as deemed necessary.
a. The cascade plan of communication will be reviewed to ensure continuity of information
and necessary action between the occupants.
b. When a demonstration is expected to take place on GSA-controlled property, guards and
other personnel shall be instructed in accordance with the plan of action agreed upon with
the U.S. Attorney. Instructions will vary. They may include permitting the demonstration
to take place provided that entrances are kept clear and Government property and operations
are not adversely affected; participating in arrangements of a meeting between a
representative group of demonstrators with appropriate Government officials; prohibiting
entry into the facility by persons who parade bearing signs or who by other actions identify
themselves as participants; calling on enforcement resources for assistance, etc. It is
desirable to use procedures which appear most likely to gain the cooperation of the
demonstrators.
c. Agreement should be reached regarding the circumstances under which arrests may be
necessary and the course of action to be followed in effecting such arrests. (In many
instances, arrests are openly sought by demonstrators. Arrests should only be made when
necessary.)
5. Plans will be made as to what action is to be taken if persons should gain entrance to the facility
and then begin a demonstration, either individually or as a group. Normally, demonstrators shall
be asked to leave. If they refuse, become disorderly, or offer passive resistance, i.e., lie or sit on
the floor, it may become necessary to place them under arrest. An alternative to arrest is
removing demonstrators from the building and restricting reentry. Again, arrests should be
avoided if possible. Necessary arrests should be carried out under the guidance of the U.S.
Attorney.
G - Explosions
In the event of an explosion, the following actions will be performed:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 26 of 40
1. Occupants will take cover under tables, desks or other objects which will provide a measure of
protection against flying glass or debris.
2. Occupants will contact the Federal Protective Service, activate the fire alarm system, and then
notify self-protection personnel.
3. Occupants will contact the Area Coordinator to report the location of the explosion.
4. The Area Coordinator will contact the Federal Protective Service describing the situation as fully
as possible.
5. The Federal Protective Service will notify the Designated Official and the Occupant Emergency
Coordinator.
6. The Federal Protective Service will use the public address system to notify occupants and describe
the situation as fully as possible.
7. After the effects of the explosion have subsided, the Designated Official will decide if an
evacuation is necessary.
8. If an evacuation is necessary, occupants will evacuate under the direction of the Occupant
Emergency Coordinator and staff.
9. If the facility is evacuated, occupants will wait outside the facility for further instructions from
Organization officials.
H - Chemical Accidents
A chemical accident of disaster magnitude would include accidents involving large quantities of toxic
gases. Should such an accident endanger occupants, perform the following actions:
1. Occupants will notify the Area Coordinator of danger.
2. Area Coordinator will telephone the Designated Official and describe the situation as fully as
possible.
3. Designated Official will decide if evacuation is necessary.
4. If an evacuation is necessary, occupants will evacuate under direction of the Area Coordinator.
5. Designated Official will telephone the Fire Department and describe the situation as fully as
possible.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 27 of 40
6. First-Aid Monitors will administer first aid if necessary.
7. Occupants may avoid toxic fumes by moving cross wind; never move up wind or down wind.
I - Severe Windstorms
The U. S. Weather Bureau can forecast severe windstorms with a high degree of accuracy. However,
if high winds develop during working hours with little or no warning, perform the following actions:
1. Take shelter away from glass and movable objects.
2. On the RV Lake Guardian, take direction from the Captain or Safety Officer.
3. The Utilities Control Officer will notify the Director of Facilities and the Designated Official of
any damage.
4. The Director of Facilities will maintain contact with the National Weather Service for the latest
weather information.
J - Earthquakes
Operations on board the R/V Lake Guardian in the Great Lakes Areas are not normally subject to
earthquake, however, if one occurred, there would be little or no advance warning.
1. Upon feeling a serious quake, occupants will perform the following actions:
a. Obtain shelter under tables, desks or other objects which will offer a measure of protection
against flying glass or falling debris. If possible, stay at least 15 feet away from windows
to avoid flying glass. Step under a doorway or into a corridor. Keep away from large
overhead light fixtures.
b. Do not leave shelter until advised to do so.
c. If evacuation is necessary, evacuate under the direction of the Area Coordinator.
d. Exit from the facility with extreme caution. Watch for falling or unstable debris, live
electric wires, escaping gas, etc.
e. Proceed to an area of safety.
f. Take additional precautions as deemed necessary.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 28 of 40
2. The Designated Official will notify the Fire Department of any fires.
3. Some of the following conditions may exist in conjunction with or following a serious earthquake:
a. Presence of dead and/or injured persons. Some may be trapped in the facility or under
debris.
b. Disorder and unrest, including panic and looting.
c. Fire.
d. Shortage or contamination of drinking water.
e. Shortage of water for fire fighting.
f. Shortage of food supplies.
g. Extensive damage to the structure rendering it potentially unsafe for occupation.
h. Disruption of gas and electric power systems.
i. Shortage of adequate living accommodations or shelters.
j. Blocked and hazardous streets, highways, roads, bridges, etc.
k. Major or complete disruption of public and private transportation facilities.
I. Danger of widespread epidemic due to water contamination and breakdown of public health
controls.
m. Shortages of medical supplies and hospital facilities.
n. Disruption of regular governmental operations.
o. A large-scale evacuation from the metropolitan area.
4. Immediately after an earthquake, Organization personnel will perform the following actions:
a. Administer first aid, and assist in any way with rescue operations. Move seriously injured
to emergency treatment center.
b. Disconnect office utilities: gas, electricity and water.
c. Inspect all utility lines for damage.
-------
SECTION. APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 29 of 40
d. Extinguish fires. Do not light fires after an earthquake.
e. Reserve telephones for emergency use only.
f. Be aware of hazards such as broken glass, spilled fluids, damaged equipment, crumbling
ceilings, etc. Take corrective action if feasible.
g. If required, request assistance from outside sources, such as civil defense, disaster corps, etc.
h. Monitor radio for community disaster information.
i. Attempt to carry out routine procedures and return building to normal operation if possible.
K - Enemy Attack
Civil defense signals, warning of an enemy attack, are sounded by sirens operated by various cities
and counties.
1. ALERT SIGNAL. This is a steady blast or tone lasting three to five minutes signifying that
essential emergency information will be broadcast.
a. If evacuation is necessary, occupants will evacuate according to directions of the Area
Coordinator.
b. Occupants will take personal possessions, such as coats, purses, food, etc., when leaving
their work stations.
2. ATTACK WARNING SIGNAL. This is a wavering tone or a series of short blasts lasting three to
five minutes; signifying that an attack against the country has been detected.
a. Occupants will perform the following actions:
1) Take cover under desks, tables, or any large objects which will afford a measure of
protection against flying glass or debris.
2) Avoid windows.
3) Leave cover only when directed by the Area Coordinator.
4) Proceed to the shelter route indicated on the evacuation floor plan posted on the
bulletin board on each floor.
5) Remain in shelter until other action is directed by Shelter Official.
6) Designated Official will contact appropriate authorities regarding further action to be
taken.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION. FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 30 of 40
L - Panic
1. Panic Defined. Panic may occur during an emergency. Panic is defined as "A sudden,
unreasoning, hysterical fear, often spreading quickly." Panic can render crowd control difficult if not
impossible, but the ability to control panic may save lives and greatly reduce injuries. While
appealing to reason may seem futile, it may be possible to limit the spread of panic by assuming a
strong, positive leadership position or by reassuring key members of the group.
2. Panic Deterrents. The likelihood of panic, and the physical causes of panic, can be eliminated by
an effective program of informing tenant agency personnel of what is expected of them in an
emergency. In an emergency, the Organization should be prepared to remove the injured and dead
from general view, and to clear away debris with calmness. Emergency preparations should include
clearly delineated routes to be taken in evacuating or going to shelter. In addition, the designation
and placement of Organization personnel at locations where groups are likely to congregate will better
enable them to take command of the emergency and provide calm, decisive instructions and
information.
3. Antidotes to Panic. In certain circumstances, it is conceivable that, despite emergency preparations,
a fearful, disorganized group may be on the verge of panic. Organization personnel should be
prepared to deal with this situation according to the following principles:
a. Provide Assurances. Reassure the group by giving information and instructions calmly.
b. Eliminate Unrest. Dispel rumors. Identify troublemakers and prevent them from spreading
discontent and fear through misinformation.
c. Exert Positive Leadership. Propose positive action in a firm and decisive manner. Stress
what to do. rather than what not to do.
M - Physical Security of Facilities Alert Guidelines
1. Guidelines have been established in order to better understand the responsibilities and action to be
taken in situations which necessitate a security alert.
2. Terms used in the guidelines are identified below:
a. Security Alert. A Security Alert is an action taken when conditions dictate the advisability
of establishing security measures.
b. Degrees of Security Alert. There are three degrees of alert which can be declared when the
condition has been identified:
1) Moderate
2) Medium or
3) Maximum
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 31 of 40
c. Conditions. A situation can be described by one of the following three conditions:
1) Gray
2) Yellow or
3) Red
d. Application. Generally, the condition that is selected to describe a situation will determine
the degree of security alert:
Condition Security Alert
Gray Moderate
Yellow t Medium
Red Maximum
N - Emergency Procedures
A Minor Fire. (A fire which CAN be extinguished with a portable fire extinguisher).
1. Do not sound the alarm.
2. If you know how to use the fire extinguisher, do so and then report the fire.(See Step 3)
3. Report the fire and its location immediately to your supervisor, any self- protection official.
A Major Fire. (A fire which CANNOT be extinguished with a portable fire extinguisher).
1. Pull down the handle on the nearest fire alarm box.
2. Notify your supervisor immediately.
3. If an evacuation is ordered by your Area Coordinator, follow the directions of
self-protection personnel.
Evacuation
1. If there are visitors in your area, notify your supervisor and, if necessary, assist in their
evacuation.
2. Use the nearest stairwell. Do not use the elevators.
3. If an evacuation is ordered by your Area Coordinator, follow the directions of
self-protection personnel.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 32 of 40
Suspicious Objects/Persons
1. Report suspicious persons and/or objects to your supervisor immediately.
2. Never touch a suspicious object and/or package!!!
Bomb Threats
1. Telephone Bomb Threat
a. When a bomb threat is called in, keep caller on the line as long as possible. Attempt
to learn where the bomb has been placed and the time it will detonate.
Prevention of Theft in the Facility
1. The prevention of theft of both Government and personal property is everyone's concern.
Personnel should be aware of the types of theft that may occur and take precautionary measures to
minimize losses.
2. Theft of calculators, electric typewriters, and adding machines is sometimes attempted by
concealing these items in cardboard containers until they can be removed from the facility. No
carton or container should be ignored regardless of how routine or innocuous its appearance may
seem.
3. Extreme caution should be taken with personal items such as purses, pocketbooks, loose change,
etc. Most of these thefts occur as a result of employees carelessly leaving such items unattended
on desk tops or in unlocked drawers or cabinets. Reductions in these occurrences can be made if
personnel exercise more care in managing their personal property. All valuables should be
secured in locked containers, such as file cabinets, during working hours. If valuables have been
kept in an office desk for years without incident, it is no guarantee that they will not be missing
tomorrow. Personal items that have monetary or sentimental value are NOT secure when left in
an office at night regardless of the precautions taken.
4. THE GOVERNMENT DOES NOT REIMBURSE INDIVIDUALS FOR THE LOSS (THEFT) OF
PERSONAL ITEMS.
5. DO NOT LEAVE ANY PERSONAL BELONGINGS. THAT YOU ARE NOT WILLING TO
LOSE. UNATTENDED IN THE OFFICE.
6. Suspicious or unusual situations or the loss of property should be reported immediately.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION- FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 33 of 40
Fire Prevention
The following practices for fire prevention have been established throughout the R/V Lake Guardian
in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.38:
A. Fire Hazards And Control Procedures
The following is a list of major fire hazards found on board the R/V Lake Guardian and their
handling, storage, and control procedures:
Combustible materials such as cardboard, paper, oils, etc. are used on board the R/V Lake
Guardian on a regular basis. Combustible materials should not be allowed to accumulate
near sources of heat or flame. They should be promptly disposed when no longer needed.
Flammable materials such as laboratory chemicals, solvents, paints, products, etc. are used
on board the R/V Lake Guardian on a regular basis. They should always be segregated
according to chemical compatibility and they should never be stored near heat or flame.
Bulk flammable materials are stored in the flammable materials storage locker and should
only be removed when needed.
Oxygen and acetylene bottles are stored on the "Foscle Deck" when not in use. Smoking
and open flames are prohibited in this area. Hoses should be rolled up when not in use.
Tank valves should be closed completely and safety caps installed when not in use.
Acetone is frequently used in the laboratory areas on board the R/V Lake Guardian. No
more than 4.0 liters of acetone are allowed at one time in any laboratory area. Acetone and
other flammable laboratory chemicals should always be handled and transported inside of
secondary containment devices.
Laboratory heat sources (e.g. electrical appliances) are used on board the R/V Lake
Guardian and must be inspected on a regular basis to ensure they are operating properly.
Electrical cords used on board the R/V Lake Guardian, must be inspected on a regular
basis. Damaged cords should be replaced or removed from service to prevent fire and/or
injury.
Gasoline fuel sources exist on the 0-2 deck and around equipment on the fantail. Care must
be exercised in those areas to minimize heat sources.
Heat and fuel sources exist in the Galley area (e.g. stove burners, oven cook tops, coffee
pot, paper, cooking oil, etc.). Care should be taken to keep combustible and flammable
materials away from heat sources at all times.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 34 of 40
Smoking areas have been established on board the R/V Lake Guardian in outside areas at
least 10 feet away from flammable fuel sources. The areas have been designated in part to
minimize the chance of fire.
Portable fire extinguishers, fixed extinguishing systems, smoke detectors, emergency
lighting, and notification systems have been installed in areas throughout the R/V Lake
Guardian. These systems are regularly inspected in accordance with a facility fire
inspection program.
B. Responsible Personnel
The following personnel are responsible for maintaining fire control equipment and fuel source
hazards located on board the R/V Lake Guardian:
Facility Fixed Extinguishing Systems; Ship Operating Contractor
Facility Alarm System; Ship Operating Contractor
Facility Portable Fire Extinguishers; Ship Operating Contractor and Ship Contract Chemical
Hygiene Officer
Emergency Lighting Systems; Ship Operating Contractor and Ship Contract Chemical
Hygiene Officer
Smoke Detectors; Ship Operating Contractor and Ship Contract Chemical Hygiene Officer
Fuel Source Hazards (e.g. flammable or combustible materials); All facility personnel
C. Housekeeping And Fire Prevention Procedures
It is the intent of this section to make sure that hazardous accumulations of flammable or
combustible materials are controlled so that a fast developing fire, rapid spread of toxic smoke, or
an explosion will not occur.
The following housekeeping procedures must be followed to prevent the accumulation of
flammable and combustible materials and waste residues on board the R/V Lake Guardian:
1. Maintain good housekeeping in all areas; this is one of the most effective means of
preventing fire.
2. Bring to the attention of your supervisor any apparent existing fire safety hazard.
3. Obey "No Smoking" signs.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 35 of 40
4. Do not toss matches, cigars, cigarettes, or pipe ashes into waste baskets or any type of
receptacle containing combustible material.
5. Oily rags or similar flammable materials must be placed in approved metal containers
provided for that purpose.
6. Coffee pots, microwave ovens, hot plates, or similar electrical equipment with heating
elements may be used if such appliances are approved by Underwriters' Laboratory and
installed in accordance with local fire codes and the Director of Facilities' approval.
7. Deposit all trash in receptacles provided for that purpose or arrange for its storage in regular
trash rooms.
8. Exits, passageways, and lobbies must be kept clear of stored material to permit free
movement of personnel and fire-fighting equipment.
D. Maintenance Procedures
The following maintenance procedures have been established for the R/V Lake Guardian
heat-producing equipment to prevent accidental ignition of combustible materials:
All heat-producing equipment used throughout the R/V Lake Guardian must be used and
maintained in accordance with manufacturer specifications.
Prior to using any heat-producing equipment, supervisors and/or operators should be
thoroughly familiar with all equipment operation and maintenance procedures.
Defective heat-producing equipment should be removed from service until repairs can be
made.
All fire extinguishing systems, emergency lighting, smoke detectors, and alarm systems
installed on or near heat-producing equipment must be regularly inspected by ship personnel
in accordance with established inspection procedures.
E. Employee Training And Awareness Programs
R/V Lake Guardian personnel are apprised of the fire hazards of the materials and processes to
which they are exposed during regularly scheduled training sessions. The training sessions offered
to R/V Lake Guardian personnel consist of the following:
Regular Fire /Evacuation Drills (noted in the ship's log)
Initial Orientation Program offered by the Contract Chemical Hygiene Officer which
consists of the contents and location of the Occupant Emergency Plan/Fire Prevention Plan
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 36 of 40
Initial Orientation Program offered by the Captain and/or First Mate which consists, in part,
of general principles of fire extinguisher use, fire alarm station locations, emergency
notification system operation (e.g. 911), emergency alarm signals, and evacuation
procedures.
First Aid
1. Purpose
a. This Standard Operating Procedure is intended to provide guidance for Federal personnel in
the event that emergencies arise that require emergency First Aid or Self-Help. It is not the
intent of this procedure to delineate the specific and various methods of giving First Aid or
Self-Help, but rather to indicate where they are to be administered and by whom.
b. The procedures outlined herein pertain to emergencies arising from disasters only.
2. Responsibilities. Self-Help and First Aid training will be provided on request.
3. First Aid Treatment Stations. The following areas on board the R/V Lake Guardian have been
designated as First Aid treatment stations in the event of a general emergency:
1. The Bridge
2. The O-2 Level
3. The Captain's Office (primary)
4. Procedures in General Emergencies
Procedures noted in the R/V Lake Guardian Station Bill that is posted throughout the vessel must
be followed.
5. Evacuation of Casualties from Facility
a. Contact the U.S. Coast Guard
b. Evacuation of casualties will be made by the Police or Fire Department Emergency Service
once the vessel arrives in port.
b. Evacuation of casualties will be under the direct supervision of the Medical Officer.
6. Disaster Emergencies or emergencies involving 20 casualties or more will be treated in the
following manner:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 37 of 40
a. Response personnel, depending on the type of emergency, will be dispatched to the
emergency site upon notification of a disaster type emergency.
b. Contact the U.S. Coast Guard. The Coast Guard will notify the pppropriate authorities
((e.g., Police Department, EMS, etc.) and have them available once the vessel arrives in
port.
Utilities Control
1. In case of emergency, utilities personnel will proceed to the following assigned stations:
a. Electrician to sub-station master switch.
b. Operating Engineer to water control point.
c. One mechanic to gas control point.
2. Upon direction of the Utilities Officer, all electrical current, water service, gas and steam supplies
will be turned off when deemed necessary for preservation of life or property. ^
Civil Defense Coordination
1. Pre-Emergency. The Designated Official and the Director of Facilities will establish and maintain
liaison with local Civil Defense authorities in order to assure that this plan is at all times in
agreement with current Civil Defense concepts and local planning. Revision to this plan will be
made as necessary to assure that preparations for protection of life and property are never
outmoded.
2. During Emergencies. In the event of a disaster, the Designated Official and Director of Facilities
will reestablish contact with local Civil Defense authorities, at the earliest possible time, by
telephone, radio or messenger, as feasible under existing conditions. Information and assistance
will be sought as necessary and, reciprocally, the Facility Self-Protection Organization will
provide assistance to Civil Defense authorities as soon as conditions permit.
Tests and Drills
1. Policy. The Self-Protection Organization will conduct such drills as are considered necessary to
test and improve the various phases of this plan.
2. Approach. The Director of Facilities, under the guidance of the Designated Official, will schedule
two building-wide drills each year.
a. Participative Drills. In employee participation drills, the employees will evacuate the M
facility in accordance with the evacuation plan and will then return to their original area. ^
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 38 of 40
b. Non-Participative Drills. This drill consists of a test of the alarm system to ensure that all
personnel can hear the alarm signals and that all alarms are functioning properly.
3. Advance Notice. The Director of Facilities will distribute written notice to all tenant agencies in
advance of any drills or tests, in order to assure that all employees are positively aware that no
actual emergency exists when warning signals are sounded. Agencies are to notify their
self-protection personnel of any scheduled drills.
Occupant Emergency Plan
The purpose of this plan is to provide instructions to be followed in the event of an emergency
occurring on board the R/V Lake Guardian.
The protection organization personnel in the plan will:
• Direct and supervise the evacuation of the vessel or building and/or movement to the shelter
areas in the event of a disaster.
• Conduct drills to familiarize all employees with actions to be taken in the event of an
emergency.
• Provide training of personnel necessary to staff the various protection teams.
Coordinate action with local Fire Department, Police Department, Rescue Squad, etc.
O - Occupant Emergency Personnel
Occupant Emergency Coordinator:
Alternate Occupant Emergency Coordinator:
Emergency Control Center:
Area Coordinators Name Phone #
P - Protection Plan Personnel
Official Title Phone Room
Occupant Emergency
Coordinator
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX M
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 39 of 40
Alternate
Medical Officer
Fire Marshall
Alternate
Utilities Officer
Alternate
First Aid Team
Utilities Control
Group
Q - Personnel to be Contacted in the Event of Emergency
Name Area
Phone #
ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Local Fire Department
Emergency Ambulance Service
Bay City, Michigan
Bay City, Michigan
911 or 517-892-8601
911 or 517-894-3122
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX N
VERSION: REVISED/MAY 1997
PAGE: COVER
APPENDIX N: HEALTH AND SAFETY MANUAL U.S. EPA R/V MUDPUPPY
-------
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANUAL
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
September 1996
-------
CONTENDS
INTRODUCTION
BACKGROUND & PROCEDURES
TRAINING, CERTIFICATION, MEDICAL MONITORING
COMPLIANCE REVIEW AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
RESEARCH VESSEL HEALTH & SAFETY
Health & Safety Procedures During Sediment Sampling
Hazard Communication
Personal Protective Equipment
Personal Flotation Devices
First-aid Equipment •
Fire Fighting Equipment
Safety Tests and Drills
Weather
MARINE SAFETY
Safe Boat Operations
Load Handling Equipment
Distress Signals
Communication
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
APPENDICES:
APPENDIX A: Chapter 2, GLNPO Health, Safety and
Environmental Compliance Manual
APPENDIX B: R/V Mudpuppy - Health and Safety Procedures
During Sediment Sampling
APPENDIX C: ' R/V Mudpuppy - Personal Protective Equipment
Policies & Procedures
APPENDIX D-. SOP For Sampling Or. Board R/V Mudpuppy
-------
APPENDIX E:
APPENDIX F:
APPENDIX G:
APPENDIX H:
APPENDIX I:
APPENDIX J:
R/V Mudpuppy - Hazard Communication Program
R/V Mudpuppy - Chemical Inventory & MSDSs
SSI Occupational Safety And Health Manual
R/V Mudpuppy - Confined Space Entry Program
R/V Mudpuppy - Site Safety Plan
R/V Mudpuppy - Standard for Workers Exposed to
Hot Environments
-------
INTRODOCTIOH
It is the policy of the USEPA, Great Lakes National Program Office
(GLNPO), that all EPA employees working in offices, laboratories,
field activities, and special programs are entitled to a
comprehensive health and safety program. The goals of the program
are to ensure that each employee is able to work in an environment
free of recognized hazards and to reduce and mitigate occupational
accidents as much as possible. These goals are accomplished
through the development of standard operating procedures, training
employees in the proper techniques for field investigations, proper
use of and access to safety eo^aipment, and proper protocol for
inspections. This manual provides standard operating procedures
and guidelines relative to the health and safety of persons
involved in activities conducted on board the R/V Mudpuppy. The
procedures outlined within this manual must be used only as
supplemental information to the GLNPO Health, Safety _ and
Environmental Compliance Manual which establishes policies,
procedures, responsibilities, rules and guidelines to be adhered to
by all GLNPO vessels.
BACKGROUND & PROCEDURES
As a follow through to the Assessment and Remediation of
Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Program, the GLNPO Sediment
Assessment Program is designed to evaluate sites within the Great
Lakes basin where the possibility of sediment contamination exists.
Most of the work is done in one of the 42 Areas of Concern (AOCs)
which are designated areas which have some known sediment problems.
Funding for these assessments comes mostly from GLNPO and sample
collection is often done from the R/V Mudpuppy. The sampling
activities are always different in scope, as GLNPO's goal is to
serve the grantee's (usually a Great Lake State or Tribe) needs.
The R/V Mudpuppy participates in sampling activities where the
expected exposures are unknown or only suspected (e.g., screening
level and wide area assessments) and where there is some knowledge
of the types and levels of potential contaminant exposure (e.g.,
hotspot analyses). However, sediments are dynamic and heterogeneous
in nature. . Therefore, during sediment sample collection, field
personnel fltijlf be exposed to sediment which represents a chemical or
biologicalffipazard. From a personal exposure perspective, all
sediments iBfeuld be handled as potentially hazardous unless there
is scientific evidence to prove otherwise.
Sediment collection activities involve taking grab samples and long
cores. Grab samples are collected with a Por.ar dredge by lowering
it to the bottom with a winch, retrieving the Ponar, and emptying
the sediments into a large tray or bowl. The sample is usually
transported to a shore-based laboratory station for homogenization
-------
and subsampling. However, occasionally, homogenization and
subsampling is done on the forward deck of the Mudpuppy. Either
way, all leftover or slopped mud is hosed into the water while the
vessel is still in an anchored position. Utensils are cleaned by
hosing off and scrubbing with a brush. If necessary, equipment is
decontaminated with solvents and/or dilute acid. All solvent and
acid rinsates are collected in separate, labelled containers and
disposed of by the grantee.
Core samples are taken with a Rossfelder P-4 vibro-corer. The
sampling device usually has a 10-15' aluminum whi~h contains a
butyrate core liner. The core liner is extracted and can be sawed
into sections of any length. The core (or core sections) is (are)
capped, taped, labelled and sent to a shore-based laboratory
station where they are characterized and subsampled. Deck clean-up
involves hosing and scrubbing to remove slop.
Sampling personnel aboard the R/V Mudpuppy will generally include,
at a minimum, one USEPA/GLNPO employee, two contractors, and one
grantee. In the absence of an EPA Chief Scientist, EPA will be
responsible for designating an acting Chief Scientist. Personnel
responsible for boat operations will have experience in small craft
vessels, as well as in the use of sampling equipment. Individuals
from EPA and the contractor participating in sediment sampling
activities must meet the training requirements described in Chapter
2 of the GLNPO Health, Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual.
A copy of these requirements can be found in Appendix A of this
manual. At a minimum, individuals participating in sampling
activities must have 24 hour Field Safety Training or equivalent.
Due to the nature of sampling activities on board the R/V Mudpuppy,
individuals participating in sampling activities must be at least
eighteen years of age.
Prior to commencing field operations, the field team should gather
all site data available and assess the anticipated hazard level of
sediments to be sampled. When assessing the sediments' hazard
potential for a site, the depth sampled below the surface must
always be considered because many Great Lake sites are
characterized by having sediments which are more contaminated at
depth. For example, if historical data available for a site comes
from a Ponar dredge, and samples were found to be contaminated, all
samples below the sampling depth must be treated as potentially
hazardous.
Due to the nature of sampling activities on board the R/V Mudpuppy,
stringent health and safety procedures have oeen implemented.
Health & Safety Protocols developed for the R/V Mudpuppy can be
found in Appendix B.
-------
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) procedures shall be implemented
by all personnel working with contaminated sediment. Guidelines
for the selection and use of PPE are set forth in Appendix C, R/V
Mudpuppy- Personal Protective Equipment Program.
Sediment assessment and tributary monitoring may entail collecting
long core and grab samples with low to high amounts of
contamination. Sample collection procedures must be performed in
accordance with developed Standard Operating Procedures found in
Appendix D.
TRAINING, CERTIFICATION, MEDICAL MONITORING
GLNPO training courses encompass a wide range of criteria including
laboratory safety training, radiation safety training, field health
and safety, first aid and CPR, respiratory protection training,
emergency response training, fire fighting, crane and derrick
operations, occupational noise exposure, hazard communication,
bloodborne pathogen, etc. It is the policy of GLNPO that EPA
personnel and research vessel occupants, including ship
contractors, laboratory contractors, and visiting scientists, have
appropriate safety training specific to their job function in
accordance with Chapter Two of the GLNPO Health, Safety and
Environmental Compliance Manual (See Appendix A).
The GLNPO Safety Manager will record and certify that annually
required training courses have been attended by all EPA field
personnel. The GLNPO Safety Manager will also be responsible for
maintaining records regarding annual training, medical monitoring
and respirator fit testing certification for appropriate field
personnel.
The Regional Medical Monitoring Selection Policy to be followed by
all EPA Region V employees is detailed in Regional Order 3130.
This program is designed to monitor the health of employees whose
work regularly or periodically poses the possibility of exposure to
hazardous materials.
COMPLIANCE REVIEW AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
All personnel aboard GLNPO research vessels are required to comply
with all applicable OSHA, USCG, and EPA regulations. Health,
safety and environmental compliance standards for GLNPO research
vessels are specified in the GLNPO Health, Safety and Environmental
Compliance Manual.
Written health and safety Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) must
be developed for specific tasks related to field or laboratory
-------
operations. Within these SOPs, all safety, health and
environmental compliance issues should be addressed. Standard
Operating Procedures for the R/V Mudpuppy can be found as
appendices to this manual. Additionally, Region V and GLNPO have
developed SOPs which may be used to supplement laboratory or field
SOPs (refer to the GLNPO Health, Safety and Environmental
Compliance Manual). For convenience, portions of the GLNPO Health,
Safety, and Environmental Compliance Manual have been extracted and
appear in the appendices of this manual.
RESEARCH VESSEL HEALTH & SAFETY
Health & Safety Procedures During Sediment Sampling
When handling sediments of unknown contamination, all sediments
must be treated as potentially hazardous unless scientific evidence
proves otherwise. To reduce the potential of exposure, health and
safety procedures during the handling of contaminated sediments is
of utmost importance. This manual contains policies and procedures
which have been developed and must be implemented during sediment
sampling.
GLNPO has established a protocol which implements the minimum
acceptable health and safety standards for the protection of
persons aboard EPA vessels. All personnel aboard GLNPO research
vessels are required to comply with the health, safety and
environmental regulations in accordance with the GLNPO Health,
Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual. Protocol requirements
developed specifically for the R/V Mudpuppy, in accordance with the
GLNPO Health, Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual, are
contained in the appendices of this manual.
Hazard Communication
In accordance with OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR
1910.1200) an employer is required to develop a Hazard
Communication Program. A successful program requires the
cooperation of EPA and contracting personnel. It is the duty of
GLNPO to assure that Hazard Communication Programs are implemented
for all research vessels. The Hazard Communication Program for the
R/V Mudpuppy can be found in Appendix E of this manual.
Hazardous materials used aboard the R/V Mudpuppy include such
chemicals as organic solvents, corrosives, flammable liquids, and
toxic or reactive chemicals. A Chemical Inventory and Material
Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for chemicals used aboard the R/V
Mudpuppy can be found in Appendix F of this manual. MSDSs must be
available during all sampling operations. MSDSs provide
-------
information necessary for immediate response in the event of a
spill or personal exposure.
Personal Protective Equipment
It is the policy of the EPA to protect the health and safety of all
personnel, especially those persons engaged in work of a hazardous
or toxic nature, by providing and requiring the use of proper
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). A Personal Protective
Equipment Program has been developed for the R/V Mudpuppy and can
be found in Appendix C.
Sediment assessment and sampling may entail collecting long core
and grab samples with low to high amounts of contamination. Sample
collection procedures must be performed in accordance with
developed Standard Operating Procedures found in Appendix C & D.
The SOP's contain listings of. PPE required during sampling
procedures.
To minimize the risk of exposure proper decontamination procedures
must be followed during the donning and doffing of PPE. These
procedures are outlined in Appendix C of this manual.
Donning and doffing procedures specific to those procedures used on
the Mudpuppy can be found in Appendix C.
Additionally, Chapter 6 and Appendix I of the GLNPO Health, Safety
and Environmental Compliance Manual establishes policies,
responsibilities, and practices for the procurement, issuance,
control and use of PPE by GLNPO employees.
Personal Flotation Devices
Each EPA vessel must be equipped with Personal Flotation Devices
(PFDs) for at least 110 percent of the vessel's maximum complement.
PFDs must be distributed throughout the vessel and readily
accessible. Each PFD must be clearly stenciled with the vessel's
name. PFDs (work vests/type III) must be worn at all times when
working on the open deck (see Appendix B for additional safety
equipment requirements).
First-aid Equipment
Medical first-aid kits shall be provided aboard all EPA vessels.
The first-aid kit shall be stocked in accordance with the
requirements found in Appendix B. The first-aid kit must be well
organized, inspected and up-dated at least monthly. Expired
materials must be replaced and disposed of immediately. A list of
contents and any necessary user instructions must be posted inside
the first-aid kit.
-------
In the case of personal illness or accident deemed sufficiently
serious by the Shipmaster to warrant treatment beyond the first aid
facilities on board, the Shipmaster must be familiar with and shall
follow the Medical Emergency Procedures outlined in Appendix B of
this Manual.
Fire Fighting Equipment
Fire prevention programs must be established for all GLNPO vessels
to reduce the possibility of fire. If fire does occur, well-
developed fire fighting procedures will be implemented. The
Shipmaster is in charge of fire prevention and protection. The
Shipmaster will establish inspection schedules, provide
recordkeeping, and ensure that all fire fighting equipment is
properly inspected and in working order in accordance with Appendix
B of this manual.
Safety Tests and Drills
It is the responsibility of the Shipmaster to conduct and record
safety tests of equipment as well as procedural drills. Testing and
drill requirements can be found in Appendix B of this manual.
Weather
Safe boat operations as well as personal safety can be greatly
enhanced by establishing operational limitations based on weather
conditions. Staying abreast of current and developing conditions
is the responsibility of the Shipmaster. Maximum operating
conditions are discretionary and final determinations should be
made with consultation of the USEPA Chief Scientist and the
Shipmaster, the Shipmaster having final authority.
Additionally, personal exposure to weather conditions can pose a
threat to life and safety. Working in hot and cold environments
can lead to injury, illness and death. The Shipmaster and the
USEPA Chief Scientist must be aware of the signs and symptoms of
hypothermia and heat stroke. If at any time conditions are such
that they lead to impaired judgement and performance, unsafe wor'-:
practices, or render a threat to human health and life, it is the
Shipmaster1^ responsibility to deem conditions unsafe for wor--.
activities.
MARINE SAFETY
-------
Safe Boat Operations
In addition to use of personal flotation devices, man overboard
procedures, fire safety, weather awareness, distress signals,
fueling procedures, and rules of the road, small boat operations
include embarking, anchoring, and docking activities. Small Boat
Standard Operating Procedures have been developed by Seaward
Services Incorporated (SSI) and can be found within the document
titled "SSI Occupational Safety and Health Program Manual" found in
Appendix G of this manual. Additionally, GLNPO has developed small
boat handling procedures which can be found in Chapter 5 of the
GLNPO Health, Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual.
Load Handling Equipment
Many heavy or bulky items of research equipment are handled over
the side of a vessel during sampling activities. All handling
equipment involved in sampling activities must be installed and
operated in accordance with applicable specifications and
regulations. Operating limitations should be clearly posted, and
operators of winches and cranes must receive adequate training in
accordance with regulatory requirements. Equipment must be
visually inspected prior to each use, and formally inspected
periodically (annually) . If damage or line stress is evident, the
equipment must be removed from service until replaced or repaired.
See Appendix B for additional requirements.
Distress Signals
GLNPO research vessels must be equipped with distress signal in
accordance with Appendix B of this manual. Additionally, visual
hand signals may be used to attract attention during a time of
distress. Channel 16 on the marine radio is the channel reserved
for emergency transmissions. If a "MAYDAY" distress call is heard
from a vessel, allow the Coast Guard to respond. If a GLNPO
research vessel is in a position to render assistance, contact the
Coast Guard as soon as there is a break in radio traffic. The law
requires that when possible and appropriate, assistance be rendered
to other boaters in distress.
Adequate rq£io communications are essential to safety on board
research vessels. All research vessels must have appropriate radir
equipment, even if it is not legally required. Certain vessels are
required to carry radio communication equipment and licensed
operators in accordance with 47 CFR. Federal Communicatior.5
Commission Rules and Regulations are also applicable. Part ='.
governs maritime radio services . Research vessels must be equippe :
with sufficient numbers of long-range and short range radios wi-.r.
-------
adequate channels and power output to insure transmission of
operational or emergency messages, and the receipt of weather
information. A vessel should not deploy without at least two
working means of communication.
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
Executive Order 12088, signed by President Carter in 1978, requires
Federal Agencies to comply with all requirements of federal, state,
and local environmental regulations. As such, EP\ regions must
comply with these regulations concerning air, water, hazardous and
nonhazardous waste, toxic substance control, emergency planning,
and community right-to-know. Each division is required to
establish practices and procedures which comply with these
regulations as they relate to individual operation. Specifically,
GLNPO personnel must understand and comply with regulations
detailed in the Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA) and the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (Chapter 9 of the GLNPO
Health, Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual).
Additionally, all EPA employees, including USEPA contractors, are
required to act in an environmentally responsible manner to protect
themselves, the public, and the environment.
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
APPENDIX A
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2,£<-AifO /fa*,
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2 -1
Chapter 2 - TRAINING. CERTIFICATION. AND MEDICAL MONITOR INC,
REQUIRED TRAINING POLICY - OVERVIEW
It is the policy of the Great Lakes National Program Office that all EPA personnel
and research vessel occupants, including ship contractors, laboratory contractors,
and visiting scientists, have appropriate safety training specific to their job
functions in accordance with EPA requirements. All required courses will be
provided by the EPA Safety Manager, with the exception of Superfund training.
(Superfund training will be provided by the Office of Superfund.) Training courses
will be offered on an annual basis.
GLNPO training courses encompass a wide range of criteria including laboratory
safety training, radiation safety training, field health and safety, first aid and CPR,
respiratory protection training, emergency response, fire fighting, crane operation,
industrial truck operation, occupational noise exposure, hazard communication,
confined space entry, hot work and lockout-tagout procedures, as well as
bloodborne pathogen training. In addition to training courses, GLNPO adheres to
the regional medical monitoring selection policy followed by all EPA Region V
employees.
2.1. Required Training Policy
All EPA and Contractor personnel who work in EPA owned or leased laboratory
space (including laboratories on research vessels, and all field locations) must meet
the safety training requirements specified in EPA Order 1440 and Regional Safety
Manuals. These Regional Safety Manuals must be readily accessible at all
locations. Supervisors must assure that their employees are aware of these
manuals and that the requirements within the manuals will be implemented.
Chapter Eight of EPA Order 1440 specifically addresses working with toxic
substances in laboratories. Regional and laboratory safety regulations are designed
to comply with the OSHA regulations 29 CFR Part 1910 "Occupational Exposures to
Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories". All laboratories are required to have a site-
specific safety manual. The manual should include general laboratory safety rules,
fire escape plans, emergency plans, environmental compliance rules, and a
chemical hygiene plan. All laboratory personnel must receive training based on
the content of the manual and must know its location for reference purposes.
-------
SECnON: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2-2
2.1.1
As specified in Order 1440, Chapter Eight, a 24-Hour Laboratory Safety Course must
be completed by all EPA and contractor personnel prior to working in an EPA
laboratory on a full-time or part-time basis. The 24-hour Laboratory Safety Course
is designed to cover all aspects of laboratory safety. New employees must receive
on-the-job training including fire evacuation procedures, waste disposal
procedures, protective equipment requirements, the location of eyewashes, fire
alarms, spill control stations, and any site-specific safety rules. Topics such as
potential sources of exposure, adverse health effects, work practices and
engineering controls, environmental and medical monitoring procedures, and
storage of incompatible materials should be covered, as well. Additionally, since
all laboratories generate wastes, and some of theses wastes are hazardous under
the RCRA regulations, the 24-hour training must include information regarding
environmental compliance. This will ensure that laboratory personnel will
understand compliance according to RCRA regulations and how it relates to their
work practices. For further information, please refer to EPA Headquarters Order
3500.1 entitled 'Training and Development for Compliance Inspectors/Field
Investigators". In the event a new employee begins work in a laboratory prior to
scheduled training, the employee should review the materials provided for the
Laboratory Safety Class and refresher class. The employee should then be enrolled
in the first available Laboratory Safety Class.
A training agenda for the 24-hour course can be found as Attachment 2.1 of this
chapter.
"General Laboratory Safety Rules" appear as Attachment 2.2 of this chapter.
2.1.2 4-Hour Laboratory Safety Refresher Course
Following th^qmpletion of the 24-hour Laboratory Safety Course, an annual
refresher coq^fcis required thereafter. The 4-Hour Laboratory Safety Annual
Refresher Cotflrb mandatory for all EPA and contractor personnel who work in
EPA laboratories and is designed to review safety topics for personnel who already
have a basic understanding of safety rules. Recent advances in health and safety
regulations should be included during this refresher training. The 4-Hour
Laboratory Safety Annual Refresher Course agenda appears as Attachment 2.3 of
this chapter.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2-3
2.1.3 GLNPO Research Vessel Laboratory Training Requirements
In addition to the 24-hour Laboratory Safety Course and the annual 4-hour
Refresher Course, all laboratory personnel are required to attend a "site-specific"
training orientation course prior to engaging in laboratory activities. This course
is intended to familiarize EPA personnel and contractors with the laboratories in
which they will work. An Annual Refresher Course is required for this training
and participants are required to document attendance. The general training
agenda for the course appears as Attachment 2,4 of this chapter.
2.1.4 Radiation Safety Training .
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission's Material License issued to the U. S.
EPA Central Regional Laboratory (CRL) allows the limited use of radioactive
materials aboard GLNPO research vessel laboratories. This license also allows
GLNPO laboratories to use Carbon 14 and Nickel for laboratory research and
sample analysis. While these materials may be used on a limited basis,
Radiological Health and Safety Plans, in accordance with the U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission (NRC) Regulatory Guide S.flr and DOE publication PNL-
6577, will be implemented to maintain the lowest minimum exposure to
personnel. Use of these materials are subject to the guidelines specified in the
CRL Radiation Safety Manual as described in Appendix J of this manual. GLNPO
research vessels must also follow the guidelines presented in the Chemical
Hygiene Plan described in Appendix J of this manual.
A site-specific Radiation Safety Training Course is required for GLNPO personnel
and contractors prior to working in a GLNPO facility where radioactive materials
are used. This training must provide information on work operations using
radioactive materials, personnel monitoring, protective clothing, and bioassay.
These training requirements appear as part of the Chemical Hygiene Plan
described in Appendix J of this manual and radiation safety SOPs appear as an
attachment to the plan.
2.1.5 40-Hour and 24-Hour Field Health and Safety Training
Health and Safety training is required for all EPA field personnel. The training
consists of a 40-hour Superfund Hazardous Waste Site Training Course for all
OSCs, RPMs, and related personnel. All other field personnel, including
inspectors, are required to take the EPA 24-hour Field Safety Training Course. All
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2-4
training requirements will be in accordance with EPA Order 1440.2.
Since specific protection cannot be engineered into every field situation, it is
essential that employees are trained to implement safe operational procedures and
are familiar with the proper use of personal protective clothing and equipment
GLNPO employees and contractors, therefore, must successfully complete the 24-
hour or 40-hour training required and hold certifications attesting that these
requirements have been met. GLNPO employees and contractors are not
permitted to engage in routine field activities until they have been trained and
certified.
No persons, field EPA employees, or contractors will be permitted to participate in
GLNPO-sponsored activities until they have received appropriate training .
2.1.6 8-Hour Field Health and Safety Annual Refresher Training
After certification in the 40-hour or 24-hour Field Health and Safety Training
Courses, all GLNPO employees and contractor personnel are required to complete
the 8-hour Refresher Training Course on an annual basis. The refresher
instruction is designed as a review of subject areas necessary to maintain
certification based on the initial 40-hour and 24-hour training.
For further details on this subject, refer to EPA Order 1440.2 Transmittal July 12,
1981.
2.1.7 First Aid and CPR
EPA employees classified as Chief Scientist and contractor personnel who work on
board GLNPO vessels are required to attend an 8-hour course in First Aid/CPR.
CPR
Courses in Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) will be offered throughout the
year. Training may be given by fellow employees who are certified instructors or
by instructors from an outside agency. Assuming that "someone else" will know
CPR is a dangerous assumption. All EPA personnel aboard GLNPO vessels are
required to attend an annual 4-hour course in CPR.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2-5
First Aid
First Aid, like CPR, will be taught throughout the year. This course is valuable to
all, but especially important to personnel who are engaged in potentially
hazardous activities. Like CPR, knowledge of First Aid is valuable outside the
work place, as well. All personnel who are required to work on GLNPO research
vessels must attend a 4-hour training session in First Aid, at minimum, once
every three years.
2.1.8 Respiratory Protection
Employees performing tasks requiring the use of respiratory protective devices
must receive training in the use and limitations of a respirator. Personnel must
also be evaluated by a physician to ensure they are medically fit to wear a
respirator. If respirators are issued, a written Respiratory Protection Program must
be implemented. Training and program requirements can be found in OSHA 29
CFR 1910.134 and EPA Order 14403.
A written Respiratory Protection Program for GLNPO research vessels is described
in Appendix A of this manual. All Emergency Response Personnel aboard the
vessel must meet the requirements specified in the program.
2.1.9 Emergency Response Team Training
Prior to each GLNPO research vessel survey, it is necessary to have a designated
emergency response team. The team must be trained in spill response, respiratory
protection (including SCBA), and emergency response in accordance with OSHA
1910.120. The team members must also be trained in CPR and first aid and conduct
practice drills on an annual basis.
In the event anyone aboard a ship at sea becomes ill or is injured beyond the dear
capability of die ship to provide prompt and adequate care, a Medical Emergency
(ME) exists and mat person should be transferred to a facility providing emergency
medical treatment.
If the Captain (or officer in charge) determines that a possible ME exists, the U.S.
and/or Canadian Coast Guard should be contacted for advice and assistance. The
Coast Guard may be hailed on radio Channel 16 throughout all the Great Lakes.
The Coast Guard can provide medical consultation and evaluation of the situation
and are equipped for evacuation by boat or helicopter, if needed.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PACE: 2-6
Always contact the Coast Guard for advice. Not all ports have emergency medical
facilities and not all may be suitable for a particular ME.
These procedures and numbers should be readily available for all employees
aboard GLNPO research vessels.
Telephone numbers for Coast Guard areas and designated trauma centers appear as
Attachments 2.5 of this chapter.
Ship operating personnel must receive training specific to their job functions in
accordance with all regulatory and policy requirements. Specific training areas
such as fire fighting, heavy equipment operation, and powered industrial truck
operation, are detailed in the following sections.
2.2.1 Fire Fighting
In the event of fire, a well-trained fire brigade must be available to respond
immediately and be accompanied by a qualified chief in command. All members
of the GLNPO research vessel fire brigade must be trained in accordance with the
U.S. Coast Guard's fire brigade requirements. Training must include discussions
of fire principles and fire classification, the use of portable fire extinguishers and
proper extinguishing methods, in addition to overall fire safety awareness. Other
qualifications of the brigade must include training and experience in fire
protection and prevention in addition to well established firefighting
organizational capabilities.
Response teams must be available 24 hours a day and regularly scheduled training
for all members of the team must be conducted. Training sessions, at least one
hour per week, are recommended. These sessions should include proper
procedures on how to avoid fire, hands-on training for drills, including signals
and individual responsibilities, as well as procedures for the prevention of bodily
injury. A portion of this training must be devoted to the practice of emergency exit
drills to make certain that all exits are dearly marked and easily passable and that
all alarms are in maximum working order. Any deficiencies noted during drills or
regular inspections must be corrected immediately.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2-7
Training documentation must be made available aboard the vessel and must
include the date of training, name and social security number of the individual
trained, and the name and qualifications of the trainer.
2.12 Cranes
Persons responsible for the operation of cranes, derricks, or hoists on all GLNPO
research vessels are required to receive annual training in the proper use of Ship-
Mounted Load Handling Equipment. Training documentation must be made
available aboard the vessel and must include the date of training, name and social
security number of the individual trained, and the name and qualifications of the
trainer.
2.23 Powered Industrial Trucks (Fork Lifts)
The operator is one of the most important factors in the safe operation of
industrial or fork-lift trucks. To ensure operator competence, and mental and
physical fitness, training is required. Initial training must be performed in
accordance with the National Safety Council Guidelines followed by refresher
courses every two years. Training must include:
• Operator safety rules
• Basic material handling techniques
• Basic instruction on the operation of the truck
• A driver's performance test on an obstacle course which simulates actual
driving conditions (e.g. maneuverability)
The operator should be trained to distinguish the differences between a fork-lift
truck and a conventional car or truck. For example:
• A lift truck can be steered by either the front or rear wheels
• A lift truck steers more easily loaded than empty
• A lift truck is often driven as much in reverse as in forward gear
Employees who are assigned to operate powered industrial trucks and/or lift
trucks should be given a certification card and should be required to carry it.
"Rules of Operation" - Safety rules of operation will be given to all industrial truck
and lift truck operators. These rules are described in Attachment 2.6 of this
chapter.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2-8
2.3 DOCUMENTATION
Documentation for all EPA required training courses and field certifications must
be maintained by the branch or office safety representative, the GLNPO Safety
Manager, the Branch or Division Safety Representative, the EPA Safety Manager,
and the EPA Training Officer. In all cases, each attendant of an EPA required safety
course must complete a Standard Form 182 prior to training and forward it to the
Regional Training Officer. The information contained in this form will establish a
permanent record and be maintained in the Human Resources Branch Training
Data Management System.
The GLNPO Safety Manager will record and certify that annually required training
courses have been attended by each field inspector or field personnel and issue
proper documentation in the form of a certification card. The GLNPO Safety
Manager will also be responsible for maintaining annual medical monitoring and
respirator fit testing certification for appropriate field personnel.
The Regional Medical Monitoring Selection Policy is detailed in Regional Order
3130 and is to be followed by all EPA Region V employees to whom it applies. The
purpose of the Regional policy is to ensure consistency in EPA's approach to
mandatory participation in the Medical Monitoring Program and to ensure that
EPA provides the most comprehensive health protection possible for its
employees. This program is specifically designed to monitor the health of
employees whose work regularly or periodically poses the possibility of exposure
to hazardous materials.
Medical monitoring may consist of a series of blood chemistry tests, urinalysis,
pulmonary function tests, hearing testing, and chest x-rays. Other types of
monitoring mAjj| be necessary based on the various hazards encountered by
individual poANfnel. A physician is responsible for identifying and explaining
the significance of all findings. No employee should leave the health unit with
unanswered questions. Baseline or preplacement examinations are conducted
prior to a job assignment where exposure to toxic substances or hazardous
materials may be possible.
Three categories in which Medical Monitoring is mandatory are Hazardous Waste
Site Workers, Laboratory Personnel, and Other Field Personnel or Inspectors who
are exposed to toxic chemicals. Based on this policy, all GLNPO employees who
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2-9
work with potentially toxic chemicals must be monitored for exposure.
The written Medical Monitoring policy is described in Appendix B of this manual.
2.5 ADDITIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COURSES
As well as courses that are required for field and laboratory personnel, other
courses will be offered that are intended for all employees, including office
workers who do not routinely work in unsafe situations. Courses for non-
field/lab personnel will be offered that address potentially serious health risks.
Some courses will be offered consistently throughout the year while others will be
specially scheduled.
2.5.1 Occupational Noise Exposure
In 1983 OSHA promulgated a hearing conservation amendment to the 1971 noise
standard. This standard defines an effective program and requires that a hearing
conservation program be implemented if workers are exposed to levels equal to or
greater than 85 dB measured on the A scale (slow response). When employees are
subjected to noise at or above this PEL, regulations state, "the employer shall
administer an effective hearing conservation program". Note: EPA employees
and contractors, including all GLNPO personnel, are required to wear hearing
protection in all work spaces where noise levels reach or exceed 85 dBA.
The hearing conservation program for GLNPO research facilities is described in
Appendix C of this manual.
2.5.2 Hazard Communication
GLNPO will ensure that a Hazard Communication Program is in place on all
research vessels and that all non-laboratory personnel aboard the vessels are
familiar with the program. The Hazard Communication Program will be based on
the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's regulation stated in 29 CFR
1910.1200. The program will contain a chemical inventory list, material safety data
sheets, proper labeling requirements, and employee training specifications. The
Hazard Communication Program for GLNPO is described in Appendix D of this
manual.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2-10
2.5.3 Confined Space Entry
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 lead to the development of the
Safety Training and Education Standard (29 CFR 192621) for confined spaces. This
standard defines a confined space and requires that employees who enter confined
spaces are trained to recognize the hazards of a confined space and know the
precautions to take when entering and working in such a space. Training is also
required for the use of appropriate personal protective and emergency equipment
when working in or around confined spaces.
After review of fatality and injury data, the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration found the existing standards to be inadequate in protecting
workers from the hazards of confined spaces. In June, 1989, OSHA proposed a new
rule for the protection of workers in general industry who work in confined
spaces. This rule would require the development of a permitting system for
confined space entry, and would address training, monitoring, and equipment
necessary for entry into confined spaces. As of April 15,1993, the permit, Required
Confined Spaces Rules, has become effective as stated in 29 CFR Part 1910.146,
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Department of
Labor. Further information concerning the Confined Space Entry Program and its
requirements is described in Appendix E of this manual.
2.5.4 Hot Work Procedures
If proper safeguards are not implemented, activities such as cutting, welding,
heating, grinding or other activities that produce a flame or spark have the
potential for creating a fire or explosion. To minimize hazards associated with hot
work, Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) should be developed and followed.
These procedures should include measures for protecting the worker, the
establishment j|f a hot work permitting system, monitoring for chemical exposure,
and monitodpg for fire and explosion potential. When welding, cutting/ or
heating, all personnel and contractors must comply with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.353
for Ventilation and Protection in Welding, Cutting, and Heating During
Construction Activities. OSHA 29 CFR 1910.252, General Requirements, must also
be followed. Additional information outlining Hot Work Procedures is described
in Appendix F of this manual.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
PAGE: 2-11
2.5.5 Lockout/Tagout
The purpose of lockout/tagout is to control the release of potentially hazardous
energy. The unexpected energization of machines or equipment, or release of
stored energy, can cause injury or death. Based on this definition, GLNPO's
Lockout/Tagout program is based on the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration's (OSHA) Control of Hazardous Energy Sources Standard found in
29 CFR 1910.147. The program is designed to safeguard the health and well being
of GLNPO and contractor personnel from a variety of energy sources when
performing daily repairs, maintenance, and servicing of their operating
equipment. To minimize hazards associated with these activities, personnel must
be trained to follow proper lockout/ tagout procedures specified in the written
program.
The GLNPO Lockout/Tagout Program includes energy source surveys,
designations of authorized personnel, affected personnel, training, lockout/ tagout
methods and procedures, restoring equipment to use, and outside contractor
information exchange. The GLNPO Lockout/Tagout Program is described in
Appendix G of this manual.
2.5.6 Bloodborne Pathogens
If it is reasonably expected that an employee may be exposed to human blood or
other potentially infectious materials, employers must protect their employees
from the hazards of bloodborne pathogens and comply with the OSHA
Bloodborne Pathogen Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1030. The standard requires
procedures for the use of universal precautions, engineering controls, personal
protective equipment, proper housekeeping, training, and handling of regulated
waste. Due to the isolated nature of GLNPO research vessel shipboard operations,
emergency Hrst Aid response may be necessary and exposure to potential
bloodborne pathogens may occur. Based on this assessment, a Bloodborne
Pathogen Program has been developed for GLNPO research vessels and is
described in Appendix H of this manual.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.1
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Alt. 1 -Pagel
Attachment 2.1
Training Date:
Time:
Conducted By:
24-HOUR LABORATORY SAFETY
TRAINING AGENDA
GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE
RESEARCH VESSEL PERSONNEL
1. IDENTinCATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
2. POTENTIAL SOURCES OF EXPOSURE
3. TOXICOLOGY
4. METHODS OF CONTROL
A. Flow Relationships in Hazardous Materials Laboratories
B. Ventilation
C Work Practices (Chemical Handling Protocols, Handling and Labeling)
5. MONITORING
6. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
A. Clothing
B. EnMMpncy Eyewash & Showers
. «^^
-*K
C. RMppttory Protection
7. SPILL CONTROL
8. WASTE AND STORAGE MANAGEMENT
9. CHEMICAL HYGIENE PLAN
10. CONTINGENCY PLAN
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Art. 2 -Pagel
Attachment 2.2 - GENERAL LABORATORY SAFETY RULES
All laboratories and analytical procedures have certain dangers in common.
Almost all analytical procedures use chemicals that are considered toxic or
hazardous; examples include acids, bases, and organic solvents. The samples for
analysis often contain unknown biological hazards or hazardous and toxic
chemicals. For these reasons, certain safety precautions are necessary throughout
all laboratories and whenever handling an unknown sample.
Each laboratory and analytical procedure will have safety rules specified in the
Laboratory Safety Manual or Standard Operating Procedure. These manuals and
procedures will be specific to each laboratory, however, the following laboratory
safety rules listed below will apply to all U.S. EPA Region V laboratories:
1. All exits and passageways must be unobstructed and allow free exit.
2. Eating, drinking or smoking in the laboratory is prohibited.
3. Appropriate personal protective equipment must be worn for each
procedure. This includes lab coats, gloves, safety glasses, goggles, and
occasionally respirators.
4. Pipetting by mouth is prohibited.
5. All safety signs should be observed and obeyed.
6. All toxic waste must be properly disposed according to RCRA
regulations.
7. Flammable, toxic or radioactive material must be stored in approved
containers.
8. All containers of chemicals and samples shall be labeled dearly and
correctly.
9. All gas cylinders must be firmly secured to prevent falling.
10. All electrical equipment should be properly grounded and electrical
cords inspected periodically to ensure that they are in good working
condition.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 22
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att. 2 - Page 2
11. Floors and surface working areas are to be kept dean, dry and free
from corrosive chemicals. Spills must be cleaned up immediately.
12. Initiation of a laboratory analysis or experiment, not fully described in
Standard Methods, AQC Manual or other procedural source, must be
preceded by a survey of existing literature. The toxirity and other
hazards connected with the reactants and products should be
investigated thoroughly before starting any laboratory reaction.
CONTINGENCY PLANS
Contingency plans must be developed and implemented in cases of accidents or
emergencies. A spill contingency plan is necessary when toxic or hazardous
substances are on site. Personnel must be trained in spill cleanup procedures.
Depending on the size of the laboratory and the operations performed in the
laboratory, a special team may be needed for emergencies. At smaller installations,
the local fire department or emergency response team may be contacted for
emergencies. Emergency response teams will require training in respiratory
protection, first aid, and spill cleanup. The duties of the team must be clearly
denned. Evacuation plans should be distributed, posted and updated yearly.
VENTILATION
Proper ventilation must be provided for analytical procedures and especially those
involving the use of toxic substances. Most laboratories will be equipped with
fume hoods to provide proper ventilation. Fume hoods must be tested semi-
annually to assure proper flow rates and containment. Maintenance must be
conducted on a regular basis to insure proper functioning. Exhaust air from glove
boxes must be treated by filtration, reaction, absorption, adsorption, electrostatic
precipitation or incineration depending on the chemical compounds being used.
All exhaust air from primary containment equipment must be discharged by roof-
mounted blowers and dispersed clear of occupied buildings and air intakes.
Additionally, a mechanical exhaust ventilation system must be in place to control
laboratory room air movement. The air supply must originate from areas where
the potential for contamination is low, and exhaust into outside areas.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2 -Page3
STORAGE REQUIREMENTS
Proper storage techniques must be followed and are detailed in the following
sections.
STORAGE OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
Only compressed gas cylinders required for immediate use are allowed to be stored
in laboratory work areas. Separate areas should be provided for storage of all other
gas cylinders. Empty and full cylinders should not be stored together. Oxygen
cylinders must not be stored near flammable gas cylinders. Cylinders of
compressed gases must be stored with the valve end up and securely fastened to a
wall or immovable object to prevent the cylinder from falling. All cylinders must
be securely fastened (strapped or chained) to prevent falls. All cylinders must be
kept away from heat sources.
STORAGE OF CHEMICALS
All chemicals or waste materials in the laboratory, stockroom, or bulk storage
must be stored according to their chemical compatibility. Storage control will
minimize the potential for accidental mixing by spillage, breakage, or fire. Major
storage areas are required for the following types of chemical compounds:
flammable solvents, corrosive liquids, and strong oxidizers. Additional storage
may include areas for radioactive materials, biological hazards, highly toxic
materials and compressed gases.
When working in laboratory areas, only the minimum amount of chemical
needed for analysis operations should be stored. Separate storage areas
(stockrooms) should be provided for the main bulk of chemicals. Incompatible
chemicals should either be stored in separate safety storage cabinets, divided by a
wall, or enclosed by a tray to prevent accidental mixture. These storage areas and
containers should always be properly labeled.
The main storage areas should be divided to accommodate incompatible
chemicals. Depending on the amount of chemicals in storage, approved safety
storage cabinets can be used. If necessary, storage rooms can also be used.
No more than five one-liter containers of Class I and n materials should be stored
in open laboratory areas. Open laboratory areas include reagent shelves and bench
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.2
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.2 -Page4
tops. All glass containers must be protected by an outer sheath or made of
unbreakable glass.
Storage areas for waste collection should be provided and properly designated.
Provisions for containment and separation of incompatible waste materials are
also required.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.3
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.3 -Pagel
Attachment 2.3
Training Date:
Time:
Conducted By:
4-HOUR LABORATORY SAFETY
TRAINING AGENDA
GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE
RESEARCH VESSEL PERSONNEL
1. CHEMICAL HEALTH AND SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Federal Safety and Health Regulations
B. EPA Occupational Health and Safety Program
C OSHA 1910.1450 Occupational Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in
the Laboratories.
2. RIGHT TO KNOW
A. Chemical Inventory
B. Hazard Identification
C MSDS
D. Labeling
E Twining
3. CONTROLS
A. Chemical Handling and Storage
1. Flammable Materials
2. Corrosives
3. Highly Toxic Chemicals
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENTS ™
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Alt.3 -Page2
B. Ventilation
C Personal Protective Equipment
4. SOPs/SAFETY PLANS/EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
5. SPILL CONTROL/HAZARDOUS WASTE
i
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.4
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.4 -Pagel
ATTACHMENT 2.4
Training Date:
Time:
Conducted By:
TRAINING AGENDA
FOR
GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE
RESEARCH VESSEL PERSONNEL
I. Subject
1. GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan
- general overview
- use of PPE
- health and safety SOPs for analytical procedures
- MSDS overview
2. Environmental and Health and Safety Procedures
- hazmat/waste transportation
- hazmat storage/spill prevention
- hazardous/common waste
- contingency plan (plan, SCBA, APR, spill cart, instruments, fire,
identify team members)
3. General
- MSDS review for specific materials
- safety committee
- lockout/tagout awareness
- general comments
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.4
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att.4 -Page2
IL Participants
Name - Print Name - Sign Date
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.5
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
Art. 5 - Page 1
Attachment 2.5
MARINE MEDICAL
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN
U. S. C G. Group: Great Lakes
In the event anyone aboard a ship at sea becomes ill or is injured beyond the clear capability of the
ship to provide prompt and adequate care, a Medical Emergency (ME) exists and that person should
be transferred to a facility providing emergency medical treatment.
If the Captain (or officer in charge) determines that a possible ME exists, the US. and/or Canadian
Coast Guards should be contacted for advice and assistance. The Coast Guards may be hailed on radio
Channel 16 throughout all the Great Lakes. The Coast Guards can provide medical consultation and
evaluation of the situation and are equipped for evacuation by boat or helicopter, if needed.
Always contact the Coast Guard for advice. Not all ports have emergency medical facilities and not
all may be suitable for a particular ME. These procedures and telephone numbers should be readily
available to all employees aboard our research vessels.
2.5.1 Coast Guard
Buffalo
Lake Ontario & East 1/2 of Lake Erie
Coast Guard: (716)846-4152
Health Services: (716) 846-4167
Trauma Centers: Mercy Hospital, Buffalo, NY
(716) 828-2790
Sisters of Charity, Buffalo, NY
(716) 862-2840
Detroit
West 1/2 of Late Erie and Lower 2/3 of Lake Huron
Coast Guard; (313)568-9524
Health Services: (313)568-9526
Trauma Centers: Detroit Receiving, Detroit, MI
(313) 745-3349
Henry Ford, Detroit, MI
(313) 641-4029
Sault St Marie
Lake Superior and Upper 1/3 of Lake Huron
and Upper 1/3 of Lake Michigan
Coast Guard: (906)635-3233
Health Services: (906)635-3225
Trauma Centers: Marquette Gen., Marquette,
MI
(800)562-9753
Northern Michigan Regional, Petosky, MI
(616)348-4000
Grand Haven
Eastern 1/2 of Lake Michigan
Coast Guard: (616)847^501
Health Services: (616)847-4542
Trauma Centers: Ottawa County Hospital
(616)847-5310
-------
Milwaukee
Western 1 /2 of Lake Michigan
Coast Guard: (414)747-7181
Health Services: (414)747-7111
Trauma Centers: Froederct General Hospital
(414)259-3000
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
Art. 5 - Page 2
k i°nal
ILLINOIS
Chicago
Northwestern Memorial Hospital
Superior St. & Fairbanks Court
Chicago, IL 60611
(312)908-2000
Ask for Emergency Rm.; 5-10 minutes from harbor.
Columbus Hospital
2520 N. Lakeview Avenue
Chicago, IL 60614
(312)883-7300
5*10 minutes from Lake; unsure of distance
from harbor.
St. Margaret Hospital
5454 Hohman Avenue
Hammond, IN 46320
(219)932-2300
Charlevoix
Charlevoix
Lakeshore
Charievoix. Ml
(616)547-0027
1 mile from harbot
Frankfort
Paul Oliver Memorial Hospital
224 Park Avenue
Frankfort, MI 49635
(616)352-9621
Half mile from harbor.
Zion
American International
Emrnaus & Shiloh Boulevard
Zion,IL 60099
(708)872^1561
Unknown distance from harbor. There is more
than one in area
INDIANA
Gary
Methodist Hospitals Northwest Indiana
600 Grant Street
Gary, IN 46402
(219)886-4000
20 miles from harbor; 15 minutes.
MICHIGAN
Arcadia (See Frankfort)
Escanaba
St. Francis Hospital
3401 Ludington Street
Escanaba, MI 49829
(906)786-3311
2 miles from harbor.
Grand Haven
N. Ottawa Community Hospital
1309 Sheldon Road
Grand Haven, MI 49417
(616)847-5310
2 blocks from harbor.
-------
Harbor Springs (See Petoskey)
Leland (See Frankfort or Traverse City)
Lading tun
Memorial Medical Center
One Atkinson Drive
Ludington, MI 49431
(616)845-2390
1 mile from harbor.
Manistique
Schooicraft Memorial Hospital
500 Main Street
Manistique, MI 49854
(906)341-2163
3 blocks from harbor.
Pentwater (See Ludington)
Petosky
Northern Michigan Hospital
416 Connable Street
Petosky, MI 49770
(616)348-4520
10 miles from harbor.
Portage Lake (See Manistee)
Traverse City
Munson Medical Center
1105 Sixth Street
Traverse City, MI 49684
(616)922-9000
5 minutes from bay
MINNESOTA.
Duluth
St. Mary's Emergency Care Trauma Center
407 E. Third Street
Duluth, MN 55805
(218)726-4353
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.5
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
Art. 5 - Page 3
Holland
Holland Community Hospital
602 Michigan Avenue
Holland, MI 49423
(616)394-3202
10-15 minutes from harbor.
Manistee
West Shore Hospital
1465 E. Parkdale
Manistee, MI 49660
(616)723-3501 Ext 150
5 miles from harbor.
Montagu e/Whitehall/Muskegon
Hackley Hospital
1700 Clinton Street
Muskegon, MI 49443
(616)726-3511
3 miles from harbor.
Mercy Hospital
1700 Oak Avenue
Muskegon, MI 49442
(616)739-3916
10 miles from harbor.
South Haven
South Haven Community Hospital
955 S. Bailey Avenue
South Haven, MI 49090
(616)637-5271
-------
WISCONSIN
Gill's Rock ( See Sturgeon Bay)
Kenosha
Kenosha Hospital
6308 Eighth Avenue
Kenosha, WI 53140
(414)656-2201
5-8 blocks from harbor.
Manitowoc
Holy Family Medical Center
2300 Western Avenue
Manitowoc, WI 54221
(414)684-2011
21 blocks from Lake.
Port Washington
St Mary's Ozaukee
743 N. Montgomery Street
Port Washington, WI 53074
(414)284-7911
Sheboygan
Sheboygan Memorial Medical
2629 N. 7th Street
Sheboygan, WI 53083
(414)459-5553
5 minutes or less from harbor.
St Nicholas Hospital
1601 N. Taylor Drire
Sheboygan, WI 53081
(414M59-830Q
3-4 min. from harbor
SUPERIOR
Sturgeon Bay
Door County Memorial
330 S. 16th Place
Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235
(414)743-5566
5-10 miles from harbor.
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.5
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
Art. 5 - Page 4
Green Bay
St. Mary's Medical Center
1726 Shawano Avenue
Green Bay, WI 54303
(414)498-4560
1 hour from bay.
Kewaunee
St Mary's Memorial
First 6t Lincoln
Kewaunee, WI 54216
(414)388-2210
5 minutes or less from harbor; about 2 miles
Milwaukee
St Luke's Medical Center
2900 W. Oklahoma Avenue
Milwaukee, WI 53215
(414)649-6000
Racine
St. Mary's Medical Center
3801 Spring Street
Racine, WI 53405
(414)636-4201
5-10 minutes from harbor.
St. Luke's Memorial
1320 Wisconsin Avenue
Racine, WI 53403
(414)636-2201
5-10 minutes from harbor.
Two Rivers
Two Rivers Community Hospital &
Hamilton Memorial Home
2500 Garfield Street
Two Rivers, WI 54241
(414)793-1178 Ext 125
6 blocks from Coast Guard Station
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.5
VERSION: AUGUST/FINAL 1993
Att. 5 - Page 5
CANADA
Thunder Bay
Port Arthur General Hospital
460 N. Court St
Thunder Bay, Ontario P7A4X6
(807)343-6621
5-10 minutes from Marina
Welland Canal
Welland Co. General Hospital
Third Street
Welland, Ontario L3B4W6
(416)732-6111
30 minutes from Lake Ontario
•NOTE: All hospitals listed provide 24-hour Emergency Room Service with a physician on duty.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.6
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att. 6 - Page 1
Attachment 2.6 POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS (FORK LIFTS)
RULES OF OPERATION
Safe rules of operation must be followed by all powered industrial truck drivers.
The drivers should keep the following rules conveniently located, refer to them
frequently, and use them as a checklist for safety. These rules have been
developed in accordance with ANSI-B56.1-1983 (Revised).
1. At the beginning of each use, check brakes, steering controls, forks, hoists,
warning devices and lights. Report any defects to the supervisor
immediately. Also check to see that the fire extinguisher is in place and
properly serviced.
2. Always face the direction of travel.
3. Before you start driving, look to see that no person or object is in your
path. Always look before backing up.
4. Do not drive over objects lying on the floor such as trash, lumber and
pipes. These could damage the truck, shift or topple the load, or flip out
and strike another employee.
5. Use low gear when going down ramps or steep grades. On upgrades, keep
the load in front. On downgrades, keep the load in back.
6. Under normal traffic conditions, keep to the right.
7. Avoid quick starts or turns, and jerky stops; always come to a complete
stop before reversing the direction of travel.
8. Keep a safe distance between vehicles at all times (three truck lengths).
9. Make a complete stop at all doors, comers, exits and stop signs.
10. No horseplay at any time!
11. Keep alert—concentrate on the job at hand.
-------
SECTION: CHAPTER 2, ATTACHMENT 2.6
VERSION: FINAL/AUGUST 1993
Att. 6 - Page 2
12. Remember that pedestrians have the right of way at all times.
13. Never drive with wet or greasy hands. If necessary, keep a towel or rag
handy at all times.
14. Reduce speed on wet and slippery floors.
15. Whether loaded or empty, cany forks and platforms on lift trucks as low
as possible. This lowers the center of gravity and reduces the possibility of
overturning the truck or dumping the load.
16. Don't run trucks onto elevators unless authorized to do so. Be sure you
have sufficient clearance before entering any elevator or going through a
doorway. Once the truck is in the elevator, shut off the power, set the
brakes and stay in the operator's seat in case of an emergency.
17. Check the clearance of any overhead crane or other object before raising
forks or tiering.
18. Never use your truck as an elevator for other employees (for example, to
service light fixtures or stock material).
19. When leaving the truck at any time, shut off the power, set the brakes,
remove the ignition key, and put the forks or platforms in the down
position.
20. Never leave a truck in an aisle. Park the truck to one side, so traffic will
not be blocked.
21. Before driving the truck into a freight car or trailer, always secure the
bridging plate with bolts or pins so that it cannot move when the power
wheels of the truck pass over it; and before moving the truck onto the
bridge or into the carrier, walk into the freight car, truck or trailer and
check the floor for holes or weak spots (the weight of your truck might
break the floor).
22. Keep your feet and legs inside the guard, which is there to protect you.
23. Drive with extreme care, especially during shift changes.
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
APPENDIX B
-------
APPENDIX B: R/V MUDPUPPY - HEALTH & SAFETY PROCEDURES
DURING SEDIMENT SAMPLING
INTRODUCTIOW
This Appendix has been developed in accordance with Chapter 10, and
Appendix 0, of the GLNPO Health, Safety and Environmental
Compliance Manual. Applicable portions of the GLNPO Manual have
been extracted and incorporated into this appendix. Additionally,
relative information specifically developed for safety aboard the
R/V Mudpuppy has been incorporated.
BACKGROUND
The Sediment Assessment Program is designed to sample and evaluate
areas of sediment where the possibility of contamination exists.
During sampling activities, field specialists and laboratory
analysts may be exposed to sediment which represents a chemical or
biological hazard. Therefore, the potential for exposure should
always be of foremost concern when handling sediments of unknown
contamination.
The Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) sediment sampling
activities are grouped into the following five categories:
1. Sediment sampling at "Areas Of Concern" (AOC)
2 . Tributary sediment monitoring
3 . Open lake sediment monitoring
4. Support for EPA regions for Superfund and enforcement
activities
5. Miscellaneous activities
Sediment assessment and tributary monitoring may entail collecting
long core samples with low to high amounts of contamination.
Typical AOC assessment span six to twenty days. Open lake sediment
monitoring is generally conducted aboard the R/V Lake Guardian.
Sediment Muqpling to support EPA regional offices or other
governmentail agencies provides the largest degree of diversity in
sampling activities. Sampling operations range from the use of all
or part of the R/V Mudpuppy equipment to field-flexible sampling
plans based on observations of samples and/or their environments.
Most of GLNPO's sediment sampling activities, however, will be
performed on board the R/V Mudpuppy either on an outdoor work bench
or in a mobile laboratory.
-------
SAFETY
General
Prior to commencing field operations, the field team should gather
as much information as possible on the on the site data and assess
the sediment hazard potential. If hazard is un-know the site
should be treated as potentially hazardous.
Appendix B of this manual (R/V Mudpuppy Health & Safety Manual)
contains information regarding the proper selection and uses of
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) during sediment sampling aboard
the R/V Mudpuppy. Additionally, Appendix B contains proper
procedures for the donning and doffing of PPE.
Facility Engineering Protection
The following guidelines should be implemented during sediment
assessment to decrease the potential of cross contamination and the
tracking of potentially hazardous materials:
Housekeeping - Good housekeeping practices are essential, not
only from a general safety stand point, but also from a
contamination reduction stand point. Potentially contaminated
materials are not allowed within the cabin area.
Work Surfaces - Following sampling activities all work
surfaces shall be decontaminated to the extent possible.
Clean-up of Equipment - Following sampling activities, all
sampling equipment shall be decontaminated to the extent
possible.
Sediment Storage - Sediments samples must be stored inside
capped core tubes or inside sample containers.
Sediment Assessment/Field Operations Safety Rules
The following rules must be followed by sediment assessment fiel •.
personnel:
1. Mb eating, drinking or smoking is permitted durir. :
Mdiment sampling.
2. When away from the dock, a Personal Flotation Devir-
(PFD) must be worn anytime you are out of the cabin.
3 . No one is to go onto the cabin roof without permissi •
from the Captain.
4. No one is to climb onto, stand up on, or move around
top of the cabin roof while che vessel is underway.
-------
5. While underway, no one is to move to the aft deck by way
of the outboard edge and handrail.
6. While underway, t>ry to keep movement to a minimum.
7. When lifting equipment with the boom and winch, hard
hats, work vest, and steel toed shoes /boots must be
worn .
8. When collecting sediment samples, only designated
collection crew are to be on the forward deck.
9. When collecting sediment, PPE must be worn in accordance
with Appendix
10 . No contaminated PPE is to be worn or carried into the
cabin area.
11. When sediment is present on the forward deck, no one is
to step out onto the deck unless the minimum PPE
requirements have been met.
r\
12. Heat-// related emergencies are of primary concern on
board^ the R/V Mudpuppy. Good judgement is essential.
Pace yourself and know your limits. During extreme heat
the Captain will be monitoring your condition. It is
recommended that you drink plenty of water (not while in
a contaminated suit) and take several breaks if needed.
If you feel the effects of heat stress, inform the
Captain.
13 . The Captain is in charge of the vessel and the overall
safety of the vessel. Obey the Captain's orders.
14. Do not stand under pieces of equipment that are
suspended.
15 . Do not stand on cables or ropes .
16. A single layer of gloves must be worn when on top of the
cabin.
17. D» not sit on air cor.ditioning unit on top of cabin
roof.
18. Use common sense at all times.
HEALTH AND SAFETY PROTOCOL FOR EPA VESSELS
This section contains applicable health and safety requirements, as
stated in Appendix 0 of the GLNPO Health, Safety, and Environmental
Compliance Manual, "Health & Safety Protocol For EPA Vessels".
-------
General Provisions
EPA vessels are public vessels of the United States. The Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR) exempts public vessels from many of the
regulations specified for certification of commercial shipping.
However, it is the intent of EPA to maintain compliance with
standards of marine safety as set forth by international
convention, U.S. Law, the Code of Federal Regulations, regulatory
bodies, U.S. Coast Guard guidance, accepted industry standards and
codes satisfactory for maritime use. This protocol (this section
[Health & Safety Protocol For EPA Vessels]) describes essential
requirements that must be met to attain these overall marine health
and safety objectives.
All aspects of "good marine practice" cannot be set forth in
statutes, regulations, or standards. The absence of a written
protocol for a specific issue should not be interpreted that the
issue has a diminished importance or priority. Ship Masters should
emphasize to all personnel on board an EPA Vessel that general
health and safety be considered at all times.
Implementation
It is EPA's intent to modify, as appropriate, vessel operating
contracts and Health & Safety Manuals to incorporate the
requirements outlined in this protocol. Unless otherwise noted
herein, it is the responsibility of the Ship Master to implement
and comply with the requirements of this protocol.
Medical Mon,itQring/Recordkeeping
All medical monitoring and recordkeeping for personnel on board the
R/V Mudpuppy must be conducted in accordance with Chapter Two of
the GLNPO Health, Safety and Environmental Conpliance Manual. It
is necessary to maintain, on board the vessel, certification and
medical clearance documentation for all personnel conducting work
activities which fall under the provisions set forth in 29 CFR
1910.120 (HAZWOPER). Annual physical examinations are required for
all crew members on board EPA vessels.
Divers ^
Since the Wff Mudpuppy does not anticipate being involved in any
diving activities, protocol for divers/diving will not be included
in this document. Should the situation change, refer to the GLNPO
Health, Safety, and Environmental Compliance Manual for Diving
Protocol.
Training Requirements
Fist Aid and CPR - All licensed crew members and EPA Chief
Scientists shall maintain current First Aid and CPR certifications
-------
Pire Fighting - At least one crew member on board the R/V Mudpuppy
shall attend and successfully complete a Fire Fighting course.
Medications and Medical Supplies
A sufficient supply of medications and medical supplies shall be
available on board the R/V Mudpuppy for the treatment of non-
emergency sicknesses and injuries. Supplies must be kept in a
convenient location and be readily available for use. The medical
cabinet must be inventoried and restocked monthly. Expired
medications shall be disposed of immediately. A list of the
contents, and any necessary instructions, shall be posted inside
the medical cabinet. It is the Ship Masters responsibility for
replenishing stocks, discard expired medications, updating
listings, posting use instructions and keeping the cabinet well
organized.
Medical Emergencies
In the case of personal illness or injury deemed sufficiently
serious by the Ship Master to warrant treatment beyond the first
aid abilities on board, the following course of action shall be
implemented:
1. Survey equipment in the water shall be immediately
recovered and the vessel shall make for the nearest pert
at the highest speed possible, consistent with safety.
2. Radio contact with the port of arrival shall be made and
dockside clearance with an ambulance standing by shall
be requested.
The Ship Master is responsible for maintaining a directory of all
USCG Stations, with applicable telephone numbers. The Ship Master-
must be aware of the nearest medical facility in respect to t.-.-
vessel's operational area.
Reporting Medical Emergencies
In accordance with OSHA requirements, following any applicahl •
injury on board, EPA personnel shall complete Form CA-1, "Feder-;.
Employee's BJotice of Traumatic Injury and Claim for Continuation :
Pay/Compensation". This form shall be filed with the employee
supervisor for appropriate action Additionally, any accident -
any person on board which results in property damage, injury
death, shall be reported immediately to the appropriate EPA Sh.
Project Officer by either the injured party, the Chief Scientist
the Ship Master. A written confirr.ation of the accident must
submitted within 48 hours after an accident occurs. Such repcr-
shall include full details of the accident, including witr.-
statements. The Ship Contractor shall provide a written report
-------
the EPA Project Officer on any claim made by a third party against
the Ship Contractor.
Survey Personnel Reporting On Board.
A sign-in sheet should be completed by each person arriving on
board the R/V Mudpuppy. The sheet shall be maintained by the Chief
Scientist or the Ship Master for the duration of the survey. The
sheet shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
1. Date(s) of Survey
2. Name and Address
3 . Telephone Number
4 . Emergency Contact Person
Orientation
Each person reporting on board the R/V Mudpuppy shall receive a
shipboard orientation prior to sailing. The orientation shall
include:
1. Review of the R/V Mudpuppy Health & Safety Manual
2. Review of the R/V Mudpuppy Health & Safety Rules
3 . Requirements & Proper Use of PPE
4. Location of Emergency Equipment
5. Emergency Response Procedures
6. Review of Applicable MSDSs
Safety Equipment & Procedures
In addition to the Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required
under Appendix B of the R/V Mudpuppy Health & Safety Manual, the
following safety equipment is required on board:
Fire Extingui»h«r» - It is recommended, that a minimum of three
fire extinguishers must be maintained on board the R,V
Mudpuppy. Monthly inspections must be informed to ensure the
extinguishers are properly charged and ready for use.
Additionally, the extinguishers must be inspected annually by
a certified outside contractor.
Lif« 3kcJt«t« - The vessel shall be equipped with life jackets
for afr least 110 percent of the vessel's maximum complement.
Life jackets must be readily accessible and clearly stencile^
with the vessel's name. All life vests must be US Coast Guar ::
(USCG) Approved and meet the working .standard as set forth c-,
USCG regulations.
Ring Life Buoys - Ring buoys shall be distributed so they ar-
readily available on both sides of the vessel. All unit sha . .
be stored so they are capable of being rapidly cast loose a;
not permanently secured in any way.
-------
Work V«at» - Work vest shall be available and used by all
persons involved in deck operations.
Distress Signals - A minimum of twelve approved, in-date, hand
held, and/or rocket-propelled red parachute flare distress
signals shall be carried on board. These distress signals
shall be stored in the cabin area and shall be kept easily
accessible for immediate use.
Safety Inspections/Tests
It is the responsibility of the ship's contractor to conduct
inspections and tests, and to document the results of such
inspections/tests. The following is a list of required inspections
and tests to be conducted on board the R/V Mudpuppy:
Emergency Power Systems - Emergency power systems are to be
inspected/tested on a weekly basis.
Emergency Eye Wash - Emergency eye wash must be
inspected/tested on a weekly basis
Fire Extinguishers - Fire extinguishers must be inspected on a
weekly basis. Additionally, annual inspections must be
conducted by a certified outside contractor.
Emergency Radio - Prior to each survey, the emergency radi:
must be tested to ensure it is in proper working order.
Lifesaving devices - On an annual basis, all life rings ar.-:
PFDs must be inventories and inspected.
Load Handling Gear - Visual inspections must be conducts •.
prior to each use. Additionally, annual inspections must c-
conducted by a certified outside contractor (mu'st include 1: ~- :
testing).
First Aid Equipment - must be inventoried and restocked i-
least monthly.
Also required are any inspections mandated by the USCG or the GU'7
Health, Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual that do r -
appear in this listing.
Hazardous Or Chemical Waste
Any hazardous waste generated on beard shall be stored and dispc^--
of in accordance with applicable regulations. EPA Chief Scienti.-
shall be responsible for ensuring proper storage and disposal -
hazardous waste. All waste containers must be properly labeled
include the chemical content and the accumulation start date.
Annual and Periodic Safety Audits
-------
— -~i — -- -- =
Managers or their delegated officials in accordance with the GLNPO
Health, Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual.
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
APPENDIX C
-------
APPENDIX C: R/V MUDPUPPY - PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT POLICIES & PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
This appendix has been developed in accordance with Appendix I of
Che GLNPO Health, Safety, and Environmental Compliance Manual.
Applicable portions of the GLNPO manual have been extracted and
included as part of the R/V Mudpuppy Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE) requirements and procedures. Additionally, other relevant
PPE requirements and procedures have been developed and are
included in this appendix.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Environmental Protection Agency to
administer its programs in a manner that will assure the protection
of the health and safety of all persons involved in routine field
and laboratory work, especially those persons engaged in work of a
hazardous nature, by providing and requiring the use of specified
personal protective clothing and equipment.
REFERENCES
1. Occupational Safety and Health Act, P.L. 91-596
2. 29 CFR 1910, Subpart I. Sections 132, 133, 134, 135, ™
136, 137 and 139
3. EPA Order 1440.2 Health and Safety Requirements for
Employees engaged in field activities, EPA Order 1440.1
Respiratory Protection
4. GLNPO Health Safety and Environmental Compliance Manila.
Appendix I
DEFINITIONS /RESPONSIBILITIES
Applicable terms and responsibilities are defined as follows:
Field
The term {Said activities, means EPA program activities that ar-
conducted" by EPA enployees outside D£ EPA administered facilities
These activities include, but are not limited to, 'environment^
and pesticide sampling, field analysis, inspection of water ar
waste water treatment plants, hazardous material spills and was~-
site investigations, inspections, and sampling.
Atrolicabilitv
-------
The provisions of this section are applicable to all GLNPO
employees at all operational levels . They are also applicable to
EPA contractors and other governmental agencies.
Regional
The Regional Administrator is responsible for implementing the
regional safety program of which the requirements of this section
are a part. It is the responsibility of the Regional Administrator
to require Division and Office Directors to budget the funds
necessary to procure Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) .
Division & Office Directors
The Division and Officer Directors are responsible for assigning
staff to field work which may require the use of PPE.
Supervisors
In accordance with the procedures of this manual, the supervisor is
responsible for determining the level of protection required (in
consultation with the Health & Safety Officer) . He/she is
responsible for controlling, issuing, and inspecting the PPE
selected. He/she is responsible for identifying employees who
require keeping an accurate inventory and for maintaining the PPE
in a functional condition. He/she is responsible for identifying
employees who require training and certification in accordance with
the provisions of EPA Orders 1440.2, 1440.3 and OSHA 29 CFR
1910.120; and for ensuring these requirements are contained in
their position description. He/she is responsible for recommending
appropriate correction and/or disciplinary action of employees who
choose to violate or neglect safety requirements.
Reional Health & Safet
The Regional Health & Safety Manager (RHSM) is responsible for
assisting supervisors in the selection, procurement, issuance, and
maintenance of PPE. The RHSM should review each procurement
request related to safety, health or personal security, to assure
that the request is justified and appropriate. The RHSM will
determine if the item, or acceptable alternative, is available in
the Region, based on the Regional inventory of all PPE. The RHSM
is responsible for identifying program ares that require
certification. As a member of the Region 5 training committee, the
RHSM advfites the Office of Personnel regarding the Health and
Safety Training Requirements of EPA 1440.2, 1440.3, and OSHA 29 CFP.
1910.120, and recommends the required funding. The regional Health
and Safety Manager shall be responsible for administering the
Respiratory Protection Program in Region 5 .
Employees
Employees are responsible for the PPE issued to them and are
required to wear and use the PPE as prescribed in this section
-------
Additionally, the employee is responsible for reporting any damage
and/or malfunction of the PPE issued them.
Employees assigned PPE are required to s»ign a receipt for such
items. Information contained in the receipt should include:
I. They have received proper training in the use and
maintenance of these items.
2. They have read the safety procedures and agree to accept
the responsibilities provided therein.
3. They accept responsibility for the maintenance and use
of the assigned PPE. Cleaning, sanitizing and
maintaining a respiratory is included in this
responsibility. Any damage, excessive wear, or
malfunction of equipment must be reported immediately to
the individual's supervisor. Individuals are
responsible for the cost of replacement of PPE which is
lost, damaged, 'or stolen through their own negligence.
4. Items provided from a general supply will be maintained
by the organizational unit responsible for its supply
and issuance.
SELECTION OF PPE
All PPE selected for use must meet the standard set forth in
Appendix I of. the GLNPO Health, Safety and Environmental Compliance
Manual. All PPE, when applicable, must meet the
approval/certification requirements set forth by OSHA regulations.
PPE REQUIREMENTS ON BOARD R/V MDDPUPPY
Standard Level of Protection
Personnel regularly engaged in field work must be equipped with the
following minimum level of PPE:
1. Steel toed shoes/boots
2. Safety glasses/goggles and face shield when applicable
3 . Hard Hat
Field Work of a Hazardous Nature
In addition to the above PPE requirements, personnel assigned ~
field activities of a hazardous or potentially hazardous nature
such as those performed on board the R/V Mudpuppy, must be equipp- .
with the following PPE:
1. disposable protective suit (tyvek or saranacs)
-------
t
2. two layers of disposable gloves (latex and rubber)
3. disposable boot covers
4. respiratory protection as appropriate
5. personnel flotation device (type III minimum)
6. Exposure suits (during cold weather operations over
water)
ISSUANCE AND TRAINING IN USE OF PPE
All of the PPE listed in this section, as specified for use in
field operations must be issued to the employee or made available.
If PPE is required for the task, it must be worn during sampling
operations. No one may enter a controlled area without proper PPE.
Personnel issued PPE must be trained in the proper use and
limitation of such PPE. All personnel engaged in field work
activities must receive training in compliance with the provisions
of EPA Order 1440.2 and 1440.3. Personnel shall not be permitted
to engage in routine field activities unless they have been trained
and certified to a level commensurate with the degree of
anticipated hazards. All personnel shall have a minimum of 24
hours of health and safety training prior to becoming involved in
routine field activities. In addition, employees engaged in field
activities requiring the use of respiratory protection must be
properly trained in the uses and limitations of such devices and
must be certified by a physician as physically capable of wearing
such devices.
LEVELS OF PROTECTION
There are four ba^lq levels of protection:
Level A - (Provides the maximum protection. Consists of
V supplied air or SCBA, and a fully encapsulated
\, .protective suit. Even the breathing apparatus
^-'is inside the suit.
Level B - Provides maximum respiratory protection
(supplied air or SCBA). Provides skin
protection equal to or greater than level C.
Level C - Provides skin protection requiring the use of
personal protective clothing, inner and outer
gloves, boot covers, respiratory protection
and general PPE requirements listed in Level
D. Generally, Level C respiratory protecticr.
involves the use of negative pressure :x
positive pressure air purifying respirator.
-------
Level D - Minimum protection. Consists of common work
clothes, safety glasses, hard hat, steel toed
shoes/boots
Any of these levels my be modified, to a certain extent, based on
specific hazard assessments. For example, persons on board the R/V
Mudpuppy generally work in a modified Level C mode of protection.
Specifically, all of the skin and eye protection requirements of
Level C protection are met, but most of the time respiratory
protection is not necessary.
PPE DONNING AND DOFFING PROCEDURES
Due to the potential hazards associated with sediment sampling on
board the R/V Mudpuppy, standard operating procedures require that,
at a minimum, modified Level C protection be worn during sediment
sampling activities. However, levels of protection (ie. use of
respiratory protection, etc.) may increase depending on the degree
of hazard.
When required to wear PPE, you wear it to protect yourself from
contact with potentially hazardous materials. Equally, proper
donning and doffing procedures of PPE play and important role in
avoiding contact with potential hazardous materials. The following
lists the proper order in which Level C PPE should be donned on
doffed:
Donning
1. Don PFD (or mustang suit during cold weather)
2 . Don disposable protective suit
3 . Don disposable boots
4. Seal boots to suit using duct tape
5. Don inner gloves (latex), ensure gloves are tucked
inside of suit (these will be the last things to come
off during doffing procedure)
6. Don outer gloves (rubber or neoprene)
7 . Seal outer gloves to suit with duct tape
8. Seal any other necessary opening with duct tape
9. Don respiratory protection if applicable (if wearing a
hooded suit, put hood on after respirator is donned;
mver wear straps of respirator outside of hood)
10. tifep hard hat, safety glasses, and face shield
Doffing -
1. Wash and rinse hard hat, face shield, boot covers, suit
and gloves
2. Remove tape, dispose in proper container
3. Remove boot covers, dispose in proper container
4. Remove outer gloves, dispose in proper container
5. Remove hard hat, face shield, and safety glasses
6. Remove disposable suit, dispose in proper container
7 . Wash and rinse inner glove
8. Remove respiratory protection, if applicable
9. Remove inner gloves, dispose in proper container
-------
Note: Supplies may be re-used provided they are properly
decontaminated, properly stored (ie. in a plastic bag), and are not
damaged.
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
APPENDIX D
-------
1. Long Core Sediment Sampling Using a Vibro-Corer onboard the
R/V Mudpuppy
1.1 Overview
The following SOP explains the technique for collecting sediment
core samples (up to 5 m) using a Rossfelder P-4 Vibro-corer. The
procedures covers the following activities:
• Site position.
• Securing the vessel for sampling,
• Sampling procedure.
Any questions on sampling methods or operation of equipment
should be directed to the following individuals:
Rick Fox
U.S. EPA GLNPO
77 W. Jackson (G-9J)
Chicago IL. 60604
Phone: 312-353-7979
NOTE: This SOP is written primarily for illustrating the
technique of sampling and subsampling long sediment core samples
(i.e., up to 5 m). Details on labeling and transport are left to
individual project leads and what is considered appropriate for
the specific project.
1.2 Sample Handling and Preservation
Due to the expense of operating the vessel to collect the sampler
and the analysis costs, every sample is important. Any
contamination through mishandling or lack of preservation could
cause a bias in the data estimates.
• At a minimum, nitrile gloves and Saranac coveralls should be
used during sampling and subsampling activities.
• Sample containers must be kept free of contamination and
should remain sealed until use.
• Preservatives should be fresh and dated.
• Samples should be stored in coolers with freeze packs as socr.
as possible.
• Cooler* should be checked at a minimum of twice a day to
determin* that the appropriate temperature is maintained.
• Mode of sample transport must maintain the integrity of the
samples.
1.3 Interferences
A sampling activity may be collecting more than one type of
sample at a site. When sampling for benthic organisms will ta>-.-
place, it is important to collect benchic organism samples pri: •
to the collection of any other types of samples, as other
sampling may disturb the surface benthic community.
-------
All attempts should be made to stabilize the vessel as much as
possible in order to collect vertical cores. When the vessel is
moving, the corer can enter the sediments at an angle.
1.4 Safety
In any field operation, emphasis must be place on safety. Site
operators must be aware of the potential safety hazards to which
they are subjected. There is a safety manual specifically
developed for the R/V Mudpuppy. All personnel on board must be
familiar with the contents of this document prior to implementing
any data collection activities, follow all safety protocols and
equipment guidelines, and be prepared for emergency situations.
The ship's captain is the primary authority during vessel
operations. The captain is also responsible for determining
whether a sampling activity will be implemented during inclement
weather. The sampler is responsible for his/her safety from
potential hazards including but not limited to:
-Electrical. For obvious problems (fire, scorching, blown
fuses), turn off the power for the circuit involved and notify
captain (lead). Never attempt electrical repairs.
-Protection. The sampler should be prepared for working with
large and or heavy equipment where safety shoes, head, hand,
protective clothing (Tyvek or Saranac), and eye protection are
necessary. Some sites may require respirators. Samplers should
have clothing available for weather extremes.
-Sampling. Never force glassware with unprotected hands. Care
must be taken around the samplers to avoid injuries and slipping
overboard when positioning samplers.
-Chemicals. Organic solvents and acids are occasionally used for
equipment decontamination and should not be ingested or come int:
contact with bare skin or flame (if flammable).
1.5 Equipment and Supplies
The following equipment and supplies would be needed for a
typical sampling at one station:
vibro-cor«r (Rossfelder Model P-4)
rolling box for vibrating head
winch
4" aluminum core tubes
4" butyrate core liners
stainless steel nose cone with core catcher
metal sampling tray (15 cm. deep)
HPDE sediment sample bottles
glass bottles for organic contaminant samples*
ice chests*
Labels*
-------
markers/pencils*
Plastic bags for sample bottles*
GPS or locational equipment
generator (230 V, 60 Hz, 3 phase, 14 A)
heavy duty riveter and stainless steel rivets
hammer
chisel
nail punch
safety equipment (i.e., hard hats with face shields, gloves,
Saranac suits, steel toed boots**, boot covers, safety glasses**)
core caps
hacksaw
carpet knife
flanged pipe
mallet
* must be provided by the grantee
** must be provided by the individual user
1.6 Collection Procedure
This procedure will detail the collection of long sediment core
samples (up to 5 m) from a site location. When benthic organism
samples are being collected at the same site, it is important to
collect benthic organism samples prior to the collection of
sediment samples to minimize disturbances of the benthic
organisms.
1.6.1 Sample Location
The sample location may be either defined prior to sampling,
where the R/V Mudpuppy would be destined for a particular point,
or the site will be selected during the sampling procedure.
Generally, sites should be located with GPS within approximately
5 meters. If the vessel is heading to a pre-determine site, the
locational equipment will be used to locate the site. However,
actual locational readings should not occur until the vessel is
anchored at the sampling site. The position is determined by the
captain.
1.6.2 Securing the Vessel
Once on thm sampling site, the vessel must be secured since
drifting and rotation can cause the coring device to enter
sediments at an angle.
1) Triple anchor the vessel, as instructed by the captain.
2) Establish sampling location with locational equipment (if
location does not need to be accurately predetermined, this can
be done while sampling).
1.6.3 Sampling Procedure - Vibro-corer
-------
This procedure is used to collect long sediment core samples.
1) Measure the water depth.
2) Insert butyrate core liner into core tube. Insert nose
cone into liner as far as possible.
3) Push nose cone and liner into core tube until nose cone and
core tube rivet holes line up. Pop rivet into place with
stainless steel rivets.
4) Cut of excess butyrate tubing (with a hacksaw), leaving 2
inches of butyrate tube sticking out of the top of the core tube.
5) Insert the core tube into the vibrating head, making sure
that the butyrate tube slides into the check valve.
6) Tighten the collar to the vibro-corer (three bolts) and
then to the core tube (two bolts). If the two bolts are
tightened prior to the three bolts, the core tube may be lost.
7) Lift the entire assembly with the winch to a vertical
position so that it is suspended just off the bow of the sampling
vessel. Measure water depth.
8) Lower the entire assembly until the core nose is just above
sediment surface. Turn on generator and vibrating head.
9) Slowly lower the vibro-corer by running out 10-20 cm of
cable at a time. Monitor core tube penetration by feeling for
slack in the cable.
10) When vibro-corer ceases to penetrate the sediment (stops
lowering or is "refused"), or the vibrating head is near the
sediment surface, reverse the winch and pull the unit from the
sediment. Do not allow vibrating head to become imbedded into
the sediments.
11) Turn off the power to the vibrating head and the generat:-.
when the core "breaks free" of the sediment and retrieve coring
unit to dock, setting the vibrating head into the rolling box.
12) Loosen collar, separate the core tube from the vibrating
head, and decant water from core tube.
13) Chisel off rivets and remove the core nose. Pull the cc:
liner out of the core tube. If the core tube does not pull our
it should be hammered through with a flanged pipe and mallet.
14) Cap the bottom of the core liner with a red cap plug and
remove liner from the core tube. Saw off excess core liner at
-------
the sediment surface and cap the top of the tube with a red cap
plug.
15) Handle and subsample core as desired, either on-board or
at a shore-based location.
-------
5) Transfer sediment to required sample container.
6) Repeat steps 2 through 5 until an adequate volume
of sediment has been collected, moving the winch arm first, then
the sampling vessel slightly as needed co assure the collection
of surficial sediment.
7) Mix the sediments in a stainless steel mixing
bowl.
8) Homogenize for 5 minutes.
9) Transfer sediment into sample bottles (100 ml to
10 L capacity, as appropriate). Label each bottle with station
number and other necessary information.
10) Place sample bottles into ice chests, and change
freezer packs as necessary (usually once cr twice a day).
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
APPENDIX E
-------
APPENDIX E: R/V MUDPUPPY - HAZARD COMMUNICATION
PROGRAM
COMMITMENT
The U.S. EPA is firmly committed to providing a safe and healthful
work environment for all EPA personnel and contractors. In order
to meet this commitment, all GLNPO facilities and Research Vessels
are required to comply with OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard,
29 CFR 1910.1200. This Hazard communication program has been
developed as outlined in the GLNPO Health, Safety, and
Environmental Compliance Manual.
RESPONSIBILITIES
Hazard Communication Coordinator
The role if the Hazard Communication Coordinator on board the R/V
Mudpuppy will be fulfilled by the EPA Chief Scientist.
The responsibility of the Hazard Communication Coordinator to
ensuring compliance by coordinating the following functions:
1. Maintenance of the hazardous chemical inventory.
2. Maintenance of a complete Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) file and current employee MSDS notebook.
3. Training of all employees and contractors regarding
chemical safety.
4. Updating of training as new chemicals are added or
processes are changed.
5. Labeling of all transfer and waste containers.
6. Dissemination of hazard information to outside
contractors.
A successful Hazard Communication Program requires the cooper at irr.
of EPA anjfe con tract ing personnel. It is the duty of GLNPC
specificail^athe Hazard Communication Coordinator, to assure than
hazard coai^plcation is given proper priority. All personnel are
encouraged to ask questions and keep informed so that GLNPO car.
maintain a safe and healthy workplace.
ACCESS TO TEE WRITTEN PROGRAM
All, or any part, of this written Hazard Communication Program m-^r-
be available to all EPA personnel, Contracting personnel, and :
their designated representatives. Interested persons can conta:"
the Hazard Communication Coordinator for review and copying of tr..
document.
-------
LABELING
In accordance with the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR
1910.1200), all containers shall be labeled as specified below.
1. No hazardous chemicals will be accepted for use on board
GLNPO vessels or shipped to any outside location unless
labeled with at least the following information:
A. Identity of the hazardous chemical(s)
B. Appropriate hazard warnings for the chemical(s)
C. Name and address of the chemical manufacturer,
importer, or other responsible party.
2. All spray bottles or other transfer containers will be
labeled with at least the following information:
A. Identity of the hazardous chemical(s)
B. Appropriate hazard warnings for the chemical(s)
3 . The Hazard Communication Coordinator is responsible for
reviewing labels and assuring that the label information
is kept current.
4. No label is to be defaced or removed when material is
received or in use. Any container with missing labels
will be removed from service until proper labels are
installed.
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) containing information require :
by 29 CFR 1910.1200 shall be maintained for each hazardc„
substance. The MSDS shall be the most current one supplied by tr-
chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor. MSDS will L-
readily available for review by all personnel. Chemicals brougr.-
on board the R/V Mudpuppy must be accompanied by an MSDS. Th.
rule applies to all EPA and contracting personnel. Without
MSDS, chemicals will not be permitted on board.
An office file containing the current chemical inventory a:
appropriate*- MSDSs will be maintained on board the R/V Mudpuppy
Additionally, the R/V Mudpuppy maintains a computer prograirr--
chemical information system. The program provides ready access -
pertinent chemical information.
PERSONNEL INFORMATION AND TRAINING POLICY
All EPA personnel and contractors, including temporary contractor
who may possibly be exposed to chemical hazards shall
appropriately informed and/or trained concerning the potent.
hazards of the chemicals in GLNPO facilities. All EPA person:
-------
and contractors, including temporary contractors, shall be informed
of the details contained in this program, including an explanation
of the labeling system, MSDSs, and how to interpret and use this
information. All EPA personnel and contractors, including
temporary contractors, shall be provided with additional training
when new chemical hazards are introduced or prior to performing
non-routine tasks that could involve exposure to hazardous
chemicals. When appropriate, reinforcement of training will be
conducted through topics at safety meetings. The extent of
information transmitted to the EPA personnel and contractors during
training sessions will be dictated by the degree of chemical hazard
present. The following source of information will be used during
training sessions:
1. The text of the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR
1910.1200)
2. An inventory list of hazardous chemicals
3. Applicable MSDSs
4. The written Hazard Communication Program
CONTRACTOR POLICY
Outside contractors shall be provided with all necessary
information concerning the potential hazards of the substances to
which they may be exposed and appropriate protective measures
required to minimize their exposure. Whenever possible, the
contractor or agency management should be provided with a list of
the hazardous chemicals and the MSDSs for the materials their
employees may be exposed to by virtue of their work activities. In
addition, contractors must have MSDSs on site for all potentially-
hazardous chemicals they use or produce in GLNPO facilities.
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
APPENDIX F
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
CHEMICAL INVENTORY
This sheet must be completed as chemicals are brought on board the
R/V Mudpuppy. MSDSs must be available for all chemicals contained
in this listing. OSHA requires that these records be maintained
for a period of thirty years.
Date Chemical Manufacturer Quantity
-------
ir>
en
o>
o
o
«N
a\
in
n
I
»
2
^
CU
£
O
0
Q
<;
^
U
Q
O
as
cu
J
<;
0
h-l
£
U
X
u
.
rH
C. Q<
n <
0
..
. . .
. T3
0) 01
li ^J
fl C
Q -I
U
C CU
O
4J Q
(0 CO
U. £
(0
n, Q)
0) *J
Ul TJ
CU Q
•
jj
01
3
4-1
O
(T3
<4-l
3
C
fl
£
* •
•
^
A
e
3
2
(U
c
o
r^
CU
c
o
4J
fl
g
o
c
Ul
0)
•H
^
4J
on
3
•o
e
M
s
Q
U <
ID
|
0 ..
rt j^
oo ja
g
• 3
•H 2
«*• >i
„ U
0 C
4J 0)
o^
• tj
5 1
n]
•o
(0
Ul
t(
r
rr
cs
ui
Ui
0
X
r-
•,
Ul • U -1
0> 01 < -H
A € g
g « U (0
3 < 0) 2 -H EL,
2 "T g U,
TT fO «H 3 M
CT> CM 2 fl '4-1 fl fO
OH < O rH U r-t
-H X 0) ^-H 3 -H 3
rtJW T32gCOgg
4-1 (T3 Q) 0) S-,
fl Ui £ £ O
U EH U CJ CL,
rn
UJ
c
0
4J
(T3
(_,
4J
C
0)
u
c
0
u
Ul
3
o
-H
u
>
> — •
0
X
-t-
^*
O
(N
X
oo
0
00
..
.
4J
JC
-p^
01
3
Vj
(0
rH
3
0
0)
l—t
o
<*>
^J
a
a
(TJ
-------
03
•V
I
CO
ID
I
CO
r-l
I
(N
ri
r-
O
CO
(N
«N <*) CM
in o> ON
X
0
SH
a
a
o < cd a.
2 TJ- TJ- •q-
•» ^r ^r
S •
Z £0 Cu CPJ 06
W H (0 EH Cd
Mb) e z N
> OS >-3 (0 Cd M
OS Cd *4? Q fr-H* O
Cd > EH O M
> Cd < V M X
o w fc, tn > o
3 a
> CO Cd fl CO O C
CJ Cd 03 O EH Z C
z to u o *
Cd D X >,«£ QS >•
O < < (0 Cd EH «
OS U £ S OS CO a
Cd C
Cd <
^-^
U
M
Z
o
OS
X
u
a
z
•o <
•H
3 Cd
CT EH
•-I D
rH U
t^
Cfl >~*'
3
O M
U EH
W U
•* Cd
> Cu
Ci-
Cd
(0 X
U. EH
cn J
tn u
tn x
Q)
: '-| -1
I O M
4 ^H £H
I O Z
) U Cd
Li EH
U 0
: o-
•
U)
0*
c
3
iH
.
cy ^
3 C
tn i IH
T3 4J
0
J3 >,
>i C O
C 0 4J
(C --H (0
4J IH
£ W -H
4-1 Q) Q4
-H cn a>
SCO)
••H U
-p
U U 0)
(0 o en
4-1 (0
CCS
O O (0
U — 1 T3
C (0 >i
0 r-l Ifl
(0 S
in ^
•• C C 4J
QJ SH -H 01
U 3 -H
3 J2 >, 0
cn J3
O (!) <*H
a u PH o
X 0) (0
Cd > 4J C
01 fl O
•4H tn £
4-) fl lO C
au z: M
e
CO
•
4J
O
(0
.. • 4->
H O
3 0
tn
o c
a -H
X .X
cd tn
>, Vi
J3 O
-a c
0) 0
4J • -H
fl OJ 4->
> -H W
<0 JQ 0)
V4 (Q O^
0> *H C
C^-H 'H
< (0 >
> SH -
• 10 4J C
•a co
C 4J Cd -H
O O 4J
U C l«H
-P 10
o u
•H
-------
TANCE FOR ALL CASES OF OVEREXPOSURE.
induce vomiting; dilute by giving milk or water
.. 03 H
Tl M O
-H 03 Z
< 03
< O
P TJ
Ul J
>H < ••
-H O Z
Cl. M O
Q M
>iW e->
CJ S 03
C Cd
Q) e u
O>Cd Z
i-l O rH
> C >
OJ r-l -H rH
CT> OJ B flJ
P fl P
••> fl 4-> fl
03 -H C -H
3 TJ O TJ
O OJ U OJ
•-* g g
0 g rH g
01 -H rH M
C fl
o •• ••
O Z 0) 01
M > OJ
•M ^ O >
•H 03 g Cd
!!• waiting for medical assistance
e to fresh air; get immediate medical assistance
JS >
3 0
a
£ V
03 IH
•3
rH ••
<4H Z
O
• 0) M
01 3 EH
0) C <
4-1 -H J
3 4-> <
CCS
•- 1 O Z
g 0 M
ASURES
cd
o
z
M
EH
O
M
6u
Cd
OS
H
[s.
•
m
: Noncombustible
(%).: N/A
(%).: N/A
J i-i
Ed Cd
J 3
01 Ul
~P P
CL, -H -H
— g g
•H -r4
4-1 J J
C
-H 0) 0)
O rH rH
P^ ^J Q
fl fl
£ g g
01 g g
fl fl fl
rH rH r-l
fj. fj' r^
g
fl
0
0
OJ
4J
fl
3
a>
01
3
0
O
• o
TJ
C
fl
UI
fl
TJ 0
0)
Z rH
fl
CT1 U
C -H
•H g
£ 0)
W JS
•H U
3
CP ^
C -.
•^ Q
P
X
Cd
ures . :
ed, positive pressure, breathing apparatus.
T3 C
0) — i
U fl
0 4J
i-i C
0- 0
U
CT> 1
C <4-l
•H ^-<
P 0)
JS W
rji
-H U
Cb rfl
0)
0) 2
^i
•-I
Cl4
(U
c
0)
a
0
0)
c
o
0)
X!
XI
3
C
jC
P
O
o
0)
>
• H
P
o
o
a
TJ
c
fl
Tl
0)
• H
f"l
Ul
0)
rj
fl
rH
r«|
3
iu
l_i
fl
0)
ards. :
metals to form hydrogen gas which forms explosive
; may ignite combustible material on contact.
N iH
* 4J -H
aa 01 fl
0
C g J3
O P
•H £ -H
01 P 3
0 -H
rH 3 W
a o)
X U) i-i
Cd P 3
0 P
^ fl X
OJ "H
oj os g
^4
•H
U,
SE MEASURES
rtj
Cd
J
Cd
OS
,_]
<(
EH
Z
Q
M
U
U
•
*sO
of all unnecessary personnel.
tective equipment listed under Exposure /
fl O
0) )H
fl
OJ
.. (J) rH
OJ £ XJ
01 4J fl
C 4J
O 0) --H
ap 3
VJ fl 03
0) 3
OS 0 SH
fl fl
rH > 0)
rH Cd 3
•H
a
03
on.
ition sources until the area is determined to be
on or fire hazards.
•H C -H
P tr* u)
O -H O
0) rH
P >i a
OCX
SH fl 0)
Oi
0) g
rH 4J O
(TJ fO V^
C C KH
O-H
01 g 0)
>H -H 0)
0) rH ,H
PH Cd <4H
-------
cu
c
0
TJ
CU
£
C
fl
u
U)
•H
x:
4->
(M
•H
*.
0)
u
Li
3
O
W
W
4-1
•H
cu
4J
fl
C
•H
S
r-t
CU
TJ
lease an
cu
Li
CU
JC
4J
C
•H
fl
4-1
C
o
o
.
X,
01
•H
Li
4J
3
0
jg
4J
•H
3
disposal as described under
Li
CU
a
o
Ll
a
Li
o
i
O -H
a a
to a
•H 0
Q O
Li
0
<«H
C
M
>,
^4
o
4J
(0
rH
3
CT>
0)
OS
o
4J
,
4J
•H
4J
C
fl
3
ty
1 izers and absorbent agents
fl
Li
4J
3
0)
C
X
1
J
J
M
cu
CO
i
o
1^
w
0
z
w
M
O
cn
jg
w
X products can be provided
vice Department
•
(0
•H
a
1
_3
J
M
0,
cn
0)
x:
4J
O
pe«~*ef •
ormation
>i
4J
to
3
0
—4
^4
fl
>
s^
0
Vl
C
•H
rH
fl
C
0
4J
•H
TJ
TJ
Li
(U
cn
rH
(0
0
•H
C
u
OJ
SCIENCE
£
0)
r;
4-J
£
3
0
c*
4J
tralizer and absorbent is
3
^ EH
••
4J
O
|
a
(0
u
0
'
TJ
C
(U
0
o
0)
4J
•H
M
4J
C
g
4-1
fl
CU
M
EH
rH
rH
•H
o.
cn
TJ
•H
O
~t
^O
CO
0
X
tn
u
O
£
0
EH
cn
Q
Z
CJ
z
M
J
Q
Z
rtj
3;
>
C-*
physical damage
wdered metals
ATER TO ACID
zardous; use
O 2 (0
4-1 Q, .C
UJ Q
C Lt CTQ U
-H 0 C < L|
fl -rH 0)
CT< Ul .C OS C
fl rH 4j ta -H
fl 0 > fl
TJ -H rH U 4J
CU Li U Z C
4J CU O
U 4-> C -~ O
QJ (TJ O Li
4J e cu >i
O Ll 4-> 4J
LI cu o fl -a
CLrH 3 4J B
& C (00)
TJ "H -H O -H
C 4J ,* 4J B i
O O «. 3 fl
-^ UJ TJ ^H S
U Li CU TJ 0
•• fl >i fl CO Q)
0) Li CU CU 3
CT> CU C •• 0) TJ
T3 C C O» £ -H
U "H 0) "H C 4J W
O fl Li --I fl Q)
4J 4J O 4J 4J UJ Li
cn C 4J CU 3 Li
O Ul CJtrH £1 TJ -•
^ U -H OJ C
4J 4J TJ 4-> C O
o1 a o o o -H -H
CO)CCCCfl4J
.-> 0) CU 4J 3
-<^:oox:oa)fl
TJ 1 Q Q S Q OS O
C
fl
X
j2
o
M
^J
U
gn
O
flu
,J
<;
Z
O
as
cu
^»»
cn
j
o
as
£-1
Z
o
u
u
OS
£3
cn
O
a,
X
u
•
CO
IPMENT:
3
a
u
^
H
B
u
EH
O
OS
Cw
,j
,4J
Z
o
cn
OS
p.
Q
^
cn
j
o
OS
EH
Z
0
u
u
z
M
OS
u
z
rH
O
z
u
Clothing, Eye Protection
an approved fume
0) C
K* "*H
•H
P TJ
O CU
0) Ll
Ij ^j
O CU
Ll <4H
Cu w
c
C Li
O 4J
-H
^J ll
U O
0)
P TJ
O CU
CU TJ
>i fl
O
4-> U
fl 0)
rH 4J
••H fl
P £
C
CU
>
-------
TJ
CU rH
xi 3
o
4-J JM **H
Ul 01 -H
3
S — > T3
4J • rH
— . C 01 Q)
4J CU CU --H
C rH 6 £
cu fl "H 01
rH > 4->
fl --H CU
> 3 rH U
•H CT rH fl
3 CU fl <«H
CT
CU .H 4J rH
O fl rH
U 3
0 CU C H
CU CU 0 TJ
C l-i 3 C
CU Oi fl
SH O CU
a a) xi 01
O2 3
CU 4J 4J
2 01 fl
U rH 3 U
• - Q) fl 6 fl
c IH xi -H a
O CU XI )H 01 O,
•H XI 3
rH ^ Jj rH g -H C
— i O fl ,C •- 1
4-i rH (0 u ui 01 a
C fl 4-> 3 --H 4J
CU U C 4J £ OJ fl
> 3 O fl 4-> 'O 0)
4-1 U 2 — • M
CO fl s— * O^ 05 -Q
4-1 2 C C
fl ^— '-H cJ^'H JH TJ
3 .X C rH 4J 4-* 4-* fl 10 TJ
flOCO£Ol4JO)
rH CU rH 0) C TJ
.CCT^OCOIOO)
4J CU CU 01 U 0)
•-( a) u cu j= fl i o
5^fll^3trHtWX
•H -i-( tJIrH Q)
IH 4J O 4-t C 0)
OO4-)UlH>iO]0]
01 0) O 4J -H
T3 4-1 C 4-> 3 H
O O U O <»H fl >
oiHO^ajflcuJ
£ iX 3 Q* X] CO 2 &•*
.
(U
r-H
XI
fl
rH
-H
fl
>
fl
>•!
rH
• rH
TJ
CU
j_i
CU
X)
T3
rH
3
0
JS
01
C 4-1
•H C
rH 0)
•a 6
c a
(Q **H
£ • 3
•• >i D1
CD IH rH CU
0) 0) rH
4J (0 V4 0)
U 0) >*H
fl >»4J fl
U rH C 01
Qt J3 -H
cn TJ
U 3 0) C
•H O * fl
C U fl
CU O 4J £
&> J3 01
>< 4J 4J fl
X O 3
£ C
^.01 0)
fl O >!
^ 3 Q W
JM
o
2
c
CO
ri
£
"X^
O
rJ £
U
£
CU
CU
CO
as
-^
o
£
_}
W
£H
CO
£
CU
0,
n
3£
^^
a
2:
«3J
3
£H
£
a
CO
a
2
M
J
U
a
M
D J
O W 4J
CU C
w
J
£H 4J
c
1 0)
c
X O
M a
o e
a o
< o
-------
TJ
•r4
U
o
•r4
3
3
0)
4J
fl
IOPERTIES
O>
§
r
o
Q
3
j
,4j
Q
M
to
£
O4
•
ff>
O
o
(N
MM .Q
MM -H
• • ^
^. CD 0) -^^^ — -H
TJ
•H
D1
•.H
• • • ^"^ • *~+ 9
.— . <-. . 4* . f-t .
O «-t • "-* •
• . . II .
m B ••-* — ~
i~jp — . o i-t o *
;.•* o 0»> < "-^
'- * (N S II 3
«O S >» 01 Ui
t** *•" B J!H r* ^^ Q)
-» § -1 4J
U U >i^ 0) < 0) fl
•H 01 -H fl
4J 4J > U 4J >.aj C
C C fl 3 fl 4J -H
•H -H Ul U] rH -ri C
viscous J
.,;
a
D>
•^^
Ul
Ul
oouuiouio>ia>a)
O. O. 0)>C-r44JOrH
U U( 0) 4J -H C -4
CTCT"'^O44JQ flM fl O
Cr" n t r» i, ,_j t. ..^
W *W h* r4 r^ M r-i
•H -H -H V< 0) tl 0 JQ fl 0
i i | f\ f* f\ f* /% M /tt f \
r^ ^J \j (J VJ ^J ^^ j V ^^
•HrH 01 CX l-» CUflrH Q<
oa>afloa
OQ£CO>Oi>UCO<
>4
c_,
REACTIVn
Q
Z
<;
^
C-t
M
J
M
CC
*^
E-
rn
w j
o
r-4.
U)
CU
• * •
C
0
fl
N
— t
u
0)
e
^
o
a,
>. U5
4-1 3
•~i 0
•H U
J3 fl
fl N
4-1 fl
C/J Z
^
3
U
U
0
4-1
0
c
U)
fl)
w
0
ition. :
Ul
O
a
0
o
9)
Q
Ul
3
O
N
fl
:e of metals)
in present
d :
— "H
O
C >
i]) <]
O O
!H EH
TJ
> CO
K C
0
-•- i
V 1 i
«^ Til'
C
0
o
cause violent exothermic reaction
in react violently with alkalies.
c
fl
o
TJ
•H
U
fl
0
4-1
0)
4J
fl
3
t?
C
•H
'n
w
TJ
IU
U
•
0)
u
—H
<4H
CT
•H
Ul
3
U
>,
rH
xa
•H
Ul
0
•
TJ
-H
0
0
EH r4 W
0) TJ
Ul 4-> "H
rH fl O
-4
•H 0)
CO N
Ul 0 -H
0) U TJ
Ul i* -- 4
* O X
03 U O
X X
-------
..
^4
0)
Si
4J
O
x"
^-"
ers, cyanides, acetic acid,
TJ
O
a
rH
(0
•P
0)
6
«.
Ul
4->
C
0)
CT1
fl
0>
C
-H
U
3
TJ
0)
OS
u
<1)
4J
4J
«
e
r-l
rH
..
fl
4J
(0
Q
>,
4J
•H
U
•H
X
o
E*
•
s
•
^^ J3
X U
«»V. "N^
g.0,
O CO
I1 1— t
iH
(N
• • ••
O O
in in
Q O
i-4 J
4J CT1
T3 CU
Wl 0*
1 1
•— i iH
>M £
O -H
U
c
•H
•a
c
Cb
r-|
(0
u
CT
O
-H
0
0
X
o
Effects of Substances (RTECS)
u
•H
X
o
EH
<4-l
O
>>
l-i
4J
tfl
•H
CT1
0)
os
C
TJ
0) Q)
C -P
0 -H
Z U
to
Z
0
M
E-
g
Cd
Q
M
to
z
o
CJ
j
^
co
o
04
to
M
Q
.
OJ
r-(
OJ
o
o
Q
..
U)
M
OJ
J3
£
3
Z
0) -P
*J C
Ul 0)
^ £
2 -P
03
< 0)
O, ^
Cd EH
ralize to pH 6-9. Contact your local
te (TSD) for permissible treatment
4J --4
3 Ul
0)
2 -t
fl
1 Ul
0
>, a
5T1 Ul
0 •->
-, -a
0
C 0)
£ P
u ui
y
-------
c,
i
£ Li
E-« O
P
• C
S 0)
Li C
3 M
p
X <
~t CJ
£ W
= e-t
1C 0)
en
c
O
L, 3 T3
0 T3 -
2~
*
•H
P
U
fl
(U
a:
-------
S
..
Ul
TJ
U
(B
N
rB
X
rH
IB
• H
U
01
a
co
..
>
.4
O
-P
Ul
— 1
X
c
o
•H
Ul
•H
01
(X
0
a>
o
(N
^,
rvj
O
r-
CO
r^
(N
O
f-t
r*
CO
IT)
0
~«»
vO
O
VO
co
•>»,
r-
,H
• •^
•^r
0
(N
CO
^
r-t
O
^
CM
O
T>
9
A
o> a
rH -H
ja ^
« ja
rH IB
•H 4J
(B Ul
> W
<
0)
•P C
o o
z z
II II
< H
^-.-•s.
z z
d herein are offered for informational purposes
technical data that EM SCIENCE believes to be
o c
C 0
•* a
« 9
U
§3
0 0
«
Ul A
-P
C 01
0) U
6 iB
0)
4J TJ
03 C
4J IB
Ul
>,
0) ^-t
£ C
E- 0
d for use only by persons having the necessary
their own descretion and risk. Since conditions
o
T5 4J
C (0
o
4J TJ
c c
-~t (B
CO ^
•- * rH
•H
4J ,*
M Ul
. 1— 1
0> tJ
•P U
(B -H
U C
3 JS
U O
O 0)
(B 4J
utside our control, we make NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS
O
4)
^
IQ
01
co
3
14-1
0
U
01
c
c
(B
S.
TJ
C
.
a
o
CJ
Ul
c
o
•H
P
U
o
cu
ns apply. Selected regulatory
S has been derived from Ariel
0 0
—I CO
4J £
•H
TJ Ul
C -H
0 £
O 4J
01 C
Ul •*
3
C
TJ O
01 -H
4J 4J
0 *
•H e
u u
4J O
U)
M CO
o
u en
c
£ — '
U in
-j O
(B -P
0) -H
Ul C
01 0
CX £
the License Agreement between EM
search Corporation. Further
ted without authorization.
-------
in
en
I
*
ID
m
I
o\
o
vO
O
o
n
a\
I
^f
CN
•*r
I
o
o
co
<3\
£-•
U
X
uj
< u
Q O
•x Cr3
»^ »*4
W U
f«_. rft
M-4 UJ
en £
U
J
M
OS
u
H
£
Z
O
M
H
o
M
Cl4
M
H
Z
W
Q
M
>4
2
t£
CU
£
O
U
Q
£_|
U
3
a
o
cc
cu
j
,4j
u
1— 1
JJ
u
X
cj
•
,_4
—
n
O ^
^.a
ro ^»
o
• •
• • t
• 'O
0) 0)
P 4-1
(Q C
Q-H
C CU
0
-H W
P Q
fl W
U £
A3
Q* 0)
Q) 4J
U n)
Cu Q
•
^
a>
3
4J
O
•
3 -H 2 ">
2 ^ T3
CX4 ^M
0) O rtj
C 0 C
0 -P 0) W
n. • Lj JM
c 3
C 0 B •»
0 £ U M
•r-4
4J O
fi a)
6 • * ^j *•
U Ul p U)
O U g M
Z
O fl
Cd C r- M -
CJ O O C
Z -H X O 3
u ui o e o
M -H 03 (U 4J
U > Q U
cn "-t . .a
a o o A
£ • CO -H
u «: cu •* o
Cu
r>
O
vo
O «H
X fN
X n
•
^
n
o
vO
o r^
X H
X n
W
cu
o
o m
X •-!
X f*^
Cu
n
O
vO
O *J-
X *
X n
M
m vo
o o
VO ^O
.. o o
•— X X
in x x
j_i
0)
e
3 X
Z n m
0 0
D^ vO vo
O O O
r-l X X
fl X X
p
fl
u
<*>
^4
a
a
SE
4) K
*O O
fc.
n T3 Z
(N -H H
.. o •- •
» • <; • • ">«.
T3 • 4J 4J
•H . U >i JS Z C
U • -H ^ CT> O Q)
< 0) S-i -M -H M C
e o e a) HO
CJ fl .— » fl 3B M Q(
<1) -H Z £ fa W 6
e P u >-i o o
fl fl i— i O ^ fl CUU
z-^flS-iflfl •"* £
UOTJU^'H 3 O
0) 3 --I >-M 3 U O U
'O£sxsex o
fl 0) 0) V-i fl
^ n £ 0 O og
H U U Cn £
TJ
•H
U
ff,
o
•H
M
o
r-t
£
U
0
u
T3
>,
X
O
O
i-l
O
I
rH
O
I
r-
T
vo
-------
ITJ >!
rH
Ul 01
•H 4J
ITJ
P S
U -H
3 X
TJ O
O W
V^ Od
a a
(TJ
Ul
•H Ul
£ -rH
*J
TJ
-P -H
(TJ O
£ (TJ
4J
U
Ul -H
01 Ll
4J O
fl rH
U .C
•H U
TJ O
C Li
-H TJ
-P X
C
0) •
U TJ
•H
Li O
01 ITJ
a
TJ
P P
(TJ (TJ
x c
o Ed
O W
O
TJ
O
Li
O
ITJ
TJ —•
3
O1
U
Ul
OJ
0
u
0)
u -
ret TJ
L> 01
(TJ rH
01 U
a
a
1^«^
u
M
Z
o
06
O
O
Z
<
cd
EH
U
•>— •
o]
EH
U
u
Eh
fa
U
TJ
EH
<
Z
J
M
EH
Z
EH
O
a.
..
0)
i^
3
Ul
O
a
X
u
14-1
o
Ul
e
o
-U
a
E
>•,
03
•
0)
CP
(TJ
e
(TJ
TJ
0>
0>
4J
C
01
c
(TJ
e
D
0>
a
TJ
c
(TJ
Ul
C
Ll
3
_Q
0)
u
01
>
0)
Ul
U)
QJ
Ul
3
(TJ
U
P
U
ITJ
P
C
0
u
01
>
.
c
o
• H
p
ITJ
Li
0)
U
rH
3
a
01
0)
TJ
01
^-4
a
-H
Ul
Ul
o
Q,
«.
Ul
c
u
3
J3
QJ
^4
0)
01
Ul
Ul
01
Ul
3
(TJ
U
p
u
(TJ
p
c
0
u
c
• H
.*
73
x
U)
01
CT1
(TJ
Ul
Ul
(TJ
a
>1
o
p
(TJ
u
•H
a
Ul
0)
Ll
TJ
C
(C
rH
(TJ
Ul
ITJ
C
o
p
0)
(TJ
£
(TJ
TJ
Ul
0)
Ul
3
(TJ
U
c
0
• H
p
ITJ
— *
IT)
£
C
M
•
(TJ
e
01
TJ
01
>,
Li
(C
c
0
e
rH
3
a
4J
U
^
ITJ
C
• H
4J
Ul
0)
4-»
C
• H
0
Ll
U)
(TJ
en
TJ
C
ITJ
4J
ITJ
0
J3
4J
»
jj
4J
3
0
€
*t>4
O
Ul
c
Ll
3
.a
Ul
0)
U)
3
ITJ
U
C
o
•H
p
Ul
01
CT>
C
M
•
4J
O
ITJ
.. • 4->
01 C
^4 O
3 O
Ul
0 C
a -H
X Xi
a ui
> LI
.Q 0
Ul
TJ C C
01 0 O
4J "H -H
ITJ *J 4J
> -H 01
(TJ TJ 01
LI c en
C" 0 C
0> U -H
<; >,
>i Li -
• Li 4J C
TJ O CO
C P W -H
0 (TJ .p
U Ll M-l ITJ
•H O i—t
r-l O, (TJ
(0 Ul Ul JT
U 01 01 C
•H OS 4J M
TJ 3
01 O
£ 06
C
Ul
3
(TJ
U
D
0)
0
c
(TJ
o
Ul
(TJ
,— ,
tf,
X
w
o
*.
a*
EH
z
•
«.
u
Q£
(^
H
«-^
TJ
a>
p
U)
•H
rH
4J
o
c
Ul
•H
>irH
4J ITJ
•H -H
U >H
-H Q)
C -P
01 ITJ •
en e P
0 C
C 01 0)
•H fj ^1
U EH (TJ
D
(TJ
O
CO
u
03
E-i
01
06
-------
ANCE FOR ALL CASES OF OVEREXPOSURE.
flush thoroughly with large amounts of water.
flush thoroughly with water for at least 15
EH
• • en >i >i
>Q M rH rH
— t en o) w
rtj en 4J 4J
<; (0 (0
01 .J T3 T3
U < 0) 0)
•HOES
Cb M S B
Q M M
>i W
U 3C •• ••
C C Ul
Q) £H -H 4)
C71 W J^ >"i
IH u en u
0)
e
a
to fresh air; give artificial respiration if
ped.
« Q,
> O
O -M
a n
IX 01
10
.. jC
o cr
. -H C
01 4J -H
OJ (0 JC
3 (0 (0
•H C U
s M a
induce vomiting; give water or milk if conscious
H»-
*tr
0 •
C 4J
4J
O 10
T3
•* (Q
C U
O -H
•r4 T3
4-1 3)
01 B
0)
C 0)
M D>
SURES
cl
Z
O
z
M
EH
U
M
Cb
U
a
M
Cb
•
in
. . . . : Noncombustible
(%).: N/A
(%).: N/A
J J
U U
J 3
0) 01
-~.4J 4J
tb-H-t
*~ S S
4JJJ
c
•H <1> 8)
0 rH rH
Q. jQ jQ
<0 (0
JC B B
ui B B
t3 (0 <0
rH rH rH
Cb Cb Cb
(0
•H
T3
jj
>,
CP (0
C IH
•H a
£ Ul
Ul
3 (1)
C <0
•H S
4J
X
U
res. :
d breathing apparatus and protective clothing.
3 0)
T3 C
in C
0. O
o
Cj^ 1
r* (^j
•H rH
4-1 0)
£ M
•H IH
Cb (0
0)
0) 2
^
•H
Cb
rds. :
s produces hydrogen which may form explosive
fl rH i
N ITJ Vt
ITJ 4J -r4
X
rH W
>t-4
a
en
ective equipment listed under Exposure /
n.
tion sources until the area is determined to be
4J O -H
0-H C
U 4J CT
CU O -H
0)
r-t O C
XJ 14 (0
10 04
4-> 0)
•H rH 4J
3 (0 Ifl
ui c c
O-H
r4 01 B
(0 IH -H
0) (1) rH
S O. W
n or fire hazards.
e and eliminate its source, if this can be done
O 01
•H (0
CO
-< O -H
MH 0 3
-------
disposal as described under
LI
CU
Q.
0
Li
a
u
o
MH
CU
N
.*H
i_l
CU
c
•r-t
fl
4J
C
O
u
TJ
C
fl
a
3
01
*4
1 regulations on reporting
mation for reportable
fl
u
o
rH
TJ
C
fl
»
01
4J
fl
4J
en
»
rH
fl
U
0)
TJ
.
0 -•
a a
Ul S
••H O
a u
LI
o
4H
c
\— 1
>.
Ul
O
4J
fl
rH
3
0)
on
O
4-1
0)
0)
OS
>
01
0)
cn
fl
0)
rH
01
Ll
.
fl
4J
fl
T1
!>,
Li
O
4-1
fl
rH
3
cy
0)
u
0)
£
4-1
O
TJ
C
fl
>,
4J
• H
4J
C
fl
3
O1
lizers and absorbent agents
fl
LI
4J
3
0)
C
X
1
ij
,J
M
pt
cn
w
TJ
c
«
Q
O
0)
04
CJ
z
u
M
CJ
en
S
u
.
01
rH
rH
•H
a
a
,
(fl
3
O
•H
Ll
fl
^
L|
O
4-1
X products can be provided
i
rJ
r-J
M
CU
en
01
<-;
4J
C
O
c
0
•»4
V
S
0
tralizer and absorbent is
3
01
C
X
1
J
>J
M
CU
cn
w
o
W
M
O
cn
• bl
o
0 CT
>i i
rH rH
4J -•
£ CU
CT> 3
•r-t
4-J »
-H
U O
CU 0
c u
•rH
fl fl
4-1
c c
0 -H
u
CU
a i-
0) 0
0) 4J
:*: en
•
LI
o
a
fl
0)
j2
4-1
fl
• 01
Ul Li
rH U
fl
•— * 4-1
Li 0
0) C
fl O
6 a
r on clothing.
caution.
o
rC
C 4J
-rH -H
-* 3
01
01
C Li
0 0)
c
-•H
01 fl
0) 4-1
> c
01 O
o
c
•H >,
4J
4-1 Q,
0) S
cy cu
4-1 0)
0 rH
C TJ
C
O fl
Q £
when diluting - never add water to acid.
u
0)
4J
fl
3
O
4J
>i
rH
01
3
O
-H
4J
3
fl
O
TJ
• H
U
(0
TJ
TJ
PROTECTION
rJ
<
Z
o
cn
os
u
CU
"N^
cn
J
0
OS
z
o
CJ
u
OS
cn
o
CU
X
d4
.
CO
L PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT:
<
Z
O
cn
cn
u
CU
Q
Z
<
cn
j
O
X
EH
Z
0
0
o
z
M
OS
w
u
z
M
0
z
ion, Protective Clothing, Eye Protection
rkplace exposure limit (s) of product
(see TLV/PEL) , a NIOSH/MSHA approved
vised in absence of proper
4J
U
0)
4J
O
Ll
CU
>1
Li
0
4-1
fl
Li
• r4
a
01
0)
-
c
0
• iH
^J
fl
rH
•rH
4J
C
CU
O
3
U-l
H
• •
C
o
•H
4J
o
0)
o
Ll
CU
>,
LI
O
4J
fl
D
•rH
a
01
01
OS
TJ
TJ fl
CU
T3 01
01 -H
01
U JH
X O
01 4J
fl
01 Li
•rH -H
a
4J 01
C 0)
0) L<
c
O TJ
a oi
£ .rH
O ^
u a.
a
>i 3
C Ul
fl
Ll -H
O fl
-------
TJ
I-H o,
•-I P rH B
fl CU'H
a) a
Ul U 3 0)
C 3 01 A
O Ul
-H U] .JJ 'O
P 0) C -H
fl Ui (U 3
-» a B o
3 a.c
O> 0) -H UJ
0) > 3
Ui 'H o* uj
P 3)
Ul ±J 3 -H
P fl O 4J
C Ui >• fl
0 -1 Ui
u a a) P
Ul (U (fl
fl Ui >" C
P -H
c < 01 s
O C TJ
C M O C
T5
0
O
J=
0) 0)
fi tfl
3
*W 1 1
Ul
T3 3
0) S
0 <~*
Ul 4J
Q. C
a, ^
fl
c >
fl -H
3
C D1
•O Ui
9) O
^i
U. 0)
0) ^
U-l -H
Ul Ui
C P
u c z
-P O
•M -
O fl C
r-t Q)
t3 *H V4
0) 4J Qt
•H C O
TJ « *
c > a
(0 *-•
j3 4J
e •
0 O •
ja »-* >
fl O
-P > **
3 3
s tr «
0) >
U fl £ P
3 -H 4J y
01 Ul -i-l Q)
O 3) 3 P
Qi P O
X fl Ui Ui
•
01
0)
e
P
r-i
^
fl
P
fl
c
Ui
o
3
0)
P
Ul
3
S
Ul
-o
^H
• Q)
4J -^
fl 01
.JJ
C 0)
Ot)
tt.-H
^^f^^
<£•
«p
W*H
4,)
c a
0 0
0 tn
Ui fl
P, — 4
0^
O
ij
C flj
Ut *M
O «
•
tJ*
c
-^
•a
c
«
• •
00 Ui
« 4)
U P
.^J tfcj
P fl
U
fl >l
04 £
O 3
-H 0
C Ui
0) O
>iP
X
-» 01
fl
•^ Z
^J
o
2
>
0)
rH
^
fl
rH
•H
fl
fl
rH
•H
T3
fl
01
^
0)
^
•a
3
O
r^
Ul
P
C
B
a
•H
• 3
*cr
^ 0)
fl >
C P
h at
Q) ,
Q Ed
C
n
£
• — ^
U
>-3 £
U
s
04
04
TG
o
£
J
EH
W
as
o.
04
M
£
O
£
<;
C-i
£
0.
04
CO
u
z
M
,_3
QE]
Q
M
^ ^j
O W P
a c
U 0)
a i c
a o
w < a
o x e
04 W O
x o u
u
T5
U
*4«
u
•>H!
Ui
O
»H
^
>J
O
Ui
'O
>1
X
£
O
S
a.
04
04
n
£
O4
04
O
u
Q)
C
O
a
o
u
•a
•H
o
o
•H
Ui
o
U
o
Ui
-o
-------
in
(N
0
(N
U
O
(N
(U
IT) 1}
CO O + -H
U O oo vo ui in o
O •» r-l ft • CM O U)
<-t f^ • 0> rH OJ Z
w
U
M
EH
«
U
CU
o
CU
J
o
M
U
z
U
Q
Z
J
<;
U
M
C/j
jx
Z
CU
.
0^
. .
*— »* -*-s
t^ ^^
i •
g
O
o <>!
^O MM
r*» *-•
U C? >i
• H
ij i) ^
C C <0
•H -H U|
0 0 O
a, cu
o
CC U-l
M ^—
• H -H -H
•"H in u
O Q) CX
CQ 3C Wl
• ^—» •
• ^ •
• NM* •
• •
X*O rt"
»:•
frt ^
•H
— <1> <
0) -H
U4 4-1 >i
3 fl 4->
Ul r^ -H
Ul O Ul
Q) ^ C
Ui CU >
o
TJ
O
•o
•H
^1
o
(Q
___ . ,^
r-l •
•
II •
0 #
,4* +~*
CO Ui
4J
a> a
i OJ
-H -0 O *
JJ -^ C Ui
nj ^ nj nj
O J3 « rH
B*-H Q,U
J> Q Qj
U 0} <
U}
0)
>*
>*
M
^
M
§
SX
a
z
^J
>4
£4
M
,J
H
..
C
0
• H
N
-H
Ul i-i
. o
-H 0
0
CU 4J
0
CQ >i Ul C
< 4J 3
E-> -HOW
Wr-4 T{ fll
f~~» VJ W
•^ U) O
• Jj (Q ^J
O (ON
i-H 4J fl
M Z
U)
(0
0)
.. -a .
c u
0 O
-i "u -a
W •-!
0 C 0
Q< 41 >
e a><
0 0
u u o
a) -a E-
£ Ul
ui C
3 U O
O —i •*
U, O •-!
/W r rvt
nj c* w
N C
t3 O
z o
U)
(0
4J
0)
e
4-J
• H
3
4J
a
fl
4J
c
0
o
• „
4J
0}
s
.
TJ
•H
O
>
«£
o
E-
Ul
-H
(0
Ui
0)
4J
(X3
£
Ul
(1) (0
> Xj
•H (1)
Ul N
Ui Ul Ul O -H
0) TJ Q) l-i TJ
4J -H U) Ul -H
(0 U fl O X
2 < CQ O O
X
• •
Ui
0)
f^
4J
o
X
c
0)
CT>
O
Ui
TJ
>
x:
ui
0)
o
3
TJ
O
Ui
a
U]
r-l
(0
4J
0)
e
-C
4->
•H
3
4->
Q
fl
4->
C
o
U
U)
U)
C
• H
e
fl
TJ
(0
Ul
0)
-------
X
0
^.5*
e --.
Q* 0*
as
0 O
o o
n a\
r-1
.. ..
O 0
J If)
lO Q Q
•P >J J
fl
Q C 4J
E A
>i JS Ui
-P 1 1
•H i-H r-l
U £ Ui
•H -H 0
X
o
EH
0)
Ul
M
0)
>
TJ
(0
0)
CJ -~
3 en
•a u
0 Cd
U EH
a o£
>1
<0 10
S 0)
o
r-t C
(0 (0
•-I 4J
U Ul
o> .a
-P 3
(0 en
e
-H
S-H X
TJ « M -P
c w a
•H O TJ •*••
Cft4 jQ C O^
10 10 0)
^ ^ OS
(0 U
CJ C-H C
•H O C -H
C1 0)
O efl CP TJ
rH 4J (0 0)
o tn 4J 4J
o eu 3 -H
•H EH g CJ
X
o
EH
iH
fl
o
O 4J
rH C
0)
* B
3 4J
O (0
>i 0)
u
-P -P
u
<0 Q)
4J -H
C 13
O-H
u ta
01
•H
• a
CD U
1 0)
to a
£ Ul
a o
<4-l
0
4J -^
Q
- •
1-1
(Q 01
Ul 4J
4J -H
(N 3 (fl
W 0 0)
Z 0 Z-H
o a «j
M 1 (Q
EH O
Ctt ey efl
W 0 -H
Q -H TJ
H 0
en •• co>
Z Ul JS -P
o u cj ui
U 01 01 (0
0. EH 5
j e
<: 3 TJ TJ
en z o> o>
O .. -H 4J
OU 0) I ' HJ 4J •
en 4J c -^ -H 01
H Ul 01 O g 0)
a (0 e oi ui .P
jc 4-> a J
< cu
5 Z
J 0
< u
O
0) O
S en
(Q
z »
13
C CJ
a u
•H -H
x: u
en O
r-l
V4 C.
0) O
a o
0 V4
z
o
M
E-<
S
O
z
>•!
OS
8
3
3
O
OS
.
«3«
1^
Ul
4J
C
01
c
o
a
3
O
CJ
r-l
(fl
O
(0
0)
3
C
en
u
0) >i
S 0
-P
• c
= 0)
0) >
* J*4 C
3 M
4J
X <
•H CJ
£ en
S EH
(0 (U
Ul 4J
C
4J 0
> U
Ui 3 TJ
O TJ 0)
4J O 4J
C Ul Ul
rH
C Ul
M -H 0)
< EH «
CJ
en
EH
-------
U 01 M
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
o
o
o
If)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ex
C/l
E.
U
— I
o
o
in
n
*— I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
c/i
n
o
o
« cn CM
i
X
UJ '
•H
£J
CO V4
0 0
O
_J
Cb
4J
c
0)
c
o
a
e
o
u
5
T3
-»"^
U
<
U
.^
VJ
O
1 d
1 £
1 U
1 0
1 %
\ t3
1 >
O 04
Z
o
in
jj
c
01
Comm
n 0 0
* *
ui ;:
2 -S
-H M
ij >, (0
+^ <^ w
(0 J-> N
Q/ -H >1 «J
r- 1 4J S
N ,p g 4J -^
« fl ^ S 2 S
c s fl * «j 3J
O Q) r^ 0) flU
. ,~ r f^ m
z < s tn a «
&
Cn
z
rH TT
rH 0
•* CM
co cn
>^^ -^^
r-l 00
.. O O
>l^~-~
i-i n CM
O O r-l
4J
Ul
•H n r-l
S co cn
C r-l VO
O O CM
Ul rH r-l
.H H <~l
>
CD
C*
ble
ilished
ra .u
r-l ITJ
•-I JJ
(TJ Ul
> w
•<
0}
4J C
0 0
Z 2
II II
< U
z z
-------
2 > X Z U
w (0 in en
u LI * s
en in fl OS
c -a e w
x o c s
u en ID a) H
I* 3 O
4J 0) C
fl CU O "OS
s. .* -i o
•P >i-U O
A d) u en
ID LI -P en
-P >, u c w
ITJ r-l U) O Z
TJ C CU U 61
O T3 M
-I L) (*,
fl CU C 3
3 O «
30 X
0) E-i
u TJ M
U O •* -t J
a) in M
^ JM ^J A
TJ JJ 3 <
CO) OH
a c ID a) 2
•P TJ fl O
TJ c c as
0) •-* it) CD W
u in x
nj « -H 3
b.
-* O
U
c
u
CU
CU 4J X
LI M tn
«
-a cu
U Q
CU U
C P U C
rO rt3 -^ (tj CU
U C P T*
M )M K tfU
i.^ ^3 f* i I
^ O U TJ
C U 0) C OS
O fl *J fl O
en 0
- 3
C U*
O 0)
(I)
Li 73 W
O CU
4J TJ C
^ > Q)
303
UJ
0
•H
Ui (U CU
O 4J >
Ll Q) Ll
O rH CD
U (U TJ
en
x: c,
U • 0)
Li >i O O
*J O CJ £
fl 0) -H +J
c in J £ -H
Li D O3
0) 0) U
4J • £ « T3
C —..p 0) 0)
M U] 10 4J
S -H
O OS .Q
- O -H
C H W M £
O ^- g « O
LI .P m
a >,£ c
u en P ITJ c
o o
C *J 0) 4J
z: -H -H 3
Li O O *J -H
CU -H -r-> 3 .P
CU O 3 C —I
-------
P, OSHA) as cancer causing
^
z
..
u
&
<
M
•^^
T3
OJ
01
-H
4J
0
C
01
• •H
>,rH
J Ifl
H -fH
J Li
-t i
CT> fl
fl £
OF OVEREXPOSURE.
water.
ith water for at least 15
CO 3
u -n
co c >,
< fl rH
U JS
a cr>
J fl 3
J O O
< 01 Li
o
OS J3 £
O 4-1 4->
Eb -i
3 .C
H a
U >i3
2 i-l r-t
CO «.C i
D TJ M O rH
CO -H CO Li 0)
< < CO O 4J
EU <; -C fl
Z 4J 4J-H
01 J TJ
O Li rtj JH 0}
M -H O 01 E
»4J Cb M fl g •
Q 2 M 01
H >iW 0)
CO U £ •• •• 4J
OS C C 01 3
M fl) £-1 -H Q) C
Eb cru * >.-*
Li U CO W g
(U
«^» g
Ed
e artificial respiration if
and induce vomiting
> Li
•-H 0)
a* 4J
«
•- 3
Li
•H ,*
fl C
-H
£ Ll
01 'O
Q>
MH (0
• 3
O T3 O
4-i a> -H
Qi O
a) a 01
> o c
O 4J O
emu
(U
as 01 C
"H C O
fl JS 4J
rH 4J U]
fl fl 4)
«C ^ CT
C Li C
r-t .Q M
ersonnel. Never give anything
a
rH
fl
U
•H
TJ
(U
6
>i
Q
t3
ID
4J
0
(U
Li
13
01
fl
>i
rH
0)
4J
fl
•H
"O
U)
g
g
-H
h before reuse.
01
fl
• 3
C
O 13
01 C
Li fl
CO
u
OS
3
CO
w
«2
O
Z
M
E-
r
o
M
[t,
U
a
M
Cb
.
in
U 0
— • O 00
f
M>4 • CN]
O (N tH
* •• ..
. .
. — . . — .
yf
•^- ^
J J
U U
J D
01 01
--^ 4-> 4-1
U. — i -H
-^ g g
•-H -H
I i t 1 J
C
-- ( QJ 0)
O ^H rH
0, U .Q
(fl fl
£ g g
01 g g
fl fl fl
— I — 1 ,— t
t, fc, 6u
spray, CO2 .
ainers
4->
^J J"
(U O
4J O
fl
3 13
o
C -M Li
•-I g 0)
x: a) 4J
01 j; fl
•H U 3
3
CP >i
c
•rH
A
4->
• • fl)
• Li
01 .Q
•H
01
O
• • rH
• a
01 X
T3 Q)
Li
fl 13
N C
fl fl
s
(U
C Li
O -H
•H '4-1
01
O 01
rH 3
a o
X Li
w a
Li
• H
Eb
on source and flash back.
are susceptible to sudden
th air. Ignition may occur at
•H Ul -H
4-1 4J 3
"H 01
C -H TJ
O! g 0)
•H X
fc-H
0 0 g
4->
01 C
01 Li 0)
c
4J O
01 (H -H
"H fl 4J
T3 U 01
•-H 3
rH g .Q
0) 0) g
> £ 0
fl 0 O
Li
4J U 01
•H 3
CCO
fl fl (U
U CT1 C
Li fl
Li 0 4->
0 C
0.4J 0
fl o a
> X 01
-------
or ignition temperatures.
sing vapor volume and
fl
c o>
0 -4
•r-t (J
4J C
•H •!-(
C
Cn £
•-4 4J
O -H
4-1 3
3
fl 0)
CO
TJ fl
0) 0)
.c u
CO U
•H 0)
r-> TJ
^3
3 cn
a 4>
u
3 3
O 4J
r-t fl
4) U
Xi 01
a
co e
4) CD
-4 4->
3
P C
fl O
>_l -H
CD 4-1
a*H
e c
0) CT»
P M
by pressure changes.
perature process condi-
a
TJ 4)
0) 4->
U
C TJ
0) 0)
3 P
r-t fl
U-l >
C CU
•H r-l
0)
0)
J-l r-4
fl fl
o
TJ -H
c a
« >,
4->
0)
a 4J
•H fl
4J
VH
4J 3
U U
fl U
4J 0
C
O >i
O fl
a
•H C
fl O
-V.-H
i-l 4J
O-H
ac
fl D^
> M
er vacuum if subjected to
equipment operating under
rs or mists to the atmos-
TJ O
c (0 a
3 CO fl
4) >
CP O
C 0 <«-i
•-t U 0
^j Oi
fl 4)
u cu a
0) TJ fl
a-H u
o to to
4-> 4)
CO 3
to o c
CD Q)
U >J TJ
O O TJ
-4 3
C^ ^ tQ
j^
C *H *M
•H (0 -H
>1
O TJ 0)
-H 3 r-4
•
(0
3
U
O
O
0)
V4
0)
a
CO
u
£
5
to
w
Jg
H
CO
^
w
J
u
OS
J
f-t
z
w
Q
M
U
CJ
vO
•
C
c
o
CO
14
0)
a
>,
LI
«
CO
to
0)
u
0)
c
c
3
r-l
r-l
fl
•H C
4-> O
0) C 4J
4J O-H
O-H C
r4 4J CT
a O-H
0)
4) 4J >
rH 0 C
XI U fl
fl 04
4J CU
•H i— t 4J
3 fl fl
to c c
O-H
j-t co a
fl )-l -H
CU 41 rH
S 0. W
4)
0
TJ
0)
XI
C
fl
o
CO
•H
£
4-1
-H
«
O
W
3
0
CO
to
• 4->
CO -H
TJ
^ CU
fl 4-»
N fl
fl C
"a
fl)-H
U r-4.
•H 0)
TJ
b C
O fl
C 4)
O CO
•H fl
i Q) Q)
0 -H
rH CU
' x >:
0) CU CO
J3 -H
e 4J s-i
o
W C 4J
«-l -H 3
fl O
4) 4J XI
4) C 4J
>-l 0 -H
o
4) -H
V4 4-)
fl
•H S
U 0 •
O <*-! fl
r-l C 4J
M fl
TJ TJ
C >!
fl i-l >1
0 U
-4J 0
4J fl 4J
4J r-t fl
fl 3 fH
4-» cn 3
cn cu cr>
oj uj
- in
-i O
« P r4
U 41
co w x;
TJ 4) 4J
4) t-i O
fc« <1)
as TJ
x; c
4-1 fl
•-4 •
3 U) >,
0) 4-1
>. CO -H
r-l fl 4J
a 41 c
e r-4 fl
O 4) 3
u u cr
ents for various types
Spill-X products can be
Service Department
is recommended for
CP
fl CO r-4
& fl
4J 4J O
C -H
CU C C
XI 0 X!
l-i U
0 C 4)
CO O £-«
XI -H
fl .P Cd
tj CJ
x a z
1 U U
-H 0 M
iH IM CJ
•H C CO
co ac
'H W
co fl
TJ C 4)
cox:
0) -H 4J
1-H x;
o TJ cn
U TJ 3
0) < 0
J-l -4
x:
U . 4J
u to
Z -H T3
Cd >H CU
M -H TJ
o a-H
cn co >
o
w o CL
4J
c
4)
XI
O
(0
XI
fl
X
1
,-4
r-4
•H
a
CO
u
CJ
M
H
O
CO
jp
• W
O
o o* ••
CM C 4J
O\ -H O
1 3 3
•t O TJ
Ifl rH O
f) rH ^4
o a
a\ to
O 41 -H
v£> A £
~EI 4J
-p
CU
4-1
fl
0)
a
co
4-1
a>
O
CO
m
vo
oo
o
X
en
CJJ
$
O
H
CO
Q
CJ
Z
Q
-------
EH
U
w
Q
X
EH
en
M
Oi
U
U
Ci]
M
a
CO
z
o
EH
O
M
£
z
U
Q
M
>*
Z
^
0,
£
O
U
Q
Z
<;
EH
U
D
Q
O
OS
cu
J
<—l
„
m
(N
a
<
••
13
(U
P
C
•H
s^
cu
CO
Q
co
£
0)
p
ft
a
o
o
CO -H
a
£
in
i
o
n
CO
•
•H
kl
0
P
•
C
0
£
• •
c/J
3
O
X
o
r^
X
0
ca
.
o
Q<
O
O
n
1
(N
•rj>
1
O
O
co
• *
U
n
g
3
Z
U
c
0)
en
u
0)
g
w
U
cu
!_i
4-1
e
0)
0
.
*o
OS
4J
fl
Jj
o
o
g
a
0
co
•**
>
(C
T3
rtJ
Ul
^4
jC
'd1
(N
• •
U)
lj
3
0
X
r-
(N
O
CO
o
•
!•-)
.
Z
»
c
3
O
p
(0
XI
• r4
CJ
o
(N
r-l
O
X
a
a
O
O
CO
o
X
CO
cu
u
1^
(0
r-H
3
U
CU
I—I
o
£
CO
EH
Z
U
HH
a
u
a:
CJ
z
M
Z
o
z
o
M
EH
O
b
Z
M
^*-
Z
o
M
EH
r-l
CO
O
cu
£
O
U
•
CN
-------
,
— . c
<*> fl
(N J3
0 4->
0
Ul
O U]
0)
C • -4
fl k
£ 0) >i
4-> O 4->
C -H
U) fl 4-»
Ul U C
0) fl
•H 01 3
~— 01 O1
3
0) fl C
C U -H
01
M O Ul
C 4J 4J
0) C
CD T3 01
C •-«
4-« 3 TJ
O O 0)
4-1 u
4-> en
c c c
3 01 -H
0 0)
e ja u
fl -H
Ul C
0) fl 01
o js en
fl O
^ ~ c
4-> CM -H
1 O
C n Ui
•-* TT fl
fl 1 U
4-1 rH
C c"** 4^
0 0
U =*.
W C
>i< 0
fl U •-»
S ~4-l
fl
01 01 U
c c •*
0 0) *M
4J N --4
01 C 4J
0 0) 0
< CO Z
.
3
fl
c
o
•r-t
4J
fl
o
•H
c
3
0
CJ
TJ
k
fl
N
fl
22
pH"
fl
^4
0)
TJ
01
Cu
j_!
0)
TJ
3
TJ
0)
•H
3
cr
o>
u
4J
0
c
Ul
•H
4ft
rH
O
.
a
o
CU
nj;
^
Q
Z
0
M
3
Z CX
O M
H t-3
§ S
M a
Bu 4
H w S
.i? *^ j^
U CM tt*
M U
> >
CO O J
a w
(X > £
«< o w
N Z OS
< U EH
X OX
as w
• W
<*> £
w
.
Ul
>,
0)
c
TJ
•H
JaJ
TJ
c
fl
i_l
0)
•H
ij
..
e
0)
4J
Ul
^
co
Ul
3
o
• 5>
Q U
M 4)
2 Z
M ft
i-4 fl
< M
3 4J
CO C
os z u
o o
M O
a EH EH
u <
J EH 0)
< M CT»
X OS fl
Z 2 6
M M fl
Q
Cti M
M >< 01
w ui
•J 3
D CO fl
ti W O
£ CO
a D >i
< < fl
X CJ £
*
rH
3
*W
a
]^
fl
x
0)
CO
>,
fl
£
>,
U
c
fl
c
Q)
0,
o^
c
-H
l^
Q
0)
3
(0
a
X
u
u a
c c
0 (t
JC H
CJ 0
c
c
ri
•
— ^
o
M
z
0
05
X
u
Q
Z
o
TJ U
0 EH
D
•P CJ
C <
Ql >i^^
^^
c w
3 EH
a u
•^ Cl4
TJ fe
3
O1 X
•H EH
«£
ui a
Ul X
0)
-\ J
k <
O M
* EH
1 O Z
u u
U EH
4 0
.
TJ
3
O
— <
fl
Ul
u
o
.. 73
01 a)
Ut ~H
3 fl
01 JC
O C
X
CU VM
.*H
"4-4
O -i
3
C/l 4-1
s e
o u
4J fl
ax
e
>,
cn
Ul
Ul
0)
c
•H
N
N TJ
•H C
TJ fl
« Ul
Q) —1
.C Ul
0 0
fl U
TJ U
fl fl
0) C
JS
-
Ul 4-1
0) U
Ul fl
3 U
fl 4J
U
>,
0) U
l-i O
3 4J
Ul fl
O ^
Pj-^4
x a
01 U)
01
TJ ^
0)
ITTJ
c c
O fl
rH .
O Ul Ul
M 01 Ul
a >i o>
0) C
U Ul
04-13
O O
U] — I
ceo
O 0 Ul
•H -H C
4-1 4-1 0
fl fl O
U 4J C
4J — I 3
c ^
0) U >i
U -H -H
C ft
O > fl
0 fl 3
01 4J
£ Ul C
tr> 3 oi
•-H fl >
X C 0)
.
Ul
>,
0)
c
TJ
•H •
^ c
0
TJ •-!
C 4J
fl fl
4J
w ••-*
0) U
> u
•H -^
<-^
0)
» Ul
a 3
0) fl
4J U
Ul
^1 ^1
CO fl
s
Ul
3 4J
o u
> fl
ll ^J
0) C •
Z 0 C
0 0
fl C 4J
u "•» fl
4J X 4J
C Ul -H
0) U
CJ TJ H
01 -H
O 4J
V fl Ul
01 0)
oi a ui
cr> oi 3
fl k fl
a u
TJ 0 4J
u
0) TJ fl
Ul 01 4-1
3 cn c
fl C 0
0 0 U
/H
>i O 0)
fl V4 >.
£ D- W
0)
0)
^
Ul
0)
fl
0)
c
0)
j3
3
^
4-1
•H
r-t
•H
4->
J^
0)
4H
c
o •
Ul U
4J C
O fl
0) C
4-1 01
0) V4
04
01
ui ty
k C
01 -H
> k
TJ 3
fl TJ
0 f»
Ul fl
u
«1 -H
0) C
•* 0
3 J=
4J 0
Ul
TJ
^ 01
fl Ul
a o
.* a
C X
< 01
* • *
01
J^
3
Ul
o
a
X •
&J ^_
u
J3 fl
£
TJ cn
01 0)
•P U
fl a
>
fl »
U Ul
cn c
cn o
^'.p t
• -H 4-
TJ TJ C
C C d.
0 0
CJ U 4-
c
ft C
fl -H U]
U X 01
•H CO 4-
TJ 3
0) 0
£ a
*
4J
o
fl
4J
c
o
o
c
•^
Ul
^1
o
c
0
4->
Ul
0)
c
•r^
•H
c
0
•H
4J
fl
1— t
fl
JC.
c
M
-------
CO
rt
Oi
tr
H-
t—'
^.
ft
v<
•
^
(D
CO
t_i
0
CO
;>
03
M
r
M
1-3
K;
j>
55
O
1
t^
H
<
H
K
1
1
O
o
H-
o
n
i~t
(D
to
in
^j
^.
U3
C
t—
a
•o
c
3
ifi
(D
3
ft
O
a
o
•
!> co w
3 O <
3 f-' &
[D C "D
» cr o
1 H- I
U H^ Q)
3 H- rt
n rt M-
rt> < o
3
h—
3 X>
&>
C rt
Qf (D
ft
CD *^^
^t C0
~&
*» o
*-*
• II
• M
. »^
Z *~*
p* 1^
01 •
o *.
H- 00
CT
H~*
(C
< 13 <
jy (5 fti
73 H T3
o n o
M 0» 1
3
O ft 13
fO ^1
3 < (D
tn o in
H- M CO
ft fti C
•< ft ^
H- (D
— h^
J> (D —
^*' ^
't cr 9
»<
II X
»-• o ^
^^ l_ •
• •
• *~* •
• 4? •
• ^ •
to vo (-•
. VD CD
O • *
V£>
+
to
0
O
0^ 3^ cc
^3 ro O
(C H-1 H-
n rt H-
Hi 3 3
P-^Q LQ
n
13 13
O O O
& 3 3
< ft rt
!•>•
ft — —
*< n o
*— ^
*-v vj
a:
>o VD n
\O £*
o n
Ul
ft
vo n
w
rt
t) O
= 3
x ID
cn
H-1
n
S
j»
•z.
a
n -J
P3 O
2
n
I^*
r
T3
O »J
t) 09
CD O
33
M
cn
h-1
O
O
o
to
U)
CD
O
n >
o o
9 0
"U M
O S
3
(D 1
3
ft 1-3
r
..
13
13
Z
••3
£
>
Ct
•>>.
Z
*0
13
Z
10
K
z r
o
3j
U)
13
13
Z
0
^
U)
CO
H.
3
j«
O
(D
rt
O
3
(t)
«l
«H
JO
M
00
O
o
M
o
o
o
to
^
o
o
n
o
a
o
3
(D
3
ft
•0
^•2
J£
^y
O
•^^
Z
U)
13
13
CO
M
tr1
O
— ^
jjg
u>
13
13
Z
Z tr1
*-•»
z
U)
CO
^f
^
H-
3
O
CO
§5
1
13
r
• •
w
x
*o
o
cn
c
50
M
O
C
M
D
K
f
M
2
P3
cn
-------
W D
*< O
fD
3
C 0
0> rt
cn
y rt
o>
0" X
3 fD
a
(-•
cn 3
0> ft
H> ro
fD 1
rt 3
•< ai
h- '
ft> M
& ><
c •
H-
13
fD
3
rt
in
3"
o
i—1
a
cr
fD
11
(D
n>
a
H-
t— '
•<
O>
<
o>
H-
h- '
0)
cr
*->
fD
•
Z
O
11
s: x
o>
cn -^
y
a
rt><
3-02
O (C
1 3
0 H-
c n
02
3" 13
t- 11
< 0)
n
0) rt
Hi H-
rt n
fD fD
•1 in
• •
3"
01
3
a
t->
H-
3
&
to in
0) 3-
HI O
fD C
rt t-
•< a
02 cr
H< fD
0>
cn c
in o
fD M
cn 3
€ rt
H-0
ft
3"0
1
in fD
H- <
a n>
fD 3
rt
cn
3" cn
H- X
fD H-
M 3
a
cn o
o
in 3
3" rt
O D>
c n
K- ft
a •
cr
fD
€
0
1
3
ft)
ft
0>
H-
I— '
ft
t—
3
fD
cn
13
>1
O
ft
fD
n
rt
H-
<
fD
02
^
O
<
fD
cn
_^
CO
c
ft
*<
I—1
1
c
cr
cr
ro
i
0
13
tn
13
o
t-1
*<
c
1
ro
ft
3*
Oi
3
ro
o
n
ro
id
c
H"
<
o>
I—1
fD
3
ft
y z ro
O 0> X
O rt13
a fD o
i cn
0 H- C
M 0) 1
^ fD
€
H- 10
ft 3"
3" 0
C
a t--
a a
(D
»o cr
C fD
o>
rt y
fD &
3
< a
fD H-
3 ro
rt a
H-
t- 0
0> 1
ft
H- rt
O 1
3 tt
• 3
in
Hi
fD
1
>1
fD
a
H-
3
ft)
3
0>
Ti
T3
11
O
<
fD
a
HI
c
3
fD
<
fD
3
OiOZfDO>OJCrt
3 0 M 3 H- »1 rD H-
a 3 o < i in M
^ a to H- a "D &
0 •-• S 1 0) 3 H- rt
nrt^oc^lH-
^-- 2 3 TJ O" O
&Oto3T3nrt3
assfo^oo-
3 cn > 3 H- 3 i
H- ft fD T! •< JO
3 ^ n Q> CL 0 fD
»-• in fD ^ 3 u in
cn ro in i fD i *D
rtforaoro3OH-
11 H- o cn ft rt M
0> •< n 3 73 fD 0)
rt o oi rt H- H- n rt
»-• crtniuirto
< i o o ai H- ^
ro n »- rt fD o *<
cn cn • o x 3
n oi i n •• 13
O i-h-^ fD >i
3fD3OH-fDMO
ftftfD Win aHift
1 •< vfl a fD fD
o oi > 0) a c n
*- re rt a o ft
cn J2 H- i < ^ >i H-
c < fD t— in x o
cnt-fDvOinrD'D3
3"D C, fD CD M»
O 3 T3 »-• a a>
C fD 1 Oi H n 13
(-•3 fD ftH-rfD 1
a rt in H- 3 < o
in o -- ro ft
crcnC3O>i3Xrt>
fD c i in cr P3*D n
13 fD cn r 0 rt
H-T3 0> fD — 10 H-
S H- ft H- 3 ' C<
13 t-s: in n i n>
t— fD T3 0 fD Oi fD
fD 1 fD O
3 *-"-'T3 0 Z^i-
fD • fD H> M (-- O
3 c n O 3 ft
ft P3 3 3T3 to t— y
ft) 3 a •-• i a rt t—
aiQ fD ftO^ — -~»3
H- 1 T3 3 Cn ^D
rt 3 O fD to--""
o ro cn rt H a
fD 13 rr > o M
11 1 fD fD HI"<
ro H- n M ai n>
a 3 H- 13 T!
C 03 HI "Oil?
n H- 11 o i
fD fD O a O
a < c ft
ro n fD
a rt o
rt
f*^"
0
3
M
0
H
Z
n
n
JO
M
Z
n
n
o
z
H
JO
O
r
to
>
z
0
13
K
JO
to
O
z
>
r
13
JO
o
H
n
o
H
H
<
w
n
0
c
M
13
3,
n
z
H
• •
03
.
P3
X
13
O
to
C
JO
M
0
o
z
>-3
JO
o
r
to
-^
•0
P3
JO
to
O
z
>
r
13
JO
o
H
P3
0
H
M
O
z
n jo
0> fD
C rt
ft 0)
H- H"
O 3
3 fD
— a
n
ro
in
H-
a
c
(D
»
•<
B
o>
X
CD
tn
3
13
ft
»<
O
O
3
ft
Oi
H-
3
fD
•1
in
y
0)
N
tt
1
a
o
c
in
•».
c.
cn
fD
PJ > D
t- < O
fD O
n H- 3
rt a o
*i ft
I--T3
o n ifl
0) O fD
t-j f-1 ft
i- O
•< 3 H-
iQ 3
J fD
•i a fo
O *<
con
3 "1 in
a
M
(V fD
H-T3
t- fD
0>
fD rt
»Q fD
c a
H-
T3 in
3 X
fD i-1-
3 3
ft
O
t 0
3- 3
fD ft
3 CD
n
y rt
ID •
3
a
»— i
(-•
3
02
ft
3-
H-
tn
13
1
o
a
c
n
rt
•
D
O
3
O
ft
cr
i
fD
ft1
ft
3"
ro
<
o>
•D
0
"1
•
a
0)
3
to x a
rt fD M
O fD H-
H T3 3
fD 02
n
H- O (^
3 3
rt cn
o> a> ft
H- O
n 3 n
O fD &
0 1 02
^- ro
n ••
& »—
1 O
rt> cn
ft) fD
a
Oi •
c
O1
K
Hi
1
o
3
H-
02
3
H-
ft
H-
0
3
in
O
C
11
n
n>
cn
&
3
a
o
X
H-
a
H-
N
fD
1
in
«
-------
zation:
•-! .
Ui Ui
a) 3
e u
>i U
-i O
o
CU 4-)
o
Ul C
3
O Ul
T1 (U
W *M
Ui O
/ft /-s
nj LJ
N
fl
S
ition. :
Ul
0
a
g
o
u
0)
Q
U)
3
0
T3
w
frt
(u
N
fl
X
T3
•^H
0
>
<
0
EH
Ul
C
0
•H
X4J
O -H
CJ TJ
C
O
u
ith ignition source
JJ
4J
U
fl
4-1
C
o
0
»
4J
rO
'V
(U
X
t3
•H
0
•H
U)
O
Ul
Ui
o
u
Ul
Ui
0)
N
•H
T3
•H
X
0
X
..
Ui
0)
4-1
0
X
oxide; Nitric and Sulfuric Acid Mixture
4-J
3
CO
1
4-1
e
3
Ul
U)
fl
o
/•t
O-i
a)
c
•••^
Ui
0
jj
o
«.
0)
c
•H
B
Ui
CQ
FORMATION
z
M
J
rtj
U
M
U
O
O
o
M
X
o
.
r-t
*H
..
fl
4->
fl
Q
>,
4->
•—4
U
•H
X
o
JT1 CT
E e
a a
0 O
O CO
i-> .n
.. ..
o a
in in
a a
_; j
'.0 4-i
3 fl
e u
i i
r-t rH
Ui Ui
o o
6
a
a
o
o
in
..
O
i_3
o
c
e
£
i
— i
j^
-H
• t
Ul
D>
C
•H
T3
C
•rH
t,
rH
fl
U
• H
C?
0
r— |
O
U
X
o
EH
y animals indicate material may produce adverse
oductive effects.
Ui
o
4J
fl
Ui
o
A
fl
c
o
Ul
4J
0)
Ul
a
Ui
T3
C
fl
U
•H
C
0)
D>
fl
3
6
of Toxic Effects of Substances (RTECS)
>i
Ui
4-1
Ul
•H
cn
0)
c
• H
T3
0)
•H
U
RATIONS
w
Q
M
C/)
Z
O
o
J
<£
en
O
a,
CO
M
Q
.
fN
rH
rH
O
O
a
rM
O
0
D
..
Ul
Ul
(U
J2
e
3
Z
0)
4-1
Ul
fl
<
a.
u
••
4J
C
0)
4-1
fl
0)
^(
EH
gy - Incineration to a level below TCA (Total
es) levels. Contact your local permitted waste
o w
i
O ^H
C (0
x: c
u <
01
EH 4J
C
T3 0)
0) 3
•H 4-1
H-l -H
•H 4-1
U Ul
Q) C
a o
CO U
-------
Ul
4-)
C
cu
e
(U
Ul
Ul
cu
a
Ul
o
a
cn
a
s
0
u
(0
Ul
o
a
Ul
cn
o
H
E*
OS O
3 U
cn os
cn
o «
EH W
o
— w
O fa
cn
EH Q
OS
U W
cn EH
o <
0, EH
cn cn
w
Q -
W <
EH O
cn o
< 3
a z
cu u
£3
M D
CU J
a. J
U M
< 2
EH
Z CM
o u
cn M
X .4
< a,
53
< o
z
o
M
fn
rf
Jr
3
0
z
M
X
OS
o
EH
2
D
U
M
OS
•
Tf
r^
•
1-1
O
4J
C
cu
c
M
a
cn
EH
0)
**
c
o
n
CU
Ul
Ul
•H
4J
O
3
TJ
O
a
M
•H
g
4J
14-1
0
Ul
a)
Q
>. g
Ui 3
0 C
c cn
cu <
> o
c
H Q)
JC
< EH
CJ
cn
EH
$ ~
u ex w
OS OS A
CU rs
CJ —
a
a. ~
<: cn -i
cn s —
u
S en i-7
< Z 0
cn cu <-i
— •
4-1
C
0)
c
o
a
E
O
U
o
o
o
If)
cu
c
o
-p
cu
o
01
Ul <-4
6 ^
-H rf ^s
c 2 <*>
•* 4 —
S cn
cu
Q Li
O
*M
,rf
2 M
cn M
-P
in
•H
< J
cn u
0 0
o
f-4
Ct,
,p
c
cu
c
o
a
e
0
u
(V
o
4J
CU
o
-------
..
Ul
4-> 0)
C C
(N iH
t-l rH
^^ ^^
cri m
o o
m o
CO 0>
^^ -^
<-t r-t
0 O
v0 m
O 0
*!• Q\
CO CO
-^-•x
r-4 ^
O 0
VO O
O r-l
r-l n O fl CA
00 CO
Ul ~^.^>.
CT» (0 •-( i-t
C T3 •• 0 fM
••^ lj >1 ••>» -••.
4-1 >i fl i-i p- n
(0 4J N O O O
OS -H >, fl 4-i
rH 4J S Ul
•Q -H -H -r* r-l r~
V-i .Q > ft X co co
fl .C it *r^ fl "^* "^^
N 4J g 4-> "H C VO f
(0^-igUU Of^
Cb a)
z a
T3
0)
£
0) Ul
*H -H
J3 >H
(0 13
r-4 flj
•-* 4J
(Q Ul
> W
0)
4J C
0 O
Z Z
II II
< Cd
-x. -^.
z z
i'onal purposes
elieves to be
the necessary
nee conditions
RRANTY , EXPRESS
4-» J3 •-• <
ITJ crw 3
g u c
u u -H . o •
o z > .* z w
>4-> O
>M xj a) vj co
14-1 fl ^ 4J en
O 4J >i U C W
fl -H Ul O Z
a; -o c i) u H
^ 0 T3 -H
fl r-4 U U.
fl (U C 3
C U Ul 3 O -
•H -H 3 O >
e-i
U £ U U T3 M
OJ O O •-• -H _3
JS 0) -i M U]
g fl U Q
0) • rH 0) W
4-> T3 0) fl C M
fl C 4J U C ^3
4-i fl fl -r-1 m :«
Ul U C g S
>i 3 £ M
0) r-i o U T3
£ c u a) c a
6-1 0 fl 4J fl O
>i S
1* TJ W
O CU
4J T3 C
• >l rH fl -H QJ
r-l kl (U r^ > (U
0> O -H 3 O 3 -4
en 4J -4 Cr U 4-> 0) •
r4fl s: V4 -H us
aU-^O Ul CTI4J4J
U 0) U -H < fl 3
O r-4 Q) rH £ ^ fl3
CJ 0) TJ fl 4J 0) O
en c ui a4J
n c o <*-i c i4 3
u • cu -H o a) o o
Li >, 0) 4J O U £
fl rH J2 fl (J) -H 4J
cu a c ui J £ -H
ui a ui w 3 u 3
0) fl fl 0) 0) U
Q! £ 4J • J3 fl T3
ui c —4-> a) a)
-i c en H en ui 4->
0) O Q S M-l d) -H
•H -H en ui 2 o OS jQ
U 4J S - CJ — 1
< -H C M Ul rH JS
-a ui o ^- g co o
4J C •"» -r4 S., .H U
-CO.C4-igCl)k4Qd
CT O 4-1 fl QJ 4-1 <
•-t M 4J Ul
>i Ul -H d >,£ C
a 3 SM e/3 4J fl C
0 C 0 O
0) -H C 4-> Q) 4J
10 4-1 4-1 .C -H -H 3
0 •-• g W 0 O 4J -H
•-iUi^fl4-ICUU)>-i
4J 4J 0 ") -H -r-i 3 4J
S-iUl<4-iUlCI3'aul
OOJCCUO3C-H
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
APPENDIX G
-------
R/V MUDPIPPY
SHIPBOARD WINCH DOCUMENTATION 4 \D OPERA TOR STA TLS
NAME OF WINCH:
Manufacturer
Date of mfg
Model
Max Load/Rated Line Puil
Serial No
oounds (
KG)
Drum Capacity feet of inch dia wire rope ( meters of mm dia rope)
Drive: Gasoline Diesel Electric Electric chain Hydraulic Electro-Hydraulic_
Horsepower Electric power: VAC. Hz, Phase.
Wire rope payout meter: NO YES__ Type: Mechanical Electrical
Drum speed control: NO YES__ Type
Load sensor: NO_ YES_ Type
Levelwind: N0_ YES_ Type
Location on Ship:
ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT: (A Frame use, davits, number and size of fairleads, special running
rigging
features)
WINCH OPERATIONAL STATUS AS OF:
TEST LOAD CERTIFICATION: Weight: pounds. Date certified: .
WIRE ROPE INSTALLED: Type Nominal Dia. inches.
Length: feet.
Maximum safe working load: pounds. (For sampling, use a safety factor or"
the wirerope manufacturers listed breaking strength).
Termination of cable to drum: Type
Is cable color coded? NO YES__ Number of feet from bitter end of rope color
-or- First rap on drum, color
Second rap. color
Third rap. color
QUALIFIED OPERATORS:
Date:
Date:
Date:
RESPONSIBLE SSI AUTHORITY:
Form UPA SWDOS Rev 7-M4
-------
Seaward Services, Inc.
DATE:
[WMUDPUPPY
CREW ~ PASSENGER LIST
LOCATION:
Captain:
Engineer:
Marine Technician:
L'SEPA Representative:,
NAME
PASSENGERS
ORGANIZATION
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
APPENDIX H
-------
APPENDIX : H
VERSION: DRAFT-4/96
PAGE: 1
R/V MUDPUPPY-CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM
PURPOSE
In accordance with the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Regional Policy, each Division
Office or other unit of the U. S. EPA is responsible for establishing a specific Standard Operating
Procedure (SOP) for each area of potential confined space entry. The SOP must reflect all
activities, specific needs, and exposure potential. Additionally, in accordance with the U. S. EPA
Regional policy, the Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) has implemented a confined
space entry policy (Refer to Appendix E of the GLNPO Health, Safety & Environmental
Compliance Manual). Personnel working on board the R/V Mudpuppy are required to adhere to
both the Regional and Division policies. This program has been developed in accordance with
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.146 and U. S. EPA policies as outline in EPA Order 1450.4. All personnel
working on-board the R/V Mudpuppy are required to comply with the policies and procedures set
forth in this document.
CONFINED SPACE DEFINED
A confined space is a space which has any one of the following characteristics:
• limited openings for entry and exit
• unfavorable natural ventilation
• not designated for continuous worker occupancy
• contains a hazardous atmosphere or has the potential for such
A confined space may have a combination of these characteristics, which can complicate work
and rescue opentions in and around these spaces. A survey of the R/V Mudpuppy has identified
the forward and rfer holds of the vessel as confined spaces.
HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS OR ATMOSPHERES
As defined, a hazardous atmosphere is one which presents a potential for death, disablement,
injury, or acute illness. The atmosphere in a confined space may be extremely hazardous beca».
of the lack of natural air movement. This charactensuc of confined spaces can result in oxygen -
deficient atmospheres, flammable atmospheres and/or toxic atmospheres.
-------
APPENDIX : H
VERSION: DRAFT-4/96
PAGE.-2
Oxv gen-Deficient Atmospheres:
An oxygen-deficient atmosphere has less than 19.5% available oxygen. Any atmosphere with less
than 19.5% oxygen should not be entered without an approved Self-Ccntained Breathing
Apparatus (SCBA). The oxygen level in a confined space can decrease because of work being
done in the area (e.g. welding, cutting, or brazing), it can be decreased by certain chemical
reactions (e.g. rusting), through bacterial action (e.g. fermentation), or it can be decreased if
oxygen is displaced by other gases, such as carbon dioxide or nitrogen. Total displacement of
oxygen by other gas will result in unconsciousness, followed by death.
Rammahle Atmospheres:
Two elements make up a flammable atmosphere: I) the oxygen content in the air; and 2) a
flammable gas, vapor, or dust in the proper mixture. Different gases have different flammable
ranges. If a source of ignition (e.g. a sparking tool) is introduced into a space containing a
flammable atmosphere, an explosion will result.
.An oxygen-enriched atmosphere (above 23.5%) will cause flammable materials, such as clothing
and hair, to burn violendy when ignited. Therefore, when ventilating a confined space never use
pure oxygen. Ventilate with natural air.
Toxic Atmospheres:
Most substances (liquids, vapors, gases, mists, solid materials, and dusts) should be considered
hazardous in a confined space. Toxic substances can come from: products stored in the area;
work being performed in the area; areas adjacent to the confine space; or equipment in the area
(e.g. combustion engine). Toxicants produced in and around the area can accumulate in the
confined space creating a hazardous environment.
RFQI'TRFMENTS
Testing The Atfjyisphffi
Pnor to entering a confined space, atmospheric testing must be conducted to determine if the
atmosphere is safe for entry. If testing reveals oxygen-deficiency, or the presence of toxic gases
or vapors, the space must be ventilated and re-tested before entry. If ventilation is not possible
and entry is necessary (e.g. for emergency rescue), entry personnel must don supplied air
respiratory protection.
-------
APPENDIX : H
VERSION: DRAFT-4/96
PAGE: 3
NEVER TRUST YOUR SENSES TO DETERMINE IF THE AIR IN A CONFINED SPACE IS
SAFE! YOU CAN NOT SEE OR SMELL MANY TOXIC GASES AND VAPORS, NOR CAN
YOU DETERMINE THE LEVEL OF OXYGEN PRESENT.
Ventilation
Ventilation by a blower or fan may be necessary to remove harmful gases and vapors from a
confined space. The method and equipment chosen are dependent upon the size of the confined
space opening, the gases to be exhausted (e.g. are they flammable ?), and the source of makeup
air.
Under certain conditions where flammable gases or vapors have displaced the oxygen level, but
are too nch to burn, forced air ventilation may dilute them until they are within the explosive
range. Also, if inert gases (e.g. carbon dioxide, nitrogen, argon) are used in the confined space,
the space should be well ventilated and re-tested before a worker may enter.
Ventilation should be continuous where possible, because m many confined spaces the hazardous
atmosphere will form again when the flow of air is stopped.
Isolation
Isolation of a confined space is a process where the space is removed from service by:
• Lockout/tagout - Lockout all electrical sources, preferably at disconnect switches
remote from equipment
• Blanking and Bleeding - pneumatic and hydraulic lines
• Disconnecting - belt and chain drives, and mechanical linkages on shaft-driven
equipraent.where possible, and
• SiCoring - mechanical moving parts within a confined space with latches, chains.
cfecks, blocks, or other devices.
Respirators
Respirators are devices that can allow workers to safely breathe without inhaling toxic gases or
particles. Two basic types are air-purifying, which filter dangerous substances from the air: and
air-supplying, which deliver a supply of safe breathing air from a tank or an uncontaminated area
nearby.
-------
APPENDIX : H
VERSION: DRAFT-4/96
PAGE:4
Only air-supplying respirators should be used in confined spaces where there is not enough
oxygen !
In selecting the proper respirator for the job, knowledge of the hazard, and thorough training in
the use and limitations of respirators are very important. The issuance and use of respiratory
equipment must be performed in accordance with the policies set forth in the GLNPO Health,
Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual. Questions regarding the proper selection and use
of respirators on board the R/V Mudpuppy should be addressed by the Regional Safety Manager
or his/her designee.
Personal Protective Equipment
In addition to respiratory protection, the" proper selection of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
is very important. Selection must be based on the potential health and safety hazards associated
with work activities. Prior to work activities an assessment must be conducted to evaluate the
need and determine proper selection of PPE. Minimum protective equipment requirements should
include: hard hat, steel toed shoes/boots, safety glasses, and harness.
Standby Rescue
A Standby person must be assigned to remain outside of the confined space and be in constant
contact (visual or speech) with the person inside. The standby person should not have any other
duties but to serve as standby and know who should be notified in the event of an emergency.
Standby personnel should not enter a confined space until help arrives, and then only with proper
protective equipment, life lines, and respirators.
Over 50% of workers who die in confined spaces are would-be rescuers. Rescuers must be
trained in and follow established emergency procedures and use appropriate equipment and
techniques. Steps for safe rescue must be included in all confined space entry procedures.
Rescue should be well planned and drills should he conducted on emergency procedures.
Unplanned rescue, such as when someone instmctne!> rushes in to help a downed co-worker. o.~
easily result in a double fatality.
TRAINING
In accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.146 and EPA Policy, prior to participating in confined
space entry, personnel must be properly trained in the uses of respiratory protective equipment.
monitoring equipment, personal protective equipment, and be knowledgeable in the confine spav
programs implemented by the GLNPO. Team leaders must be trained in first aid and CPR and -
knowledgeable in the hazards associated with confined spaces.
-------
APPENDIX : H
VERSION: DRAFT-4/96
PAGE:5
PRF-ENTRY CHECKLIST/CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
A pre-entry checklist/confined space entry permit must be completed prior to entering a confined
space. This checklist/permit can be found as Attachment 1 to this document. Pemiits must
remain on file on board the vessel. Additionally, copies of the permits should be forwarded to the
GLNPO Safety Representative on a quarterly basis.
-------
APPENDIX : H
VERSION: DRAFT-4/96
PAGE:6
ATTACHMENT 1
R/V MTJDPUPPY - PRE-ENTRY CHECKLIST/CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PFRMTT
The following checklist must be completed and the permit signed by a competent person/team
leader prior to entering a confined space.
DO NOT ENTER A CONFINED SPACE UNTIL YOU HAVE CONSIDERED EVERY
QUESTION, AND HAVE DETERMINED THE SPACE TO BE SAFE.
SECTION A:
YES/NO
Is entry necessary? Specify purpose:
SECTION B:
TESTING
Are the instruments used in atmospheric monitoring properly calibrated?
Was the atmosphere in the confined space tested9
Was the oxygen level at least 19.5% - not more than 23.5%?
Were toxic, flammable, or oxygen-displacing gases/vapors present?
-hydrogen sulfide
-carbon monoxide
-methane
-other (list)
SECTION C:
MONITORING
Will the atmosphere in the space be monitored while work is going on?
-------
APPENDIX : H
VERSION: DRAFT-4/96
PAGE:?
Continuously?
Periodically? (If yes, give intervals:
SECTION D:
VENTILATION
Has the space been ventilated for at least 15 minutes before entry?
Will ventilation be continued during entry9
Is the air intake for the ventilation system located in an area that is free of
combustible dusts and vapors and toxic substance?
If atmosphere was found unacceptable and then ventilated, was it re-tested before
entry?
If reason for entry does not include to use of chemicals, welding equipment, or involve any
renovation activities or additional potential hazards associated with work activities, you may skip
sections E through G and proceed to Section H.
SECTION E:
ISOLATION
Has the space been isolated from other systems?
Has electrical equipment been locked out11
Have disconnects been used where possible?
Has mechanical equipment been blocked, chocked, and cmengaged where
necessary?
Have lines under pressure been blanked and bled0
SECTION F:
-------
APPENDIX : H
VERSION: DRAFT-4/96
PAGE: 8
CLOTHING & EQUIPMENT
Is special clothing required (boots, protective clothing, safety glasses, hard hat)?
(If so, specify: )
Is special equipment required (rescue equipment, communication equipment, etc.)?
(If so, specify: )
Are special tools required (non-sparking)?
If so, specify: )
SECTION G:
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
Are MSHA/NIOSH approved respirators of the type required available on site?
Is respiratory protection required (air-purifying, supplied air, SCBA, etc.)
(If so, specify type: )
Can you get through the opening with a respirator on? (If you don't know, find
out before you try to enter).
SECTION H:
personnel
TRAINING
If respiratory protection is required (e.g. during renovation activities) have
been trained in the proper use of a respirator?
Have personnel received first aid/CPR training?
Have personnel been trained in confined space entry and do know what hazards
to look for?
SECTION I:
-------
APPENDIX : H
\ Br*SION: DRAFT-4/96
PAGE:9
Will there be a standby person on the outside in constant visual or auditory
communication with the person on the inside? If so. name
Will the standby person be able to see and/or hear the person inside at all times?
Has the standby person been trained in rescue procedures?
Will safety lines and harness be required to remove a person?
Rescue procedures available to be followed in the event of an
emergency?
Are you familiar with emergency rescue procedures?
Do you know who to notify and how in the event of an emergency?
SECTION J:
EERMU
Emergency Numbers:
Authorized Entrant(s):
Duration of Entry: to . Note: Duration of entry is not to exceed 12
hours. If conditions exist which may change or have an effect on the health and safety status of
the confined space the permit must be re-issued.
Signature of this permit is an authorization in writing that the space has been tested by a qualified
person, and thai the space is safe for entry; following the pre-cautions listed.
Entry is permitted: (Signature) Date:
-------
USEPA R/V MUDPUPPY
APPENDIX I
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: I of 10
R/V MUDPUPPY - SITE SAFETY PLAN (insert project name)
This page must be completed, signed and dated prior to engaging in field activities.
Project Site Location:
EPA Project Manager:
EPA Site Safety Officer:
EPA Plan Preparer:
EPA Plan Reviewer:
Preparation Date:
Expiration Date:
APPROVED BY: U.S. EPA Region V Health & Safety Manager
(Signature and Date) - IF NECESSARY
GLNPO Health and Safety Management Advisor
(Signature and Date) - IF NECESSARY
GLNPO Health & Safety Representative/Consultant
(Signature and Date)
GLNPO Project Manager
(Signature and Date)
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 10
LO PURPOSE
In accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 and EPA policy, a Site Specific Safety Plan must
be completed prior to engaging in sampling activities of sites were hazardous constituents are
present or when the potential for hazardous constituents exist. The plan is designed to identify,
evaluate, and control safety and health hazards and provide for emergency response. To ensure
that proper health and safety measures are implemented during sampling activities on board the
R/V Mudpuppy, all onsite personnel are required to adhere to the contents of this document as
well as all applicable health and safety requirements implemented by the Great Lakes National
Program Office (GLNPO).
2J) APPLICABILITY
The provisions of the plan are mandatory for all on-site personnel This plan has been developed
under U. S. EPA guidelines and complies with applicable regulations, including Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards [29 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910
and 1926].
U. S. EPA-GLNPO will require that all contractors and subcontractors follow the health and
safety requirements listed below:
• Employees must have appropriate training [40-hour OSHA required (29 CFR
1910.120) health and safety course for hazardous waste workers, or certified
equivalent training and 8-hour update training].
• Personnel working at hazardous waste sites must have had an annual physical (or
physician's waiver for biennial physical) and be certified "fit for duty" and "fit for
respirator use", if necessary, by a qualified physician.
• Proof of training and physical must be obtained before site work may begin.
• Personnel must have appropriate personal protective equipment for the specific job
(i.e. hard hat, safety shoes, respirator, hearing protection, gloves, etc.)
• All equipment and field operations must meet applicable safety standards and
satisfy an inspection by GLNPO Project Manager or his/her designee. Unsafe
equipment or operations will necessitate shut down of the job.
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 10
3.0 SITE CHARACTERIZATION AND ANALYSIS
Prior to field activities, this document must be completed by the GLNPO Project Officer and
submitted to the appropriate Health and Safety Representatives (i.e., GLNPO Health & Safety
Consultant for moderate to low hazard sites, GLNPO Section Team Leader, and GLNPO Safety
Team Leader). Based on the site characterization and analysis, it shall be determined to what
extent this plan will be detailed. Sites with the potential to pose acute hazards (high hazard
ranking) shall be submitted to the GLNPO Health and Safety Management Advisor and the
Regional Health & Safety Manager for approval within twenty days (or as soon as possible) prior
to sampling activities. Completed plans of high ranking and moderate hazards must be
signed/approved by appropriate personnel prior to field activities.
General Information
Site Location:
Objective;
Material Types: Liquid: Solid: Sludge: Gas: Sediment:
Characteristics: Corrosive: Ignitable: Radioactive: Volatile:
Toxic: Reactive: Unknown:
Unusual Site Features:
Status:
Background Review: Completed: Preliminary: Incomplete:
Documentation/Summary (Overall Hazard): Serious/High:
Moderate: Low: Unknown:
Brief Summary of Hazard Evaluation:
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 10
4.0 SITE DESCRIPTION
Date of Activities:
Location of Sampling Site(s):
Known or Potential Hazards:
Additional Information:
5.0 OBJECTIVE: (describe actions and tasks to be accomplished; i.e. identify contaminated
sediments, sampling methods)
6.0 ONSITE ORGANIZATION & COORDINATION
Project Team Leader:
Site Safety Officer:
Field Team Leader:
Field Team Members:
Federal Agency Reps:
State Agency Reps:
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 10
Local Agency Reps:
Contractors:
All persons onsite must be listed above. All activities on site must be cleared with the Team
Leader.
7J) ONSITE CONTROL
(Name) has been designated as onsite control coordinator.
The prevailing wind conditions are . Whenever possible, sampling activities should occur
downwind of the cabin area. When sampling areas where the potential exist for airborne
concentrations of contaminants could exceed OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs),
sampling activities must occur downwind of the cabin area.
8J) HAZARD EVALUATION
The following substance(s) are known or suspected to be on site:
PCBs Metals (Please Circle - Including: Mercury, Arsenic, Cadmium, Lead,
Chromium, Zinc, and Nickel)
PAHs APIs
Additional hazards not listed above:
The primary hazards associated with substance are as follows: [for hazard information on PCBs,
PAHs, AHs, and Metals (including: Mercury, Arsenic, Cadmium, Lead, Chromium, Zinc, and
Nickel) listed above, refer to attachment 1 of this document]
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 10
In addition to the substances listed above, the following analytical chemicals are expected to be
brought on site (MSDSs must be accompany any chemicals brought on board):
Hazardous substance information form(s) for the involved substance(s) have been completed and
are attached.
9J) PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Based on the evaluation of potential hazards, the following levels of personal protection have
been designated for use for the applicable wok tasks:
NOTE - Under normal operations, the minimum Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required
to be worn by personnel working on deck aboard the R/V Mudpuppy include; hard hat, steel toed
footwear, tyvek coveralls, boot covers, personal floatation device, and double gloves (e. g. Level
D - modified level D/C; no respiratory protection). Modification to the level of protection should
be specified in the space provided below.
Location Job Function Level of Protection
On deck during sampling activities A B C D
Above cabin during sampling A B C D
Sample Prep A B C D
Inside cabin area A B C D
After deck A B C D
Specific protective equipment for each level of protection (specify; i.e. SCBA, Tyvex, etc.):
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 10
10.0 ONSITE WORK PLAN
(Include all tasks to be performed, persons or agency performing tasks, and necessary precautions
to be implemented while performing tasks)
Under usual circumstances the following tasks are performed on board the R/V Mudpuppy:
• Sediment collection using the vibracore - conducted by the Mudpuppy Field Crew
• Sediment extraction from the vibracore - conducted by the Mudpuppy Field Crew
• Packaging of sediment samples for transportation - conducted by the Mudpuppy Field
Crew
• Boat positioning and anchoring - conducted by the Mudpuppy Field Crew
The following additional activities will be conducted on board (specify tasks and personnel
performing tasks):
The work party was briefed on the contents of this plan at (Time & Date)
11.0 COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES
Channel has been designated as the radio frequency for emergency communication.
(# of horn blast) is the emergency signal to indicate that all personnel should
leave the sampling area.
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 10
The following hand signals should be used in the absence of verbal communication:
Hand gripping throat = out of air, can't breath.
Hands on top of head = need assistance
Thumbs up = OK, I'm all right, I understand
Thumbs down = No, Negative
12.0 DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
Personnel and equipment leaving the Sampling area (Exclusion Zone) shall be thoroughly
decontaminated. The standard decontamination protocol on board the R/V Mudpuppy is as
follows:
• Decontamination is conducted in Level D PPE
• Water is used as a decontamination solution using a garden hose
• Proper doffing procedures shall be implemented following decontamination
If other decontamination procedures are required, please list equipment required and procedure(s)
implemented:
13.0 SITE SAFETY & HEALTH PLAN
(Name)) is the designated Site Safety Officer and is directly responsible for
the safety recommendations on site.
Emergency Medical
& (Names) are qualified and designated as first aid
responders on site.
(name) Medical facility is located at (address).
Local ambulance service is available from at (phone). Their
response time is .
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 10
First aid/safety equipment is available as follows:
Emergency eye wash is located on the bow of the vessel
First aid kit is located inside the cabin area
PFD's are located inside cabin area
Ring buoys are located forward and aft
Fire extinguishers throughout vessel
Emergency medical information for substances present or suspected to be present:
Substance Exposure symptoms First Aid Instructions
Environmental Monitoring
The following environmental monitoring equipment shall be used on site at specified intervals
(cross out if not applicable):
Combustible Gas Indicator - continuously/hourly/daily/other
O2 Monitor - continuous/hourly/daily/other
Colorimetric tubes (type) continuously/hourly/daily/other
HNU/OVA - continuously/hourly/daily/other
Geiger Counter - continuously/hourly/daily/other
Other (specify)- continuously/hourly/daily/other
Emergency Procedures
The Site Safety Officer shall be notified of any on site emergencies and be responsible for
ensuring that appropriate procedures are followed.
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 10 of 10
PPE Failure
If a site worker experiences personal protective equipment failure they shall immediately leave
the area and not re-enter until equipment has been repaired or replaced.
Other Equipment Failure
If equipment on site fails to operate properly, the Team Leader and Site Safety Officer shall be
notified and then determine the effect of this failure on continuing operations.
Personal Monitoring
The following personal monitoring will be in effect on site:
Personal exposure sampling - (describe sampling program, include equipment types)
Medical Monitoring
The expected air temperature will be degrees F. If it is determined that heat stress
monitoring is required (mandatory if over 70 degrees F) physiologic monitoring must be
conducted in accordance with the Heat Stress Monitoring Program found in Appendix of
the R/V Mudpuppy Supplemental Health, Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual.
Monitoring procedures include monitoring body temp, pulse, and fluid intake.
14.0 SITE SPECIFIC ORIENTATION
This is to certify that all site personnel have read the above plan and are familiar with its
provisions.
Site Safety Officer (name) (signature)
Team Leader (name) (signature)
Other Site Personnel:
(name) (signature)
-------
APPENDIX: I
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 2
ATTACHMENT 1: HAZARD EVALUATION
The following substance(s) are known or suspected to be on site: (Circle if applicable)
Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Lead, Mercury, Zinc, PCBs, PAHs, oil and grease.
The primary hazards associated with substance are as follows:
Arsenic - oxidizes rapidly when exposed to atmosphere. Oxidation products of arsenic are more
toxic. Oxidation product Arsine - extreme acute toxicity can occur within a few hours at
concentrations of 3-10 ppm. Other systemic effects include: poisonous by inhalation and
ingestion, human carcinogen, irritation of digestive tract, decrease in production of red and white
blood cells, abnormal heart function, blood vessel damage, liver and/or kidney damage, and
impaired nerve function. There are also latent symptoms associated with exposure to arsine.
These symptoms include: headache, dizziness, garlic odor of breath, numbness, chills and tingling
of hands and feet, nausea, vomiting, abdominal cramping, abdominal tenderness and rigidity,
bronzing of the skin, pulmonary edema, jaundice. The OSHA PEL/TWA for Arsine is O.OSppm
(0.2 mg/m3).
Cadmium - Human carcinogen, inhalation hazard; pulmonary edema, ingestion hazard; coughing
tightness of chest, headache, chills, muscular ache, anosmia, emphysema, nausea, vomiting,
diarrhea, mild edema. The OSHA PEL/TWA for Cadmium is 0.2 mg/m3 with a ceiling
concentration limit of 0.6 mg/m3 for dusts and 0.1 mg/m3 with a ceiling concentration limit of
0.3 mg/m3 for fumes.
Chromium - Potential human carcinogen, effects lungs, respiratory system, and skin, irritant to
mucous membranes, can cause ulcerations of nares and respiratory tract. The OSHA PEL/TWA
for Chromium is 1 mg/m3.
Lead - Inhalation, contact and ingestion hazard; weakness, insomnia, abdominal pain anemia,
tumors hypotension, etc. Target organs include the GI tract, Central nervous system, kidneys, and
tissue. The OSHA PEL/TWA is 0.100 mg/m3 (air concentrations must be maintained at a level
by which blood lead level remain O.080 mg/lOOg of whole blood [OSHA 1910.1025]).
Mercury - Inhalation, absorption, ingestion and contact hazard; causing dizziness, blurred vision,
emotional disturbance, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, skin burns, etc. Target organs include the
Central nervous system, kidneys, eyes, and skin. The OSHA PEL/TWA for Mercury compounds
is 0.01 mg/m3.
-------
APPENDIX: 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 2
Zinc - Can effect the respiratory system, skin, and eyes. Symptoms of exposure include: dry
mouth, coughing, conjunctivitis, chills, tightness of chest, headache, cramps, blurred vision, low
back pain, vomiting, etc. OSHA PEL/TWA varies dependent upon the specific zinc compound.
The PEL for Zinc oxide fumes is 5 mg/m3.
PCBs - Inhalation, absorption, contact, and ingestion hazard. Irritant to the eyes and skin; dermal
carcinogen. Target organs - skin, eyes, and liver. The OSHA PEL/TWA for PCBs is 0.5 mg/m3
for skin. NIOSH has established an REL of 0.001 mg/m3.
PAHs - (Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons) Inhalation, absorption, ingestion, and contact
hazard. Target organs - blood, CNS, skin, bone marrow, eyes, kidney, liver, and respiratory
system. Signs and symptoms of exposure include but are not limited to irritation to the mucous
membrane, head ache, dizziness, staggering, fatigue, depression, dermatitis, etc. The OSHA
PEL/TWA for PAHs varies with the chemical composition; check appropriate references for
specific PELs.
Nickel - NIOSH has identified Nickel as an occupational human carcinogen. Hazards: Inhalation,
ingestion, and contact hazard. Target organs include lungs, paranasal sinus, and CNS. Signs and
symptoms of exposure include: head ache, vertigo, nausea, vomiting, epigastric pain, cough,
weakness, pneuitis, delirium, convulsions. The OSHA PEL/TWA for Nickel is o.l mg/m3 for
soluble compounds and 1 mg/m3 for metals and insoluble compounds.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX O
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: COVER
APPENDIX O: GLNPO POLICY, MEMORANDUMS, STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES,
REGULATORY UPDATES:
-------
USEPA GLNPO
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
FOR
WINTER OPERATIONS
December 1994
-------
DISCLAIMER
Approval of this document by the Great Lakes Program Office
(GLNPO) does not signify that the contents represent the views
and policies of the USEPA, nor does the mention of trade names or
commercial products constitute endorsement or recommended use.
-------
INTRODUCTION
This document describes the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP), as
required by the USEPA Great Lake National Program Office (GLNPO)
Maritime Safety Program, for winter sampling activities. This SOP
has been developed with the objective of minimizing the hazards
associated with winter sampling operations.
This SOP applies to all EPA personnel, EPA contractors or federal,
state, or local government agencies, and persons who operate or are
passengers on board USEPA GLNPO vessels during winter work
activities.
LIFESAVING AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Rescue Boats At all times during winter sampling
activities, a rescue boat must be outrigged into a deployable
positj.on. Members of the crew responsible for man overboard
rescue procedures must be well trained and readied for
response activities. A response time of three minutes must be
demonstrated by response team personnel.
All lifesaving equipment, such as lifelines, ring buoys,
rescue boats and associated equipment, must remain un-
obstructed at all times.
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Harnesses/Lifelines - When working on deck, specifically on
the fantail or around the perimeter of the vessel, persons
must wear safety harnesses and a lifeline; should be rigged and
used.
Personal Flotation Devices (PFDs) - All persons working on
deck must wear, at a minimum, a type III PFD.
Hard Hats - Persons working on the bow of the vessel, or in
any area where over head hazards may be present, must wear
hard hats. (Refer to Protective Clothing, Head Covering
section for additional information)
Protective Clothing Humans are thermally sensitive
creatures, and as such, must pay close attention to the
temperatures in which they vork. The most common types of
cold injuries include hypothermia, a dangerous lowering of the
body's temperature, and frostbite. To prevent hypothermia and
frostbite, persons must be aware of the body as a heat source
and the importance of clothing and insulation. A critical
element in regulating heat loss is the type of fabric one
chooses to wear. The insulating and ventilating properties of
a given fabric or fill will determine how well one can
moderate body temperature under certain conditions. The
-------
following is a list of recommended personal clothing for use
by persons involved in winter sampling activities:
1. Outer Shell/Mustang Suit™ - Outer layer of clothing which
is capable of affording protection from wind, rain, and
cold. Should be large enough to fit comfortably over
insulating layers of clothing. A Mustang Suit, in
addition to providing a warm outer shell, provides
flotation and insulation from cold water immersion.
Mustang apparel provides a barrier to the cold water
outside the garment and allows your body to heat the
water that's inside, thereby increasing cold water
survival time.
2. Boots - Must be of the steel toe type for those working
on deck. Should be insulated or capable of affording
room for insulated socks. Should be waterproof and slip
resistant.
3. Head Covering - Probably one of the most important items
in protective clothing for cold work environments. With
the brain receiving 20 percent of the body's blood
supply, and 50 percent of our body heat is lost through
our head, the conservation of heat in the head will mean
that our bodies will have more heat available to heat our
hands and feet. Wool is the recommended fabric since
wool fibers provide insulation while remaining
"breathable" and are capable of wicking moisture away
from the body. Thus making it possible for wool to
provide warm insulation even when wet. Keep in mind that
the hat must be capable of being worn under a hard hat.
There are hats available which are specifically designed
to be worn with hard hats.
4. Gloves - Warm water resistant gloves or those gloves
capable of providing warmth when wet (polypropylene,
wool) should be used to protect the hands from exposure.
If reguired to perform fine work with fingers, one may
want to consider using a two layer system when choosing
gloves. This will provide optimum warmth when needed,
with the ability to remove the outer layer when it is
necessary to perform fine work. If liners are used
(inner glove) they should be of a fabric capable of
wicking moisture away from the skin. Polypropylene or
wool are examples of this type of fabric.
5. Thermal Underwear - Clothing designed to be worn against
the skin is a crucial part of cold weather clothing.
Cotton fabrics are not recommended for cold and wet
environments because of its' loss of warming properties
when wet and its inability to wick moisture away from the
skin. Thermal underwear constructed of polypropylene
-------
fibers provide good insulating values in a maritime
environment. Polypropylene reduces heat stress and
increases comfort and warmth by wicking moisture away
from the body.
6. Socks - Warm socks made of polypropylene or wool are
recommended. Make sure to have sufficient supply in the
event they become wet.
OPERATION LIMITATIONS
Icing - The effects of icing on a vessel is a reduction in
stability due to an increase in displacement and a rise in
vertical center of gravity. In addition, a heeling movement
may also develop due to an off-center accumulation of ice.
Ship operators must be aware of the dependency of ice
accumulation on the vessel heading. The need for the ship
operator to make good a specific course can greatly influence
the symmetry or asymmetry of ice accumulation.
When a vessel operates in areas where icing conditions are
present, the operator must be aware that icing increases with
the amount of time spent in icing conditions. Attachment 1
contains basic graphs which can be used to provide the
operator with a means of estimating the likelihood of ice
accumulation on the vessel. Generally, any time the air
temperature is below 28 F, icing can occur. Wind speed,
vessel heading and air temperature must all be considered when
calculating expected icing conditions.
Safe operations as well as personal safety can be greatly
increased by establishing operational limitations based on
weather conditions. Staying abreast of current conditions and
developing conditions is the responsibility of the Shipmaster.
Maximum operating conditions are discretionary and final
determinations should be made with consultation of the USEPA
Chief Scientist and the Shipmaster, with the Shipmaster having
final authority.
DECK EQUIPMENT
During icing conditions, all deck equipment should be covered
and secured. Derricks, booms and like items should be stowed
in the lowered position.
HEALTH AND SAFETY
Restricted Areas - There are a multitude of hazards which can
occur in heavy weather. Persons involved in winter work who
are exposed to weather must be aware of the potential hazards
and safety requirements associated with work activities. To
minimize the potential hazards associated with winter work
-------
activities, several areas on board the vessel have been
designated as restricted areas. Weather decks subjected to
seas are off limits unless permission has been granted from
the Captain, and when applicable, in conjunction with the
Health and Safety Officer. Such areas include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1. Top of Pilot House
2. Mast
3. Rosette Work Platform
4. The 02 Deck
5. 01 Deck
6. Starboard & Port Weather Decks
7. Stern
Movement throughout the vessel should be limited to the
interior whenever possible.
Buddy System - When involved in activities on deck, all
persons will comply with the buddy system. The buddy should
be capable of providing his or her partner with assistance,
observe his or her partner for signs and symptoms of exposure,
periodically check the integrity of his or her partners
protective clothing, notify the bridge or others in the event
of an emergency or need of assistance. The Buddy System alone
may not be sufficient to ensure that help will be provided in
an emergency. Therefore, persons on deck must be in line-
sight or establish radio communication (or equivalent) with
the Bridge at all times.
Hypothermia As mentioned earlier in this document,
hypothermia and frostbite are the most common cold injuries to
humans. There are great individual differences in the body's
ability to produce and conserve heat. When a body's loss of
heat exceeds the ability to produce it, and the conditions
persist over time, hypothermia results. To prevent
hypothermia, it is important that the body be provided with
the energy needed to produce heat. Energy is provided by food
and drink. If you are cold, eat. Drink when you need to
drink. Fatigue is a real danger. If cold, take steps to
correct the problem. However, if a person has failed to
prevent hypothermia, it is important that everyone involved in
sampling activities be capable of recognizing the signs and
symptoms of exposure. Early recognition is extremely
important. The victim will often not realize nor admit
they are experiencing the signs and symptoms of hypothermia.
-------
Some of the symptoms include slurred or slowed speech,
incoherence, failing memory, stumbling, and drowsiness. All
individuals involved in winter work activities must receive
training in regards to hypothermia (and frostbite).
Attachment 2, which can be used as a training guideline,
contains information which includes: the definition of
hypothermia (and frostbite) and associated risk factors,
signs and symptoms of exposure, and prehospital treatment
procedures for exposed victims.
Communication - Persons working on deck must remain in
constant communication with the Bridge. Communication can be
established by means of a two way radio or, when applicable,
the ship's PA system maybe utilized.
When operating in icing conditions, a regular radio watch with
shore und other vessels must be established and maintained by
the ship's operator throughout the icing event.
Water Tight Doors - During an icing event, all watertight
doors, manholes and hatch covers must be battened down.
-------
Attachment I
-------
10 20 JO 40
W1NO 1P«£D (W*«)
I rf coTKjitioni lor vciiell hc«rfin| r*o
WIND Jf £fO (V»«-t»)
-70
WIND WHO («<~xO
king co«*t»«n$ tor
vindb
le»»
(O.JWM
WIND IKED (m/0
JO 40 »«
WIND VECO (knottJ
conaitHMi lor ir«l)«ft
inci tor
o< +i'C WF)
• U*t it*n QL7u»/)ir (0 1'
e Wr>t - 0 JtmA* (8 JWM to 2.0 cnVhr
irt - O»x*r than 10on/hr (0 8*Vhf)
HS'FI
Kir* •
-------
iLM bl L.i. U'A
12 12 b4 , 15-53 .
GLNPO*
i
a
•z.
M
*
5134363211:1 4/15
10 20 10 40
IEADIHC Or WWC TO SHIP'S COURSE
1-23 iwun or SFHIIKC rtfiaus H£*OI«C or SHIP to
>o
2S
All TEHPE1UVURE
10
Addend vun-3
-------
Attachment II
-------
Hypothermia
Hypothermia is defined as a spontaneous drop in core body temperature below 95*F (35 *C).
Hypothermia can occur at air temperatures up to 18.3°C (65°F) or in water up to 22.2°C
(72°F). All people, including those in excellent physical condition, can become hypothermic
given the necessary environmental conditions and exposure duration. Heat loss is increased
greatly by low environmental temperatures, low relative humidity, and high winds.
Inappropriately light or porous clothing allows body heat to escape. Also, clothing made damp
by rain or perspiration loses much of its insulating properties arid allows further heat loss.
Immersion Hypothermia. Because of the very high thermoconductivity of water (25 times that
of air), the body loses heat rapidly when submerged, however, patients with submersion times
of up to 40 minutes have been successfully resuscitated with no subsequent neurologic
impairment.
Risk Factors. Risk factors for hypothermia include: alcohol or drug intoxication, receiving
medications such as barbiturates, phenothiazine, general anesthetics, reserpine, tricyclic
antidepressants. Some medical conditions may also be predisposing factors such as adrenal
insufficiency, diabetes, neurologic, cardiovascular disease with diminished cardiac output, acute
or pre-existing skin conditions.
Signs and Symptoms
Mild Hypothermia
In mild hypothermia the core temperature is 32° to 35°C or 90° to 958F.
1. Skin - The skin is often cool to the touch.
2. Neurologic - Some mildly hypothermic patients are asymptomatic. Otherwise, neurologic
findings include ataxia, slow gait, incoordination, and dysarthria. Confusion and apathy
may be apparent. Deep tendon reflexes are usually normal or hyperactive. Pupillary
reactions are normal.
3. Cardiovascular - Most patients with mild hypothermia have no significant cardiovascular
abnormalities. Decreased or increased heart rate, hypotension, and hypertension have
variously been reported.
4. Pulmonary - Respiratory rate is generally normal or slightly decreased.
5. Musculosketal - Generalized weakness and fatigue are common complaints. Shivering
is usually present.
-------
Severe Hypothermia
In severe hypothermia the core temperature is below 32°C, 90°F,
1. Skin - The skin feels cold to the touch and bluish. Edema may be present. Signs of
frostbite may develop if the patient was exposed to subfreezing temperatures.
2. Neurologic - Severely hypothermia patients always manifest altered levels of
consciousness, progressing from lethargy and stupor (32* to 27'C) to frank coma
(<27°C). Inappropriate and dangerous behavior, such as paradoxical undressing, may
occur.
Confusion and hallucinations may be present, making the. patient difficult to manage.
Pupils become dilated at 29°C (84°F). Deep tendon reflexes diminish between 30°C and
20°C (86°F and 68°F). Deep tendon reflexes, voluntary motion, and response to pain
are absent at core temperatures below 26°C (79°F). Corneal reflexes are retained the
longest and do not disappear until the body reaches 23°C (73°F).
3. Cardiovascular - Decreased blood pressure and heart rate are common at temperature
below 32eC (90°F). At very low temperatures (<268C or 79°C) pulse and blood
pressure recordings may be unobtainable.
Cardiac dysrhythmias become major considerations at temperatures below 30C° (86°F).
Atrial fibrillation and flutter are fairly common. Premature ventricular contractions
(PVC's) are also seen. Spontaneous ventricular fibrillation is possible at core
temperatures below 30°C but becomes more likely as temperatures reach 28°C (82eF).
Ventricular fibrillation and asystole are very likely to occur as the temperature reaches
22°C (72°F).
4. Pulmonary - Respiratory rate decreases at core temperatures below 32°C (90°F).
Bronchial secretions are increased in response to the cold, potentially leading to broncho-
pneumonia and further respiratory impairment.
5. Musculoskeletal - Severe hypothermia is characterized by marked weakness, fatigue,
limitation of movement, and sometimes frank rigidity. Shivering is usually absent at core
temperatures below 32 °C.
In addition to cardiac complications, other important potential metabolic complications
include aspiration pneumonia, pancreatitis, decreased renal function, metabolic acidosis,
respiratory acidosis, hyperglycemia, hypoglycemia, electrolyte disturbances, and rarely
disseminated intravascular coagulation.
-------
Treatment
If hypothermia is suspected, the patient's temperature should be taken with a low range rectal
thermometer or probe; capable of measuring temperatures as low as 28°C. In most instances,
use of a low-reading rectal probe (laboratory thermometer or commercially available
hypothermic thermometer) is recommended.
Prehospital
Prehospital management of the hypothermic patient consists of four parts: (1) basic and advance
life support; (2) prevention of further heat loss; (3) stabilization of associated injuries; and (4)
rapid transport to the hospital.
I. Basic and Advanced Life Support
Gentle Handling. Rough, jerky movements and other stimulation may
precipitate ventricular fibrillation in the severely hypothermic patient. Therefore,
transfers, movements, and procedures undertaken at all levels of patient care
should be done as smoothly and gently as possible.
Airway. Establish an adequate airway. Indications for endotracheal intubation
include apnea, severe hypoventilation (<6 breaths/rain), and inability of the
patient to protect the airway from vomitus, blood, and secretions. Because
intubation may precipitate ventricular fibrillation in the severely hypothermic
patient, it should be done as gently and atraumatically as possible, preferably by
the most experienced person. Esophageal obturator airway (EOA) is an
acceptable, though far less desirable, alternative to the endotracheal tube for the
apneic patient.
Conscious- patients with good airway reflexes do not require intubation; however,
they still may need frequent suctioning of secretions. As in all patients with
associated known or suspected trauma, airway control should be accomplished
without manipulation of the cervical spine.
Fluid Therapy. Volume depletion is often present in the hypothermic patient.
Although usually secondary to plasma volume depletion from cold diuresis,
hypovolemia may also be the result of blood loss from associated trauma.
An intravenous line should be established in the hypothermic patient for both drug
and fluid administration. Hypotensive (<90mm Hg systolic) patients should
receive a 300 ml (5 ml/kg) bolus of isotonic saline (0.9% NaCl) or D5-0.9%
NaCl. Patients with persistent hypotension and evidence of blood loss should
receive continuous rapid volume infusion.
-------
Cardiac Monitoring and Treatment of Dysrhythmia. Because hypothermic
patients are extremely prone to dysrhythmia, a cardiac monitor should be attached
as soon as possible. Benign dysrhythmias (atrial fibrillation and flutter,
premature atrial and ventricular contractions, sinus bradycardia, and sinus
tachycardia) arc usually corrected with rewarming and, therefore, do not require
treatment in the field. Dysrhythmias that result in severely reduced or absent
cardiac output (ventricular tachycardia, ventricular fibrillation, complete heart
block, and asystole) require immediate attention. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
(CPR) should be started immediately on the unconscious, apneic patient who has
no pulse or measurable blood pressure. Standard pharmacologic and
countershock therapy may be initiated with some notable modifications:
1. Bradycardia associated with severe hypothermia is usually
physiologic and therefore requires no treatment other than
rewarming. ^'ropine, is usually ineffective. Isoproterenol, may
be arrhythmogenic in the hypothermic patient, and may cause a
fall in blood pressure and promote heat loss.
2. PVC's should be watched closely but generally do not require
treatment.
3. Ventricular fibrillation secondary to hypothermia usually occurs at
core temperatures below 30°C (86°F). Treatment consists of
immediate countershock at 200 to 300 joules, followed by a second
countershock, should the first be unsuccessful. CPR is started if
effective cardiac output is not re-established. Medications for the
treatment of ventricular fibrillation include: Lidocaine HC1, I
mg/kg bolus, repeat with 0.5 mg/kg after 10 minutes; begin IV
drip at 1 to 4 mg/min; bretylium tosylate, 5 to 10 mg/kg bolus;
epinephrine. .01 mg/kg bolus; and sodium bicarbonate, 1 mEq/kg
bolus.
Hypothermic patients in cardiac arrest may respond to
pharmacologic and countershock therapy, but it is more likely that
they will not! The patient with a hypothermic myocardium is
relatively refractory to drugs and countershock, and requires
rewarming before these interventions become effective. Treating
the hypothermic cardiac arrest victim with multiple drug doses and
countershock is discouraged. Rather, the major emphasis should
be on rapid rewarming.
4. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation in the hypothermic cardiac arrest
victim should be started as soon as possible and continued as long
as necessary. Because of the reduction in cerebral oxygen
-------
requirements, severely hypothermia patients (particularly children)
can survive several hours of resuscitation and remain
neurologically intact. Under no circumstances should resuscitation
be discontinued in the field: rewarming to at least 32"C (90°F')
must be done at the hospital before discontinuing resuscitation.
5. Other medications that can be administered are thiamine and
D50W, and naloxone. Thiamine and D50W are given because
many hypothermic patients are also hvpoglvcemic: 50 ml of 50%
dextrose (D50W) may given intravenously to those patients with
altered levels of consciousness. A blood sample should be
obtained prior to administration of the dextrose so that laboratory
confirmation of hypoglycemia may be made later. Dextrose given
to the alcoholic hypoglycemic, patient rarely precipitates
Wernicke's syndrome. It is prevented by giving a dose of
thiamine, 100 mg IV, before giving the dextrose. Patients with
altered levels of consciousness in whom you suspect narcotic use
may receive naloxone. The dose is 0.8 mg (2 ampules) for adults
and 0.4 mg (1 ampule) for children; both administered
intervenously.
II. Prevention of Further Heat Loss
The prehospital provider should take measures to ensure that the hypothermic patient
does not become more hypothermic in transit. This precaution is distinct from actual
rewarming, which is not a primary goal during prehospital care. In fact, many
investigators recommend keeping the patient cool during transport.
The activity level of the patient is kept to a minimum. Wet clothing should be removed
and replaced with dry clothes and blankets. Areas of the body that lose large amounts
of heat, such as the head, neck, and trunk, especially, should be covered. Sips of warm
fluids may be given by mouth, but only to the awake, alert patient. Alcoholic beverages
are absolutely contraindicated.
The only active rewarming method recommended for field use is warm humidified
oxygen. Oxygen heated to 40 to 45 °C (104 to 113°F) and administered to the patient
via face mask or endotracbeal tube supplies a small amount of core heat to the
respiratory tree. It also reduces heat lost through ventilation. Although not widely
available, a portable device for heating oxygen in the filed has been described by Lloyd.
Soda lime and water are the heat sources.
-------
III. Stabilization of Associated Injuries
Appropriate immobilization of the cervical spine is mandatory for patients with known
or suspected head and neck trauma and who have altered levels of consciousness. Near-
drowning victims often have preceding head and neck trauma resulting in
unconsciousness, paralysis, aspiration, and hypothermia.
Immobil'zation of the cervical spine is best accomplished using a backboard, a rigid
cervical collar, and sandbags.
Splinting of injured extremities may be done in the field if the patient is stable and if the
time permits. Frostbitten areas should be padded and then loosely wrapped to protect
them from further injury. Thawing of frostbitten areas generally should not be attempted
prior to arrival at the hospital! '
IV. Rapid Transport to the Hospital
The definitive treatment for the hypothermic patient is rewarming. Because it usually
cannot be done safely in the field, efforts should be made to transport the patient to the
hospital as rapidly as possible.
Hypothermic patients in cardiac arrest should receive no more than one course of drugs
and two courses of countershock therapy in the field. Prolonged prehospital resuscitation
are generally futile and sometimes detrimental. With CPR in progress, patients should
be transported to the hospital, preferably one where cardiopulmonary bypass procedures
can be performed if needed. The hospital should be notified prior to arrival so that he
"pump team" and equipment can be readied.
Rewarming Techniques
Definitive therapy for most cases of hypothermia involves rewarming the body to near
normal temperature. Rewarming techniques include passive external, active external, and
active core rewarming.
Passive External Rewarming. This method allows patients to rewarm
themselves without the application of external or internal heat sources. Passive
external rewarming, although rather slow, is safe and effective for most
hemodynamically stable patients with mild hypothermia.
By combining the effects of reduced heat loss and endogenous heat gain, core
temperature should increase at a rate of approximately l°C/hr using passive
external rewarming. The following procedures are recommended: (1) remove
the patient's cold or wet clothing and dry the skin with towels; (2) place the
patient in a warm room, away from wind and drafts; and (3) cover the patient
with blankets or other insulating material.
-------
Active External Rewarming. Rewarming the patient by applying a heat source
to the body surface is an old, albeit controversial, technique. Although it is a
rapid method of rewarming, many clinicians recommend against its u se because
of potential hypotension from active external rewarming, known as "rewarming
shock" and possible ventricular fibrillation.
Still, there are proponents of active external rewarming techniques, they
recommend these methods primarily for patients with hypothermia of short-term
duration (e.g., exposure, immersion) whose cardiovascular systems can tolerate
the added stress. Also, patients undergoing active rewarming must be closely
monitored for dysrhythmias and hypotension and have adequate intravenous
access established for fluid replacement in the event that hypotension occurs.
The following are active external rewarming techniques:
1. Heated blanket, hyperthermic mattresses ,
2. Hot water bottles placed at areas of rapid heat exchange (e.g., neck,
flanks, axillae, and groin)
3. Immersion in warm water bath (40°C, 104°F). Active external
rewarming is not recommended in the field!
Prevention
Cold injuries can best be prevented by wearing warm, lose, dry clothing (designed to resist wind
and rain) in multiple layers on the head, body, and extremities to prevent heat loss. One should
keep dry at all costs; materials lose insulation properties when wet. Wet garments should be
replaced as soon as possible with dry one, and constrictive garments should not be worn.
Jobs should be designed so that workers remain relatively active when exposed to cold
environments and provided with dry, wind-protected, heated shelters for tasks involving
stationary work positions.
Workers exposed to the cold should be physically fit, without underlying vascular, metabolic,
or neurologic diseases that place them at increased risk for hypothermia. They should be
cautioned to avoid smoking and drug or alcohol use. New workers should be introduced into
the work schedule slowly and instructed in the use of protective clothing, recognition of
impending frostbite and early signs and symptoms of hypothermia, proper warming procedures,
and first-aid treatment.
-------
Frostbite
Frostbite is caused by exposure to temperatures below freezing, causing ice crystal to form in
tissues. A combination of high winds and cold is much more dangerous than cold alone.
Predisposing Factors:
Subfreezing temperature 20°F (-7°C)
Wind-chill factor
Alcohol and drug intoxication
Underlying illness, diabetes, peripheral vascuiar disease
High altitude
Conduction injury (e.g., frozen metal object)
Fatigue
Previous history of frostbite iiijary
Tocacco use
Signs and Symptoms
Frostbite occurs most often on distal and exposed body pans. Fingers, toes, cheeks, nose, and
ears are common sites. In mild cases with superficial freezing(frostnipj pain, pricking, itching
sensation and numbness will occur without complete loss of sensation.
In more severe deep frostbite skin is white, feels firms, edematous, immobile, no sensation or
pain.
Treatment
Rapid thawing of the frozen body part by immersion in warm water is the treatment of choice.
methods that are Qgntraindicated aie hot-or-cold water immersion, and rubbing the frozen body
pan with ice or snow.
In the Field
Rewarming may be attempted for frostnip. Immersion in warm water (temperatures of 38 to
43°C or 100 to 1108F) is the preferred method. An alternative method is direct contact with
one's own skin or with a companion's skin.
In cases of severe frostbite, hospital ization is recommended. Extremities can be re warmed by
removing wet gloves, socks and shoes; drying the extremities and covering them again with dry
clothing; and either elevating them or placing them next to a warmer part of the body (e.g.,
placing the hands in the armpits). Caution: Rewarming should not be attempted if refreezing
is likely prior to definitive therapy.
-------
Rewarding of the frostbitten parts of the body can be accompVshed by placing them in> water
heated to 40 to 42°C and leaving them there until thawing is complete but no longer (often 30
minutes) Dry heat is not recommended. Frostbitten parts should not be exercised, rubbed or
exposed to pressure. Dressings and bandages should not be applied. Great care should be taken
to avoid any trauma to the extremity during and after thawing. For example the extremity
should not touch the sides or bottom of the rewarming container. Gentle manual or mechanical
circulation of the water helps the thaw to be more uniform.
The goal of Held management is to protect the frostbitten area from further injury followed by
rapid evacuation to a medical facility.
-------
Attachment III
-------
My signature at the bottom of the second page indicates my
understanding and concurrence with the following requirements.
RELEASE
In consideration for being allowed to board the Research
Vessel Lake Guardian on this day of , 19 , I agree that,
while on board the vessel, I will follow all safety instructions
and emergency procedures which I have been given and those which
I will be given; and I, on behalf of myself, my personal
representatives, assigns, heirs, and next of kin, hereby release
and discharge and covenant not to sue the United States, its
agents and its employees (hereinafter referred to as "releasees")
with respect to any liability to me, my personal representatives,
assigns, heirs, and next of kin, relating to any injury, loss, or
damage incurred by me while on board the Lake Guardian, whether
caused by the negligence of the Releasees or by other causes.
I represent that I have been given comprehensive
instructions on safety and on emergency procedures, and have been
informed that I will be restricted from entering hazardous areas
of the vessel. I understand that my safety will depend upon my
following all such instructions and restrictions while on board
the vessel. I understand further that, because of the potential
for having to don floatation gear in the event of an emergency,
all persons who board the vessel must be at least nineteen years
of age and in good physical condition.
INFORMED CONSENT ADDENDUM
The R/V Lake Guardian sustained collision damage November 26,
1994, consisting of a six inch split in the hull plates at the
bow of the vessel, which punctured the forepeak tank,
approximately two and a half feet above the water line. This
damage has been inspected by the EPA safety Manager, the U.S.
Coast Guard, and the American Bureau of Shipping. Repairs,
consisting of removing the split steel plate and welding a
replacement steel plate in place of the split, have been made.
the forepeak tank is water tight and the vessel has been
certified as seaworthy.
-------
WINTER OPERATIONS ADDENDUM
Persona boarding the vessel during winter operations (November
through March) should be aware of the possibility of below
freezing air temperatures, strong winds and icy decks, and should
bring adequate protective clothing to prevent frost bite while
working outdoors.
Safety rules will be amended to take consideration of hypothermia
due to 0°-3° lake water temperature, deck and superstructure icing
conditions, or the approach of ice fields. Survey activity will
be aborted in favor of safe ship operations. Schedules may be
interrupted for several days due to weather.
Violation of safety rules will result in the, offender being put
ashore at th9 first port of opportunity.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
I represent that, prior to boarding the Research Vessel
Lake Guardian, I was given comprehensive instructions on safety
and on emergency procedures, and was informed that I will be
restricted from entering hazardous areas of the vessel. I
understand that my safety will depend upon my following all such
instructions and restrictions while on board the vessel. I
understand further that, because of the potential for having to
don floatation gear in the event of an emergency, all persons who
board the vessel must be at least nineteen years of age and in
good physical condition.
In consideration for being allowed to board the Research
Vessel Lake Guardian on this day of , 19 , I agree
that, while on board the vessel, I will follow all safety
instructions and emergency procedures which I have been given and
those which I will be given.
First, Middle, Last Name
-------
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (NO. 6-REVISED)
FUELING TRANSFER PROCEDURE
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure shall be followed each time a transfer of fuel oil takes place.
2.0 REFERENCES
Code of Federal Regulations Titles 33 & 46
3.0 RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY
The ship's Chief Engineer, acting under the authority of the Master, shall be responsible
for performance of the procedures describe^ here-in.
4.0 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
Included in procedure.
5.0 PROCEDURE
5,1 Ship To Shore Transfer Procedures
1. There will be no visitors, smoking, fires, open flames, open lights, no grinding and
no burning or welding while fuel is being transferred . A sign will be posted and an
announcement will be made over the vessel's intercom system to inform personnel.
2. All power tools and other equipment that could spark, i.e. drills, saws, etc., will be
secured.
3. Before transferring fuel oil.
a. Check gaskets in all fittings and replace those suspected to be damaged.
b Check the fittings themselves to insure they are not cracked or stripped.
c Examine all hoses and make sure they are in good working order. Look for tears,
frays, kinks or other weak spots that might cause the hose to burst or leak.
d Display the "Bravo" flag by day, or an all around red light by night.
e Place oil soak pads and 5 gallon buckets by all fittings. Plug containment bins.
Be prepared to transfer containment bin contents to a suitable container for
disposal, should a leak occur.
f. All "cam lock" fittings must be securely closed with all tabs fully engaged. Wire
tabs in place to prevent accidental openings.
g Check all mooring lines to make sure they are secure.
-------
h. Sound all tanks using water paste. Log the soundings and the draft of the vessel
prior to and after the transfer.
i. Establish good communications with the pumping station via VHP radios.
j When ever possible, the hoses should be air tested by the shore station as to
the integrity of the seals.
k. Ensure that all involved personnel are at their appropriate stations. Chief
engineer will man the fuel transfer manifold in the engine room. The assistant
engineer and marine electrician will be positioned at the port and stbd
sounding wells. One seaman will stand by the transfer connection and one will
standby in the pilot house. All of the above people will have radios and will be in
communication with the Chief in the engine room
1. The appropriate amount of Drew Chemical Amerstat 10 Fuel Oil Treatment
should added to the fuel tanks prior to transfer. A maintenance dose of 13 oz per
1000 gal of fuel added via the sounding tubes will suffice.
m. If loading by tanker truck, make sure they have permission from th; USCG
Captain of the Port to transfer fuel at that specific location.
4. When the above procedures have been completed, and all necessary valves have
been opened ( see number 6 of this section), transfer may commence. During
the pumping process, persons will not leave their station unless relief is approved
by the Chief. Persons should be on the look out for people in violation of the
open flame restriction. Have soundings made as often as needed. As the tanks
approach 80% capacity, slow transfer and stop at 90%.
Note: In accordance with 33 CFR 156.150, whenever oil or hazardous materials
are transferred to or from a vessel, a declaration of inspection form must be filled
out and signed prior to the transfer procedure This form must be maintained on
board for a period of one month.
5. Upon the completion of the transfer, ensure that all valves used during the
transfer are properly closed. It is the responsibility of the Chief Engineer to
double check that these valves are indeed closed. Whenever possible the hoses
should be blown down or sucked back to prevent any spillage during disconnect
6. The following procedure shall be used for opening and closing valves:
Note: The following assumes that all valves are closed prior to transfer.
a. Open fuel oil filling valve.
b. Open manifold filling valve.
c. Open both port and stbd filling valves for which ever tanks are to be filled
first (1's, 2'sor3's).
d. Open deck valve.
e To secure, close in reverse order.
-------
Never close both port and stbd fill valves when fuel oil is pumping. Hose blow
out could occur Always open the next tank before closing the previous tank
5.2 Tank to Tank Transfer Procedure
5.2.1 Any time fuel oil is transferred between two storage tanks (excluding the day
tanks), the following procedures will be followed:
1. The Chief Engineer will be in the engine room controlling the manifold
valves. Two Engineers will be responsible for sounding the tanks which
are being transferred.
2. All personnel will be in communication via radios.
3 All 3pill precautions from the fueling SOP stated above will be followed.
5.2.2 When fuel is transferred to the day tanks, the following procedure will be followed.
1 The Chief Engineer, or his designee, will be responsible for the transfer of
fuel oil to the Day Tanks. No other persons are needed.
2. At no time during transfer procedures shall transfer personnel engage in
any other activities Additionally, at no time should level indicator alarms
be disconnected/silenced
3. Fuel will be pumped from the storage tanks to the day tanks vis the transfer
pumps The fuel will pass through a pre-filter and a water separator,
then through a fuel oil meter, and finally into the day tanks.
4 A constant watch of the tank level indicator for the day tank will be made.
At no time should the level go above 10. .
5 When transfer is complete, the valves should be returned to their closed
position
6.0 DISCHARGE CLEAN-UP
In the unfortunate event that oil or hazardous material from any sources is discharge into the
water or upon the adjoining areas during transfer procedures, transfer shall immediately
stopped. No person may resume transfer operations until the discharge is stopped, contained
and the area has been cleaned up
-------
7.0 PROCEDURES FOR REPORTING OIL SPILLS
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act prohibits the discharge of oil or oily waste into or
upon the navigable waters of the United States or the waters of the contiguous zone if such
discharge causes a film or sheen upon or a discoloration of the surface of the water or causes
a sludge or emulsion beneath the surface of the water. The law requires that all discharges
be reported to the US. Coast Guard. Fines for non-compliance with the law can result in
civil and criminal penalties.
8.0 VESSEL SCHEMATIC
Attached is a schematic diagram of the R/V Lake Guardian's fuel oil piping system.
9.0 PRODUCT LISTINGS
Number 2 Marine Diesel Fuel Oil
Drew Chemical Amerstat 10 Fuel Oil Treatment
-------
OF run. on. TRANSIER SYSTFM
fun. Ot FROM ANY TANK CAN BE TRANSTWnH) TOSHORE AND VICE
THROUGH THE nitL OIL MANIFOLD TO THE FILL /DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS
LOCATED AT FR 8« ON MAN DECK STBO AND FR 97 ON MAW DECK PORT SIDE.
THE FUEL TRANSFER WlF LOCATED N TIC ENGINE ROOM STBO SIDE
B intD TO TRANSFER FUEL. A STANDBY FUFL OK. TRANSFER PUMP B ALSO
PROVIDED OIL SPILL CONTAINERS ARE INSTALLED UNDER THE FIL/TJISCH.
CONNECTIONS AND All- FUEL TA»IX VENTS (OVERaOWS) TO COLLECT ANY SPlLS
OR OVERFLOWS FROM THE FUEL TANKS DURING FUELING OR DEFUEUNO OPERATIONS .
M CASE or STILLS INTO THESE CONTAINERS THE OIL IS REMOVED BY MANUAL MEANS
AND P*T») INTO THE DIRTY CC WK. - LOCATED PORT SIDE ER 70-74 N THE
MNCT BOTTOM t4 HIC ENGINE ROOM.
IOCATIONS OT TANK OVERELOWS ANO OIL SPILL CONTAINERS ARE AS FOLLOWS)
ER SJ -83 STBO StOK MAIN DECK ------- MO. 1 * 1 FUFL OIL TANKS
rn *7 STUD s»* IUJN DECK ---------- NO s FUEL on TAMK
FR «0 STOO S1TTE MAW DFCK-- • ------ STBD FUTL OIL DAY TANK
FR 84-SS PORT SIDf MAIM DECX ------ HO. 1,1 * 3 HFV OIL TANK
ANO PORT FUFL Oft DAY TANK
FUEL 0*. FRAN"'-1 PROCEDURE
NOTE- BEFORF FUDINO OPERATIONS BEWH. SECURE THE VESSEL Tel THE DOCK OR OTHER
VESSEL WTTH BOW. STERN ANO SrWNS IIHES TO PrtFVFNT SHIFTING DURING FUEUNO.
1 THE MASTER OR A DESIGNATED OFFICER SHALL BE W THE PHOT HOUSE DURING
FUELKo OPERATIONS. STATION THE CHIEF FNCINEER AT THE MAIN FUEUNO STATION
LOCATED W Tl« DK3NE ROOM AT THE FUEL OIL MANroLD. STATION ONE ENGINEER
AT THE UAIN DECK FH1/DBCM. STATK3H PORT Cfl STBO DEPENDING OH WHKH SIDE
SUP B FtECEMMO OR DISCHARGING FUH. ASSIGN ONE MAN TO SOUND FUEL TANKS
ON POffT SIDE ANO ONE MAN TO SOUND TANKS ON STBO SIW. AIL PERSONNEL
SHALL BT W COMMUNICATION BY SOUND POWPED PHONES. THE ENGINEER AT
THE mi^DGCH STATION Will BE IN COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE SHORE F«1LTrY.
FUEL OIL DAY TK (p)
-REMOTE OP. FROM MN DECK(MANUAL)
(NO.)
CHIEF ENCWEER NSORt AU VM.VCS M THE FUEL SYSTEM AW CLOSED EXCEPT
FOR VALVES MARKED NORMAU.Y OPEN. OPCN VM.VC ON MMtPOLO TO PUB. TANK
TO K HLLED OR SUCTION TAKEN FROM. ,
ENCMEBt
, RFUOVE BLNO FLANOC FROM nLL/BtSCH CONM. ANO ATTACH FUEL HOSE.
RECEIVES PERMISSION FROM CHEF ENGWEER ANO NOmS THE SHORE
TO COMMENCE fUCUNOL
4. ! MAN SOUNOtM TANK BEtM FtlED OR EUPTE) SOUNDS TANK AT FREQUENT MTER-
VM3 ANO REPORTS WHEN TANK 8 to* FUU OR WHEN TANK B EMPTY. CHEF ENO.
THEN SHm TO ANOTHER TANK BY OPEMNO ANO CLOSMO REOO, VALVtl ON UAMFOUL
J. . DURMO FUEtJNO THE ENCMEER ANO MEN SOUNPtM TANKS SHALL KEEP A CLOSE
VISUAL CHECK ON THE SPUL OONTAMERS. f AN OVERFLOW OCCURS HE SHMi.
MJEDWELY NOJIfY THE CHEf ENO. TO SHFT tANKS OR SECURE THE FtBL VjJjVE
AT THE FUL/DSCH. CONN. :
«. ' WHEN All. TANKS ARC TOPPED OFF OR EMPTIED, THE ENONEER AT THE FLL/MSCH.
CONNECTION B TO NOTTY THE SHORE FAOt/IY TO SECURE FUELMa
7. REMOVE FUEL HOSE AT THE FU/WSCHAROE CONNECTION AND PfFtMX BUND
FLANGE, U9NO CAUTION TO FWVENT SPliS FROM FUEL REMAMM M THE HOSE.
g. SECURE VMVCS M THE FUEL SYSTEM EXCEPT THOSE THAT ARE NORMALLY OPEN.
NOTEl AW Ot SPILS inOTHE WATER SHAU BE UUEDMTELY REPORTED TO THE
MASTER Of THE VESSEL.
rF.O. F1LL/DBCH.
rOlFTTY Olt OTSCH CONN,
. SPV.L CONDtlNER
TO F.a FILL/OI5CH. COMNECTIOff -
(OETAILV)
DETAA.V
IMNS FUEL OH. TK
SYMBOLS
M
m
•
©
*-
e
-*-
N.O.
t-
BUTTERFLY VULVE
6ATE VALVE
SWPLEX BASKET STRAJNtR.
FUEL OH. SEPARATOR
FUEL OIL PREFTLTER
PIPE TURNED DOWN
Plft TURNED UP
FLOW DIRECTION
NORMALLY OPEN
PIPE CAT
FUEL OIL MANIFOI 0 — —
DISCH. f> TOP
5UCT. « BOTTOM
A' ft) OIRTr OIL
DISCH CONN
REMOTE OP. FROM MM DECK
(N.O.)
[[_rUEL 01L FILL A TRANSFER 01AGRAM11
USEP* R/v "-*** 4UAMNMI
FUEL CM. TRANSFER PROCEDURES
DATE' 4 AU6 i
-------
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE FOR THE HVAC MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
MAY 1997
INTRODUCTION
These Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) were developed to comply with the Heating
Ventilation, and Air Condition (HVAC) requirements noted in the U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency (USEPA) Facility Safety Manual and the USEPA Safety, Health and environmental Audit
Protocol.
FILTER REPLACEMENT
General Requirements
To Maintain acceptable indoor air quality conditions on board the R/V Lake Guardian, all air filters
associated with the HVAC system must be cleaned and replaced on a regular basis in accordance with
EPA 4870, FS1-05 (12). To comply with this requirement, the following schedule has been
developed FOR the cleaning and replacing of HVAC filters on board the Lake Guardian:
1. All air filters associated with the R/V Lake Guardian HVAC system should be
inspected at least quarterly during periods of regular use by qualified personnel.
At that time, air filters should be cleaned as needed. In addition, filters that appear
to be worn or broken should be replaced.
2. All air filters associated with the R/V Lake Guardian HVAC system shall be
replaced, at a minimum, on an annual basis.
Inspection Requirements
Inspection requirements, task assignments, and record keeping documents for the maintenance of the
ship's HVAC system are maintained/generated by a computerized Preventive
maintenance System referred to as "MAINTAINIT". The system automatically generates work
assignments (Task Reports) based on parameters previously entered by the user. The Task Report
include equipment description, inspection frequency, equipment location, and task instructions. The
Chief Engineer is responsible for tbe maintaining the program, and making revisions when necessary.
Additionally, the Chief Engineer is responsible for generating Task Reports, assigning the task, and
recordkeeping. Inspections procures shall be conducted in accordance with Task Instructions found
within the task report (see attachment for Task Report).
-------
HVAC DUCT AND AIR HANDLER CLEANING
General Requirements
To Maintain acceptable indoor air quality conditions on board the R/V Lake Guardian, all air handling
units and HVAC duct systems on board the Lake Guardian must be cleaned on a regular basis in
accordance with EPA 4870, FS1-05 (12). To comply with this requirement, the following schedule
has been developed.
1. All air handlers and duct work associated with the R/V Lake Guardian HVAC
system should be inspected at least quarterly during periods of regular use by
qualified personnel.
Inspection Requirements
Inspection requirements, task assignments, and record keeping documents FOR the maintenance of
the ship's HVAC system are maintained/generated by a computerized Preventive Maintenance System
referred to as "MAINTAINIT". The system automatically generates work assignments (Task
Reports) based on information previously entered by the user (ie. The Chief Engineer). The Task
Report include equipment description, inspection frequency, equipment location, and task
instructions. The Chief Engineer is responsible for the maintaining the program, and making
revisions when necessary. Additionally, the Chief Engineer is responsible for generating Task
Reports, assigning the task, and recordkeeping. Inspections procures shall be conducted in
accordance with Task Instructions found within the task report (see attachment for Task Report).
HVAC MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
General Requirements
To Maintain acceptable indoor air quality conditions on board the R/V Lake Guardian, all Mechanical
components associated with the HVAC system on board the Lake Guardian must be regularly
inspected and maintained. To comply with this requirement, the following schedule has been
developed:
1. On a quarterly basis evaporators shall be cleaned and inspected
2. On a quarterly basis condensers shall be inspected and cleaned
3. On a quarterly basis motors shall be inspected and lubricated
4. On a quarterly basis belts shall be inspected and replaced as needed
-------
Inspection Requirements
Inspection requirements, task assignments, and record keeping documents for the maintenance of
the ship's HVAC system are maintained/generated by a computerized Preventive Maintenance System
referred to as "MAINTAINIT" The system automatically generates work assignments (Task
Reports) based on parameters previously entered by the user (ie. The Chief Engineer). The Task
Report include equipment description, inspection frequency, equipment location, and task
instructions. The Chief Engineer is responsible for the maintaining the program, and making
revisions when necessary. Additionally, the Chief Engineer is responsible for generating Task
Reports, assigning the task, and recordkeeping. Inspections procures shall be conducted in
accordance with Task Instructions found within the task report (see attachment for Task Report).
PERIODIC PERFORMANCE TESTING/INDOOR AIR QUALITY SURVEY
General Requirements
Ventilation is one of the must critical factors affecting indoor air quality. Other factors are physical
(e.g. dusts), chemical (e.g. cleaners), and biological (e.g. fungus/molds) materials present in a facility.
ASHRAE Guidelines and EPA Policy Requirements have been established as a basis FOR
performance testing of the ventilation system on board the R/V Lake Guardian to ensure a minimum
of indoor air quality problems.
Monitoring Requirements
On an annual basis, the following specifications for indoor air quality should be measured and
reported by personnel under the direction of a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH):
1. Carbon Monoxide
A. Shops and industrial areas -18 ppm
B. Offices and laboratories - 9 ppm
[EPA4870, FS1-05(12)]
2. Carbon Dioxide levels should not exceed 1000 ppm [EPA 4870, FS1-05 (12)]
3. Formaldehyde
A. Shops and industrial areas - 0.5 ppm
B. Offices and laboratories -0.1 ppm
[EPA 4870, FS1-05 (12)]
4. Temperature and Humidity
A. Summer - Maximum 78 degrees F and 60% RH
B. Minimum - 68 degrees F and 30% RH
[ASHRAE 62-1989]
Inspections
Inspection activities and monitoring results associated with the above requirements should be noted
during the Annual Industrial Hygiene Survey Report for the R/V Lake Guardian.
-------
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
Small Boat Operational Safety
Table of Contents
Title
Scope
References
Responsibility
Frequency of Inspection
Preparation and Weather
Boarding
Outboard Motor Operation
Fueling
Rules of the Road
Mooring
Ground Tackle
Anchoring
Personal Protective Gear
Emergency Procedures
Page
Prepared by
Approved by
Date
Date
Rev.
-------
Small Boat Operational Safety
1.0 Scope
The scope of this manual is to provide standard operating procedures for the safe navigation,
handling, maintenance and operation of small boats, inflatable craft and related marine science
equipment.
2.0 References
Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5: Health & Safety Manual. Section 18-2.
North Pacific Fishing Vessel Owner's Association: Vessel Safety Manyal, 1986.
Outboard Marine Corporation: Owner's/Operator's Manual
Avon Inflatables Inc.: Owner's Manual
3.0 Responsibility
The operator in command of any small craft is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the
vessel and it's equipment, and for the safety of everyone aboard. As well, the vessel owner must
provide a seaworthy vessel. However, each occupant must attend constantly to his own safety and
perform his work in a safe and prudent manner, using all safeguards provided for his protection or
the protection of others.
4.0 Frequency of Inspection
Prior to any small craft being taken out, it should be inspected to insure that mechanical functions,
such as the motor, lights, radio, etc., are operating, that any necessary documentation is on board,
that standard safety equipment is on board and that there is sufficient fuel.
5.0 Preparation and Weather
Before leaving on your trip, get the weather forecast. Look at the charts (and tide tables) and plan
your route. Collect and weigh the passengers personal gear, the sampling apparatus and all other
"stores" going aboard. Load the gear so that it will not roll or slide when the boat rocks or tosses
Before leaving on your trip, you should take the following precautions:
• If the weather forecast is somewhat unfavorable, load the boat lightly so that it will
float high in the water. If a storm is predicted, postpone the trip.
-------
• If your course takes you out sight of land, at least one person aboard should know
how to navigate. At least two people should know how to read charts and locate
sandbars, shallows, rocks, rapids, etc..
The Coast Guard recommends that you file a "float plan" with someone who can
request a search if you do not return as expected. The float plan should give a
detailed description of the boat and its planned course. It should list the people
aboard, the type and frequencies of the emergency radio, and the names and telephone
numbers of the Coast Guard or other agency personnel who should be notified if you
fail to return as expected.
In addition, before departure, check for local storm warnings. Your charts will show the location of
storm warning display stations, and your radio will carry weather bulletins. A discussions of storm
warnings follows:
• A small craft warning means winds may reach 38 mph (33 knots) or conditions are
dangerous for the sort of boats generally used by EPA. A triangular red pennant,
displayed at a storm warning disphy station, signals a small craft warning.
Two triangular red flags signal a gale warning: winds from 39 to 54 mph (34-47
knots).
• A single square red flag with a black center displayed at a storm warning display
station signals a storm warning: winds of 55 to 73 mph (48-63 knots).
• Two square red flags with black centers signals a hurricane or tropical cyclone, with
winds in excess of 74 mph (63 knots).
6.0 Boarding
A. When your board a small boat, grasp both sides of the boat and then step into the
middle. If you put all your weight on the side nearest the dock, you may push that
side under water. If you step down and push the boat away, the boat may move away
before you are in, (it helps to have someone steady the boat while you step in).
B. When one person is in the boat, a second person can pass gear and supplies to him or
her. If the cargo being passed over is heavy, be careful not to tip the boat and lose
your balance. Distribute the weight evenly, and secure all cargo so it cannot move
when the boat rocks.
C. On larger boats, the load capacity should be displayed on a plate mounted in the boat
A certificate of compliance for an outboard motorboat will show the manufacturer's
rating of maximum horsepower that can be safely used on the boat's engine.
D. A combination capacity plate will also list the maximum number and weight of
persons that can be carried safely, as well as the maximum weight (of persons, motor
and gear) that can be carried safely. The certificate of compliance and the capacity
may be shown on separate plates.
-------
7.0 Outboard Motor Operation
The operator of any small boat is responsible for the correct operation of the boat and for the safety
of its occupants. All operators should read the Evinrude Outboards Manual and be familiar with its
contents before operating the boat. Section 7.0 of this SOP covers but a small portion of the manual
and pertains solely to the starting, stopping and basic operation of outboard motors. The Evinrude
Outboards Manual can be found in its entirety in the Ship's Equipment ringbinder. Copies of this are
located in the Captain's office, the Lab. office and the Chief Engineer's room.
A. Starting and Operation
1) During the initial operation of a new motor, the operator must follow the "Engine
Break-In" procedure as described in the General Information section of the
Evinrude Outboards Manual.
*note: Failure to follow the "Engine Break-In" procedure can result in serious engine damage.
2) Place fuel tank in boat so tank will not shift around. Be sure fuel line is not wedged
under tank. Allow fuel line slack to permit steering.
*note: Do not operate motor out of water even momentarily. Water pump may be damaged or
motor may overheat.
8.0
When handling fuel and refueling remember that gasoline is very flammable. Certain precautions must
be carefully and completely observed every time that a boat is fueled with gasoline.
Before Fueling
A. Make sure that your boat is secured to the fueling pier. Fuel before dark, if possible.
B. Stop engines, motors, fans and other devices that can produce a spark. Open the
master switch if the electrical system has one. Put out all galley fires and open flames.
C. Close all ports, windows, doors and hatches so that fumes cannot blow aboard and
below.
D. Disembark all passengers and any crew member not needed for the fueling operation.
E. Prohibit all smoking on board and nearby.
F. Have a checked fire extinguisher close at hand.
G. Measure the fuel in the tanks and do not order more than the tank will hold; allow for
expansion.
While Fueling
A. Keep nozzle or can spout in contact with the fill opening to guard against static sparks.
B. Do not spill gasoline.
C. Do not overfill. Filling a tank until fuel flows from the vents is dangerous.
D. For outboards, remove portable tanks from boat and fill on shore.
-------
After Fueling
A. Close fill openings.
B. Wipe up any spilled gasoline; dispose of wipe-up rags on shore.
C. Open all ports, windows, doors and hatches; turn on bilge power. Ventilate boat at
least four minutes.
D. Snifflow down in tank and engine compartments. If any odor of gasoline is present,
do not start engine; continue ventilation actions until odor can no longer be detected
Check for any drips and liquid fuel.
E. Be prepared to cast off lines as soon as engine starts; get clear of pier quickly.
Inboard engines require special ventilation equipment. Use it. Boats with enclosed spaces where
spilled fuel or fuel vapors can accumulate must have powered ventilation to clear away the fuel
vapors. This requirements does not normally apply to open boats.
9.0 Rules of the Road
A. Every vessel must at all times maintain a proper lookout by sight and hearing as well
as by all other available and appropriate means, to keep fully appraised of the situation
and any risk of collision.
B. Under normal circumstances, the helmsman will satisfy this need, but he must be
qualified, alert and have no other responsibilities. The use of an automatic steering
mechanism and/or the use of radar at night or in fog does not justify the absence of
a human helmsman at the controls, observing all around the horizon and ready to take
over immediately if needed.
C. All vessels must proceed at a safe speed at all times. The factors to be considered in
determining "safe speed" include but are not limited to:
The state of visibility.
Traffic density including concentration of fishing or other vessels.
Your vessel's maneuverability, with special referenceto stopping distance and
turning ability.
At night, the presence of background lights such as those from shore, or from
the back-scatter of your vessel's own lights.
The state of wind, sea and current and the proximity omavigational hazards
The vessel's draft in relation to the available depth of water.
D. Meeting Situations
Every vessel must use all available means appropriate including lookout (eyes and ears), radar and
radio to determine if the risk of collision exists. If the vessel is equipped with radar, a radar plot
should be maintained to detect any risk of collision.
-------
Where possible, contact the other vessel by radio and ask what its intentions are. Action to avoid a
collision should be taken well in advance of any potential meeting. Any course of speed change
should be large enough to be obvious to any approaching vessel. A succession of small alterations
of course should be avoided.
1. Meeting Another Vessel Head-On
When two power-driven vessels are approaching one another head-on, unless
otherwise agreed each should pass on the port side of the other. Neither vessel has
the right of way over the other, and both must alter course to starboard, if necessary,
to provide sufficient clearance for safe passage.
2. Crossing Situations
When two power-driven vessels are crossing so as to involve risk of collision, the
vessel on the right has the right-of-way, while the vessel on the left must keep clear.
Vessels are crossing if they are not meeting head-on or nearly so, and each has the
other on a relative bearing forward of 22 ]A degrees abaft (behind) the beam, port or
starboard.
3. Overtaking Another Vessel
If one vessel is coming up on another from more than 22.5 degrees abaft (behind) its
beam, and making greater speed so as to close the distance between them, the vessel
astern is said to be overtaking the slower vessel. Any overtaking vessel must keep out
of the way of the vessel it is overtaking. The overtaking vessel is burdened, whereas
the overtaken vessel is privileged. A vessel that is being overtaken shall keep her
course and speed, but may take action to avoid collision by her maneuver alone, as
soon as it becomes apparent to her that the vessel required to keep out of the way is
not taking appropriate action.
10.0 Mooring (see figure 1)
A. The bow line runs through the bullnose or bow chock. The stern line runs through
after chocks. These lines should be run well up the dock to reduce fore and aft
motion.
B. Breast lines may be run perpendicular from the bow, waist or quarter to keep the
vessel from moving away from the pier.
C. Spring lines may be run from the bow or quarter to eliminate forward or aft
movement of the vessel.
D. Use only spliced eyes in the ends of mooring lines, no knots. Send the eye to the dock
so the man on board can tend the line.
E. Before you leave the vessel at its mooring, check the condition of dock cleats, piles
and rails to be sure they're strong enough to hold it.
-------
F. Avoid extreme bends in mooring lines where they pass through hawse holes or
fairleads (use a minimum bending radius of 3 times the diameter of the line to avoid
wear or failure). Use rubber hose or some other material as chafing gear around the
bends.
G. If two bights or eye splices are to be placed over the same bollard, the second should
be led up and through the eye of the first so that either can be removed independently.
H. When making a hitch on a cleat, start with at least one full turn around the base before
you begin taking turns over the horns. Use only figure-eight turns, no knots or
hitches that may jam under tension.
I. Synthetic lines are slippery, with little friction; use extra turns. Watch your hands to
avoid pinching or crushing injuries.
J. When snubbing a line on a cleat, never try to hold a vessel without first taking turns
on a cleat. Stand well back from the cleat, out of the bight and at 90 degrees to the
angle of pull. Use extra turns with synthetic lines that may slip and pull you into the
cleat.
11.0 Ground Tackle (see figure 2)
A. The "rode" refers to all gear between the vessel and the anchor, including line or
chain and connecting swivels or shackles. The rode may be all chain or a combination
of chain and wire or line. The rode must be marked by length so the man setting the
anchor knows how much has been paid out.
B. The rode absorbs most of the loading due to waves and should be compliant. Chain
and line best serve this requirement, and if wire rope is chosen for the rode, a short
length of chain (10-12 feet) should be used to attach the anchor to the rope. The
chain portion of the rode provides extra holding weight and helps keep the pull
horizontal so the anchor flukes dig into the bottom. Chain withstands the wear of
lying on the bottom better than wire or line, and helps weigh the anchor.
C. The rode should have a breaking strength of five times the anchor hold if made of line
or wire, and two times the design load if made of chain.
D. The term "bow roller" refers to rollers that permit the rode to be paid out or heaved
in, and that serve to secure the anchor when the vessel is underway.
E. The term "hawse" refers to pipes or holes that pass through the bulwarks to lead the
anchor line or chain. The hawse pipes or holes may be used for storing certain types
of anchors so that they can be quickly deployed.
F. The anchor must be securely stowed in it's bow roller or hawse pipe to prevent its
breaking loose and causing damage in a seaway.
-------
G. Riding chocks, stoppers and dogs are devices that take the strain off the winch or
windlass when the vessel is riding at anchor. The anchor rode should always be
stoppered or dogged so the vessel doesn't ride on the winch or windlass brake.
H. A "wildcat" is a sprocket wheel that engages the anchor chain as it is being hauled
in on vessels equipped with windlasses. The wildcat should always be dogged when
the vessel is riding on the chain.
I. The terms "capstan" or "gypsy head" refer to vertical or horizontal drums fitted to
a windlass for handling the line portion of the anchor rode or other forward mooring
lines. When you're working a line on a capstan or gypsy head, stand as far back as
possible and watch your hands. Where possible, stand at right angles to the direction
of pull.
J. On vessels equipped with windlasses, after passing over the wildcat or gypsy, the
chain or line drops down the chainpipe into the chain locker below.
K. The bitter end of the line or chain must be securely fastened in the chain locker to
prevent losing the ground tackle overboard. On vessels equipped with winches and
wire rods, leave one full layer of turns on the drum to "lock" the wire in place.
L. Scope is defined as the length of the rode (measured from the hawse or bow roller)
compared to the depth. A scope of 7 to 1 is the general rule for anchoring (7 feet of
rode for every foot of depth), although this rule may not be practical in deep water.
Adequate scope is essential to enable the flukes of the anchor to dig into the bottom.
With adequate scope, every pull of the vessel sets the anchor deeper. TOO little scope
and the pull of the vessel lifts the shank and the flukes come free. Too much scope
and the rode may part because of the additional weight of the line, wire or chain itself.
M. The term "shots" refers to lengths of chain connected to form the anchor cable. The
standard shot is about 15 fathoms long. Anchor elements consist of:
Flukes or palms (the flat members that grab the bottom).
" Shank(the metal bar that joins the crowns to the ring or hole that accepts the
rode).
" Stock(a crosspiece that helps position the flukes so they dig into the bottom).
12.0 Anchoring (see figure 3)
A. Don't leave the anchor windlass in gear when you are underway. Use the hand brake
and dogs or stoppers in case you lose power and have to set the anchor manually.
B. The anchor should always be let go with the vessel moving slowly to avoid paying the
chain down on top of the anchor and fouling the flukes. Under normal conditions, let
go with slight sternway.
-------
C. Always send two men forward to work the anchor gear in case one gets hung-up
Only one man works the gear, however, and he stands to the side and out of the bight.
The other man stands well clear.
D. Don't anchor on underwater cables or pipes, or where your vessel will interfere with
other vessel operations.
E. When you're letting go, maintain control over the anchor and rode by means of the
winch or windlass brake. If you are handling the chain over a wildcat, never put your
fingers into the links, use the palm of the hands. Stand as far back from the wildcat
as possible and stay out of the bight.
F. If you are obliged to let go at high speed, let the rode run until the vessel loses way
sufficiently to make it safe to snub her. There is no harm in letting out a considerable
length of rode, then heaving in to the proper scope. Checking the vessel's speed by
means of her ground tackle may damage the rode to the extent that it later parts under
moderate stress.
G. Always maintain an anchor watch to ensure that the vessel doesn't drag or break free
unnoticed. The watch should take visual bearings and ranges to use as reference
points. Setting the radar range ring on the shoreline, and using fathometer depth
alarms both serve as good warning mechanisms, but nothing replaces the human eye.
H. If a storm approaches, the best course of action is to seek the open sea. If you must
ride out a storm in an anchorage, use extra scope. It may be advisable to set a
second anchor to form a mooring, or to drop a second anchor underfoot to prevent
the vessel from surging back and forth across the wind.
I. Ideally, anchor gear should be inspected annually, with special attention paid to
detachable chain links, shackles and swivels. During annual maintenance, the anchor
rode should be laid out on deck and examined for damage throughout it's length.
Scale and corrosion should be removed, and detachable links, shackles and swivels
replaced as necessary.
J. To distribute wear, chain shots should be rotated. On all-chain rods, a worn or
defective shot should be shifted to the bitter end until it can be replaced.
K. The anchor hinges must be lubricated sufficiently to keep the flukes from seizing up,
particularly if the anchor is rarely used. Screw-type shackles used to connect
segments of the anchor rode should be moused or otherwise locked to prevent them
from coming loose when the anchor is on the bottom.
-------
Basic Guides to Boating Safety
1. Carry proper equipment - know how to use it!!
2. Maintain boat and equipment in top condition.
3. Know and obey the Rules of the Road.
4. Operate with care, courtesy and common sense.
5. Always keep your boat under complete control.
6. Watch posted speeds; slow down in anchorages.
7. Do not ever overload your boat.
8. See that lifesaving equipment is accessible.
9. Check local weather reports before departure.
10. Inspect hull, engine and all gear frequently.
11. Keep bilges clean, electrical contacts tight.
12. Guard rigidly against any fuel system leakage.
13. Have fire extinguishers instantly available.
14. Take maximum precautions when taking on fuel.
15. Be sure to allow adequate scope when anchoring.
-------
U. S. EPA GLNPO
SUPPLEMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY GUIDELINES
FOR
GRANTEES, CO-OPERATORS, AND CONTRACTORS
MARCH 1995
-------
INTRODUCTION/GLNPO HEALTH & SAFETY POLICY STATEMENT
It is the policy of the U.S. EPA, Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO), that all EPA
employees, grantees, co-operators, contractors, and special program participants are entitled to a
comprehensive health and safety program. The goals of the program are to ensure that each person
working on board GLNPO research vessels is able to work in an environment free of recognized
hazards, and to reduce and mitigate occupational accidents as much as possible. These goals are
accomplished through:
1. Training in the proper techniques for field investigations, proper use of and access to
safety equipment, and proper protocol for inspections;
2. Development of standard operating procedures for routine and non-routine work
environments;
3. Enabling employees and contractors to identify those work situations where they
believe a hazard exists without any adverse action taken against them.
This document outlines polices, responsibilities, procedures, and guidelines, pertinent to Grantees,
Co-Operators and Contractors, as stated in the GLNPO Health, Safety, and Environmental
Compliance Manual. This document must be used only as supplemental information to increase the
Grantee's, Contractor's and Co-Operator's awareness of the GLNPO policies and procedures, and is
not meant to be all-inclusive. A copy of the GLNPO manual and appropriate appendices are available
aboard over-night research vessels, and are available from the GLNPO offices.
These policies and procedures are coordinated by the GLNPO Health and Safety Team in conjunction
with the Regional Health and Safety Manager. In addition to the policies and procedures set forth
by GLNPO, all applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the
provisions of the Executive Order 12196 and other relevant statutes, laws, polices and guidance of
the Federal Government regarding occupational health and safety, as well as environmental
compliance, shall be implemented.
RESPONSIBILITIES
EPA Personnel
The responsibilities of relevant EPA personnel are detailed in Chapter One of the GLNPO Health,
Safety, and Environmental Compliance Manual.
Contractors. Grantees. Co-Operators
All Contractors, Grantees, and Co-operators that are involved in field activities on EPA vessels are
required to have read the contents of this document as well as adhere to the specific requirements as
outlined by GLNPO.
-------
All Contractors, Grantees, and Co-operators performing work for Region V, or for any EPA activity
or organization serviced by Regional Safety Personnel, shall contain provisions, in writing, which
require these persons to follow, at a minimum, the same rules and requirements that U.S. EPA
personnel follow while performing similar work. Wherever possible, contractual provisions should
require that all safety equipment and services (e.g. personal protective equipment, medical
monitoring, training, etc.) be equivalent to that required for EPA personnel.
Designated Chief Scientists, while undergoing surveillance and research operations, should ensure
that all survey activities are conducted safely and in accordance with the health, safety, and
environmental protocols of GLNPO.
All persons are expected to follow all health and safety rules and must perform their duties in a
manner which will protect their own well being and that of their fellow workers. Persons are required
to use safety equipment, personal protective equipment, and other safety devices and, moreover, to
follow safety procedures that GLNPO deems necessary for thsir protection. Refusal or neglect to
follow GLNPO policies and procedures can result in dismissal from EPA vessels.
Reporting of Un-Safe/Un-Healthful Work Conditions
If a persons considers a situation or a work condition to be un-safe or un-healthful, it is his/her
responsibility to report it to either the Chief Scientist, Captain, or Ship's Chemical Hygiene and Safety
Officer, as soon as the potential hazard is recognized. The GLNPO Health and Safety Manager, in
conjunction with the Regional Health and Safety Manager, and his/her staff will investigate the
situation and recommend corrective actions, if necessary.
INJURY & ILLNESS
When a persons surfers an injury or illness, whether traumatic or non-traumatic, while on board EPA
vessels, there are necessary procedures which must be followed in order to protect the person's
interest and well being. These procedures are as follows:
1. Inform your supervisor as soon as possible
2. Report the injury/incident to the Bridge or Safety Officer
3. Complete Accident/Injury/Incident Report
Note: In the event of a medical emergency involving bodily fluids, it is GLNPO Policy that only
Designated First Aid Responders who have received appropriate First Aid/CPR and
Bloodborne Pathogen training participate in response activities.
Investigation
In the event of an injury or illness, an investigation will be conducted. Investigation of an accident
-------
or illness is necessary to prevent similar occurrences. It is not designed to establish guilt or
innocence, but is an attempt to identify and abate potential hazards.
Record-Keeping
In accordance with OSHA regulations, it is the responsibility of the employer to maintain and keep
current special Injury and Illness forms for submission to the Department of Labor. It is
recommended that all contractors, grantees, and co-operators research their responsibilities in
complying with this regulatory requirement.
TRAINING, CERTIFICATION, AND MEDICAL MONITORING
All EPA contractors, grantees, and co-operators who work in EPA owned or leased laboratory space
(including laboratories on research vessels) must meet the safety training requirements specified in
EPA Order 1440 and Regional Safety Manuals. Supervisors must ensure that their employees are
aware of these requirements and that applicable requirements are implemented.
Chemical Hygiene
GLNPO has developed a Chemical Hygiene Plan in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1450,
"Occupational Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories". All laboratory personnel must
receive training based on the contents of the GLNPO Health and Safety Manual and the Chemical
Hygiene Plan. Additionally, contractors, grantees and co-operators are encouraged to pursue their
own responsibilities in regards to the Standard.
24-Hour Laboratory Safety Course
As specified in Order 1440, Chapter 8, a 24-hour Laboratory Safety Course is required by all EPA
and contractor personnel prior to working in an EPA laboratory. A training agenda can be found in
Chapter 2 of the GLNPO Health, Safety, and Environmental Compliance Manual, Attachment 2.1.
An annual 4-hour refresher class is also required.
GLNPO Research Vessel Laboratory Training
In addition to the 24-hour Laboratory Safety Course and 4-hour annual refresher, all laboratory
personnel are required to attend a "site-specific" training orientation course prior to engaging in
laboratory activities on-board EPA research vessels. This training will be performed on board the
vessel prior to departure.
Radiation Safety Training
A site-specific training course is required for all personnel prior to working in laboratories where
radioactive materials are used.
-------
Other training not listed in this document may be required based on specific job assignments and
responsibilities (i.e., Fire Fighting, First Aid/CPR, Bloodborne Pathogen, Respiratory Protection,
Emergency Response, Cranes, Hearing Conservation, Hazard Communication, Lockout/Tagout,
etc.). To ensure compliance with GLNPO policies, it is recommended that contractors, grantees, and
co-operators review Chapter 2 of the GLNPO Health, Safety, and Environmental Compliance Manual
for further training requirements.
No persons, whether EPA employees, contractors, grantees, or co-operators will be allowed to
participate in GLNPO sponsored activities until they have received appropriate training.
COMPLIANCE REVIEW AND STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
Any contract which involves field or laboratory work or otherwise appears to impact health, safety,
or the environment must be reviewed and approved by the Safety Manager while in the initial
planning stage. In accordance with the GLNPO Health, Safety, and Environmental Compliance
Manual, all EPA contracts must contain provisions which require the contract employee to follow all
safety, health, and environmental compliance rule and regulations.
Written Health and Safety Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) must be developed for specific tasks
related to field or laboratory operations. Health and Safety SOPs may address issues such as Safety
Procedures, Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), Training Requirements, etc. Additionally, all
marine sampling, recovery, and operational activities are required to have SOPs for specific activities
which impact safety, health, or environmental compliance.
RESEARCH VESSEL HEALTH AND SAFETY
Unique to GLNPO research vessels is their on-board laboratories. This feature, in addition to normal
marine operations, requires adherence to rigorous health and safety procedures. It is the policy of
GLNPO to ensure that all persons aboard each research vessel receive health and safety training
relative to the specific hazards they may encounter while on board.
Attachments to this document contain basic health and safety guidelines to be followed while on
board EPA vessels.
In conclusion, one must remember, all the programs, training, and rules in the world can not replace
the need for common sense. In most situations, common sense can prevail. If people just take a
moment to review their task, and identified any potential hazards associated with the task, and take
preventative measures to minimize or eliminate such hazards, you can greatly reduce any risk
associated with the task. Being aware of the hazards in the environment around you and being
prepared can be the key to performing tasks safely.
-------
ATTACHMENTS
-------
HEALTH & SAFETY GUIDELINES FOR
LABORATORY OPERATIONS
Although'the following guidelines highlight some of the primary health and safety issues aboard the R/V
Lake Guardian, by no means do they provide a thorough instruction and training program. All guests are
required to attend the initial Health and Safety Orientation/Video presented at the beginning of the cruise,
as well as review the GLNPO Health. Safety & Environmental Compliance Manual, located in the
laboratory office.
1. No eating, drinking or smoking permitted in laboratories.
2. Safety glasses and laboratory coats must be worn at all times when working in
the laboratories.
3. No shorts or sandals are to be worn in the laboratories.
4. i Short sleeves are permitted in the laboratory only if lab coats are worn.
5. Laboratory equipment must be secured against rocking of the ship.
i
6. The Chemical Hygiene Officer (CHO) must be informed of all chemicals
brought onboard.
7. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must accompany every chemical
brought onboard the R/V Lake Guardian.
8. The CHO must be informed of all chemical waste streams.
9. The CHO must be informed of any chemical spill.
10. Groups using the ship are responsible for containing and removing any
hazardous waste they generate.
11. No waste is to be discharged overboard (except virgin sediment).
12. Spill kits are located in every laboratory.
13. No laboratory work may be conducted in the hazardous materials locker.
14. The carry-buckets provided in the hazardous materials locker must be used to
transport material to and from the locker.
15. Hazardous material in quantities greater than 4 liters must be stored in the
hazardous materials locker.
16. Please provide your own secondary supplies, such as tape, pens, computer
disks, gloves, safety glasses, etc.
-------
HEALTH AND SAFETY GUIDELINES FOR
SHIP OPERATIONS
Although'the following guidelines highlight some of the primary health and safety concerns aboard the R/V
Lake Guardian, by no means do they provide a thorough instruction and training program. All guests are
required to attend the initial Health and Safety Orientation/Video presented at the beginning of the cruise,
as well as review the GLNPQ Health. Safety & Environmental Compliance Manual, located in the
laboratory office.
1. Remember the general safety rule when moving about the ship "One hand for
you, one hand for the ship" at all times.
2. Due to machinery, noise levels and other personal hazards, the engine room,
accessible via the galley, is off limits.
3. Fire doors must be kept closed at all times.
i
4. Exit doors, spill kits, safety showers, eye washes and fire extinguishers must
be unobstructed.
5. The top of the container laboratories may not be used as an observation area or
for recreation.
6. Report any observed or suspected spills from the ship into the water to the
Captain and the CHO immediately.
7. No liquor, drugs or weapons are allowed.
8. Smoking is allowed on the outside decks where there is no gasoline
storage. Absolutely no smoking when we are taking on fuel.
9. Access to the bridge is allowed preceded by a knock on the door. Enter only
from the leeward side (opposite the side from which the wind is blowing).
10. When on the bridge please refrain from speaking until spoken to as the Captain
or mate on watch may be in the process of receiving/sending radio
communications or plotting a course.
11. Please interrupt your conversation when you hear traffic on the radio until the
Captain or mate on watch signals that it is acceptable to resume conversation.
12. When the ship is entering or leaving port, or during periods of poor visibility
or high traffic activity, and at the Master's discretion, the pilot house should
not be visited. You may assemble on the 0-2 level (boat deck) if you so desire.
13. Please keep the noise level to a minimum and do not let doors slam behind you
so as not to disturb sleeping shipmates.
-------
HEALTH & SAFETY GUIDELINES FOR
DECK/SAMPLING OPERATIONS
Although "the following guidelines highlight some of the primary health and safety issues aboard the R/V
Lake Guardian, by no means do they provide a thorough instruction and training program. All guests are
required to attend the initial Health and Safety Orientation/Video presented at the beginning of the cruise,
as well as review the GLNPO Health. Safety & Environmental Compliance Manual, located in the
laboratory office.
1. Work vests must be worn while working on the fantail and rosette deck.
2. Sandals and other open-toed shoes are prohibited when working on deck or in
the laboratories.
3. Hardhats, gloves and steel-toed shoes must be worn when working in conditions
where there is a possibility of injury to the head, hands or feet. Common sense
and good judgement should dictate the appropriate safety gear to be worn in
any given situation; however, if in doubt, please ask the Chemical Hygiene
Officer.
4. No one is to work alone on the fantail at any time.
5. The fantail is not to be used as an area for recreation.
6. Persons on the fantail while the crane or A-frame is in operation must wear a
hard hat.
7. Only authorized ship's crew are allowed on the fantail during docking and
undocking procedures. Do not attempt to access the fantail during these
procedures. Absolutely no one is allowed to depart the vessel until the "All
Clear" is announced by the Captain.
8. Only authorized ship's crew should operate the ship's equipment such as
winches, davits, A-frames and cranes; however, during extended operations
scientific personnel may be asked to participate in these evolutions.
9. While steaming during hours of darkness, no unauthorized lights should be
displayed on deck. This is to comply with the "Rules of the Road"; lights
shown forward of the pilot house are detrimental to the night vision of the
conning officer. While on station and engaged in sampling/testing operations,
adequate aft-facing night lighting will be provided.
10. Scientific personnel should direct all inquiries to the Master through the Chief
Scientist in matters concerning work on deck, navigation, safe working
parameters, use of ship's equipment, etc. Use of this procedure will avoid
working at cross-purposes.
-------
HEALTH & SAFETY GUIDELINES
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS AND PROCEDURES
Although the following guidelines highlight some of the primary health and safety issues aboard the R/V Lake
Guardian, by no means do they provide a thorough instruction and training program. All guests are required to
attend the initial Health and Safety Orientation/Video presented at the beginning of the cruise, as well as review the
GLNPO Health. Safety & Environmental Compliance Manual, located in the laboratory office.
1. First concern is the safety of yourself, the crew and the ship.
2. Anyone taking personal medication should so indicate on the "In case of
Accident" form. All guest scientists are required to fill out this emergency
medical form during the safety orientation.
3. All injuries or illnesses are to be reported to the bridge as soon as possible so
that proper attention may be given to the patient.
4. /In the case of emergency, you can reach the pilot house from any phone on the
ship by simply dialing 911.
5. First-aid kits are located in all of the laboratories and in the Captain's office.
6. Safety equipment found in your stateroom:
a. Personal Flotation Device #1 - Life Preserver
b. Personal Flotation Device #2 - Immersion Suit
c. Kick-out panel in door.
7. In the event of a fire or abandon-ship emergency, take both of your PFD's
mentioned above to your assigned life boat on the 02 deck (i.e. boat deck or bridge
deck) and await further instructions. Do NOT don your life preserver or immersion
suit inside of the ship.
8. In the event of a man-overboard emergency:
a. Yell, "Man overboard!"
b. Throw life ring or any item that will float.
c. Keep the person in sight.
d. Notify the Bridge as soon as possible (dial 911).
9. Refer to a station bill for your life boat assignment and explanation of alarm
signals. Station bills are located in the galley, Captain's office, passageway outside
of the biology lab and in the pilot house.
10. A test of the ship's general alarm is performed daily at noon.
11. The ship's crew is trained and certified in CPR and Basic First-Aid Response.
12. It is the responsiblity of the visting party's supervisor to ensure that all guest's under
his/her direction are accounted for in case's of rough seas. Should members of the
party become severly seasick, careful monitoring of their condition would be
requested to avoid extreme physical or even mental deterioration such that their
personal health and safety would be in jeopardy.
-------
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE - PREPARATIONS FOR EMERGENCIES
PURPOSE
This Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) has been developed in accordance with 46 CFR 185.25,
for the preparation of emergencies. It is the duty of the Master to ensure that this SOP is
comprehensive and that the "Emergency Checkoff List" contained in this document is posted in a
conspicuous place (ie. the Pilot House, and/or Lounge) accessible to all Crew Members and
Passengers.
POLICY
In accordance with 46 CFR 185.25 and GLNPO Policy, before getting underway the Master of the
vessel shall ensure that suitable public announcements, instructive placards, or both are provided
in a manner which affords all passengers the opportunity to become acquainted with:
1. Stowage location of life preservers;
2. Proper methods of donning and adjusting life preservers of the type(s) carried on
board the vessel;
3. The type and location of all life saving devices carried on board the vessel; and
4. The location and content of the "Emergency Checkoff List" contained in this
document
EMERGENCY CHECKOFF LIST
In accordance with 46 CFR 185.25-5, an "Emergency Checkoff List" has been developed for the
R/V Lake Guardian and appears as Attachment 1 of this document. It is the duty of the Master to
ensure the list is comprehensive and is posted in a conspicuous place where it is accessible for
viewing by all persons on board the vessel.
-------
ATTACHMENT 1: EMERGENCY CHECKOFF LIST
Rough Weather
Rough weather, at sea or crossing hazardous bars:
1. Close all water-tight and weather tight doors, hatches, and portholes to prevent
taking water aboard.
2. Keep bilges dry to prevent loss of stability due to water in bilges.
3. Keep passengers stationary and off weather decks.
4. Have passengers put on life preservers if the going becomes very rough or you
are about to cross hazardous bar.
5. Never abandon a vessel unless actually forced to do so.
6. If assistance is needed use the International Distress call over the radiotelephone
or call the USCG immediately.
7. Prepare life rafts for launching.
Man Overboard
1 Hail "Man Overboard"
2. Throw a ring buoy overboard as close to the person as possible.
3. Mark location using differential GPS
4. Post a lookout to keep the person overboard in sight.
5. Maneuver the vessel to pick up the person in the water.
6 Have crew member put on life preserver, attach a safety line to him and havehim/her
stand by to jump into the water to assist the person overboard if necessary.
7 If person is not immediately located, notify the USCG and other vessels in the
vicinity by radiotelephone.
8 Continue search until released by USCG ™
-------
Fire At Sea
1. Cut off air supply to fire, close hatches, ports, doors, and ventilators, etc.
2 Immediately use portable fire extinguishers at base of flames for inflammable
liquid or grease fires or water for fires in ordinary combustible materials.
3. If fire is in machinery space, shut off fuel supply and ventilation, and discharge
fixed C02 extinguishing system.
4. Maneuver vessel to minimize effect of wind on fire.
5. If unable to control fire, immediately notify USCG and other vessels in the
vicinity by radiotelephone, etc.
6 Move persons away from fire, have them don life preservers, and if necessary,
prepare to abandon ship.
-------
REVISED 5/31/97
IN-PORT VISITOR FIRE AND EVACUATION PLAN
This In-Port Visitor Evacuation Plan will be in effect in all ports of call, including Bay City, Michigan,
during all prearranged group guided tours and all public open houses. Establishing communication
links with appropriate emergency and port authorities will be done prior to, or immediately after,
entering all poi :s of call.
When entering or upon arriving at a planned port destination, the Master or Mate on watch will
establish a means of contacting the local Fire Department, Police and emergency medical response
service while in port. This information will be made visibly prominent on the Bridge and on the
Quarter Deck. Every effort shall be made by the Master or Mate on watch to arrange for the local
Fire Department, Police, and EMS as may be practicable, to visit and tour the R/V Lake Guardian.
Additionally, local emergency response services shall be provided with a copy of this evacuation plan.
Prior to the beginning of on board tours, the Master or Senior Ships Officer on board, in concert with
the USEPA Public Affairs Representative, will designate an area off ship to reassemble the on board
tour group in the event of an evacuation. The purpose for the reassembly area is for establishing
accountability of the visitors. Prior to tour activities and visitor arrival, the Master or Senior Ship
Officer on board will brief the Tour Guides and Deck Watch with the location of the off ship
reassembly area and the immediate areas off ship to be kept clear in the event of incoming emergency
vehicles.
It is the NUMBER ONE PRIORITY of all shipboard crew members, whether on or off duty, to
facilitate the evacuation of tour groups or open house guests in the event of a fire or ship emergency
events. Should the Fire Alarm or General Alarm be sounded during the hours of public visitation, all
crew members will make a conscientious effort to locate and help evacuate any visitors encountered
on their way to their assigned emergency station.
All Tour Guides, Deck Watch Members, and ship personnel on watch during public admittance days
are required to be in direct radio contact with the bridge, Marine Channel 73, at all times. In addition,
all personnel must carry dependable flashlights for use in the event of power failure.
-------
TOUR GUIDES.
PREPLANNED GROUP TOURS
During all preplanned tours, the Tour Guide or Senior USEPA Public
Affairs Representative shall "log" the names of each individual in the
groups being brought on board. The log is to remain at the reception
desk located on the Quarter Deck. The Tour Guide will inform the
group of evacuation procedures including the following:
1. Point out the off ship reassembly area and explain the necessity
to determine the accountability of guests
2. Request that all visitors remain together as much as possible
during the tour
3. Inform guests that physically handicapped individuals must be
accompanied by an able body adult capable of carrying the
individual off the ship in the event of an emergency situation
QUARTER WATCH:
Throughout the entire open house period, the Quarter Deck Watch
shall diligently maintain a body count of all visitors coming on board
and all visitors exiting the ship. This count is essential to ensure that
the number of visitors on board is limited in accordance with USEPA
directives. Most importantly, the count is necessary to ensure that
all open house visitors on board can be accounted for at any given
moment should evacuation of the vessel become necessary.
WHEN FIRE ALARM OR GENERAL ALARM SOUNDS
CREW MEMBERS:
BRIDGE:
TOUR GUIDES:
Follow the ship emergency billet assignments and ship protocols with
the exception of the tour guides and the assigned Quarter Deck Watch
until all visitors are safely off the ship and the Bridge directs you to
proceed to your assigned billet. Evacuation of visitors is the NUMBER
ONE PRIORITY for all ship crew members whether on or off duty.
Notify the Fire Department or appropriate shoreside emergency
response group.
Calmly lead your tour group along the best ship evacuation route to
the shore reassembly area.
-------
BRIDGE
QUARTER WATCH:
TOUR GUIDES:
As soon as information is available, announce over the ship's PA system
the location of the fire or emergency situation. Advise Tour Guides
and Quarter Deck Watch of development via radio. Make announce-
ments approximately every 30 seconds over the ship's PA system, with
clear, concise directions, for all visitors to evacuate the ship and the
locations to avoid. This will assist all crew members in providing
assistance and direction.
Maintain your station to assist all visitors ashore until the Bridge
advises you that the evacuation is complete. Take special care to
make an accurate head count of departing visitors. When the head
count equals the number counted on board, notify the bridge.
Notify the Bridge as soon as you reassemble your tour in the
designated area off ship and have accounted for all visitors.
CREW MEMBERS.
BRIDGE.
While responding to your assigned billet station, a concerted effort shall
be made to look for and seek out any shipboard visitors. If you
encounter a visitor, assist them off ship or provide directions using the
safest route. If encountering a tour group, ask the tour guide
if they need any assistance in guiding the people ashore. If assistance
is needed, do so before reporting to your station. When your area of
the ship is clear of visitors and you are on station, communicate this
fact to the Bridge.
When the Fire Department or other emergency response units arrive,
advise all crew members of further actions to take. The Master or
Senior Ship's Officer on board will interface with the emergency
response unit.
-------
SURVEY PLAN
Page 1 of 8
Date:
This form is provided to the user/sponsor for assistance in determining the vessel requirements for the project Close attention to detail i:
essential to the success of the project. So please, please complete the form as accurately as possible. Draw a single line through any item thai
does not apply. Do not include any information which is or may be deemed classified Additional information may be provided on the last page
1.0 GENERAL
Project Title:
Organization:
Project/Work Assignment Manager:
Survey Chief Scientist:
_Survey Title:,
.GUARDIAN Requested by:.
Organization..
.Organization:.
.Organization Address:
Phone No. •
Fax No :.
Principal Investigator:.
FAX No.:
Comments.
EPA Grant/Contact:.
Organization:
Work Assignment No.:_
_P.I. Telephone No. •_
2.0 SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS
FUNCTION DATE TIME LOCATION
Commence Mobilization
Pre-sail Conference
Depart Home Base
Depart Station
Start Demobilization
Post-sail Conference
Allowable Weather/Breakdown Days
Comments:
FUNCTION
Complete Mobilization
Dock Trials
Arrive on Station
Arrive Home Base
Finish Demobilization
Maximum Duration (Days)
DATE TIME LOCATION
3.0 CHEMICAL BACKGROUND INFORMATION (Including standards, spikes, and instrument calibration chemicals)
NOTICE: A \fATERIAL &4FETYDATA SHEET (MSDS) MUST ACCOMPANY EVERY CHEMICAL OR REAGENT THAT IS BROUGHT
ABOARD THE LAKE GUARDIAN. COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUEST IS ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY PRIOR TO THE SHIP'S
DEPARTURE. ADDITIONALLY, CHEMICAL WASTES GENERATED BY SHIP'S USERS MUST BE REMOVED BY USERS. THE USER
IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PRODDING PROVISIONS FOR PROPER WASTE STORAGE METHODS/CONTAINERS CHEMICAL
NAME
QUANTITY
CONCENTRATION
-------
SURVEY PLAN Page 2 <** Date:
4.0 SURVEY JUSTIFICATION AND RATIONALE
5.0 OBJECTIVES
Project:
Survey:
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT QUESTIONS ASKED BY PROJECT/SURVEY
7.0 SURVEY LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (At*c
Survey Area(s) Name(s) or Geographic
Name:
Survey Area Locations (Provide MaP>:
Survey Area Boundary Coordinates (Lat/Long):
Survey Station Types (Water/s«taent):
Number of Stations By Type'
Water Depth Required: Sediment Zone Required:
Survey Transect Lengths' Transect Line Spacings'
Other
-------
SURVE
Page 3 of 8 Date:
8.0 SURVEY/SAMPLING METHODOLOGIES
Method Descriptions:
Method Rationale:
Diving On Survey: YES: NO: (ify«,«*section 15 and 19
9.0 SEQUENCE OF SURVEY TASKS/EVENTS
10.0 SURVEY LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION
1. HF FREQ
2 VHP FREQ
3. UHF FREQ
4 LORAN-C
5. RADAR
6 GYROCOMPASS
7. SATNAV
8 OMEGA
9. DECCA
10 OTHER COMMUNICATION
1 1 OTHER NAVIGATION
-------
SURVEY PLAN Pagers D.te!
11.0 SfflPBOARD SERVICES EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES
1. HANDLING EQUIPMENT
PROJECT SUPPLIED GUARDIAN SUPPLIED (Attach GUARDIAN check L* ifAPProPnate):
2. LABORATORIES REQUIRED
PROJECT SUPPLIED GUARDIAN SUPPLIED (Attach GUARDIAN che
3. DIRECT DECK ACCESS
4. WINCH REQUIREMENTS
PROJECT SUPPLIED GUARDIAN SUPPLIED (Att,ch GUARDIAN ch«<*u« if APProPnat.):.
5. LIFTING GEAR
PROJECT SUPPLED GUARDIAN SUPPLIED (AH** GUARDIAN check
6. OTHER DECK EQUIPMENT:
7. ELECTRICAL POWER REQUIREMENTS
Description and Location:
8. WATER REQUIREMENTS
Fresh Quality Distilled Quantity
9. HYDRAULICS
Pressure Volume
10 AIR
Pressure Volume
11. SMALL CRAFT
PROJECT SUPPLIED GUARDIAN SUPPLIED (Attach GUARDIAN check u«ifAppropna«):
IF PROJECT SUPPLIED, PROVIDE
Size Weight O.B. Motor
Purpose
Will the Guardian need to carry the small craft? YES NO.
-------
SURVEY PLAN P.*S«* D.te
fll.O SHIPBOARD SERVICES EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES (Continued)
1 2. CREW ASSISTANCE - The crew of the Lake Guardian includes a Science Officer and Marine Technician who are responsible
for operating the ship's science, sampling and laboratory equipment to facilitate your survey goals. There are alsoseveral professional seamen
on board to handle the deck gear (cranes, winches, A-frames, davits, etc...) for your use. Beyond this scope however, it is requested that
your scientific party include the appropriate number of personnel to complete the remainder of your project requirements
Rating (Type) _ Number of Personnel _
Rating (Type) _ Number of Personnel _
Rating (Type) _ Number of Personnel _
1 3. OTHER SHIP REQUIREMENTS:
1. _
2. _ __ _ ________
14. SHORE SUPPORT MOBILIZATION FORCE:
Welders Riggers
Mechanics Machinists
Laborers
12.0 OPERATING
Sea State: Wave Height MAX MIN
Atmospheric Conditions:
Wind Speed MAX MIN Direction
Temperature MAX MIN
Cloud Cover ANY O'CAST SUN
Precipitation Permitted Not Permitted
Visibility MAX MIN
Time of Day ANY DAYLIGHT NIGHT
13.0 SCIENTIFIC PARTY
1. Point of Contact
2. Number of Personnel Maximum Number of Persons to a Cabin
NAME SURVEY ORGANIZATION TIME/PLACE OF
RESPONSIBILITY ARRIVAL AND DEPARTURE
1).
2)_
3).
_
,10).
-------
SURVEY PLAN
Page 6 of 8
Date:
Please indicate below if any persons in your science party have taken any courses or obtained training and/or certification in
A. Laboratory Health & Safety B
C. Hazardous Materials Handling D.
E. Respiratory Protection F.
G. First Aid and/or CPR H.
I. Small Boat Handling J
K Crane/Derrick Operation L.
Field Health & Safety
Emergency Spill Response
Radiation Safety
Fire Fighting
Lockout/Tagout
Bloodbome Pathogens
NAME
1)
2)
3)
TRAINING, COURSE OR CERTIFICATION OBTAINED
OBTAINED WHEN
COMMENTS:
14.0 PROPOSED REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
12. CREW ASSISTANCE
Debriefing Telephone Call- YES NO
Survey Report Due Date no o,y, Aft« Demoby
No. Of Days After Demob.
Final Report/Other Document Description.
Other Comments'
15.0 DIVING OPERATING
Locations:
Potential Hazards:
Depth Range.
Maximum Depth'
-------
SURVEY PLAN
Page 7 of 8 Date:
Dive Master. Organization:
Dive #2: Organization:
Dive #3: Organization:
Dive #4: Organization'
Dive #5: Organization:
Dive #6: Organization:
Dive #7: Organization'
Dive #8: Organization:
Dives' Tasks:
REQUIREMENTS REMINDER:
OXYGEN WILL BE ON SITE ON BOTH THE GUARDIAN AND TENDER BOAT.
(Oxygen Will Be Provided By The GUARDIAN.)
STANDBY DIVER WILL BE SUITED UP IN THE TENDER BOAT READY TO DIVE.
(Dive Team Scheduling And Bottom Time Planning Must Allow For This)
i GUARDIAN Anchored: YES: NO: Tender Boat Anchored: YES: _ NO:
Communications'
Tender Boat.
Special Equipment Needed:
Other:
-------
SURVEY PLAN
D.te
16.0 DIVER EMERGENCY AID LIST
DIVERS ALERT NETWORK (DAN)
24-Hour Telephone No.:
(919)684-8111
NEAREST DECOMPRESSION CHAMBER 0*0%
Telephone No.:
24-Hour Telephone No
Telephone Call On Day Of Initial Diving Operations To Be Made By:
Hyperbaric Physician(s): Telephone No...
NEAREST HOSPITAL (Facility Name And Addrew):
Telephone No. :
Hyperbaric Physician(s)-
24-Hour Telephone No
Telephone No.: _
NEAREST COAST GUARD STATION
VHP Channel.
Telephone No.:
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT:
Location:
Oxygen Location:.
DIVER MEDIC (Name If Planned)'
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX P
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: COVER
APPENDIX P: WELCOME ABOARD AND SAFETY ORIENTATION
-------
WELCOME ABOARD THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
The United States Environmental Protection Agency, Seaward Services, Inc. and the Master, officers
and crew of the R/V Lake Guardian welcome you aboard. We hope your stay on board will be a
pleasant one. Our goal will be to assist you to bring your research programs to a safe and successful
conclusion.
We appreciate your cooperation in accomplishing this goal and we ask that you review the material
in this handout. Should you have any questions or encounter problems regarding the items presented
herein, please bring them to the attention of the ship's Master via the Chief Scientist.
This informational handout will provide some essential facts and useful information to ensure you
have a safe and comfortable voyage. Please do not hesitate to ask questions concerning any subject
about the ship. We will be happy to provide explanations and/or demonstrations when possible. If
you find you are having a problem, please bring it to the attention of the ship's Master (Captain), the
Mate on watch or the Chief Scientist.
OPERATING AUTHORITY
The R/V Lake Guardian is operated for and under the control of the USEPA's Great Lakes National
Program Office. An operating crew of professional seamen is furnished by Seaward Services, Inc.
Lab support is provided by personnel from Enviroscience. Lab and ship safety overview is provided
by USEPA appointed Chemical Hygiene Officer. When the ship is at sea, a senior scientist from
USEPA/GLNPO is assigned responsibility for all scientific operations and activities aboard the ship,
in conjunction with the ship's Master. For all ship operations and safety at sea, the Master has full
legal authority and thus has final control of all ship movements.
MISSION
The R/V Lake Guardian's mission is to gather information about the chemical and biological
conditions of the Lakes, and to monitor the pollutant concentrations in water, sediments, air, fish and
other biological matter. On occasion, the ship may be provided for use for other scientific interests,
including research activities of other federal, state and local agencies as well as academia.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The R/V Lake Guardian is USEPA's newest, largest and cleanest surveillance and monitoring vessel.
It was converted in 1990 from a former offshore oil field service vessel originally built in 1981.
During the conversion period, all of the structures aft of the exhaust stacks were added. In 1991, the
four container labs and the HVAC (heating, ventilation and air conditioning) van were added to the
ship, as well as the large stern A-Frame. The ship is 180 feet in overall length, with a beam (width)
of 40 feet. Depending on loading conditions, it can have a draft (underwater portion of hull) of up
-------
to 11 feet. Lake Guardian is powered by two 1125 HP Caterpillar diesel engines, each driving its
own propeller shaft. Electrical power is provided by three 135 KW Caterpillar diesel engines. A bow
thruster, powered by a 300 HP Caterpillar diesel engine, aids in the ship's ability to maneuver in close
quarters. It is also used in station keeping. When operating at full power, the ship can make 13 miles
per hour and may consume in excess of 100 gallons of fuel per hour.
LABORATORIES AND SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT
There are three fLed laboratories located aboard the R/V Lake Guardian: chemistry lab (main deck
-port side), microbiology lab (main deck - starboard side), wet lab (main deck-port side aft part of
deckhouse). In addition, there are four portable (container) labs mounted on deck which are
accessed from the passageway connected to the wet lab. These labs, from forward to aft, are the
organic extraction lab, organic analytical lab, primary productivity lab, and the hazardous materials
storage locker.
Located on top of the organic extraction lab is the HVAC van. (This unit contains machinery to
support the analytical and extraction HVAC systems and no science personnel user equipment is
contained inside. Science personnel are requested not to enter this space). The equipment and
instruments contained in these labs are primarily for support of the basic monitoring function of the
ship. Some or all of this equipment may be made available for use by guest scientists at the discretion
of the USEPA Project Officer, Chief Scientist or his designated representative.
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MASTER
The ship's Master (Captain) assumes responsibility for the safe operation and navigation of the ship.
He is responsible for the safety of all personnel on board and may curtail, delay or cease all operations
if, in his judgement, the vessel, personnel or equipment are in jeopardy. The Master will confer with
the Chief Scientist in making decisions at these times, and will comply with the test plan so far as
possible to achieve the goals set forth therein.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
A manual of Standard Operating Procedures (SOP's) is located on the main deck passageway.
Included in this manual are procedures for performing certain functions aboard the vessel which could
endanger the safety of personnel or equipment. At their earliest opportunity, all scientific personnel
should read and become familiar with these procedures. Further, in the laboratory office is the
USEPA GLNPO Health. Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual. Again, it is incumbent
upon all scientific personnel to become familiar with this manual and to abide by the requirements
contained therein.
LIFE ABOARD THE R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
Knowledge of the ship's layout will assist you in accomplishing your daily activities, and is vital in
determining the appropriate response for emergency situations, both real and simulated. Please study
-------
the deck plans, note the locations of fixed fire stations, life rings, portable fire extinguishers and
abandon ship stations.
Because of the R/V Lake Guardian's unique mission, schedules and routines are inherently rigid. It
is suggested that you keep abreast of vessel movements, scientific activities and the weather so that
you are aware of emerging conditions which may affect you and/or your work aboard the ship.
The R/V Lake Guardian has berthing for up to 43 persons, including the crew. Most staterooms set
aside for scientific personnel have two fixed bunks (upper and lower) as well as a fold down pullman
bunk for a third person. These pullman bunks are used only when a maximum complement of
personnel are carried aboard. When this situation arises, some scientists and crew members may have
to share accommodations. Stateroom assignments are made jointly by the ship's Master and the Chief
Scientist.
Each stateroom and bunk contains a card which designates the emergency mustering location for the
persons in that stateroom. Located on the back of each stateroom door is a diagram showing the
occupants of that room the quickest means of egress. You should become familiar with this diagram
soon after being assigned your stateroom.
During the course of your cruise, you will be asked to participate in emergency preparedness drills
in concert with the ship's operating crew and USEPA personnel. Emergency drills are a most
important and very necessary part of shipboard life, since they serve to ensure that you and your
shipmates are properly trained in the event of an emergency or casualty to an individual or to the ship.
You will be instructed on how to abandon ship, how to "muster" in one location should a fire occur
(in order to account for everyone), how to report a man overboard, how to operate a hand-portable
fire extinguisher, how to deploy a life ring, how to don a survival suit and life jacket.
Drills can be perceived as a nuisance to some, since at times some individuals will be inconvenienced
by having to participate in drills during their off-duty hours. Although some drills are unannounced,
we try to schedule them within a five hour period between 1000 and 1500, and/or while the ship is
not engaged in sampling operations.
PRE-BOARDTNG PREPARATIONS
Science personnel should allow sufficient time prior to the departure date to turn in rental cars, load
equipment, prepare their staff, check supplies, etc.. Use your enclosed Pre-Boarding Check Off-
Sheet to ensure that you have adhered to the minimum standard requirements and guidelines. Sailing
time may be delayed at the Masters discretion, if science/technical personnel report aboard in a
condition which he considers unsafe. Further delays in sailing are announced should equipment
malfunction occur, or when late deliveries of equipment and supplies are experienced. Current or
forecast weather conditions may also delay sailing time.
-------
REPORTING ABOARD
Plan to report aboard at least one hour before sailing time. Upon arrival you should report to the
First Mate, who will sign you aboard and provide an orientation of the vessel's physical arrangements
including assigned berthing area. In addition, please supply the Chemical Hygiene Officer with your
chemical inventory and provide all necessary Material Data Safety Sheets (MSDS's). For your safety,
you are required to accomplish the following immediately after receiving your stateroom assignment.
• Ensure that your life jacket is in place near your bunk.
• Ensure that your survival suit is in place near your bunk.
Shortly after reporting aboard for your cruise, you will either be given a safety orientation by the
Captain of the ship or the Chemical Hygiene Officer, or you will attend the presentation of a safety
video produced exclusively for the R/V Lake Guardian. It is imperative that you attend this
orientation or video when scheduled, and pay close attention to what the Captain has to say -
someday your life or that of your shipmates may depend on it!
Refer to a nearby station bill and find your assigned life raft as well as your fire and abandon ship
stations. Station bills are located at several areas throughout the ship. These areas include the
Captain's office, focsle deck, mess deck, passageway outside of the biology and chemistry labs and
the pilot house.
Become familiar with the signals for fire and abandon ship (you will hear these in the safety video);
a drill will be conducted upon departure from the first port and at least once per week thereafter.
Safety Rule: One hand for you, and one hand for the ship. This means that when carrying
large or bulky items, you should always have one hand available and ready to grab a safe
handhold in case the vessel suddenly rolls, or if you lose your balance. This may mean making
several trips with your gear or asking a shipmate to help you. Similarly, keep safe handholds
in mind so you can grab for them automatically if you must clutch for support.
WORK DECK
The Chief Scientist or his designated representative will advise the Master of any sampling, launching,
streaming or retrieval activity required. The ship's cranes, winches, tools, rigging, etc. are to be
operated by ship's crew only; however during extended operations scientific personnel may be asked
to participate in these evolutions. Scientific personnel should direct all inquiries to the Master
through the Chief Scientist in matters concerning work on deck, navigation, safe working parameters,
use of ship's equipment, etc. Use of this procedure will avoid working at cross-purposes.
-------
BERTHING ARRANGEMENTS
Scientific personnel quarters are located as follows:
Focsle Deck - Five staterooms port and starboard aft of the fire door.
Main Deck - One stateroom starboard side between the forward fire doors.
Berthing assignments for these spaces are made by the First Mate or Chief Scientist. Linens, towels,
etc. will be provided when you arrive on board. Upon departure from the vessel, kindly strip your
bunk and store the soiled linen in the laundry basket provided near the washing machine on the port
side of the main deck, forward. Fresh linen will be issued once per week, the time of which will be
announced in advance.
MESSING
Our cook and steward prepare and serve varied and nutritious meals for our crew and the embarked
scientific party. Normal meal hours are as follows:
Breakfast: 0730-0830 Lunch: 1130-1230 Dinner: 1700-1800
When large numbers of personnel are carried aboard, it is requested that meals be eaten comfortably
but quickly. Eat and enjoy your meals but please do not "dally in the galley". We have seating for
19 but on occasion must feed up to 43 personnel. Located adjacent to the coffee pot is a rack on
which to stow your personal coffee mug. You are responsible for washing your own mug after each
use.
We request that the mess area be vacated by all personnel 30 minutes before and after each meal in
order that the steward have ample space to prepare the area for meals and to square away after meals.
Certain other amenities are expected and required:
1. Appropriate clothing shall be worn to meals; this includes shirt and shoes.
2. Traditional shipboard protocol dictates that hats, caps and other headgear be removed
when entering the mess area while the ship's company is at mess.
3. Some late arrivals to meals due to watch standing can be expected; however,
general nonconformity with the meal schedule is considered poor form. Ship's
crew reporting for watch on occasion may be served ahead of someone who
has been waiting. Since the crew must report on time, your consideration of
this possibility will be appreciated.
4. Anyone on a special diet or who has a need to eat late, should notify the cook
and you will be accommodated.
-------
5. When entering the mess area for meals, neither space nor sanitary considerations
permit visits to the galley to look things over. A menu is posted on the whiteboard.
Take your dinnerware from the dispensers provided and proceed to the salad bar and
hot table and then the seat of your choice.
6. At all times, the mess area is designated a no-smoking area, as are all interior spaces
aboard the ship.
7. No food is permitted in the lounge during mealtimes; however, snacks are
permitted in the lounge between meals and in the evening.
8. Night rations are available and located in the small refrigerator below the salad
bar which is designated for your use during other than meal hours. Feel free
to partake of the cold cuts, leftovers, fruit and soft drinks provided. Please
cover, label and date any food items returned to the refrigerator. In addition,
do not store any food items in the steel, tin or aluminum cans from which they
were obtained.
9. Except for your personal coffee mug, do not hand wash dishes or cups, but
leave them in the cart provided. They will be properly cleaned and sanitized
in the dishwasher.
The stainless steel refrigerator in the galley and the walk-in refrigerator and freezer contain food for
preparation of regular meals. We request that you do not open these units, but rather ask the cook
for any item which you cannot find in the salad bar refrigerator. We further request that any mess
gear used outside of normal meal hours be scraped clean by the user and placed in the cart provided
for dishes and utensils to be cleaned.
WASHING MACHINES AND DRYERS
Washing machines and dryers are provided and available for the use of all personnel aboard. The
washing machines should only be used when you have a full load; use for partial loads will deplete
the snip's fresh water supply and holding capacity. Use less than Vz cup of detergent for a full load;
additional soap creates heavy sudsing which strains the machine and can leave residue in your
clothing. Low phosphate detergent is provided for your use by the ship; do not use other types of
soap in the washing machine. The washing machines may be used while the ship is on station and
collecting samples since the ship has the ability to contain all waste water.
-------
Personal use of the washers and dryers is permitted within the following format:
a. Write name on space provided with attached erasable pen.
b. Remember that all washing machine water drains into our sanitary holding
tank thus reducing our time at sea. Therefore, in order to conserve water and
sanitary tank capacity, we ask that you bring enough clean clothing such that
you do not need to continually wash your clothes.
c. Do not overload or underload these machines.
d. Keep track of finish times and promptly remove clothing from machines to
allow others to use them.
e. Lastly, make sure machines are empty and that lint screens are clean.
f. Again, prior to final departure, please strip your bunk and place all your dirty
linens inside of your pillowcase and deposit in the laundry room.
POTABLE WATER AND SEWAGE CAPACITY
The potable water and sewage holding capacity onboard the R/V Lake Guardian is severely limited.
The showers, sinks, washing machines and toilets drain into a holding tank (for later transfer ashore).
The following guidelines are set forth to ensure conservation of resources:
1. Flush toilets only when required for human waste; all other disposable materials should be
placed in a waste container. Do not place sanitary napkins or any other foreign articles in
toilets.
2. Also, please wait and make sure your toilet finishes flushing after use. Because our
toilet system uses lake water and is sometimes loaded with sand particles, the valves
occasionally do not close and we will have a toilet that continually flushes. As a result, the
holding tank will fill prematurely. Call 911 (Bridge) to report a running toilet, leaking shower,
basin, or any other leaking pipe.
3. Due to limited sanitary capacity, please limit your showers to one per day and conserve water
where possible. Each shower head is equipped with a mixing valve. In order to control the
water temperature turn the handle counterclockwise to increase the temperature and
clockwise to decrease the temperature.
-------
CLEANLINESS
Cleanliness of the vessel is an "all hands" evolution. Our limited crew size demands that each person
on board do his share to assist in maintaining clean, neat and orderly conditions. Personnel assigned
to each space are responsible for the cleanliness of that space, including staterooms. Public areas of
the vessel (heads, passageways, mess area, etc.) are assigned to members of the crew for cleaning.
However, when you leave the lounge area, please remove all trash and return books, games, snacks,
etc. to the racks. Leave the lounge ready for the next person. Your cooperation in this matter will
be appreciated.
Upon final departure, please do not remove or take any items belonging to the ship as a souvenir.
We are held accountable for all government property, and the next group to sail with us may need
to use these items.
PERSONAL POSSESSIONS
Seaward Services, Inc. cannot be responsible for the loss of personal effects. Items of significant
value should be left ashore, or given to the ship's Master for storage in the ship's safe.
COMMUNICATIONS
Daily radio or cellular telephone contact is made with the GLNPO office and occasionally, with
Seaward Service's office. The Master can handle routine or emergency traffic via the marine operator
as may be required. Personal and business calls will be made by credit card or collect only, unless
prior arrangements have been made to pay for this service.
Use of the cellular phone, when activated and in a coverage area, is for government and business use
only. Permission to use the phone must be obtained from the Master or Chief Scientist and all calls
must be logged.
SMOKING
In an effort to maintain the enclosed spaces of the ship as "sweet smelling" as possible, we insist that
smokers restrict this habit to designated outside areas.
FUELING
There is absolutely no smoking allowed when we a/e taking on fuel. Whenever the vessel is taking
on fuel, as evidenced by the red "bravo" flag flying by day, or by a red light on the mast at night, the
smoking lamp shall be extinguished throughout the vessel. Announcements shall be made to further
warn personnel when fueling operations are being conducted. When completed, the smoking lamp
will be re-lit.
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES AND ILLEGAL DRUGS
8
-------
Alcoholic beverages and illegal drugs in any form will not be consumed or brought aboard by any
persons. Any personnel found to be in violation of this regulation will have the substance confiscated
and upon arrival at the next port will be discharged from the vessel. Further, any person found to be
in violation shall be reported to the local authority and prosecuted to the full extent of the law.
FIREARMS
Firearms are prohibited onboard the R/V Lake Guardian at all times.
TOURS OF THE VESSEL BY THE PUBLIC
The R/V Lake Guardian is funded by taxpayer dollars and an effort is made by USEPA and Seaward
Services, Inc. to insure that the vessel is available to the general public on a not-to-interfere basis with
scientific operations, repair and maintenance work or crew privacy. With this in mind, scientific and
crew personnel desirous of providing individuals a tour of the vessel must first check with the Master
or the USEPA Project Scientist before conducting such a tour. We request that tours be conducted
only during the hours of 0900-2000, with the exception of mealtimes. Only public areas (lab
passageways, pilothouse, open deck areas) of the vessel may be shown. Berthing areas are off limits
for tours, except for unoccupied cabins which may have open doors for viewing purposes only.
Visitors should not enter the cabins. Ship's company abrogating this simple courtesy will be subject
to immediate discharge from the vessel.
IN CONCLUSION
This Welcome Aboard handout has been provided for your use in becoming familiar with the Lake
Guardian and its operation. Although it is a relatively large ship, after several weeks at sea it can
sometimes seem mighty small, especially to individuals without any previous seagoing experience.
However, if we all work as a team and everyone does his/her own job (and Mother Nature smiles
upon us), we can all expect another rewarding experience, both personally and professionally.
Once again, WELCOME ABOARD!
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX Q
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: COVER
APPENDIX Q: MARINE SANITATION STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
-------
Attachment 1
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
FOR FREE AVAILABLE CHLORINE TEST
OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
It has been recommended by the Naval Hospital Occupational Health and Preventative Medicine
Department that Free Available Chlorine (FAC) tests shall be performed aboard the Lake Guardian.
This test will be performed by the E/T or M/T prior to shore to ship connection of the potable water
hose. In addition, this test will be performed 30 minutes after the water has settled in the vessel's
tanks and is to be collected at the riser.
In accordance with the "Manual of Naval Preventative Medicine Standards" a FAC level of 0.2 ppm
should be maintained in the vessel's tanks, and a trace level reading should be maintained throughout
the ship's distribution system.
Free Available Chlorine Test Procedure for Potable Water
This procedure uses the DPD (N,N-Diethyl-p-Phenylenediamine) Method with 13 mm viewing depth
tubes in the Orbeco-Hellige Pocket Comparator No. 605.
1. After letting the line flush for 1 -2 minutes, fill one of the test kit tubes with water to 10
ml line. Insert into the top left side opening of comparator (next to hinge). This tube
will serve as compensation for sample color or turbidity (blank).
2. Rinse a second tube with water, leaving just enough to moisten tablet when added.
3. Add one DPD No. 1 Tablet and crush with plastic stirring rod.
4. Remove rod. Fill tube with water sample to 10 ml line and mix using stirring rod. Insert
this tube into the right-hand opening in the comparator.
5. Place DPD disc in comparator, revolve until a match is obtained between one of the glass
standards and the test solution. The result in parts per million (milligrams per liter) of
FREE AVAILABLE CHLORINE is read directly from the figure appearing in the upper
opening at the right side of the front cover of the comparator.
HIGHER RANGE EXTENSION
Chlorine residuals greater than the highest value on a color disc may be easily tested by diluting the
sample with distilled or deionized water. For example, the DPD tablet is dissolved in 5 ml of the
distilled or deionized water, to which sample is added to the 10 ml line. The reading obtained, is
multiplied by the dilution factor 10/5 = 2. Likewise, if 2 ml of sample is added to 8 ml of distilled
deionized water, in which a tablet has been dissolved, the reading obtained is multiplied by 10/2 = 5.
-------
DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF THE ORBECO-HELLIGE POCKET COMPARATOR
To insert a Color Disc, open the front cover of the comparator and place the center of the disc on the
ring with the numbers facing outward. With the cover closed, the numbers are so arranged that only
one result number is visible when a standard is completely centered in the field of view.
The observation fields for colorimetric comparison are seen through the two central openings. These
appear as concentric half-fields through the Magnifying Prism Attachment. The right-hand field shows
the tube containing treated sample which is placed in the right-hand opening at the top of the
comparator. The left-hand field shows one of the color standards and the tube containing the "blank"
(usually clear water or untreated sample - sometimes called the "compensation tube"), which is placed
in the left-hand top opening. This "blank" eliminates possible errors due to color or turbidity in the
sample fluid, and the preparation is covered in the procedure supplied with each Color Disc.
In tests where only 5 ml of sample is utilized, insert the tube only sufficiently to permit the color of
the solution to be seen in the right-hand field. After the tubes are in the comparator, color
comparison is accomplished by rotating the disc so that one standard after another is brought into the
left-hand field, and until a color match is achieved.
When using a Pocket Comparator equipped with a Magnifying Prism Attachment, the color fields
should be viewed with the eye in line with the center of the lens at approximately 10 inches viewing
distance. The half-fields should be free of shadow effect, which is caused by off-center or oblique
observation. For best results, rest the eyes between readings, preferably by viewing a gray or green
background. CAUTION: DO NOT PLACE THE EYE CLOSE TO THE PRISM OR PROLONG
OBSERVATION BEYOND 10-15 SECONDS.
When a color match is obtained with one of the Standards, the result is read directly from the figure
seen through the opening at the right side of the front cover. If the color of the test solution is
intermediate between two Standards, the value may be estimated by interpolating between the
corresponding values.
For comparisons in daylight, northern exposure is best, but any indirect lighting from outdoors usually
is satisfactory. Direct
sunlight should always be avoided, and while making color comparisons, the opal glass at the back
of the comparator should directly face the light. Care should be taken to avoid nonuniform
illumination of the two light fields from pronounced shadows.
Cleanliness is most important in all colorimetric measurements. Observing some simple cleanliness
guidelines will save time and effort. The Comparator, Prism Attachment and Color Disc should
always be kept clean. Should solutions be accidentally spilled in the Comparator, the back cover
should be opened and interior cleaned, and the interior of the opal glass cleaned periodically
regardless. Drying the outside of the Precision Tube before insertion will help minimize dirt or
corrosive effects on the interior parts. Should a squeaking noise occur when the front or back cover
are opened, it can be corrected by placing a drop of oil along the inner hinge rim.
-------
H
V2
O
o
2
-------
Attachment 2
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
FOR BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING OF POTABLE WATER
(PRESENCE/ABSENCE TEST)
Product Use;
Colilert is used for the simultaneous detection, specific identification and confirmation of total coliforms and E. coli
in water.
Principle;
Colilert is based on the Defined Substrate Technology (DST). DST utilizes indicator-nutrients which cause target
microbes contained the sample and incubated in the DST reagent system to produce a color change (or another
signal, i.e., fluorescence), both indicating and confirming their presence. The indicator-nutrient is cleaved by the
target microbe which metabolizes the nutrient and frees the indicator to express a specific color. The growth and
reproduction process of the target microbe if fueled by the nutrient.
Colilert is a specially designed reagent formulation of salts, nitrogen and carbon sources that are specific to total
coliforms. It provides specific indicator nutrients: ONPG (0-Nitrophenyl-p-d-Galactopyroniside) and MUG (4-
Methyllumbelliferyl-p-d-Glucuronide) for the test microbes, total coliforms and Escherichia coli. As these nutrients
are metabolized, yellow color (from ONPG) and fluorescence (from MUG) are released confirming the presence of
.total coliforms and E. coli respectively. Non-coliform bacteria are suppressed and cannot metabolize the indicator
'nutrients. Consequently, they do not interfere with the specific identification of the target microbes during the test
incubation period.
Performance Characteristics;
Total coliforms and E. coli are specifically and simultaneously detected and identified at 1 CFU/100 mL of sample,
in 24 hours or less, by inoculating the reagent with the water sample and incubating it. No further sample
manipulation or testing is required. Field and in-house data show Colilert to be sensitive and specific for the
detection of total coliforms and E. Coli at the 1 CFU/100 mL level in water samples with as many as 20,000
heterotrophic bacteria present per mL.
Materials Required:
1. 35 ±0.5°C Incubator
2. Long wavelength (365nm) ultraviolet lamp.
3. Color and fluorescence comparator.
4. 120 mL sterile high clarity polystyrene vessels with 100 mL fill line and screw caps with sodium thiosulfate
5. Colilert reagent tubes. Each tube provides reagent sufficient for 100 mL water sample.
Storage and Shelf Life;
Store and 4-30°, away from light in a cool, dry environment. Colilert is stable under these conditions for at least 15
months from date of manufacture.
Page 1
-------
Sample Collection:
When the sample is collected, leave ample air space in the bottle (at least 2 5 cm or 1 in.) to facilitate mixing of the
sample by shaking, preparatory to examination. Care must be exercised to take samples that will be representative
of the water being tested and to avoid contamination of the sample at the time of collection or in the period before
examination.
The sample bottle shall be kept unopened until the moment it is to be filled. Remove the cap as a unit, taking care
to avoid soiling. During sampling, do not handle the cap or neck of the bottle and protect them from contamination.
Hold the bottle near the base, fill it without rinsing, replace the cap immediately and secure the cap.
The samples of water should be collected once a week from two locations throughout the ship. One sample should
be taken from a forward or aft tap on the focsle deck, and the other sample should be taken from a tap on the 01 deck
at the opposing end (fore or aft) of where the first sample was taken. In addition, one sample per month should be
collected from alternating potable water tanks in the engine room. The tap should be opened fully and the water
allowed to run to waste for 2-3 minutes or for a time to permit clearing of the service line. The flow from the tap
should be restricted to one that will permit filling the bottle without splashing. Leaking taps that allow water to flow
over the outside of the tap must be avoided as sampling points.
Procedural Notes:
1 . Avoid touching or otherwise contaminating the reagent or the inside of the reaction vessels or caps.
2. Colilert is for analytical testing only.
3. Adhere to good laboratory practice throughout the testing procedure.
4. Thoroughly mix all samples immediately before inoculating.
5. Never autoclave Colilert prior to use. This process will destroy the reagent system, which is heat labile.
6. Avoid prolonged exposure of the inoculated Colilert to direct sunlight. The indicator compounds may be
hydrolyzed, creating a false-positive (yellow) result.
7. After inoculation, Colilert should be incubated for 24 hours at 35 ± 0.5°C. Avoid incubation at this
temperature beyond 28 hours because heterotrophic bacteria present my overcome the suppressant systems
after this time, yielding a false positive. Yellow color after the 28 hour incubation period should be verified
or the sample repeated.
8. Colilert is a primary water test. Colilert performance characteristics do not apply to samples altered by any
form of pre-enrichment or concentration. This includes any method such as growth on a membrane filter or
growth in lactose based broth in which there is a non-specific growth enhancing step, or any pre-filtration
method such as filtering the sample through a membrane filter and then using the filter to inoculate in Colilert.
a. Do not transfer colonies or cultures pre-grown in any enrichment media to Colilert. Colonies grown
in such non-specific media may or may not be coliforms. Colilert's suppressant reagents may be
overloaded by transferring such heavy inocula of certain very weak p-galactosidase containing non-
coliforms (e.g., some Aeromonas and Psendonmonas), causing a false positive total coliform result.
Similarly, transfer of high numbers of other heterotrophs (for example, Flavobacterium) can cause
a false positive p-glucuronidase fluorescence and inaccurate indication that E. coli is present. While
one would not normally expect to encounter such extremely high levels of heterotrophs in a water
sample, pre-enrichment could produce them.
Page 2
-------
b. Do not pre-filter a sample and then place that filter in Colilert. The filtration step can concentrate
coliforms but also non-coliforms, heterotrophs, particulates, and certain chemicals (divalent cations,
heavy metals, etc.) which can overlay and suppress coliforms adversely affecting the sensitivity of the
test. Furthermore, coliform bacteria can become trapped in the filter, restricting their access to the
indicator-nutrients in the Colilert reagent and their subsequent growth and detection.
9. Do not dilute sample in buffered water for addition to Colilert. Colilert is already buffered and additional
buffer compounds can adversely affect the growth of the target microbes and test performance.
10. If additional confirmation is desired after incubating 24 to 28 hours and reading results, transfer 0.1 mL with
a pipet to EC + MUG or other confirmation media.
11. Upon mixing of Colilert reagent with the sample, a transient blue color may appear in containing 40-50 times
the amount of free chlorine normally found in drinking water. The sample should be considered invalid and
testing discontinued.
12. High calcium salt concentrations in certain waters may cause a slight precipitate. This should not affecl
results.
Test Procedure:
1. Aseptically open a tube of Colilert reagent and add the contents to a 100 mL water sample in a sterile,
transparent, non-fluorescent borosilicate glass container or high clarity polystyrene sterile vessels.
2. Shake vigorously be repeated inversion to aid dissolution of the reagent. Some particles may remain
undissolved. Dissolution will continue during incubation.
3. Incubate reagent/sample mixture at 35 ± 0.5°C for 24 hours.
4. Read the reaction at 24 hours. If yellow color is seen, check for fluorescence. Color should be uniform
throughout the vessel. If not, mix by inversion before reading.
Test Results and Interpretation;
At 24 hours, compare each reaction vessel against the color comparator dispensed into an identical vessel. If no
yellow is observed, the test is negative for total coliforms and E. coll. If the sample has a yellow color greater or
equal to the comparator, the presence of total coliforms is confirmed.
If yellow is observed at 24 hours, check each vessel for fluorescence by placing it three-five inches from the U.V.
lamp. Observe for fluorescence in a dark environment. If fluorescence if vessel(s) is greater or equal to fluorescence
of the comparator, the presence of E. coli is specifically confirmed.
The comparator is the lowest level of yellow and fluorescence which can be considered positive. A typical positive
test is much more intense than the comparator.
If a sample is yellow after 24 hours if incubation, but slightly less than the positive comparator, it may be incubated
up to an additional 4 hours. If the sample is coliform positive, the color will intensify. If it does not intensify.
consider the sample negative. Some water samples containing humic material may have an innate color. If a watei
sample has background color, compare inoculated Colilert vessel to a control blank of the same water sample.
If an inoculated Colilert vessel is inadvertently incubated over 28 hours - the following guidelines apply: No yellov,
after this incubation period should be verified or the test repeated.
Page 3
-------
Quality Control Procedures;
Routine quality control should be conducted on each lot of Colilert received to ensure integrity and proper product
performance.
Recommended Procedure:
1. Aseptically empty contents of a tube of Colilert into a sterile vessel containing 100 mL sterile distilled water
Mix thoroughly to aid dissolution.
2. Aseptically aliquot one-third of the sterile water/Colilert mixture into each of 3 sterile transparent (but non-
fluorescent) borosilicate glass water collection/culture vessels or equivalent.
3. Label the vessels "Escherichia coll" "Klebsiellapneumoniae" and "Psettdomonas aeruginosa" respectively.
4. Touch a sterile inoculating loop to an 18'-24 hour pure culture slant of one of the bacteria listed.
(Alternately, ATCC strains below may be used as source of inoculum).
5. Transfer the inoculum to the appropriately labeled Colilert vessel.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the two remaining control organisms.
7. Incubate the inoculated Colilert vessels at 35 ± 0.5°C for 24 hours.
8. Results should be observed within 24 hours as fo"ows:
E. coli - Yellow and fluorescent (ATCC #25922, 11775 or equivalent).
K. pneumoniae - Yellow, no fluorescence (ATCC #9997 or equivalent).
Pseudomonas aernginosa - No color, no fluorescence (ATCC #10145 27853 or equivalent).
ATCC (American Type Culture Collection, 1-800-321-0207) 41
Page 4
-------
CJ
f-l
00
W
UJ
CJ
w
00
CO
CJ
§
0-
*
H
O
CJ
o
U
-------
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN FREEZER/REEFER LOG
MONTH YEAR
DAY FREEZER AM / PM
REEFER AM / PM
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
-------
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
ICE MACHINE CLEANING
DATE
DRAINED
DISINFECTED
INITIALS
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 15
APPENDIX R: U.S. EPA GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS /
HAZARDOUS WASTE CONTINGENCY PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. DESCRIPTION OF FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES 3
II. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE 4
III. HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE 4
A. Satellite Storage 4
B. Primary & Interim Storage Area 5
IV. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CONTINGENCY PLAN 5
A. General Procedures 5
B. Hazardous Waste Spill Response Procedures 6
1. Liquid Acid Spill 6
2. Liquid Basic Spill 7
3. Organic Solvent Spill Containing Less Than
50 ppm PCBs 8
4. Organic Spill Containing More Than 50 ppm
and Less Than 500 ppm PCBs 9
5. Other Liquid Spill 12
6. Solid Spill 13
7. Mercury Spill 14
8. Radioactive Material Spill 15
C. Fire or Explosion Resulting in Fire 17
D. Medical Treatment 17
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 15
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1: Waste Stream Analysis
Attachment 2: Laboratory Floor Plan
Attachment 3: Chemical Storage by Room
Attachment 4: Emergency Phone Numbers
Attachment 5: Emergency Equipment Locations
Attachment 6: Emergency Response Team
Attachment 7: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 Health & Safety Plan Compliance Procedures
Attachment 8: Notification To Emergency Assistance Authorities
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 15
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN LABORATORIES
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTE CONTINGENCY PLAN
This contingency plan has been developed to address emergencies which may occur relating to
hazardous waste generated in the laboratory and hazardous materials used in the laboratory. The plan
is designed to minimize hazards to human health and the environment from fires, explosions, or any
unplanned sudden or inadvertent release of hazardous waste or hazardous materials affecting the
vessel, air, soil, or surface water.
Copies of this contingency plan have been distributed to emergency assistance authorities indicated in
Attachment 8.
I. DESCRIPTION OF FACILITY AND ACTIVITIES
The Lake Guardian is a research vessel owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and
operated by the EPA's Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) in conjunction with other
scientific monitoring and surveillance programs. The home port of the Lake Guardian is located at 24
Sixth Street in Bay City, Michigan. The ship has been equipped with three permanent laboratories
and can accommodate as many as eight portable laboratories. Sailing operations are administered by
an 13 member crew and, at any one time, as many as 29 scientists may be on board to conduct
research.
The Lake Guardian laboratories provide research services supporting the Clean Water Act and the
Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement between the U.S. and Canada. Most water and sediment
samples taken from the Great Lakes are prepared and analyzed in the laboratories aboard ship. A
variety of chemicals are stored on the ship to facilitate appropriate testing. Most of these chemicals
are in small quantity.
The laboratories may generate specific hazardous wastes depending on the type of analysis being done
on board the vessel. Generating a combined total of less than 100 kg. of hazardous waste per month,
the laboratories are considered under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (40 CFR 260-263)
to be a conditionally exempt waste generator. The laboratories, however, are prepared to comply with
the RCRA small quantity generator requirements. All such wastes are designated for off-site disposal
and consist of the following waste streams:
1. Acidic waste from metals preparation and metals standards. This waste
contains hydrochloric acid and/or nitric acid and metals.
2. Basic or neutral waste from chlorine or ammonia analytical systems. This waste contains
sodium hydroxide and/or phenol.
3. Organic solvent waste containing less than 50 mg/1 PCBs.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 15
4. Low level radioactive waste.
5. Acidic wastes from Dissolved Oxygen studies and Dissolved Organic Carbon studies.
6. Formaldehyde from Biology Studies
See Attachment 1 for waste stream analysis.
II. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL STORAGE
Hazardous materials are stored in the Hazardous Materials Locker and in the laboratories. The
laboratories maintain small quantities of reagents and chemicals used on a daily basis. All other
storage is in the locker. Refer to Attachment 2 for a diagram of the laboratories and Attachment 3
for specific storage locations.
III. HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE
Hazardous wastes are stored in three areas consisting of the satellite storage area, the primary storage
area, and the interim or secondary storage. Storage and labeling methods for each area is as follows:
A. Satellite Storage
Hazardous waste generated during preparation and analytical operations is temporarily
stored in the laboratory where it is generated.
The acidic and basic hazardous wastes are stored in polyethylene containers and the
organic solvent hazardous waste is stored in flammable liquid storage containers. Each
waste container is labeled and coded with NFPA label or colored label. The wastes are
color-coded as follows:
1. Red - Acid waste from metals preparation and metals standards;
2. Blue - Basic or neutral waste;
3. Purple - Organic waste solvents containing more than 50 mg/1 PCBs;
4. Green - Organic waste solvents containing less than 50 mg/1 PCBs.
5. Orange - Flammable Solvents
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 15
B. Primary Storage
The primary storage area for all hazardous wastes is the Hazardous Materials Locker.
This room is also the storage area for all hazardous materials prior to their use in the
laboratories. The locker is divided into two storage areas, one containing the storage
cabinets for corrosives and poisons and the other containing the cabinets for flammables.
The storage areas are separately diked and a dry chemical fire suppression system has
been installed.
C. Interim or Secondary Storage
Secondary storage at a land facility has been proposed. Until that storage area is
completed, interim storage is currently maintained at the Sears Warehouse in Bay City,
Michigan. Transport of hazardous waste or materials to interim storage may be performed
only by EPA personnel following the established transport guidelines.
IV. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CONTINGENCY PLAN
The contingency plan will be implemented immediately whenever there is a fire, explosion, or release
of hazardous waste or hazardous materials which could threaten human health or the environment.
The following emergency procedures will be carried out in the event of an emergency.
A. General Procedures
In the event of a release of hazardous waste or hazardous materials, the Emergency
Coordinator (EC), Captain, and ship's Safety Committee will be notified immediately. A
list of emergency response team phone numbers are provided in Attachment 6. The
Safety Committee is comprised of the Captain, EPA Supervisor, the Chemical Hygiene
Officer (CHO), and Group Supervisor if an outside group is using the ship. The
Emergency Coordinator will identify the character, source, and amount of any released
material and determine whether the release can be abated by ship emergency response
personnel. The Emergency Coordinator must advise the Captain and Safety Committee
members of the conditions relating to the release event. If the Emergency Coordinator
concludes that qualified ship personnel can abate the release, he will specify the task
assignments to qualified emergency response team personnel Attachment 6.
Response activities involving hazardous material/waste releases must be performed in
accordance with Attachment 7, OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 Health & Safety Plan
Compliance.
If the Emergency Coordinator determines that the release cannot be controlled by ship
personnel and/or the health of ship personnel is endangered, the Captain will implement
the evacuation plan (See "Occupant Emergency Plan" as it appears in Appendix M of the
GLNPO Health and Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual). The Captain, with
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 15
the assistance of the Emergency Coordinator, also has the responsibility to notify the
GLNPO office and appropriate authorities, such as the National Response Center and the
Coast Guard. (See Chapter 2, Attachment 2.5 of this manual and Attachment 4 of this
appendix.)
B. Hazardous Materials or Waste Spill Response Procedures
In the event of a spill, the personnel assigned to emergency response will evaluate the
spill, consult the material safety data sheets or waste analyses, and use appropriate
procedures and equipment for spill clean-up. If the chemical nature of the spill is not
known, the spill will be treated as a highly toxic and hazardous material. See
Attachment 5 of this appendix for locations of emergency response equipment.
1. Liquid Acid Spill
In the event of liquid acid spill, the following procedures will be implemented:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped with appropriate
personal protective equipment, as determined by the EC. Equipment used in
this situation may include Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus, Tyvek suits,
chemical resistant boots, and neoprene gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way that further
release of acid is prevented. The container v/ill the be diked with absorbent
booms. (Absorbent booms are long pliant tubes containing absorbent
material.)
c. The spill will be contained through the use of absorbent booms to prevent
further spread of the material.
d. Acid neutralizing spill material such as lime chips will be sprinkled over the
spill area and will be used until the liquid has been neutralized. Neutralization
will be determined by using pH paper.
e. Once the liquid has been neutralized, the absorbent booms will be placed into
a collection drum and covered with neutralization material. The solidified
spill material will be shoveled or scooped into the collection drum, as well,
using a nonreactive, non-sparking shovel.
f. After the spill has been contained, remaining liquid in the leaking container
will be placed in a secure container. If it is not feasible to transfer the liquid,
the container will be placed in a secure overpack.
g. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and walls, will be
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 15
triple washed and rinsed with a commercial-grade aqueous detergent solution
such as "Det-O-Jet". "Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh
solution used for each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid, enough
to cover the contaminated surface completely, must be i:sed in each wash and
rinse. The floors will be dried with a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions
must be taken to contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly
dispose of wastes generated during the cleaning.
h. The decontamination material, wash and rinse solutions, and all disposable
equipment used during the clean-up will be placed in the collection drum and
the EC will arrange for its transfer to a disposal site.
2. Liquid Base Spill
In the event of a liquid base spill the following procedures will be implemented:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped with the appropriate
personal protective equipment as determined by the EC. Equipment in this
situation may include self-contained breathing apparatus, Tyvek suits,
chemical-resistant boots, and neoprene gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way that further release
of material is prevented. The container will be diked with absorbent booms.
c. The spill will be contained through the use of absorbent booms to prevent further
spread of the material.
d. Basic neutralizing spill material, such as anhydrous citric acid granules, will be
sprinkled over the spill area.
e. Once the spill has been neutralized, as determined by pH paper, the absorbent
booms will be placed into a collection drum and covered with neutralization
material. The solidified spill material will be shoveled or scooped into the
collection drum using a non-reactive, non-sparking shovel.
f. After the spill has been contained, material remaining in the leaking container will
be place in a secure container. If it is not feasible to transfer the material, the
leaking container will be placed in a secure overpack.
g. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and walls, will be triple
washed and rinsed with a commercial-grade aqueous detergent solution such as
"Det-O-Jet". "Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution used for
each wash cvcle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid, enough to cover the
contaminated surface completely, must be used in each wash and rinse. The
floors will be dried with a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE. 8 of 15
to contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly dispose of wastes
generated during the cleaning.
h. The decontamination material, wash and rinse solutions, and all disposable
equipment used during clean-up will be placed in the collection drum and the EC
will arrange for its transfer to a disposal site.
3. Organic Solvent Spill Containing Less Than 50 ppm PCBs
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped with the appropriate
personal protective equipment as determined by the EC. Equipment used in this
situation may include self-contained breathing apparatus, Saranex-coated Tyvek
suits, chemical-resistant boots, and Silvershield gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way that further release
of solvent is prevented. The container will be diked with absorbent booms.
c. The spill will also be contained with absorbent booms to prevent the further
spread of the material. Absorbent material, such as activated charcoal or activated
carbon, will be spread over the area to adsorb the solvent.
d. Once the liquid has been adsorbed, the absorbent booms will be placed into a
collection drum and covered with absorbent material. The solid absorption residue
will be shoveled or scooped into the collection drum. The shovel or scoop used
will be made from a non-sparking material, such as brass.
e. After the spill has been contained, the remaining liquid in the leaking container
will be transferred to a secure container. If it is not feasible to transfer the liquid,
the container will be placed in a secure overpack.
f. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and walls, will be triple
washed and rinsed with a commercial-grade aqueous detergent solution such as
"Det-O-Jet". "Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution used for
each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid, enough to cover the
contaminated surface completely, must be used in each wash and rinse. The
floors will be dried with a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions must be
taken to contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly dispose of wastes
generated during the cleaning.
g. The decontamination material, wash and rinse solutions, and all disposable
equipment used during the clean-up will be placed in the collection drum and the
EC will arrange for its transfer to disposal site.
4. Organic Solvent Spili Containing More Than 50 ppm and Less Than 500 ppm PCBs
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 9 of 15
Materials containing more than 50 ppm and less than 500 ppm of polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs) are used only occasionally and in small quantities in the Lake
Guardian laboratories. Since the total amount of PCBs that could be purified from
the solutions on board is less than one pound, the follov ing procedures are
appropriate and will be implemented for clean-ups.
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped with the appropriate
personal protective equipment. Equipment used for this particular release will
include self-contained breathing apparatus, Saranex-coated Tyvek suits, chemical
resistant boots, and Silvershield gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way that further release
of material is prevented. The container will be diked with absorbent booms.
c. If the emergency response team is unable to determine the boundaries of the spill,
a statistically valid sampling survey will be performed in the area to determine the
extent of the spill.
d. The spill will be contained through the use of absorbent booms to prevent further
spread of the material. Solvent absorbent material, such as activated charcoal or
activated carbon, will be sprinkled over the spill area. Once the spill has been
absorbed, the absorbent booms will be moved to a collection drum and covered
with absorbent. The solidified spill material will be shoveled or scooped into the
collection drum using a non-sparking shovel, such as one made of brass.
e. After the spill has been contained, material remaining in the leaking container will
be placed in a secure container. If it is not feasible to transfer the material, the
leaking container will be placed in a secure overpack.
f. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and walls, will be triple
washed and rinsed with a commercial-grade aqueous detergent solution such as
"Det-O-Jet". Washing means scrubbing the area with a material in which PCBs
are at least 5% soluble. A sufficient amount of PCB-free fluid, enough to cover
the contaminated surface completely, must be used in each wash/rinse.
Precautions must be taken to contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to
properly dispose of wastes generated during the cleansing.
g. After the solid surfaces, contaminated by the spill, have been triple washed/rinsed,
the surfaces will be sampled to determine the quantity of PCBs remaining. The
sampling will be done in accordance with 40 CFR Part 761.123. The testing will
ensure that the area has been cleaned to 10 ug/100 square centimeters if the spill
occurred in a work area, or 100 ug/100 square centimeters if the spill occurred in
the flammable storage room.
h. At the completion of clean-up, the EC will document the clean-up with records
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 10 of 15
and certification of decontamination. The records and certification will be
maintained for a period of at least five years by the EC. The records and
certification will consist of the following:
1) Identification of the source of the spill (e.g., type of equipment);
2) Estimated or actual date and time of the spill;
3) The date and time clean-up was completed or terminated (if clean-up was
delayed by emergency or adverse weather: the nature and duration of the
delay);
4) A brief description of the spill location;
5) Preclean-up sampling data used to establish the spill boundaries if required
because of insufficient visible traces, and a brief description of the sampling
methodology used to establish the spill boundaries;
6) A brief description of the solid surfaces cleaned and of the wash/rinse method
used;
7) A certification statement signed by the responsible party stating that the
cleanup requirements have been met and that the information contained in the
record is true to the best of his/her knowledge.
• While not required for compliance with TSCA regulations, the following
information would be useful if maintained in the records:
1) Additional pre- or post-cleanup sampling;
2) The estimated cost of the cleanup by rnanhours, dollars, or both.
Due to the quantity of PCBs used and stored, it is extremely unlikely that more than one pound of
PCBs could be spilled aboard the Lake Guardian. Specific procedures to address this type of spill are
not contained in this contingency plan. In the event that such a spill occurs, the Office of Pesticides
and Toxic Substances will be contacted to obtain guidance for appropriate cleanup measures in the
shortest possible time after discovery of the spill, but in no case later than 24 hours after discovery.
Additionally, clean-up of more than one pound of PCBs will be conducted in accordance with 40 CFR
Part 761.125. Spills involving more than 10 pounds of PCBs will be immediately reported to the
National Response Center at 1-800-424-8802.
5. Other Liquid Spill
In the event of a spill involving a liquid that is not a base, acid, or solvent, the following
procedures will be used:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 11 of 15
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped with the appropriate
personal protective equipment. Equipment used in this situation may include
self-contained breathing apparatus, Saranex-coated Tyvek suits, chemical- resistant
boots, and Silvershield gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way that further release
of liquid is prevented. The container will then be diked with absorbent booms.
c. The spill will be contained with absorbent booms to prevent the further spread of
the material. Adsorbent material such as activated charcoal or activated carbon
will be spread over the area to adsorb the liquid.
d. Once the liquid has been adsorbed, the absorbent booms will be removed to a
collection drum and covered with absorbent material. The solid, resulting from
absorption, will be shoveled or scooped into the collection drum. The shovel or
scoop used will be made of a non-sparking material, such as brass.
e. After the spill has been contained, the remaining liquid in the leaking container
will be transferred to a secure container. If it is not feasible to transfer the liquid,
the container will be placed in a secure overpack.
f. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and walls, will be triple
washed and rinsed with a commercial-grade aqueous detergent solution such as
"Det-O-Jet". "Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution used for
each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid, enough to cover the
contaminated surface completely, must be used in each wash and rinse. The
floors will be dried with a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken
to contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly dispose of wastes
generated during the cleaning.
g. The decontamination material, wash, and rinse solutions, and all disposable
equipment used during the cleanup will be placed in the collection drum and the
EC will arrange for its transfer to disposal site.
h. If the spilled liquid is mutagenic, teratogenic, or carcinogenic, the contaminated
area will be sampled to determine the quantity of chemical remaining on the solid
surfaces. The sampling will be performed in a statistically valid manner. No
detectable traces of chemical should remain in the area.
6. Solid Spill
In the event of a spill involving a solid hazardous chemical that is not water or air
reactive, the following procedures will be used:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped with the appropriate
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 12 of 15
personal protective equipment. Equipment used in this situation may include
self-contained breathing apparatus, Saranex-coated Tyvek suits, chemical- resistant
boots, and Neoprene gloves.
b. The leaking container will be picked up and placed in a collection drum.
c. Using a broom and dustpan made of non-reactive materials, the spilled solid will
be swept up and placed in the collection drum. Care will be taken to sweep up as
much of the spilled material as possible.
d. Any remaining spill material will be picked up using a damp cloth. The cloth and
contaminated broom should be disposed of as solid hazardous waste.
e. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and walls, will be triple
washed and rinsed with a commercial-grade aqueous detergent solution such as
"Det-O-Jet". "Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution used for
each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid, enough to cover the
contaminated surface completely, must be used in each wash and rinse. The
floors will be dried with a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken
to contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly dispose of wastes
generated during the cleaning.
f. If the spilled solid is mutagenic, teratogenic or carcinogenic, the contaminated area
will be sampled to determine the quantity of material remaining on the solid
surfaces. No detectable traces of chemical should remain in the area.
7. Mercury Spill
In the event of a mercury spill, the following procedures will be implemented:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will remove all gold, copper, or silver
jewelry and be equipped with the appropriate personal protective equipment.
Equipment used in this situation will include self-contained breathing apparatus,
Saranex-coated Tvvek suits, chemical-resistant boots, and Silvershield gloves.
b. If possible, the leaking container will be moved in such a way that further release
of mercury is prevented. The container will then be placed in a hard-sided waste
collection container.
c. The mercury will be collected in one area through the use of wooden spatulas.
d. Following collection using a spatula, an aspirator will be used to retrieve as much
of the material as possible. The material will be placed in a polyethylene
collection bottle.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 13 of 15
e. Small droplets of mercury that cannot be collected through the use of an aspirator
will be picked up with a mercury absorbent, such as "Cinnasorb". If "Cinnasorb"
is used, the area should be covered at least twice with the absorbent paste. The
waste paste will be placed in a wide-mouth polyethylene bottle and allowed to dry
before the bottle is ciosed (the bottle may then be placed in the collection drum).
f. Once all visible traces of mercury have been collected, material such as "Resisorb"
will be sprinkled over the spill area to collect small amounts of mercury
inaccessible to physical cleanup (such as cracks in tile or cement). The absorbent
powder will remain on the spill area for a period of one hour, then removed and
placed in the collection drum.
g. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and walls, will be triple
washed and rinsed with a commercial- grade aqueous detergent solution such as
"Det-O-Jet". "Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution used for
each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid, enough to cover the
contaminated surface completely, must be used in each wash and rinse. The
floors will be dried with a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken
to contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly dispose of wastes
generated during the cleaning.
8. Radioactive Material Spill
GLNPO laboratories are equipped with two types of radioactive materials, Nickel-63 and
Carbon-14. The Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) for the ship shall be notified and work in
conjunction with the Safet\ Committee members should a release of radioactive materials
occur.
Nickel-63 is contained in sealed source devices in laboratory equipment. In the event that
a sealed source device is found to be leaking, the area will be immediately evacuated and
the Air and Radiation Division will be contacted for guidance. Emergency response
personnel will re-enter the area ONLY under the direction of a representative from the Air
and Radiation Division and will work to mitigate the hazard under the division's
supervision.
Water contaminated with quantities of Carbon-14 generated by GLNPO laboratories is
stored and shipped to CRL for disposal. In effect, this water is non-hazardous according
to the Nuclear Regulator} Commission's regulations and can be disposed of via city
sewers following testing. In the event that the water is spilled or leaks from its container
prior to disposal into a city sewer system, the spills and leaks will be considered
hazardous and the following procedures will be implemented:
a. Before entering the area, response personnel will be equipped with the appropriate
personal protective equipment. Equipment used in this situation will include
Saranex-coated Ty\ek suits, chemical-resistant boots, and rubber gloves.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 14 of 15
b. Emergency response personnel shall use a radiation counter to assist in
determining the boundaries of the spill.
c. The spill will be contained through the use of absorbent booms to prevent further
spread of the material.
d. Sawdust or vermiculite will be sprinkled over the spill area. Once the spill has
been absorbed, the absorbent booms will be moved to a collection drum and
covered with absorbent. The solidified spill material will be shoveled or scooped
into the collection drum using a non-sparking shovel, such as one made of PVC or
brass.
e. Solid surfaces contaminated by the spill, such as floors and walls, will be triple
washed and rinsed with a commercial-grade aqueous detergent solution such as
"Det-O-Jet". "Washing" refers to scrubbing the area with a fresh solution used for
each wash cycle. A sufficient amount of fresh fluid, enough to cover the
contaminated surface completely, must be used in each wash and rinse. The
floors will be dried with a clean cloth after each rinse. Precautions must be taken
to contain any runoff from the scrubbing and to properly dispose of wastes
generated during the cleaning.
f. After the solid surfaces contaminated by the spill have been triple washed/rinsed,
the area will be wipe tested to determine the quantity of Carbon-14 remaining on
the solid surfaces. The RSO will ensure that Carbon-14 readings are no higher
than background readings taken in other areas of the laboratory.
g. The decontamination material, wash and rinse solutions, and all disposable
equipment used during the cleanup will be placed in the collection drum and the
RSO will arrange for its transfer to CRL for disposal.
C. Fire or Explosion Resulting in Fire
Procedures for fire or explosions resulting in fire are established by the ship's Captain and
appear on the Watchquarter Station Bill. Only those persons who have been trained in
ship firefighting and are assigned to those duties on the bill shall take part in the
emergency response (see Chapter 7, Attachment 7.1 as it appears in the GLNPO Health
and Safety and Environmental Compliance Manual).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 15 of 15
D. Medical Treatment
In the event that personnel are injured during a hazardous material'•/waste emergency, the
following procedures will be used:
1. The ship's Captain, in coordination with a designated First Aid Responder, will
evaluate the injury and determine whether hospital treatment is necessary. If so,
the Captain will make the necessary arrangements. Emergency response team
members and/or designated First Aid Responders will provide first aid assistance
until medical help can be obtained.
2. All injuries, regardless of severity, should be reported to the Captain, Safety
Officer, and Safety Committee for proper accident investigation.
EPA employees potentially exposed to toxic chemicals will be requested to undergo medical
monitoring. This service will be provided to EPA employees through the U.S. Public Health
Service.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT I
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
Attachment 1 - Cover
ATTACHMENT 1 - WASTE STREAM ANALYSIS
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTINGENCY PLAN
-------
03/24/92
39:34
MINERftL-SPRlNGS CORP
002
SPRINGS Corporation
loxSOO
Vashington. Wl S3074
284-9101
WASTE STREAM PROFILE SHEET
rrir;i/»;oH "
MI668QQ90317
U.S. E.pf
24 Sixth sit.
Bay City. MI 487Q6
Fro«hlich
517 i 894-2803
•i:;i t-1.: i H Ei?j CCNtftAL WOHKATIOf I
Waoro from COP 9v«fc«tn*
an*1yt1q
V¥C»_
™»-' •*-,'->'
DATE J/ll/92_
SALFSREP
CUSTOVEH INFORMATION
LJa—r.P ft.
c;
BUJWAQOflEM 230 Snnrh ngflrborn S
Chicr jn. TL
OOWTACT
PHOHE( 312 i Ofl6-fi-,H7
FAX ( I
Pornxl In
iv. VOLU;JL f.ua I'AUAUin
nnmic nvaufMcr
COMTAMIRTtn
E 0(«JM6
a CUM
DcTuaen
DBXXSOUCS
sn^.To,s^ .j
:SITIOM : IOTAI 5 MUST Ann UP TO ten- ,i
Sul/utic Acid
1-5
Chromic Acid
1-5
Water
90-90
mvscitsTATt
QaiooE
BLOW
vaccvrr
ujjoucrswa
axed Clear Tan
DWLD
Dos
OMDUU
SPKfK OHAVITY ,,1 ,.04
100
> 200
*UOUOB
Hi <_1
%»ATEB
97
§TU»
oxrom
N/A
N/A
DTI i C5m ACOAucrwrr
HYW Duo w/nwBEAcnvtnr
DO* l*TWn.fTKn.)(ETOHE
OOMMTKaBCEDC
0097
OWP
DM
Dm
DYES
TOP
VV)
N/A
NX
-------
03/24/92 09:35
MINERftL-SPRINGS CORP
003
1C MJJCFHi
n GOT mmn KAMI
"RQ" Waata Corro»iv« Liquid, N.o.s.(Sulfuric Acid, Chromic Acid)
~~(D002,0007, 0009) '
mo CLAM _ Corrosiva Material
UN 1760
V0.4S4
Wttfl
60
•JM^.^.iiMMiMffiT.na.urtir,
0002,0007,0000
DOXW 8EAPWQ
QYEJ
WATER flEACTMt
BXXOOCM.
DYES
QYEJ H NO
NTS
.;urHi-)BijviTin:< TO coHnrcr VVSPST..
RIZE UICMC 9^ra«CGRiOUTION TO UAU COWECTCNS TO 1MB WVt. SL^ COf^C
TORY Moupe«fTjL i UNOWSMNO THAT A CORHECTSD COPY wu'
DNO
M. MfFtY DMTA JHOT (UBS) *TT*CH(0
3 ENO
B.Q]UIN?ULtfflM03COftf>aurON C.D NOEPEMXHTCOMnUCTOR
WORKMQ OH KHMS OTTHE 8BBWTCR
THAT I KAVf »»RIONAU.T EXAMINED ANO AM'AMILMH WITW TH| INFORMATION JU»WlTTE3 IN TMII A NO ALL ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS. 0ASEO
Of TMOHI INOIVIOUALS IMMIDIATILY RIS^ONSIBCI fOR OITAININQ THE iwroRMATiON. t aiuivt THAT TMJ SWBMITTSO IN^OPMATION U TRUE.
Tl AND COM«.m. ANO THAT ALL KNOWN 0« 3U3HCTIO NA^AAOS HAVK BIEN OUCLOItO. \f TH« »OXI1 A8OVI FOB GINtRATO*
CTO" Adi CHiCXIO » WHTMM CS^TIfX THAT TWt WA«TJ CMAMACTWI2ATION U»ON WHICH MINSKAl. t^WOS CO«P BILICS IS ACCLIRAT* AXD
( THAT MY IMH.OVI* ANO I MAY 1C H{LO LIAIH UNOC^ 'EOt^AL LAW. ANQ THE LAWS Of MANY STATUS. POM TH« INPOKMAT1ON PWOVlOeO IN THIS
COMPANVINQ
A
TITLE
-------
03/24x92 09:36
MINERAL-SPRINGS CORP
004
RAL SPRINGS Corporation
3x500
'ashmgton. Wl 5.3074
? 84-9101
WASTE STREAM PROFILE SHEET
10-2790
wo*
PATE 3/11/9."'
MI6680090317
U.S. r.p.A.. Laka Guardian
_2A Sxxth St.
Bay City. MI 46708
XKNBU.COMTACT P»q
nr CONTACT.
517 )J
894-2605
mONE MUMEH)
CONTACT.
312 )_
— -- '•* I L
. TOR CUSTOMER USE
U.S. E.p.A.. Region S
230 Sout.T Dearborn street
Chicago. •„ 60606
-Janusz
Basic Waata
From Cl, NHy, or TKN
Analytical System
tv. VOLUME .irio pncKor.ir:r.
AWT FATED VOUME.
hriimj* ngQUBCT
COKTAKMTVW
DOJM
DCTUNDEH
OBOXKXJOS
DSUIXUQUM
IJST Af,l> UM TO inr.
Sodium Hydroxide
Mtfrcuric Sul
Phenol
DWJD
O9EMMQLD
a
BLOW
UOUOLAYttM BNONf
COUCH Cigar Light Green
DKCM
nuoun.
I.QQ
1 7 .R
2DQ
ru»
OXDOft
PUMPA&E
N/A
N/A
t2 m ACOMAcrwrrr
NO
TOTAL8
MTOTM. (01
MX*
N/A
ominouc
0011 (MMDNTETMCHJORCC .
BBOCHXHWC
DQWUCRESCl.
OCM
oa»
oow
oaaCMKX
CDZ7
DCOi 1.KKXOCFTHMC
Don
DOM
cvi
N/A
\
^hMM-a
"•••••^^
/
-------
03/24/92 09:36
MINERAL-SPRINGS CORP
005
10T«»HUI*M«_ "RQ" Waste Corroatve LiquiJ, N.O. S . (Sodium Hydf OXide) (P002 , 3009)
fOCUM.
Corr;flBivc Material
*•£»»
_UN1760
1/0-454
ITS
Dvts
DYES
DOXMWMMd
OS NO
Dm 03 NO
D«s IS wo
Dm El NO
WATER REACTIVE
MOLOQCAL
DYEB
anutM ooftrauTEN TO IWA ccRracnow TO THB mi% «A^
n. i UNOOWTANO THAT A conMCTW con
GStw DNO KTIAL-
«nrr O*TA»«T 91000) XTTACHTO
I NO
lQnNnAl.>«NCBCGRPOMTQN C.D
WOWMQ OM KHA1/ GF THE OBCUTCH
THAT I KUV« P«n«CNAkkY KXAMINCO AND AM PAMMllAft WITH VH» tNPOnMATtOM »U*MITT1O IN TMI« AMD »U, ACCOM^ANTINQ OOCUW«N1». BA5*O
UIMT O> fMMI INCHVtCVAUI IMMIDIATILT BUFONBIiLI FOR OBTAINING THf IMfOMMATlON. I BlUVVt THAT TM| SUMMTTCD INFORMATION (S TAufL
AND OO»M^.CT». AMO THAT ALL KNOWN CM »u»F«CTiO PVUAHO* HAVI BCEN DISCLOStO I* TM1 •Oil* A«OV« rOn QINinATOH On INOC^CNOENT
3« AHf OHCOKEO. I rUftTHCA CIHTirr THAT THI *»A»TI CHAMACTCAI2ATION UPON WHICH MIM«HA^ VniMOS COMP UrUtS 18 ACCLIIMTC AND COMPLETE.
-»AT MY tMFLOYM ANO I ««Ar II HfLO LIABLE UNOM f tOtHAL LAW. ANU IHt LAW! OF »«ANT STATEB, fOU TM« INWPRMATOH TOOVIOtO '" TMIg FO«M ANO
TTTLB
-------
03/24/92
09:37
MINERAL-SPRINGS CORP
006
ML SPRINGS Corporation
oxSOO
/Mhington. Wl 53074
284-9101
WASTE STREAM PROFILE SHEET
W5»_JO-2602
D*TEj/ll/92
SAUSftEP
viuivun mi uiir,u;iiun
MI6680090317
U.S. E.P.A.. Laka Guardian
34 Stxth Sc.
Bay City, MT 4fl70fl
uotmnAt CONTACT Pag Froghlich
3YOCKMCT.
517 i &94-2805
NA*ecFCC»fWrr U.S. E.P.A., Pegion 5
3UJNOAOORESS
230 S. Cjarbor/. 3.tee:.
Chicaqo, J". 60606
Poro»i.lo
312 i aB6-65fl?
FCB CUSTOMS ltt£
Organic w«»t« Colvgnta containing
le«ji than 50 mq/1 PCS' s
•NOOUCMQWMTC
lab t«»txnq
CWWWNVfKTOHY.
COKTAMflTYPI
2-4 dr.
1-2 dr.
PD DflUMI
DCUM
5,55 qal.
OBUJOGLDE
QaouLOuos
MTl
2-Butanol
Ethar
Ethvl Acetate
M«thvlene Chlorxda
l-Proponol
2
5
. 44
,74
%
%
30. J *
0
14
Jl
.75
.0
. 11
1,
%
%
G.9 »
19
.76
%
*
K
1.
vBcoarnr
UOJCUYBWO
cou»
BUDUO
Qaucne
Blue*
BUD*
DKU}
QUORUM
DaurEJE3
D
QHOH
_Q «ucxnot.
0.82 7/ml pH
10 y *WATTO _
N/A
8TU»
OXBOHI
flJUPAftJ
13.QQQ
% HAL
< n . 11
HNO
Q NO
Dm
H NO
TOJ»
1C 1*4
•MTOT4. PI
ft*
tn
C4
flM
I/TO
N/A
ORI C0flQNTFTMOt£RCE .
0021
BBQURCPQfM
EXS3OOVKL
CM* MOKJQL
osf cmcx
OOC7
009 1.1-ocHjonccnmjM
COM HBUCXJORCCDUNE
aa» MnMn.rnm.Nncw
oa»
TOP
(Til
N/A
oo«
COO YKfLCHXHCi
-------
03/24/92 09:38
MINERAL-SPRINGS CORP
007
OOT MPPWQ NAM
RO
Flammable Liquid, N.O.S. (F002, FQQ3 ,r005.DQ01j
tPOcmt Flammable Liquid
UN1993
vaLEQUAKTITY 1Q/4 . 54
«AKOOV«CCO«D_
fTt PYAOAOUC Dril H« OCWBIAflMQ
DYES 12 HO PE3naoeM*MK
Qm Q] NO 8HOCX«SK»fTTVg
9 __^^_^_^_____-______^—
a TBS El HO UOLOQCM.
E)NO
mirmi/Aiiort in tarintcr '.vans
EkMWL«*KUCXWOWTiaUOU*tfCCRMCTafflTOTHBW5^
RY flEOUKlWfTS. IUNOSWTJWO THAT A CORRKTW CCW WU
HYES DNO
1MTH DATA WEFT (WOW AHAOCO
DTES
i(Si«eutswi«acoKPCJUTioK
WORM« OH tfHMJ OTTHI OCNEHATQH
THAT I HAV» FldSOHAtLT WXfcMIWtO AMD »M rAMIWlAH WITH THI IN»C«WmTlON SUtWHTTtO 1H THIS ANO AVt ACCOMFANY1NQ OOCV)M6MT3. BASED
3UIHY Of THOU INC1V10UALI IMMtOUTB.T MSPOMJUie C0« OiTAINI*iA«01 MAVf tllH OUCtOSCD. » THI lOXCS AflOVJ PO« QtNt^ATOW O« INOiPtNOCNT
0* AH» CHCCKIO i ru«TMj* CI«TIFY THAT TH« WAITI CH»A*CT»WZATION UPON vwio* MINWA^ aintNOj COUP. WfLiis is ACCUWTE AWO COMPLETE.
MAT Mt IMFLQYSH »NQ I MAT II HIUJ LIABtl UNOI« HQtH*», 1>W. ANQ THCLAWS Qt MANY STfTIl, K» 7W|I IMK*MAfl0N WOYlOfO IM THU »Q«U1 ANO
MCANTIMO
'/J
-------
'M. OPRJNGS Corporation
x500
urtingtnn, Wl 53074
M-9101
03/24/92 09:39 MINERflL-SPRINGS CORP
WASTE STREAM PROFILE SHEET
008
(fa
VT3I _ 10-2769
HO*
1J275
OATE_3/ll/92_
SAUSflEP
MI6680090317
U.S. E.P.A.,
Guardian
24 Sixth St.
Bay City, MI 4B708
3BBUL CONTACT
Pmq Fro«hlich
'CONTACT
317 i. 894-2805
onr.xriori
Acidic
(R«d)
prep and
Metal Standard*
Water
Hydrochloric Acid
Nitcic
U.S. E.P.A., Regxon 5
HlfCAOOflfSJ.
200 South D«*rborn Stro«t
ChicagoTTsoroe
CONTACT.
janu» i Poromlo
. 312 )_
FA* 1 1.
FOR CUSTOMER UM.
886-6587
3 Drums
Annually
OltUfMt KVtHTDHY 1-2 Dfuma
UaJDUVBWQ
COLOR
itnuos
QXDUEH
05 ooua
DOME
Qoucsi
HLDUD
we«JKT_50O|_8«E^
Daujoouw
El LOW
ZlNONI
Orang* Brown
D
D
D
o
»LOJO(.
100
1.02
<1
200
N/ft
D NO ACoraACTMnr
ONO
Q NO
Qrf* EJ NO
•
JHTOTJC
IT
M
(H
04
rotcn
< 1.5
7.33
<0.3Q
-------
03/24x92 09:39
M1NERftL-SPRINGS CORP
0Q9
"RQ" w*oto oxidi*«r, Corroaive Liquid, N.o.3.(Nitric Acid, hydrochloric
(D001,odo2,b809) '
:CLASS
HER
Oxidizer
NA919 J
'1/0.45T
0001,0002,0009
Dm fflno OCXMMAAM Dm CSw WATM fllAcnvE
OYH 21 HO nsncjccMcraRoet Ons tB HO BUXOOOM.
JHoacstKimvt Ovts Quo
D^s
•?"c.'.rc:j rj c
C3TH DMD
TTY DATA MMT (HKX) ATTX»«0
C.D
WOWMQ ON REHM/ VTX GSeWTCR
TMAT I HAW *4ft«ONM.vr VXAMtNCO AMD AM FAMIIIAK WITH THC INTQAMATlON SUBMITTIO IN TMtS A NO ALL ACCOMPANV1NQ DOCUMENTS BASED
my or THOSE INDIVIDUAL! iMMtoiAmr RUPCNSISL? ro« OBTAININO TH« iNfOHMATON. i ilUBVf THAT TH< SUBMITTED INITOWMATION is TBU£.
NO COMPifTI. ANO THAT ALL KMOWN OH SUStCTtD MAlAflOJ HAVE 6UN DI8CL09IO I* fH{ ROMS AfOVt 'C* QtNIKATOR OH INOEPENOEKT
« AMI CHiCKfO. I fUHTHCM CERTIFY THAT THE WAJTI CHAMCTE«liATION UPON WHICH MINIMAL yfllNOS C0«» RILII« IS ACCURATE ANO COMrLSTE-
«T MY IMPlOYtft ANO I MAY «| HCVO LIAflLI UNOCfl HOIHM. LAW. ANO THg LAWS OP MANT *TATU. KW THI INFORMATION mOVIOIO IN TH»J ^O«M ANO
'ANVINO
TITL6
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
Attachment 2 - Cover
ATTACHMENT 2 - LABORATORY FLOOR PLAN
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTINGENCY PLAN
-------
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 4
Attachment 3 - CHEMICAL STORAGE BY ROOM
R7V LAKE GUARDIAN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTINGENCY PLAN
* Indicates materials that may be stored in amounts equal to or greater than 1 gallon (4 liters).
Chemistry Lab
Acetic Acid (Glacial)
Acetone
Aerosol 22
l-Amino-2-Naphthyl-4-Sulfamic Acid
Ammonium Chloride
Ammonium Molybdate
Ammonium Peroxydisulfate (Ammonium Persulfate)
Antimony Potassium Tartrate
Anasorb Molecular Sieve
(L+) Ascorbic Acid
Barium Chloride
Buffer Salts (pH 4.01, pH 6.86, pH 9.18)
Bio Rex Sodium form Cation Exchange Resin
Brij-35
Cadmium (Coarse)
Cadmium Metal
Carbon (Activated)
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chelex 100
Corn Starch
Cupric Bromide
Cupric Bromide Powder
Cupric Sulfate 5 Hydrate
Disodium Ethylenediamine Tetraacetate
Drierite (CaSO4)
Ethanol
Ethylenediamine Dihydrochloride (Tetrasodium)
Ferric Nitrate 9 Hydrate
Ferrous Sulfate
Hexamethylenetetramine
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrazine Sulfate
(L+) Glutamic Acid
Magnesium Carbonate
Magnesium Sulfate
Manganese Dioxide
Manganous Sulfate
Mercuric Oxide Red
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 4
Mercuric Thiocyanate
Mercury Indicator
Methanol
Methenamine
Methylmercuric Bromide
Methylmercury (II) Hydroxide
Methylthymol Blue
N-(l-Naphthyl) ethylenediamine Dihydrochloride
Nitric Acid
Oxalic Acid
Phenol
Phenolphthalein
(B) Phenylethylamine
Phosphoric Acid
Phosphorus Standard Solution
Platinizing Solution
Potassium Bi-iodate
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Iodide
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Persulfate
Potassium Phosphate Monobasic
Potassium Sulfate
Silicon Reference Solution
Soda Lime
Sodium Azide
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Borate
Sodium Bromide
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Citrate
Sodium Lauryl Sulfte
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Meta-phosphate
Sodium Nitroprusside
Sodium Potassium Tartrate
Sodium Phosphate Dibasic
Sodium Silicate
Sodium Salicylate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfite
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 4
Sodium Thiosulfate
Stannous Chloride
Starch
Sulfanilamide
Sulfuric Acid
Biology Lab (Starboard Lab)
Dricote
Glutaraldehyde
Irgalan Black Stain
Plate Count Agar
Wet Lab
Buffer Solutions pH 4, pH 7, pH 10
Club Soda
Formalin
Lugol's Solution
Turbidity Standards 0.5 NTU, 10 NTU, 20 NTU
Extraction Lab*
Acetone
Hexane
Methanol
Methylene Chloride
Analytical Lab
Compressed Gases: Helium
Nitrogen
Oxygen
5% Methane, 95% Argon
Primary Productivity
Ecoscint Scintillation Cocktail
Radiac Wash
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 4
Hazardous Materials Locker*
Acetic Acid (Glacial)
Acetone
Ethanol
Formaldehyde
Hexane
Hydrochloric Acid
Lugol's Solution
Methanol
Methylene Chloride
Nitric Acid
Phosphoric Acid
Sulfuric Acid
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 4
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 4 - EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTINGENCY PLAN
In the event of a release of hazardous waste or hazardous materials, the Captain, with the assistance of
the Emergency Coordinator, has the responsibility to notify the GLNPO office and appropriate
authorities such as the National Response Center and the Coast Guard (Refer to Section IV. A. of this
appendix).
FIRE DEPARTMENT 911 (Where Available)
POLICE DEPARTMENT 911 (Where Available)
DAVID ROCKWELL (312)353-1373
A. JAMES FINN, SAFETY OFFICER (312) 353-2075
STEVE GURSKI (RSO) (312) 886-5301
AIR AND RADIATION DIVISION (312) 886-5301
NATIONAL RESPONSE CENTER (800) 424-8802
U.S. COAST GUARD
24 Hour Line - Great Lakes Region (800) 321-4400
U.S. COAST GUARD - Detroit (313) 568-9580
U.S. COAST GUARD - Toledo (419) 729-2651
MICHIGAN DNR (800) 292-4706
OHIO EPA (800) 282-9378
MICHIGAN STATE FIRE MARSHALL (517) 322-1924
OSHA (800) 321-6742
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 5
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
Attachment 5 - Cover
ATTACHMENT 5 - EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS
-------
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 6
VERSION: FINAL/APRIL 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 6 - EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM
EMERGENCY COORDINATOR
MELODY PIEPER,
EMERGENCY COORDINATOR (517)894-2805 or (937) 435-9715
Or Dial 911 onboard the R/V Lake Guardian and report incident
ALTERNATE EMERGENCY COORDINATORS:
ALTERNATE EMERGENCY COORDINATOR
Or Dial 911 onboard the R/V Lake Guardian and report incident
ALTERNATE EMERGENCY COORDINATOR
Or Dial 911 onboard the R/V Lake Guardian and report incident
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 7 - OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120
HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES
I. General
The following "Generic Site Safety Plan" should be used in the event that the U.S. EPA
GLNPO R/V LAKE GUARDIAN Hazardous Waste/Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan
becomes implemented. Utilization of the plan will minimize response hazards and will assure
compliance with applicable regulations.
II. Respiratory Protection
All Contingency Plan Response Personnel, who enter exclusion zones, must utilize SCBA
(Level "B") respiratory protection during clean-up/response efforts. This requirement
eliminates the necessity for Response Personnel to perform and determine the required levels
of respiratory protection based on air monitoring results.
It is not anticipated that Level "A" personal protection will be required for response activities
onboard the R/V Lake Guardian.
III. Air Monitoring Requirements
Air monitoring for explosive atmospheres must be performed with a properly calibrated LEL
meter when incidents involve unknown or confirmed flammable materials. LEL monitoring
must be performed continuously during these types of response activities.
The GLNPO R/V Lake Guardian. Chemical Hygiene Officer is responsible for proper
maintenance and calibration of the ship's LEL/O2 meter.
During response activities, Response Personnel should evacuate any area where 10% LEL
readings are observed in work areas and should not resume operations until the readings fall
below 10% LEL. Readings of 10% are required because of "indoor" responses.
IV. Decontamination
Response Personnel must follow guidelines in the "Decontamination" section of this
attachment for Level "B" activities. Materials for Level "B" decontamination are provided
onboard the R/V Lake Guardian..
-------
Appendix B. Generic Site Safety Plan
This appendix provides a generic plan based on a plan developed by the
U.S. Coast Guard for responding to hazardous chemical releases.1 This
generic plan can be adapted for designing a Site Safety Plan for hazardous
waste site cleanup operations. It is not all inclusive and should only be
used as a guide, not a standard.
A. SITE DESCRIPTION
Date Location
Hazards
Area affected
Surrounding population_
Topography
Weather conditions
Additional information
B. ENTRY OBJECTIVES - The objective of the initial entry to the contaminated
area is to (describes actions, tasks to be accomplished; i.e., identify
contaminated soil; monitor conditions, etc.) ''
C. ONSITE ORGANIZATION AND COORDINATION - The following personnel are
designated to carry out the stated job functions on site. (Note: One
person may carry out more than one job function.)
PROJECT TEAM LEADER_
SCIENTIFIC ADVISOR__
SITE SAFETY OFFICER
PUBLIC INFORMATION OPFICER_
SECURITY OFFICER
RECORDKEEPER
FINANCIAL OPPICER_
FIELD TEAM LEADER_
FIELD TEAM MEMBERS
^U.S. Coast Guard. Policy Guidance for Response to Hazardous Chemical
Releases. USCG Pollution Response COMDTINST-M16465.30.
-------
B-2 Appendix B
FEDERAL AGENCY REPS (i.e., EPA, NIOSH)
STATE AGENCY REPS
LOCAL AGENCY REPS
CONTRACTORS)
All personnel arriving or departing the site should log in and out with the
Recordkeeper. All activities on site must be cleared through the Project Team
Leader.
D. ONSITE CONTROL
(Name-of individual or agency has been designated to coordinate
access control and security on site. A safe perimeter has been established
at (distance or description of controlled area)
No unauthorized person should be within this area.
The onsite Command Post and staging area have been established at
The prevailing wind conditions are . This location is upwind
from the Exclusion Zone.
Control boundaries have been established, and the Exclusion Zone (the
contaminated area), hotline, Contamination Reduction Zone, and Support Zone
(clean area) have been identified and designated as follows: (describe
boundaries and/or attach map of controlled area)
These boundaries are identified by: (marking of zones, i.e., red boundary
tape - hotline; traffic cones - Support Zone; etc.)
-------
Appendix B
B-3
E. HAZARD EVALUATION
The following substance(s) are known or suspected to be on site. The primary
hazards of each are identified.
Substances Involved
(chemical name)
Concentrations (If Known)
Primary Hazards
(e.g., toxic c.i
inhalation ^
(i.e., slippery
The following additional hazards are expected on site:
ground, uneven terrain, etc.)
Hazardous substance information form(s) for the involved substance(s) have
been completed and are attached.
F. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Based on evaluation of potential hazards, the following levels of personal
protection have been designated for the applicable work areas or tasks:
Location
Exclusion Zone
Job Function
Level of Protection
Contamination
Reduction Zone
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Other
'-Bother
Other
Other
Other
Other
Other
Other
Specific protective equipment for each level of protection is as follows:
Level A
Fully-encapsulating suit
SCBA
(disposable coveralls)
Level C Splash gear (type)
Full-face canister resp.
Level B Splash gear (type)
SCBA
Level D
Other
-------
B-4 Appendix B
The following protective clothing materials are required for the involved
substances:
Substance Material
(chemical name) (material name, e.g., Viton)
If air-purifying respirators are authorized, (filtering medium) is the
appropriate canister for use with the involved substances and concentrations.
A competent individual has determined thai, all criteria for using this type of
respiratory protection have been met.
NO CHANGES TO THE SPECIFIED LEVELS OF PROTECTION SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE
APPROVAL OF THE SITE SAFETY OFFICER AND .HE PROJECT TEAM LEADER.
G. ONSITE WORK PLANS
Work party(s) consisting of persons will perform the following tasks:
Project Team Leader (name) (function)
Work Party
Work Party 12
Rescue Team
(required for
entries to IDLH
environments)
Decontamination
Team
The work party(s) were briefed on the contents of this plan at
-------
Appendix B B-5
H. COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES
Channel has been designated as the radio frequency for personnel in the
Exclusion zone. All other onsite communications will use channel .
Personnel in the Exclusion Zone should remain in constant radio communication
or within sight of the Project Team Leader. Any failure of radio
communication requires an evaluation of whether personnel should leave the
Exclusion zone.
(Horn blast, siren, etc.) is the emergency signal to indicate that all
personnel should leave the Exclusion Zone. In addition, a loud hailer is
available if required.
The following standard hand signals will be used in case of failure of radio
communications:
Hand gripping throat Out of air, can't breathe
Grip partner's wrist or Leave area immediately
both hands around waist
Hands on top of head Need assistance
Thumbs up OK, I am all right, I understand
Thumbs down No, negative
Telephone communication to the Command Post should be established as soon as
practicable. The phone number is .
I. DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES ^_
Personnel and equipment leaving the Exclusion Zone shall be thoroughly
decontaminated. The standard level decontamination protocol shall be
used with the following decontamination stations: (1)
(2) (3) (4) (5)
(6) (7) (8) (9)
(10) Other
Emergency decontamination will include the following stations:
The following decontamination equipment is required:
(Normally detergent and water) will be used as the decontamination
solution.
J. SITE SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
1. (name) is the designated site Safety Officer and is
directly responsible to the Project Team Leader for safety recommendations on
site.
-------
B-6 Appendix B
2. Emergency Medical Care
(names of qualified personnel) are the qualified EMTs on site.
(medical facility names) , at (address)
phone is located minutes from this location.
(name of person) was contacted at (time) and briefed on
the situation, the potential hazards, and the substances involved. A map
of alternative routes to this facility is available at (normally Command
Post) .
Local ambulance service is available from _ at
phone . Their response time is minutes.
Whenever possible, arrangements should be made for onsite standby.
Piret-aid equipment is available on site at the following locations:
First-aid kit
Emergency eye wash
Emergency shower
(other)
Emergency medical information for substances present:
Substance Exposure symptoms First-Aid Instructions
List of emergency phone numbers:
Agency/Facility Phone I Contact
Police
Fire _________________________________________
Hospital
Airport
Public Health Advisor
3. Environmental Monitoring
The following environmental monitoring instruments shall be used on site
(cross out if not applicable) at the specified intervals.
Combustible Gas Indicator - continuous/hourly/daily/other
02 Moaitor - continuoua/hourly/daily/other
Colorimetric Tubes - continuous/hourly/daily/other
(type)
HNU/OVA - continuous/hourly/daily/other
Other - continuous/hourly/daily/other
- continuous/hourly/daily/other
-------
Appendix B B-7
4. Emergency Procedures (should be modified as required for incident)
The following standard emergency procedures will be used by onsite
personnel. The Site Safety Officer shall be notified of any onsite
emergencies and be responsible for ensuring that the appropriate
procedures are followed.
Personnel Injury in the Exclusion Zone: Upon notification of an injury in
the Exclusion Zone, the designated emergency signal
shall be sounded. All site personnel shall assemble at the
decontamination line. The rescue team will enter the Exclusion Zone (if
required) to remove the injured person to the hotline. The Site Safety
Officer and Project Team Leader should evaluate the nature of the injury,
and the affected person should be decontaminated to the extent possible
prior to movement to the Support Zone. The onsite EMT shall initiate the
appropriate first aid, and contact should be made for an ambulance and
with the designated medical facility (if required). No persons shall
reenter the Exclusion Zone until the cause of the injury or symptoms is
determined.
Personnel Injury in the Support Zone: Upon notification of an injury in
the Support Zone, the Project Team Leader and Site Safety Officer will
assess the nature of the injury. If the cause of the injury or loss of
the injured person does not affect the performance of site personnel,
operations may continue, with the onsite EMT initiating the appropriate
first aid and necessary follow-up as stated above. If the injury
increases the risk to others, the designated emergency signal
shall be sounded and all site personnel shaH. move
to the decontamination line for further instructions. Activities on site
will stop until the added risk is removed or minimized.
Fire/Explosion: Upon notification of a fire or explosion on site, the
designated emergency signal shall be sounded and
all site personnel assembled at the decontamination line. The fire
department shall be alerted and all personnel moved to a safe distance
from the involved area.
Personal Protective Equipment Failure: If any site worker experiences a
failure or alteration of protective equipment that affects the protection
factor, that person and his/her buddy shall immediately leave the
Exclusion Zone. Reentry shall not be permitted until the equipment has
been repaired or replaced.
Other Equipment Failure: If any other equipment on site fails to operate
properly, the Project Team Leader and Site Safety Officer shall be
notified and then determine the effect of this failure on continuing
operations on site. If the failure affects the safety of personnel or
prevents completion of the Work Plan tasks, all personnel shall leave the
Exclusion Zone until the situation is evaluated and appropriate actions
taken.
-------
B-8 Appendix B
The following emergency escape routes are designated for use in those
situations where egress from the Exclusion Zone cannot occur through
the decontamination line: (describe alternate routes to leave area in
emergencies)
In all situations, when an onsite emergency results in evacuation of the
Exclusion Zone, personnel shall not reenter until:
1. The conditions resulting in the emergency have been corrected.
2. The hazards have been reassessed.
3. The Site Safety Plan has been reviewed.
4. Site personnel have been briefed on any changes in the Site Safety
Plan.
5. Personal Monitoring
The following personal monitoring will be in effect on site:
Personal exposure sampling: (describe any personal sampling programs
being carried out on site personnel. This would include use of sampling
pumps, air monitors, etc.)
Medical monitoring: The expected air temperature will be ( °F) If
it is determined that heat stress monitoring is required (mandatory if
over 70°F) the following procedures shall be followed:
(describe procedures in effect, i.e., monitoring body temperature, body
weight, pulse rate)
All site personnel have read the above plan and are familiar with its
provisions.
Site Safety Oficer ( name) (signature)
Project Team Leader
Other Site Personnel
-------
Appendix C. Sample Hazardous Substance Information Form
COMMON NAME:
CHEMICAL NAME:
I. PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Natural physical state: Gas
(at ambient temps of 20°C-25°C)
Molecular weight
Density3
Specific gravity3
Solubility: water
Solubility5:
Boiling point
Melting point
Vapor pressure
Vapor density
Flash point
(open cup ; closed cup
Other:
II. HAZARDOUS CHARACTERISTICS
A. TOXICOLOGICAL HAZARD HAZARD?
Inhalation Yes No
Ingestion Yes No
Skin/eye absorption Yes No
Skin/eye contact Yes No
Carcinogenic Yes No
Teratogenic Yes No
Mutagenic Yes No
Aquatic Yes No
Other: Yes No
B. TOXICOLOGICAL HAZARD HAZARD?
Combustibility Yes No
Toxic byproduct(s): Yes No
SOURCE
Liquid
Solid
g/g-mole
g/ml
e
§
*
°F/°C
°F/°C
°F/°C
°F/°C
°F/°C
mmHg @
e
°F/°C
°F/°C
°F/°C
J
CONCENTRATIONS
(PEL, TLV, other)
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
SOURCE
Flammability Yes No
LFL
UFL
Explosivity Yes No
LEL
UEL
30nly one is necessary.
DFoc organic compounds, recovery of spilled material by ssolvent extraction may
require solubility data.
-------
C-2
Appendix C
C. REACTIVITY HAZARD
Reactivities:
D. CORROSIVITY HAZARD
Neutralizing agent:
E. RADIOACTIVE HAZARD
Background
Alpha particles
Beta particles
Gamma radiation
HAZARD?
Yes No
HAZARD?
Yes No
HAZARD?
Yes No
Yes No
Yes No
Yes No
III. DESCRIPTION OP INCIDENT:
Quantity involved
Release information
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
EXPOSURE RATE
SOURCE
Monitoring/sampling recommended
IV. RECOMMENDED PROTECTION:
Worker
Public
V. RECOMMENDED SITE CONTROL:
Hotline
Decontamination line
Command Post location
VI. REFERENCES FOR SOURCES:
-------
Appendix C
C-3
SAMPLE HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE INFORMATION FORM FILLED OUT FOR VINYL CHLORIDE
COMMON NAME:
CHEMICAL NAME:
: C ^ )
I. PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Natural physical state: Gas ^ _ Liquid
(at ambient temps of 20°C-25°C)
Molecular weight
Density3
Specific gravity3
Solubility: water
Solubility13: e* \CQ^ •>!
Boiling point
Melting point
Solid
o.im § 1.0
_g/g-mol__
g/ml
— "F/0C
_°F/°C
7-.T-
-7.MH. 8"
FJ°C
Vapor pressure l^oo mmHg (§_
Vapor density 1-1- Jj
Flash point ~ II O
(open cup__v^__; closed cup )
Other: P»Jy*»i *«•;**/ ro•**
UPL 33
Explosivity Yes No
LEL -
UEL
30nly one is necessary.
t>For organic compounds, recovery of spilled material by solvent extraction may
require solubility data.
-------
C-4
Appendix C
C. REACTIVITY HAZARD
Reactivities :
/\ air,
i'i
HAZARD?
''YeT) No
HAZARD?
Yes ^No""
D. CORROSIVICf HAZARD
Neutralizing agent:
RADIOACTIVE HAZARD
BacKground
Alpha particles
Beta particles
Gamma radiation
III. DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT:
Quantity involved A_
Release information
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
CONCENTRATIONS
SOURCE
EXPOSURE RATE
SOURCE
Monitoring/sampling recommended
IV. RECOMMENDED PROTECTION:
Worker _ Level &
or (/ ,'
Public
V. RECOMMENDED SITE CONTROL:
Hotline
Decontamination line
Command Post location
VI. REFERENCES FOR SOURCES:
— Oil
; A Is .
o$HA- -2^ CFtZ. fart- tlio./ol?-
-------
Appendix D. Sample Decontamination Procedures for
Three Typical Levels of Protection3
F.S.O.P. No. 7
Process: DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
1.1 The objective of these procedures is to minimize the risk of
exposure to hazardous substances. These procedures were derived
from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Emergency and Remedial Response's (OERR), "Interim Standard
Operating Safety Guides (revised Sep. 82)". This version of the
guides is in a format that is more appropriate for use in the
field.
1.2 Protective equipment must be worn by personnel when response
activities involve known or suspected hazardous substances. The
procedures for decontaminating personnel upon leaving the
contaminated area are addressed for each of the EPA, OERR
designated levels of protection. The procedures given are for
the maximum and minimum amount of decontamination used for each
level of protection.
1.3 The maximum decontamination procedures for all levels of
protection consist of specific activities at nineteen stations.
Each station emphasizes an important aspect of decontamination.
When establishing a decontamination line, each aspect should be
incorporated separately or combined with other aspects into a
procedure with fewer steps (such as the Minimum Decontamination
Procedures).
1.4 Decontamination lines are site specific since they are dependent
upon the types of contamination and the type of work activities
on site. A cooling station is sometimes necessary within the
decontamination line during hot weather. It is usually a
location in a shaded area in which the wind can help to cool
personnel. In addition, site conditions may permit the use of
cooling devices such as cool water hose, ice packs, cool towels,
etc. When the decontamination line is no longer required,
contaminated wash and rinse solutions and contaminated articles
must be contained and disposed of as hazardous wastes in
compliance with state and federal regulations.
a Source: Excerpted from Field Standard Operating Procedures for the Decon-
tamination of Response Personnel (FSOP 71. EPA Office of Emergency
and Remedial Response, Hazardous Response Support Division,
Washington, DC. January 1985.
-------
D-2
Appendix D
P.S.O.P. No. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVEL A PROTECTION
1
Outer
Remc
q
f
j
EXCLUSION i
ZONE
Boot Cover
Glove Tape &
>val Removal Glove Wash
Boot Cover Boot Cover &
Removal Glove Rinse u/.
r
r
Segregated
J Equipment
Drop
-ri IMC
Tank Change <^T*
and Redress • Boot Cover/
-r Outer Gloves
7 j Suit/Safety Boot
Wash
Suit/Safety Boot
Rinse
CONTAMINATION
REDUCTION
ZONE
fjO] Safety Boot
Removal
fJTl Fully Encapsulating Suit
and Hard Hat Removal
(l2j SCBA Backpack
Remova!
(^3) Inner Glove
Wash
^4] Inner Glove
Rinse
[15] Face Piece
Removal
[^5] Inner Glove
Removal
[17] Inner Clothing
Removal
Field
Wash
-Wl9] Redress
CONTAMINATION
'CONTROL LINE '
SUPPORT
ZONE
-------
Appendix D
D-3
P.S.O.P. No. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVEL B PROTECTION
Outer Glove
Removal
EXCLUSION
ZONE
Tape
Removal
Boot Cover
&
Glove Wash
Boot Cover
Removal
Boot Cover 8:
Glove Rinse
Segregated
Equipment
Drop
Tank Change
and Redress • Boot Cover/
Outer Gloves
7 J Suit/Safety Boot
Wash
Suit/SCBA/Boot/Glove
Rinse
ho]
Safety Boot
Removal
• HOTLINE
CONTAMINATION
REDUCTION
ZONE
[11]
[13]
SCBA Backpack
Removal
Splash Suit
Removal
Inner Glove
Wash
Inner Glove
Rinse
Face Piece
Removal
Inner Glove
Removal
Inner Clothing
Removal
Field
Wash
-#{l9) Redress
CONTAMINATION
'CONTROL LINE
SUPPORT
ZONE
-------
D-4
Appendix D
F.S.O.P. No. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVEL C PROTECTION
Canister or s
Mask Change L^
EXCLUSION
Z°NE Boot Cover
Outer Glove Tape &
Removal Removal Glove Wash
k T Boot Cover Boot Cover &
Removal Glove Rinse
r
Segregated
v Equipment
J Drop
(V) Suit/Safety Boot
| Wash
S " ^-^ Rinco
and Redress - Boot Cover/
Outer Gloves
Safety Boot
Removal
CONTAMINATION
REDUCTION
ZONE
Field
Wash
Splash Suit
Removal
Inner Glove
Wash
Inner Glove
Rinse
Face Piece
Removal
Inner Glove
Removal
Inner Clothing
Removal
Redress
CONTAMINATION
1 CONTROL LINE
SUPPORT
ZONE
-------
Appendix D
D-b
F.S.O.P. No. 7
PROCESS DECON PROCEDURES
MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVELS A & B PROTECTION
WIND DIRECTION
Redress: Boot Covers
and Outer Gloves
uj Decon
— Solution
o 6vl&
1
s^
Decon Outer ^r
Equipment Garments/
Dr°P ^ >X Remove
.X^ Boot Covers
>X and Outer Gloves
\^->. UJ 1 \-^
D !• O
Plastic O 1 Can
SPt^ '
Water phTar
Chang*
^^^^ ""»•
t
k
>-Over
Point
Sheet | (10 gallon)
O ^
V *
Remove
Boots/Gloves
,
Outer
Garments
(For Disposal
and Off Site
Decontamination)
b
Can
(32 gallon)
^ •
REMOVE
SCBA
-------
D-6
Appendix D
P.S.O.P. No. 7
PROCESS DBCON PROCEDURES^
MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION LAYOUT
LEVEL C PROTECTION
WIND DIRECTION
I Redress: Boot Covers
I and Outer Gloves
LU I Decon
— | Solution
1 1
Decon Outer s'
Equipment Garments ; /
Drop —> / Remove
.S Boot Covers
x'and Outer Gloves
20°
©
Water Cartridge or Canister
Change-Over
Point
» k ftft »-
* ' W *
b \\ b
Plastic O 1 Can
Sheet I (10 gallon)
^^^^
Remove
Boots/Gloves
and
Outer
Garments
(For Disposal ^
and Off Site
Decontamination)
b
Can
(32 gallon)
i '
REMOVE
MASK
-------
Appendix D
D-7
EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO PERFORM MAXIMUM DECONTAMINATION MEASURES FOR LEVELS A, B, AND C
Station 1: a. Various Size Containers
b. Plastic Liners
c. Plastic Drop Cloths
Station 2: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Oecon Solution or Detergent Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 3: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
OR
High-Pressure Spray Unit
b. Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 4: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
Station 5: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
c. Bench or Stools
Station 6: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
Station 7: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Decon Solution or Detergent Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 8: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
OR
High-Pressure Spray Unit
b. Water
c. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 9: a. A1r Tanks or Face Masks and
Cartridge Depending on Level
b. Tape
c. Boot Covers
d. Gloves
Station 10: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
c. Bench or Stools
d. Boot Jack
Station 11: a. Rack
b. Drop Cloths
c. Bench c- Stool-
Station 12: a. Table
Station 13: a. Basin or Bucket
b. Decon Solution
c. Small Table
Station 14: a. Water
b. Basin or Bucket
c. Small Table
Station IS: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
a. Plastic Liners
Station 16: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
S>. Plastic Liners
Station 17: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
15. Plastic Liners
Station 18: a. Water
s. Soap
c. Small Table
d. Basin or Bucket,- .
e. Field Showers
f. Towels
Station 19: a. Dressing Trailer 1s Needed 1n
Inclement Weather
b. Tables
c. Chairs
d. Lockers
e. Cloths
EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO PERFORM MINIMUM DECONTAMINATION MEASURES FOR LEVELS A, B, AND C
Station 1: a. Various Size Containers
b. Plastic Liners
c. Plastic Drop Cloths
Station 2: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Decon Solution
c. Rinse Water
d. 2-3 Long-Handled, Soft-Bristled
Scrub Brushes
Station 3: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
c. Bench or Stools
Station 4: a. A1r Tanks or Masks and
Cartridges Depending Upon Level
b. Tape
c. Boot Covers
d. Gloves
Station 5: a. Containers (20-30 Gallons)
b. Plastic Liners
:. Bench or Stool s
Station 6: a. Plastic Sheets
b. Basin or Bucket
c. Soap and Towels
d. Bench or Stools
Station 7: a. Water
b. Soap
c. Tables
d. Wash Basin or Bucket
-------
D-8
Appendix D
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 1:
Segregated Equipment
Drop
Station
Station
Station
Station
Station
Station
Statfon
Station
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
8:
9:
Soot Cover and
Glove Wash
Boot Cover and
Glove Rinse
Tape Reooval
Boot Cover
Removal
Outer Glove
Removal
Suit and Boot
Wash
Suit and Boot
Tank Change
Station 10:
Station 11:
Station 12:
Station 13:
Station 14:
Station 15:
Station 16:
Safety Boot
Removal
Fully Encapsulating
Suit and Hard Hat
Removal
SCBA Backpack
Removal
Inner Glove Wash
Inner Glove Rinse
Face Piece Removal
Inner Glove
Removal
1 Deposit equipment used on site (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments,
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop cloths
or 1n different containers with plastic liners.
During hot weather operations, a cool down
station may be set up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon
solution or detergent/water.
3. Rinse off decon solution from station 2 using
copi • is amounts of water.
4. Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit
in container with plastic liner.
5. Remr-'e boot covers and deposit in container
with plastic liner.
6. Remove outer gloves and deposit in container
with plastic Uner.
7. Wash encapsulating suit and boots using scrub
brush and decon solution or detergent/water.
Repeat as many times as necessary.
8. Rinse off decon solution using water. Repeat as
many times as necessary.
9. If an air tank change 1s desired, this is the
last step in the decontamination procedure.
Air tank is exchanged, new outer gloves and boot
covers donned, and joints taped. Worker returns
to duty.
10. Remove safety boots and deposit in container
with plastic Uner.
11. Fully encapsulated suit Is removed with
assistance of a helper and laid out on a drop
cloth or hung up. Hard hat is removed. Hot
weather rest station maybe set up within this
area for personnel returning to site.
12. While still wearing facepiece, remove backpack
and place on table. Disconnect hose from
regulator valve and proceed to next station.
13. Wash with decon solution that will not harm the
skin. Repeat as often as necessary.
14. Rinse with water.
necessary.
Repeat as many times as
15. Remove face piece. Deposit in container with
plastic liner. Avoid touching face with fingers.
16. Remove inner gloves and deposit in container
with liner.
-------
Appendix D
D-9
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 17: Inner Clothing
Removal
Station 18: Field Wash
Station 19: Redress
17. Remove clothing and place 1n lined container.
Do not wear Inner clothing off-site since there
1s a possibility that small amounts of
contaminants might have been transferred 1n
removing the fully-encapsulating suit.
18. Show-.-r 1f highly toxic, sk1n-corrc:1ve or skln-
absorbable materials are known or suspected to
be present. Wash hands and face 1f shower 1s
not available.
19. Put on clean clothes.
FSOP 7: MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL A DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Equipment Drop
Station 2: Outer Garment,
Boots, and Gloves
Wash and Rinse
Station 3: Outer Boot and
Glove Removal
Station 4: Tank Change
Station 5: Boot, Gloves
and Outer Garment
Removal
Station 6: SC8A Removal
Station 7: Field Wash
1. Deposit equipment used on-slte (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments,
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, cool down stations maybe set
up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boots, outer gloves and fully-
encapsulating suit with decon solution or
detergent and water. Rinse off using copious
amounts of water.
3. Remove outer boots and gloves. Deposit 1n
container with plastic Uner.
4. If worker leaves Exclusion Zone to change air
tank, this Is the last step 1n the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank is
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, joints taped, and worker returns to duty.
5. Boots, fully-encapsulating suit, Inner gloves
removed and deposited 1n separate containers
lined with plastic.
6. SCBA backpack and facepiece Is removed (avoid
touching face with fingers). SCBA deposited
on plastic sheets.
7. Hands and face are thoroughly washed.
soon as possible.
Shower as
-------
D-10
Appendix D
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION
Station 1:
Segregated Equipment
Drop
Station
Station
Station
Station
Station
Station
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
Boot Cover and
Glove Wash
Boot Cover and
Glove Rinse
Tape Removal
Boot Cover
Removal
Outer Glove
removal
Suit and Safety
Boot Wash
Station 8:
Station 9:
Suit, SCBA, Boot,
and Glove R1n^e
Tank Change
Station 10:
Station 11:
Station 12:
Station 13:
Station 14:
Station 15:
Safety Boot
Removal
SCBA Backpack
Removal
Splash Suit
Removal
Inner Glove Wash
Inner Glove Rinse
Face Piece Removal
1. Deposit equipment used on site (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments,
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths or 1n different containers with plastic
liners. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross-contamination. During hot
weather operations, cool down stations may be set
up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon
solution or detergent and water.
3. Rinse off decon solution fro* station 2 using
copious amounts of water.
4. Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit
In container with plastic Uner.
5. Remove boot covers and deposit 1n container
with plastic Uner.
6. Remove outer gloves and deposit 1n container
with plastic Uner.
7. Wash chemical-resistant splash suit, SCBA,
gloves and safety boots. Scrub with long-handle
scrub brush and decon solution. Wrap SCBA
regulator (1f belt mounted type) with plastic to
keep out water. Wash backpack assembly with
sponges or cloths.
8. Rinse off decon solution using copious amounts
of water.
9. If worker leaves exclusion zone to change air
tank, this 1s the last step 1n the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank Is
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, and joints taped. Worker returns to
duty.
10. Remove safety boots and deposit In container
with plastic 1 Iner.
11. While still wearing faceplece, remove back-
pack and place on table. Disconnect hose from
regulator valve.
12. With assistance of helper, remove splash suit.
Deposit 1n container with plastic liner.
13. Wash Inner gloves with decon solution.
14. Rinse Inner gloves with water.
15. Remove face piece. Deposit 1n container with
plastic liner. Avoid touching face with fingers,
Station 16: Inner Glove
Removal
16. Remove inner gloves and deposit In container
with Uner.
-------
Appendix D
D-11
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION.
Station 17: Inner Clothing
Removal
Station 18: Field Wash
Station 19: Redress
17. Remove Inner clothing. Place 1n container with
Hner. Do not wear Inner clothing off-site
since there 1s a possibility that small amounts
of contaminants might have been transferred 1n
removing the fully-encapsulating suit.
18. Shower 1f highly toxic, skin-corrosive or skln-
absorbable materials are known or suspected to
be present. Hash hands and face If shower 1s
not available.
19. Put on clean clothes.
FSOP 7: MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL B DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Equipment Drop
Station 2: Outer Garment,
Boots, and Gloves
Wash and Rinse
Station 3: Outer Boot and
Glove Removal
Station 4: Tank Change
Station 5: Boot, Gloves
and Outer Garment
Removal
Station 6: SCBA Removal
Station 7: Field Wash
1. Deposit equipment used on-s1te (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments,
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, cool down station may be set
up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boots, outer gloves and chemical-
resistant splash suit with decon solution or
deteryent water. Rinse off using copious
amounts of water.
3. Remove outer boots and gloves. Deposit 1n
container with plastic Hner.
4. If worker leaves exclusive zone to change air
tank, this Is the last step In the
decontamination procedure. Worker's air tank 1s
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, Joints taped, and worker returns to duty.
5. Boots, chemical-resistant splash suit, Inner
gloves removed and deposited In separate
containers lined with plastic.
6. SCBA backpack and faceplece Is removed. Avoid
touching face with finger. SCBA deposited
on plastic sheets.
7. Hands and face are thoroughly washed.
soon as possible.
Shower as
-------
D-12
Appendix D
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Segrated Equipment
Drop
Station 2: Boot Cover and
Glove Wash
Station 3: Boot Cover and
Glove Rinse
Station 4: Tape Removal
Station 5: Boot Cover
Removal
Station 6: Outer Glove
Removal
Station 7: Suit and Boot
Wash
Station 8: Suit and Boot.
and Glove Rinse
Station 9: Canister or
Mask Change
Station 10: Safety Boot
Removal
Station 11: Splash Suit
Removal
Station 12: Inner Glove
Rinse
Station 13: Inner Glove
Wash
Station 14: Face Piece
Removal
Station 15: Inner Glove
Removal
1. Deposit equipment used on site (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring instruments,
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic drop
cloths or 1n different containers with plastix
liners. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, a cool down station may be
set up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon
solution or detergent and water.
3. Riiise off decon solution from station 2 using
copious amounts of water.
4. Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit
in container with plastic liner.
5. Remove boot covers and deposit 1n containers
with plastic 1 iner.
6. Remove outer gloves and deposit in container
with plastic 1 iner.
7. Wash splash suit, gloves, and safety boots.
Scrub with long-handle scrub brush and decon
solution.
8. Rinse off decon solution using water. Repeat as
many times as necessary.
9. If worker leaves exclusion zone to change
canister (or mask), this is the last step
in the decontamination procedure. Worker's
canister is exchanged, new outer gloves and boot
covers donned, and joints taped worker returns
to duty.
10. Remove safety boots and deposit in container
with plastic 1 iner.
11. With assistance of helper, remove splash
suit. Deposit in container with plastic liner.
12. Wash inner gloves with decon solution.
13. Rinse in^er gloves with water.
14. Remove face piece. Deposit in container with
plastic liner. Avoid touching face with fingers.
15. Remove inner gloves and deposit in lined
container.
-------
Appendix D
D-13
FSOP 7: MAXIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION
Station 16: Inner Clothing
Removal
Station 17: Field Wash
Station 18: Rediess
16. Remove clothing soaked with perspiration and
place In lined container. Do not wear Inner
clothing off-site since there Is a possibility
that small amounts of contaminants might have
been transferred in removing the fully-
encapsulating suit.
17. Shower 1f highly toxic, skin-corrosive or skin-
absorbable materials are known or suspected to
be present. Wash hands and face if shower 1s
not available.
18. Put on clean clothes.
FSOP 7: MINIMUM MEASURES FOR LEVEL C DECONTAMINATION
Station 1: Equipment Drop
Station 2: Outer Garment,
Boots, and Gloves
Wash and Rinse
Station 3: Outer Boot and
Glove Removal
Station 4: Canister or
Mask Change
Station 5: Boot, Gloves
and Outer Garment
Removal
Station 6: Face Piece
Removal
1. Deposit equipment used on-slte (tools, sampling
devices and containers, monitoring Instruments,
radios, clipboards, etc.) on plastic dr6f>
cloths. Segregation at the drop reduces the
probability of cross contamination. During hot
weather operations, a cool down station may be
set up within this area.
2. Scrub outer boots, outer gloves and splaih
suit with decon solution or detergent water.
Rinse off using copious amounts of water.
3. Remove outer boots and gloves. Deposit in
container with plastic Hner.
4. If worker leaves exclusive zone to change
canister (or mask), this is the last step in the
decontamination procedure. Worker's canister is
exchanged, new outer gloves and boot covers
donned, Joints taped, and worker returns to duty.
5. Boots, chemical-resistant splash suit, inner
gloves removed and deposited in separate
containers lined with plastic.
6. Facepiece is removed. Avoid touching face with
fingers, Facepiece deposited on plastic sheet.
Station 7: Field Wash
7. Hands and face are thoroughly washed.
soon as possible.
Shower as
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX R, ATTACHMENT
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
Attachment 8 - Cover
ATTACHMENT 8 - NOTIFICATION TO EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE AUTHORITIES
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 1 of 13
APPENDIX S: GLNPO RESEARCH VESSELS-PROCEDURES FOR THE
TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS /WASTE BY GREAT LAKES
NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE VIA GOVERNMENT VEHICLE AND GOVERNMENT
DRIVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
I. Packaging 2
II. Bill of Lading 2
III. Labeling 5
IV. Placarding 5
V. Loading and Unloading 6
VI. Flammable Liquids 8
VII. Flammable Solids and Oxidizing Materials 8
VIII. Corrosive Materials 8
IX. Carbon-14 9
X. Hazardous Materials Incidents 11
XI. Hazardous Substance Discharge Notification 13
XII. Hazardous Waste 13
Attachment One: Sample US Government Bill of Lading
Attachment Two: DOT Form F 5800.1
Attachment Three: Sample Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 2 of 13
GLNPO RESEARCH VESSELS: PROCEDURES FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTE BY GREAT LAKES NATIONAL PROGRAM OFFICE VIA
GOVERNMENT VEHICLE AND GOVERNMENT DRIVER
It is the policy of the United States Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, to comply with all
applicable regulations when transporting hazardous materials by government vehicle. This document
discusses the Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations for transporting hazardous materials.
Great Lakes National Program Office will follow the regulations as required. All materials/waste
must be transported by government vehicle and government employee driver based upon provisions
set forth by the carrier.
I. PACKAGING
When transporting hazardous materials, the materials should be in the original containers and
shipping cartons/crates as received from the supplier. If this is not feasible, Great Lakes will
package the materials in DOT-approved packaging materials prior to shipment. It is important to
note that cardboard packaging must be protected from wetting. If a cardboard package loses its
structural integrity for any reason, the packaging is not longer DOT approved. Therefore, tarpaulins
or covered vehicles should be used when transporting such packages.
II. BILL OF LADING
A bill of lading must be used for each shipment. Refer to Attachment 1 of this Appendix for
sample US Government Bill of Lading. The following items must be completed for each bill of
lading:
A. Origin
• From Milwaukee:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
c/o University of Wisconsin
Great Lakes Research Program
1600 E. Greenfield Avenue
Milwaukee, WI
• From Chicago:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 3 of 13
536 S. Clark
Chicago, IL 60604
From Bay City:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
R/V Lake Guardian
24 Sixth Street
Bay City, MI 48708
B. Shipper
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
230 S. Dearborn
Chicago, IL 60604
C. Destination/Consignee
• To Milwaukee:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Great Lakes National Program Office
c/o University of Wisconsin
Great Lakes Research Program
E. Greenfield Avenue
Milwaukee, WI
To Bay City:
R/V Lake Guardian
Warehouse
102 Ninth Street
Bay City, MI 48708
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 4 of 13
D. Transportation Company:
United States Environmental Protection Agency
E. Place an X in the column marked HM before each hazardous material listed on the
bill of lading.
F. Identify the hazardous material using the proper DOT shipping name, hazard class,
identification number, and reportable quantity, if applicable. Refer to 49 CFR
172.101 for a Hazardous Materials Table in regards to transportation.
G. List the total quantity or weight of the hazardous material.
H. Write/type the following statement on the bill of lading:
"This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified, described,
packaged, marked, and labeled, and are in proper condition for transportation
according to the applicable regulations of the DOT."
Copies of the completed bill of lading shall be forwarded to the Region 5 Health and ^
Safety Office, the GLNPO office, and a file maintained on board the Lake Guardian.
A driver of a vehicle containing hazardous material shall ensure that the bill of lading
is readily available to, and recognizable by, authorities in the event of accident or
inspection. Specifically, the driver shall:
1. Clearly distinguish the bill of lading, if it is carried with other shipping
papers or other papers of any kind, by either distinctively tabbing it or by
having it appear first; and
2. Store the shipping paper as follows:
a. When the driver is at the vehicle's controls, the shipping paper shall
be:
1) Within his/her immediate reach while he/she is restrained by
the lap belt; and
2) Either readily visible to a person entering the driver's
compartment or in a holder which is mounted to the inside of
the door on the driver's side of the vehicle. ^^
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 5 of 13
b. When the driver is not at the vehicle's controls, the shipping paper
shall be:
1) In a holder which is mounted to the inside of the door on the
driver's side of the vehicle; or
2) On the driver's seat in the vehicle.
III. LABELING
Each package must be marked as required by 49 CFR, Part 172, Hazardous Materials Table. For
example, acetone packages must be labeled with a red diamond-shaped flammable label.
IV. PLACARDING (49 CFR Part 172.503)
If the government vehicle is transporting the following materials, placards (markings on the sides
of the vehicle) are required:
• Class A explosives
Class B explosives
• Poison A
• Flammable solid ("Dangerous When Wet" label only)
• Radioactive material
Uranium hexafluoride, fissile (containing more than 1.0 percent U235)
• Uranium hexafluoride, low specific activity (containing 1.0 percent or less
U235)
A placard is NOT required when transporting 60 millicuries or less of Carbon-14.
If the government vehicle is transporting less than 1000 pounds total of the following
materials, placards (markings on the side of the vehicle) are NOT required:
Class C explosives
• Blasting agents
• Nonflammable gas (chlorine)
• Nonflammable gas (oxygen, cryogenic liquid)
• Flammable gas
Combustible liquid
Flammable solid
• Oxidizer
• Organic peroxide
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 6 of 13
• Poison B
• Corrosive material
• Irritating material
For example, if the vehicle contains 600 Ibs. of phenol (a poison B material), it would not
be placarded. But, if the truck contained 600 Ibs. of phenol and 400 Ibs. of acetone (a
flammable liquid), a placard is necessary. In this instance, since two types of hazardous
materials are being transported, a ":Dangerous" placard would be used. Refer to 49 CFR
Part 172, Hazardous Materials Table, when determining the type of placard required.
V. LOADING AND UNLOADING
The following requirements will be adhered to when loading or unloading hazardous
materials:
A. Any tank, barrel, drum, cylinder or other packaging, not permanently attached
to a motor vehicle, which contains any flammable liquid, compressed gas,
corrosive material, poisonous material, or radioactive material must be
secured against movement within the vehicle on which it is being transported,
under conditions normally incident to transportation. For example, crates or
cartons of acetone must be strapped via a method that prevents movement of
the package.
B. Smoking on or about any motor vehicle while loading or unloading any
explosive, flammable liquid, flammable solid, oxidizing material or
flammable compressed gas is forbidden.
C. During the loading or unloading of any explosive, flammable liquid,
flammable solid oxidizing material or flammable compressed gas into or from
any motor vehicle extreme care shall be taken to keep fire away and to
prevent persons in the vicinity from smoking, lighting matches, or carrying
any flame or lighted cigar, pipe or cigarette.
D. No hazardous material shall be loaded into or on, or unloaded from, any
motor vehicle unless the handbrake be securely set and all other reasonable
precautions be taken to prevent motion of the motor vehicle during such
loading or unloading procedures.
E. No tools which are likely to damage the effectiveness of the closure of any
package or other container, or likely adversely to affect such package or
container, shall be used for the loading or unloading of any explosive or
other dangerous article.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 7 of 13
F. Containers of explosives, flammable liquids, flammable solids, oxidizing
materials, corrosive materials, compressed gases, and poisonous liquids or
gases, must be so braced as to prevent motion thereof relative to the vehicle
while in transit. Containers having valves or other fittings must be so loaded
such that there will be the minimum likelihood of damage thereto during
transportation.
G. Reasonable care should be taken to prevent undue rise in temperature of
containers and their contents during transit. There must be no tampering with
such container or the contents thereof, nor any discharge of the contents of
any container between point of origin and point of billed destination.
Discharge of contents of any container must not be made prior to removal
from the motor vehicle.
H. In any single vehicle, hazardous materials shall not be loaded together if
prohibited by the loading and storage chart (Refer to 49 CFR 177.848,
Segregation and Separation Chart of Hazardous Materials.)
VI. FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
Unless the engine of the motor vehicle is to be used for the operation of a pump, no
flammable liquid shall be loaded into, or on, or unloaded from any motor vehicle while the
engine is running.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 8 of 13
VII. FLAMMABLE SOLIDS AND OXIDIZING MATERIALS
When transporting flammable solids and oxidizing materials, the following shall DC adhered
to:
A. All flammable solids and oxidizing materials shall be contained entirely within the
body of the vehicle and shall be covered by suitable means, and if the vehicle has
a tailgate, it shall be closed and secured in place during transportation.
B. Special care shall be taken in the loading of any motor vehicle with flammable solids
or oxidizing materials which are likely to become hazardous to transport when wet,
to keep them from being wetted during the loading process and to keep them dry
dunng transit. For example, care should be taken with ground, crushed or pulverized
charcoal, and lump charcoal.
C. Whenever a motor carrier has knowledge concerning the hazards of spontaneous
combustion or heating of any material to be loaded on a motor vehicle, the material
shall be loaded to afford sufficient ventilation of the load to provide reasonable
assurance against fire; and the motor vehicle shall be unloaded as soon as practicable
after reaching its destination.
VIII. CORROSIVE MATERIALS
A corrosive material is a liquid or solid that causes visible destruction or irreversible
alterations in human skin tissue at the site of contact, or in the case of leakage from its
packaging, a liquid that has a severe corrosion rate on steel.
The following discusses the general requirements for transportation of corrosive materials.
• Bottles containing corrosive liquids must have enough headspace to allow for heat
expansion. The package must not be completely full of liquid at 130 degrees
Fahrenheit.
Bottles containing corrosive liquids may not be packed in the same package with any other
hazardous materials, except:
Bottles containing corrosive liquids cushioned by noncombustible, nonreactive,
absorbent material and securely packed in tightly closed metal packaging, except
hydrofluoric acid, which must be overpacked in packaging other than one made of
metal, may be packed with other hazardous materials. This exception does not apply
to the following chemicals:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 9 of 13
nitric acid exceeding 40 percent concentration, perchloric acid, hydrogen
peroxide exceeding 52 percent strength by weight, or nitrodydrochloric or
nitrohydrochloric
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 10 of 13
• Although not required by DOT regulations, a bill of lading will be completed
for each shipment of limited quantities of radioactive materials. The
radioactive material will be identified on the bill of lading as Excepted
Radioactive Material, limited quantity, n.o.s., UN2910 When shipping
Carbon-14-contaminated water to Central Regional Laboratory, the laboratory
will be given a copy of the bill of lading in addition to the normal
distribution list.
• Instead of the shipper's certification statement, the following notice will be
placed on the bill of lading (this notice IS required by DOT regulations):
"This package conforms to the conditions and limitations specified in
49 CFR 173.421 for excepted radioactive material, limited quantity,
n.o.s., UN2910."
When transporting Carbon-14 in solid sodium bicarbonate form, the material should be in
the original packaging as received by GLNPO; and the packaged material must be placed in
a cooler that has been filled with some type of cushioning material to prevent breakage of
the ampules. The cooler should be secured via straps or some other method to prevent
movement during transport.
When transporting Carbon-14-contaminated water, the carboys must be secured via straps,
tarpaulin or some other appropriate method to prevent movement of the carboys during
transport.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 11 of 13
X. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENTS
In the event of ANY incident involving release of hazardous materials during the course of
transportation (including loading, unloading, and temporary storage), the Region 5 safety
officer must be immediately notified.
Immediate notice to the Department of Transportation (DOT), and Coast Guard Command
Center/National Response Division in Washington, D.C., of hazardous materials incidents
must be given if, as a direct result of hazardous materials:
• A person is killed,
• A person receives injuries requiring hospitalization,
• Estimated carrier or other property damage exceeds $50,000,
• Fire, breakage, spillage or suspected radioactive contamination occurs
involving shipment of radioactive material,
• Fire, breakage, spillage or suspected contamination of etiologic agents; or,
• A situation exists that, in the judgment of the carrier, should be reported, e.g.
a continuing danger to life exists at the scene of the incident.
Each notice to the DOT, as required above, shall be given to the DOT National Response
Division, Washington, D.C., by telephone (800-424-8802). Notice involving etiologic agents
may be given to the Director, Center for Disease Control Prevention, Emergency Response
Branch 24-Hour Hotline (404-633-5313), in place of the notice to the DOT. Each notice
must include the following information:
Name of reporter
• Name and address of carrier represented by reporter
Phone number where reporter can be contacted
• Date, time, and location of incident
Classification, name, and quantity of hazardous materials involved, if such
information is available
• Type of incident, nature of hazardous material involved, and whether a
continuing danger to life exists at the scene.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION-. FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 12 of 13
In addition, each reportable incident shall be reported, in writing, in duplicate, on DOT Form
F 5800.1 to the DOT within 15 days of the date of discovery. Also, unintentional releases
of hazardous materials from a package must be reported using DOT Form F 5800.1, see
Attachment 2 of this Appendix. The report shall be sent to:
Information Systems Manager
Research and Special Programs Administration
Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
The above oral and written reporting requirements do NOT apply to:
• Consumer commodities
• Paint or paint-related materials when shipped in packages of five gallons or
less
• Wet electric storage battery, either filled with acid or alkali.
XI. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE DISCHARGE NOTIFICATION
When a hazardous substance is discharged in a REPORTABLE QUANTITY into or upon
the navigable waters or adjoining shorelines, the person in charge of the vessel, transport
vehicle, or facility shall notify the U.S. Coast Guard National Response Center
(800-424-8802), and furnish to the official to whom the discharge notification is made:
• The information required in Form F 5800.1, Section VIII
• The name of the shipper of the hazardous substance
• The quantity of the hazardous substance, if known.
An estimate of the quantity of the hazardous substance removed from the scene and the
manner of disposition of any unremoved hazardous substance shall be entered in Part H of
Form F5800.1. To determine the reportable quantity for a spilled chemical, one should
consult the Hazardous Materials Table (for example, a spill involving 1000 or more pounds
of phenol is a reportable spill). Refer to 49 CFR 177.848, Segregation and Separation Chart
of Hazardous Materials.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
PAGE 13 of 13
XII. HAZARDOUS WASTE
When transporting RCRA/TSCA waste materials from GLNPO Research Vessels to
secondary storage areas via government vehicle and government employee driver, GLNPO
must comply with the regulations applicable to the transportation of those materials. EPA's
regulations incorporate and require compliance with the DOT provisions on labeling,
marking, placarding, using proper containers and reporting discharges.
When transporting RCRA/TSCA waste materials from GLNPO Research Vessels, the
following guidelines must be followed:
• Manifest
The waste materials must be manifested (See Attachments of this appendix
for sample Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest) and the designated
government driver must keep the manifest with the hazardous waste. After
successful transport of the waste materials, the driver must return a copy of
the manifest to the Chemical Hygiene Officer or her/his designate. If the
driver is not able to deliver the waste to the designated storage area, he is to
return the waste to the GLNPO Research Vessel.
• Containers/Labeling
Waste containers of materials to be transported must be labeled in accordance
with RCRA/TSCA regulations prior to transport. Labels should include the
waste type, date of accumulation, RCRA waste code number, TSCA label if
greater than 50 ppm, and the EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I.D. Number.
Each waste container (5-gallon plastic carboy provided by waste contractor)
should be transported within a secondary containment tray or pan, and the
lids should be secured prior to transport. Wastes must not be mixed or
combined prior to transport.
• Emergency Response
In the event of a discharge of waste materials, the driver must take
immediate action to protect human health and the environment, including
treatment or containment of the spill and notification of proper authorities.
During the time of transport, the driver must possess (and be formally trained
in the use of) the GLNPO Hazardous Materials/Hazardous Waste
Contingency Plan. Clean-up practices indicated in the plan should be
followed if necessary. Adequate spill supplies should accompany waste
materials during transport. The driver must also comply with Sections X and
XI of this document in the event of an incident involving hazardous waste.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION. FINAL/MARCH 1997
Attachment 1 - Cover
ATTACHMENT 1 - BILL OF LADING
H3C
oar
-------
U.S. GOVERNMENT BILL OF LADING
1 TRANSPORTATION COMPANY itNDEREDTO
5 DESTINATION (Name, address and ZIP code)
9 CONSIGNEE (Name, address and ZIP code ol installation)
2 SCAC
6 SPLC (Dest)
7. SPLC (Ong.)
10 GBLOC (Cons)
ORIGINAL jjg>o- 0031888
3. DATE B/L PREPARED 4 ROUTE ORDER/RELEASE NUMBER
8 ORIGIN (Name, address and ZIP code)
1
11. SHIPPER (Name, address and ZIP code)
' 2. APPROPRIATION CHARGEABi E 1 3. BILL CHARGES TO (DepL/agency. bureau/office mailing address and ZIP codt
14 VIA (Route shipment when advantageous to the Government)
AGENCY LOC CODE
15. MARKS AND ANNOTATIONS (II extra services are ordered, see Administrative Directions No. 2 on reverse)
16 PACKAGES
NO KINO
18. DESCRIPTION OF ARTICLES (Use earner's classification or tanfl description it possible.
otherwise use a clear nontechnical description)
19. WEIGHT'
(Pounds only)
FOR USE OF BILLING CARRIER ONLY
Services
Rate
Charges
CLASSIFICATION ITEM NO
TOTAL
CHARGES
20 TARIFF/SPECIAL RATE AUTHORITY
21. PICKUP SERV. FURNISHED (~| YES
VEHICLE FULLY LOADED Q YES
SHIPPER'S
INITIALS
22. CARRIER WAY/FREIGHT BILL NO. AND DATE
23. STOP THIS SHIPMENT AT
FOR:
24. FURNISH INFORMATION ON CAR/TRUCKLOAD/CONTAINER SHIPMENTS
INITIALS & NO.
SEAL NUMBERS
APPLIED BY
LENGTH/CUBE
ORDERED
FURNISHED
MARKED CAPACITY
ORDERED FURNISHED
DATE FURNISHED
25. CARRIER'S PICKUP DATE
(Year, month. A day)
26a. SIGNATURE OF AGENT
26b. PER
B/L NUMBER
D- 0,031,888
27. MODE
28. ESTIMATE
29 NO. OF
CLS/TLS
30. TYPE
RATE
31. PSC
32. REASON
f leceivec. by the transportation company named above, subject to conditions named on
the reverse hereof, the property hereinafter described, in apparent good order and
condition (contents and value unknown), to be forwarded to destination by the said
company and connecting lines, there to be delivered in like good order and condition to
said consignee.
FOR USE OF ISSUING OFFICE
CERTIFICATE OF CARRIER BILLING—CONSIGNEE MUST NOT PAY ANY CHARGES
33a ISSUING OFFICE (Name and complete address)
34a. DELIVERED ON
(Year, month & day)
'SSUING OFFICER
33b. GBLOC
34b. AT (Actual delivery point)
34c. BY (Name ot delivering earner)
34d. DELIVERED THIS CONSIGNMENT COMPLETE 4 IN APPARENT GOOD ORD|
EXCEPT AS MAY BE INO.CATED ,-,
33d CONTRACT/PURCHASE ORDER NO. OR OTHER
AUTHORITY
33e. DATED
331 FOB POINT NAMED IN CONTRACT
348
D
D
D
CARRIER OS4O REPORT
ATTACHED
DELIVERY AT DESTINATION
FURNISHED
ACCESSORIAL SERVICES
CERTIFICATION ATTACHED
341. NAME OF BILLING CARRIER
34g. SIGNATURE OF CARRIER'S AGENT
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX S, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
Attachment 2 - Cover
ATTACHMENT 2 - DOT Form F 5800.
-------
08-20-S3 11:HAM FROM 202 366 1435 TO 85134393995 P002
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENT REPORT
REQUIREMENTS: The regulation! requiring reporting of hazardous material! Incldantt are contained in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Tltlo 49
Peru 100 to 179 (governing the transport of hazardous materiali by rail, air, water and highway). Failure to comply with the reporting requirement* contain
ihmVm can rotuli In a civil penalty.
A Guide for Preparing ths Hazardous Material; Incident Report it available from the Information Syttems Manager, Office of Hazardous Matarlalt
Transportation, DHM-63, Research and Special Pronrems Administration. U.S. Department of TrnntpnrtAtlnn, WMhlngtnn, fin ?asan
PUBLIC RfiPORTlNG BURDEN FOR THIS COLLECTION OF INFORMATION IS ESTIMATED TO AVERAGE 1 HOUR PER RESPONSE, INCLUDING
THE TIME FOR REVIEWING INSTRUCTIONS, SEARCHING EXISTING DATA SOURCES. GATHERING AND MAINTAINING THE DATA NEEDED,
AND COMPLETING AND HCVICWING THE COLLECTION OP INFORMATION. SEND COMMENTS REGARDING t HIS BUHUtN tSTIMA 11 OH AN
OTHER ASPECT OF THIS COLLECTION OF INFORMATION, INCLUDING SUGGESTIONS I'Oft REDUCING THIS BURDEN, TO INFORMATION
SYSTEMS MANAGER, OFFICE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION. DMH-63, RESEARCH AND SPECIAL PROGRAMS
ADMINISTRATION. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION. WASHINGTON. DC 20590: AND TO THE OFFICE OF INFORMATION AND
1EGULATORY AFFAIRS. OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET. WASHINGTON, DC 20503. ^
\R H|R£ ._^.a^,Jf^. . „.
03
-------
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENT REPORT
FOfrTl AQorOVflO w "^ a ^u *.
Submi
in duplicate to th< Informat.on Svswni Monager, O«ic« of Hazordous Material. Transporwtion. DHM-63. Resa.rch an
~->rtment of Tmnjportatior,, Wajhington, O.C 20590. If ip** provided for any itsm « .nodaquati. compl*-g that
,.,„ , numb«r beinfl completed. Copie? ot this torm. m nm.Md qu«ntW9S, may b« obtnineU from ih« Infoimwion SYJH
Hazardous Materials Tran«portation, Additional copies In this pre^cribod format m»Y b« reproducod ond used, .f on th« csmo fl« arxJ km
if papor.
j ,
MODS, DATE. AND LOCATION OF INCIDENT"
MODE OF TRANSPORATION
D AIR
G HIGHWAY
RAIL
U WATER
OTHER
|s. DATE AND TIME OF INCIDENT
(Use Military TimO, O.fl. 8:30am = 0830,
noon = 1200, 6pm = 1800, mldnignt = 2400)
/
TIME: ..
3. LOCATION OP INCIDENT (Includo airport
-------
VII. PACKAGING INFORMATION: If tha package Is ovsrpack«d (consist* of sovero packagsj, a.g glass jars within a fiberoourd box}. Dealn vvitn Column f
for Information on tho Innarmott package.
ITEM
30. TYPE OF PACKAGING, INCLUDING INNER
, RECEPTACLES (a.q. Steel drum, tank car)
I3l1 CAPACITY OR WEIGHT PER UNIT PACKAGE
(e.g. 55 gallons, 65 Iba.)
UMBER OF PACKAGES OF SAME TYPE WHICH
•AILED IN IDENTICAL MANNCD
33. NUMBER OF PACKAGES OF SAME TYPE IN
SHIPMENT
34. PACKAGE SPECIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
{a.g. DOT 176, DOT W5AW UN U1 or none)
35 ANY OTHER PACKAGING MARKINGS
(e.g. STC. 18/16-5^88, Y1 4/150/87)
36. NAME AND ADDRESS. SYMBOL OR REGISTRATION
NUMBER OF PACKAGING MANUFACTURER
37. SERIAL NUMBER OF CYLINOEBJ, PORTABLE TANKS,
CARGO TANKS, TANK CARS
38. TYPE OF LABELING OR PLACARDING APPLIED
39.
IF RECONDITIONED
OR REOUALIFIED
A. REGlSTFiATION
NUMBER OR SYMBOL
0. OAT6 OP LAST
TEST OR INSPECT ION
40. EXEMPTION/APPROVAL/COMPETENT AUTHORITY
NUMBER, IF APPLICABLE (« fl. DOT E1012)
A B
c
M
™
VIII. DESCRIPTION OF PACKAGING FAILURE: Chock all applicable box«s for trie packaga(s) idaniltiaa above.
41. ACTION CONTRIBUTING TO PACKAGING FAILURE
A 1 Q. A 1 C.
a. D CD D TRANSPORT VEHICLE COLLISION |. D Q CD CUHHuSlON
b. D G D TRANSPORT VEHICLE OVERTURN K. D n n METAL FATIGUE
c. D Q Q OVERLOADING/OVERFILLING i. G G D FRICTION/RUBBING
d I'l D D LOOSE FITTINGS, VALVES m. Q P D FIRE/HEAT
e. G G D DEFECTIVE FITTINGS, VALVES n G G D FREEZING
1. D G D DROPPED o. Q Q D VENTING
fl, Q Q D STRUCK/RAMMED p. D D Q VANDALISM
-. D D D IMPROPER LOADING q. D D D INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS
. D G D IMPROPER BLOCKING f. D D D OTHER „
•V HOW PACKAGE(S) FAILED 44, PACKAGE AREA THAT FAILED
A. S. Q. A 3. S.
D CD D PUNCTURED a. Q Q D END, FORWARD
b, D D D CRACKED b. D D D END, REAR
C. D Q D BURST/INTERNAL PRESSURE «. D Q C] SIDE, RIGHT
d D Q D HIPPED d D D D SIDE, LEFT
e Q D D CRUSHED e. D D D TOP
1. n d O RUBBED/ABRADED f. U Q Q BOTTOM
0 D D G RUPTURED 0- G U U CENTER
h n n n mx™ n n n n n-mpp
42, OBJECT CAUSING FAILURE
A B C
a. D LJ O OTHER FREIGHT
b D D (I FORKLIFT
C H G G NAIL/PROTRUSION
d G [1 Q OTHER TRANSPORT VEH
c U G U WATER/OTHER LIQUID
1. U L~l D GROUND/FLOOR/ROADWJ
g. D G D ROADSIDE OBSTACLE
h. n n D NONE
1. D U D OTHER __
45 WHAT FAIL
A U
a. d n
b. D G
=. G D
d. n a
«, a a
i. a a
g. D G
h D a
ED ON PACKAGED) JM
- V
Cl BASIC PACKAGE MATM
D FITTING/VALVE
P CLOSURE
Q CHIME
D WELD/SEAM
Q HOSE/PIPING
D INNER LINER
G OTHER __ „ .
IX. OCSCniPTION OF EVENTS) Dojcriba tha ttquanea of «v»n« that lad to lncid«nt, action taken at t'm« di«cou»r*rl, anH ocrlnn taken to prevent futura
Incidents. Includa any racammandatloni to Improve packaging, handling, or iranjportation of hazardous material*. Photograph! and diarjrums f hould
b« tubminad when necemry for clarification. ATTACH A COPY OF THE HAZARDOUS WASTE MANIFEST FOR INCIDENTS INVOLVING
HAZARDOUS WASTE. Continue on additional theotc if necettary.
18 NAME OF PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING REPORT
47 SIGNATURE
48 TITLE OF PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING REPORT
49 TELEPHONE NUMBER (Af03 Coda)
50. DATE REPORT
-------
oc 9" SECTION: APPENDIX S, ATTACHMENT 3
""' VERSION: FINAL/MARCH 1997
Attachment 3 - Cover
ATTACHMENT 3 - SAMPLE UNIFORM HAZARDOUS WASTE MANIFEST
-------
DNR&
MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT
OF NATURAL RESOURCES
DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE
ATT. D DIS. D REJ. D PR.D
Elease.pnm or type
^tt^ui'DJ _ ^dt aulno'lty 0' Acl b4
'979 as amenoao ana Act 136 PA
1969
Failure to Me 13 punishaole unoer
sechon 299 548 MCl O' Seclion 1C
ACI 136 PA 1969
UNIFORM HAZARDOUS
WASTE MANIFEST
Form Approved OMB No 2050-0039 E«p»
i Generator sUS EPA ID No
3 Generator's Name and Mailing Address
4 Generator's Phone |
Manifest
(Document No
2 Page 1
of
Information in the shaded ,
is not required by FedeT
law
A. State Manifest Document Number
2756776
B. State Generator's ID
Transporter 1 Company Name
US EPA 10 Number
C. State Transporter's ID
Transporter 2 Company Name
D. Transporter's Phone
US EPA 10 Number
E. State Transporter's ID
•tr
F. Transporter's Phone
IT Designated Facility Name and Site Address
US EPA 10 Number
G. State Facility's ID
H. Facility's Phone
11. US DOT Description (including Proper Shipping Name, Hazard Class, and
HM ID NUMBER).
12.Containers
No Type
13
Total
Quantity
14.
Unit
Waste
No.
J. Additional Descriptions for Materials Listed Above
K. Handling Codes for Wastes
Listed Above
a/ /
b/ /
c/ /
til I
15. Special Handling Instructions and Additional Information
16. GENERATOR'S CERTIFICATION: I hereby declare that the contents of this consignment are fully and accurately described above by
proper shipping name and are classified, packed, marked, and labeled, and are in all respects in proper condition for transport by highway
according to applicable international and national government regulations.
If I am a large quantity generator. I certify that I have a program in place to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste generated to the degree I have determine*
to be economically practicable and that I have selected the practicable method of treatment, storage, or disposal currently available to me which minimizes th
present and future threat to human health and the environment; OR; if I.am a small quantity generator, 1 have made a good faith effort to minimize my wasli
generation and select the best waste management method that is available to me and that I can afford.
I Date
Printed/Typed Name
Signature
Month Day Ye<
17. Transporter 1 Acknowledgement of Receipt of Materials
Oate
Printed/Typed Name
Signature
Month Day Yei
18 Transporter 2 Acknowledgement or Receipt of Materials
Oate
"=2
Printed/Typed Name
Signature
Month Day Yet
19. Discrepancy Indication Space
20. Facility Owner or Operator Certification of receipt of hazardous materials covered by this manifest except as noted in
Ham 19
Dal-
Printed/Typed Name
Signature
Month Day Yea
PPA Pnrm «7On.99 I Oou Q/flBt
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX U
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: COVER
APPENDIX U: SURVEY FOR NON-FRIABLE ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS
-------
DRAFT
NON-FRIABLE ASBESTOS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
PLAN
Prepared for
USEPA GLNPO
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
By
Melody A. Pieper, CHMM
March 1995
-------
INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM) was identified on board the R/V
Lake Guardian in 1994. This Asbestos Operations and Maintenance
Plan is a direct result of the identification of this material, and
represents a sound, safe approach to managing the potential
exposures associated with non-friable asbestos.
Friable Asbestos-containing materials may present a health hazard
to occupants if airborne asbestos fibers are inhaled. Non-friable
materials pose no health hazards, provided they are maintained in
an intact and un-damaged condition. The objective of the plan is
to identify the location of the ACM and to notify occupants of the
presence of the material, and to ensure that the material is not
disturbed or damaged.
An Asbestos Operation and Maintenance Plan is an active document,
and may be revised as necessary to accommodate changing conditions
and regulatory requirements.
Asbestos Health Hazards
Asbestos is the name of a class of magnesium-silicate minerals that
occur in fibrous form, including chrysotile, amosite, anthophyllite
asbestos, tremolite asbestos, and actinolite asbestos. Asbestos
fibers are fire-resistant, chemical-resistant and abrasion-
resistant and have been extensively used in the manufacture of a
wide variety of products.
Microscopic fibers can be released to the air from asbestos-
containing materials (ACM) when they are damaged or deteriorated.
Friable materials can be crumbled with hand pressure, and are
likely to release fibers into the air. Fibrous or fluffy
materials, such as sprayed-on fireproofing or pipe insulation, are
considered friable, and can readily release fibers if disturbed.
Materials such as vinyl-asbestos floor tile, eisphalt roofing felts,
and transite are considered to be non-friable and generally do not
release airborne fibers unless they are subjected to sanding,
grinding or sawing operations.
Asbestos fibers can cause a disabling respiratory disease and
various types of cancers if the fibers are inhaled while airborne.
Breathing or ingesting fibers from contaminated clothing or skin
can also result in these diseases. Many of the asbestos related
diseases have a latency period of 20-30 years after initial
exposure. The most common lung disease is asbestosis, or scarring
of the lining of the lung, which can cause shortness of breath,
coughing, fatigue, and other symptoms. Lung cancer and
mesothelioma are also, more rarely, associated with asbestos
exposure, and can cause shortness of breath and pain in the walls
of the chest or abdomen. Lung cancer is usually fatal and
mesothelioma is always fatal.
-------
Asbestos on the Lake Guardian
In 1994, it was assumed that the lining of one of the ship's
chemical storage cabinets contained a non-friable asbestos-
containing material, commonly referred to as transite. In a non-
friable state this material poses no health risks. However, it is
important that the material remain in an intact and un-damaged
condition. Additionally, no persons shall be permitted to grind,
sand, or saw into this material, or in any other way damage this
material thus rendering the material friable.
Options For Control Of Asbestos
Encapsulation
Since the ACM is classified as non-friable, and is in excellent
condition, the current condition of the cabinet lining poses no
health hazard. Additionally, for extra protective measures, the
cabinet lining has been encapsulated with an epoxy material.
Inspections
An on-going inspection program of the encapsulated material has
been established on a semi-annual basis, to ensure that the
encapsulated material does not become damaged.
Statement of Objectives
The objectives of USEPA GLNPO are:
To prevent exposures of occupants to unhealthy levels of
airborne fibers,
To remove or repair all deteriorated ACM as soon as possible
using control methods necessary to protect human health and
the environment,
And to minimize damage to existing ACM.
Overall Strategy
Vessel occupants will be notified of the Asbestos Operation and
Maintenance Program. No one will be permitted to grind, sand, or
drill into the lining of the cabinet, or in any way damage the ACM
without specific approval from the Asbestos Manager. Should it be
necessary to perform work activities which may in some way damage
the material, thus creating the potential for the release of
fibers, appropriate preventative measures will be implemented.
Such measures would include: ensuring persons performing work
activities are properly trained/certified to work with ACM,
issuance of appropriate PPE, use of wetting methods, and use of
negative pressure enclosure when applicable.
-------
Personnel Involvement
Asbestos Manager/Inspector
The Asbestos Manager/Inspector duties consist of ensuring that all
portions of this program are implemented. Additionally, it is the
Asbestos Manager/Inspectors responsibility to perform required
semi-annual inspections in accordance with the program. The
Inspector must be trained/certified in the inspection of ACM.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 8
Appendix V - ANNUAL AND PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND SURVEYS
1. STANDARDS/COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAM
For all inspections or surveys conducted in Region 5, standards and regulations will apply in the
following order of importance:
1) EPA regulations in CFR form or as EPA Orders or regulations
2) OSHA regulations contained in various CFRs (e.g. 29 CFR 1910, 29 CFR 1926)
3) All applicable laws and regulations including those from Department of
Transportation, the Coast Guard, state and local environmental laws and regulations, in
addition to consensus programs such as the National Fire Protection Association and
the American National Standards Institute.
All appropriate standards and regulations will be used to assess and evaluate hazardous conditions
during inspections. If a conflict exists in the application of various standards and regulations, the
Regional Health and Safety Manager will determine which standard or regulation applies based on
professional judgment and risk assessment techniques.
A summary of required inspections, frequency of inspections, and personnel responsible for specific
inspections can be found in the table below.
SAFETY INSPECTIONS AND SURVEYS REQUIRED OF GLNPO
PERIOD INSPECTOR TITLE
Weekly Facility Safety Officer General Safety Inspection
Weekly Ship Operations Contractor Drinking Water Inspections
Weekly Facility CHO/Safety Officer Hazardous Waste Storage Area Inspections
Weekly Lab Safety Officer Laboratory Eyewash and Safety
Shower Inspection
Monthly Ship Operations Contractor Ship Fire Alarms
Wkly/Monthly Facility Safety Officer and Fire Extinguisher & Fire Hydrant
Ship Operations Contractor Inspections
Monthly Safety Officer and SCBA Inspections
Ship Operations Contractor
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 8
PERIOD INSPECTOR
Monthly Ship Operations Contractor
Semi-annual EPA Staff
Semi-annual Outside Contractor
Semi-annual Ship Chemical Hygiene
Officer
Annual EPA Industrial Hygiene
Consultant
Annual EPA Staff/Consultant
Annual Ship Operations Contractor
and Outside Consultant
Annual Naval Hospital - Great Lakes, IL
Annual Naval Hospital - Great Lakes, IL
Annual Naval Hospital - Great Lakes, IL
Periodic CHOL Safety Officer
5 Year Outside Contractor
Prior to each tour Ship Operations Contractor
TITLE
Life Safety Equipment Inspections
Safety and Health and
Environmental Compliance Surveys
Ship Fire Alarms
Laboratory Hood Inspections
Industrial Hygiene Surveys
Environmental Compliance Audit
Crane and Rigging Inspections
Occupational Health Inspection
Preventive Medicine Inspection
Sanitation (and refrigeration) Inspection
Sanitation Card Refrigeration Inspection
Hull Inspection
Open House Public Safety Checklist
2. SEMI-ANNUAL SAFETY. HEALTH. AND ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
SURVEYS
As required by EPA Order 1440, all Region 5 GLNPO facilities, spaces, vehicles, vessels, and
equipment will be inspected or evaluated by the Regional Health and Safety Manager. The purpose of
these inspections is to assess, evaluate and reduce hazards, as well as to ensure the effectiveness of
Safety Programs throughout GLNPO.
All inspections will be followed by a written Safety Inspection Deficiency Notice Report, stating the
location of the inspection (division, branch, type of occupancy, and so on), the hazards observed, the
applicable regulations or standards, the risk assessment of the hazard (serious, non-serious, etc.), and
the necessary corrective measure(s).
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 8
A cover letter to the Division or Office Director will accompany the report and will require a first
abatement report to be submitted within 45 days with subsequent reports every 45 days until all
deficiencies are corrected or abated. All abatement or hazard correction reports should be sent to the
Regional Health & Safety Manager.
3. ANNUAL INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE SURVEYS
Yearly Industrial Hygiene Surveys are required for all EPA laboratory facilities. The purpose of these
surveys is to evaluate and reduce occupational health hazards in Regional laboratories and to evaluate
the overall Occupational Health Program in these laboratories. These surveys will be conducted by a
qualified Industrial Hygienist under the overall direction of the Regional Health and Safety Manager.
Survey reports will be sent to the Division or Office Director. A cover letter containing comments
relative to the overall Occupational Health Program of the facility will be attached to the survey. In
addition, the cover letter will provide recommended abatement procedures.
4. ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AUDITS
Regional Environmental Compliance Audits will be conducted as part of the Annual Regional Safety
Inspection. Environmental compliance findings, such as the use, transportation, and disposal of
hazardous waste, will be included in the Safety Inspection Deficiency Notice Report. Environmental
compliance findings will be labeled to distinguish them from safety findings.
5. SPECIAL STUDIES
Special studies relating to safety, occupational health or environmental compliance issues are
conducted yearly at the discretion of the Regional Health & Safety Manager. Most of these studies
involve occupational health issues such as indoor air quality or use of rare or unusual chemicals and
are issues cited by management or employees in a specific work area. Under the direction of the
Regional Health & Safety Manager, all special studies are conducted by qualified professionals in the
subject being studied (e.g. Industrial Hygienist, Environmental Protection Specialist, etc.). Results of
the studies will be shared with all concerned employees and management. If abatement procedures are
required, the Regional Safety Manager will coordinate such activities with the division or office
concerned.
6. DEFICIENCY ABATEMENT PROCEDURES AND TRACKING
All deficiencies or hazards noted in a Semi-annual Inspection Report must be followed by subsequent
reports every 45 days from receipt of the initial report until all deficiencies are corrected or abated.
Each abatement report from the Division or Office Director need only refer to those deficiencies or
hazards which were detailed in the previous abatement report.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 8
Once deficiencies are reported to the Regional Health and Safety Manager in an abatement report from
a division or office, each individual deficiency or hazard, its cost, expected time of abatement and
other related factors are tracked by an automated Deficiency or Hazard Abatement System. This
tracking system will generate a letter to the appropriate division or office every 45 days if Abatement
Reports are not received. This system will also enable the Regional Health and Safety Manager to
inform senior management of abatement status and percentage of hazards abated and other related
factors relative to a given division, office or the Region overall.
7. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
To ensure that GLNPO research vessel fire protection systems are ready for use at all times and that
all equipment provided is properly maintained, fire protection systems standard operating procedures
must be developed and implemented. A standard checklist must be completed for each inspection and
the checklist must be signed by the inspector.
The following areas are included in Attachment 1 and must be inspected in accordance with all
regulatory and Standard requirements, including NFPA Standards and 46 CFR Part 189:
•Fire Detection And Alarm System
•Fire Alarm Check List
•Monthly Fire Extinguisher Inspection Check List
•Weekly Fire Extinguisher Inspection Check List
•Container Lab Extinguishing Systems
•Galley Extinguishing Systems
•Emergency Lighting Systems
•Fire Pumps, Main Hose, Hose Stations
•Engine Room Carbon Dioxide System
8. SHIP FIRE ALARMS/SEMI-ANNUAL INSPECTIONS BY OUTSIDE CONTRACTOR AND
MONTHLY INSPECTIONS BY SHIP OPERATIONS CONTRACTOR
Comprehensive inspections of GLNPO research vessel fire alarm systems will be performed semi-
annually by qualified contractor(s). The contractor(s) must be approved by the Regional Safety
Manager prior to inspection activities. In addition to semi-annual inspections, comprehensive
inspections will be performed on a monthly basis by the ship operations contractor.
Semi-annual and monthly fire alarm inspection procedures are located in Attachment 1.1 of this
chapter. A comprehensive fire alarm checklist for the R/V Lake Guardian, to be used by the
inspector, is located in Attachment 1.10 of this chapter.
All records of inspection must be maintained on board each vessel inspected. Copies of the records
must also be maintained at GLNPO located in Chicago, Illinois..
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 5 of 8
9. MONTHLY FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND FIRE HYDRANT INSPECTIONS
9.1 Inspection: Extinguishers will be inspected when first placed into service and inspected
at 30-day intervals thereafter. Sometimes, extinguishers will be inspected more frequently as
situations and circumstances warrant. The inspection procedure for monthly fire extinguisher
inspections is found in Attachment 1.3 of this chapter. NOTE: In addition to the required
monthly fire extinguisher inspections, weekly fire extinguisher inspections will be performed
by the ship operating contractor. A weekly inspection checklist is also found in Attachment
1.4 of this chapter.
9.2 Corrective Action: When inspection of an extinguisher indicates a deficiency listed on
the inspection checklist, immediate corrective action will be taken.
9.3 Rechargeable Extinguishers: When inspection of a rechargeable extinguisher indicates a
deficiency listed on the checklist, appropriate maintenance procedures will be immediately
taken.
9.4 Non-rechargeable Dry Chemical Extinguisher: When inspection of a non-rechargeable
dry chemical extinguisher indicates a deficiency among the checklist items, it will be
discharged and removed from service.
9.5 Recordkeeping: Records will include the following: the date of inspection, the inspectors
name, and any deficiencies noted. Inspectors will remove deficient fire extinguishers from
service until repairs are made. Temporary replacement extinguishers must be used to provide
continuous protection.
10. ANNUAL AND PERIODIC CRANE AND RIGGING INSPECTIONS
Annual inspections are required for all derricks, cranes, hoists or rigging. Inspections will be
performed in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.179-181 by an outside certified contractor.
11. WEEKLY INSPECTIONS OF EYEWASH AND SAFETY SHOWERS
Weekly inspections will be performed to ensure the proper working condition of eyewash stations and
safety showers. Eyewash stations and showers must be maintained in accordance with ANSI Z 358.1.
A weekly inspection checklist appears as Attachment 2 of this chapter.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 6 of 8
12. ANNUAL AND PERIODIC OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH/PREVENTIVE
MEDICINE/SANITATION INSPECTIONS
Annual and periodic occupational health, preventive medicine, and sanitation inspections will be
coordinated by designated personnel. This inspection will be performed by the U.S. Navy or qualified
equivalent. In addition, on vessels providing food service, periodic food service inspections must be
performed in accordance with the standard operating procedures specified in the Standard Operating
Procedures for Vessel Sanitation (Attachment 3 of this chapter). The Food Service Inspection
Checklist, Attachment 4 of this chapter, should also be completed. Periodic in-house inspections will
also be conducted by the ship's Safety Officer. Certificates of Acceptance for the annual and periodic
inspections should be kept on board GLNPO research vessels and copies should be provided to
GLNPO in Chicago, Illinois.
13. LIFE SAFETY EQUIPMENT INSPECTIONS
Inspections of all life safety equipment, such as life rafts and escape equipment, on board GLNPO
research vessels will be inspected monthly by the ship operations contractor. The inspections are
designed to ensure safe operation of all life safety equipment in the event of an emergency. A
drawing, showing the locations of escape equipment, has been posted in the galley, and within the
passageways to the labs; see Attachment 1.11 of this chapter.
Records of inspection must be maintained on board each research vessel and at GLNPO in
Chicago, Illinois.
14. SEMI-ANNUAL LABORATORY HOOD INSPECTIONS AND REPORTS
The EPA policy for laboratory hood face velocities is 100 cubic feet per minute (cfm). GLNPO
research vessels' fume hoods must be tested for adequate face velocity on a semi-annual basis by the
ship's Chemical Hygiene Officer. An evaluation form appears as Attachment 5 of this chapter.
Copies of the semi-annual laboratory hood inspection and report must be sent to EPA headquarters in
Washington, D.C.
15. DRINKING WATER INSPECTIONS
Inspections of potable drinking water systems on board GLNPO research vessels will be performed in
accordance with all regulatory and policy requirements. The inspections will be performed by the
ship's operations contractor or Health and Safety personnel.
EPA policy requires that EPA facilities monitor drinking water for lead and copper and take
appropriate action if levels are at or above the action level. GLNPO complies with this policy
through monitoring of shipboard drinking fountains and sink faucets that are used as sources of
drinking water.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 7 of 8
If a research vessel contains a potable water supply, monitoring for coliform and Free Available
Chlorine (FAC) will be conducted by the ship operations contractor or Health and Safety Personnel.
Frequency of testing will be determined based the vessels usage and the frequency of taking on
potable water. However, the period of time between testing should not exceed one month. Sampling
data sheets can be found as Attachment 10 of this chapter.
Copies of all inspection records will be maintained on board each vessel inspected and at GLNPO in
Chicago, Illinois.
16. MONTHLY SCBA INSPECTIONS
In case of emergency, a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) is used as respiratory protection in
hazardous or oxygen-deficient atmospheres. Monthly inspections must be conducted to ensure the
readiness of the SCBA. A generic inspection checklist appears as Attachment 6 of this chapter.
Additionally, ten minute escape devices must be inspected monthly.
17. WEEKLY HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE AREA INSPECTIONS
Inspections of hazardous waste storage areas will be conducted on a weekly basis. This inspection will
confirm that hazardous wastes are stored in segregated areas and in leak-free, properly-labeled
containers with no evidence of spillage. Improper storage or extended accumulation dates will be
immediately noted and corrected. The Weekly Hazardous Waste Storage Area Inspection Sheet and
Spill Cart Inspection Form appear as Attachments 7 & 8 of this chapter.
18. EMERGENCY SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT INSPECTIONS/RCRA REQUIREMENTS
The Chemical Hygiene Officer is responsible for ensuring that inspections of all emergency supplies
and equipment are performed in accordance with applicable RCRA generator requirements. Also, as
required by RCRA, locations of shipboard emergency supplies and equipment will be posted
throughout all operational areas where hazardous wastes are generated and stored.
19. HULL INSPECTIONS (5-YEAR DRY DOCK REQUIRED BY U.S. COAST GUARD)
All US EPA research vessels must comply with the US Coast Guard and the American Bureau of
Shipping five-year dry-docking and overhaul inspection requirements. Inspection Specifications are
included in Attachment 9 of this Chapter; "Specifications for Dry-Docking and Overhaul Inspection".
20. SAFETY CHECKLIST FOR IN-PORT OPEN HOUSES
Prior to in-port open house activities, the ship operations contractor must ensure that the ship is safe
and secure for visitors by completing the "Pre-Open House Checklist" The checklist is explained in
more detail in Chapter 8 of this manual.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 8 of 8
21. SANITATION AND FOOD HANDLING INSPECTIONS
Sanitation and refrigeration inspections will be conducted annually by an outside contractor (eg. Naval
Hospital). Sanitation standard operating procedures appear as Attachment 3 of this chapter and a
food handling inspection form appears as Attachment 4. Additionally, periodic inspection will be
conducted by the ship's health and safety personnel.
22. DOCUMENTATION
All inspection records that are completed for GLNPO research vessels must be filed on board each
vessel inspected. Copies of all inspection records must also be provided to the GLNPO in Chicago,
Illinois.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Att. 1 - Page 1
Attachment 1 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS - STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
1.0 SCOPE
These Standard Operating Procedures contain the necessary information for the testing and inspection
of all vessel fire protection systems. It is intended to ensure that the systems will be ready for use at
all times and that all equipment provided is maintained and replaced after each use or needed repairs.
The procedure requires that a checklist be completed for each inspection. The checklists detail the
extent of the inspection made and must be signed, upon completion, by the person performing the
inspection. These checklists will serve as a record of the testing performed on the fire protection
systems.
2.0 REFERENCES
The recommended procedures for the testing of the various fire protection systems have been taken
from the USCG regulations and NFPA Standards. The criteria applicable to fire protection systems
has been developed from the following:
46 CFR Part 189 - Oceanographic and Research Vessels
NFPA Standards - NFPA 10 - Fire extinguishers, Portable
NFPA 20 - Fire Pumps, Centrifugal
NFPA 14A - Standpipe and Hose Systems, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
NFPA 12 - Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 17A - Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 17 - Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 72H - Testing Procedures for Local, Auxiliary, Remote Station, and
Proprietary Protective Signaling Systems
NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code (Emergency Lighting)
3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND AUTHORITY
It is the duty of the Captain, or person designated by the Captain, to ensure that fire fighting
equipment aboard an EPA research vessel is ready for use at all times and that such equipment is
provided, maintained, and replaced after use in accordance with proper procedure. No changes or
repairs can be made to any fire protection system without the Captain's knowledge and consent. All
fire protection equipment must be 100% operational before the vessel will be permitted to leave the
dock. When repairs or modifications are made to any fire protection system, and the system cannot be
returned to full operational status, the condition shall be so noted and explained in the vessel's log
book. Interim compensatory measures, such as a roving fire watch or additional portable
extinguishers, shall be provided, at the Captain's discretion, until the system can be fully repaired.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Alt. 1 - Page 2
4.0 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
Most of the required tests and inspections can be performed with ordinary tools and equipment
available on board the vessel. Where some pieces of specialized hardware is required, it is listed in
the specific procedure for the system being inspected.
5.0 PROCEDURE
This procedure contains the written instructions for the testing and maintenance of the vessel's fire
protection systems. Each system is provided with separate instructions and checklists. The frequency
of the inspections is noted within each procedure. Typically, a monthly and annual or semi-annual
inspection is required. The attached comprehensive Fire Inspection Standard Operating Procedures
have been developed and should be completed as indicated by qualified fire inspectors.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Act. 1.1 - Page 1
ATTACHMENT 1.1 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM
Procedure - Monthly
The fire detection systems shall be inspected monthly, or at approximately 30-day intervals.
Extension of the schedule up to one week is permitted in unusual circumstances. The
inspection should include the following:
1) The green "Power "On" indicator lamp should be illuminated.
2) The control panel lamp test switch should be depressed to verify that all
lamps are functional.
3) No yellow trouble lamps or red alarm lamps should be illuminated.
4) The battery trouble lamp should not be illuminated.
5) The voltage meter should be above 24 volts.
6) No obvious damage, disconnected wires, or altered circuits should be
evident.
7) One device should be randomly activated to ensure that the system is
functional and the alarms are audible throughout the vessel.
When any deficient condition is found, it shall be listed on the checklist, and steps taken to
correct the deficiency. The person performing the inspection should then complete, sign, and
date the attached checklist.
Procedure - Semi-annuallv
The Fire Detection and Alarm system must be inspected and serviced semi-annually by a
qualified service technician. The inspection should include those items specified by NFPA
72H.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.1
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Att. 1.1 - Page 2
CHECKLIST - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS
Location Bridge_
Lab 1A_
Lab 2A_
Lab 3A_
Lab 4A
The green "Power On" indicator lamp is illuminated
Lamp test shows that all lamps are functional
No yellow trouble or red alarm lamps are illuminated
The battery trouble lamp is not illuminated
The voltage meter reads above 24 volts
No obvious damage, disconnected wires, or altered circuits
Location and type of device tested
All alarms audible
Comments:
Inspected By Date
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Att. 1.2 - Page 1
Attachment 1.2 FIRE ALARM CHECK LIST
A semi-annual test of the fire alarm system aboard all GLNPO vessels is required.
One sixth of all smoke detectors must be inspected monthly. Each monthly inspection will comprise a
different group of detectors ensuring that each detector is inspected semi-annually.
The fire alarm checklist must include the following items:
• All smoke detectors must be identified by location.
• All pull stations must be identified by location.
• All heat detectors must be identified by location.
• Carbon dioxide pressure switches (usually found in engine rooms) be identified by
location.
Comments and discrepancies must be addressed at the end of the checklist and the inspector's
signature and date of inspection must appear on the form.
-------
Q
QJ
O
G
oo
en
£
LO
m
s
u
c
Q
I
u
O
to
0!
-5
3)
C
"J
ro
Q.
ro
_Q
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Att. 1.3 -Page 1
ATTACHMENT 1.3
Inspection will be performed in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10.
MONTHLY INSPECTION CHECKLIST
FOR
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Date:
Fire Extingui
Y N
n a
a
a
a
a
a
n
a
a
a
a
isher Number (#):
Located in designated place.
No obstruction to access or visibility.
Operating instructions on nameplate legible and facing
Seals and tamper indicators not broken or missing.
Determine fullness by weighing or "hefting".
Examine for obvious physical damage, corrosion, leake
outward.
ige, or ck
nozzle.
n D Pressure gauge reading or indicator in the operable range or position.
Comments/Discrepancies:
Signature:
Date:
-------
Attachment 4.1.4 Final May 1997
WEEKLY FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSPECTION CHECKLIST
Station #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
'
j—
10
11
12
.3
ft
r i5
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
/If OK
Comments
Action Taken If Needed
Location
Bridge AFT
Bridge FWD
Outside - AFT Doghouse
0-1 Level - FWD Passageway
0-1 Level - AFT Passageway
0-1 Level Outside AFT Bulkhead
Mess Deck FWD
Galley
Main Deck Outside Crew Quarters
Main Passageway Outside Chemlab
Inside Chemlab - Stbd Wall FWD
Inside Chemlab- Stbd Wall AFT
Biology Lab - Port wall FWD
Biology Lab - Port wall AFT
Wet Lab - Starboard Side
Wet Lab - Port Side
Rear of Bowthruster
Outside MSD Room Portside -
Lower Passageway
Outside Aux. Machine Room -
Portside Passageway
Machine Shop - FWD of Lathe
Machine Shop - AFT Bulkhead
Engine Room FWD at Entrance
Engine Room Starboard Side
0-1 Level Outside AFT
Engine Room Port Side
Exercise Room Starboard Side
Initial
Week Ending.
Signature.
-------
Attachment 4.1.4
WEEKLY FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSPECTION CHECKLIST
»-
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
U4
F~
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
•J
Location
Bridge Deck AFT (outside)
Bridge Deck FWD (outside)
Emerg. gear locker PORT
(Spare extinguishers)
Bridge AFT (inside)
Bridge FWD (inside)
Focsle Deck Passageway FWD
Captain's Cabin
Focsle Deck Passageway AFT
Focsle Deck STBD (Rosette)
Focsle Deck HVAC
Mess Deck FWD
Galley Sink
Galley AFT
Main Deck Passageway FWD
Main Deck Passageway AFT
Chem lab FWD
Chem lab AFT
Bio lab FWD
Bio lab AFT
Wet lab FWD
Wet lab AFT
Exercise Room
Bow Thruster Room
MSD Room (Passageway)
Mach. Shop FWD (Lathe)
Mach. Shop AFT
Aux.Mach.Rm. (Passageway)
Engine Room FWD
Engine Room STBD
Engine Room PORT
Type
CO2
CO2
1-CO2
2-ABC
CO2
ABC
C02
ABC
CO2
CO2
CO2
CO2
ABC
CO2
CO2
CO2
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
ABC
C02
CO2
C02
ABC
CO2
CO2
CO2
CO2
CO2
Date
/if OK
"
Comments or Action Taken
Initial
Week Ending_
Signature_
-------
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.5
VERSION: FINAL/APRIL 1997
Att. 1.5 - Page 1
Attachment 1.5 - CONTAINER LAB EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
Procedure - Monthly
The Container lab fire extinguishing systems shall be inspected monthly, or at approximately 30-day
intervals. Extension of the schedule up to one week is permitted in unusual circumstances. The
inspection should include the following:
1) Cylinder should be securely fastened to the bulkhead.
2) Manual release and nozzles should be unobstructed.
3) Tamper indicators and seals should be intact.
4) No obvious physical damage should be present.
5) Pressure gauge should be in the operable range.
When any deficiency is found, it shall be noted on the checklist, and steps shall be taken to correct the
condition. The person performing the inspection should complete, sign, and date the attached
checklist.
Procedure - Annually
The lab extinguishing system must be inspected and serviced by a qualified technician. The inspection
should include those items specified by NFPA 17.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.5
VERSION: FINAL/APRIL 1997
Alt. 1.5 -Page 2
CHECKLIST - CONTAINER LAB EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
Location Lab 1A
Lab 2A
Lab 3A
Lab4A
The cylinder is in place and securely fastened to the bulkhead:
The manual release station and the nozzles are unobstructed:
The tamper indicators and seals are intact:
There is no obvious physical damage or corrosion:
The pressure gauge is in the operable range:
Comments
Inspected By Date_
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.6
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Att. 1.6 - Page 1
Attachment 1.6 - GALLEY EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
Procedure - Monthly
The galley fire extinguishing system shall be inspected monthly, or at approximately 30-day intervals.
Extension of the schedule up to one week is permitted in unusual circumstances. The inspection
should include the following:
1) Red lever in the control head should be horizontal with the pin in place, and the
system indicator positioned in the "set", not the "released", position.
2) Manual release should be unobstructed with the pin in place.
3) Cylinder pressure gauge should be in the green operable range.
4) There should be two nozzles on the piping above the range with blowoff caps in place.
5) There should be no visible signs of damage to the system, and the cylinder and piping
should be securely fastened to the bulkhead.
6) The fusible link should be in place in the hood above the range.
When any deficient condition is found, it shall be noted on the checklist, and steps shall be taken to
correct the deficiency. The person performing the inspection should complete, sign, and date the
attached checklist.
Procedure - Annually
The galley extinguishing system must be inspected and serviced by a qualified service technician. The
inspection should include those items specified by NFPA 17A.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.6
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Alt. 1.6 - Page 2
CHECKLIST - GALLEY EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
The red lever on the control head is horizontal with the pin in place:
The system indicator is in the "set" position, not the "released " position:
The manual release is unobstructed with the pin in place:
The cylinder pressure gauge is in the green operable zone:
There are two nozzles on the piping above the range:
Blowoff caps are in place;
There are no visible signs of damage to the cylinder and piping
and they are securely fastened to the bulkhead:
The fusible link is in place in the hood above the range:
Comments
Inspected By Date
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 2
Attachment 1.7 - EMERGENCY LIGHTING
Procedure - Monthly
The emergency lighting units shall be inspected monthly, or at approximately 30-day intervals.
Extension of the schedule up to one week is permitted in unusual circumstances. The inspection
should include the following:
1) The test switch should be depressed for at least 30 seconds. The lamps shall
illuminate, and the charge indicator shall momentarily indicate rapid charge.
2) The lamps shall be aimed to illuminate the exit path.
When any deficient condition is found, it shall be listed on the checklist, and steps shall be taken to
correct the deficiency. The person performing the inspection should complete, sign, and date the
attached checklist.
Procedure - Semi-Annually
On a semi-annual basis, each lighting unit should be tested by performing a deep cycle discharge test
by unplugging the unit. If the unit is deemed functional, it will be re-energized. The lamps shall
remain illuminated for a period of 1-1/2 hours. If the lamps do not remain illuminated for the full 90
minutes, the batteries shall be replaced.
This annual testing procedure will also serve as the monthly inspection for that particular month.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 2
CHECKLIST - EMERGENCY LIGHTING
Test Period
Monthly
Semi-Annual
Location
Test Switch
Charge Indicator
Aim Correct
Deep Cycle
Inspected By: Date:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 4
Attachment 1.8 - FIRE PUMPS. MAIN HOSE. HOSE STATIONS
Procedure - Weekly
The fire pumps, fire main, and hose stations shall be inspected weekly. Extension of the schedule up
to one week is permitted in unusual circumstances. The following should be checked:
1) Test each fire pump on a staggered basis. Start the pump and operate on recirculation
or allow to flow through a convenient outlet. Operate the pump for at least 10
minutes and check for abnormal conditions such as noise, vibration or leakage.
2) Visually observe each valve on the fire main and verify that the valves are sealed in
the open position.
3) Inspect each fire hose and verify that:
• The gate valve is closed
• The valve handle is present
• The hose and nozzle each have a gasket in place
• The hose is present and not damaged or mildewed
• A spanner wrench is present
• The nozzle is present and the open/shut handle operates freely.
• There are no visible signs of leakage.
When any deficient condition is found, it shall be listed on the checklist, and steps shall be taken to
correct the deficiency. The person performing the inspection should complete, sign, and date the
attached checklist.
Procedure - Annually
1) At least annually, the electric fire pump and the diesel fire pump shall be flowed to
determine if each is capable of flowing 100 gpm at the two highest outlets at a nozzle
pressure of 50 psi. Single 50 foot lengths of hose and 1/2 inch diameter nozzles
should be used.
2) At least annually, each length of fire hose should be hydrostatically tested to the
maximum pressure it is subjected to but not less than 100 psi.
3) At least annually, the fire main should be flushed by flowing each outlet for at least
five minutes or until clean water appears.
4) At least annually, each valve in the fire main should be cycled through a complete
open-close cycle. The valves should be returned to their correct position.
-------
CHECKLIST
FIRE PUMPS
Pump Tested:
Electric Fire Pump:
Diesel Fire Pump:
Bilge Pump:
Start Time:
Stop Time:
Started from engine room:
Noise/Vibration/Leakage: _
Comments:
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 4
Pressure at gauge:
Bridge:
Inspected By:
Date:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 4
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
FIRE MAIN CHECKLIST
Electric fire pump sea chest valve open
Electric fire pump discharge valve open and locked
Electric bilge pump discharge valve closed
Fire main isolation valve at forward bulkhead open
Diesel fire pump at sea chest valve open
Diesel fire pump discharge valve open
Comments:
Inspected By: Date:_
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 4
FIRE HOSE STATIONS
Hose Station Number 123456789 10 11 12
1) Gate valve closed:
2) Gate valve handle present:
I
3) Two gaskets present and in
good condition:
4) Hose in good condition:
5) Spanner Wrench Present:
6) Nozzle present; handle free:
7) No visible leakage:
All OK
Comments:
Inspected By: _ Date:
LOCATION OF FIRE STATIONS
1. O-2 DECK Aft of Pilot House
2. FOCSLE DECK forward port side
3. O-l Deck midship port side
4. Hotel Deck outside Captain's Office
5. MAIN DECK aisleway port side outside Laundry Room
6. MAIN DECK aisle stbd outside of Productivity LAB
7. Science STORE ROOM
8. FANTAIL stbd
9. FANTAIL port
10. Engine Room main aisleway port side outside machine shop
11. ENGINE ROOM forward bulkhead
12. ENGINE ROOM port side forward
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.9
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Att. 1.9 - Pasie 1
Attachment 1.9 - ENGINE ROOM CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
Procedure - Monthly
The engine room carbon dioxide system shall be inspected monthly, or at approximately 30-day
intervals. Extension of the schedule up to one week is permitted in unusual circumstances. The
inspection should include the following:
1) Six cylinders should be present, connected to the manifold, and securely mounted.
2) There should be two control cylinders, two control valves, and discharge delay that are
sealed in position with locking pins and tamper indicators.
3) The two system release handles are in place, with "Break Glass" and operating
instructions present; two brass hammers present.
4) The manual pull cables and conduits between the releases are in good operating
condition and are connected to the valve operators.
5) The two emergency air breathing apparatus are in the engine room and their gauges
are in the operable range.
6) Four system nozzles in the engine room are not damaged, clogged or obstructed.
When any deficient condition is found, it shall be noted on the checklist, and steps shall be taken to
correct the deficiency. The person performing the inspection should complete, sign and date the
attached checklist.
Procedure - Annually
The engine room carbon dioxide system must be inspected and serviced by a qualified technician The
inspection should include those items specified by NFPA 12. The inspection should include a weight
check of the cylinders. The cylinders should be recharged if a weight loss of more than 10% of the
marked agent weight occurs.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.9
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Alt. 1.9 - Page 2
CHECKLIST - ENGINE ROOM CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM
Six cylinders are present, connected to the manifold, and securely mounted:
No visible signs of damage:
Two control cylinders, two control valves, and one discharge delay are sealed in position with locking
pins and tamper indicators:
Two system release handles are in place, with "Break Glass" and operating instructions
present:
Two brass hammers present:
The manual pull cables and their conduits from the releases to the valve operators are
connected:
No visible sign of damage:
Two emergency air breathing apparatus are located in the engine room:_
The air breathing apparatus pressure gauges are in operable range:
Four system nozzles in the engine room are not damaged, clogged or obstructed:_
Comments:
Inspected By: Date:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.10
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Att. 1.10 - Page 1
ATTACHMENT 1.10 - R/V LAKE GUARDIAN FIRE ALARM CHECK LIST
A semi-annual test of the fire alarm system is required.
One sixth of all smoke detectors must be inspected monthly. Each monthly inspection will
comprise a different group of detectors insuring that each detector is inspected semi-annually.
• 1 smoke detector for the navigating bridge (Pilot House)
• 16 smoke detectors located on the 01 deck as follows:
Y N
Q Q Room 201
Q Q Room 202
Q Q Room 203
Q Q Room 204
Q Q Forward passageway
Q Q Room 207
Q Q Room 208
Q Q Room 209
Q Q Room 210
Q a Room 211
Q Q Room 212
Q Q After passageway
Q Q Room 213
Q Q Room 214
Q Q Room 215
Q Q Room 216
• 8 smoke detectors on the main deck as follows:
Y N
Q Q Crew's Lounge
Q Q Galley
Q Q Forward passageway
Q Q After passageway
Q Q Chem Lab
Q Q Bio Lab
Q Q Room 111
Q Q Wet Lab - 1
Q Q Rm. 3 SCI (Forward of Bio-Lab)
Q Q Crews Rm (Forward of Lab Office)
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 1.10
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Alt. 1.10- Page 2
Y N
Q Q • Organic Extraction Laboratory - 2 smoke detectors, 1 manual pull
station
Q Q Organic Analytical Laboratory - 2 smoke detectors, 1 manual pull
station
Q Q Primary Productivity Lab - 2 smoke detectors, 1 manual pull station
Q Q • Hazmat Van - 3 smoke detectors, 1 manual pull station
Q Q • 1 smoke detector for the storage room( by the exercise room)
Q Q • 1 smoke detector for the exercise room
Q Q • 2 heat detectors for the port and starboard exhaust uptakes
Q Q • 1 heat detector for the bow thruster compartment
Q Q • 1 smoke detector for the MSD compartment
Q Q • 1 heat detector for the engineer's shop
Q Q • 1 heat detector for the auxiliary machinery compartment
Q Q • 1 heat detector for the engine room
Q Q • 1 heat detector for the forward engine room passageway
Q Q • 1 heat detector for the engine room aft passageway
Q Q • Carbon dioxide system pressure switch for the engine room
Comments/Discrepancies
Signature
Date
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 2
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Att. 2 - Page 1
Attachment 2
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN - GENERAL LABORATORY WEEKLY INSPECTION CHECKLIST
A check mark indicates inspection met GLNPO standards. If conditions are unacceptable, indicate
date corrected or make comment below.
LAB: Bio Chem Wet Extr Ana. PP Haz
1) Eyewash working properly
2) Hoods uncluttered
3) Containers properly labeled
4) Hoods used at proper sash height
5) Waste containers properly labeled
6) Chemicals kept in secondary
containers
7) Chems stored according to
compatibility
8) Combustibles stored away from
heaters
9) GFCIs functioning properly
10) Access to spill, first aid and other
emergency equipment unobstructed
11) Power cords in good working
condition/free from visible damage
12) Compressed cylinders secured
13) Exits unobstructed
Comments:
Inspected by: Date:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 4
ATTACHMENT 3 - VESSEL SANITATION
1.0 SCOPE
To provide references and procedures to be used to ensure the proper sanitation for the vessel and
crew.
2.0 REFERENCES
U.S. Public Health Publications
U.S. Navy Potable Specifications
3.0 RESPONSIBILITY - QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
A. The Chief Engineer or Marine Tech, under the authority of the Master, will undertake
to fill and test, with the proper test chemical kits, the ship's potable
water tanks under Section #7 below.
B. The cook, under the authority of the Master, will be responsible to store, prepare, and
cook all foodstuffs and dispose of all garbage aboard and adhere to daily and weekly
inspections as listed below.
4.0 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
• Potable water test kits
• Potable water hoses and fittings
• Sewage hoses and fittings
• Rat guards for mooring lines (should be inspected by First Mate)
• Temperature gauges for freezers and refrigerators
• Fixed and hand-held appliances
5.0 ANNUAL INSPECTION
The Master shall arrange for this inspection by a qualified public health person or U.S. Navy
counterpart, and the certificate of acceptance is to be kept on board with copies sent to the EPA and
the government contractor.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 4
6.0 PERIODIC INSPECTIONS
A. For all refrigerators and freezers in use:
1. Mount a temperature chart on the face of each door.
2. Record the temperatures twice daily.
3. Notify the Chief Engineer if temperatures are above 42 DF in the
refrigerators or above 10°F in the freezers.
B. Automatic Dishwasher:
1. Daily check water temperature at 180°F minimum.
2. Remove daily or more often any debris in bottom of dishwasher.
3. Use caution when opening door when dishwasher is in "Dry" cycle. Hot steam can
cause bums.
C. Trash Compactor:
1. Make sure that proper size bags are being used and installed properly.
2. Do not place pressurized cans or glass in the compactor (injuries
could result).
3. Close door securely before turning key or pressing start.
4. If compactor will not function electrically, notify Chief Engineer.
D. All appliances used in the galley department must be checked during
each use to ensure safe operation.
E. Chief Engineer will test drinking water daily for coliforms and FACs. Suggested kit -
Colilert ONPG MUG Presence/Absence kit.
1. Test different locations each day:
a. galley
b. drinking fountains
*Note on inspection log time and location.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 3 of 4
2. Periodically test all remote faucets and sinks where potable water is
obtainable.
3. Any outlet which fails to test should be logged and tagged "Do Not Drink".
4. Notify Master who will investigate the cause and determine if
more of the system is contaminated, and if so, take corrective action immediately.
7.0 POTABLE WATER
A. Chief Engineer will comply with Section 3.A of this attachment
B. Use only designated potable hoses.
C. Disinfect hose fittings and valve openings at both ends.
D. Inspect all hoses under pressure for leaks. If any found, replace damaged section.
E. Maintain vessel trim while filling.
F. Notify bridge when pumping commences and is secured; advise quantity taken aboard.
G. Drain all hoses, cap open ends, store equipment in Potable H20 Storage Trunk.
8.0 SANITARY DISCHARGE
A. Equip work party with protective boots, gloves, suitable coveralls and VHP portable
radios.
B. Place containment pan under discharge valve to contain dripping during connecting
and disconnecting procedure.
C. Stretch hoses to either truck, sewer opening or fixed station, then connect lines
insuring no kinks or bends. This could result in a burst hose.
D. Before pumping is complete, it may be necessary to flush all toilets to ensure that no
lines are backed up if the holding tank was at capacity before pump out.
E. Keep bridge apprised of pumping start and stop times when using septic trucks hauling
two or three loads.
F. Upon completion, close discharge valves, flush lines, coil hoses and stow in proper
rack or reel.
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 3
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 4 of 4
G. Remove containment pan, wash down and hose off deck, dock and any protective
clothing as necessary before stowing.
H. Return VHP radios to bridge.
I. Chief Engineer to trim vessel and advise Master when operation is complete and log is
signed on.
9.0 REFRIGERATION
A. Notify Chief Engineer immediately of any malfunction with freezers, refrigerators or
ice machine.
B. Keep temperature logs as outlined under Section 6.0.A of this attachment.
C. Food to be rotated to prevent freezer burn.
D. Any spilled or spoiled food is to be removed and, if necessary, the unit defrosted and
thoroughly cleaned before returning it to service.
-------
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
EMERGENCY SHOWER INSPECTION
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
Table of Contents
Title
Scope
References
Responsibility
Installation
Maintenance
Inspection
Operation
Page
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
Prepared by:
Approved by:
Rev.
Date
Date
Page 1
-------
Emergency Shower Inspection
1.0
To provide standard operating procedures for the safe use and proper installation,
maintenance and inspection of the emergency shower equipment.
2.0 References
Haws Emergency Equipment Catalog
GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan and Safety Manual
3.0 Responsibility - Qualified Personnel
A. The ship's Science Officer, Marine Science Technician, Chemical Hygiene Officer or
their appointed designee, under the authority of the Master, will be responsible for
routine maintenance and weekly testing of the emergency shower unit using the
appropriate test kit as well as keeping accurate records of the data produced.
B. It shall be the responsibility of each specified authority to ensure that the flow of
water required is in fact available as a result of regular system inspections.
4.0 Installation
A. Units should be installed in close proximity to hazardous areas, clearly identified as
emergency shower stations, free from obstructions and accessible within 10 feet of at
least one exit from each laboratory.
B. Emergency showers should be connected to the main potable water supply.
C. Minimum pipe size to shower should be no smaller than 1 and 1/4" IPS.
Page 2
-------
5.0 Maintenance
A. Water pressure at the shower should be no less than 30 PSI or more than 90 PSI
during operation.
6.0 Inspection
A. All emergency shower units should be tested weekly. Since there is no floor drain
available, a Haws Shower Test Kit, Model 9010, should be used.
B. Accurate records should be kept that indicate that adequate flow exists with absence
of sediment. The date of the inspection, name of the inspector and details regarding
the state of the equipment will be included. (See attached shower inspection chart).
7.0 Operation
A. To insure adequate operation of the units, all persons should be instructed in the
proper use of the emergency shower equipment.
B. The injured person should immediately make use of the facility by showering and
removing all clothing as
quickly as possible.
C. Any emergency use of the safety shower should immediately be reported to the Bridge
and recorded in the ship's log.
Page 3
-------
CD
c
CO
Q.
CD
5
o
o
CD
Cu
J3
•+— *
CO
Q
Cu
4>
C
.2
•4—t
O
« CD
£ Q
_ 3
GO !<2
cw £*•
1
cr ^
-O O
<: E
c
.2
'•3
c
o
CJ
-*— »
1
.£•
a-
W
Location
CD
>*
O
^
*D
•1
S.
0
o
o
^
c/n
^
CO
Q.
CD
U
O
o
•4_»
t -
11
O £p
11-
CD
^
O
z
^)
1
H.
o
o
o
o
^
en
CD
>"
JD
CO
4— *
o.
CD
Multi-Purpose
Laboratory
(#2)
-------
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
EYE WASH INSPECTION
Section
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
Table of Contents
Title
Scope
References
Responsibility
Installation
Maintenance
Inspection
Operation
Page
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
Prepared by
Approved by
Rev.
Date
Date
Page 1
-------
Eve Wash Inspection
1.0 Scope
To provide standard operating procedures for the safe use and proper installation,
maintenance and inspection of the emergency eye wash equipment.
2.0 References
Haws Emergency Equipment Catalog
GLNPO Chemical Hygiene Plan and Safety Manual
3.0 Responsibility - Qualified Personnel
A. The ship's Science Officer, Marine Science Technician and/or the Chemical Hygiene
Officer or their appointed designee, under the authority of the Master, will be
responsible for routine maintenance and weekly testing of the emergency eye wash
unit as well as keeping accurate records of the data produced.
B. It shall be the responsibility of each specified authority to ensure that the flow of
water required is in fact available as a result of regular system inspections.
4.0 Installation
A. Units should be installed in close proximity to hazardous areas, clearly identified as
eye wash stations, free from obstructions and easily accessible.
B. Eye washes should be connected to the main potable water
supply.
C. Eye wash fountains should be connected with piping no smaller than 3/4" IPS. All
eye wash units should be attached to a drain by a code approved method to facilitate
ease of testing.
Page 2
-------
5.0 Maintenance
A. Water pressure at the eye-wash fountain should be no less than 30 PSI or more than
90 PSI during operation.
B. Because of sediment accumulation in standing pipes, flusHng times should be
determined by the Science Officer, Marine Science Technician or designated
appointee prior to ship's departure.
6.0 Inspection
A. All emergency eye-wash units should be tested weekly. The unit should be flushed
for the required amount of time as determined above.
B. Accurate records should be kept that indicate that adequate absence of sediment and
proper eye dispersion rates are being met. The date of the inspection, name of the
inspector and details regarding the state of the equipment will be included. (See
attached eye wash inspection chart).
7.0 Operation
A. To insure adequate operation of the units, all persons should be instructed in the
proper use of the emergency eye wash equipment.
B. Eyes should be continually rinsed at the scene of the accident for at least 15 minutes
and a doctor or nurse contacted as soon as possible.
C. Any emergency use of the eye wash unit must be immediately reported to the Bridge
and recorded in the ship's log.
Page 3
-------
o
aa
1
O
I
u
td
crepancy
3
o
1
g
S
jj.2
£ w
3
£1
< UH
ii
9- -6
§•§
Location
o
o
Z
o
u
ja
I"
n
Z
>•
>-
£
oj
!
H
Chemistry Laboratory
Forward
o
o
Z
o
Z
u
j2
1
*
Z
8
>•
>
!
^
^
Chemistry Laboratory
Aft
0
8
1
o 8
o
•u
^J
f
^
Z
>-
s'
15
2
B.
*
Biology Laboratory
0
c
Z
^
•
^
—
3
y
<
Multi-Purpose
Laboratory
%
o
Z
1
•u
Q
t
1
O
Z
8
?!
>-
£
!
H
<
Organic Extraction
Laboratory
o
Z
o
Z
o1
u
r-.
it
1
0
Z
£
«»
>•
8'
y
1
U
^
Analytical
laboratory
z
o
Z
o
u1
("I
£
1
"o
Z
!
^
8
>.
8
3
1
Primary Productivity
Laboratory
o
o
£
o
"J
r-
-2
H
1
0
Z
8
8
>•
8
3
1
o
^
Engine Room
z
0
Z
0
83
>
8
3
S
**
Hazardous Matenals
Locker
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 6
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
ATTACHMENT 6, MONTHLY INSPECTION FOR SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS
SCBA Number and Location
COMPLETENESS
Ensure that all required components are available: facepiece, breathing tube assembly, regulator, hose
assembly, cylinder, valve assembly, harness, back-plate assembly complete with all straps.
CYLINDER PRESSURE
Ensure cylinder is charged to 2216 psi and that cylinder is within hydrostatic test date.
CONDITION CHECK
A. Visually check for any signs of wear, deterioration, wrinkling, or broken parts; check facepiece,
valves, and breathing tube assembly.
B. Check facepiece and breathing tube for elasticity and cracks
C. Check head harness for wear and elasticity, ensure it is properly attached to face-piece
D. Check regulator for breakage or missing screws
E. Check cylinder and valve assembly for deep scratches dents, heat exposure, or other deformities
F. Examine backframe and harness for signs of wear
LEAK CHECK
Check Breathing System:
open valve fully, hold breath and place face-piece against face, close cylinder valve and observe remote
gauge. If pressure decreases this indicates a leaks. If there is a leak, use soap; solution to isolate
affected area.
Negative Pressure Leak Test:
close main valve, gently inhale until the air in system is gone and a negative pressure should be
maintained with no leakage through the regulator
ALARM CHECK
Place face-piece to face, turn cylinder fully on, turn cylinder off, watch gauge while breathing slowly,
alarm should sound when the regulator gauge indicates 1/4 remaining service life:
DISINFECTION
Disinfect SCBA with safety cleaning equipment after use
REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE SAFETY EQUIPMENT MANAGER
Notes:
Inspected By: Date:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 7
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 7 - HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE AREA INSPECTION
Location _
Q Q Are the containers in good condition (no leaks, rusting containers, or bulges)?
Q Q Is the storage area free of debris?
Q Q Are the containers properly contained (e.g., in a diked area)?
Q Q Is the floor dry (no sign of spills)?
Q Q Are the containers properly labeled, including start accumulation date?
Q Q Are the inorganic containers interlined with polyethylene?
Q Q Are the containers closed?
Q Q Are containers holding incompatible wastes kept apart by physical barrier or
sufficient distance?
Q Q Is spill cart adequately stocked (see spill cart inspection form)?
If any of the above were answered no, please provide explanation:
1. Number of waste containers from dissolved oxygen analytical process:
Total amount in gallons:
2. Number of Green Label Flammable (<50 ppm PCBs) Hazardous Waste Containers:
Total amount in gallons:
3. Number of Yellow Label Acid Hazardous Waste Containers:
Total amount in gallons:
4. Number of acetone/water rinse water waste containers:
Total amount in gallons:
5. Number of Radioactive Waste Containers:
Total amount in gallons/activity:
6. Other miscellaneous waste streams:
Total amount in gallons:
Oldest accumulation start date:_
Most recent shipment by date
Inspected By Date Reviewed By Date
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 1
Attachment 8 - SPILL CART CHECKLIST FORM
Checked By:
QUANTITY
DESCRIPTION
30
50
20
4kg
l.lkg
3.2kg
1.2kg
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
I roll
1
1
1
1 roll
1 roll
1
1 each
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
2
1
1 pair
pair
Universal Spill Control Pillows™, 1 liter size
Hazardous Material Disposal Bags, 12"xl8"
VBS Blankets™
Hg Absorb™ Powder
Resisorb™
Neutrasorb® Acid Neutralizer
Neutracit® Caustic Neutralizer
Chemop™
Chemsponges™
Spill Squeegee, floor size, 18" head
Spill Squeegee, bench size, 8" head
24 oz. Mophead & handle
Polypropylene Broom
Bench Brush
Dust Pan
KIMTEX ™ Towels, 9 3/4"x 100 ft. roll
Sponge, cellulose
Liquid Cleaner, 32 oz.
Clorox, 1 gallon
pH Paper
Barricade tape, 100 ft.
Sealing Tape for clothing containers, 180 ft.
Safety Flashlight & Power Shell Battery Pack
Tongs, 20" long
SpillKART™ with rigid liner
SpillKART™ Liners, yellow, 36" x 48"
Mop Bucket, 35 qt.
Wringer
Floor Sign
Glass Disposal Box, 8" x 8" x 10"
Chemical Spill Clothing Kits, each kit includes:
Total Body Coverall, polylaminated Tyvek
Nitrile Gloves
Disposable Polyethylene Gloves
Chemical Splash Goggles, fog-free lens
Respirator with dust, acid gas/organic vapor cartridges
Hydrogen Fluoride Respirator
Toxic Dust Respirator
Date:
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT 9
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 1 of 2
Attachment 9 - GLNPO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DRY-DOCKING AND
OVERHAUL INSPECTIONS
The following items must be included in a five year dry-docking and overhaul inspection:
1. Dry Docking
2. Services
a. Docking Services
b. Shore Power
c. Gangway
d. Fire Hose
e. Waste Removal: Unclassed/Hazardous
f. Office Space
3. Hull Inspection
a. Bottom Plate
4. Zinc Anodes
a. Zinc Restoration
5. Engine Alignment
6. Propellers
a. Propeller Inspection
b. Propeller Restoration
7. Propeller Shafts/Bearing
8. Rudder
9. Sea Chests/Overboard Values
10. Bottom Paint
11. Vents
12. Water Tight Doors/Hatches
13. Transducer
14. Anchors/Chains
15. Inclining
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
PAGE: 2 of 2
16. Electrical
17. Alarm System
a. Tank Level Alarm System
18. Pumps
a. Hydraulic
b. Fire
c. Bilge
d. Repairs
19. Engines
a. Mains
b. Generators
20. Safety Equipment
a. Rafts
b. Extinguishers
c. Fire Suppression Systems
21. Navigation Equipment
a. Auto Pilot
b. Gyroscope
c. Radars
d. LORAN
22. Waste Holding Tanks
23. Labor Rates
-------
SECTION: APPENDIX V, ATTACHMENT
VERSION: FINAL/MAY 1997
Attachment - R/V LAKE GUARDIAN - GENERAL WEEKLY INSPECTION CHECKLIST
Emergency lighting functional
Emergency exits unobstructed
Fire doors closed
Tool room equipment clean and free of accumulated debris and shavings
Machine guards in place on tool room equipment
Dielectric mat placed in front of main control panel in Engine Room
Circuit boxes in safe condition and doors are closed
Compressed cylinders properly secured
All GFCIs are functional
All extension cords are grounded, in good condition, and not in permanent use
No combustibles stored in exhaust trunks (port or starboard)
Paint locker in good order with no open containers, and amount of paint is within allowable
limits
Freezer and refrigerator panic bars are operational
Door closers functioning properly
Comments:
Inspected by: Date:
-------
R/V LAKE GUARDIAN
PRE-SAIL CHECKLIST
SHIP-BOARD CHECKLIST
ENSURE MAGNETIC DOOR CLOSURES ARE DEACTIVATED
ORIENTATION AND PAPERWORK COMPLETED FOR ALL NEWLY ARRIVED
PERSONS
DECKS SECURED
SAMPLING EQUIPMENT SECURED
ENSURE RESTRICTED AREAS ARE SECURED (TAPED OFF WITH CAUTION TAPE)
BRIDGE CHECKLIST
NAVIGATIONAL LIGHTS FUNCTIONAL
TASK LIGHTS FUNCTIONAL
GYRO STEERING ALARM FUNCTIONAL
FURUNO FATHOMETER FUNCTIONAL
ELECTRONIC HAILER FUNCTIONAL
PORTABLE HAILER AVAILABLE AND FUNCTIONAL
LORAN LC-90 FUNCTIONAL
LORAN NORTHSTAR FUNCTIONAL
RAY-88 VHF FUNCTIONAL
STANDARD VHF RADIOS AVAILABLE AND CHARGED
CLOCKS SET AND FUNCTIONAL
RECORDING BAROMETER FUNCTIONAL
WALL BAROMETER FUNCTIONAL
-------
Pre-Sail Check
Page
THERMOMETERS (2) AVAILABLE AND FUNCTIONAL
GENERAL ALARM FUNCTIONAL
CO2 AL \RM FUNCTIONAL
HOSE-McCANN ENGINE ROOM PHONE FUNCTIONAL
DECCA RADAR (LARGE) FUNCTIONAL
DECCA RADAR (SMALL) FUNCTIONAL
NAVIGATIONAL INSTRUMENTS FUNCTIONAL
PILOT RULES AVAILABLE
NOTICE TO MARINERS PUBLICATIONS CURRENT
LIGHT LIST AVAILABLE
COAST PILOT
NAVIGATIONAL CHARTS AVAILABLE
LOG BOOK AVAILABLE
NIGHT ORDER BOOK AVAILABLE
RADIO LOG AVAILABLE
FAN-ENGINE CONSOLE LIGHTS FUNCTIONAL
SEARCH LIGHTS FUNCTIONAL
INTERCOM FUNCTIONAL
HYDRAULIC STEERING FUNCTIONAL
MAGNETIC COMPASS LIGHTS FUNCTIONAL AND FULL OF OIL
DAY SHAPES AVAILABLE
-------
Pre-Sail Check
Page
GYRO REPEATER LIGHTS FUNCTIONAL
DESK LAMP FUNCTIONAL
FURUNO DEPTH RECORDER PAPER AVAILABLE
SINGLE SIDE BAND RADIO FUNCTIONAL
12 VOLT BATTERIES (AFT OF PILOT HOUSE) FUNCTIONAL
FIRST AID KIT STOCKED AND AVAILABLE
BINOCULARS AVAILABLE (3)
WINDSHIELD WIPERS (FORWARD) FUNCTIONAL
WINDSHIELD WIPERS (AFT) FUNCTIONAL
SHIP'S BELL FUNCTIONAL
INSIGNIAS AVAILABLE : BRAVO, EPA, SSI, CAPTAIN ISMA
GUEST BOOK AVAILABLE
WORK VESTS AVAILABLE
EPIRB AVAILABLE AND FUNCTIONAL
FOG SIGNAL (AUTO) FUNCTIONAL
SURVIVAL SUITS AVAILABLE
EMERGENCY FLARES AVAILABLE (CHECK EXPIRATION DATE)
VERY PISTOL AVAILABLE
LINE THROWING DEVICE AVAILABLE
PORTABLE COMPASS AVAILABLE
ALIDADE AVAILABLE AND FUNCTIONAL
-------
Pre-Sail Check
Page
NAVIGATIONAL TRIANGLES AVAILABLE
SPARE BULBS AVAILABLE FOR EQUIPMENT
STATION BELL UPDATED AND POSTED (ENSURING CREW MEMBERS ARE
AWARE OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES, AND ARE CAPABLE OF PERFORMANCE)
-------
NOTICE
This boat is not to be put into operation until necessary equipment
is installed and a pre-deployment safety inspection is conducted.
The following will be included in the pre-deployment safety
inspection:
1. Sufficient Number of Personal Flotation Devices
(PFD)
2. Sufficient Fire Extinguisher
3. Proper Loading of Equipment (No overloading of
vessel)
4. Proper Navigation Lighting
.5. Check For Fuel Leaks; Condition of Fuel line
_6. Sound Producing Device Available
Jl. Visual Distress Signals, if appropriate (Ex. night
travel or travelling in waters greater than 2 miles
in width)
.8. Paddles or Oars
_9. Anchor and Line
10. Dewatering Device (Pump, Bucket, or Scoop)
,11. Condition of Wiring
.12. First Aid Kit
_13. Radio
14. Tool Kit (optional)
_15. Fender (optional)
_16. Perform a General Condition Inspection
Bv,:
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
77 West Jackson Boulevard, 12th Floor
Chicago, IL 60604-3590
------- |